Skip to main content

Full text of "Humphreys' Homeopathic mentor, or, Family adviser in the use of specific homeopathic medicine"

See other formats 


-^/(^ 


1f 


€' 


H# 


^^ 


■^%. 


S5.tt,\ 


V 


iS-f. 


5*   '^yl- 


"^^^ 


fi^i^r 


m 


-:^c 


■ft'' 


1~  >^Vi^4^ 


"^h^'  ^W-^ 


■^' 


c 


^ 


^>k^ 


■'fe 


3*iit  \k/ 


-^i^k^'^ 


tJ^y 


icr^^^^^i^^ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/humphreyshomeopaOOhump_0 


I 


Y(>  tdc^xoJ^ 


HUMPHREYS 


HOMEOPATHIC  MEITOR 


OR 


FAMILY    ADVISER 


IN  THE  USE  OF 


SPECIFIC  HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE. 


BY 


F.  HUMPHREYS,  M.  D. 


Formerly  Profossor  of  Institutes  of  Homeopathy,  Patholoj^y  and  Medical  Practice  in  the 
liomeoputlnc  Medical  College  of   Pennsylvania  at   Philadelphia;   Author  of 
Dysentery  and  its  Homeopathic  Treatment;   Cholera  and  its  Ho- 
meopathic Treatment;  and  Prover  of  Apis  Mellifica, 
Plantago  Major,  etc.,  etc. 


REVISED  AND  ENLARGED  EDITION. 


Tnig  Book  is  also  Published  in 
f'RENCH,  GERMAN,  SPANISH  AND  PORTUGUESE. 


New  York: 

HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE  CO., 

Cor.  William  <Sc  John  Streets. 
1906 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1882,  by 

HUMPHREYS'  SPECIFIC  HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE  COMPANY, 

in  the  office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


Co//, 

B^- Parties  using   HUMPHEEYS'  HOMEOPATHIC 

SPECIFICS    IN    QUANTITIES,   WILL   FIND  IT  ECONOMICAL  TO  ORDER 
FLASKS.       See    last   page   for   CUT. 


14 


PREFACE. 


It  is  now  over  thirty  years  since  I  commenced  the  experi- 
mentation and  use  of  Specific  or  Combined  Medicines,  the 
results  of  which,  in  a  popular,  practical  form,  I  present  in 
this  work.  I  waited  long,  perhaps  too  long,  that  I  might  not 
be  accused  of  rashly  offering  crude  or  immature  Specifics; 
and  yet,  remembering  how  little  comparatively,  one  man 
can  do  in  so  wide  a  field,  in  even  so  long  a  period,  I  could 
wish  the  time  longer,  and  the  experience  more  ample.  If  it 
shall  lead  to  greater  precision  in  the  use  of  medicine,  and  a 
more  complete  control  over  human  disease  and  suffering, 
my  labor  will  have  been  amply  rewarded.  The  snatches  of 
time  for  its  production,  taken  from  the  exactions  of  large 
professional  and  business  cares,  must  apologize  for  any 
want  of  unity  or  defects  of  style  that  may  appear  in  its 
composition. 

The  theme  is  new.  Old-school  medicines  have  been  com- 
pounded or  combined  for  centuries,  and  Polypharmacy  has 
been  the  rule,  as  well  as  the  opprobrium  of  its  practitioners. 
The  rule  of  Hahnemann  was  exact  and  rigorous — one  medi- 
cine, in  its  highest  attenuation,  given  once,  and  permitted 
undisturbed,  to  expend  its  action —formed  the  ideal  of  his 
Homeopathic  practice.  To  this  rule,  the  professor  and  the 
amateur,  the  adept  and  the  sateUite,  were  expected  to  con- 
form. The  choice  of  the  medicine  was  to  be  made,  not  so 
much  according  to  the  physiological  or  pathological  law  of 
^ure,  as  according  to  some  keynote^  or  fantastic  aberratio*v. 


II  PREFACE. 

alike  of  medicine  and  disease,  the  study  of  which  seemed  to 
some  minds  a  psychological  phantasmagoria. 

But  practical  men  and  practical  medicine,  with  too  liitle, 
perhaps,  of  faith  and  too  Httle,  certainly,  of  result,  unwilling 
to  attribute  all  failure  to  the  bluntness  of  their  own  pen  ep- 
tions,  hesitating  to  follow  the  shadow  of  the  master,  when 
their  footsteps  so  often  fell  on  dead  men's  bones,  turned  aside 
to  seek  more  substantial  footing  in  larger  doses,  frequent 
repetitions  and  alternation  of  remedies.  The  success  became 
as  sure,  the  labor  less,  and  the  way  plainer.  But  what  then 
becomes  of  the  ideal  philosophic  rule — the  one  medicine,  the 
one  dose,  and  undisturbed  action  ?  It  is  buried,  in  a  sea,  so 
deep,  as  to  be  practically  fathomless. 

But  what  becomes  of  the  simiUa,  the  law  of  cure,  when 
modes  so  different,  paths  e^o  apparently  divergent,  lead  to 
the  same  goal  ?  Simply  this  :  The  Law  of  Cure  is  wider 
THAN  WE  KNOW.  Not  to  SO  uarrow  channels  as  we  have 
believed,  are  the  waters  of  this  Bethesda  confined.  Simple 
and  childhke  may  his  faith  be,  who  believes  that  in  his 
method  alone  is  the  cup  of  healing;  a  deeper  knowledge  and 
wider  experience  would  have  placed  it  in  the  hands  of  others 
as  well. 

From  alternated  to  combined  medicines  (Specifics)  the 
transition  is  easy.  The  old  rule  of  faith  and  practice  is  gone. 
A  wider  field  is  opened  and  we  are  invited  to  enter.  Shall 
the  similia  in  one,  or  the  similia  in  several  be  accepted ;  shall 
the  similia  be  the  occasional  aberration,  or  the  physiological 
counterpart  ?  So  we  seek  out  the  law  of  combination,  and 
adapt  our  Specific  similia  to  the  Pathological  individuality. 

With  all  progress,  and  every  improvement,  there  comes 
the  wail  of  dissatisfaction  and  x-eproach.  These  they  say  are 
avoiders  of  honest  toil,  scalers  of  Heaven's  walls  without 


PREFACE.  ni 

needful  faith  or  purity,  who  seek  by  a  broader  road  the 
Divine  way  to  mystei-ies  of  hfe  ;  indolent  ones  who,  while 
they  neither  toil  nor  spin,  yet  assume  the  gorgeous  array  of 
Solomon.  But  what  is  progress  but  a  lessening  of  human 
toil  !  From  the  beginning,  every  improvement  diniinished 
somebody's  work  ;  made  some  hours  of  toil  superfluous,  so 
that  this  reproach  becomes  a  praise.  If  it  gives  increased 
certainty  of  result,  all  the  better. 

That  some  obscurity  should  overshadow  the  pathway 
that  leads  from  disease  out  into  the  highway  of  healths 
seems  inevitable.  To  reduce  this  obscurity  to  its  minimum, 
should  be  the  tireless  aim  of  scientific  effort.  Should  there 
be  but  one  dim  path,  we  should  seek  to  render  it  plainer, 
less  devious,  and  less  obstructed.  Should  there  be  many, 
we  will  reverently  uncover  our  heads,  and  be  thankful. 
Multitudes  having  gone  along  in  the  simple,  open  path  of 
Specific  medicine,  have  been  led  to  the  Kllysium  of  health, 
and  with  gratitude  acknowledge  the  blessing.  It  is  to  afford 
additional  light  to  the  thousands  yet  in  the  path,  that  these 
pages  are  written.  Additional  observation  and  experience 
will  doubtless  suggest  improvements,  giving  simplicity  to 
the  direction,  and  certainty  to  the  result,  yet  such  as  it  is, 
it  is  offered  in  confidence  that  it  will  afford  substantial  aid 
to  thousands. 

As  this  work  is  designed  for  the  use  of  the  People,  its  most 
conspicuous  feature  should  be  its  entire  adaptation  to  their 
wants.  It  must  give  such  counsel  and  advice  as  they  need 
in  their  quest,  not  merely  for  the  recovery  of  lost  health,  but 
for  the  preservation  and  improvement  of  health.  The  latter 
—  the  preserving  of  health — may  be  really  more  important 
than  the  former,  though  it  be  an  often  overlooked  and  some- 
times thankless  task,  for,  "  who  thanks  you  for  what  you 
prevent  ? " 


IV  PREFACE. 

So  in  these  pages  much  space  is  given  to  the  study  of 
hygiene — air,  water,  food,  drainage,  the  nutritive  vakie  of 
different  foods,  and  the  best  manner  of  cooking  and  serving 
them.  The  use  of  baths,  stimulants,  beverages;  the  nursing 
and  care  of  children,  of  the  sick,  the  invalid,  the  aged  and 
infirm.  To  these  there  is  added  in  their  appropriate  chapters 
and  under  proper  headings  a  simple  description  of  the  various 
diseases  most  commonly  met  and  most  likely  to  be  success- 
fully treated  either  at  their  beginning  or  throughout  their 
course  by  domestic  practice.  Then  there  follows  such  plain 
and  simple  directions  for  nursing,  food,  and  the  use  of  the 
Specifics,  as  are  most  readily  followed  and  most  likely  to 
result  favorably.  The  whole  intent  is  to  make  the  way  so 
plain  that  even  the  most  inexperienced  of  intelligent  persons 
may  follow  it  without  confusion  or  error. 

One  prominent  feature  of  this  work  should  not  be  over- 
looked, namely,  the  use  of  prophylactic  or  preventive  Speci- 
fics. Though  the  idea  may  provoke  a  smile  of  incredulity 
among  the  uninitiated,  yet  the  thousands  who  have  thus 
escaped  Scarlet  Fever,  Diphtheria,  Measles,  Whooping- 
Cough,  Intermittent  Fever,  and  other  forms  of  disease  by 
this  simple  procedure,  realize  that  what  seems  to  others  a 
joke  has  been  to  them  a  blessed  reality. 

This  method  could  only  have  been  made  so  plain  by  the 
use  of  these  Specifics.  In  no  other  way  could  the  liability 
or  danger  of  perplexity  and  error  have  been  avoided.  There 
is  no  seeking  among  many  medicines  for  the  right  one  ;  no 
devious  or  intricate  mode  of  preparation,  before  administer- 
ing ;  all  is  prepared  as  wanted,  and  the  one  requirement  is  to 
simply  follow  the  simple  directions. 

.^.  HUMPHREYS,  M.  D. 
July,  1889. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Life — Health — Disease. 


Medicine  can  only  have  to  do  with  living  bodies.  So 
soon  as  the  vital  principle  has  departed,  it  only  remains 
that  the  body  be  cast  off,  and  returned  by  dissolution,  to  its 
original  elements. 

AM  living  bodies  exist  by  virtue  of  an  inherent  vital  prin- 
ciple, tln-ough  which  they  are  enabled  to  appropriate  for 
their  growth  and  development,  the  elements  necessary  for 
that  pui'pose.  Through  this  vital  principle  they  take  up, 
and  combine  in  new  relations  and  forms,  and  for  new 
offices  or  uses,  the  surrounding  particles  in  earth,  water, 
air,  Hght  and  heat;  all  that  may  be  necessary  for  their 
growth,  development,  and  perfection.  Thus  all  nature  is 
constantly  undergoing  change,  by  virtue  of  the  vital  prin- 
ciple  appropriate  to  each  hving  body.  With  each  individual 
there  is  the  power  of  forming  itself  after  its  like,  and,  of 
necessity,  of  appropriating  those  particles  from  surround- 
ing nature  which  are  requisite  for  this  pxupose. 


2  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Thus  the  acorn  has  in  itself  a  germinal  life,  by  virtue  of 
which  it  first  appropriates  the  nutriment  of  the  nut  for  the 
development  of  its  first  shoot  and  rudimentary  leaves,  and 
then  throwing  down  its  spongioles  or  roots,  begins  to  take 
up  from  earth  and  absorb  from  air,  light  and  moisture  the 
elements,  from  which,  in  a  century,  the  monarch  of  the 
forest  is  produced.  Every  particle  of  aU  that  immense 
tree,  from  rootlet  to  leaf,  and  from  the  outer  bark  to  the 
core,  the  form  and  color,  taste  and  odor  of  every  leaf  and 
twig,  of  every  branch  and  bud,  is  determined  by  virtue  of 
this  inherent  vital  energy,  which  has  appropriated  from  its 
environment  the  particles  necessary  for  that  purpose. 

If  circumstances  are  favorable,  if  the  plant  or  germ  i& 
not  weak  in  its  germinal  existence,  and  if  surrounded  by 
favoring  circumstances  in  earth,  air,  light  or  heat^  we  may 
expect  the  full  and  entire  development  of  the  plant  or  tree, 
according  to  its  order.  But  should  these  conditions  be 
wanting,  there  will  be  variations  in  growth,  development, 
or  perfection,  according  to  the  degree  in  which  the  wanting 
substance  is  necessary,  which  may  vary  from  the  slightest 
deviation,  down  through  aU  stages  of  morbid  or  stunted 
growth  and  imperfection,  to  the  entire  cessation  of  life. 
The  entire  habit  of  a  tree  may  even  be  changed  by  a 
systematic  perversion  of  the  laws  of  its  life. 

What  is  true  in  regard  to  vegetable  life,  growth  and 
development,  holds  in  perhaps  a  higher  sense  in  regard  to 
animal  life.  In  the  foiiner,  vitality,  by  the  Chemico-vital 
Jiiws  of  its  existence  only,  simply  appropriates  that  within 
its  reach  and  needful  for  its  growth.  But  in  animal  Hfo 
these  functions  become  compHcated  or  more  or  less  in- 


LIFE.  d 

fluenced  by  the  psychological  or  mental  organization  of  the 
individual.  The  sensible  organization  of  man  begins  with 
a  simple  cyst,  too  small  to  be  visible  to  the  unassisted  eye. 
This  cyst,  so  diminutive  and  formless,  without  body  or  partem 
is  endowed  with  wonderful  vital  powers,  by  virtue  of  which 
it  draws  from  the  blood  of  the  mother  all  that  is  necessary 
for  the  perfection  of  its  embryo  or  foetal  life,  until,  this  form 
of  existence  having  been  perfected,  it  is  ushered  into  the 
world.  Thenceforward  a  new  mode  of  Hfe  takes  place. 
Through  food  and  di'ink,  light  and  aii',  heat  and  moisture, 
every  thing  required  for  the  sustenance,  growth  and  devel- 
opment of  the  body  is  apj)ropriated  to  its  proper  office 
and  use,  until,  man,  the  highest  development  of  animal  life, 
becomes  a  microcosm,  having  in  his  own  body,  certainly  all 
the  more  common,  and  probably  every  primary  element  in 
existence.  Thus  we  have  carbon  and  oxygen,  nitrogen  and 
hydrogen,  sulphur  and  iron,  phosphorus  and  Hme,  ammonia 
and  albumen,  silica  and  silver,  and  even  gold  and  arsenic. 
It  is  not  probable  that  there  is  a  single  essential  element  in 
nature  that  is  not,  in  a  more  or  less  perfected  condition, 
found  in  the  body  of  man.  The  bones  are  mostly  phos- 
phate and  carbonate  of  lime.  Sulphiu'  prevails  largely  in 
the  skin,  hair  and  nails ;  phosphorus  in  the  bones  and  brain; 
silicn  forms  the  enamel  of  the  teeth  and  the  white  of  the 
eye,  and  through  all  this  wonderful  structure,  each  element 
plays  its  essential  part,  and  not  only  sustains  that  part,  but 
sei'\'es  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  the  whole.  It  is  not  to 
be  supposed  that  these  chemical  elements  exist  within  us  in 
their  gross  or  crude  forms.  In  some  cases  they  exist  in 
considerable   quantities,  but   always  progressed,  or    in  a 


4  HOMEOPATHIC   MEKTOR. 

degree  of  refinement,  far  beyond  what  is  observed  in  their 
usual  or  gross  forms.  In  many  cases  they  exist  in  forms  so 
minute,  and  proportions  so  diminutive  as  only  to  be  de- 
tected by  the  most  delicate  appUances  of  science.  Nay; 
the  condition,  in  which  they  often  exist  is,  if  possible,  in 
finitely  more  refined  or  attenuated  than  the  most  extended 
Homeopathic  potence  of  the  same  element.  Each  of  these 
particles  is  appropriated  or  ehminated  from  the  material 
taken,  and  each  is  progressed  or  perfected,  and  then  placed 
in  its  proper  organ,  tissue  or  part,  giving  form,  color, 
strength  or  other  quahty  to  the  part  by,  virtue  solely  of 
this  vital  principle  called  into  action  in  the  original  germ. 
Whenever  it  is  found  that  the  elementary  parficles,  necessary 
for  the  perfection  of  a  particular  tissue,  part  or  organ,  are 
wanting,  not  having  been  either  supplied  at  all,  or  in- 
sufficiently, or  in  improper  condition;  or  when  the  organism 
has  failed  to  ehminate  them  fi'om  the  elements  presented, 
defect  and  disease  must  be  the  result,  and  this  may  be 
grave  or  trifling,  in  proportion  as  the  wanting  elements  are 
essential  to  the  integrity  of  the  part  or  whole.  Not  merely 
are  new  particles  taken  up  and  appropriated  to  the  growth 
and  maintenance  of  each  organ  or  tissue,  but  throughout 
the  entire  body  the  process  of  renovation  is  constantly 
going  an;  old,  efi'ete  and  waste  particles  are  being  removed 
and  cast  off,  while  new  and  fresh  ones  are  constantly  being 
deposited.  What  we  observe  of  the  growth  of  the  haii'  and 
nails  is  but  an  exhibition  of  what  is  going  on  in  every 
part  of  the  system.  The  bones  change  slowly,  while  the 
soft  parts  fill  up  or  shrink  away,  sometimes  in  a  few  hours, 
but  each  is  constantly  undergoing  change  uj)  to  the  fin/il 


iiour  of  dissolution.  Thus  the  entire  body  is  a  vaat 
Chemico-vital  laboratory,  constantly  taking  up  new  elements 
and  forming  new  combinations,  while  eliminating  and  dis- 
solving and  casting  off  old  and  effete  particles. 

What  has  been  observed  thus  far  in  regard  to  the  growth 
and  maintainance  of  man  has  reference  to  his  unconscious 
existence.  The  heart  beats,  the  blood  is  changed,  the  food 
is  digested  and  bile  secreted,  whether  we  wake  or  sleep,  or 
will  or  nill.  Foiiunately  these  vital  functions  are  not 
placed  under  the  control  of  our  conscious  volition.  Thus 
far  we  have  considered  the  body  only  with  reference  to  its 
vital  powers  and  physical  organization,  leaving  out  of  view 
the  higher  plane  of  our  existence,  the  psychological  or 
mental.  But  with  sentient  beings  there  is  not  merely  a 
vegetative  or  animal  hfe,  but  a  higher  plane  of  spiritual 
life,  including  our  entire  conscious  existence,  all  that  thinks 
and  reflects,  wills  and  remembers,  hopes  and  fears,  and 
which  cons4itutes  our  true  seK;  and  to  the  maintainance 
of  which  in  this  hfe,  the  entire  body  is  but  the  organ  or 
temple.  The  spiritual  or  psychological  existence  is  so 
intimately  connected  with  the  material  form  through  which 
it  manifests  itself,  that  the  growth  and  development  of 
the  one  and  the  happiness  and  peace  of  the  other  are 
inse2:)arable,  and  the  dissolution  of  the  one  is  the  cessatior 
of  the  visible  manifestation  of  the  other.  Neither  the 
body  nor  its  parts  can  suffer  or  undergo  destructive 
change  in  any  degree  without  the  manifestation  of  uneasi- 
ness, pain  or  suffering  in  the  spiritual  plane  of  its  existence; 
and  the  shghtest  psychological  change  produces  conespond- 
ing  changes  in  the  body.     AJ]  our  iDassions,  our  hopes  or 


6  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

fears,  our  joys  and  sorrows  are  reflected  upon  the  physicai 
organism  with  which  we  are  connected.  A  pleasant  sur- 
prise causes  the  blood  to  mantle  the  cheek  with  blushes, 
while  fear  not  merely  blanches  the  cheek  and  sends  the 
blood  to  the  vitals,  but  sometimes  whitens  the  hair  in  a 
night.  Thinking  brings  the  blood  to  the  brain,  joy  causes 
the  heart  to  palpitate,  grief  or  chagrin  arrests  the  digestion, 
while  despondency  or  fear  tends  to  typhus.  Habits  of 
Hving,  thought,  or  reflection,  stamp  themselves  upon  the 
organism,  so  that  the  lines  of  the  face  eventually  show 
the  settled  habit  of  thought.  The  "  goodness  of  the  heart 
causeth  the  face  to  shine."  The  benevolent  man  carries 
his  heart  in  his  countenance,  while  envy  or  hate,  avarice  or 
treachery  ultimately  betray  themselves  in  the  lines  of  the 
face.  Thus  every  passion  or  emotion  of  our  sentient  life  has 
its  corresponding  influence  upon  our  vegetative  existence, 
while  in  turn  the  perfection  of  owi  animal  life  has  much, 
nay,  almost  everything  to  do  with  the  peace  and  happiness 
of  our  higher  existence.  Thousands  of  children  are  cross 
and  fi^etful,  simply  because  they  are  ill,  and  multitudes  of 
men  are  sour,  morose  and  disagreeable  from  indigestion, 
and  not  a  few  become  felons  and  outlaws  from  a  faulty  or 
ill-balanced  material  organization. 

While  vitality  has  the  power  of  appropriating  from  the 
elements  presented  what  may  be  necessary  for  the  develop- 
ment and  sustenance  of  the  body,  it  has  also  a  power, 
witliin  certain  limits,  of  discrimination  and  rejection  of  that 
which  is  hurtful  or  inimical  to  its  integrity  or  existence. 
In  this  sense  life  has  been  termed  a  force  of  resistance. 
No  sooner  are  inimical  or  hurtful  substances  taken  into  the 


LIFE. 


system,  than  the  vital  powers  set  up  a  process  tending  to 
their  expulsion.  In  some  cases  the  opposition  is  so  forcible 
and  sudden  as  to  call  up  the  most  extraordinary  manifesta- 
tions, while  in  others  it  seems  necessary  that  a  longer  and 
more  tedious  series  of  means  should  be  adopted  for  this 
end.  The  first  is  most  clearly  seen  in  the  action  of  the 
system  against  those  substances  which  are  so  j^i'^judicial, 
as  to  have  obtained  the  name  of  poisons.  In  such  cases 
the  most  revulsive  efi'orts  are  manifested  and  the  system 
seeks  by  vomiting,  purging,  fever,  sweating,  or  other  means, 
to  rid  itself  of  substances  injurious  or  inimical  to  its  peace 
and  integrity.  So  when  aiiicles  improper  in  quantity  or 
quahty  have  been  taken,  an  action  is  set  up,  more  or  less 

violent  or  determined,   with  a  view  of   throwing  off  the 
offending  substance.     Such  action,  though  it  tends  to  re- 

estabhsh  the   equihbrium   of  the  system,    is,  nevertheless, 

morbid  and   is   properly  termed   disease.     In  some   cases 

the  offendinf]f  matter  is  at  once  thi'own  off'  and  the  svstem 

promptly  rights  itseK,   while  in  others  it    is  only  after  a 

long    coui'se    of  depression,    violent     febrile    action    and 

prostration,  that  the  system  finally  raUies;  or,  exhausted, 

sinks  under  its  excessive  efforts.     Substances  appropriate 

for  our  gro\\i:h  and  sustenance  in  proper  quantities,  become 

prejudicial  if   taken  when  deteriorated  in  quality  or  ex 

cessive  in  quantity.      Some  articles  of   food  can  only  be 

taken  with  impunity  in  small  quantities,  while  others  may 

be  taken  safelv  in  anv  amount  and  at  almost  any  time.    IS  or 

can  all  persons,  even  when  in  good  health,  take  the  same 

articles  or  quantities,  with  equal  satisfaction  or  impunity; 

nay,  there  are  some  to  whom  eggs  are  almost  pois/^nous, 


8  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

while  to  others,  onions,  or  lobsters,  or  even  roses  or  honey 
are  substances  of  their  constant  fear  or  dread;  and  these 
articles,  usually  innocent  or  harmless  to  others,  act  upon 
them  with  the  violence  of  poisons,  inflicting  not  only  great 
suffering,  but  serious  and  even  lasting  sickness.  The  reason 
would  seem  to  be  that  vitality  in  these  various  cases,  has  no 
need  in  her  economy  of  these  peculiar  elements,  or  combi- 
nations of  them  that  are  presented  in  these  examples,  and 

hence  revolts  against  them  as  against  other  noxia  or 
poisons. 

Not  merely  these  antipathies,  but  also  the  longings  so 

common  among  certain  persons,  may  be  referred  to  the 

same  instinctive  source.    It  is  said  that  animals  instinctively 

seek  and  eat  plants  or  substances  known  to  be  beneficial 

for  their  particular  diseases.     Cattle  afflicted  with  what  is 

termed  bone  disease — a  peculiar  softening  of  the  bones — 

seek  and  gnaw  with  avidity,  bones  which  contain  phosphate 

3f  lime,  the  particular  element  wanting  in  their  system. 

Deer,  it  is  said,  bury  their  horns  as  they  fall  off  in  the 

spring,  and  again  resort  to  them  from  time  to  time,  and  by 

devouring  them,  refurnish  the  material  for  the  immense 

and  rapid  growth  of   the  new  antlers.     The  longing  for 

water,  and  cooling,  acidulated  drinks  in  fevers,  is  as  natural 

as  it  is  during  the  heat  of  summer,  arising  in  either  case 

from  the  excessive  evaporation  in  the  form  of   sweat  or 

insensible   perspiration,   resulting   in    the   rapid   drain   of 

moisture  from  the  blood  and  soft  parts,  and  hence  vitality 

calling  in  these  longings  for  the  needed  supply.    The  desire 

of  children  or  girls  of  a  certain  age  for  chalk,  clay,  slate  or 

similar   substances,  may  doubtless    be   referred    to   some 


LIFE.  9 

cKemical  want  of  the  system,  of  which  this  longing  is  the 
expression.  It  will  be  observed  that  these  longings  mostly 
occur  during  some  particular  state  or  condition  of  the 
system,  when  it  is  about  to  establish  some  change  or  evolu- 
tion, and  hence,  some  extraordinary  expenditure  is  required 
Hence,  females  when  about  to  estabhsh  the  menstruation  or 
during  the  process  of  maternity,  when  the  elements  for  a 
new  organization  are  to  be  eliminated,  are  most  subject  to 
them.  In  some  organizations  there  may  be  primary  defi- 
ciencies which  are  never  fully  suppHed,  and  hence  these 
manifestation  or  longings  or  eccentricities  of  appetite  or 
want,  are  rarely  or  never  absent. 

We  have  seen  that  vitahty  has  the  power  of  selecting  and 
appropriating  whatever  is  necessary  to  perfect  itself  after  its 
own  material  and  form,  and  has  also  a  wonderful  power  of 
overcoming  obstacles  and  adapting  itseK  to  circumstances. 
True,  the  perfection  of  the  organism  must  arise  from  the 
ample  and  appropriate  nature  of  the  material  afforded,  yet 
a  modified  and  seemingly  healthy  condition  is  often  found 
under  very  adverse  circumstances.  An  oak  may  be  systema- 
tically dwarfed  to  a  yard  in  height,  and  yet  manifest  its 
complete  identity.  So  Animal  Life  is  found  in  a  thousand 
instances,  thriving  and  striving  against  influences  the  most 
injurious  or  inimical.  The  potato  grows  in  a  dark  cellarj 
3ven  though  the  light  can  give  no  color  to  its  vine,  and 
eyeless  fish  swim  in  the  waters  of  Mammoth  Cave.  AVhole 
races  of  men  live  almost  exclusively  upon  rice  and  fruits, 
while  others  Uve  as  exclusively  upon  the  fat  of  the  whale 
or  seal.  The  secretion  of  the  salivary  glands  is  supposed  to 
be  quite  beneficial  to  health,  but  millions,  by  the  systematic 


10  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

use  of  tobacco,  deprive  themselves  of  saliva.  Grood  air, 
cleanliness  and  wholesome  food  are  considered  indispen- 
sable to  health,  yet  the  thousands  of  children  playing  in  the 
gutters  of  our  large  cities,  reeking  with  foiil  odors  and 
covered  with  dirt,  and  yet  comparatively  tough  and  heart}, 
show  that  vitahty  may  maintain  its  integiity,  even  against 
these  mahgn  influences;  nay,  there  are  those  who  habitually 
take  ardent  spirits,  tobacco,  opium,  and  even  arsenic,  for 
years,  or  even  half  a  hfe  time,  and  yet  poor  depressed 
vitahty  succeeds  in  affording  them  a  modified  health,  not- 
withstanding. That  men  live  in  apparent  health,  under 
these  malign  influences,  proves,  not  that  the  influences 
themselves  are  harmless,  but  that  vitality,  at  least  for  a 
time,  possesses  a  power  of  self-sustentation,  which  over- 
rides their  destructive  tendencies. 

Similar  to  this  is  the  faculty  possessed  by  the  organism, 
and  its  several  parts,  of  adaptation  to  circumstances,  in 
order  to  accompUsh  what  may  be  required  of  it.  The 
limits  of  human  endurance  or  accomplishment  are  almost 
beyond  comprehension,  and  things  are  every  day  done 
which  at  first  sight  seem  impossible.  So  soon  as  a  demand 
is  made  upon  the  system  or  an  organ,  vitahty  sets  in 
operation  the  means  to  meet  that  demand.  If  the  re- 
sources are  properly  husbanded  and  the  end  2)ersever- 
ingly  sought,  vitality  will  sooner  or  later,  more  or  less 
perfectly,  according  to  the  circumstances,  respond  to  that 
recjuirement.  The  eye  of  the  watch-maker  becomes  wonder- 
fully acute  in  the  perception  of  small  objects,  while  that 
of  the  pilot  discovers  objects  at  distances  impossible  to 
othera     The  touch  of  the  blind  enables  him  to  read,  while 


LIFE.  11 

the  eye  'jf  the  deaf  detects  the  words  of  another  from  the 
motion  of  the  lips. 

Sometimes  an  organ  or  faculty  becomes  so  changed  from 
education  or  habit,  as  to  become  pei^^erted,  or  an  entire 
new  faculty  may  be  called  into  existence.  The  millei 
awakes  when  the  mill  stops,  and  the  night-watchman  sleeps 
best  in  the  day  time.  Those  who  have  long  followed  the 
proving  of  di'ugs  upon  themselves,  and  hence  have  long 
and  constant  occasion  to  analyze  their  own  sensations  and 
functions,  find  an  entirely  new  faculty  called  into  existence, 
of  which  before  they  had  been  ignorant.  In  the  effort  of 
vitality  to  adapt  itself  to  cii'cumstances  (to  exist  even  if 
not  according  to  its  original  type)  new  forms  or  modifi- 
cations are  constantly  manifested.  The  following  out  of 
these  new  forms  under  the  same  or  similar  circumstances, 
give  rise  to  permanently  new  varieties.  Thus  domestic 
animals  or  fowls  exhibit  almost  every  variety  of  color  or 
even  shape,  while  the  wild  are  unvarying  in  color  and  form. 
The  wild  goose  or  pigeon  are  always  the  same,  while 
domestic  ones,  limited  in  their  supplies,  and  subjected  to 
arbitrary  crossings,  exhibit  great  variety  of  form  and  color. 
Deviations  in  the  flowering  of  plants,  or  in  the  production 
of  fi'uit  or  grain,  are  traceable  originally  to  the  same 
source.  True,  all  nature  tends  to  perfection.  But,  in 
order  to  perfection  there  must  be  varieties,  so  that  the 
most  beneficial  of  these  may  be  propagated  while  the  im- 
perfect are  permitted  to  perish.  The  great  law  of  organic, 
life  the  survival  of  the  fittest,  finds  its  response  and  its 
exemplification  here  as  elsewhere  in  the  domain  oi 
nature. 

Y 


12  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR, 


-A.I-1T 


When  the  influence  of  vitahty  is  undisturbed,  and  the 
organism  is  supplied  with  its  necessar}^  pabulum  or  nour- 
ishment, health  is  the  result.  In  this  condition  the  play  of 
the  vital  forces  through  the  organism  and  the  ministrations 
of  the  organism,  in  return,  to  the  higher  behests  of  our 
being,  are  in  harmony;  the  performance  of  every  function 
and  indeed  every  action  is  attended  with  pleasurable  sensa- 
tions, and  there  is  a  happiness  in  mere  existence.  The 
ceaseless  twitter  or  song  of  the  birds,  the  gambol  of  fishes 
or  the  humming  or  dancing  of  insects  in  the  sun,  all  betray 
the  happiness  realized  in  mere  healthy  existence.  The 
digestion  of  the  food,  the  circulation  of  the  blood  or  the 
thousand  sensations  going  on  in  every  portion  of  our 
complex  organism,  are  all  sources  of  enjoymen>h;  while  the 
attainment  of  knowledge,  the  performance  of  benevolent 
actions,  or  of  the  higher  offices  of  our  being,  are  attended 
with  the  highest  sense  of  enjoyment  to  the  individual.  The 
sense  of  this  enjoyment  in  health  calls  into  exercise  the 
highest  activities  of  our  being,  and  it  is  only  when  they 
are  over  taxed,  illy  adjusted,  or  perverted,  that  tbeii'  per- 
formance ceases  to  afford  gratification.  To  this  gratification 
we  owe  the  ceaseless  energy  that  illuminates  the  higher 
achievements  of  oiu'  race. 

Modified  health  is  not  incompatible  with  deviations  in 
form  or  even  with  mutilation  or  loss  of  parts.  Doubtless 
the  highest  health  is  found  connected  with  the  most  per  feet 
type  and  symmetrical  form ;  but  Nature,  in  the  case  of  de- 
viations, deformities,  or  even  mutilations,  adapts  herseli  to 


HEALTH.  13 

Circumstances  and  still  maintains  her  integrity,  as  far  as 
the  conditions  will  admit.     The  leg  of  the  dancer  or  the 
arm  of  the  smith,  increased  beyond  their  natural  size,  from 
long  continued  exercise,  cannot  be  considered  unhealthy; 
nor  yet  the  diminished  muscle  of  the   professional  man, 
whose  non-use  has  failed  to  call  out  its  full  development 
In  this  effort  of  Nature,  under  this  law  of  our  being,  to  adapt 
each  part  to  its  requirements,  we  notice  constant  deviations 
from  what  might  be  considered  the  most  complete  order  or 
symmetry,  so  that  breeds  of  animals  or  races  of  men  assume 
forms  or  changes  of  structure  or  proportion  that  are  very 
striking.    In  the  progress  of  the  human  race  there  is  an  age 
of  muscle,  and  then  an  age  of  brains;  and  vitality  adapting 
each  to  its  want  and  training,  fashions  the  race  accordingly. 
That   undoubtedly   is  most  nearly   perfect  which   is   best 
adapted  to  its  use.    The  heart  of  one  man  may  be  twice  the 
size  of  that  of  another  and  yet  be  perfectly  healthy,  having 
a  corresponding  arterial  and  nervous  system ;  while  in  some 
delicate  individuals  it  may  be  very  small,  with  a  pulse  like 
that  of  a  bii^d,  yet  both  are  healthy.     One  person  has  an 
exceedingly  delicate    nei'vous  organization,    while  another 
has  so  little  nervous  development  as  to  be  almost  insensible 
to  pain  or  even  to  pleasure.     One  feels  exquisitely  every 
passing  emotion  or  passion,  while  to  another  they  scarcely 
exist.     Yet  none  of  these  can  properly  be  called  deviations 
from  the  standard  of  health.     Each  may  be  healthy  accord- 
ing to  its  standard. 

The  inherent  vitaHty  of  the  individual  has  much  to  do 
with  his  power  of  preserving  health.  We  inlierit  from  oui 
ancestors,  not  merely  the  type  and  form,  the  complexioii 


14  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

and  habits  of  body,  the  temperament  and  tendencies  of  the 
organism,  but  also  about  so  many  years  of  existence.  Other 
things  being  equal,  the  son  will  live  about  as  many  years  as 
did  his  father,  and  the  daughter  as  did  her  mother.  Tem- 
perance and  observance  of  the  laws  of  life  w^ill  add  a  few 
years  to  the  thread,  or  evil  habits  and  dissipation  will  shorten 
it  somewhat,  but  in  the  average  a  man  may  expect  to  live  to 
about  the  age  of  his  father,  while  all  are  of  course  liable  to 
be  cut  off  by  accidents  or  acute  diseases.  With  some  the 
hold  on  life  is  much  stronger  than  in  others,  and  they  will 
not  only  live  longer  but  withstand  influences  to  which 
others  speedily  succumb.  A  rat  often  outlives  the  most 
teiTible  mutilations,  while  a  rabbit  may  be  killed  by  the 
slightest  blow.  Some  persons  survive  the  mo^'t  terrible 
ravages  of  disease,  while  others  die  before  they  are  sup- 
posed to  be  in  danger.  Some  persons  are  so  constituted 
that  every  passing  influence  affects  them.  They  have  all  the 
diseases  incident  to  childhood,  and  during  adult  life  every 
passing  influence,  dysentery,  influenza,  cholera,  diphtheria 
or  other  epidemic,  finds  an  arena  in  their  system;  while 
there  are  others  whose  vitality  rides  safely  through  all  such 
malign  influences.  Nay,  there  are  even  those  who  seem 
proof  against  small-pox,  syphilis,  or  yellow  fever.  It  would 
seem  that  vitality  in  these  cases  holds  the  organism  so  per- 
fectly under  its  control  as  to  render  it  proof  against  in- 
fluences which  are  frequently  fatal  to  others. 

As  health  is  the  harmonious  action  of  the  vital  force  and 
of  the  various  functions  of  the  organism,  it  follows  that  the 
more  complex  or  delicate  the  structure  or  organism,  the 
more  iittble  it  becomes  to  fall  into  disorder   or  disease. 


HEALTH.  15 

Every  additional  element  that  enters  into  the  organization, 
is  an  additional  influence  whose  action  must  be  in  union 
with  every  paii,  and  with  the  whole,  in  order  to  its  healthy 
action.  Vegetable  Hfe  may  only  suffer  from  the  quahty  or 
quantity  of  the  material  which  makes  up  the  stinicture. 
Animal  life  may  still  further  suffer  fi'om  the  sentient  system 
vvhich  forms  a  part  of  its  organism,  while  in  intelligent 
beings,  the  whole  is  still  further  comphcated  by  that  immense 
sway  of  psychological  phenomena,  that  thinking  and  willing, 
hoping  and  fearing,  whose  ebb  and  flow  is  more  or  less  re- 
flected upon  every  plane  of  the  being  below  it.  Hence,  the 
more  refined,  delicate  and  sensitive  the  organism  becomes, 
the  more  nicely  and  dehcately  are  its  balances  adjusted,  the 
more  exquisite  are  its  perceptions  and  enjoyments,  the 
keener  its  grief  or  depressions  and  the  more  liable  it  is  to 
become  ill-adjusted  and  to  fall  into  disorder.  Time  was,  in 
the  history  of  the  race,  when  diseases  were  few  and  pro- 
poiiionately  fatal;  but,  with  the  j^i'ogress  and  development 
of  man,  they  have  increased  a  hundred  fold,  because  there 
are  a  hundred  more  influences  in  play,  all  of  which  must  be 
in  harmony  in  order  to  perfect  result.  This  is  seen  in  the 
difference  between  wild  and  domestic  animals.  Wild  birds 
or  animals  are  subject  to  few  or  no  diseases,  and  not  until 
after  many  generations  of  domestication  do  they  become 
subject  to  them,  while  the  thorough-bred  horse  or  dog 
must  be  treated  as  tenderly  as  a  child.  The  Indian  has 
but  few  diseases,  and  those  of  an  acute  character  and 
generally  fatal,  while  the  fully  cultured  and  developed  mac 
or  woman  is  the  subject  of  almost  numberless  morbid  in- 
fluences. 


16  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 


rsE^A^SE- 


When  the  organism,  or  any  of  its  parts,  falls  into  dis- 
ordered action,  it  is  said  to  be  diseased.  The  first  mani- 
festations of  disease  are  usually  upon  the  highest  planes  of 
the  organism.  Not  until  after  these  have  been  invaded 
and  their  action  modified  by  the  morbid  process,  does  it 
descend  to  the  lower  or  more  material  planes  of  the 
organism.  Thus  it  is  first  the  psychological  or  moral,  then 
the  sensational,  then  the  functional,  and  last  of  all  the 
material  plane  of  our  being  that  is  invaded.  The  first 
perceptions  of  diseased  action  are  sensations  of  depression, 
melancholy  or  misanthropy;  or,  they  may  assume  a  more 
'violent  or  positive  form  of  sadness,  ill  humor  or  mental 
disquietude  in  various  forms  or  degrees.  In  some  instances 
ihe  morbid  process  does  not  extend  to  the  lower  planes, 
but  expends  its  force  in  the  first  arena  of  its  action,  and 
the  result  may  be  hypochondria,  insanity,  or  some  similar 
form  of  mental  alienation.  But,  in  the  usual  course,  the 
next  plane  of  the  organism,  the  sensational,  is  invaded,  and 
there  are  then  manifestations  of  pain,  uneasiness,  aching  or 
weariness.  Some  morbid  conditions,  such  as  neuralgia, 
are  characterized  almost  exclusively  by  these  manifestations. 
Next,  the  functions  of  the  body  become  disordered,  the 
appetite  fails,  taste  becomes  impaired,  tongue  coated, 
secretions  obstructed,  and  some  or  all  ot  the  functions  of 
the  body  are  perverted,  or  more  or  less  impaired  or  arrested. 
In  some  cases  the  principal  sphere  of  the  morbid  process  is 
the  perversion  of  a  function,  as  in  diarrhoea  or  diabetes. 
Lastly,  we  come  to  alterations  of  structure — the  localization 


DISEASE.  17 

of  disease  upon  the  material  plane.  Here  wc  may  have 
redness,  swelling  and  heat,  as  in  inflammations,  or  lesions 
of  parts,  as  in  ulcers,  or  changes  in  the  structure  of  the 
part,  or  even  its  ultimate  molecules,  as  in  case  of  cancer  or 
scirrhus.  In  particular  instances  the  invasion  of  the 
organism  may  be  so  sudden  that  its  successive  steps  or 
stages  may  not  be  marked,  and  the  entire  system  may  seem 
to  be  affected  at  once,  or  some  of  its  stages  may  seem  to 
have  been  glided  over  and  scarcely  assailed,  or  in  so  sKght 
a  manner  as  to  have  been  unnoticed;  or  the  morbid  mani- 
festation may  be  so  positive  or  decided  in  some  one  parti- 
cular field  as  to  give  the  impression  of  that  being  the  only 
plane  of  the  morbid  process.  Yet  before  any  of  these 
changes  of  structure  could  have  occurred  it  is  evident  there 
must  have  been  also  changes  in  the  vital  being,  to  which 
only  by  degrees  the  change  of  structure  was  eventually 
made  to  correspond. 

The  recuperative  or  healthward  manifestations  of  the 
system  proceed  in  the  same  order.  The  first  perception  of 
relief  is  in  the  moral  sphere — the  patient  feels  more  cheer- 
ful, less  depression,  gloom,  or  irritability;  then  relief  from 
pain  and  uneasiness,  sleep  and  expression  more  natural; 
then,  the  functions  are  improved,  circulation,  taste,  appetite, 
and  secretions  more  regular  and  natural,  and  finally  the 
conditions  of  structure,  if  there  has  been  organic  lesions, 
gradually  assume  a  more  natural  and  healthy  character. 
Often,  during  the  height  of  a  malady,  a  single  appropriate 
dose  of  the  required  remedy  is  given,  and  the  patient  at 
once  becomes  more  calm  and  quiet,  and  sleep  comes  on, 
giving  most   indubitable  evidence  that  vitality  has  been 


18  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

relieved  and  a  healthward  process  established.  Thus,  the 
curative  process  is  seen  to  commence  in  the  highest  sphere 
and  to  descend  to  the  lower  and  more  material  plane. 

In  case  of  wounds,  injuries,  or  lesions  of  parts,  the  first 
injirr}^  may  oe  in  the  material  structure,  yet  the  perceptions 
of  the  morbid  process  and  the  curative  manifestations  of 
the  system  are  first  indicated  in  the  higher  and  more 
immaterial  planes  of  the  organism.  In  some  instances  a 
morbid  process  may  be  so  remote  from  the  seat  of  life,  and 
so  httle  affect  its  normal  functions,  as  to  call  its  sympathetic 
action  but  very  slightly  into  play;  and  such  cases  have  been 
erroneously  termed  local  diseases;  such  as  indolent  ulcers, 
tumors,  or  adventitious  growths. 

The  genesis  of  disease  presents  some  interesting  con- 
siderations. Unquestionably  the  early  progenitors  of  the 
race  were  not  subject  to  aU  the  diseases  which  are  now 
common.  The  advent  of  many  are  well  known.  AVhen  an 
individual  or  community  has  for  a  long  period  violated  the 
laws  of  life  or  health,  the  violation  seems  to  ultimate  itself 
in  the  form  of  a  particular  corresponding  malady  or  disease, 
which  having  once  manifested  itself  in  that  particular  form, 
assumes  a  type,  and  hence,  constantly  tends  to  reproduce 
itself  in  new  subjects.  Thus  the  cholera  was  first  known 
during  the  early  part  of  the  present  century.  Among  the 
crowded  and  iU-fed  masses  of  India,  exposed  to  j^estilential 
miasm  from  sluggish  rivers,  among  swamps  and  rice  fields, 
there  was  developed  a  peculiar  form  of  disease,  which  first 
rioted  in  its  own  home,  sweeping  off  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  the  wretched  inhabitants,  until  after  a  few  years,  it 
stretched  out  first  along  the  water  courses  and  great  Hnes 


DISEASE.  19 

of  travel;  and  at  length  overleaping  all  sanitary  cordons,  it 
visited  in  turn  all  the  great  cities  of  Europe  and  America, 
and  finally  became  known  as  the  cholera  in  almost  every 
paii  of  the  habitable  globe.  So  the  plague,  doubtless 
engendered  by  the  peculiar  habits  and  endemic  influences 
of  the  Levant,  at  times  stretches  out  its  malignant  folds  and 
involves  London,  Paris  and  other  distant  and  "suahy 
exempt  cities.  The  yellow  fever  is  usually  confined  W  the 
low  miasmatic  coasts  of  the  Southern  portion  of  ^^is  country 
and  semi-tropical  regions;  but,  at  times  it  has  beei:  known 
to  travel  inland  and  visit  places  hundreds  of  miles  L»e"ond 
its  original  locality.  Syphilis  was  unknown  until  about  the 
year  1405,  when  it  first  appeared  at  Naples,  and  has  since 
extended  to  every  part  of  the  habitable  world.  The  advent 
of  many  diseases  of  modern  date  are  well  known  and  easily 
marked.  In  the  course  of  many  years  the  character  and 
peculiarities  of  a  disease  may  become  changed  or  modified; 
or  it  may  entirely  disappear,  w^hile  other  diseases,  or  new 
manifestations  may  take  their  place.  New  diseases  or  new 
forms  of  familiar  ones,  are  constantly  coming  forward,  and 
will  be  likely  to  do  so  as  long  as  the  habits  of  the  race  and 
surrounding  influences  are  subjects  of  corresponding 
changes. 

It  is  not  strange  that  diseases  run  in  similar  channels,  or 
that  a  type  constantly  tends  to  reproduce  itself.  The 
human  organization  being  always  mainly  the  same,  a 
morbid  influence  acting  upon  it  elicits  mainly  the  same 
response  or  symptoms.  The  shadings  may  be  varied  by  the 
peculiarities  of  the  subject  and  potency  of  the  exciting 
cause,  but  the  essential  features  will  be  similar.     In  some 


:^0  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

cases  t&e  inbrbid  infiueiice  is  so   positive  that  it  always 
elicits  the  same  symptoms,  only  varied  in  their  degree  or 
intensity;  and  these  have  obtained  the  name  of  diseases  of 
fixed  character.    Small-pox  and  measles  have  far  less  variety 
than  scarlet  fever,  owing  doubtless  to  the  varying  degree  of 
inteLLsity  in  the  morbid  cause.     All  epidemics  are  observed 
to  have  their  rise,  acme  and  dechnation,  as  well  as  to  vary 
in  their  character  and  degree  of  intensity  from  year  to  year. 
From  these  considerations  it  will  be  seen  that  disease  is 
not  to  be  considered  as  a  material,  something  which  has 
got  into  the  system,  and  hence  is  to  be  expelled  from  it;  but 
as  primarily  a  deviation  from   the  normal  standard  in  the 
play  of  the  immaterial  vital  forces  that  govern  and  control 
the  material  organism.     These  deviations,  which  we  term 
disease,  arise  in  a  large  majority  of  cases  from  causes  which 
are  as  immaterial  as  the  vital  being  itself.     In  some  cases 
the   causes  may  indeed  be  material — poisons,   bad  food, 
excesseis,  wounds,  etc.,  which,  acting  through  the  material 
organism,  upon  the  immaterial  forces  within  it,  derange  the 
play  of  the  entire  organism;  but,  often,  they  are  of  the  most 
immaterial  character.     The  cholera  swept  off  its  thousands 
and  even  decimated  the  population  of  some  large  cities  and 
communities;   yet  there  was  no  rational  solution   for   its 
presence  found  in  air,  earth  or  water,  or  even  yet  in  the 
surrounding  electrical  conditions  of  the  atmosphere  *.     Nor 
is  it  easy  to  detect  the  presence  of  scarlet  fever,  diphtheria, 
or  typhus  in  any  material  form  aside  from  their  manifest- 


*  Recent  investigations  seem  to  have  given  a  minute,  or  micros- 
copical, baais  to  diphtheria,  typhus,  and  some  similar  or  zymotic 
diseases. 


DISEASE.  21 

a^wons.  The  most  delicate  tests  applied  to  an  atmosphere 
reeking  with  fever  and  ague,  yellow  fever,  or  small-r)ox,  fail 
to  detect  a  difference  between  them  and  that  of  the  most 
salubrious  mountain  region.  Yet  an  atmosphere  apparently 
innocuous  may  be  so  charged  with  malaria  or  contagion  as 
to  destroy  a  large  proportion  of  all  susceptible  persons  who 
come  within  its  reach.  In  inflammation,  fever,  rheumatism, 
a  mere  check  of  perspiration  or  sudden  exposure,  gives  rise 
to  all  the  phenomena  of  the  disease,  without  the  possibility 
of  any  material  cause  havinnf  contributed  Lo  the  disorder. 

t,  CD 

When  changes  in  the  structure  of  the  pai-t  have  occurred, 
such  changes  are  not  to  be  considered  the  cause  of  disease, 
but  the  result  or  consequence  of  morbid  action.  Usually 
quite  a  period  of  time  is  required,  and  a  series  of  immaterial 
changes  or  evolutic^ns  of  the  organism  are  necessaiy  before 
any  material  alteration  of  structure  can  occur.  This  is  very 
manifest  in  cases  of  cancer,  tumor,  or  similar  lesions  of 
stinicture. 

HOW  IVIEDICINES  CuER 

All  crude  medicines  are,  in  their  nature,  poisons  or  health- 
disturbing  agencies.  By  virtue  of  their  ability  to  derange 
lieaith,  they  have,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  power 
fco  restore  it.  But  it  is  not  necessary,  in  order  to  restore 
health,  that  medicines  be  used  in  cj[uantities  sufficient  tc 
disturb  or  destroy  it.  Homeopathy  has  fortunately  shown 
the  world  how  medicines  can  be  used  so  as  to  restore,  without 
the  possibility  of  injuring;  and  how  to  develop  the  curative 
powers  of  medicines,  while  their  poisonous  properties  are 
destroyed 


22  HOMEOPATHIO   MENTOR. 

It  has  been  common  to  use  emetics,  cathartics,  sudorifica 
or  expectorants,  with  a  view  of  promoting  the  excretions  of 
the  body,  that  thereby  disease  might  be  expelled  and  health 
recovered;  and  it  is  not  doubted  that,  after  the  operation  of 
a  brisk  cathartic  or  emetic,  the  patient  has  frequently  been 
restored.  But,  as  during  the  operation  of  the  medicine  it 
may  in  many  cases  be  shown  that  every  grain  of  the  drug 
administered,  except  an  immaterial  Homeopathic  portion, 
has  been  ejected  from  the  system,  it  becomes  a  question 
whether  the  large  quantity  which  has  been  thrown  off, 
or  the  immaterial  small  quantity  (Homeopathic)  which 
remained,  has  been  the  curative  agent.  Surely  the  mechan- 
ical effort  of  vomiting  or  purging  has  no  more  curative 
action  than  the  wiping  of  one's  nose  has  in  curing  the 
catarrh;  and  the  fact  that  Homeopaths  do  cure  with  the 
small  portion,  confirms  the  impression  that  all  the  large 
dose  and  revulsive  operation  was  at  least  misapplied.  In 
very  few  cases  will  these  mechanical  manipulations  cure 
disease. 

No  fact  is  better  settled  than  that  Homeopathic  medicines 
euro.  The  method  of  their  operation  has  been  variously 
explained.  Even  should  it  not  be  susceptible  of  explanation 
at  aU,  or  upon  any  generally  accepted  principle  or  hypothe- 
sis, yet  this  would  not  invalidate  the  fact  of  such  cures;  or 
should  any  of  the  usual  explanations  prove  to  be  incorrect, 
yet  the  fact  still  stands;  only,  the  supposed  rationale  has 
proved  fallacious.  Homeopathic  cures,  if  not  all  cures  by 
medicine,  seem  to  be  upon  the  principle  of  substitution. 
To  substitute  a  similar  medicinal  action  for  a  morbid  one, 
is  to  extinguish  disease.     In  some  cases  this  may  be  easy. 


DISEASK  2;^ 

in  others  difficult,  or  again  impossible,  as  every  art  ot 
necessity  has  its  limits.  This  cure  by  substitution,  or 
Homeopathy,  is  not  new;  the  truth  flashed  from  tne  im- 
mortal poet  Avhen  he  sung — 

"Tut  man,  one  fire  burns  out  another's  burning, 
Turn  giddy,  and  be  helped  by  backward  turning, 
Take  some  new  infection  to  thine  eye, 
And  the  rank  poison  of  the  old  will  die." 

Applying  snow  to  the  frost-bitten  parts,  and  heating 
applications  to  burns,  are  familiar  examples.  But  the  cure 
of  syphihtic  diseases  by  mercurials,  or  of  fever  and  ague  by 
quinine,  or  sore  throat  by  cayenne  pepper,  are  as  truly 
Homeopathic  as  the  former,  and  all  truly  specific  or  cura- 
tive medicines  will  be  found  to  range  themselves  under  this 
principle  of  action — the  Homeopathic. 

All  prevention  of  disease  is  also,  upon  this  (Homeopathic), 
principle  Vaccination,  with  the  kine-pock,  prevents  the 
small-pox,  because  the  mode  of  action  and  the  essential 
phenomenon  of  the  two  diseases  are  similar  in  the  course 
they  run,  the  symptoms  they  produce,  the  local  swelling 
and  scar  they  leave  behind;  and  being  thus  similar  the  one 
acts  as  a  substitute  for  the  other.  The  kine-pock  as  truly 
2:)rotects  the  system  as  does  the  small-pox  itself  from  a 
second  attack.  Minute  doses  of  quinine  prevent  fever  and 
ague  and  other  malarious  fevers,  and  belladonna  prevents 
scarlet  fever  upon  the  same  principle. 

In  Homeopathy,  we  first  ascertain  by  proving  or  trials  of 
medicines  upon  the  healthy,  the  organs  or  tissues  upon 
which  such  drugs  act,  by  observing  the  symptoms  or 
disturbances  in  the  system  which  they  produce.     Having 


24  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

thus,  by  repeated  trials,  learned  the  affinities  of  medicines, 
we  are  enabled  to  apply  them  with  great  certainty  in 
disease.  Because;  if  a  disease  or  morbid  condition  produces 
certain  symptoms,  and  a  medicine  produces  the  same  or 
similar  symj)toms,  it  is  certain  it  must  do  so  by  acting  upon 
the  same  organs  and  tissues,  and  in  the  same  manner;  and 
thus  to  give  the  same,  we  substitute,  if  it  is  possible,  the 
one  medicinal  for  the  other  morbid  action,  and  thus  sub- 
stituting, ciu^e  it.  And  here  our  use  of  minute  doses  finds 
explanation.  Few  diseases  produce  the  symptoms  of  large 
material  doses;  or  if  they  do,  such  large  doses  assault  the 
system  so  violently,  as  to  call  up  a  revulsive  action,  which 
convulses,  torments  and  poisons,  while  it  does  not  cure. 
But  Homeopathic  doses  acting  upon  a  higher  plane  of  the 
organism,  that  upon  w^hich  disease  begins,  gradually  and 
sometimes  immediately,  substitute  their  action  for  that  of 
disease,  and  thus  modify,  soften  and  extinguish  it.  The 
dose  or  amount  of  medicine  given  must  be  in  harmony  with 
the  condition  of  the  vital  forces  when  it  is  given.  It  often 
happens  that  a  very  minute  dose  will  act  curatively,  when  a 
larger  one  will  not  so  act  at  all;  and  it  is  a  very  gross,  but 
common  error,  to  suppose  that  if  a  little  medicine  will  do 
some  good,  a  larger  quantity  will  do  more  good.  It  is  often 
quite  the  contrary. 

As  medicines  have  special  affinities  for  different  organs 
or  tissues;  as  for  instance,  belladonna  for  the  eye  and  brain, 
mercury  for  tlie  glands  and  sulj^hur  for  the  skin,  etc. ;  the 
rationale  of  this  action  must  be  the  affinity  of  the  medicine 
for  homogeneous  molecules  of  the  same  element  in  tho 
human  system.     As  the  human  body  is  a  microcosm,  having 


DISEASE.  25 

in  itself  the  known  primary  elements,  it  follows  that  every 
one  of  these  elements,  or  its  combinations,  may  become  a 
medicine;  and  by  its  influence  serve  to  modify  and  control 
the  action  of  the  organism  through  its  influence  upon 
homogeneous  particles  of  the  same  element  in  the  human 
system.  These  elements,  as  they  exist  in  the  human  body, 
are  in  a  condition  infinitely  more  refined  and  progressed 
than  the  condition  in  which  they  are  found  elsewhere. 
Hence  it  is  that  in  order  to  act  curatively,  as  medicines, 
and  in  the  most  speedy  and  efficient  manner,  they  mast  be 
reduced,  triturated,  refined  and  attenuated,  so  as  at  least  to 
approximate  to  the  condition  in  which  they  exist  in  the 
human  body.  Thus  refined,  attenuated  and  progressed 
they  are  no  longer  poisons  or  health-disturbing  agents,  but 
on  the  contrary  are  life-sustainers,  vital  pabulums,  in  every 
way  conserying  and  sustaining  the  health  and  vigor  of  the 
body;  not  only  curing  disease  when  rightly  applied,  but 
protecting  and  preventing  disease  and  decay.  In  this  con- 
dition the  poisonous  properties  of  medicine  are  destroyed 
and  their  curatiye  or  conservative  ones  are  developed.  And 
therein  Ave  have  an  answer  to  that  stale  and  crude  fallacy 
urged  by  the  thoughtless,  that  because  a  child  might  eat  a 
bottle  full  of  Homeopathic  medicine  and  not  be  poisoned, 
hence,  such  medicine  could  have  no  power  to  cure  the  sick. 
Specific  Homeopathy  especially  recognizes  this  fundamental 
principle — that  medicines  act  curatively  through  their 
affinities  with  homogeneous  particles  of  the  same  elements 
in  the  system.  Hence,  in  the  formation  of  our  specifics,  we 
seek,  not  merely  to  give  a  simple,  which  may  act  in  a 
certain  direction,  or  upon  a  certain  organ  or  tissue,  but  to 


26  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

unite  in  a  specific  medicine,  elements,  which  having  the 
same  direction  or  symptoms,  yet  act  upon  fundamentally 
different  elements  or  tissues  in  the  body.  This  is  done  by 
combining  medicines  of  widely  varying  constituent  prin- 
ciples or  elements;  and,  while  each  of  these  is  Homeopatliic 
to  the  disease,  they  sustain  the  system  differently  by  acting 
upon  different  organs,  tissues,  nerve  centres,  or  organic 
elements.  Thus,  while  one  may  serve  as  pabulum  for  the 
blood,  another  may  perform  the  same  office  for  the  bones; 
while  a  third  may  directly  act  upon  the  nervous  system, 
and  aU  may  conduce  to  a  general  result.  Vegetable  poisons, 
animal  poisons,  chemicals,  minerals  and  metals,  as  classes, 
each  act  differently  upon  the  human  system,  and  each  per- 
form offices  which  can  not  well  be  performed  by  others;  and 
the  great  advantage  of  Specific  Homeopathy  is  that  specifics 
are  formed  that  unite  in  one  Homeopathic  preparation  the 
virtues  of  these  several  classes  of  medicines.  Results  are 
by  this  means  attained,  not  only  in  the  simplicity  of  the 
appUcation,  but  also  in  the  certainty  and  value  of  the 
results,  especially  in  the  cure  of  obstinate  and  long-standing 
diseases,  which  are  not  realized  by  any  other  method. 

Numerous  morbid  conditions  arise  from  the  deprivation 
of  some  element  essential  to  the  integrity  of  the  system — as 
the  want  of  iron  in  the  blood,  or  of  phosphate  and  carbonate 
of  lime  in  the  bones.  These  substances  administered,  not 
in  crude,  but  in  refined  or  Homeopathic  forms,  are  found 
to  act  like  enchantment  in  supplying  the  wanting  sub- 
stance ;  not  so  much  perhaps  in  giving  the  quantity  required 
as  by  setting  in  action  the  inchoate  particles  of  the  same 
elements  already  present.      When  it  is  remembered  that 


DISEASE.  27 

these  elementary  particles,  as  they  exist  in  our  blood,  our 
organs,  our  tissues  and  bones,  are  usually  in  particles,  so 
exceedingly  minute  and  refined,  as  at  times  only  to  be 
detected  by  the  most  delicate  tests  which  chemistry  has 
discovered,  it  will  be  comprehended  that,  in  order  to  act 
affinitively  upon  such  particles,  the  element  given  as  a 
medicine  must  be  attenuated  or  reduced  to  a  similar  condi- 
tion, or  one  approximating  it.  True,  the  mortar  and  pestle, 
with  sugar  of  milk,  will  never  reduce  sulphur  to  the  condi- 
tion of  that  which  plays  so  essential  a  part  in  the  human 
system.  But  this  mode  of  preparation  is  the  nearest  to 
perfection  and  has  attained  the  highest  results  yet  known 
in  the  experience  of  man.  And  it  may  be  alao  admitted 
that  by  this  mode  of  ]ireparation  there  is  imparted  to  the 
medicine,  not  merely  a  fineness  in  its  form,  but  also  some 
portion  of  the  vital  electricity  or  power  of  the  individual 
performing  the  manipulation  or  making  the  medicine.  As 
the  condition  of  an  electrical  current  is  modified  in  passing 
from  the  machine  through  the  organism  of  another  indi- 
vidual to  the  patient,  so  the  direct  Homeopathic  mani- 
pulation of  a  medicine  by  a  healthy  and  well-disposed 
person,  is  not  without  its  influence  in  sustaining  and 
restoring  the  sick 

For  the  permanent  restoration  of  the  sick,  especially  in 
long  standing  or  chronic  diseases,  time  is  required.  Often 
such  diseases  are  of  many  years  standing,  and  have  by 
degrees  involved  the  entire  organism,  producing  disturb- 
ances of  function  and  sensation,  and  even  changes  in  the 
structure  or  tissues  of  the  body  itself.  When  it  is  realized 
that  all  these  must  be  changed,  renovated  or  even  renewed 


28  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

by  efforts  of  the  immaterial  vital   forces,  assisted  by  th^ 
kindly  influence  of  medicine  appropriate  in  quality,  quan- 
tity, form   and   repetition,    and  sustained  by  appropriate 
nutrition,   it  will   be    seen   that   health,  in  such   circum- 
stances, can  not  be  the  work  of  a  day  or  week;  and  the 
patient  should   be  content  even   if  months  or  years   are 
required  for  permanent   and   entire   recovery.     In   some 
marvelous  cases  the  power  of   disease  may  be   broken  at 
once,  and  the  change  produced  be  so  great  that  the  patient 
believes  himself  well.     In  almost  aU  cases  wher^  a  cure  is 
possible,  the  appropriate  medicine  produces  an  improve- 
ment at  once,  or  in  a  very  few  days,  but  in  most  cases 
experience  has  abundantly  shown  that  time,  repeated  doses, 
and  a  persistent  use  of  appropriate  medicine,  are  required 
for  the  cure  of  serious  and  long-standing  diseases. 

In  many  instances  the  medicinal  influence  is  soon  extin- 
guished or  lost,  so  that  repeated  doses  are  required  for  a 
cure;  while  in  others,  a  single  dose,  permitted  to  expend  its 
action  undisturbed,  has  produced  the  most  important 
changes  and  even  anniliilated  a  long-standing  and  obstinate 
disease.  It  is  yet  an  open  question,  whether,  the  Hahne- 
mannian  method,  of  one  dose  carefuUy  given  and  permitted 
fully  to  expend  its  action  before  repetition;  or  whether  doses 
frequently  repeated,  produce  the  most  satisfactory  results. 
Each  method  has  its  advocates  and  adherents.  Some 
diseases  run  their  course  rapidly,  and  their  cure  may  be  as 
rapidly  effected,  while  others  are  months  or  even  years 
working  out  a  morbid  process,  and  often  require  a  similar 
range  of  time  for  their  permanent  annihilation  and  cure. 


UISEASE.  29 

CAUSES    OF    DISEASE. 

HEREDITARY    TRANSMISSION. 

It  is  not  unfrequently  observed  that  several  members  of 
a  family  are  subject  to  some  peculiar  disease  or  morbid  con- 
dition, and  that  father  and  son,  or  mother  and  daughter,  in 
turn,  are  subject  to  the  same  disease.  Sometimes  nearly  a 
whole  family  die  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  from  con- 
sumption; sons  are  afflicted  with  gout,  scrofula,  salt  rheum 
or  rheumatism,  as  their  father  was  before  them;  daughters 
inherit  cancer  from  mothers  or  grandmothers.  The  im^ 
jDression  hence  generally  prevails  that  these  diseases  are 
inherited.  The  fact  of  disease  frequently  appearing  under 
such  ciixumstances  is  undisputed.  However  difficult  it  may 
be  to  conceive  that  the  vital  principle,  in  forming  for  itself 
a  body,  does,  fi^om  some  inherited  germ  or  principle,  form 
it  of  materials,  which  at  a  certain  period  of  life  are  subject 
fc  )  disease  or  dissolution  in  a  certain  form ;  it  is  quite  certain 
that  as  each  parent  impairs  to  its  offspring  its  own  type 
and  peculiarities,  its  tendency  to  be  lean  or  corpulent, 
large  or  small,  dehcate  or  stout,  so  with  this  bodily  organi- 
zation taere  may  be  a  tendency  to  assume  or  take  on 
diseased  action  in  a  certain  form. 

It  is  not  usually  difficult  to  arrest  such  tendencies  in  the 
bud,  by  the  appropriate  use  of  Homeopathic  medicines;  and 
they  only  require  to  be  understood  and  guarded  against  by 
proper  habits  and  medication,  in  order  to  ward  off  danger 
from  such  sources.  The  medicines  and  measures  of  preven- 
tion against  such  diseases  will  be  indicated  in  their  appro- 
priate sections. 


^0  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

MIASMS.— MALAEIA. 

Often,  over  extensive  sections  of  country,  and  sometimes 
successively  ovef  vast  regions,  people  are  afflicted  with 
some  peculiar  form  of  disease,  such  as  influenza,  cholera, 
scarlet  fever,  etc.  The  influence  which  causes  such  diseases 
is  but  imperfectly  known.  They  are  observed  to  have  their 
beginning,  reach  a  certain  degree  of  intensity,  and  then  to 
decline.  During  its  presence  all  susceptible  persons  are 
more  or  less  affected  by  it,  yet  '^nly  a  portion  of  the  entire 
population  are  attacked  with  the  disease.  Other  diseases, 
during  its  continuance,  are  variously  modified  and  made  to 
wear  the  Hvery  of  the  prevailing  epidemic.  All  patients 
will  not  have  the  same  symptoms,  only  the  more  important 
or  peculiar  ones,  showing  the  unity  of  the  miasmatic  in- 
fluence. While  all,  wherever  it  extends,  are  doubtless  within 
its  influence,  yet,  the  miasm  or  disease-producing  agency  is 
more  intense  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  those  w^ho  have 
the  disease,  and  to  this  extent  it  may  be  considered  con- 
tagious. A  susceptible  person  coming  into  the  immediate 
presence  of  those  who  are  laboring  under  the  disease,  is 
doubtless  more  exposed  than  elsewhere,  as  the  morbid  in- 
fluence is  there  more  intense.  Fear,  or  an  apprehensive 
state  of  mind,  renders  the  person  more  susceptible  than 
otherwise,  while  a  calm,  quiet  and  determined  state  of  mind 
is  not  without  its  influence  as  a  protective. 

Not  unfrequently  the  epidemic  influence  seems  to  change 
its  mode  of  manifestation,  and  one  disease  is  found  to 
follow  another.  Thus  the  cholera  has  been  very  commonly 
preceded  by  the  influenza,  the  diphtheria  by  scaiiet  fevei; 
and  dysentery  by  intermittent  fever. 


i>IS£ASE.  31 

ENDEMIC  CAUSES. 

Diseases  are  frequently  engendered  by  local  or  endemic 
influences.  Thus,  the  neighborhood  of  swamps  and  marshes, 
or  the  drainage  of  ponds,  almost  invariably  causes  some 
grade  of  remittent  or  intermittent  fevers,  known  under  the 
name  of  malaria.  Persons,  residing  in  such  localities  are 
subject  to  malarial  diseases;  and  new  countries  where  largj 
portions  of  land  are  being  cleared  and  hence  drained,  are 
almost  invariably  subject  to  these  fevers.  So,  the  digging 
of  canals  or  extensive  drains  is  for  a  time  observed  to  be 
followed  by  similar  results.  Wlien  stagnant  water  remains 
in  a  cellar  for  any  considerable  time,  the  family  or  some  of 
those  residing  over  it,  will  rarely  escaj)e  some  form  of 
fever,  especially  if  sleeping  on  the  lower  floor.  There  arc 
also  some  diseases  that  seem  to  be  peculiar  to  certain 
localities  or  sections  of  country,  among  which  may  be 
mentioned  the  PHca  Polonica,  or  plaited-hair  disease  or 
Poland,  and  the  Goitre  or  Derby-shire  Neck,  which,  in  its 
peculiar  form,  is  observed  in  certain  locahties;  and  certain 
forms  of  Cretinism,  observed  among  the  deep  valleys  of  the 
Alps. 

DEPRIVATION. 

There  are  numerous  cases  of  disease  produced  by  the 
want  or  deprivation  of  some  substance  essential  to  the 
integrity  of  the  system.  As  the  organism  takes  up  and 
eliminates  from  surrounding  nature  the  elements  essential 
to  its  perfection  and  integrity,  ilo  follows  that  if  these  organic 
elements  are  absent  in  that  which  is  received,  or  found  only 


32  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

in  such  form  that  it  cannot  ultimate  them  within  itself,  or, 
if  by  any  fault  of  the  organism,  this  conversion  cannot  be 
accomplished,  disease  must  of  necessity  follow.  At  times 
the  organism  makes  the  most  extraordinary  efforts  to  supply 
these  deficiencies,  and  may  for  a  time  succeed;  but  finally 
help  must  be  afforded  or  the  system  succumbs.  Mariners, 
on  long  voyages,  or  shut  up  in  the  icy  regions  of  the 
North  and  deprived  of  the  acid  found  in  vegetables  and 
fruit,  for  many  months  maintain  a  degree  of  health,  but 
scurvy,  ere  long,  makes  its  sad  ravages,  unless  fruits  or  vege- 
tables are  obtained.  Emigrants  from  Europe,  confined  for 
many  weeks  upon  ship-board,  pining  from  home-sickness, 
unable  to  eat  or  digest  their  food  from  sea-sickness,  and 
exposed  to  uncleanliness  and  foul  air,  in  over-crowded 
and  ill-ventilated  ships,  suffer  terribly  from  ship  fever. 
Deprivation  of  light  and  air  soon  blanch  the  cheeks  and 
give  the  inmates  of  our  prisons  that  pale  appearance,  so 
common  to  old  convicts. 

Children  not  unfrequently  fail  to  receive  in  the  milk  of 
the  nurse  all  the  elements  necessary  to  the  healthy  forma- 
tion of  bone,  or  their  systems  are  not  in  condition  to 
eliminate  and  deposit,  from  the  aliment  received,  the  proper 
amount  of  ossific  matter;  as  a  consequence  the  bones  are 
formed  slowly  and  with  apparent  suffering  to  the  system, 
the  teeth  are  produced  slowly  and  irregularly,  the  fontanel 
does  not  close,  the  long  bones  are  crooked,  with  large 
wrists  and  ankles,  and  the  children  are  tottering,  slow 
in  learning  to  walk,  or  walk  only  with  difficulty.  The 
result  is  not  only  a  defective  ossseous  system,  but  a 
general   innervation   of    the    entii'e    organism,    manifested 


DISEASE.  33 

by  stnnteJ    growth,   imperfect  development  and  generaS 
weakness. 

In  many  instances  there  is  a  marked  disproportior: 
between  the  mental  and  physical  expenditure  of  the  systemj 
and  its  nourishment.  This  is  especially  liable  to  occur 
during  the  years  of  development,  or  the  evolutions  of  the 
system.  Hence  the  period  of  puberty  is  so  frequently 
critical;  and  if,  during  that  period,  the  mental  activity  is 
over-taxed,  by  study  or  mental  effort,  while  the  system  is 
insufficiently  nourished,  this  impoverishment  of  the  system 
is  liable  to  result  in  the  deposition  of  tubercles  or  other 
serious  disease.  Thousands  die  annually  of  consumption 
engendered  at  school,  or  fall  an  easy  prey  to  typhus  fever 
and  other  diseases,  because  the  vital  forces  have  been  ex- 
Jiausted  by  studies  or  mental  overwork,  while  the  organism 
has  been  insufficiently  sustained  by  food  and  nourishment. 
The  early  period  of  nursing  is  fi'equently  critical  for  a 
similar  reason.  The  great  demand  made  upon  the  system 
for  the  lacteal  fluid  at  a  period  of  great  debility  from  child- 
bed may  find  the  system  inadequate  to  the  supply;  and 
hence  exhaustion,  successive  deposition  of  tubercles  and 
rapid  decline  is  the  result,  unless  the  system  be  adequately 
sustained.  Even  admitting  these  diseases  to  have  had  an 
innoculation  from  morbid,  infectuous,  or  contagious  matter 
yet  the  debility  and  weakening  of  the  system  renders  the 
victim  an  easy  pray  to  an  influence  which  a  sound  OI 
rigorous  vitality  would  have  successfully  resisted. 


34  H0Mi!X3PATHI0  MENTOB. 

EXHAUSTION.— ATONIA. 

Olosely  allied  to  the  above  condition,  and  similai-  in  its 
consequence,  is  that  arising  from  the  exhaustion  of  the 
system.  This  may  be  brought  about  in  a  yariety  of  ways; 
and  in  this  very  busy  and  enterprising  age,  often  occurs 
before  the  victim  is  aware  of  his  danger.  Multitudes  of  < 
cases  of  paralysis,  either  partial  or  entire,  in  some  portion 
of  the  body,  are  caused  by  long  continued  mental  overwork; 
the  brain  ultimately  becoming  exhausted  and  its  power  so 
far  destroyed,  that  the  muscle  no  longer  responds  to  the 
efforts  of  the  will  Frequency  of  paralysis  in  late  years, 
is  doubtless  to  be  attributed  to  the  excessive  mental  effort 
engendered  but  too  frequently  among  the  business  com- 
munity. 

Excessive  venery  exhausts  its  thousands;  and  while  it  . 
impairs  the  mental  powers,  so  far  reduces  the  vital  forces, 
that  other  causes  the  more  readily  undermine  the  organism. 
Multitudes  of  mothers  are  enfeebled  in  producing  and 
nursing  their  offspring.  True,  Nature  usually  guards  this 
most  important  of  her  designs  with  jealous  care,  but  if  to 
the  debility  of  pregnancy  and  nursing,  there  be  added  a  loss 
of  appetite  or  derangement  of  the  digestion,  so  that  the 
^system  is  insufficiently  suppHed  with  nutriment,  the  con- 
sequence must  be  weakness,  deposition  of  tubercles  and 
ultimate  disease  unless  aid  be  afforded* 


Medical  Hygiene  consists  essentially  in  the  prevention  of 
disease  by  the  removal  of  its  avoidable  causes.  It  embraces 
\^arious  influences  operating  upon  the  physical  condition  of 
individuals  and  communities,  either  by  promoting  theii 
material  good,  or  by  preventing  their  deterioration.  It  has, 
therefore,  for  its  object,  the  preservation  of  health,  by 
means  which  contribute  to  the  most  perfect  development  of 
the  body,  and  which  are  best  calculated  to  render  Life  more 
vigorous,  decay  less  rapid,  and  Death  more  distant. 

While  our  observations  on  Hygiene  are  necessarily 
fragmentary  and  restricted,  they  are  still  very  important^ 
and  their  adoption  by  those  who  refer  to  these  pages  cannot 
fail  to  be  fraught  with  advantage.  The  rudiments  of  Medi- 
cal Hygiene  should  be  taught  and  rendered  attractive  in 
schools,  until,  as  a  result  of  the  education  of  the  masses,  a 
solid  groundwork  is  laid  for  the  promotion  of  the  Public 
Health  By  means  of  this  general  education,  as  well  ae.  bj 
the  help  of  the  public  press,  and  popular  medical  worts, 
the  general  knowledge  of  the  causes  of  disease  may  be  so 
augmented,  as  to  prevent  much  existing  suffering,  and  to 
diminish  unnecessary  waste  of  human  life. 

The  importance  of  this  science  of  Medical  Hygiene  will 
be  appreciated  when  we  state   that  it  embraces,  among 


f 


36  HOiOEOPATHIC   MENTOK. 

others,  tlie  following  subjects,  all  of  whicli  have  direct  and 
indubitable  relation  to  Health  and  Life,  viz: 
I.  Food.  V.  Sunlight. 

il.  Bevekage&  VL  Healthy  Dwellings. 

i  IL  Wateb.  Vii.  Exercise. 

tV".  Air.  Vm.  Clothing. 

IX.  Bathing. 
,  .X«  The  Influence  of  Occupation  upon  healv^ 


FOOD. 

1.  The  circumstances  regulating  its  use, 

2.  The  Nutritious  Values  of  different  kinds  of  Food, 

3.  The  methods  of'  preparing  it. 

For  what  do  we  require  food?  For  two  chief  purposes, 
VI  i: — to  produce  and  maintain  the  various  tissues  of  the 
body  while  fulfilling  their  respective  vital  functions;  and,  to 
generate  heat,  without  which  life  would  cease.  For  these 
ends  difierent  forms  of  food  are  required.  This  has  been 
very  happily  illustrated  by  a  comparison  between  the  steam- 
engine  and  the  human  body.  Just  as,  in  a  steam-engine  (1) 
the  metal  framework  and  (2)  the  coals  which  heat  the  water 
into  steam  which  sets  the  metal  machine  into  motion;  so 
bhere  are,  in  the  body,  (1)  the  tissues  and  (2)  the  fuel.  The 
bony  framework,  the  skeleton,  is  moved  by  muscles^  wliici) 
in  term  are  set  in  action  by  the  nei-ves.  These  coiTcspond 
to  the  metallic  portions  of  the  engine,  which  are  not  them- 
selves consumed,  but  wear  out  and  need  repair.  The  fuel 
of  the  body,  like  that  of  the  steam-engine,  is  hydrocarbon- 
aceous;   i.  e.,  it  consists  of  hydi^ogen  and   carbon,  which 


HYGIENE. ^FOOD.  37 

readily  unite  with  oxygen.  And,  like  the  coals  or  fuel 
which,  though  inanimate,  still  gives  motion  to  the  engine; 
so  the  Vegetable  World,  practically  without  motion,  yet 
stores  up  the  material  which  renders  motion  in  animaLg 
possible.  For,  while  animalb,  as  the  result  of  the  com- 
bustion of  their  food,  produce  carbonic  acid  gas;  vegetables 
deoxidize,  or  eliminate,  this  carbonic  acid — which  is  very 
necessary  for  their  own  life — and  store  up  carbonaceous 
material,  and  give  off  free  oxygen,  upon  a  supply  of 
of  which  animal  life  is  absolutely  dependent.  Thus  the 
Vegetable  and  the  Animal  Worlds  live  side  by  side;  each 
necessary  to  the  other.  The  Animal  could  exert  no  force 
without  oxygen,  which  he  obtains  fi'om  the  Vegetable  world; 
the  Vegetable  would  perish  without  carbonic  acid  which  is 
produced  for  it  by  the  xVnimal  World. 

Then,  again,  just  as  the  plant  takes  the  carbonic  acid, 
and  retiu'ns  an  equivalent  in  oxygen — so  it,  also,  takes  from 
water  a  supply  of  hydrogen,  and  gives  back  a  supply  of 
oxygen. 

Thus,  from  these  two — carbon  and  hydrogen — are  built 
up  starch,  sugar  and  fat — the  hydro-carbonaceous  elements 
which  essentiaUy  constitute  our  food — the  equivalent  of  the 
coal  in  the  steam-engine. 

Now,  as  to  the  tissues  of  the  body — which  corresiDond  ta 
[he  metal  framework  and  working-parts  of  the  steam 
engine — they  all  contain  an  essential  element  known  as 
nitrogen.  And  nitrogen  has  this  peculiarity,  that,  when 
combined  with  carbon  and  hydrogen,  they  do  not  as  readily 
combine  with  oxygen,  as  they  would  do  if  nitrogen  was 
absent.    It  is  due  to  tliis  quality  of  nitrogen,  that  the  tissues 


88  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

of  the  body,  being  themselves  riitrogenized,  are  not  con- 
sumed by  the  heat  of  oxidizing  processes  going  on  within 
them.  The  metal-work  of  the  engine  is  not  consumed  by 
fire  from  the  oxidizing  coal;  and,  in  a  state  of  health,  the 
tissues  of  the  body  are  not  consumed  by  the  heat  produced 
by  the  oxidizing  hydro-carbonaceous  food. 

It  is  well  that  the  reader  should  grasp  this  broad  law 
fully;  for  this  division  of  foods  is  the  basis  of  all  that  we 
know  about  what  a  dietary  should  consist  of.     It  should 
contain  hydro-carbonaceous  material  for  the  working  of  the 
body;   and  a  sufficiency  of  nitrogenized  material  for  the 
growth  and  repair  of  the  tissues.     Besides  this,  phosj)horus, 
for  the  nervous  system,  iron  for  the  blood,  hydrochloric  acid 
for  the  gastric  juice;  and  alkalies  for  the  liver,  are  requisite 
in  hmited  quantities.     From  the  salt  (Chloride  of  Sodium) 
of  our  food  we  get  at  once  the  flavoring  agent  acceptable  to 
the  palate;  and  the  hydrochloric  acid  for  the  gastric  juice, 
and  the  soda  for  the  formation  of  bile-salt  in  the  liver.     For 
health,  various  salts,  of  potash,  soda  and  lime  are  needed, 
which  are  furnished  in  the  different  articles  of  our  dietary — 
and,  without  which  we  should  seriously  suffer  in  health,  as, 
for  example,   in  scurvy,  caused  by  a  deiirivation  of  vege- 
tables, and  cured  by  vegetable  diet  with  magic  celerity.    In 
addition  to  the  foregoing,  also,  we  must  not  overlook  spices 
and  condiments  which,  aside  from  being  agreeable  to  the 
palate,  serve  to  excite  and  sustain  the  appetite  and  prevent 
too  much  disengagement  of  gas  in  the   alimentary  canal 
during  the  process  of  digestion  and  assimilation.     Such  are 
the  chief  constituents  of  our  food. 

It  is   interesting,  now,  to  see,  what  becomes  of  these 


HYGIENE. FOOD.  39 

different  elements  of  food,  in  the  process  of  digestion — and 
to  what  uses  they  are  severally  put  by  the  body.  Hydro- 
carbons are  quickly  disposed  of;  a  certain  surplusage  being 
stored  up,  in  the  form  of  fat,  on  which  the  body  can  Hve  in 
times  of  starv^ation;  and  the  average  amount  of  this  garnered 
store  is  found  to  be  equal  to  about  ten  days'  combustion — ^ 
or,  in  other  words,  the  body  can — if  deprived  of  food — hve 
upon  itself  for  ten  days.  Starchy  by  the  action  of  the  saliva 
and  pancreas  ("sweet-bread")  juice,  is  converted  into  sugar; 
and  is  stored  up,  in  the  hver,  from  each  meal,  as  glycogen^ 
which  is  given  off  again  from  the  liver,  gradually,  as  the 
body  requires  it,  and  is  oxidized,  or  burnt  to  maintain  the 
heat  of  the  body,  and  to  generate  force.  Starch,  sugar  and 
fat,  then,  as  we  have  before  said  are  the  hydro-carbonaceoui 
elements  of  our  food. 

In  addition  to  these,  must  be  remembered  also,  the  nitro- 
genized,  or  albuminoid  elements  of  food — equally  requisite 
for  tissue  gro^\i:h  and  repair;  and  also  producing  in  their 
oxidization  a  certain  amount  of  heat.  Albumen — a  complex 
substance  chemically — contains  carbon,  hydi'ogen,  some 
oxygen,  and  its  essential  characteristic  nitrogen,  with  a  Uttle 
sulphur  —and  is  largely  found  in  the  Vegetable  World.  All 
seeds  contain  it.     The  white  of  all  eggs  (birds,  reptiles  or 

fishes)    is  very  pure  albumen.     It  is  found,  as  caneine,  in 

• 

milk,  cheese  and  the  leguminous  plants;  and  as  the  muscular 
portions  of  the  animal  body,  the  viscera  and  skin :  and  when 
swallowed,  is  digested  mainly  in  the  stomach,  and  passes 
into  the  blood,  from  whence  it  reach  the  tissues.  The  nitro- 
gen-element of  albuminoids,  however,  prevents  their  ready 
oxidization.     Their  waste  and  surplusage  is  burnt  up  by  the 


40  HOMEOPAl'HIC   MENTOR, 

liver— the   results    being    the   bile    acids,    and  tlie    solids 
(lithates  and  urea)  of  the  urine.     Now  if  the  liver  does  its 
work  well — all  goes  well^;  but,   if  it  oxidizes,  or  bui-ns, 
these  albuminoids  insufficiently,  then  the  blood  becomes 
sur-charged  with  bile-saltsj  and  biliousness  and  gout  result. 
Therefore  it  is,  that,  in  the  treatment  of  these  diseases,  the 
patient  should  be  restricted  in  the  use  of  the  albuminoid 
elements  of  food,  to  the  lowest  point  consistent  with  tissue- 
wants.    For,  with  a  large  number  of  persons,  it  is  a  matter  of 
the  greatest  importance  to  avoid  these  albuminous  elements 
in  their  food.     Moreover,  the  amount  of  albiuninoid  matter 
required  for  the  repair  of  the  tissues  of  the  body,  to  meet 
its  daily  wear  and  tear,  is  really  very  small.     Physiologists 
assure  us  that  it  does  not  call  for  an^i^hing  like  the  amount 
of  meat  which  is  usually  consumed  by  most  persons.    Where 
the  system  has  been  much  reduced  by  acute  disease,  as  in 
fever,  a  Hberal  dietary  is  required  for  rebuilding  the  tissues 
— the  appetite  is  then  ravenous  and   the   digestion  good. 
Just  as  children,  while  rapidly  growing,  require  a  dietary  in 
which  meat  forms  a  large  part;  so  the  convalescent  fi'om 
fever  must  have  a  diet  hst  rich  in  albuminoids,  in  order  to 
repair  the  wasted  frame.    But,  aside  fi'om  these  exceptions, 
our  food  is  rich  in  albuminoids  beyond  our  absolute  wants 
— a  fact  to  be  borne  in  mind  in  the  choice  of  food,  either 
for  those  in  health  or  in  disease. 

Health  may  even  be  restored  by  the  use  of  proper  food, 
as  sickness  is  often  induced  from  the  want  of  it.  While  it 
is  impossible  to  specify  for  each  individual  case ;  yet  general 
principles  may  be  laid  down;  and  indications  given  for  the 
kinds  of  food  best  adapted  to  the  several  classes  mentioned. 


HYGIENE.— GENERAL  DIETAR'k.  41 

Each  period  of  life  has  its  most  appropriate  food,  so  has 
each  season  of  the  year  and  each  habit  of  constitution  or 
body,  and  that  which  is  proper  for  one  is  often  quite  im- 
proper, and  sometimes  even  injuiious  to  another.  The 
distinction  is  based  upon  chemico- vital  wants  of  the  system, 
at  different  periods  of  life,  and  under  varying  or  varied 
conditions  of  the  Uving  body.     To  be  more  pariicular: 

Supplementary  Diet  of  Infants. — The  best  and  most 
natural  food  is  the  milk  of  the  mother.  Even  if  this  only 
in  part  supphes  the  want  of  the  child,  it  is  better  to  retain 
it,  as  in  case  of  sickness  of  the  infant,  it  furnishes  a 
j)recious  reserve  to  be  supplied  in  no  other  way.  Cows 
milk  is  the  most  usual  substitute,  ax^d  should  at  first  be 
diluted  by  adding  one-thiixl  of  water,  and  slightly  sweet- 
ened. If  milk  is  to  remain  some  time  during  warm  weather, 
it  should  be  first  heated  to  prevent  too  rapid  change.  Great 
care  should  be  taken  that  the  mu'sing  bottle  be  jjerfedly 
clean  and  sweet;  and  food  which  has  been  standing,  or  is  in 
danger  of  having  been  deteriorated,  must  on  no  account  be 
given.  Better  make  that  which  you  know  to  be  sweet  and 
fresh,  than  to  assume  a  nsk.  After  some  weeks  the  milk 
may  be  given  without  water,  and  as  the  first  teeth  appear, 
about  the  fourth  or  sixth  month,  the  diet  should  become 
more  varied  and  hberal;  a  well  made  panada,  diluted  milk, 
sweetened  and  thickened  with  a  smaU  quantity  of  arrow- 
root^ sago  or  rusk,  may  be  given  with  advantage.  So  barley- 
water,  well-boiled  gruel,  weak  chicken-tea  or  beef-tea,  may 
be  resorted  to,  taking  care  to  give  that  on  which  the  child 
seems  to  thrive  best.  Gradually,  as  the  teeth  appear,  the 
child  may  be  given  the  usual  food  from  the  table,  in  such 


42  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

quantities,  and  in  such  form,  as  the  organism  seems  to 
require. 

The  food  op  young  children  should  contain  all  the 
elements,  out  of  which  the  entire  system  is  to  be  developed. 
Jhere  must  be  material  for  making  every  separate  tissue  of 
die  entire  man,  and  that  in  a  condition  to  be  as  readily 
assimilated  as  possible.  Milk  from  the  cow  meets  all  these 
conditions,  having  in  itself  all  the  elements  required  for  the 
human  body,  and  in  their  best  proportions  and  condition. 
To  this  may  be  added  barley,  in  its  various  forms,  as  of 
gruel,  or  in  pap  or  cakes,  in  proportion  to  its  age  and  devel- 
opment of  teeth,  the  soup  or  flesh  of  beef  or  mutton.  If 
the  child  is  fat,  heavy  or  stupid,  it  requires  food  containing 
more  nitrates  and  phosphates — oat-meal,  barley  cakes,  bean 
or  pea  soup,  etc.  If  too  lean  and  thin,  it  may  be  indulged 
in  the  more  fattening  carbonates,  as  fat  meat,  fine  flour, 
butter,  sugar,  or  puddings,  etc.  Thus  the  food  may  be 
varied  as  the  needs  of  the  child  demand. 

Food  for  laboring  men  should  in  part  be  adapted  to  the 
nature  of  their  labor,  and  to  the  season  or  temperature. 
But  in  general,  as  there  is  a  large  expenditure  of  muscular 
effort,  the  supply  should  be  equal  to  the  drain.  Hence, 
beef,  mutton,  a  proportion  of  pork,  with  vegetables,  breads 
butter,  ale  or  beer  and  cider,  coffee  and  tea,  all  come  ii) 
play  and  serve  to  restore  the  waste  of  tissue,  and  sustain 
the  vigor  of  the  body. 

Professional  men,  thinkers  and  students,  whose  expen- 
diture is  chiefly  of  the  brain,  and  whose  bodily  activity  is 
necessarily  limited,  require  such  a  supply  of  nutriment  as 
win  measurably  compensate  for  this  waste.     Hence,  only  a 


HYGIENE. GENERAL  DIETARY.  43 

moderate  supply  of  beef,  mutton,  lamb,  ale  or  beer,  but  a 
larger  proportion  of  fish,  venison,  wild  or  tame  fowl,  oysters, 
fruits,  nuts,  raisins  or  figs;  and  of  the  fish,  trout,  blue-fish, 
Spanish  mackerel,  or  other  game  fish,  are  best;  oat-meal  in 
its  various  forms,  wheaten  grits,  and  coarse  wheat  breads 
.ibould  form  the  staple  of  diet. 

Food  for  fat,  corpulent  people. — In  many  famihes  the 
tendency  to  corpulence  and  even  obesity  is  constant.  To 
many  individuals  it  is  the  bane  and  dread  of  life.  Yet  such 
persons  often  use  a  diet  directly  tending  to  induce  and 
aggravate  the  evil,  while  a  proper  diet  always  limits,  and 
often  removes  the  entire  difficulty ;  for  adipose  tissue  is  only 
produced  by  certain  fat-making  articles  of  food.  If  these 
be  avoided,  the  system  may  at  the  same  time  be  nourished, 
and  this  accumulation  of  fat  be  prevented.  The  thanks  of 
the  world  are  due  to  Mr.  Banting,  an  English  gentleman, 
for  having  so  clearly  and  forcibly  elucidated  this  point  in 
his  pamphlet  *  on  the  subject,  to  which  I  refer  those  more 
particularly  interested.  I  have  had  occasion  to  verify  his 
observations  in  repeated  instances.  The  fat-making  articles 
are  particularly  butter,  sugar,  pork,  milk,  bread,  potatoes, 
all  sweet  fruits,  etc.  Hence,  the  patient  may  eat  all  kinds 
of  meat  except  pork — all  kinds  of  fish  except  salmon,  all  the 
fruits  except  those  containing  sugar  in  large  proportion, 
and  nearly  aU  kinds  of  vegetables  except  potatoes.  Now 
by  choosing  a  diet  containing  largely  the  articles  allowed, 
and  only  a  very  little  of  well-baked  or  toasted  bread  or 
potatoes,  to  which  sour  wine  and  tea  and  coffee  may  b^ 


*  Banting,  on  Corpulent* 


44  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

added  in  moderation,   and  no  butter,  milk,   or  sugar,  the    , 
most  corpulent  may  reduce  their  weight  several  pounds  per 
month,  while  improving  their  general  health,  strength  and 
mental  vigor.     And  this  may  be  continued  to  any  reason 
able  limit. 

Very  lean,  spare  people,  by  pursuing  the  opposite  course^ 
may  increase  their  weight  and  embonpoint  as  well  as  theii 
comfort.  They  should  use  sugar,  milk,  butter,  bread, 
potatoes,  pork,  fat  meat,  oysters  and  fruits,  figs,  grapes  and 
fish.  These  heat  and  fat-producing  elements  will,  unless 
the  assimulation  be  very  faulty,  soon  produce  a  change  for 
the  better,  which  may  be  extended  at  the  pleasui'e  of  the 
individual 

In  cold  weather,  when  people  are  exposed  to  low  tem 
peratures,    the  more  fat  and   heat-producing   articles   are 
required.     Of  these,  pork,  buckwheat,  Indian  com,  wheat- 
bread,  butter,  milk,  sugar,  beer  or  ale,  beans,  peas,  meat 
poultry,  etc.,  are  among  the  more  prominent. 

In  warm  weather  the  more  cooling,  less  heat-producing 
articles  are  appropriate.  The  quantity  of  meat  of  any  kind 
should  be  moderate,  and  that  principally  the  lean  of  beef, 
lamb,  veal  or  poultry,  and  well-ripened  fiTiits  of  all  kinds, 
and  of  vegetables  in  their  seasons,  with  a  due  proportion  ol 
well-baked  wheaten  bread.  CooHng  drinks,  acidulated 
with  fruits,  are  in  order  and  are  very  grateful  and  healthy. 
I  am  convinced  that  a  far  more  liberal  use  of  fruits,  in  their 
seasons,  would  largely  conduce  to  the  health  and  welfai'e  of 
our  people. 

The  diet  of  the  aged  should  suit  their  individual  con- 
dition.    If  fat,  heavy  and  sleepy,  inclined  to  sit  and  slumber. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD- VALUES.  45 

let  them  avoid  fat  meats,  butter,  sugar  and  fat-creating 
elements  of  food;  and,  instead,  eat  of  lean  meat,  brown 
bread,  fish,  nuts,  vegetables  and  fruits,  with  the  usual  quan- 
tities of  tea  or  coffee.  Butter-milk  is  one  of  the  most  desir- 
able articles  of  habitual  food  for  old  people,  as  it  prevent* 
the  transformation  of  the  cartilaginous  tissue,  which  enters 
into  the  formation  of  tendons,  arteries,  etc. — into  bone,  thus 
largely  reheving  the  stiffness  to  which  old  age  is  liable,  as 
well  as  ameliorating  its  infirmities  in  other  ways. 

On  the  contrary,  if  they  are  lean,  irritable,  querulous  or 
sleepless,  let  them  eat  of  fat  meat,  bread  and  butter,  buck- 
wheat cakes,  rice,  milk,  butter-milk,  potatoes,  etc.,  and  the 
better  nourishment  of  the  system  will  manifest  itself  in  im- 
proved sleep  and  disposition. 

2.   The  nutritive  values  of  different  kinds  of  food. 

In  discussing  this  subject,  we  have  to  take  into  consider- 
ation not  only  the  absolute  amount  of  nutrition  to  be  found 
in  such  kind  of  food;  but,  also,  its  ease  of  mastication  and  of 
digestion;  and  its  favor,  which  has  so  great  an  influence  in 
determining  its  use,  either  in  health,  or  in  cases  of  illness. 

Animal  Food.  The  structure  of  animal  food  is  identical 
with  that  of  the  human  body;  hence  nothing  is  required  in 
addition  to  it  in  order  to  maintain  life.  Its  chief  charact- 
eristic, i.  e.  its  large  proportion  of  nitrogenous  material 
has  been  already  noticed  on  page  37.  Undue  importance 
is  given  by  some  persons  to  animal  food,  as  if  that 
alone  really  nourished  the  system,  and  supplied  what  is 
required  for  work  and  recovery  of  strength.     No  doubt  it 


46  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

appeases  hunger  more  thoroughly  than  vegetable  diet,  and 
satisfies  longer,  because  it  is  concentrated  nourishment,  and 
the  stomach  retains  this  kind  of  food  for  a  longer  time  than 
vegetable  food.  It  is  also  easily  cooked,  and  by  some  is 
more  easily  digested  than  vegetable ;  it  increases  the  amount 
of  fibrin,  phosphates  and  other  salts,  and  the  number  of  red 
corpuscles  in  the  blood;  it  produces  firmness  of  muscle,  it 
increases  the  urinary  secretion  both  in  quantity  and  in 
amount  of  effete  nitrogenous  matter,  thus  necessitating  the 
consumption  of  an  increased  quantity  of  fluid.  Vegetable 
food  has  a  tendency  to  increase  the  deposition  of  fat.  IVIr. 
Banting  found  that  by  lessening  the  amount  of  vegetable 
diet  he  was  enabled  to  reduce  his  corpulence.  Physiological 
considerations  and  experience  teach  us  that  a  mixed  diet  is 
'best  adapted  to  the  requirements  of  the  body;  and  that  the  pro- 
portion of  animal  food  should  be  one-fourth,  or  rather 
more,  of  the  total  supply. 

Animal  food  comprises:  1.  the  different  parts  of  animals, 
i.  e.  meat;  2.  eggs;  3.  milk  and  its  products. 

The  flesh  of  young  animals  is  more  tender  than  that  of 
old,  but  it  is  not  so  easily  digested.  The  flesh  of  old 
animals,  though  nutritive,  is  often  very  tough.  Young 
and  quickly-fed  animals  have  more  water  and  fat  in  their 
flesh,  whilst  older  and  well-fed  animals  have  flesh  of  a 
firmer  touch  and  fuller  flavor,  and  are  richer  in  nitrogen. 
The  former  may  be  more  delicate,  the  latter  are  more 
nutritious;  animals  of  middle  age,  therefore,  afford  the  most 
digestible  and  fullest  flavored  food.  The  larger  the 
animal,  the  coarser  the  meat.  The  flesh  of  the  female  is 
?nore  finely  grained  and  delicate  than   that  of  the  male. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  <k'i 

During  the  breeding  season  flesh  is  unsuitable  for  food. 
The  flesh  of  wild  animals  has  less  fat  than  that  of  well-fed 
domestic  animals,  but  it  has  more  flavor.  The  character 
and  flavor  of  the  meat  are  much  affected  by  the  food  eaten. 
The  violent  exercise  taken  before  death  makes  the  flesh  of 
animals  killed  in  the  chase  very  tender.  The  removal  of 
blood  in  slaughter,  while  it  involves  waste  of  nutritive  ma- 
terial, improves  the  flavor  of  the  flesh,  and  renders  it  more 
easy  of  preservation.  Hanging  the  meat  improves  its 
tenderness,  if  it  be  kept  after  the  rigor  mortis  has  passed 
away.  But  the  best  meat  may  be  rendered  unwholesome 
by  decomposition. 

Good  meat,  according  to  Dr.  Letheby,  has  the  following 
characteristics : — 

1.  It  is  neither  of  a  pale  pink  color  nor  of  a  deep  purple 
tint;  for  the  former  is  a  sign  of  disease,  and  the  latter 
indicates  that  the  animal  has  not  been  slaughtered,  but  had 
died  with  the  blood  in  it,  or  had  suffered  from  acute  fever. 

2.  It  has  a  marbled  appearance,  from  the  ramifications  ot 
little  veins  of  fat  among  the  muscles. 

3.  It  should  be  firm  and  elastic  to  the  touch,  and  should 
scarcely  moisten  the  fingers — bad  meat  being  wet,  and 
sodden,  and  flabby,  with  the  fat  looking  Hke  jelly  or  wet 
parchment. 

4.  It  should  have  Uttle  or  no  odor,  and  the  odor  should 
not  be  disagreeable,  for  diseased  meat  has  a  sickly,  cadaver- 
ous smell,  and  sometimes  a  smell  of  physic.  This  is  very 
apparent  when  the  meat  is  chopped  up  and  drenched  with 
warm  water. 

5.  It  should  not  liquefy  or  become  very  wet  on  standing 
for  a  day  or  so,  but  should,  on  the  contrary,  remain  dry 
upon  the  surface. 


48  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

6.  When  diied  at  a  temperature  of  212°  or  thereabout,  it 
should  not  lose  more  than  from  seventy  to  seventy-four  per 
cent  of  its  weight,  whereas  bad  meat  will  often  lose  as  much 
as  eighty  per  cent. 

7.  It  should  not  shrink  or  waste  much  in  cooking. 

And,  in  determining  the  values  of  different  kinds  of  meat, 
it  is  essential  to  distinguish  between  fat  and  lean,  since  the 
liutritive  elements  of  both,  in  a  given  joint  or  whole  animal, 
will  be  proportionate  to  the  combination  of  fat  and  lean. 

It  may  be  well  to  state  here  the  respective  elements  of 
fat  and  lean  meat.  Fat,  deprived  of  water,  consists  of  three 
elements  only,  viz:  carbon,  oxygen  and  hydrogen.  When 
the  fat  is  decomposed  in  the  body  these  elements  unite  so 
that  the  carbon  takes  a  part  of  the  oxygen  and  becomes  car- 
bonic acid,  whilst  the  hydrogen  takes  another  portion  of  the 
oxygen  and  becomes  water — any  deficiency  in  the  quantity 
of  oxygen  for  this  purpose  being  supplied  by  the  inspired 
air. 

Lean  meat,  entirely  deprived  of  fat,  consists  of  four  ele- 
ments, viz:  nitrogen,  carbon,  oxygen,  and  hydrogen.  Be- 
sides the  combination  of  the  three  latter  elements  (as  already 
described  in  reference  to  fat)  the  nitrogen  unites  with  the 
hydrogen  in  the  formation  of  urea,  and  other  compounds, 
which  are  thrown  out  of  the  system,  by  means  of  the  kid- 
neys, etc.,  and  ultimately  are  transformed  into  ammonia. 

Heat  being  generated  by  every  chemical  combination,  it 
is  evident  that  both  fat  and  lean  meat  are  heat-generators — 
but  as  it  is  the  lean  meat  which  contains  nitrogen,  it  is  the 
lean  meat  and  not  the  fat,  which  is  the  flesh-forimer.  StiU 
we  cannot  say  that  no  fat  is  found  in  lean  meat  oven,  lor  a 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  49 

proportion  of  fat  moving  in  the  circulation  must  enter  into 
and  pass  tln^ough  the  tissues  of  muscles,  as  of  other  parts  of 
the  body. 

Beef  is  popularly  regarded,  all  the  world  over,  as  th« 
most  nutritive  kind  of  meat — and  this  is  in  so  far  true  that 
in  the  carcass  of  the  ox  there  is  a  larger  proportion  of  flesh 
or  flesh-forming  materials  than  in  that  of  the  sheep  or  hog. 
Being  of  closer  texture  than  some  other  meats,  there  is — if 
bulk  be  the  measure, — more  nutritive  value  in  a  given  quan- 
tity of  beef.  It  is  also  the  fullest  of  red-blood  juices,  so  that 
Byron,  seeing  Moore  eating  an  underdone  beef-steak,  asked 
if  he  were  not  afraid  of  committing  murder  after  such  a 
meal.  Mareschal's  analysis  (in  100  parts)  conclusively 
shows  this: 

Ox  Fowl  Fig  Sheep  Calf 

Muscular  fibre  free  from  fat        25.0  24.9  24.3  23.4  22.7 

Fat 2.5  1.4  6.0  3.0  2.9 

Water 72.5  73.7  69.7  73.7  74.4 

The  flavor  of  beef,  moreover,  is  fuUer  and  richer  than  that 
of  other  meats,  so  that  a  greater  enjoyment,  and  sense  of 
satisfaction  is  obtained  from  a  less  volume  of  that  kind  of 
flesh. 

The  loss  of  weight  in  cooking  beef  is  less  than  that  of 
mutton,  by  reason  of  the  greater  solidity  of  the  flesh  and 
the  smaller  proportion  of  fat.  The  solid  matter  derived 
from  a  pound  of  meat  wdthout  bone,  boiled  in  the  usual 
way,  will  average,  (per  cent)  28.4  on  lean,  57.6  on  fat  beet 
and  34.3  on  muttoiL 

The  legs  and  shins  are  richer  in  gelatin  than  any  other 
joint  of  the  body,  whilst  the  largest  proportion  of  oily  fat, 
or  of  fat  having  the  least  degree  of  consistence,  is  found  in 


50  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

the  flesh  of  the  face.     Hence,  both  of  these  parts  are  bspt;- 

cially  fitted  for  the  making  of  soup. 

Ten  grains  of  raw  lean  beef,  when  burnt  in  the   body, 

produce  heat  sufficient  to  raise  3.66  lbs.  of  water  one  degree, 

Fah.,  which  is  equal  to  raising  2.829  lbs.  one  foot  high. 

Dr.  Beaumont's  experiments  proved  that  the  digestion  oi 

« 

beef  requires  2^|,  to  3  hours. 

In  many  cases  of  illness,  if  properly  cooked,  it  may  be 
eaten  with  impunity ;  but  in  Enteric  fever,  and  other  diseases 
where  the  bowels  are  inflamed  and  tender,  it  produces,  in 
its  ordinary  form,  either  as  steak  or  as  a  cut  from  a  joint, 
injurious  effects.  Even  in  the  form  of  beef-tea  it  often  in- 
creases the  irritation,  keeps  up  the  fever,  and  aggravates 
the  diarrhoea;  consequently  in  such  cases  it  should,  for  the 
most  part,  be  excluded  from  the  diet  Hst.  As  beef  requires 
considerable  effort  on  the  part  of  the  stomach  to  convert  it 
into  chyme,  it  is  contra-indicated  in  acute  maladies  until 
convalescence  has  commenced,  when  by  allowing  the  patient 
to  extract  the  juice  at  first,  and  then  swallow  a  few  shreds 
of  the  meat,  daily  increasing  the  amount  swallowed,  the 
digestive  organs  will  be  finally  won  back  to  their  norma] 
condition  and  capability.  Nevertheless,  there  is  a  form, 
in  which  beef  has  been  most  beneficial.  Administered  in  a 
raw  state,  when  finely  divided  and  reduced  to  a  pulp^  it  is 
very  useful  in  some  derangements  of  tlie  stomach.  Although 
iiot  very  palatable  at  first,  a  taste  for  it  is  soon  acquired 
In  this  form  it  has  proved  very  valuable  in  Cholera  infantum 
and  Dysentery,  when  everything  else  failed.  It  should  be 
prepared  by  scraping  with  a  (silver)  spoon,  and  seasoning 
with  a  little  salt. 


HYGIENE.    -NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES-  5}. 

Veal.  The  delicacy,  nutritive  value  and  digost'bility  oi 
calf's  flesh  depends  very  much  upon  the  age  at  which  the 
animal  is  killed,  and  the  method  of  killing  adopted,  ^eal 
is  popularly  known  to  be  difficult  of  digestion,  which  fact  is 
due  to  the  difficulty  of  masticating  it;  not  that  its  fibre  i^ 
harder,  but  because  it  eludes  the  teeth.  It  is  much  easiex 
of  mastication  when  well-roasted  or  broiled,  than  whep 
boiled,  and  when  very  young  and  well-fed;  but  it  is  not, 
after  all  said  in  its  favor — a  meat  to  be  frequently  indulged 
in.  The  time  required  for  its  digestion  is  about  the  sam^ 
as  for  pork,  and  may  extend  to  5  hours,  or  more. 

Veal-broth  is  generally  prepared  fi^om  the  fleshy  part  oJ 
the  knuckle.  It  is  not  very  palatable;  and  as  it  does  not 
contain  the  nutritious  qualities  of  beef-tea  or  mutton-broth^ 
it  is  scarcely  advisable  to  introduce  it  into  the  sick-room, 
except  for  the  sake  of  occasional  variety.  The  lean  of  a 
lamb  chop  cut  from  the  loin  is  often  a  morsel  which  tempts 
the  flagging  appetite. 

The  bones  of  the  calf  at  the  early  period  of  life  contain 
but  little  eaiihy  matter,  and  therefore  yield  a  larger  pro- 
portion of  gelatine,  etc.,  while  the  flavor  of  the  juice  is  very 
delicate,  and  almost  entirely  free  from  fat.  Hence  the  reason 
for  selecting  calves'  feet  for  the  making  of  jeUy  and  the  value 
of  this  kind  of  food  to  invalids.  The  *'  sweet-bread  "  (pan- 
creas) of  the  calf  is  the  most  expensive  part  of  any  ruminating 
animal  ordinarily  eaten  by  man,  far  more  so  than  its 
nutritive  value  or  even  its  flavor  warrants;  but,  after  all,  it 
is — whether  boiled  or  fried — undoubtedly  the  most  deli- 
cately flavored  meat  in  use. 

Mutton,  is  popularly  and  correctly  regarded  as  a  lighter 


52  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

food  than  beef,  and  it  has  doubtless  a  more  delicate  flavor, 
less  red-blood  juices,  a  looser  texture,  and  a  larger  propor- 
tion of  fat.  Although  an  agreeable  and  valuable  food,  it 
is  not  so  well  fitted  as  beef  to  sustain  great  exertion,  but  is 
i-'ather  adapted  to  those  of  sedentary  habits,  and  quiet  lives, 
including  women  and  the  sick.  The  actor  Kean,  who  had 
a  fancy  of  adapting  the  meat  which  he  ate  to  the  part  which 
he  was  about  to  play,  selected  mutton  for  lovers,  beef  for 
murderers,  and  pork  for  tyrants. 

Mutton  or  mutton-broth  is  much  to  be  preferred  for 
delicate  persons.  Mutton-broth  has  less  nutritive  value  than 
the  broth  of  beef,  but  having  a  delicate  flavor  it  is  pre- 
ferred by  many  persons.  It  is,  however,  too  rich  in  fat  to 
be  easily  digested,  unless  a  large  portion  of  that  substance 
be  first  removed.  Lean  mutton^  then,  should  be  selected 
for  making  broth;  the  scrag  of  the  neck  is  a  suitable  joint. 
When  a  patient  is  so  far  convalescent  as  to  require  solids,  a 
mutton  chop,  properly  cooked,  is  generally  most  suitable. 
Broiling  should  be  preferred  to  frying,  and  to  cook  mutton 
chops  nicely  a  clear  fire  is  absolutely  necessary.  The  chops 
should  be  sprinkled  with  salt  and  pepper,  and  placed  over 
the  fire  for  six  or  seven  minutes.  They  should  not  be 
pricked,  but  should  be  frequently  turned  to  insui'e  their 
being  thoroughly  cooked. 

The  most  solid  and  leanest  meat  of  the  sheep  is  the  leg; 
and  the  least  solid  and  fattest  portions  are  the  loins,  neck 
and  breast.  The  loss  on  cooking  mutton  is  greater  than 
that  on  beef — l^ut  this  varies  much  with  the  breed,  and  with 
the  food  of  the  sheej:),  being  least  when  they  are  fed  on  cake 
or  dry  food. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  53 

Mutton  requires  from  3  to  3|  hours  for  its  digestion. 

Lamb,  like  mutton,  varies  in  its  nutritive,  chemical  and 
digestive  qualities,  in  proportion  to  its  age,  breed  and 
deeding  Its  meat  is  deficient  in  strength;  though  it  maj 
be  of  more  delicate  flavor;  it  possesses  more  water  and  less 
nitrogenous  matter.  The  time  required  for  its  digestion  is 
less  than  that  of  the  flesh  of  a  grown  shee23 — viz,  2|  hours. 

Pork  differs  from  beef  and  mutton,  not  in  flavor  only,  but 
in  the  larger  propoi'tion  of  fat  to  lean  flesh — and,  owing  to 
this  great  preponderance  of  fat,  cannot  be  regarded  as  equal 
to  beef  or  mutton  in  nourishing  the  system  of  those  who 
make  much  muscular  exertion.  The  greater  hardness  of  its 
muscular  fibre,  also,  renders  its  mastication  so  difficult  that 
much  of  iii  is  apt  to  be  swallowed  in  pieces  too  large  for 
immediate  nolution  in  the  juices  of  the  stomach.  This  is 
paiiicularly  *rue  of  those  persons  who  habitually  chew 
quickly,  or  bave  defective  masticating  powers,  or  who  are 
'^'.areless  in  performing  the  act  of  mastication — classes  em- 
bracing the  old,  and  the  young,  and  no  inconsiderable 
proportion  of  those  of  intermediate  ages. 

Five  and  a  quaiier  hours  is  required  for  the  digestion  of 
roast  pork  (varying  materially  with  the  proportion  of  fat 
and  lean,  the  age,  breeding  and  condition  of  the  pig,  etc.) — 
but  young  pickled  pork  will  probably  be  digested  in  about 
3  hours. 

There  is,  however,  a  greater  danger  in  the  use  of  pork 
than  of  any  other  kind  of  meat,  since,  so  far  as  is  known,  it 
is  more  frequently  diseased — and  the  nature  of  the  disease 
is  such  as  to  be  very  injurious  to  man.  "Measly"  pork  is 
known  to  have  produced  fatal  results  to  those  who  have  in- 


54  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

cautiously  eaten  it,  and  although  the  characteristics  of  the 
disease  may  be  recognized  by  those  who  understand  it,  they 
are  neither  known  to,  nor  observed  by  the  great  majority  of 
>the  poorer  classes.  The  terrible  pest  of  the  small  Trichina 
^spiralis  worm,  which  penetrates  the  whole  muscular  system 
* — upwards  of  50,000  having  been  computed  to  the  square 
inch  in  the  flesh  of  those  who  had  died  from  eating  the  pork 
which  harbored  it — causing  great  suifering  and  death,  is 
another  possibility  which  needs  to  be  kept  in  mind  by  the 
lovers  of  pork.  This  diseased  state  may  not  be  evident  to 
the  naked  eye,  so  that,  as  a  precaution,  all  pork  should  he  well 
cooked.  The  instances  of  the  disease  which  have  occurred, 
have  almost  uniformly  been  after  eating  uncooked  sausages, 
or  ham — a  habit  not  confined  to  Germany. 

The  loss  on  cooking  American  pork  is  estimated  at  50 
per  cent,  whilst  on  Dutch  and  Irish  pork  it  is  from  25  to  30 
per  cent;  the  difference  being  due  to  the  nature  of  the 
animals'  food  in  the  respective  countries. 

Bacon  (that  is,  the  sides  of  the  pig  which  have  been 
prepared  by  the  removal  of  some  of  the  lean  flesh  and  ribs, 
and  preserved  by  means  of  salt  and  salpetre)  and  Ham  are 
not  without  a  certain  nutritious  value,  and  require  less  time 
than  pork,  for  their  digestion,  according  to  their  degrees  and 
cooking.  Three  houi's  will  sufiice  for  their  digestion.  They 
occupy  an  exceptional  position  in  relation  to  fat  and 
cured  meats.  Fat  bacon,  taken  with  any  substances  that 
are  rich  in  nitrogen,  is  very  nourishing.  It  increases  the 
nutritive  value  of  eggs,  poultry,  peas,  and  beans. 

Venison  is  lean,  dark-colored,  and  savory,  having  more 
the  character  of  gamo  than  of  butcher's  meat.     It  is  very 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD- VALUES.  55 

easily  digested,  and  is  therefore  suitable  to  the  dyspeptic 
and  convalescent;  its  rich  flavor  may,  however,  constitute 
an  objection  to  it,  and  if  it  has  been  kept  too  long  before 
being  cooked,  it  is  very  apt  to  produce  dian'hoea. 

The  Offal  of  animals,  such  as  the  skin,  feet,  tail,  horns, 
head;  lungs,  liver,  spleen,  omentum,  pancreas  and  heart, 
intestines  and  other  internal  organs,  (forming,  generally  \ 
of  the  weight  of  animals  killed  for  food,  and  not  sold  for 
meat) — still  furnishes  much  good,  nutritious  alimentation  for 
man.  It  possesses  a  greater  proportion  of  the  nitrogenous 
elements  than  the  carcass,  (though  in  a  less  nutritious  form 
than  in  flesh,  since  it  largely  consists  of  gelatine  and 
chondrine) ;  but  less  of  fat. 

The  Skin,  so  far  as  it  is  useful  as  food,  is  consumed  in  the 
form  of  gelatine,  and  is  probably  the  greatest  source  of  that 
article.  Gelatine,  which  forms  the  basis  of  soup,  is  the 
nitrogenous  principle  of  bones.  They  contain  a  considerable 
quantity  of  nutritive  matter;  but  for  its  extraction  they 
should  be  broken  into  small  pieces  and  boiled  for  many 
hours,  if  possible  in  a  "digester."  Although  investigators 
have  found  that  gelatine  fails  to  nourish  animals  when  given 
by  itself,  it  is  now  a  well-established  fact  that  in  combination 
with  other  substances  it  can  be  turned  to  account  in  the 
system  as  a  force-producing  element,  thus  acting  as  a 
protein  compound.  In  the  form  of  jelly,  with  or  without 
wine,  when  not  tough,  it  is  readily  digested,  and  serves  to 
allay  the  feeling  of  emptiness  and  hunger  when  more  nutri- 
tious food  cannot  be  well  taken.  Being  demulcent,  and 
possessing  no  irritating  qualities,  it  proves  very  useful  in 
inflammatory  afiections  of  the  bowels.     As  i^  is  soothing 


56  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOK. 

and  grateful  it  may  be  allowed  where  diarrhoea  is  not  to  be 
feared.  In  the  preparation  of  gelatine  jelly  it  is  very 
essential  to  soak  the  gelatine,  as  procured  in  the  shops,  in 
cold  water  for  some  time. 

The  tongue  of  all  animals  used  as  food  is  in  request  and 
regarded  as  a  delicacy.  Fat  or  lean,  and  eaten  hot  or  cold^ 
it  forms  a  most  agreeable  food.  Sheep's  head  boiled  or 
grilled,  among  the  poorer  classes;  calves'  head,  among  the 
richer,  have  each  their  value;  while  ox  head  (having  about  30 
per  cent  of  rich  meat  and  some  solid  fat)  is  much  used  as 
meat  and  in  the  form  of  soup — a  convenient  dish  for  the 
poor  man's  family,  since  it  yields  good  and  cheap  soup  for 
the  children,  while  the  adults  eat  the  solid  meat.  The  pig's 
head  gives  a  much  greater  proportion  of  meat  to  bone  than 
in  the  heads  of  other  animals,  because  the  pig  lays  up  much 
fat  about  the  jaws.  The  liver  of  the  pig  is  a  favorite  dish 
with  the  poor;  that  of  lamb,  calf,  or  Strasburgh  goose  {pate- 
de-fois-gras)  by  the  rich,  and,  although  not  equal  to  flesh  as  a 
food,  furnishes  a  considerable  proportion  of  nutritive  ele- 
ments. It  is  not,  however,  suitable  for  those  whose  digestive 
powers  are  feeble.  The  hver  of  aU  animals  is  said  to  in- 
fected by  a  parasite,  which,  however,  is  sufficiently  evident 
to  the  naked  eye,  to  be  avoided — as  it  may  be  b}^  cutting  it 
in  slices,  examining  it  carefuUy  and  seeing  that  it  is  tho- 
roughly cooked — frying  being  the  best  method.  The  lungsj 
or  as  they  are  vulgarly  termed  "lights",  are  eaten  as  a  part 
of  the  "pluck",  or  "fry"  (omentum,  pancreas  and  heart); 
and  being  composed  almost  exclusively  of  membranes  and 
vessels,  contain  a  high  proportion  of  albumen  and  other 
nitrogenous  matter.      They  are  not,  however,  very  easily 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    FOOL    .'ALUES.  57 

masticated  or  digested,  and  should  be  well  cleaned,  and 
any  diseased  portions  removed.  The  omentum  (consisting 
partly  of  membranes  and  vessels  and  partly  of  fat)  is  an 
agreeable  addition  to  the  otherwise  lean  fry.  That  from  an 
old  animal  is  not  so  tender  or  so  readily  masticated  as  from 
a  young  one,  and  it  is  desirable  to  masticate  it  well.  A  part 
of  it  is  eaten  as  tripe.  The  pancreas  (which,  with  the  thyroid 
and  sublingual  glands,  passes  by  the  name  of  "sweetbread") 
commands  a  very  high  price;  contains  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  water  and  some  fat,  and  has  a  delicious  flavor 
when  properly  prepared.  That  of  the  calf  is  the  most 
esteemed,  though  that  of  the  lamb  is  not  infrequently 
substituted  for  it. 

The  intestines  are  used  as  food  by  man  in  the  preparation 
of  sausages  and  "  black  puddings ",  and  as  ti^ipe.  Tripe  is 
prepared  from  the  stomach  and  intestines,  with  the  fatty 
structures  attached  thereto,  of  the  ox  and  cow,  and  consists 
of  two  parts,  viz.  the  walls  of  those  organs  and  the  enclosed 
fat.  It  is  prepared  simply  by  thorouglily  cleansing  the 
organs  from  every  adherent  substance,  and  from  the  flavorsf 
of  bile,  or  other  disagreeable  matters,  and  then  gently 
boiling  them  in  clean  water  for  about  an  hour.  A\^ien  thus 
prepared,  it  is  of  somewhat  delicate  flavor,  and  very  easy  ol 
mastication  and  digestion.  Its  chemical  constitution  is 
3uch  that  it  affords  considerable  nutriment,  thougli  not  very 
satisfying — for  it  fully  digests  in  about  one  hour — leaving 
the  stomach  in  need  of  a  new  supply  of  food.  Its  nitro- 
genous compounds,  also,  being  those  rather  of  gelatine  than 
of  albumen,  are  somewhat  less  valuable  than  might  be 
expected.     Though  the  ease  and  rapidity  with  which  it  is 


68  .  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

digested  seem  to  indicate  it  as  a  proper  food  for  the  sick* 
yet,  in  practice,  its  absence  of  pronounced  flavor,  and,  per- 
haps, the  unusual  nature  of  the  food,  prevents  its  selection 
by  the  sick  generally. 

From  the  feet  of  animals,  we  get  two  chief  chemical  ele 
ments  of  food — oil  and  gelatine;  hence  we  have  neat's-fool 
oil  and  calf's-foot  jelly.  Figs'  feet.  Dr.  Beaumont  found  to 
be  digested  in  about  one  hour — and  cow-heels  would  pro- 
bably require  the  same  time,  except  such  tendinous  parts 
as  are  masticated  with  difficulty  and  may  be  only  partially 
digested  after  the  lapse  of  several  hours.  "  Collared  pork  ", 
made  from  the  gelatinous  parts  of  the  pig — such  as  ears, 
face  and  feet,  was  in  use  in  the  14  th  Century. 

Sausages  are  of  two  kinds,  those  made  from  fresh  meat, 
and  those  made  from  preserved  meat,  and  both  are  placed 
in  pieces  of  intestine.  The  first  named,  composed  of  meat, 
bread  and  condiments,  if  made  of  proper  kind,  quality  and 
quantity  of  meat,  and  used  while  fresh,  are  agreeable  and 
valuable  food. 

Those  made  of  preserved  meat,  and  designed  to  be  kept 
for  use,  have  a  much  greater  nutritive  value  than  fresh 
sausages,  since  the  meat  is  very  dry;  they  are  composed  of 
meat  only;  and,  in  the  average,  they  are  equal  to  3  times 
their  weight  of  fresh  meat — and  are  particularly  adai:)ted  to 
the  use  of  travellers,  soldiers  and  laborers  who  cannot  cool; 
their  meat.  The  Prussian  sausage  (which  obtained  a  ver^^ 
wide  use  during  the  recent  war  with  France)  consisted  of  a 
mixture  of  bacon,  pea-flour,  onions,  salt  and  condiments — 
the  pea-flour  being  a  patented  preparation  which  did 
not   sour.      The  daily  ration   per   man  was  1  lb.,    and   it 


HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE    FOOD-VALUES.  59 

only   required  boiling   in  water  for  a  short  time  before 
eating. 

Black  puddings,  prepared  with  blood  (chiefly  of  pigs)  to 
which  gi'oats  and  various  herbs,  with  lumps  of  fat,  are 
added, — the  whole  enclosed  in  a  piece  of  pig's  intestine  and 
boiled — is,  in  some  parts,  gaining  ground  in  large  com- 
munities, where  the  frequency  of  slaughting  animals  renders 
its  daily  preparation  possible.  They  usually  receive  an 
additional  cooking,  before  eating,  by  being  fried,  with  or 
without  being  previously  warmed  by  immersion  in  hot 
water.  They  should  not  be  kept  too  long.  Blood  pontains 
so  many  valuable  nutritive  elements  as  to  render  it,  as  a 
food,  only  inferior  to  the  flesh,  which  is  made  from  it*  and 


*  Composition  of  fresh  blood  in  1000  parts : 

Water 779.00 

Fibrin 2.20 

Fatty  matter 1.60 

SeroHn 0.02 

Phosphorised  fat      -        -        -        -  0.49 

Cholesterin  ...        -        -  0.09 

Saponified  fat  -        -        -        -         .  1.00 

Albumen 69.40 

Blood  corpuscles      -         -        -         -  141.10 

Extractive  matters  and  Salts         -  6.80 

Chloride  of  sodium  -        -        -        -  3.10 

Other  soluble  salts        -        -         -  2.60 

Earthy  phosphates  -        -        -        -  0.33 

Iron 0  57 

Also  sugar 

The  salts  in  blood  perform  an  important  part  in  nutrition^  and  it 
may  be  well  to  indicate  their  nature  in  the  pig,  sheep  and  ox,  whose 
blood  is  used  as  food.  The  following  is  the  quantity,  per  cent,  o# 
Mch  salt: 

Pig       Sheep  Ox. 

Phosphoric  Acid          36.5        14.8  14.04 

Alkalies                         49.8         55.79  60. 

Alkaline  Earths              3.8          4.87  3.64 

Mineral  Acids  and )      ^^         24.54  22.32 
Oxide  of  Iron           ) 


60  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

any  fear  of  diseased  germs  existing  in  it,  may  be  set  aside 
by  the  consideration  that  a  temperatui'e  at  and  above  212**, 
if  fully  applied,  will  destroy  all  known  elements  of  disease ; 
and  that  blood,  when  fresh  and  so  cooked,  may  be  eaten 
with  perfect  safety. 

In  the  discussion  of  meat  food  we  are  led  to  consider  the 
subject  of  Extracts  of  Meat  and  Fluid  Meats,  of  which  many 
varieties  are  in  the  market,  and  extensively  used  in  the  sick 
room.      They  are  prepared  (in  two  forms,  viz.  in  a  thi2k 
semi-fluid  state,  and  as  solids)  by  boiling  down  the  flesh  of 
animals,  so  that  32  lbs.  of  flesh  are  said  to  be  required  to 
prepare  one  pound  of  Liebig's  Extract.     Lean  cattle  being 
necessarily  selected  for  this   purpose — and   the   net    flesh 
(lean  meat)  weight  of  the  animal  being  averaged  at  300  lbs., 
one  animal  only  yields  about  10  lbs.  of  the  extract.    During 
this  process,  all  the  fat  and  as  much  of  the  gelatine  and 
albumen  as  can  be  extracted,  are  removed  from  the  solution 
of  flesh,  whilst  the  fibrin,  being  insoluble,  is  necessarily  left 
behind.     Hence  there  remain  water,  salts,  osmazome,  the 
flavoring  matters  and  the  salts  of  meat — thus  leaving  out  all 
that  is  popularly  regarded  as   nutritious.      It  is   evident, 
therefore,  that  but  little  is  left  in  the  beef  extract  to  nourish 
the  body;  and  the  elements  which  it  really  possesses  are 
salts  which  may  be  otherwise  obtained  at  an  infinitely  less 
cost,  and  the  flavor  of  the  meat  which  disguises  the  real 
poverty  of  the  extract.     A  good  deal  of  that  which  is  sold 
as  extract  is  only  solidified  soup,  with  gelatire  added.    Good 
extract  is  slightly  acid,  of  pale  yellowish-brown  color,  with 
*\  agreeable  meat-like  odor, 
feeef-tea  Extract  then,  is  a  stimulant  rather  than  a  food. 


HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE   FOOD-VALUES.  [61 

A  person  may  be  hungered  to  death  on  it — and,  if  relied 
upon  as  a  principal  article  of  food  for  the  sick,  it  will  prove 
a  broken  staff,  except  to  those  extremely  feeble  persons  who 
can  take  very  Httle  food,  and  are  favorably  influenced  by 
very  slight  causes.  Liebig  himself  has  stated  that  "it  is 
not  nutriment  in  the  ordinary  sense."  In  the  preparation 
of  ordinary  soup  and  beef-tea,  it  may  be  added  to  the  stock 
to  increase  the  flavor,  or  it  may  be  mixed  with  white  oi 
eggj  gelatine,  bread  and  other  cooked  farinaceous  sub- 
stances, or  with  a  teaspoonful  of  cream.  But  it  should  be 
remembered  that  it  is  properly  to  be  classed  with  such 
ner^^ous  stimulants  as  tea  and  coffee,  which  supply  little  or 
no  nutriment,  yet  modify  assimilation  and  nutrition.  Used 
alone  for  beef-tea  it  is  a  delusion. 

The  solid  preparations  of  meat,  contain  a  considerable 
proportion  of  gelatine  and  do  not  putrefy  because  the 
gelatine  has  been  dried.  A  much  larger  quantity  of  these 
solids  than  of  the  semi-fluid  extracts,  must  be  used,  to 
obtain  the  same  amount  of  meat-flavor  and  salts — but,  in 
the  same  ratio,  is  the  gelatine  (nutriment)  increased.  In 
as  much  as  they  represent  different  qualities  and  uses,  the 
solid  and  the  semi-fluid  extract  preparations  of  meat  may 
both  be  used  together  with  advantage. — The  solid  foods  are 
made,  also,  from  the  meat  of  other  animals  than  the  beef, 
and  therefore  offer  a  variety  and  delicacy  of  flavor  to  th© 
invalid,  which  the  extracts  do  not. 

There  are  in  the  market,  also,  Jluid  preparations  (such  as 
Stephen  Daily's)  of  lean  meat,  which  retain  the  fibrin, 
gelatine  and  coagulable  albumen — made  by  a  process  as 
nearly   as    possible   rejDresenting   the    natural    process   of 


62  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTu.... 

digestion  in  the  stomach,  and  by  which  one  pound  of  fluid 
meat  is  obtained  from  4  lbs.  of  lean  flesh.  Assuming  that  all 
the  nitrogenous  elements,  as  well  as  the  salts,  are  properly 
retained  by  it,  it  should  prove  a  superior  article  of  food  to 
either  the  fluid  extracts,  or  the  solid  preparation  of  meat. 

Albumen,  (familiarly  represented  by  the  white  of  the  egg) 
is,  by  far,  the  most  important  single  element  of  food,  inas- 
much as  it  contains  nutritive  matter  in  a  compact  and  easily 
digestible  form;  and  being  almost  without  flavor,  can  be 
used  in  the  preparation  of  food,  very  diverse  in  other 
respects,  while  it  is  adapted  to  every  variety  of  taste.  Its 
composition,  in  the  egg,  is  identical  with  that  contained  in 
the  blood  and  tissues  of  man  and  animals — and  it  has  been 
demonstrated  that  ten  grains  of  solid  albumen,  when 
burned,  produce  heat  sufiicient  to  raise  12.85  lbs.  of  water 
l""  Fahr.,  which  is  equal  to  lifting  9.920  lbs.  to  a  height  of 
one  foot. 

Gelatine,  differing  from  albumen  in  appearance,  is  similar 
in  chemical  composition.  It  is  found  in  the  tendons,  skin 
and  bones  of  the  body,  in  the  stomach  of  the  sturgeon,  in 
the  juices  of  plants,  in  seaweed,  moss,  and  birds'  nests,  etc. 
— is  almost  destitute  of  flavor,  and  requires  wine,  &c.,  to 
render  it  palatable.  Its  flavor,  readiness  of  mastication  and 
digestion,  and  nutritive  elements,  make  it  for  food  almost  as 
valuable  as  albumen. 

Eggs.  The  almost  entirely  albuminoid  character  of  eggs, 
renders  them  a  most  valuable  article  of  diet.  Indeed,  if  the 
shell  be  included,  an  egg  contains  everything  that  is 
necessary  for  the  formation  and  maintenance  of  the  body. 
It  is  popularly  supposed  that  an  egg  in  the  raw  state  is 


HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE    FOOD-VALUES.  63 

more  easily  digested  than  one  that  is  cooked,  but  this  may 
doubted,  if  the  egg  be  not  overcooked. 

It  has  been  found  thai  the  yolk  is  more  digestible  when 
hard-boiled,  while  the  white  is  least  so.  If  the  albumen  be 
coagulated  by  the  heat  of  cooking  it  becomes  heavy  and 
difficult  of  digestion,  and  sometimes  produces  constipation 
and  irritation  of  the  bowels.  It  should  therefore  be  parti- 
cularly avoided  by  dyspeptics,  and  by  persons  recovering 
from  iUness,  before  the  full  powers  of  digestion  have  been 
regained.  If  the  insoluble  portions  of  hard-boiled  eggs  are 
delayed  in  the  stomach  and  intestines,  they  putiify,  and 
the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  ammonia  evolved  become 
instating  to  the  intestinal  canal.  But  fresh  uncooked  eggs 
are  almost  wholly  free  fi'om  these  objections.  A  fi^esh  raw 
egg,  thoroughly  stiri'ed  into  about  half  a  pint  of  milk,  forms, 
to  most  j^ersons,  a  palatable  and  nourishing  article  of  diet. 
One  gi'eat  advantage  this  preparation  has  over  other  food  is 
that  all  the  component  parts  are  retained  in  their  natural 
state,  are  more  completely  dissolved,  and  consequently 
make  less  demands  upon  weak  digestive  powers,  than  when 
the  egg  is  eaten  in  its  solidified  form.  If  patients  object  to 
the  taste  of  raw  eggs,  a  little  sugar  ma;)  be  added;  or  if  this 
be  not  sufficient,  some  simple  flavoring  extract  may  be  used. 
Wine  or  spirits  are  often  employed,  but  they  are  usually 
3bjectionable,  and  should  be  dispensed  with  if  possible. 

Eggs  seem  to  be  particularly  useful  in  lung  diseases,  and 
in  cases  of  exhaustive  cough  soothe  the  irritable  mucous 
membrane. 

Artificial  fibrin,  so  called,  has  been  found  available  when 
Qo  other  food  could  be  taken.     It  is  thus  prepared : — The 


64 


HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 


white  of  an  egg  is  poured  into  cold  water  and  allowed  to 
remain  for  twelve  or  more  hours,  during  which  time  it 
undergoes  a  chemical  change,  becoming  solid  and  insoluble, 
assuming  an  opaque,  snow-white  appearance.  This  and 
the  liquid  in  which  it  is  immersed  are  heated  to  the  boiling- 
point,  and  the  fibrin  is  ready  for  use.  It  is  very  easy  to 
digest,  and  to  many  is  quite  a  deHcacy.  It  is  said  that  the 
stomach  will  retain  this  in  many  cases  when  everything  else 
is  promptly  rejected,  its  presence  creating  a  craving  for 
more  food,  and  thus  promoting  instead  of  diminishing  di^ 
gestion. 

Egg,  with  milk  and  sugar,  forms  a  plain  custard,  which 
is  often  allowable  and  very  grateful. 

The  mixture  of  egg  with  milk,  is  very  nutritious — but, 
if  the  milk  be  new  and  good,  it  is  possible  that  such  a 
combination  might  hinder  rather  than  promote  digestion 
and  nutrition.  In  the  cooked  form  of  pudding,  egg  and 
milk  are  more  digestiblco 

Eggs  undergo  change  by  being  kept.  The  porous  shell 
allows  the  evaporation  of  water  and  the  infiltration  of  air; 
certain  organic  changes  also  occur  when  the  shell  is 
rendered  non-porous.  To  test  the  freshness  of  an  egg  an 
ounce  of  salt  may  be  added  to  ten  ounces  or  half  a  jiint  of 
water;  in  this  solution  a  fresh  egg  will  just  sink,  one  that 
has  been  kept  for  several  days  will  float.  A  bad  egg  ia 
often  sufficiently  light  to  float  in  pure  water.  Fresh  eggs 
may  also  be  known  by  holding  them  up  to  the  light,  Avhen 
they  will  appear  clear;  if  stale  they  will  appear  cloudy. 
Fresh  eggs  are  most  translucent  in  ihe  centre,  stale  ones  at 
the  end.     In  order  to  i)reserve  the  fi'eshness  of  eggs  various 


HYGIENE. — NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  65 

plans  have  been  adopted  to  render  the  shells  non-porous  or 
to  exclude  air;  such  as  boiling  them  for  half  a  minute, 
keeping  them  in  lime  water,  bran  or  salt,  or  covering  them 
with  a  coating  of  wax,  oil,  butter,  gum,  or  varnish;  but  with 
only  variable  success.  No  fusty  egg  is  good  for  food,  even 
when  put  into  puddings;  it  should  be  banished  from 
the  house  if  there  be  the  slightest  smell  of  old  straw 
about  it. 

Ducks'  eggs  are  larger  and  have  a  stronger  flavor  than 
hens'  eggs;  the  solid  matter  and  the  oil  in  a  duck's  egg 
exceeds  that  of  a  hen's  by  as  much  as  one-fourth.  They 
are  not  often  introduced  into  the  sick-room,  but  there  is  no 
reason  why  they  should  be  excluded  if  the  flavor  be  agree- 
able to  the  patient. 

The  poached  egg,  as  prepared  in  France,  Mexico,  and 
Eastern  lands,  is  very  delicious.  A  pottery  dish  is  used 
instead  of  an  iron  pan,  and  the  heat  kept  moderate  by  using 
charcoal  fires.  The  dish  is  very  thick,  so  that  it  must  be 
placed  upon  the  fire  for  a  Httle  time  to  become  well  warmed 
through,  after  which  butter,  with  pepper  and  salt  are  placed 
in  it,  by  which  the  surface  is  well  lubricated  and  a  savory 
mixture  prepared  to  receive  the  eggy  which  is  then  broken 
and  dropped  into  it,  and  in  a  short  time  turned  so  that 
both  sides  may  be  sHghtly  browned,  but  without  breaking 
the  yelk  bag.  AMien  cooked  it  is  served  on  the  same  dish 
and  in  the  hottest  state  possible  and  its  flavor  is  very  deli- 
cate— being  often  appetizing  to  the  invalid  when,  in  other 
forms  of  cooking,  it  would  be  rejected. 

Egg  takes  about  as  long  as  mutton  to  digest — viz.,  3  to  4 
hours.     Its  chemical  composition  is  (per  cent),  dry  matter 


66 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 


30.0;  mineral  matter  1.4;  dry  fat  11.0;  nitrogen  2.0;  carbon 
17.52;  or  carbon  and  nitrogen  reckoned  as  carbon  20.56. 

Poultry  and  Game.  The  flesh  of  birds  differs  from  that 
of  animals,  in  the  relative  quantity  of  fat;  and,  in  the 
quality  of  juices.  The  fat  of  birds  is  laid  up  in  various 
parts  of  the  interior  of  the  body  as  well  as  under  the  skin, 
but  is  very  sparingly  formed  in  the  fibres  or  the  juices  of 
the  flesh;  and  its  flavor  is  not  regarded  as  agreeable.  The 
juices  are  deficient  in  red-blood.  The  flesh  of  fowl  is 
quite  as  rich  in  nitrogenous  elements,  but  relatively  poorer 
in  fat  and  salts  than  that  of  animals — and  is  regarded  as 
light  food,  better  suited  to  invalids  than  to  strong  men  or 
as  an  adjunct  to  flesh  rather  than  as  a  food  to  sustain 
man. 

In  the  flesh  of  fowl,  there  are  very  appreciable  differences, 
dependant  upon  the  nature,  breed,  food  and  feeding  of  the 
bird  The  flavor  of  wild  birds  is  fuller  and  stronger  than 
that  of  domesticated  birds,  and  the  flesh  richer  in  nitro- 
genous, as  it  is  generally  poorer  in  carbonaceous  material. 
The  structure  is  closer  and  firmer,  and  in  the  fresh  state 
hard  and  tough,  so  that  wild  fowl  are  always  better  after 
being  kept  a  while,  to  allow  of  the  beginning  of  separation 
and  softening  of  the  fibres,  through  decomposition.  Hence, 
while  a  domestic  fowl  is  eaten  when  quite  fresh,  a  wild  fowl 
is  kept  many  days,  or  for  weeks,  before  it  is  cooked.  Sex- 
less birds,  as  the  capon  and  pullet,  grow  larger,  fatten 
better,  and  are  more  tender  and  delicate  than  ordinary 
poultry.  Ducks  and  geese  are  not  so  well  adapted  as  poultry 
for  the  sick  room,  for  their  flesh  is  harder,  richer,  and  more 
highly  flavored. 


HYGIENE. — NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  67 

Pigeon  and  smaller  birds  are  usually  tender  and  relishing, 
and  may  be  eaten  with  safety  by  the  convalescent. 

The  blood  of  the  common  fowl  is  inferior  to  that  of  red- 
blooded  animals  in  the  matter  of  the  salts  of  iron,  but 
superior  to  it  in  phosphates,  (said  to  play  so  important  a 
part  in  regenerating  the  nervous  tissue)  which  are  three 
times  more  abundant  in  the  J^itter  than  the  former.  The 
average  chemical  composition  of  poultry-flesh,  when  fat  for 
the  market,  in  100  parts,  is,  water  74;  nitrogenous  21;  fat 
3.8;  salts  1.2. 

Babbits'  flesh  in  general  and  nutritive  character  closely 
assembles  that  of  the  hen,  and  its  delicate  flavor  and  di- 
gestibility render  it  more  acceptable  to  the  invalid  than 
that  of  the  /lare,  which  is  food  rather  for  the  healthy  than 
the  sick.  Hanging  the  harems  flesh  for  a  considerable  time 
before  cooking,  improves  its  flavor,  ease  of  mastication  and 
digestion.  The  flesh  of  the  squirrel  is  very  dense,  gelatin- 
ous,  luscious  and  satisfying. 

Fish  is  an  exceedingly  valuable  food,  if  eaten  as  soon  as 
possible  after  capture.  The  popular  belief  in  its  lack  of 
nutritive  value  arises  probably  from  the  fact  that  it  does  not 
easily  satisfy  hunger,  and  is  quickly  digested,  so  that  the 
appetite  soon  returns.  Nor  is  it  desirable  that  fish  should 
form  the  sole,  or  even  the  greater  part,  of  nitrogenous 
animal  food  eaten  by  any  people;  for,  even  should  milk  and 
eggs  be  added  to  it,  the  vigor  of  such  a  people  will  not  be 
equal  to  that  of  flesh-eating  peoples.  At  the  same  time,  the 
value  of  fish  as  a  part  of  a  dietary  is  indicated  by  the  larger 
proportion  of  phosphorus  which  it  contains,  and  whicb 
renders  it  especially  fitted  for  the  use  of  those  who  perform 


68  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

much  brain  work,  or  who  are  the  victims  of  nervous  ex- 
haustion or  of  much  mental  anxiety  and  distress. 

Fish  are  out  of  condition  in  the  spawning  season,  and 
are  then  less  fit,  or  even  unfit,  for  food;  young  fish  can 
always  be  eaten.  Fish  caught  from  the  deep  seas  are  better 
than  those  from  shallow  bays;  and  fresh  water  fish  from 
deep,  clear  water  with  stony  bottom,  than  those  from 
muddy  shallows.  As  with  animals,  whether  beast  or  bird, 
domestic  or  wild,  their  quality  depends  upon  feed,  its  kind 
and  quantity,  etc. 

A  sign  of  the  freshness  of  fish  is  its  firmness  and  rigidity, 
which  is  due  to  the  rigor  mortis,  which  passes  off  after 

awhile.     For  the  invalid,  fish  should  always  be  boiled,  or 

» 
broiled  in  oil;  the  fat  added  in  frying  it  renders  it  less  di- 
gestible. Dried,  salted,  smoked  or  pickled  fish  should  not 
be  offered  to  invalids;  but  a  little  fresh  fish,  well  boiled, 
served  with  bread  and  butter,  without  sauces  and  season- 
ings, may  frequently  tempt  the  fastidious  appetite. 

For  food  purposes,  we  are  accustomed  to  divide  fish  into 
two  classes — viz.,  into  white-blooded  and  red-blooded,  of 
which  cod  represents  the  former,  and  salmon  the  latter. 
The  flavor  varies,  also,  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  oil 
in  the  flesh  of  the  respective  kinds  of  fish — white  fish  con- 
taining, as  a  rule,  far  less  oil  than  red  fish.  The  nutritive 
value  of  white  fish,  is  much  less  than  that  of  the  flesh  of 
animals;  less  than  that  of  poultry,  but  greater  than  that  of 
eggs;  but  the  nutritive  value  of  the  flesh  of  a  red-blood  fish 
(salmon,  for  instance),  is  almost  equal  to  that  of  the 
flesh  of  oilier  red-blood  animals.  Fresh  herring  offers  the 
largest  amount  of  nutriment,  for  a  given  sum  of  money,  of 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  69 

any  kind  of  animal  food,  and  is  therefore  pre-eminently,  ''the 
poor  man's  fish." 

Salmon  stands  pre-eminent  as  a  delicacy,  and  more  nearly 
resembles  the  moat  of  animals  than  that  of  other  fish;  fat  is 
intermixed  with  the  muscular  fibre,  and  underlies  the  skin^ 
particularly  of  the  abdomen;  it  is  therefore  rich — too  rich 
for  invalids.  Mackerel,  Herring,  Bullhead,  and  Eel  are  also 
fatty  in  their  composition;  and,  therefore,  less  suitable 
than  white  fish  for  those  whose  powers  of  digestion  are 
feeble. 

Amongst  white  fish  are  Shad,  Halibut,  Brook- Trout,  Pike, 
Perch,  Bass,  Sunfish,  Haddock,  Flounder,  Cod,  etc.,  whose 
flesh  contains  little  fat,  except  in  the  liver.  Whitefish,  the 
chicken  of  fish,  is  the  most  delicate  and  easy  of  digestion. 
Cod  is  close,  firm,  tough,  and  indigestible  for  a  weak 
stomach..  Fried  Cod  is  like  veal  cutlet,  but  drier.  Hallibui 
has  richer  flavor,  but  does  not  stand  high  as  food  for  invalids. 

Fish-broth  contains  ne  rly  the  same  component  j^aiis  as 
meat-broth,  and  in  some  countries  fish-soups  are  as  much 
esteemed  as  those  of  meat. 

Isinglass,  which  is  obtained  from  the  air-bladder  of  the 
sturgeon,  is  a  useful  vehicle  for  the  administration  of  other 
ingredients  of  food,  surpassing  gelatine  in  value. 

Shell-fish,  loith  the  exception  of  oysters,  are  less  nutritive 
than  other  kinds  of  fish,  less  digestible,  and  more  likely  to 
disagree  with  weak  stomachs  than  most  kinds  of  animal 
food.  In  some  persons  they  produce  gastric  iiTitation  and 
diarrhoea,  and  in  others  nettle-rash  and  similar  eruptions. 
Indeed,  so  marked  is  this  effect  on  some  constitutions,  that 
it  is  necessary  to  forbid  shell-fish  altogether* 


70  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Lobster  and  Grab,  though  very  agreeable  to  many  persons, 
are  not  suitable  for  those  whose  digestive  organs  are  weak, 
and  consequently  should  not  be  introduced  into  the  sick- 
room. Indeed,  some  persons  in  ordinary  health  cannot 
take  them,  because  they  are  not  easily  digested,  even  when 
stimulants  of  the  gastric  juice  are  added  in  the  form  of 
vinegar  and  pepper.  Turtle-soup,  and  clam-soup  though 
somewhat  rich,  when  given  in  small  quantities  at  a  time, 
are  often  very  restorative  to  invalids. 

Oysters  are  nutritious,  and  readily  digested  even  by  deli- 
cate stomachs.  From  recent  researches  it  appears  that  they 
contain  sufficient  pepsine  to  be  self-digestive.  By  invalids 
they  should  be  taken  without  the  fringe  or  beard  (gills), 
and  without  the  hard  muscle  by  which  the  fish  is  attached 
to  the  shell;  they  should  also  be  taken  raw,  and  masticated 
before  they  are  swallowed.  To  eat  them  with  vinegar  is  to 
commit  a  dietetic  mistake.  It  is  a  good  plan  to  keep  them 
alive  for  a  day  or  two  by  placing  them  in  a  shallow  dish  of 
clear  brine,  feeding  them  with  meal  and  changing  the  water, 
so  that  they  may  lie  bare  for  a  while,  and  then  be  washed 
again  twice  a  day,  in  imitation  of  the  tide.  They  are  in 
best  condition  from  September  to  May.  As  a  means  of  con- 
veying phosphates  they  are  invaluable. 

Fresh  oysters  are  most  grateful  in  chronic  dyspepsia; 
where  nausea  is  present;  in  the  case  of  consumptives;  for 
the  trouble  of  morning  sickness;  in  chronic  diarrhoea;  they 
can  be  eaten  with  advantage  by  the  nursing  mother,  who 
will  in  this  way  not  only  strengthen  her  own  system,  but 
also  that  of  the  child  at  her  breast.  Convalescents  from 
fever  will  find  in  the  oyster  a  delicate  and  nourishing  food. 


HYGIENE. — ^NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  71 

Oysfer-deiv,  prepared  plain  or  witli  milk;  or  oyster-essence 
made  by  slowly  simmering  oysters  in  their  liquor  or  a  little 
water  until  they  swell,  seasoning  wdth  salt,  straining  the 
liquor,  and  serving  with  dry  toast  or  plain  biscuits,  are  ex- 
cellent methods  of  giving  oysters. 

Milk. — Pure  milk  contains  in  solution,  like  eggs,  all  the 
elements  required  for  the  growth  and  sustenance  of  the 
body.  This  is  especially  true  in  relation  to  a  child.  Indeed, 
it  may  be  regarded  as  the  typical  alimentary  substance,  for 
it  combines  nitrogenous,  fatty,  saccharine,  and  mineral 
matters,  and  water,  in  such  proportions  as  are  required  by 
the  animal  economy,  and  in  such  a  state  of  mixture  and 
liquefaction  as  to  be  easily  assimilated.  In  fact,  it  requires 
no  digestion,  and  it  is  this  excellence  which  renders  milk  a 
most  important  and  convenient  article  under  many  circum- 
stances. It  is  already  digested  and  prepared  for  absorption. 
In  cases  of  fever,  pure  milk  as  the  main  article  of  diet  is  fai 
superior  to  anything  else,  especially  in  Enteric  and  other 
fevers,  with  derangement  of  the  stomach  and  bowels. 
Beef-tea,  w^hich  is  commonly  used,  is  often  irritating;  but 
milk,  on  the  contrary,  is  soothing,  cooling,  and  at  the  same 
time  nourishing  and  strengthening.  In  chronic  disorders 
of  the  stomach  and  bowels  a  milk  diet  is  a  most  valuable 
accessory  to  medical  treatment.  It  allows  the  stomach  to 
have  almost  absolute  rest,  which  in  many  cases  is  the  main- 
thing  required.  And  this  condition  can  be  prolonged 
almost  indefinitely,  since  an  adult  can  be  sustained  for  days 
or  even  weeks  on  milk  alone.  It  should,  however,  be  ob- 
served that  milk  would  not  be  suitable  diet  for  adults  in 
health,  as  the  nitrogenous  matter  is  in  considerable  excess 


72  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

in  relation  to  the  carbonaceous.  It  is  suited  to  young  per- 
sons who  have  to  grow,  and  who  in  order  to  grow  must 
appropriate  an  excess  of  what  is  nitrogenous  to  form  a  daily 
addition  to  the  body.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  so  suit- 
able for  full-grown  persons,  who  have  not  so  much  to  form 
tissue  as  to  develop  heat^  or  other  force,  by  the  combustion 
of  carbon. 

It  must  not  be  overlooked  that  the  several  elements  or 
constituents  of  milk  vary  in  quantity  and  propoii^ion  in 
different  animals,  and  under  different  circumstances  in  the 
same  animal.  Variations  are  exhibited  in  the  folloAving 
table,  which  should  be  regarded  as  showing  average  rather 
than  actual  proportions,  inasmuch  as  the  milk  of  each 
animal  is  not  alike. 

Woman  Cow  Goat  Sheep  Ass  Mare. 
Nitrogenous     matter 

and  insoluble  salts  3.35  4.55  4.50  7.00  1.70  1.62 

Butter 3.34  3.70  4.10  6.50  1.40  0.20 

Lactine  and  soluble 

salts 3.77  5.35  5.80  4.50  6.40  8.75 

Water 89.54  86.40  85.60  82.00  90.50  89.43 

100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00 

The  "nitrogenous  matter"  is  chiefly  caseine,  which  forms 
curd  and  cheese;  the  "lactine"  is  a  form  of  sugar. 

Woman's  milk  is,  of  course,  the  standard.  Cow's  milk 
more  nearly  approximates  to  it  than  that  of  any  other 
animal,  and  hence  is  most  generally  used ;  contains  consider- 
ably more  caseine,  less  sugar  and  a  little  more  butter  than 
woman's  milk.  If  therefore  a  mixture  be  made  of  |  cow's 
milk  and  \  of  warm  water,  to  which  half  an  ounce  of  sugar 
of  milk  be  added  to  the  pint,  we  shall  obtain  a  composition 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    FOOD- VALUES.  73 

Tery  similar  to  that  of  the  mother's  milk.  If  sugar  of 
milk  be  not  obtainable,  its  place  may  be  supplied  by  some- 
what more  than  half  tlie  quantity  of  refined  cane  sugar. 
Goat's  milk  is  richer  than  cow's;  sheep's  milk  still  richer. 
Ass's  or  mare's  milk  is  much  poorer,  but  much  sw^eeterc 
Indeed,  so  large  is  the  proportion  of  sugar  of  milk  in  the 
last  that  it  is  fermented  and  converted  into  a  spirituous 
liquor,  known  by  the  name  of  koumias,  and  successfully 
administered  in  many  cases  of  Consumption,  chronic  Bron- 
chitis, and  chronic  Diarrhoea. 

Koumiss,  which  is  fermented  mare's  or  cow's  milk,  has 
been  found  very  useful  in  some  cases  of  consumption.  The 
Russian  plan  of  making  it  is  as  follows: — Two  teacupfuls  of 
wheat-flour  are  mixed  with  one  spoonful  of  honey,  one  of 
good  beer  yeast,  and  sufficient  milk  to  fonii  a  not  too  thin 
paste;  the  whole  is  j^ut  in  a  moderately  warm  place  to  fer- 
ment. AMien  fermentation  takes  place  the  ferment  is  put 
Lq  a  linen  bag,  and  hung  in  a  jar  or  keg  containing  sixteen 
pounds  of  fresh  mare's  milk,  covered  and  allowed  to  stand 
till  the  milk  has  acquii'ed  a  pleasant,  acidulous  taste  (about 
16  to  24  hours,  according  to  the  temperature).  The  butter 
and  cheese  paiiicles  which  float  about  are  now  skimmed  oif, 
the  liquid  is  poured  into  another  keg  and  shaken  for  one 
houi',  after  which  time  it  is  poured  into  bottles,  corked,  and 
put  into  the  cellar.  A  "cure"  requii'es  twelve  to  fifteen 
pounds  of  milk  daily,  the  produce  of  two  mares;  the  best 
season  for  it  is  from  May  to  July.  The  koumiss  is  taken 
early  in  the  morning,  every  hour  (a  teacupful  to  a  tumblerful 
at  a  time),  and  plenty  of  exercise  must  follow. 

Cow's  milk  varies  very  much  in  quality.    After  parturition 


74  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

takes  place  in  any  animal  the  first  fluid  secreted  differs 
considerably  from  ordinary  milk,  and  is  termed  colostrum; 
consequently  cow's  milk,  for  tliree  or  four  weeks  after 
calving,  is  not  fit  for  food;  it  has  a  somewhat  sickly  smell, 
and  acts  as  a  purgative. 

The  milk  of  the  Alderney  cow  is  characterized  by  its 
richness  in  butter,  that  of  the  long-horns  by  its  richness 
in  caseine.  The  product  of  young  cows  is  preferable 
to  that  of  old  ones,  and  as  a  food  for  infants  the  age  of 
the  secretion  should  be  less  than  that  of  the  baby;  that  is 
to  say  a  cow  with  a  calf  two  months  old  may  do  very  weU 
to  feed  a  child  of  four  months.  The  milk  first  drawn  fi'om 
the  cow  contains  less  cream  than  that  which  is  last  drawn; 
indeed  (especially  if  some  time  has  elapsed  between  the 
time  of  milking),  the  amount  of  cream  in  the  latter  may  be 
two  or  three  times  as  much  as  in  the  former.  The  milk  of 
the  afternoon  is  richer  both  in  caseine  and  butter  than  that 
of  the  morning.  The  food  on  which  the  cow  is  fed  consider- 
ably affects  the  quality  of  the  milk;  poor  diet  impoverishes 
it;  strong  vegetables,  such  as  turnips,  cabbages,  and  onions, 
flavor  it;  decayed  leaves  make  it  disagreeable;  poisonous 
plants  render  it  injurious;  nothing  is  equal  to  the  fresh 
pasture  of  country  fields  for  securing  good  milk. 

Its  quality  may  be  tested  by  the  amount  of  cream  it  pro- 
duces, by  its  weight,  and  by  its  specific  gravity.  The  larger 
the  proportion  of  cream,  the  better  the  milk.  A  quart  oi 
new  milk,  cooled,  should  weight  about  2  lb.  2  J  oz.  if  it  is  of 
fair  average  quality.  The  sp.  gr.  of  good  genuine  milk 
ranges  from  1.026  to  1.030  at  a  temperature  of  GO''.  The 
addition  of  water  or  an  excess  of  cream  lowers  the  sp.  gr. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    FOOD- VALUES.  75 

But  whether  or  not  the  milk  be  diluted  with  water,  it  is  not 
unfrequently  rendered  unwholesome  by  being  put  into 
vessels  that  have  not  been  cleansed  by  thorough  washing 
out  with  soda.  On  stale  milk,  even  in  minute  quantities,  a 
small  blue  fungus,  or  mould,  very  speedily  forms,  which 
soon  spreads  to  fi'esh  milk  and  causes  it  to  tiu'n  sour;  hence 
Colic,  Diarrhoea,  and  Thrush  are  occasioned  in  those  who 
partake  of  it. 

Fifteen  grains  of  bicarbonate  of  soda  to  a  quart  of  milk 
prevents  it  from  turning  sour,  and  also  renders  it  more 
digestible. 

Milk,  though  nourishing,  does  not  agree  with  every  one. 
If  diluted  with  one-third  lime-water,  it  will  rarely  cause 
biliousness  or  indigestion,  and  if  taken  regularly  will  so 
strengthen  the  system  as  to  banish  these  disorders.  It  may 
be  taken  with  acid  of  some  kind  when  it  does  not  easily 
digest.  The  idea  that  milk  must  not  be  eaten  with  pickles 
is  not  an  intelligent  one,  as  milk  curdles  as  soon  as  it  is 
swaUow^ed.  When  milk  is  constipating  a  little  salt  sprinkled 
in  each  glassful  will  avert  the  difficulty.  When  it  has  an 
opposite  effect,  a  few  drops  of  brandy  in  each  tumbler  of 
milk  will  obviate  purgation.  After  finishing  a  meal  a 
tumbler  of  pure  milk  may  be  drunk,  and  half  a  pin!;  taken 
at  bedtime  with  a  biscuit  makes  a  light  supper.  Ten  grains 
of  new  milk  when  consumed  in  the  body  produces  sufficient 
heat  to  raise  1.7  lb.  of  water  10  F.,  which  is  equal  to  lifting 
1.24G  lbs.  one  foot  high. 

The  milk  of  all  animals  is  more  easily  digested  when  eaten 
warm,  especially  by  those  who  have  the  impression  that  it 
does  not  agree  with  them,  and  by  invalids.     This  is  not, 


76  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

however,  due  to  any  marked  ebemical  change  effected  in  the 
milk  by  heat,  for  the  only  effect  is  to  coagulate  the  albumen 
and  to  raise  it  as  a  scum  upon  the  surface,  but  to  the 
stimulating  effect  of  heat,  both  on  the  palate  and  stomach. 
In  cases  of  fever,  in  exhausted  conditions  dependent  on 
loss  of  blood,  and  in  summer  diarrhoea  and  other  inflam- 
matory affections  of  the  alimentary  tract,  it  may  be  given 
scalded  with  excellent  results;  it  is  a  sheet-anchor  in 
Enteric  fever.  Owing  to  outbreaks  of  fever  which  were 
traced  to  infected  milk,  many  persons  adopted  the  pre- 
caution of  boiling  aU  milk  before  using  it,  and  thus  the 
disease-germs  which  it  may  have  contained  were  rendered 
innocuous.  This  is  a  good  plan  for  persons  resident  in 
towns.  But  when  used  as  a  substitute  for  mother's  milk, 
cow's  milk  should  not  be  boiled,  but  only  raised  to  the 
temperature  of  breast  milk  by  the  addition  of  warm  water. 

Cream  is  composed  of  the  fatty  constituent  of  milk,  which, 
on  account  of  its  Hghtness,  rises  to  the  surface  when  the 
milk  is  allowed  to  stand.  It  forms  the  basis  of  butter.  It 
can  often  be  taken  freely  when  nothing  else  will  remain 
on  the  stomach,  notwithstanding  the  abundance  of  fatty 
matter.  It  should  always  be  fresh,  and  may  be  diluted 
with  water  or  given  pure  if  desired.  Clotted  cream  is  pro- 
duced by  heating  milk  just  to  the  point  of  simmering,  which 
causes  a  scum  to  form  with  the  fatty  matter  and  give  it 
more  consistence. 

Skmi'Viilk  is  that  from  which  the  cream  has  been  re- 
moved, and  being  consequently  less  rich  than  ordinary 
milk,  it  can  frequently  be  taken  by  invalids  when  the  latter 
cannot. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  77 

Butter-milk  is  what  is  left  after  the  extraction  of  butter. 
It  of  course  contains  less  fatty  matter  than  skim-milk,  but 
it  retains  the  nitrogenous,  saccharine,  and  saline  matter, 
and  is  therefore  very  nourishing  and  useful  as  an  article 
of  diet.  Unless  very  fresh  it  is  generally  a  little  acid.  It 
is  one  of  the  most  refreshing  summer  drinks  that  can  be 
taken,  and  is  almost  always  allowable  in  sickness,  especially 
in  fevers  with  gastric  symptoms.  It  arouses  a  gentle 
activity  of  the  liver  and  kidneys,  particularly  of  the  latter 
organs;  and  is  (See  page  45)  especially  valuable  for  old 
people. 

Curds  are  the  caseine  and  fat  of  milk  combined  by  coa- 
gulation of  the  milk.  They  form  the  basis  of  cheese.  The 
addition  of  an  acid  to  the  milk  sets  free  the  caseine  which 
is  held  in  solution  by  an  alkali,  and  causes  coagulation. 

Whey  is  the  residuary  liquid  after  the  curd  has  been  re- 
moved, containing  a  httle  of  the  caseine  and  fat,  but  aU  the 
sugar,  acids,  and  salts  of  milk.  The  caseine  and  fat  being 
absent,  there  is  no  fear  of  curdling  in  the  stomach,  thus 
causing  pain  or  Diarrhoea.  Whey  can,  therefore,  be  taken 
by  many  persons  with  whom  milk  disagrees.  It  is  not  very 
valuable  as  nutriment,  but  it  is  very  digestible,  is  easily  ^ 
absorbed,  and  is  a  refreshing  drink  in  the  sick-room  espe- 
cially in  inflammatory  disorders.  A  slight  flavor  of  nutmeg 
makes  it  very  palatable.  There  is  a  prevailing  opinion  that 
whey  is  sudorific;  hence  wine-whey,  alum-whey,  tamarind- 
whey,  etc.,  when  the  milk  has  been  curdled  by  these  sub- 
stances, are  recommended.  The  method  of  preparation  is 
given  in  a  succeeding  chapter. 

In   Switzerland   whey   is   supposed    to    have   medicinal 


78 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 


virtues,  particularly  for  the  relief  of  chronic  disorders  of  the 
abdominal  organs;  the  treatment,  which  is  known  as  the 
Molken-Kur,  has  a  fashionable  rej^utation. 

Condensed  milk  is  milk  preserved  by  the  evaporation  of  a 
large  proportion  of  its  water,  and  the  addition  of  cane 
sugar.  It  is  sold  in  hermetically-sealed  tins,  in  which  it 
can  be  kept  for  several  years;  when  the  tins  are  opened  it  is 
found  in  the  form  of  syrup,  which  will  remain  good  for 
several  days.  It  is  very  useful  for  the  diet  of  invalids  in 
making  of  light  puddings,  or  other  food  into  which  milk 
largely  enters.  It  requires  the  addition  of  a  considerable 
quantity  of  soft  water  (three  parts  water  to  one  part  milk) 
to  replace  what  has  been  evaporated.  Being  already 
sweetened,  it  needs  no  addition  of  sugar.  Its  sweetness 
renders  it  very  agreeable  to  infants,  who  take  it  readily, 
grow  j)lump,  and  apparently  thrive  well  upon  it. 

But  it  is  an  error  to  assume  that  r.  given  quantity,  when 
dissolved  in  water,  will  yield  new  milk  or  be  as  useful  as 
new  milk  in  feeding  infants  and  young  children,  and  it 
should  rarely  be  used  as  a  substitute  in  such  cases  when 
new  milk  can  be  obtained. 

Butter  is  the  fatty  portion  of  milk,  obtained  by 
churning  the  cream  or  the  entire  milk.  This  operation 
causes  the  rupture  of  the  envelopes  of  the  fat  globules, 
which  then  coalesce  and  become  incorporated  into  a  solid 
mass.  Milk  yields  on  an  average  5|  per  cent,  of  butter. 
Though  butter  is  generally  churned  from  cream,  it  would 
be  produced  in  greater  quantity  from  entire  milk;  but  as 
the  churning  of  milk  would  necessitate  more  labor  and 
the  use  of  larger  vessels,  it  has  not  been  generally  adopted. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE   FOOD-VALUES.  79 

The  churning  of  cream  is  beet  performed  at  a  temperature 
varying  fi'om  50"  to  SS"",  and  the  temperature  may  be 
regulated  by  placing  hot  or  cold  water,  according  to  the 
season,  in  the  outer  vessel.  Milk  requires  a  temperature  of 
GO".  When  the  butter  is  formed  it  should  be  kneaded  and 
washed  with  water  to  remove  the  caseine,  fatty  acids,  and 
other  ingredients  which  would  prevent  its  keeping  sweet 
and  fresh.  Salt  is  added  to  preserve  it.  If  syiiij)  be  added 
instead  of  salt,  or  sugar  with  which  is  mixed  a  little  salt, 
butter  is  said  to  keep  better 

When  pure  and  fresh,  butter  is  more  easily  assimilated 
by  delicate  stomachs  than  most  other  fats.  It  is  also  the 
form  of  separate  fat  which  is  less  fi'equently  disliked  by 
consumptive  people  and  invalids  generally;  but  it  should 
not  be  too  bountifuDy  supplied.  Butter  that  has  become 
stale  or  rancid,  or  been  exposed  to  heat  (as  for  buttered 
toast),  is  very  likely  to  disagree  with  dyspeptics  and  other 
invalids,  and  cause  Diarrhoea.  Indeed,  as  a  rule,  all  kinds 
of  decomposing  fats  disagree  with  the  stomach.  There  are 
ready  means  of  detection  through  the  senses  of  sight,  taste, 
and  smell,  when  butter  is  adulterated.  Pure  butter  should 
be  of  a  uniform  rich  yellow  ap2)earance ;  when  a  streaky  look 
is  imparted  by  quickly  passing  over  it  a  clean  knife  the 
presence  of  adulterants  is  always  to  be  suspected.  When 
melted  it  should  yield  a  clear-looking  oil,  with  but  slight 
deposit  of  water  or  other  substances.  When  placed  on  the 
tongue  it  melts  quickly  and  leaves  the  tongue  perfectly 
smooth;  while,  on  the  contrary,  there  will  be  a  sense  of 
roughness,  a  granular  taste,  and  the  peculiar  flavor  of  the 
adulterant,  as  the  result  of  this  test,  when  butter  is  adulter- 


80  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

ated.     The  odor  of  butter  is  very  persistent,  and  tlierefore 
does  not  so  well  mark  its  purity  or  the  reverse. 

The  value  of  Cheese  as  an  article  of  diet  has  not  been 
entirely  established.     If  we  consider  its  chemical  compo- 
sition we  find  it  very  rich,  richer  than  any  other  known  food, 
in  (nitrogenous)  nutritive   elements,  provided  we  select  a 
good  specimen:  but  this  varies  with  the  conditions  of  its 
manufacture.     The  poorer  the  cheese  the  greater  the  pro- 
portion of  the  casein*  (curd)  or  nitrogenous  element;  while 
the  richer  the  cheese  the  greater  is  the  proportion  of  fat  or 
butter  which  it  contains;  but,  in  either  case,  the  proportion 
of  nitrogenous  matter  in  a  given  weight  far  exceeds  that  of 
meat.     One  pound  of  cheese  has  been  estimated  as  equi- 
valent to  3|  lbs.  of  lean  beef.     Taken  with  bread  or  other 
vegetable  diet   it   is   very  nutritive   to   persons   of   active 
habits;  and,  as  a  relish,  or  condiment  it  stimulates  digestion. 
There  is,  however,  a  long-standing  belief  that  cheese  is  not 
easily  digested;  and  also,  that  in  spite  of  this  want  of  di- 
gestibility, it  promotes  the  digestion  of  other  foods.     Scien- 
tific   experiment   has,    indeed,   shown   that   there    is   good 
reason  to  consider  both  of  these   beliefs  as  well   founded; 
and  that,  while  it  may  be  proper  to  eat  a  small  poriion  of 
cheese,  both  for  the  nutrition  which  it  supplies  and  for  the 
promotion  of  digestion,  it  is  not  j^roj^er  to  eat  a  large  quan- 
tity, or  to  make  it  a  principal  article  of  food  and  a  substitute 
for  meat.     It  is  not  at  all  improbable  that  cheese  may  pro- 
duce different  effects  on  different  persons;  that  its  effect  will 


*  This  is  the  sole  source  of  the  nitrogen  in  which  cheese  so  abounds, 
and  when  pure  consists  of  the  following  elements  in  100  parts:  Carbon 
53.83;  Oxygen  22.52;  Hydrogen  7.15;  Nitrogen  15.G5. 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    FOOD-VALIjES.  81 

bear  some  relation  to  the  desire  which  the  individual  has 
for  it;  and  that  its  customary  use  from  childhood  may 
modify  its  appreciable  deleterious  effects. 

The  time  requii'ed  for  its  digestion  varies  with  its  age  and 
according  to  the  amount  of  fat  it  contains,  but — with  a 
fairly  good  medium-aged  cheese,  is  fi'om  3^  to  4  hours 
New  cheese  and  poor  cheese  also  require  a  longer  time  for 
digestion,  since  they  are  chewed  with  greater  difficulty. 
Old  poor  cheese  also  requires  a  longer  time,  for  its  hard- 
ness delays  its  solution  in  the  gastric  juices;  and,  if  a  good 
cheese  be  old  and  greatly  decayed  it  plays  the  part  of  an 
irritant  in  the  stomach  which  may  cause  a  form  of  in- 
digestion, and  be  itself  humed  thi'ough  the  stomach  into 
the  intestines  so  rapidly  as  almost  to  prevent  its  digestion. 

Toaded  cheese,  as  ordinarily  prepared,  is  one  of  the  most 
indigestible  articles  that  can  be  eaten,  but  if  it  is  new  and 
lightly  cooked  with  cream  and  butter,  it  can  be  rendered 
digestible  by  a  healthy  stomach. 

Ten  grains  of  good  cheese  when  consumed  in  the  body 
produce  sufficient  heat  to  raise  11.2  lbs.  of  water  10  Fahr., 
which  is  equal  to  lifting  8.649  lbs.  one  foot  high. 

Cream  cheese  (fresh  curd  moderately  pressed)  must  be 
eaten  fresh;  and  is  more  digestible  than  ordinary  cheese 
(2  to  3  hours)  because  it  is  softer,  more  easily  masticated 
and  has  less  casein.  To  many  invalids  it  will  prove  a 
pleasant  variation  with  other  diet. 

Dripjying,  from  roasting  joints,  if  not  burned,  is  one  of  the 
most  nutritious  forms  of  fat  and  very  agreeable;  its  flavor 
depending  somewhat  upon  the  degree  of  roasting  to  which 
the  flesh  is  subjected.     It  may  sometimes  prove  a  welcome 


8i  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

alternative  to  butter  in  the  sickroom.  Salt  should  be 
eaten  with  it;  but  it  must  be  taken  in  moderation,  and  its 
action  watched,  or  it  will  disorder  the  stomach  and 
heighten  fever. 

Vegetable  products  enter  largely  into  the  food  of  man,  in 
the  form  of  seeds,  roots,  leaves,  herbs,  and  preparations  ol 
different  kinds. 

Farinaceous  seeds  form  the  largest  portion  of  our  vege- 
table food,  and  are  the  most  extensively  used;  they  are  of 
great  nutritive  value,  of  easy  digestion,  plentifully  yielded, 
and  universally  grown. 

Cereals  hold  the  first  place.  Their  general  composition  is 
very  similar,  but  on  account  of  the  differences  that  exist  in 
the  proportions  of  their  component  elements  they  have 
different  nutritive  values.  Even  the  various  kinds  of  wheat 
are  not  exactly  alike,  especially  in  the  relative  proportions 
of  nitrogenous  matter  and  starch.  On  an  average,  wheat 
contains  more  nitrogenous  matter  than  other  grains.  Oats 
come  nearest  to  wheat  in  this  respect,  and  are  of  equal 
value  to  many  wheats;  they  also  contain  a  large  proportion 
of  fats  and  salts.  Maize  (Indian  Corn)  is  rich  in  fatty 
matter,  moderately  so  in  nitrogenous,  but  poor  in  salts. 
Rice  is  very  rich  in  starch,  but  poor  in  other  constituents. 

The  constituents  of  Wheat  more  nearly  correspond  with 
the  requirements  of  the  human  system  under  ordinary  cir- 
cumstances than  any  other  grain;  and  life  and  health  can 
be  maintained  on  wheat  alone  for  an  indefinite  period, 
provided  there  be  an  adequate  supply  of  good  water  and 
air.  Hence  it  is  one  of  the  most  widely  cultivated  of  the 
cereals. 


HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUESL  83 

As  ordinarily  used,  however,  it  is  deprived  of  mucli  of  its 
nutritive  value,  for  the  portion  which  contains  the  largest 
amount  of  nitrogenous  matter  is  removed  in  order  to  meet 
the  demand  for  whiteness  in  the  bread.  Each  grain,  after 
being  thrashed  out  of  the  straw  and  winnowed  from  the 
husks,  is  composed  of  a  hard,  thin  outer  coat,  or  bran;  a 
soft,  friable  intermediate  layer  of  cells;  and  a  central  white 
substance  chiefly  composed  of  starch.  The  outer  coat  ie 
woody,  indigestible,  useless  for  nutrition,  and  irritating  to 
the  alimentary  canal.  In  some  cases  it  may  therefore  be 
advisable  to  retain  it  to  act  mechanically  to  stimulate  the 
action  of  the  intestines  in  constipation;  but  when  used  by 
persons  who  take  active  exercise  it  is  too  stimulating,  for  it 
causes  the  food  to  pass  hurriedly  through  the  canal  before 
the  process  of  disintegration  and  assimilation  is  completed. 
For  invalids,  and  persons  whose  digestive  organs  are  in  a 
state  of  susceptibility,  it  is  too  irritating.  The  inner  coat 
is  of  most  value.  It  is  usually  removed  with  the  outer  coat 
in  dressing  the  flour.  But  it  is  the  richest  part  of  the  grain 
in  nitrogenous  matter,  fats,  and  salts,  the  part  which  con- 
tains food  for  muscles,  bones,  and  brains;  and  the  more 
thoroughly  this  is  removed,  the  finer  the  flour  is  dressed, 
the  whiter  the  bread  produced,  the  less  valuable  is  the 
bread  for  nutrition.  The  central  white  material  of  the  grain 
is  chiefly  composed  of  starch,  but  it  comprises  also  a  pro- 
portion of  the  more  nourishing  elements,  though  the  pro- 
portion is  so  small  that  the  utility  of  the  grain  is  sacrified 
to  the  appearance  of  the  bread.  Many  writers — notably 
Liebig — have  pointed  out  the  waste  of  nutritive  material, 
and  the  unwisdom  of  preferring  white  bread  to  that  which 


84  .  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

contains  the  nitrogenous  portion.  Pavj,  however,  reminds 
us  that  bread  is  not  our  only  food;  that  what  is  rejected  in 
the  bread  is  taken  in  other  forms;  and  that  through  animal 
diet  we  receive  the  very  elements  which  have  been  elimin- 
ated from  the  flour.  Certainly,  to  most  persons,  the  white 
bread  is  more  palatable,  and  has  a  more  attractive  ap- 
pearance, than  the  more  nutritious  bread;  but  the  taste  is 
probably  a  matter  of  habit.  If  it  were  not  that  it  gave  a 
dark  color  and  a  soft  consistence  to  br^ad,  a  very  important 
soluble  nitrogenous  matter  called  cerealine  might  be  utilised 
by  soaking  the  bran  in  warm  water  for  some  time,  and 
using  the  water  in  the  preparation  of  the  doagh  for  bread. 
Tt  would  be  better  to  sacrifice  the  appearance  and  cultivate 
another  taste,  if  thereby  more  nutriment  could  be  obtained. 
Young  and  growing  children  are  great  but  unconscious 
sufferers  from  the  common  custom.  Many  are  weak  fi'om 
mal-nutrition,  grow  up  with  defective  teeth  and  bones,  weak 
tissues,  inadequate  muscular  development,  and  are  suscept- 
ible to  diseases  which  they  have  not  constitutional  strength 
enough  to  combat  and  resist. 

Stale  bread  is  preferable  to  new,  especially  in  any  weakness 
of  the  digestive  organs,  since  it  is  firm  and  more  fi'iable 
under  the  action  of  the  teeth,  and  more  easily  penetrated 
by  the  digestive  juices,  than  new  bread.  New  bread  in  the 
stomach  often  ferments  afresh,  and  even  in  persons  of  good 
digestion  produces  heartburn. 

The  toasting  of  bread  greatly  increases  its  digestibility, 
provided  it  be  properly  done.  The  slice  should  be  toasted 
brown,  not  burnt,  so  that  it  may  be  crisp  and  firm  through- 
out.    It  then  constitutes  the  best  form  in  which  starchy  food 


HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE  FOOD  VALUES.  8S 

can  he  given;  for  much  of  the  starch  is  changed  into  glucose 
by  the  heat;  and  in  wheat  bread  there  is  some  Uttle  gluten, 
which  partly  supplies  the  place  of  albumen.  If  toast  is 
buttered,  the  butter  should  be  applied  as  the  toast  is  eaten, 
so  that  it  may  not  become  soaked  with  the  butter.  By 
some  it  is  much  enjoyed  without  butter,  and  is  then  more 
readily  digested.  Toasi-icater,  when  properly  prepared, 
forms  an  almost  indisi^ensable  aiiicle  in  the  sick-room.  If 
good  stale  bread  or  biscuits  are  nicely  toasted,  not  burnt, 
and  then  placed  in  a  dish  or  pitcher,  and  hot  water  poured 
on  and  allowed  to  cool,  the  drink  may,  while  more  nourish- 
ing, be  more  palatable  than  water  alone. 

Biscuits  which  contain  but  little  water,  are,  bulk  for  bulk, 
more  nutritious  than  bread,  three  quarters  of  a  pound  being 
about  equal  to  a  pound  of  bread.  Wheaten  biscuits,  either 
sweet  or  plain,  are  most  suitable  for  those  who  suffer  from 
Dyspepsia  and  Constipation. 

Sponge  cakes  are  also  light,  and  often  tempting.  They 
may  be  soaked  in  hot  milk;  as  also  may  rusks.  Muffins  are 
very  indigestible.  Gingerbread,  when  dry,  crisp,  and  light, 
is  acceptable  to  many  dyspeptics.  Macaroni  and  Vermicelli 
are  very  nutritious,  but  not  easily  digested. 

Oats,  when  ground,  form  a  flour  which  is  not  so  white  as 
wheaten  flour,  and  when  made  into  bread  has  a  peculiar 
taste,  half  sweet,  half  bitter.  Unlike  the  wheat,  the  muscle^ 
making  material  of  the  oat  is  not  connected  with  its  hull, 
and  is  not  therefore  removed  in  making  fine  flour.  Oat- 
meal and  unbolted  wheat-meal  contain  about  the  same 
amount  of  heat-producing  material,  but  one  pint  of  oat- 
meal-gruel contains  as   much   muscle-making   material  an 


86  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

five  gills  of  unbolted  meal  gruel,  or  as  in  three  quarts  of 
fine  flour-gruel.     The  Scotch  oatmeal  is  generally  preferred 
for    flavor  and   nutritive   qualities.      Porridge   is   a   hasty 
pudding  of  boiled  oatmeal.     The  oatmeal  should  be  mixed, 
at  first  very  thin,  in  boiling  water  or  milk;  while  boiling 
the  meal  should  be  sprinkled  slowly  on  the   surface   and 
stirred    in;    when    enough    is    added,    the  whole    should 
simmer  for  half  an  hour  or  longer,  with  an  occasional  stir. 
If,  however,   the    oatmeal  be   imperfectly  boiled,  as  when 
prepared  in  haste,   it  is  extremely  indigestible,   and   pro- 
duces obstinate  pyrosis  and  flatulence;  but  if  well  boiled, 
and  eaten  slowly  so  as  to  become  thorouglily  mixed  with 
saliva,  it  is  most  wholesome.     Oat-meal  Gruel  is  a  similar 
preparation,  in  a  more  liquid  form.     It  should  be  boiled 
until  every  particle  of  the  meal  is  cooked.     It  may  be  made 
with  milk  instead  of  water;  or  part  water  and  part  milk,  and 
is  generally  better  if  strained,  as  the  straining  removes  the 
instating  husks  of  the  grain. 

Oatmeal  in  all  its  forms  is  somewhat  laxative,  and  often 
causes  initation  of  the  bowels,  especially  if  not  sufiiciently 
cooked.  There  are  some  persons  who  cannot  take  it  on 
account  of  the  acidity  and  eructation  which  it  causes. 

Barley^  though  less  employed  than  formerly  in  the  form 
of  bread,  is  peculiarly  rich  in  phosphates  (more  than  twice 
the  amount  contained  in  meat) ;  and,  as  it  is  also  stimulant 
and  laxative  to  the  bowels,  might  be  made  useful  to  literary 
men  of  sedative  habits,  who  need  an  increased  action  both 
of  bowels  and  of  brain.  Such  persons  might  use  it  either 
in  the  form  of  cakes,  or  porridge.  Barleij-ivater,  made  from 
pearl    barley,   forms  a  sli^jjhtly   nutritive,   bland,  and    de- 


., 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE   FOOD-VALUES.  87 

Xnulcent  drink  for  invalids.  It  is  made  by  taking  about  two 
ounces  of  pearl  barley  which  has  been  well  washed  in  cold 
water,  and  boiling  it  in  a  pint  and  a  half  of  water  for  half 
an  hour. 

Rye,  next  to  wheat,  especially  for  bread-making,  is  the 
best  of  the  cereals;  containing  more  of  the  heat-producing, 
but  less  of  the  muscle  and  brain-feeding  elements  than 
wheat.  As  it  contains  more  w^aste  materials  than  w^heat,  it 
is  more  stimulating  or  laxative  to  the  bowels,  and  therefore 
may  be  useful  in  constipation. 

Buckwheat  is  inferior  to  wheat  in  nutritive  elements,  but 
is  an  excellent  heater;  and  eaten,  as  it  is  generally  and 
extensively,  in  the  form  of  cakes  for  breakfast,  with  ham, 
sausage,  beefsteak,  or  fish,  it  serves  to  keep  uj)  the  heat  for 
a  winter's  day.  An  eminent  judge  of  the  U.  S.  Supreme 
Court  used  to  say  that  a  breakfast  of  buckwheat-cakes, 
enabled  him  to  do  a  longer  and  better  day's-work,  than 
anything  else.  It  is  a  favorite  breakfast  food  all  over  the 
United  States. 

Indian  Corn  is  not  adapted  for  the  manufacture  of  bread 
on  account  of  its  deficiency  in  gluten,  unless  wheat  or  rye 
flour  be  mixed  with  it.  Corn  meal  is  very  nutritious,  more 
fattening  and  containing  a  larger  proportion  of  oily  material 
than  wheat,  with  greater  production  of  animal  heat.  Made 
in  the  form  of  bread  or  cakes  either  wet  up  with  water, 
milk,  or  with  the  addition  of  suet  or  molasses,  it  forms  a 
hearty  nutritious  and  healthy  food,  which  is  extensively  used 
and  prized  in  every  part  of  our  country;  and,  indeed,  in 
some  parts,  forms  the  main  staple  of  vegetable  diet. 

Hominy,  which  is  the  grain  cracked  into  two  or  three 


88  HOMEOPATHIC    ]ME]ST01i. 

pieces,  is  excellent  food,  especially  if  made  from  southern 
corn;  and,  as  it  contains  a  full  share  of  muscle-making 
material,  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  laboring  men.  Its  largo 
proportion  of  life-essentials,  also  adapts  it  to  those  who 
follow  sedentary  and  literary  occupations.  The  "smal] 
hominy ",  of  New  England,  is  generally  made  from  the  flint 
corn;  and  containing  less  of  muscle  and  brain-food,  and 
more  of  the  heaters,  is  best  for  use  in  cold  weather. 
Hulled  com,  also,  has  all  the  elements  of  the  corn,  except 
those  contained  in  the  hull;  and,  the  oil  being  removed  by 
being  soaked  in  some  alkali,  is  very  excellent  for  summer 
use. 

Green  corn,  or  "  com  in  the  milk,"  boiled  in  fair  water  in 
the  ear,  is  a  nutritious  delicacy  and  though  quite  laxative  is 
widely  used  and  prized  by  all  classes  of  the  people  Grated 
from  the  cob  and  made  into  a  batter  with  milk,  and  fried, 
it  forms  the  most  delicious  of  cakes. 

Bice  is  said  to  be  the  food  of  nearly  one-third  of  the 
human  race.  The  best  comes  from  the  Carolinas.  It  is 
useful  as  an  article  of  diet,  whether  whole  or  ground  into 
flour;  but  its  deficiency  in  the  muscle,  brain  and  nerve- 
supporting  elements,  and  its  preponderance  of  starch, 
renders  it  one  of  the  poorest  of  foods  for  promoting  mental 
or  muscular  strength.  One  pound  of  beans  would  support 
life,  in  action,  as  long  as  four  pounds  of  rice.  It,  there- 
fore, requu'es  the  addition  of  some  fat  to  make  up  iot 
its  deficiency  in  this  ingredient.  It  should  be  thoroughly 
cooked,  whether  the  grains  be  ground  or  remain  wliole. 
Boiled,  or  baked  with  milk  and  eggs,  as  rice-pudding, 
it   forms   a   substantial   meal,    and    is    especially    suitable 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALDES.  89 

tor  invalids,  as  it  does  not  make  great  demand  on  the 
digestive  powers.  Eice  boiled  five  or  six  houi^s  forms,  on 
cooling,  and  after  the  water  has  been  strained  off,  a  jelly 
which  is  soluble  in  warm  milk,  and  makes  a  pleasant  change 
of  diet.  Rice-water  is  made  by  washing  an  ounce  of  good 
rice  in  cold  water,  then  macerating  it  for  three  hours  in  a 
quart  of  water  kept  at  a  tepid  heat,  and  afterwards  boiling  it 
slowly  for  an  hour.  It  is  very  useful  as  a  drink  in  all  irrit- 
able states  of  the  alimentary  tract,  as  in  Dysentery  and 
Diarrhoea;  and,  for  young  infants,  and  children  suffering  from 
Diarrhoea,  Indigestion,  Constipation,  Flatulence,  Atrophy, 
or  Aphthae,  corn  flour  and  similar  preparations  are  very  un- 
suitable. In  all  cases,  foods  which  contain  traces  of  bran, 
and  also  gluten,  gum,  sugar,  cellulose,  and  saline  matter, 
especially  the  phosphates,  in  proportion  to  the  starch,  are 
to  be  preferred. 

Beans  are  rich  in  nutritive  materials,  and  well  adapted  to 
strong  healthy  persons  with  good  digestive  powers.  Two 
pounds  of  beans  will  enable  one  to  do  more  muscular  work 
than  thi'ee  of  wheat,  and  more  brain-work  than  three  and  a 
half.  But,  as  they  are  deficient  in  heating  powers,  they  are 
best  eaten  with  fat  pork,  or  some  other  heat-making  food. 
They  are  also  eaten  green,  when  the  starch  is  not  formed; 
but  as,  in  that  state,  they  lack  the  nutritious  element,  thej 
require  butter  or  some  other  heat-giving  material.  French 
Beans  and  Scarlet  Runners  are  eaten  with  the  pods  before 
they  are  ripe.  In  Europe  the  seeds  of  the  dwarf  bean 
are  allowed  to  ripen,  and,  when  stripped  from  the  pods, 
aj'e  sold  as  haricot  beans.  Small  White  Beans  boiled  and 
then  baked  with  salt  pork,   form  the  celebrated  "Boeton 


90  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOU. 

Baked  Beans,"  so  widely  known  and  justly  prized  by  all 
New  England  people.  Peas^  contain  very  nearly  the  same 
elements,  in  the  same  proportions,  as  beans,  but  are  more 
easily  digested.  Young,  green  peas,  without  their  pods, 
are  very  delicate  and  nutritious.  Old  peas  should  be 
treated  as  dried  peas — soaked,  stewed,  and  crushed — if  they 
are  to  be  rendered  palatable  and  digestible.  Dried  peas, 
split  peas,  without  skins,  if  well  boiled,  are  excellent  food 
for  healthy  persons. 

Nuts. —  Walnuts,  Filberts,  Almonds,  Pecan-nuts,  Peanuts, 
Butternuts,  etc.,  are  of  value  as  relishes  to  be  eaten  after  a 
meal.  They  contain  a  large  proportion  of  oil  and  so  may 
be  rather  too  heavy  for  persons  of  weak  digestion;  but  are 
of  value  for  the  phosphates  which  they  so  largely  contain. 
They  should  be  taken  in  moderation,  at  a  time  when  the 
stomach  has  had  some  rest  and  can  employ  its  powers  for 
their  digestion;  they  should  be  thoroughly  masticated,  so 
that  the  saliva  may  act  freely  throughout  the  mass;  they 
may  then  be  taken  by  those  whose  digestion  is  good,  but 
should  be  avoided  by  invalids.  They  are,  to  some  persons, 
more  enjoyable  if  used  with  a  trifle  of  salt.  Chestnuts  are 
more  indigestible  and  can  rarely  be  eaten  without  having 
been  roasted,  or  boiled,  or  made  into  a  flour  and  baked. 
Almonds  are  of  two  kinds.  The  hitter  almond  contains 
elements  which,  when  brought  into  contact  with  water, 
develops  poisonous  products,  and  consequently  when  em- 
ployed for  flavouring  puddings,  cakes,  and  liqueurs,  has 
proved  injurious,  and  even  fatal.  The  sweet  almond  is  in- 
nocuous; but  on  account  of  its  initating  qualities  the  skin 
should  be  removed,  by  soaking  the   nut  in  warai  water; 


HYGIENE. NUTKITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  91 

and,  if  the  nut  be  baked  for  a  little  while  it  may  be 
easily  broken  and  pulverised,  and  thus  rendered  mor^ 
digestible. 

Starch,  as  an  article  of  diet,  is  usefiil  in  the  formation  of 
fat  and  force ;  but  is  devoid  of  nitrogen.  It  has  this  recom- 
mendation, that  it  allays  the  sense  of  emptiness  and  hunger 
when  other  food  cannot  be  taken.  But  its  granules  are 
covered  with  a  hard  envelope  which  renders  them  difficult  of 
digestion;  and  if  they  be  eaten  uncooked  they  pass  through 
the  canal  without  yielding  up  their  nutritive  properties. 
If,  boiled,  the  envelopes  are  ruptured,  and  the  contents  are 
easily  transformed,  either  by  the  saliva  or  the  intestinal 
juices,  into  sugar,  and  are  thus  easily  assimilated.  All  pre- 
parations of  starch  should  therefore  be  cooked  before  they 
are  eaten,  by  stirring  them  into  boiling  water  or  boiling 
milk,  and  then  letting  them  simmer  for  a  few  minutes.  If 
prepared  with  milk  instead  of  water,  wine  should  not  be 
added. 

Sago,  prepared  from  the  pith  of  a  species  of  palm,  is  use- 
ful for  thickening  soups,  and  making  light  puddings,  which 
with  the  addition  of  milk  form  a  light  and  easily  digested 
diet  for  the  invalid.  Tapioca,  prepared  from  the  root  of  the 
cassava,  is  similarly  employed  and  similarly  useful.  Tapioca 
jelly  is  an  allowable  and  pleasant  dish.  The  tapioca  should 
be  soaked  in  cold  water  for  several  hours,  and  then  cooked 
until  perfectly  clear,  adding  more  water  if  necessary.  When 
done,  sweeten  to  taste,  and  flavor  with  lemon,  or  wine;  and 
when  cold  eat  plain  or  with  cream.  Arrowroot  possesses 
little  nutritive  value  and  little  sustaining  power;  its  chief 
merit  is  that  it  is  bland  and  easily  taken;  but  some  other 


92  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

alimentar}  substance  should  be  added  to  it.  The  true 
arrowroots  (Bermuda,  Jamaica,  and  West  Indian)  are  to  be 
preferred  for  the  sick-room,  for  they  will  often  remain  on 
the  stomach  of  an  invalid  when  the  others  will  be  rejected. 

"We  come  now  to  a  class  of  vegetable  products  containing 
a  large  proportion  of  water,  which  makes  them  succulent; 
of  these  the  potato  takes  the  lead  in  importance  and  dietetic 
value. 

Potatoes  are  an  agreeable  and  wholesome  article  of  food, 
easily  cultivated,  kept,  and  cooked,  not  always  easily 
digested.  They  also  have  the  recommendation  of  being, 
anti-scorbutic.  In  this  quality  cabbages  take  the  first  place, 
and  all  succulent  vegetables  share,  but  potatoes  have  been 
proved  repeatedly  to  produce  a  most  beneficial  effect  in  the 
prevention  and  cure  of  scurvy. 

The  proportion  of  starchy  constituents  is  large,  and  of 
nitrogenous  elements  small,  so  that  it  is  desirable  to  eat 
with  them  some  other  food  to  supply  the  deficiency  in 
nitrogen,  such  as  meat,  fish,  bacon,  buttermilk,  etc.,  in  order 
that  a  fully  nutritious  diet  may  be  supplied.  When  cooked, 
the  heat  employed  coagulates  the  albumen,  the  starch 
granules  absorb  the  watery  particles,  swell,  and  burst  their 
cells,  and  thus  the  mass  is  broken  down  into  a  loose,  floury, 
or  mealy  condition.  If,  however,  the  absorption  is  incom- 
plete, and  the  rupture  of  cells  imperfect,  the  mass  remains 
coherent,  firm,  and  waxy.  In  the  former  state  the  potato 
may  be  easily  digested;  in  the  latter  it  is  difficult  of  di- 
gestion. Young  potatoes  being  close  and  firm  are  very 
indigestible,  but  old  ivaxy  potatoes  are  more  so. 

Preparation  for  the  Table, — The  best  method  of  cooking 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    FOOD- VALUES.  93 

potatoes,  is  by  steaming  them  in  the  skin;  by  this  process 
heat  penetrates  everywhere,  and  there  is  no  loss  of  material 
and  salts.     For  this  purpose  a  saucepan,  one-fourth  full  of 
boiling   water,    is  required,    into   which   a   closely   fitting 
steamer  is  j^laced,  containing  the  potatoes,  the  latter  being 
so  packed  as  to  allow  a  free  passage  for  the  steam.     If  the 
potatoes  are   boiled,  the    skins  should   not  be  previously 
removed,  or  a  large  amount  of  salts  will  pass  out.*     The 
addition  of  common  table  salt  to  the  water  is  advantageous, 
for  it  helps  to  retain  the  natural  salts.     The  boiling  should 
be  thorough,  otherwise  the  starchy  grains  are  undigested. 
From  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  minutes  is  the  time  usually 
required,  according  to  the  kind  of  potato  boiled.     Potatoes 
should  be  served  up  immediately  they  are  cooked,  and  not, 
as  is  too  frequently  the  case,  placed  over  the  fire  at  half-past 
eleven  or  twelve  for  one  o'clock  dinner.     Towards  the  end 
of  the  season,  old  potatoes  are  improved  by  being  peeled 
overnight  and  put  into  cold  water,  by  which  process  they 
regain,  in  a  measure,  their  natural  color  and  consistency. 
Potatoes  are   rendered   more   digestible   by  being  finally 
mashed,  and  mixed  with  a  little  red  gravy  as  it  runs  from 
the   cut   surface    of  a  joint.     Roasted   potatoes  are   more 
nutritious  than  boiled,  and  Potato  soup  is  a  better  food  by 
the  addition  of  peas. 

Choice  of  Potatoes. — They  should  be  large  and  firm  to  the 
touch,  should  present  no  evidence  of  disease  or  fungi, 
should  not  have  been  exposed  to  frost;  neither  should  they 


*  Dr.  Letheby  estimates  the  waste  when  the  skins  ar©  removed  at 
14  per  cent.,  when  not  removed  at  only  3  per  cent. 


94  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

be  germinating  or  growing,  for  then  the  starch  is  under- 
going a  saccharine  metamorphosis.  Further,  when  cooked 
they  should  not  be  close,  watery,  or  waxy;  but  floury  or 
me&ly. 

Carrots  make  a  pleasant  change  in  one's  vegetable  fare, 
but  are  apt  in  some  cases  to  produce  flatulence.     The  less 
they  have  of  the  central  yeUow  part,  and  the  more  of  the 
outer  red  part,  the  better.    The  Farsnip  possesses  the  same 
general  characters  as  the  carrot.     Being  sweet,  it  is  well 
adapted  for  children's  use,  but  should  be  avoided  when  old 
and  stringy.     The  Turnip  contains  a  very  large  proportion 
of  water  (91  per  cent,  according  to  Dr.  Letheby),  and  hence 
is  of  little  nutritive  value,  and  is  more  difficult  of  digestion 
than  carrots  or  parsnips.     Radishes  are  somewhat  Hke  the 
turnijD,  but  being  usually  eaten  raw,  are  often  indigestible. 
We  now  turn  to  another  class  of  vegetables.     The  leaves, 
shoots,  and  stems  of  some  plants  are  valuable  for  food, 
chiefly  on  account  of  the  salts  they  contain,   and  because 
they  give  variety  to  the  diet.     They  should  generally  be 
grown  quickly,   in   order  that  woody  fibre   may   be   less 
abundantly  formed;   and   without    much    light,    that    the 
characteristic  properties  may  not  be  unduly  developed.     If 
the  chlorophyl,  which  gives  the  green  color  to  vegetables, 
be  abundant,  it  is  apt  to  produce  purging — indeed,  green 
vegetables  are  always  more  or  less  relaxing.     They  are  con- 
sequently useful  when  the  bowels  are  constipated,  and  must 
be   altogether  avoided  when   Diarrhoea   or    Dysentery   is 
present.     They  possess  a  high  anti-scorbutic  value.     In  all 
cases  they  should  he  eaten  as  fresh  as  possible,  for  every  hour's 
delay  after  they  have  ceased  to  grow  renders  them  less  digestible 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    F00D-VAL13ES.  95 

Cabbages^,  Savoys,  Sprouts,  Cauliflower,  etc.,  are  of  the 
same  general  character;  but  as  the  proportion  of  water 
in  their  composition  is  very  large,  they  are  not  very 
nutritive.  Moreover,  they  are  not  easy  of  digestion,  and 
therefore  not  suitable  for  dyspeptics;  while  the  large  pro- 
portion of  sulphur  they  contain  causes  disagreeable  flatul- 
ence of  carbonic  acid  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  Cabbage, 
however,  is  a  most  valuable  anti-scorbutic,  but  if  ferment- 
ation has  begun  its  virtue  is  destroyed.  Bleeding  of  the 
gums  and  Purpura  are  benefited  by  it.  The  best  sorts  of 
cabbage  are  the  old  white  garden  variety  and  the  summer 
cauliflower.  They  should  be  soft  but  crisp  before  being 
cooked.  Spinach  is  wholesome,  and  somewhat  laxative. 
Rhubarb  is  eaten  as  a  fruit  rather  than  as  vegetable,  and 
requires  to  be  well  sweetened  to  make  it  palatable.  As  it 
contains  oxalate  of  lime,  it  should  be  avoided  by  those  who 
are  subject  to  Calculus.  Celery  is  indigestible  when  eaten 
raw.  If  so  eaten,  it  should  be  with  a  light  lunch  of  bread 
and  cheese,  not  after  a  full  meal.  Stewed  in  beef  gravy  it 
makes  a  delicious  and  wholesome  soup. 

The  Asjmragus  should  be  eaten  as  soon  as  possible  after 
being  cut.  The  greenest  heads  are  to  be  preferred,  as  they 
contain  the  largest  amount  of  the  peculiar  principles  of  the 
plant.  There  need  be  no  fear  that  they  will  prove  injurious 
to  the  kidneys,  as  some  persons  suppose.  Slight  cases  of 
Rheumatism  have  been  cured  by  eating  freely  of  this  plant; 
and  chronic  cases  of  rheumatic  gout  and  gravel  much 
relieved. 

Onions  are  very  wholesome  vegetables,  whether  eaten 
raw,  or  stewed,  or  roasted;  they  are  too  strong,  however. 


96  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

for  invalids  when  they  have  not  been  cooked,  as  they  possess 
strongly  irritant  and  stimulating  properties.  Leeks  should 
be  white,  and  have  httle  smell;  they  are  then  soft  and  good^ 
and  very  digestible.  Lettuce  is  agreeable,  cooling,  and 
digestible  as  a  salad;  the  juice  is  mildly  soporific.  Water- 
cress and  Mustard-and- Cress  form  wholesome  salad.  Cu- 
cumber, eaten  raw  and  quite  fresh,  may  be  taken  with  bread 
and  cheese  as  a  hght  lunch,  but  should  not  follow  a  more 
substantial  meal,  for  it  is  indigestible,  and  apt  to  disagree 
with  many  persons.     Stewed,  it  is  hght  and  wholesome. 

Mushrooms,  which  are  generally  eaten  after  being  stewed, 
to  most  persons  are  not  injurious;  though  by  dyspep- 
tics they  are  best  avoided,  for  sometimes  they  cause  colic, 
vomiting,  and  purging.  Those  grown  in  open  pastures  are 
by  far  the  best.  It  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  mush- 
rooms from  poisonous  fungi,  so  that  some  caution  is  desir- 
able in  gathering  and  preparing  them  for  food. 

"  A  meadow  mushroom  should  peel  easily,  and  it  should 
be  of  a  clean  pink  color  inside,  like  a  baby's  hand,  and  have 
a  frill  or  'curtain'  (as  botanists,  call  it)  attached  to  the 
stalk.  When  the  gills  are  brown  they  are  growing  old  and 
dry,  and  losing  their  nutritive  qualities." — Chambers. 

Vegetable  Broths,  made  of  any  of  the  ordinary  market 
Vegetables,  in  season,  by  boiHng  and  straining,  are  useful  as 
substitutes  for  animal  foods  when  the  latter  are  not  allowed. 
Out  of  season,  dried  vegetables  may  sometimes  answer  the 
purpose.  In  preparation  of  these,  and  in  all  other  cookery 
for  the  sick,  so  far  as  possible,  non-metallic  surfaces  only 
should  be  allowed  to  come  in  contact  with  the  materials 
emi;)loyed.     A  simple  method  is  to  put  them  into  an  ordin- 


I 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE    FOOD- VALUES.  9? 

ary  basin  or  bowl,  placing  this  in  a  saucepan  of  water  and 
covering  the  basin  with  a  saucer.  The  water  in  the  sauce- 
pan is  made  to  boil,  and  thereby  the  food  is  duly  cooked. 

Fruits  are  agreeable    and  refreshing;  but  as  their  pro- 
portion of  water  is  high  and  of  nitrogenous  matter  low,  they 
are  of  little  nutritive  value.      When  taken  in  moderation 
they  are  very  wholesome,  counteracting  the  unhealthy  con- 
dition which  attends  a  diet  of  dried  and  salted  provisions, 
and  promoting  a  somewhat  relaxed  state  of  the  bowels. 
Fruit   is  best  eaten   in   the  morning  or  at  lunch.     When 
consumed  in  large  quantities  fruit  may  be  injurious;  parti- 
cularly if  it  be  unripe  or  over-ripe, — in  the  former  case  by 
the  action  of  the  fruit-acids,  in  the  latter  by  fermentation 
and  decomposition.     Fruit  is  very  beneficial  to  gouty  and 
rheumatic  subjects,   because   the    alkaline    vegetable   salts 
be<3ome  decomposed  in  the  system  and  diminish  the  acidity 
of  the   urine.      But  patients   should   avoid  acid  fruits,  if 
Diarrhoea,  or  Dysentery,  is  present.     The  seeds  of  all  fruits 
and  vegetables,  excepting  grapes,  if  swallowed,  may  prove 
more  or  less  irritating  to  the  intestines,  and  in  inflamed  or 
ulcerated  conditions  may  do  irreparable  mischief. 

Apples  are  perhaps  the  most  uni\ersally  valuable  of  fruits. 
Eaten  before  or  after  meals  as  a  dessert,  or  as  an  agreeable 
relish  between  times,  if  ripe  and  in  proper  condition,  they 
are  a  healthy  and  nutritious  article  of  food.  Stewed 
or  baked  and  eaten  as  a  dessert  or  during  the  meal,  they  are 
at  once  agreeable,  nourishing,  and  easy  of  digestion.  In- 
valids can  often  take  stewed  or  roasted  apples  when  almost 
everything  else  is  rejected  or  too  heavy.  They  are  decidedly 
beneficial  in  all  cases  of  Rheumatism  or  Gout,  and  are  only 


98  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

to  be  avoided  in  cases  of  Diarrhoea  and  Dysentery.  Roasted 
apples  are  somewhat  laxative,  and  may  be  eaten  to  counter- 
act Constipation.  Dried  apples  are  prepared  for  use  by  being 
stewed.  Pears,  when  ripe,  are  more  digestible  than  apDles; 
but  as  they  decay  sooner,  they  are  more  likely  to  produce 
derangements  of  the  bowels.  When  sound,  juicy,  and 
soluble,  they  may  generally  be  taken  without  danger. 

The  Orange  is  one  of  the  most  agreeable  and  useful  fruits 
for  the  sick-room;  it  is  exceedingly  grateful  and  refreshing, 
and  is  less  likely  to  cause  disorder  than  most  other  finiits. 
A  heavy  orange,  with  a  fine  thin  rind,  is  usually  the  most 
juicy  and  the  best  adapted  for  the  invalid.  But  the  pulp 
should  be  carefully  excluded.  The  Lemon  is  too  acid  to  be 
eaten  alone,  except  that  its  juice  is  grateful,  refreshing, 
and  beneficial  in  rheumatic  affections;  but  in  the  form  of 
lemonade  it  makes  a  cooling  and  wholesome  drink  for  all 
occasions.  Lemon-juice  is  very  valuable  as  an  anti-scor- 
butic; so  also  is  /tme-juice.  Lemon  is  elsewhere  recom- 
mended as  an  addition  to  tea. 

Plums  are  less  wholesome  than  most  other  fruits,  unless 
cooked.  They  produce  Cohc  and  Diarrhoea,  and  are  em- 
ployed occasionally  to  promote  relaxation  in  cases  of  Con- 
stipation of  the  bowels.  Cherries  also,  when  unripe  or  over- 
ripe, disorder  the  bowels.  Peaches,  and  Apricots,  when 
quite  ripe,  yield  a  deUcious  food  for  the  invalid,  but  should 
be  most  carefully  avoided  in  Dysentery  and  Diarrhoea;  the 
skin  should  be  rejected.  Grapes  are  most  refreshing,  whole- 
some, and  nutritious  in  the  sick-room,  when  ripe,  the  skins 
and  pips  being  rejected.  Raisins,  (dried  grapes)  contain 
dore  sugar  and  less  iicid  than  ripe  grapes;  they  are  con- 


HYGIENE. ^NUTEITIVE   FOOD-VALUES. 


99 


sequently  more  nutritious.  If  eaten  too  freely,  especially  if 
the  skins  or  pips  be  swallowed,  they  are  apt  to  disorder  the 
stomach.  Gooseberries  and  Currants  (red,  black,  and  white) 
are  wholesome,  cooling,  refreshing  and  laxative  in  the  sick- 
room; but  generally  interdicted  in  acute  diseases.  The 
Cranberry  is  too  acid  to  be  eaten  raw,  but  makes  an  agree- 
able and  wholesome  sauce,  or  jelly.  The  Strawberry  is  one 
of  the  most  delicate,  luscious,  and  refreshing  of  summer 
fruits;  and  may,  as  a  rule,  be  taken  by  invalids,  except  when 
Diarrhcea  is  present.  The  Raspberry,  too,  is  agreeable  and 
wholesome.  So  also  is  the  Blackberry,  which  is  credited 
with  an  astringent,  or  binding  effect  upon  the  bowels — 
especially  in  the  form  of  blackberry-wine.  Melons  not  un- 
frequently  disagree  with  those  whose  digestive  powers  are 
weak.  The  Water-melon,  forms  a  most  agreeable  and  re- 
freshing luxury,  not  of  much  nutritive  value,  but  cooling, 
appetising  and  a  stimulant  of  the  kidneys.  During  the  heats 
of  summer  it  forms  at  once  a  delightful  adjunct  to  any  meal 
— and  a  cheerful  solace  to  a  weary  system.  It  should  only 
be  avoided  in  Diarrhoea  and  Dysentery.  Musk-Melons, 
Cantelopes,  Green-fleshed  Melons  are  sw^eeter,  often  with  a 
grateful  musky  odor,  and  contain  a  larger  proportion  of 
nutriment  than  the  water-melon.  They  too  may  be  eaten 
freely  in  their  season,  as  the  dessert  to  a  repast,  or  alone — 
the  only  condition  against  their  use  being  a  relaxed  stiite 
of  the  bowels.  The  Pine-ajyple  should  not  be  eaten  by 
invalids;  the  pulp  should  be  rejected  if  the  juice  be  taken. 
The  Fig  is  sweet  and  nourishing;  its  pulp  may  be  eaten 
by  invalids,  but  if  eaten  too  freely  will  irritate  and  disorder 
the  bowels;  the  skin  is  rather  indigestible.     Olive  oil  is  the 


100  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

most  digestible  of  fatty  foods,  even  more  so  than  fresh 
butter;  it  should,  however,  be  thoroughly  good,  pale,  clear, 
and  free  from  rancid  smell,  to  justify  this  estimate. 

Gum  arable,  which  flows  from  the  acacia  in  Arabia,  Egypt, 
3tc.,  is  usually  employed  in  the  preparation  of  drinks.  The 
clear  gum  should  be  selected,  washed,  and  slowly  dissolved 
in  cold  water.  When  made  of  the  powdered  article  or 
with  hot  water  the  flavor  is  less  agreeable.  When  flavored 
with  a  little  sugar  it  is  a  refreshing  and  nourishing  bever- 
age for  invalids.  Mucilage  differs  from  gum  water  in 
containing  a  larger  proportion  of  the  gum.  It  is  ad- 
mirably adapted  for  use  in  inflammation  of  the  mucous 
membranes  generally,  as  in  catarrh,  bronchitis,  etc. 

Sugar,  an  important  alimentary  product,  chiefly  found  in 
the  vegetable  kingdom,  also  exists  in  the  animal  economy, 
and  is  there  known  as  the  sugar-of-milk.  The  vegetable 
sugar  exists  in  two  varieties — cane-sugar  and  grape-sugar. 
Cane-sugar  is  very  sweet,  and  crystallizes  easily;  and  though 
usually  extracted  from  the  cane,  is  also  obtained  from  the 
beet-root,  and  is  found  in  other  vegetable  forms.  Grape 
sugar,  or  glucose,  is  inferior  in  sweetness  and  crystallizing* 
power,  and  abounds  in  grapes  and  other  fruits  and  vege- 
tables. It  may  also  be  obtained,  by  chemical  change,  from 
cane-sugar,  starch,  gum,  etc.  It  is  chiefly  used  to  adulterate 
cane-sugar.  Sugar  is  valuable  from  a  dietetic  point  of  view 
not  only  as  rendering  more  palatable  many  articles  of  food; 
but  also  as  productive  of  fat  and  force.  As  it  is  readily 
dissolved  and  diffused,  it  requires  no  preliminary  digestion 
in  order  that  it  may  be  absorbs  d  through  the  mucous  mem- 
branes.    In  ordinary  cases  it  does  not,  therefore,  occasion 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  101 

any  gastric  derangement;  but  when  taken  in  excess,  or  by 
some  dyspeptics,  it  is  liable  to  undergo  acid  fermentation, 
and  occasion  acidity  and  flatulence.  Sugar-of-milk,  how- 
ever, does  not  undergo  this  change.  Coarse  brown  sugar 
always  contains  dirt,  sand,  and  occasionally  mites.  Loaf 
sugar  is  the  most  free  from  adulteration.  It  should  be 
borne  in  mind  that  sweetened  food  is  apt  soon  to  cloy  the 
appetite  of  invalids,  and  that  attention  must  be  directed  to 
what  is  savory  to  secure  agreeable  chan^  jp 

Sugar  is  circulated  in  the  sap  of  trees  anr'  piants  just  be- 
fore the  unfolding  of  the  buds;  and  in  some  species,  as  in 
the  birch  and  maple,  is  found  in  such  abundance  as  to  be 
collected  and  manufactured  in  large  quantities.  In  the 
northern  part  of  New-England,  and  in  New  York  State, 
sugar  making  from  the  sugar-maple  is  a  large  branch  of 
industry:  the  sugar  being  a  most  wholesome  confection, 
while  in  the  form  of  s}Tup,  it  furnishes  the  most  delicate 
accompaniment  to  buckwheat,  rice,  or  wheat  cakes. 

Treacle^  or  Molasses  is  the  uncrystallized  residue  drained 
from  brown  raw  sugar  before  it  is  purified,  and  is  not 
objectionable  as  carbonaceous  nutriment.  The  different 
forms  of  Syrujos  in  the  market  are  simply  treacle  purified 
by  being  re-boiled  and  filtered  through  animal  charcoal. 
If  largely  taken  these  products  are  laxative.  They  are 
appropriately  taken  with  all  kinds  of  farinaceous  food, 
such  as  bread-pudding,  porridge,  etc.  Honey  is  of  the 
same  dietetic  value  as  sugar,  is  slightly  laxative,  and  is 
often  used  in  the  sick-room  as  a  demulcent  and  emollient. 

Such  condiments  as  vinegar ^  salt,  and  pepper  are  of  real 
dietetic  value,  as  they  make  the  food  more  tempting  to  the 


.02  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

palate,  stimulate  a  flagging  appetite,  assist  digestion  by 
promoting  the  flow  of  secretions  and  the  movements  of  the 
alimentary  canal,  and  counteract  the  action  of  injuiious 
ingredients  of  food.  Their  excessive  use,  however,  pro- 
motes indigestion,  and  they  are  of  less  value  in  the  sick- 
room, salt  excepted.  The  constant  presence  of  this  mineral 
in  the  secretions,  and  the  necessity  for  it  in  due  propoiiions 
in  the  blood,  indicate  the  importance  of  a  proper  supply 
with  the  food.  This  is  evident  in  the  instinctive  desire  of 
animals,  and  in  our  ow^n  craving  for  it  when  it  is  not 
supplied  in  sufficient  quantity.  It  is  essential  to  the 
maintenance  of  health,  and  must  not  be  forgotten  in  the 
diet  of  the  invalid. 

Of  the  spice-condiments,  such  as  cinnamon,  cassia,  clove, 
nutmeg,  allspice,  capsicum,  vanilla,  etc.,  it  may  be  said  in 
regard  to  their  use,  first,  that  they  should  not  be  used  at 
all  with  food  that  can  be  relished  without  their  addition; 
second,  that  that  spice  only  should  be  used  which  best 
agrees  with  the  natural  taste;  third,  that  the  smallest  quan- 
tity should  be  used  that  will  satisfy  the  uniDeiTeiied  taste, 
and  the  quantity  should  never  be  increased.  A  healthy 
taste  and  appetite  should  not  demand  them  at  all:  and, 
moreover,  they  each  possess  medicinal  powers,  which  may 
develope  themselves  if  taken  too  freely  by  healthy  persons; 
or  which  may  interfere  with  the  proper  curative  effects  of 
medicines  taken  (homeopathically)  by  the  sick. 

Ginger,  however,  we  consider  as  less  objectionable;  and, 
indeed,  as  a  generally  allowable  condiment. 

Vegetable  acids,  found  in  almost  all  fruits  and  vegetables, 
render  an  important   service  to   the   human   system;  but 


HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE  FOOD-VALUES.  10& 

Vinegar  should  not  be  regarded  as  an  acid  naturally  adapted 
to  the  reqmrements  of  the  system;  and  should  only  be  used 
when  the  acid  fruits  and  succulent  vegetables  cannot  be 
procured. 

Vinegar  helps  the  stomach  to  digest  both  animal  and 
vegetable  food,  particularly  if  the  fibre  is  somewhat  harvi 
and  difficult  to  break  up.  It  is,  therefore,  the  fitting 
accessory  to  such  animal  food  as  invahds  should  banish 
from  their  table ;  but  can  be  made  use  of  by  those  of  weak 
digestion,  when  they  wish  to  vary  theii'  diet  with  a  cool 
salad.  In  this  country  the  best  vinegar  is  that  obtained 
from  apple-cider,  as  made  by  farmers;  and  its  use  is  not 
only  safe;  but,  also,  if  not  taken  too  freely,  beneficial.  As  to 
the  manufactured  vinegars  so  largely  consumed  in  city  and 
town  use,  w^e  believe  them  to  be  generally  so  "  doctored " 
with  acids,  etc.,  as  to  be  highly  objectionable  and  dangerous. 

Both  cayenne  and  black  pepper,  by  stimulating  the  flow  of 
gastric  juice,  are  valuable  aids  to  digestion,  when  used  with 
discretion. 


We  have  said  enough  already  to  prove  that  the  subject  of 
food  is  one  necessarily  demanding  the  attention  of  all  who 
have  to  do  with  the  treatment  of  disease.  By  a  suitable 
dietary.  Medical  Science  has  sho^na  us  that  many  maladieft 
may  be  cured,  and  many  troubles,  such  as  indigestion, 
biliousness,  gout,  and  diabetes,  avoided.  That  the  attention 
now  paid  to  our  food  is  not  a  mere  passing  fashion,  is 
sufficiently  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  our  best  dietaries  are 
becoming  more  truly  scientific,  and  are  engaging  the 
attention  of  our  most  eminent  minds.     The  food-combin- 


.104  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOE. 

ations  of  the  present  day  indicate  an  advancing  knowledge 
of  the  wants  of  the  human  organism,  the  requirements  of 
its  tissues,  and  of  the  effects  of  modern  life  upon  the  viscera. 
The  Healing  Art,  which  in  its  earlier  days,  conducted  its 
operations  with  mystery,  now  invites  the  People  to  become 
its  allies  in  the  prevention  and  cure  of  disease — and,  by 
popularizing  the  accumulated  knowledge  of  centuries, 
secures  for  the  People  a  greater  degree  of  safety,  comfort, 
and  longevity  than  has  obtained  in  any  previous  age. 

In  nothing  is  this  more  evident  than  in  the  greater  care 
which  the  medical  profession  now  inculcate  and  encourage 
among  their  patients,  and  the  public  generally,  in  regard  to 
the  preparation  of  food,  ^ 

And  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  offer,  in  this  place,  a  few 
suggestions  as  to  the  different 

METHODS  OF  PEEPAEING  FOOD. 

The  cooking  of  food  subserves  several  important  purposes 
and  demands  more  intelligent  consideration  than  is  usually 
given  to  it.  Good  food  may  be  wasted,  or  spoiled;  and 
both  the  healthy  and  the  diseased  may  thus  be  deprived  of 
the  anticipated  flavor  and  nourishment  which  it  should 
afford  them.  Cooking  removes  some  things  that  might 
prove  injurious,  destroying  any  parasitic  germs  that  may 
exist.  It  renders  food  more  pleasant  to  the  eye,  agreeable 
to  the  palate,  and  digestible  by  the  stomach.  It  softens 
connective  tissue,  relaxes  muscular  fibre,  coagulates  albumen 
and  solidifies  fibrin,  thus  making  the  whole  substance  less 
cohesive  and  more  easily  masticated,  dissolved  and  assimil- 


HYGIENE. PREPARATION  OF  FOODS.  105 

ated.  Previous  beating  and  bruising  facilitates  the  process, 
and  renders  the  flesh  more  tender.  The  warmth  of  the 
food  also  aids  digestion. 

In  cooking  animal  food,  the  following  processes  are  in 
ordinary  use;  Boiling,  Boasting,  Broiling,  Baking,  Frying, 
Stewing.  Speaking  generally,  about  one-fourth  of  the 
weight  is  lost  by  cooking;  the  loss  varying  with  the  quality 
of  the  meat,  and  the  process  employed.*  A  few  practical 
hints  as  to  these  several  processes  of  cooking  are  herewith 
given. 


*  Dr.  Letheby*s  estimate  of  the  percentage  of  this  loss,  is  as  follows: 


Boiling 

Baking 

Roasting 

Beef,  generally 

20 

29 

31 

Mutton,  generally 

20 

31 

35 

*•        Legs 

20 

32 

33 

••        Shoulders 

24 

32 

U 

"        Loins 

30 

33 

36 

-        Neck 

25 

32 

34 

Average  23  31  34 

This  loss  arises  chieflj^  from  the  evaporation  of  water,  the  escape  of 
fat  and  nutritive  juices,  and  the  destructive  action  of  heat:  and,  accord- 
ing to  Dr.  L.,  is  least  in  boiling,  greatest  in  roasting,  because  in  the 
former  process  there  is  no  evaporation  of  water.  The  perfection  of 
cooking  is  to  retain,  as  much  as  possible  of  the  constituent  elements 
of  the  meat;  and  this  is  accomplished,  in  the  different  methods 
adopted,  by  subjecting  the  meat  at  first  to  a  strong,  quick  heat,  which 
contracts  the  fibres,  coagulates  the  albumen  at  the  surface,  and  thus 
closes  up  the  pores  by  which  the  nutritious  juices  would  otherwise 
escape.  A  lower  and  less  rapidly  acting  heat  will  then  suffice;  for, 
thereafter,  the  cooking  goes  on  through  the  agency  of  the  natural 
moisture  of  the  flesh.  Converted  into  vapor  by  the  heat,  a  steaming 
takes  ])lace,  so  that,  whether  In  the  oven,  or  in  the  midst  of  boiling 
water,  the  meat  is  in  reality  cooked  by  its  own  steam.  Thus  prepared, 
the  meat  will  be  full  of  its  own  juice,  which  will  flow  forth  as  rich 
gravy,  at  the  first  cut. 


106  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Boiling. — The  cut  should  be  put  suddenly  into  boiling 
water,  and  remain  at  boiling  temperature  for  five  or  ten 
minutes,  cold  water  should  then  be  added  to  bring  it  down 
to  about  IBS'",  at  which  it  should  be  kept  for  the  whole 
period  of  cooking.     By  the  contraction  and  coagulation  of 
albumen  caused  by  the  first  plunge,  the  internal  juice  of  the 
meat  is  prevented   from   escaping    into  the   surrounding 
water,    or   from  being   diluted   by  the   entrance  of  water 
through  the  pores.      Mutton  and  fish  should  be  boiled  in 
hard  water,  water  to  which  salt  has  been  added — or  in  sea- 
water.      The    scum  which  rises  to  the  top   of  the  water, 
during  the  boiling  of  meat,  being  always  useless  and  un- 
wholesome should  be  removed  as  completely  as   possible. 
Boiling  is  the  best  form  of  cooking  for  vegetables',  carrots 
and  cabbages  can  hardly  be  boiled  too  long.     Soft  watei 
is   essential   for    vegetables;   they    should   be    thoroughlj 
cooked,  so  as  to  become  soft,  then  strained  in  a  cullenderj 
and  served  as   free    from  water  as    possible.     Steaming  is 
simply  a  form  of  boiling  them  in  soft  water. 

Roasting  is  esteemed  to  be  the  best  method  of  preparing 
animal  food.  To  retain  the  nutritive  juices,  the  joint  should 
be  placed  close  to  a  clear,  strong  fire,  for  five  minutes, 
at  first,  and  then  removed  to  a  greater  distance  until  the 
last  five  minutes,  when  it  should  be  brought  near  the  fire 
again.  The  albumen  and  extractive  matters  are  thus 
hardened  into  a  case,  which  keeps  together  the  valuable 
fibrinous  particles  until  they  have  undergone  the  desired 
changes  by  slow  heat;  while  objectionable  oils  generated 
by  the  charring  of  the  surface,  are  carried  off.  The 
dripping  is  wholesome   for  the    healthy;   but  indigestible 


HYGIENE. PREPAKATION  OF  FOODS.  107 

(especially  if  burned)  when  the  stomach  is  at  all  weak 
From  a  joint  thus  thoroughly  roasted,  the  retained  gravy 
will  flow  out  freely  at  the  first  incision;  and  the  meat^ 
while  yet  red,  will  have  lost  all  its  purple  color,  even  to 
the  bone.  The  time  required  for  roasting  meat,  depends 
upon  the  kind  of  meat,  and,  also,  upon  the  size  and 
weight  of  the  joint.  For  beef,  mutton  and  goose,  fifteen 
minutes  for  each  pound;  for  veal  and  pork,  an  additional 
five  minutes;  for  poultry  and  game  less.  Lamb,  veal,  pork 
and  chicken,  and  all  young  flesh  is  better  when  roasted, 
since  the  large  proportion  of  albumen  and  gelatine  con- 
tained in  them,  are  subjected  to  less  loss  than  when 
boiled. 

Stewing  is  midway  between  roasting  and  boiling,  and  is 
by  far  the  best  process  for  digestion.  The  meat  should 
be  just  covered  with  cold  water,  then  heated  up  and  kepfc 
simmering,  not  boiling,  till  thoroughly  done.  The  nutri- 
tive materials  are  diffused  through  the  soHd  and  liquid, 
which  are  then  served  up  together.  Hashing  is  the  same 
process  with  meat  previously  cooked.  But  hashed,  or 
otherwise,  twice  cooked  meat  is  unwholesome. 

There  is  another  excellent  method — by  which  the  meat  is 
(  stewed  in  its  own  vapour  alone.  It  is  placed  in  a  covered 
jar;  the  jar  put  into  water  in  a  saucepan  and  the  water 
made  to  simmer — when  a  sufficient  time  has  elapsed,  the 
meat  will  be  found  to  be  quite  tender  and  adapted  to  the 
invalid's  use. 

Soups,  Broths,  etc. — If,  however,  it  is  desirable  to  extract 
the  nutriment  so  that  it  may  be  given  in  a  liquid  form,  the 
meat  should  be  chopped  or  minced,  put  into  cold  water,  and 


108  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

after  maceration  for  a  short  time,  gradually  heated  to  a 
simmering  temperature,  at  which  it  should  be  kept  for  half 
an  hour  if  broth  be  required.  But  if  soup  be  wanted  the 
heating  should  go  on  to  boiling  point,  and  be  maintained 
there,  in  order  that  the  gelatine  may  be  extracted  to  solidif^^ 
the  soup.  Bones  yield  abundant  gelatine,  but  require  long 
boiling.  Minced  meat  should  be  put  into  cold  water  for  a 
time,  never  iiato  boiling  water  at  first. 

The  leanest  meat  is  the  best  for  80up-making;  the  least 
particle  of  fat  renders  it  unwholesome  as  well  as  nauseous. 
Bones  which  require  long  boUing  yield  abundant  gelatine. 

Broiling  is  simply  roasting  applied  to  small  portions  of 
meat.  A  beef-steak,  or  mutton-chop  should  be  done  quickly 
on  a  gridiron  over  a  clear,  hot  fire,  free  from  smoke,  so  as 
to  retain  the  juices;  it  should  not,  therefore,  be  pricked  with 
a  fork.     Fish  are  best  when  broiled. 

Baking  meat  is  but  an  imperfect  method  of  roasting)  im- 
perfect, because  it  usually  takes  place  in  an  oven,  which 
generally  allows  no  escape  for  the  volatile  fatty  acids  which 
are  generated.  Baked  meat,  therefore,  being  richer  and 
stronger  than  when  roasted  before  the  open  fire,  is  less 
adapted  for  easy  digestion.  Wlien,  however,  it  is  enclosed 
in  a  thick  pie-dish,  or  some  sort  of  a  crust  (like  the  Cornish 
pie)  and  slowly  baked — no  charring  occurs;  but  the  fat  and 
gravy  oozing  out,  assist  the  cooking  and  the  result  is 
delicious. 

Vegetables  should  be  slowly  baked.  Eggs  should  be  spar- 
ingly used  in  baked  dishes,  as  prolonged  cooking  solidifies 
their  albumen  and  renders  it  more  indigestible. 

Frying  is  a  method  of  cooking  not  much  esteemed,  either 


HYGIENE. PREPARATION  OF  FOODS.  109 

by  physicians,  or  by  persons  of  refined  culinary  tastes.  The 
fat  in  which  the  meat  is  cooked  produces  an  excess  of 
volatile  acids;  and,  when,  as  often  happens,  it  is  burnt,  it 
causes  flatulence  and  heartburn.  Still,  food  can  be  fried  so 
as  to  be  wholesome.  A  perfectly  clean  frying-pan;  a  clear 
smokeless  fire ;  good  pure,  clean  fat  or  clarified  dripping,  or 
a  small  quantity  of  oil,  or  genuine  fresh  butter — are 
essentials.  Then  the  frying  should  be  done  quickly,  lightly, 
and  evenly,  and  with  constant  motion,  so  that  the  oil  or  fat 
is  not  allowed  to  burn.  The  fat  should  actually  boil  and  the 
meat,  fish,  or  vegetables  be  turned  around  in  it  till  they  are 
lightly  cooked  without  being  scorched; — then  drain  the  oil 
away,  and  serve  hot. 

Meat,  by  being  salted,  is  made  less  nutritious,  and  more 
difficult  of  solution  by  the  digestive  secretions — and,  though 
soaking  it  in  water  often  softens  it  and  removes  the  salt 
(''freshens  it")  it  does  not  restore  the  nutritive  value. 
Drying  is  less  prejudicial  to  the  meat.  Meat  preserved  in 
cans  is  too  much  cooked  to  be  very  digestible — and  is  best 
eaten,  when  only  warmed  up,  not  cooked  again,  and  served 
with  vegetables,  etc. 

Scrupulous  cleanliness  in  the  preparation  of  food,  is  ab- 
solutely necessary  for  the  comfort  of  the  invalid.  A  dis- 
agreeable flavor  remaining  in  a  dish  from  some  previous 
use;  or  even  from  materials  used  to  cleanse  it,  may  suffice 
to  spoil  the  taste  of  something  intended  to  tempt  the  appe- 
tite, or  satisfy  the  fastidious  digestion  of  an  invalid. 

Food  should  be  cooked  at  such  a  distance,  and  with  such 
precautions  that  no  odor  from  it  can  reach  the  sick-room; 
and  the  bed-room  itself  is  the  very  last  place  in  the  world 


ilO  HOINIEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

where  food  should  be  prepared.  If  prepared,  too,  without 
the  knowledge  of  the  patient,  it  will  generally  be  relished 
more  keenly  than  if  he  is  at  first  consulted  as  to  what  he  is 
to  have,  and  how  it  is  to  be  cooked.  If  too  great  a  quantity 
is  prepared  at  once,  it  destroys  the  patient's  appetite;  while 
that  which  is  left  grows  stale  and  unfit  for  use.  Invahds 
should  always  have  their  food  supplied  in  such  quantity  as 
will  be  a  little  short  of  what  they  can  eat.  If  any  remain 
over,  it  should  be  immediately  removed  to  a  cool  place, 
away  from  the  sick-room.  Food,  milk,  fruit,  jeUy,  etc., 
allowed  to  stand  in  a  sick-room,  does  not  become  more 
appetising  by  being  looked  at;  it  deteriorates  in  quality;  and 
acquires  a  taint  from  the  atmosphere  of  the  room.  Re- 
member— that  perfect  cleanliness  alone  can  give  food  an 
appetising  appearance,  and  that  ignorance  and  carelessness 
in  a  sick-room  is  very  objectionable,  even  when  combined 
with  any  amount  of  family  affection. 

n.   BEVERAGES. 

A  man  requires,  including  what  he  takes  with  his  meals, 
from  two  to  three  pints  of  fluid  daily.  This  includes,  also, 
what  is  taken  in  the  form  of  fruits,  these  being  largely 
composed  of  water.  Melons,  grapes,  berries,  etc.,  being 
from  90  to  98  per  cent  of  water,  may  largely  supply  its  place 
in  our  foods.  Drinks  should  be  taken  chiefly  with  the 
meals;  a  moderate  amount  favors  digestion,  but  a  lai'ge 
amount  hinders  it.  Of  course,  water  is  the  first,  milk  the 
second,  and  fruit  the  third  great  provision  made  by  nature 
for  the  slaking  of  man's  thirst;  of  the  two  latter  we  have 


HYGIENE. BEVERAGiiiS. 


Ill 


already  spoken  (pages  71  and  97),  of  the  former  we  shall 
hereafter  speak.  There  are,  however,  other  non-intoxicating 
beverages,  such  as  tea,  coffee,  cocoa,  etc.,  which  are  so  uni- 
versally used  in  every  part  of  the  world,  as  to  claim  our 
attention  as  foods,  and  in  their  dietetic  relations  to  disease. 

Tea  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  nutriment,  in  the  sense  of 
supplying  material  to  maintain  structure,  or  generate  heat 
by  its  own  decomposition;  but  it  is,  nevertheless,  a  very 
valuable  article  of  diet,  as  shown  by  experience,  and  also  by 
direct  experiments  on  the  vital  functions,  as  its  especial 
office  is  to  prevent  tissue  waste. 

Both  experience  and  direct  experiments  prove  that  it  is  an 
excitor  of  vital  action,  and  stimulates  respiration.  Though 
it  suiDplies  very  Httle  nutritive  material,  it  aids  the  assimil- 
ation and  transformation  of  other  foods,  increases  cheer- 
fulness and  activity  of  mind,  clears  and  quickens  the  brain, 
stimulates  the  energies  and  lessens  the  disposition  for  sleep. 
Its  restorative  action  on  the  nervous  system  renders  it  a 
boon  to  weary,  anxious,  studious,  or  exhausted  persons;  and 
it  is  far  preferable  to  alcoholic  stimulants  after  fatigue. 
Against  heat  or  cold;  in  nervous  exhaustion  occasioned  by 
bodily  exercise,  and  followed  by  shortness  of  breath, 
especially  in  hot  climates,  it  is  also  efficacious.  While  a  pro- 
moter of  digestion  in  healthy,  well-fed  persons,  it  is  beLt 
taken  after  a  meal,  when  the  process  of  assimilation  needs 
quickening;  and,  if  much  used  with  an  insufficient  amount 
of  soHd  food,  as  frequently  in  the  case  of  the  poor,  is  in- 
jurious— since  it  promotes  the  transformation  of  food  with- 
out supplying  nourishment,  and  increases  the  loss  of  heat 
without  supplying  food.     The  young  and  the  feeble  should 


112  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 


y. 


not  use  it;  nor  should  it  be  used  too  strong  or  too  freq^lent\ 
as  it  is  liable  to  cause  Dyspepsia, — especially  that  form 
which  is  accompanied  by  flatulence.  When  it  causes  loss 
of  appetite,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  mental  excitement, 
depression  of  mind  and  sleeplessness,  obviously  its  use 
should  be  discontinued.     Children  should  never  have  it. 

In  the  preparation  of  tea  three  principles  are  extracted; 
one  aromatic  (oil),  another  nitrogenous  ftheinej,  the  other 
astringent  and  bitter  (tannin).    The  last,  the  cause  of  gastric 
disorder,  is  only  given  off  after  prolonged  infusion;  whereas 
the  aromatic  oil   and   theine   are   completely  extracted  in 
about  two  minutes.     Hence  to  make  tea,  especially  for  the 
dyspeptic,  it  should  be  made  by  pouring  hoiling  water  (not 
water  that  has  boiled)  on  the  leaves,  and  allowing  it  to  stand 
for  two  minutes.     It  may  then  be  poured  off  into  a  heated 
teapot,  so  as  to  separate  it  from  the  leaves.    Thus  prepared, 
tea  is  not  so  likely  to  cause  flatulence;  but  it  is  less  econ- 
omic than   the   ordinary  method,   much  more   tea  being 
required  to  give  flavor.     If  the  tea  be  good  the  infusion 
will  be  fragrant,  not  very  deep  in  color;  not  harsh  nor  bitter 
to  the  taste.     The  leaves  should  not  be  boiled,  otherwise 
the  peculiar  volatile  aromatic  principle  is  dissipated;  nor, 
for  the  same  reason,  should  the  infusion  stand  long;  in  this 
case  also  too  much  roughness  and  bitterness  are  added  to 
the  flavor  by  the  extraction  of  tannin.     This  tannin,  though 
it  makes  the  tea  look  strong,  is  worse  than  useless,  inas- 
much as  it  renders  the  food  taken  with  the  tea  insoluble 
and  indigestible.     The  finest  teas  color  the  water  the  least. 
In  an  ordinary  infusion  the  first  cup  of  tea  is  also  the  best, 
having  more  of  the  choice  fl$<vor  and  aroma,  and  less  of  the 


HYGIENE. BEVERAGES.  11^ 

astringency  and  color.  Kiver  water  makes  the  best  tea; 
soft  water  is  to  be  preferred  to  hard;  but  soda  should  not 
be  used,  for  it  only  extracts  the  astringent  tannin.  The 
water  should  only  boil  once,  immediately  before  using  it, 
and  not  for  hours,  as  is  sometimes  the  case;  the  teapot 
should  be  quite  dry,  as  well  as  hot,  when  the  leaves  are  put 
into  it,  and  the  infusion,  as  before  stated,  not  allowed  to 
exceed  two  minutes. 

Teapots  that  retain  the  heat  are  better  than  those  that 
allow  it  to  pass  off  readily;  hence  unglazed  earthenware 
teapots  should  not  be  used ;  but  well-glazed  earthenware,  or 
porcelain,  are  suitable;  and  brightly  polished  silver  teapots 
are  the  best,  for  they  radiate  much  less  heat  than  any  other 
material. 

The  Chinese  drink  their  tea  without  any  admixture;  the 
Russians  add  lemon-juice;  the  English,  sugar  and  cream  or 
milk. 

The  use  of  sugar  in  tea. — Except  in  small  quantity,  tea 
should  be  given  up  by  persons  who  have  a  tendency  to 
become  corpulent.  According  to  some  tastes,  the  flavor  of 
tea  is  improved  by  substituting  lemon  for  cream  or  milk, 
— pouring  the  hot  tea  over  a  slice  of  lemon  cut  with  the 
rind  upon  it.  Besides  being  more  palatable,  the  lemon- 
juice  more  effectually  allays  thirst,  and  is  especially  valuable 
at  those  seasons  of  the  year  when  fruits  and  fresh  vegetables 
are  not  generally  to  be  obtained. 

Teas  are  divided  into  three  great  classes.  Green,  Black  and 
Scented.  Gunpowder,  Hyson,  young  Hyson,  Imperial,  Japan 
and  Java,  both  colored  and  uncolored,  are  Green  teas.  Among 
Black  teas,  we  have  Congou,  Souchong,  Oolong,  Orange- 


114  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Pekoe,  Canton.  The  Blach  are  the  allowable  Teas  in  Homoeo- 
pathic practice,  as  all  others  are  supposed  to  be  artificially 
colored,  and  thus  may  have  medical  or  antidotal  properties. 
There  is  a  good  deal  of  mystification  in  the  popular  mind 
about  teas,  and  their  varieties  and  respective  values.  There 
is,  however,  but  one  kind  of  plant  from  which  tea  is  made, 
wherever  it  is  found,  although  by  cultivation  it  may  have 
produced  varieties;  and  the  whole  principle  involved  in  the 
process  of  manufacture  is  not  that  of  any  important  mechan- 
ical change,  but  simply  the  drying  of  the  leaf  for  pre- 
servation and  for  future  use  with  the  least  possible  injury. 

All  teas  possess  approximately  the  same  amont  of  theine; 
and,  for  dietetic  purposes,  are  all  equal,  whatever  their  price. 
But  nearly  all  persons  go  further  than  mere  utility,  and 
seek  for  luxury  in  the  flavor  of  tea.  Fortunately,  the  lowest 
priced  genuine  tea  has  sufficient  flavor  to  satisfy  the  desires 
of  ordinary  consumers. 

Coffee  contains  the  same  principle  as  tea,  and  hence  has 
an  analogous  influence  upon  the  system.  It  is,  however, 
more  heating  and  stimulating,  heavier  and  more  oppressive 
to  the  digestive  organs,  and  decidedly  increases  the  force 
and  frequency  of  the  pulse;  while  its  quickening  effect  upon 
the  mental  faculties  is  not  so  marked  as  that  of  tea  It  is 
especially  valuable  to  persons  engaged  in  out-of-doorwork; 
it  invigorates  without  producing  subsequent  collapse;  and, 
taken  hot,  is  an  antidote  almost  equally  to  heat  and  cold;  in 
both  cases  beneficially  stimulating  the  nervous  system. 
In  fatigue,  privation,  and  under  ordinary  circumstances, 
coffee  is  preferable  to  alcoholic  beverages.  It  is  useful 
when  weary  from  travel  in  the  heat,  ivith  deprivation  of  food. 


HYGIENE. BEVERAGES.  115 

It  economises  other  nourishment  by  lessening  v/aste.  It  is 
often  serviceable  in  the  headache  of  nervousness  and  ex- 
haustion, or  in  cases  of  Diarrhoea  caused  by  overwork,  with 
too  much  care,  A  strong  infusion  helps  persons  poisoned 
by  opium;  and  allays  the  effects  of  the  immoderate  use  oi 
wine  and  spirits.  Its  excessive  use  by  nervous  persons  in- 
duces sleeplessness,  mental  excitement,  palpitation  and 
indigestion;  and,  when  such  results  are  produced,  it  should 
be  avoided. 

The  making  of  good  coffee  depends  largely  upon  the 
quantity  used.  The  minimum  rule  is  IJ  oz.  to  a  pint  of 
water;  soft  water  being  preferable.  The  French  cafe  noir 
contains  a  larger  proportion  than  this.  Cafe  au  lait  consists 
of  a  decoction  of  strong  coffee,  to  which  an  equal  quantity  of 
hot  milk  is  added.  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  full 
qualities  of  coffee  are  not  obtained  if  water  is  used  at  a 
temperature  lower  than  that  of  the  boiling-point.  Particles 
of  ground  coffee  are  often  found  suspended  in  the  liquid, 
and  isinglass,  or  white  of  egg,  is  sometimes  used  to  refine 
it.  Nothing,  however,  is  required  beyond  pouring  a  cupful 
out  and  returning  it  to  the  pot,  to  effect  the  necessary 
cleaning.  The  addition  of  boiling  milk,  in  the  proportion 
of  one-fourth  part,  adds  greatly  to  the  flavor  and  virtue  of 
coffee.  "When  taken  daily,  it  should  be  prepared  in  an 
enamelled  saucepan.  The  best  coffee  is  Mocha,  which  is 
best  purchased  in  the  form  of  whole  beans,  which  are  to  be 
then  roasted,  ground,  and  chicory  added  to  taste.  The 
roasting  is  a  matter  on  which  the  delicacy  of  the  coffee 
greatly  depends.  If  too  little  roasted,  the  oil  and  empyreu- 
matic  elements  are  not  developed;  if  too  much  roasted,  they 


116  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

may  be  destroyed,  Coflfee  beans,  when  roasted,  may  be 
Bither  reddish-brown,  chestnut-brown  or  dark-brown — the 
latter  being  probably  the  best.  Coffee  should  be  quickly 
ground  after  roasting,  and  in  a  mill,  or  mortar  not  used  for 
other  purposes,  as  it  easily  absorbs  odors;  and  when  ground 
it  should  be  speedily  used,  lest  it  lose  its  volatile  oil.  It 
should  be  kept  in  an  accurately  stopped  bottle. 

Cocoa  and  Chocolate  are  valuable  foods,  since  they  are  not 
only  allied  to  tea  and  coffee  as  respiratory  excitants,  but 
possess  a  large  quantity  of  fat  and  other  food  materials.* 
Their  peculiar  active  principle,  theobromine,  resembles  the 
theine  of  tea  and  the  caffeine  of  coffee,  but  is  less  exciting 
than  either  of  these  to  the  nervous  system.  Chocolate  is  the 
cocoa  beans  ground,  mixed  with  sugar;  and  cocoa-nibs  are  the 
inside  of  the  beans,  roughly  broken,  and  which  of  course 

are  the  freest  from  adulteration  of  any  form  of  cocoa  pre- 
paration; but  they  need  to  be  boiled  many  hours  in  water; 
whereas  the  prepared  cocoa  or  chocolate  is  soluble  in  boiling 
water.  The  large  amount  of  fatty  substance  in  cocoa 
renders  it  heavy  and  oppressive  to  a  weak  stomach,  and 
thus  unsuitable  to  the  dyspeptic  or  bilious. 

But,  with  this  exception,  cocoa  is  a  valuable  article  of 
diet  for  strengthning  the  frame  in  conditions  of  debility, 
and  sustaining  it  under  prolonged  or  excessive  exertion. 
During  nursing  it  is  most  useful,  tending,  probably  more 
than  any  other  beverage,  to  maintain  an  excellent  supply  or 
TQaternal  milk — which  is  somewhat  resembles  in  the  com- 
bination of  its  nourishing  properties. 


*  Of  fat  about  50  per  cent;  of  albuminoid  substances  about  20  per 
cent 


HYGIEN  E.  — BEVERAGES. 


117 


The  following  is  the  receipt  for  making  chocolate? 
furnished  by  Miss  Evarts,  of  Washington,  whose  prepar- 
ation of  this  delicious  drink,  at  the  receptions  given  by  her 
father,  the  late  Secretary  of  State,  assumed  the  character  of 
a  veritable  "Society  sensation";  viz.:  Break  up  the  choco- 
late and  place  in  a  warm  spot  to  melt.  Put  it  in  a  farina 
kettle  and  pour  on  boiling  milk,  stirring  all  the  while,  and 
constantly  during  the  cooking.  Let  it  boil  some  minutes 
and  serve  with  whipped  cream.  Use  Maillard's  chocolate, 
already  sweetened. 

Alcohols.  This  class  of  substances  usually  regarded  as 
foods,  comprises  Spirits  (Whisky,  Brandy,  Gin,  Rum,  etc.). 
Wine,  Beer,  Porter,  Ale,  and  other  fermented  drinks,  all 
having  the  one  element,  alcohol,  in  common.  But  they  are 
not,  therefore,  ahke  in  their  effects  upon  the  system.  Still, 
we  do  not  propose,  in  this  place,  to  discuss  their  special 
points  of  difference;  nor  is  it  necessary  that  we  should,  in 
this  connection,  enter  into  the  moral  questions  involved  in 
the  use  of  liquors. 

Physiological  science  directly  proves,  1.  that  Alcohol  is  a 
narcotic,  which  yearly  kills  its  thousands,  slowly,  indirectly, 
and  by  painful  disease;  2.  that  it  does  not,  in  any  sense, 
supply  vital  heat,  as  is  so  commonly  supposed;  and  that  it 
does  not  prevent  the  loss  of  heat  as  those  imagine  "who 
take  just  a  drop  to  keep  out  the  cold" — in  fact,  that  death 
by  cold  is  hastened  by  its  use;  3.  that,  while  it  gives  what 
is  called  "  a  happy  fillip  to  the  heart,"  still  this  increase  of 
action  is  unquestionably  injurious  to  the  heart  and  to  the 
body  at  large,  since  it  subjects  both  the  heart,  and  the  body 
in  all  its  parts,  to  irregularity  of  blood-supply;  and  weakens 


118  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR* 

and  degrades  both ;  *  4.  that  the  so-called  stimulation  of  the 
system  by  alcohol  is,  in  fact,  a  relaxation — we  might  as  well 
say,  a  paralysis  of  one  of  the  most  important  mechanisms  in 
the  animal  body,  viz. — ^the  minute,  resisting,  compensating 
circulation;  that  the  temporary  excitement  it  produces  is  at 
the  expense  of  the  animal  force,  and  is  in  truth  wasted  force 
' — the  running  down  of  the  animal  mechanism  before  it  has 
served  out  its  time  of  motion;  5.  that. the  brilliancy  which  it 
gives  to  the  mental  powers  is  but  transient;  and  that  to 
the  muscular  force  the  very  slightest  excess  of  alcoholic  in- 
fluence is  injurious — both  mental  and  physical  j)Owers  being 
ultimately  worse  for  its  use;  6.  that,  even  in  the  case  of  long- 
lived  steady  drinkers  it  still  works  its  destined  end;  for, 
while  all  the  organs  of  the  body  are  being  slowly  brought 
into  a  state  of  adaptation  to  receive  and  dispose  of  it, — in 
that  very  preparation  they  are  themselves  undergoing 
physical  changes  tending  to  the  destruction  of  their 
function,  and  the  perversion  of  their  structure — as  revealed 
in  post-mortem  examination,  by  evidences  of  alcoholic 
phthisis;  of  cirrhosis  of  the  liver;  of  degeneration  of  kidney; 
of  disease  of  brain-membranes;  of  disease  of  the  substance 
of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord;  of  degeneration  of  the  heart, 
ciiC,  ei-c. 


*  While  alcohol  stimulates  the  hearts-action  and  blood-supply,  both 
bhrough  the  large  vessels  and  the  capillaries  or  extreme  small  vessels; 
tobacco,  acts  in  a  diametrically  opposite  direction,  by  diminishing 
the  force  and  volume  of  the  heart's-action  and  the  capacity  of  the 
vessels,  and  so  these  two  mischievous  agents,  play  directly  into  each 
other's  hands;  alcohol  calling  for  the  tobacco,  and  the  tobacco  answer- 
ing by  calling  for  the  alcohol,  to  raise  the  system  from  its  depressing 
Influence.- -See,  also,  tobacco,  7«ige  120. 


HYGIENE. BEYER  AG  ES.  1 1  [] 

We  admit  that  there  seem  to  be  moments  in  the  life  oi 
man  when  the  use  of  alcoholic  stimulants  appears  to  lii'i 
oppression  from  the  heart,  lets  flow  a  brisker  currant  of 
blood  into  the  flagging  organs,  aids  nutritive  changes,  and 
is  of  temporary  service  to  man.  If  its  use  could  be  limited 
to  this  one  action,  this  one  purpose,  it  would  be  one  of 
Nature's  best  gift  to  manl{:ind.  Unhappily,  however,  the 
border-line  between  this  use  and  the  abuse  of  it;  the 
temptation  to  extend  beyond  the  use ;  the  habit  to  apply 
the  use  when  it  is  not  wanted,  as  readily  as  when  it  is 
wanted,  far  overbalances  the  temporary  value  that  attaches 
to  alcohol  as  a  physiological  agent.  Hence,  it  is  a  di^ngerous 
thing  even  in  the  hands  of  the  strong  and  wise;  it  is  a 
murderous  thing  in  the  hands  of  the  foolish  and  weak. 

Healthy  persons — as  well  as  invalids — should,  therefore, 
accustom  themselves  to  do  without  stimulants,  excepting  in 
the  rare  instances  when  their  use  is  thought  to  be  necessary 
by  their  medical  advisers;  and  then,  like  other  medicines, 
they  should  be  the  best  and  purest  of  their  kind — and 
should  only  be  taken — if  at  all — ,  with  food,  or  at  meaUtimes. 

Digestion,  itself,  is  not — as  is  popularly  supposed-  -aided 
by  their  use.  Even  a  moderate  quantity  of  stimulants 
seems  to  delay  and  protract  the  digestive  process — from 
their  causing  congestion  of  the  gastric  glands,  whose 
secretory  power  is  thereby  lessened  or  arrested.  In  othef 
cases,  they  interfere  with  the  solvent  chemical  action  of  the 
gastric  juice,  if  they  do  not  actually  decompose  it;  and,  if 
taken  in  any  quantity,  they  seem  to  act  as  a  sort  of  pickle 
or  preservative  to  the  food,  preventing  its  ready  solution. 
They,  also,  have  a  marked  tendency  to  produce  an  inflamm- 


120  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

ation  of  the  mucous  lining  of  the  stomach,  kidaevs,  livet. 
spleen,  bladder,  etc. 

Tobacco  only  requires  to  be  mentioned  to  deplore  its  very 
extensive  use;   to  particularize  some  of   the  peculiarities, 
of  its  action,  and  to   council  its  avoidence.     Its  especia) 
physiological  action  is  upon  the  circulatory  system,  causing, 
through  its  effects  upon  the  inhibitory  nerves  governing  the 
action  of  the  heart  and  large  vessels,  a  v^eakened  impulse  of 
the  heart,  and  diminished  caliber  of  the  circulation.     This 
is  seen  in  the  pallor  of  the  skin,  and  nausea,  from  the  arrest 
of  capillary  circulation,  in  its  first  action  upon  persons  un- 
accustomed to  its  influence.      This  diminished  circulation 
and  consequent  impau^ed  nutrition,  is  very  manifest  in  its 
effects  upon  the  young,    causing   imperfect   development, 
smaller  stature,  nervousness,  impaired  circulation  and,  often, 
disease  of  the  heart  as  well  as  other  disorders.     But,  more 
than  this,  the  constant  limiting  of  the  heart's-a.ction  and 
diminished    blood-supply,    teUs    upon    the    nutrition,   by 
causing  a  desire  or  want  for  something  that  will  unlock  the 
circulation  and  give  an  impulse  to  the  heart's-action.     This 
is   best  supplied  by  alcoholic  drinks,   and  so   the  use  of 
tobacco  and  whiskey,  goes  hand  in   hand;   thus   tobacco 
is  a  vast  provocation  of  intemperance  and  vice.     The  ex- 
pense  of  tobacco   is  more   than  the  expense  of  clothing 
to    its    average   user;    while    it   amounts  to  more,    in  a 
life   time,    than   the   average    savings   of    the   adult   man, 
taking  the  average  of  the  entire  United  States,  as  shown 
by  the  statistics.     It  is  a  dirty,  degrading  habit,  every  way 
objectionable  and  without  a  single  redeeming  recommen- 
dation. ' 


HYGIENE. WATER.  12J 

ni.    WATEE. 

Water  enters  into  tlie  composition  of  the  tissues  of  the 
body,  forms  a  necessary  part  of  its  structure,  and  performs 
such  imjDortant  j^urposes  in  the  animal  economy,  as  to  be 
absolutely  indispensable  for  life  and  health.  It  gives 
fluidity  to  the  blood,  holding  in  suspension,  or  solution,  the 
red  globules,  fibrine,  albumen,  and  other  substances  which 
enter  into  the  different  structures;  the  whole  body  being 
formed  from  the  blood.  Not  only  the  soft  parts  of  the 
body,  but  even  the  bones,  or  the  materials  of  which  they  are 
composed,  have  at  one  time  flowed  in  the  current  of  the 
blood.  A  human  body,  weighing  154  lbs.,  contains  111  lbs. 
of  water;  a  fact  w^hich  suggests  the  importance  of  obtaining 
pure  water  for  drinking  and  cooking  purposes. 

Water  should  be  clear,  transparent,  and  free  from  sus- 
pended "narticles;  and  should  be  entirely  without  smell; 
some  colored  waters,  however,  are  fairly  w^holesome  when 
the  coloring  matter  is  iron,  clay  or  peat;  while  some  clear 
waters  are  unwholesome  from  containing  organic  (decaying 
vegetable-)  or  animal-matter.  Spring-,  river-,  sea-,  surface-, 
well-,  and  mineral-water,  all  contain  various  substances 
dissolved  in  them,  which  may  render  them,  without  distill- 
ation or  filtration,  unsuitable  for  drinking,  or  even  to  be 
used  in  the  preparation  of  articles  of  diet.  Even  for 
cooking  purposes  and  bathing,  the  purer  the  water  is  the 
better.  The  purest  water  is  obtained  from  deep  wells, 
bored  through  the  earth  and  clay  down  to  tne  lower  strata 
of  gravel  or  rock  {Artesian  Wells), 

It  is  most  impoi-tant  that  the  receptacles  lor  water — tanks 


122  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

and  cisterns — should  be  carefully  examined  and  tliorougni}* 
cleansed  at  regular  seasons,  especially  after  a  time  of 
drought  and  before  the  approach  of  winter.  Disease  is 
often  induced,  by  allowing  cisterns  to  fill  up  after  they  have 
been  dry,  or  the  water  in  them  low;  the  quantity  of 
sediment  and  filth  is  often  very  gTeat,  and,  if  not  carefully 
washed  out,  becomes  mingled  with  every  fresh  influx  of 
water,  and  thus  Diphtheria,  Enteric  Fever,  and  other  blood 
diseases  may  be  set  up.  They  should  also  be  provided 
with  a  cover  to  exclude  dust  and  other  foreign  matter. 

It  is  a  fallacy  to  suppose  that  surface-well  water  is  purer 
than  that  obtained  from  deep  wells,  because  it  is  more 
sparkling,  and  often  cooler  and  clearer.  The  sparkling  of 
these  waters  is  due  to  the  presence  of  carbonic  acid  gas, 
derived  from  the  decomposition  of  animal  and  vegetable 
substances. 

This  matter  of  the  purity  of  water  is  of  vital  importance 
to  every  family  in  the  land,  whether  living  in  the  country 
or  town.  In  cases  of  suspected  impurity  of  water-supply, 
careful  and  extended  search  should  be  made  for  every 
possible  cause  of  impurity;  and,  in  order  to  form  a  proper 
opinion,  a  chemical  and  microscopical  examination  of  the 
water  is  frequently  necessary.  A  rough,  and  easily  available 
iest,  however,  may  be  applied;  half  fill  a  clean  stoppered 
bottle  with  the  suspected  water,  replace  the  stopper  and  let 
it  stand  in  a  warm  place  for  five  days,  when  there  will 
be  a  disagreeable  putrid  smell  if  it  contains  organic^ 
matter.  If  water  is  bad,  either  from  containing  organic 
matter,  or  from  being  too  "hard,"  that  used  for  drinking, 
cooking,  and  washing  dishes  should  first  be  boiled  and  then 


HiijIENE. ^WATER.  123 

filtered.  Boiling  throws  down  most  of  the  Baits  wliicL 
causu  *-,emporary  Lardness  and  crusts  in  kettles,  leaving  the 
water  much  softer;  and,  after  standing  a  day,  or  bein^ 
poured  from  vessel  to  vessel  several  times  to  get  back  the 
air  expelled  by  heat,  (for  water  needs  air  to  vivify  it)  it 
is  also  more  palatable.  Boiling  also  destroys  some  of  the 
organic  matter,  and  in  most  ca^es  renders  the  remainder 
innocuous  by  destroying  the  disease-germs. 

"When  practicable,  water  used  for  domestic  purposes 
should  be  filtered.  This  removes  the  grosser  impurities, 
destroys  some  of  the  organic  matter;  and,  if  the  material 
used  be  spongy  iron,  or  vegetable  charcoal,  it  will  for  q 
time  remove  some  of  the  salts  in  solution.  Whatever  the 
filtering-material  used,  it  should  be  renewed  every  three 
to  twelve  weeks,  according  to  the  quality  and  quantity  of 
the  water  passed  through  it;  and  filters  which  claim  to  last 
for  ever,  or  to  be  self-cleansing,  should  be  avoided.  When 
a  filter  ceases  to  do  good,  it  begins  to  do  harm.  Com- 
pressed charcoal  block-filters  are  cheap  and  good;  one 
can  easily  be  made,  in  any  fapaily.* 


*  Filter. — Get  a  12- inch  flower-pot;  cover  the  hole  in  the  bottom 
with  a  piece  of  perforated  zinc,  and  fill  in  the  pot  with  some  well- 
washed  gravel,  (with  the  larger  pieces  below),  to  a  depth  of  3  inches; 
above  the  gravel  put  3  inches  thick  of  white  sand  which  haj?  been 
veil-washed;  above  tiiis  sand  place  4  inches  thick  of  good  charcoa. 
(about  ^  lbs.  weight)  which  has  been  washed  in  a  jug  by  pouring 
boiling  water  over  it,  and  when  the  charcoal  has  settled,  the  watei 
poured  off  and  more  poured  on  until  it  has  been  washed  four  times. 
When  the  filter  is  finished  pour  the  water  to  be  filtered  into  the 
flower-pot,  and  let  it  run  through  the  hole  into  a  glass-bottle,  or 
receptacle,  below.  If  the  charcoal  gets  clogged  from  continual  use, 
scrape  some  off  the  top,  boil  it  two  or  three  times,  dry  it  before  the 
fire,  and  it  is  greatly  benefited. 


124  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

If  driiiking  water  is  kept  in  the  house,  it  should  be  in 
glazed  earthenware  or  stone  jars,  with  covers,  which  should 
occasionally  be  emptied  and  wiped  with  a  clean  cloth. 


<" 


IV.    AIE. 


A  proper  supply  of  pure,  fresh,  air  is  essential  to  the  pre- 
servation, as  well  as  to  the  enjoyment,  of  life  and  health. 
Although  life  may  not  be  destroyed  suddenly  by  breathing 
an  impure  atmosphere,  still  the  vital  energies  are  thereby 
slowly  but  surely  impaired;  especially  in  the  case  of  gi'owing 
children  and  persons  suffering  from  disease. 

Air  may  be  rendered  impure  in  many  wa^^s;  by  gases  and 
matters  held  in  suspension;  by  particles  of  carbon,  hairs, 
fibres  of  cotton  or  woolen  fabrics;  by  minute  seeds,  or 
spores,  germs,  pollen  or  other  light  vegetable  bodies;  vapors 
arising  from  decomposing  animal  and  vegetable  matter; 
and,  also,  by  the  specific  virus  of  contagious  diseases.  In 
the  process  of  breathing,  also,  the  air  loses  a  third  part  of 
its  oxygen,  and  receives  in  exchange  carbonic  acid  gas,  a 
gas  not  only  incapable  of  supporting  animal  life,  but 
actually  destructive  to  it.  Such  is  the  change  effected  by  a 
solitary  act  of  breathing;  and,  if  this  process  goes  on  in  an 
ill-ventilated  room,  where  several  human  beings  are 
gathered  together,  the  carbonic  acid  gas  accumulates, 
usurps  the  place  of  the  oxygen  consumed,  and  so  renders 
the  air  less  and  less  fit  for  the  renewal  of  life. 

Efficient  ventilation  cannot  well  be  secured  unless  space 
be  made  for  the  egress,  from  the  upper  part  of  a  room,  of 
the  impure  air:  and  provision  made,  in  the  lower  part,  for 


HYGIENE. ^AIR.  125 

access  of  fresh  air  from  the  surrounding  atmosphere.  Pro- 
vision should  be  made  for  this  process  of  ventilation  in  all 
well-constructed  houses;  and,  more  especially,  in  all  sleeping- 
apartments.  This  latter  is  one  of  the  most  important  require- 
ments of  life,  both  in*  health  and  disease.  Bed-rooms  are 
generally  too  small,  and  badly  ventilated.  The  doors, 
windows,  and  even  chimneys,  are  often  closed;  and  every 
aperture  closed  so  as  to  exclude  fresh  air.  In  consequence, 
the  atmosphere  of  the  whole  apartment  becomes  highly 
injurious,  from  the  consumption  of  its  oxygen,  the  formation 
of  carbonic  acid,  and  bodily  exhalations.  In  such  an  atmo- 
sphere, the  sleep  is  heavy  and  unrefreshing,  partaking  more 
of  the  character  of  insensibility.  If  provision  were  made 
for  the  admission  of  fresh  air,  and  the  escape  of  impure  au*, 
the  sleep  would  be  lighter,  shorter,  and  more  invigorating. 
In  nearly  every  instance,  the  door  of  the  bedroom  may  be 
left  open,  and  the  upper  pai-t  of  the  window  let  down  a  few 
inches — a  greater  or  less  extent  according  to  the  .state  of 
the  weather — with  perfect  safety.  A  current  of  air  may  be 
prevented  from  playing  on  the  face  of  the  occupant  by 
placing  the  bed  in  a  proper  situation,  or  by  suspending  a 
single  cuii:ain  from  the  ceiling.  During  thick  fogs  or  severe 
winds,  the  apertures  directly  communicating  with  the  ex- 
ternal air  may  be  closed,  and  ventilation  secured  from  the 
adjoining  stair-landing. 

The  sanitary  arrangments  of  schools  are  often  exceedingly 
defective.  Children,  being  even  more  sensitive  than  grown 
persons  to  the  evil  effects  of  bad  air,  it  becomes  of  the  ut- 
most importance  that  the  rooms,  in  which  they  spend  so 
much  of  their  daily  lives,  should  be  abundantly  supplied 


126  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

with  fresh  air.  The  school-rooni  should  be  elevated,  witn 
a  suf5&cient  ventilation  near  the  ceiling;  and  the  windoAvs 
should  reach  to  near  the  ceiling,  with  facilities  for  dropping 
them  from  the  top. 

What  is  true  of  school-rooms  applies  to  churches  and  to 
all  law-courts,  public-halls,  and  places  where  many  people  are, 
from  time  to  time,  assembled.  In  such  a  vitiated  atmo- 
sphere, also,  whether  in  a  public  building,  or  private  house, 
the  risk  of  contagion  from  Scarlet  Fever,  Measles,  Small- 
Pox,  Hooping  Cough,  or  Typhus,  is  greatly  intensified. 

V.    SUNLIGHT. 

*^  Where  light  is  not  permitted  to  enter,  the  physician  will 
have  to  go "  is  a  well-known  Italian  proverb.  Sunlight  is 
as  necessary  for  the  health,  growth  and  development  of 
human  beings,  as  for  plants.  Especially  is  this  true  of 
children — particularly  those  who  are  feeble  and  delicate. 
Houses  are  only  fit  to  be  used  as  sleeping-apartments  by 
night,  when  they  have  been  well-aired  by  day.  Rickets, 
deviations  and  enlargments  of  the  bones,  spinal  curvatures 
and  other  deformities  are  far  more  liable  to  occur  among 
those  living  in  the  shade,  or  deprived  of  their  due  proportion 
of  sunlight.  Even  Cholera,  Typhus  or  other  epidemic 
diseases  are  more  frequent  and  severe  on  the  shady  than  on 
the  sunny  sides  of  the  streets.  The  sun-lit  sides  of  hospitals 
afford  twice  the  number  of  recoveries,  to  the  shady  sides, 
even  under  the  same  hygienic  and  medical  treatment. 
Whether  your  home  be  large  or  small,  give  it  light. 

Children,  even  at  an  early  age  should  not  be  excluded. 


HYGIENE. SUNLIGHT. DWELLINGS.  127 

particularly  during  the  warm  periods  of  the  year,  from  the 
genial  and  cheering  influence  of  the  sun.  The  sanitary 
efiect  of  the  light  can  easily  be  made  available  even  during 
the  winter  months  (in  rooms  properly  ventilated  and  heated) 
with  little  or  no  danger.  Great  benefit  would  accrue  to 
then  Health  by  giving  children  "solar-air-baths";  that  is 
permitting  them  to  lie  naked  upon  the  bed,  or  floor,  free 
from  the  incumbrance  of  swaddling  clothes,  so  that  their 
bodies  may  be  thoroughly  brought  under  the  influence,  for 
some  period  of  the  day,  of  good  air  and  bright  sunlight. 
Except  in  severe  inflammatory  diseases  of  the  eyes  or  brain, 
the  very  common  practice  of  darkeniyig  the  sick-room  is  a 
very  objectionable  one  in  many  respects. 

VI.    HEALTHY  D^^ELLINGS. 

The  especial  point  for  a  healthy  dwelhng  should  be  dry- 
ness; particularly  as  to  the  foundation-^vall  and  roof.  The 
site  should  be  dry,  from  which  the  water  will  run;  and,  if 
not  uj^on  a  natural  slope,  the  aiiificial  drainage  should  be 
perfect.  The  aspect  should  be  southerly;  and  the  wind 
should  have  free  access  to  every  side.  The  sleeping-rooms 
should,  if  possible,  face  the  sun;  and  the  house  be  above 
the  mists  or  vapors  which  arise  from  water,  or  marshy 
ground,  after  sun-set. 

The  house  should  not  be  too  closely  surrounded  by  trees^ 
or  in  thick  woods,  which  only  serve  to  attract  and  retain 
moisture,  exclude  sunlight,  and  prevent  the  free  circu- 
lation of  air.  A  cheerful  situation,  with  sunlight,  green 
ti'ees,  fields,  shrubs,  etc.,  is  always  beneficial.     If  in  town. 


1^8  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

the  house  should  face  a  park,  square,  or  other  open  j)lacG^ 
or  at  least  be  in  a  wide,  airy  street,  with  a  favorable  aspect. 

In  old  houses,  particularly,  we  sometimes  find  that  great 
carelessness  has  been  shown  in  the  original  planning;  so 
that  cesspools,  and  wells  for  drinking  and  cooking  are  in 
close  proximity  to  each  other.  This  affords  a  source  of  ex^ 
treme  danger  to  health.  It  may  be  laid  down,  as  an 
absolute  rule,  that  all  water-closets,  as  well  as  all  sinks  and 
washmg-places,  whether  for  the  person  or  for  clothing,  should 
be  placed  as  far  as  possible  from  the  dwelling  part  of  the  house; 
and  so  arranged  that  any  emanations  from  them  will  not  be 
Ukely  to  be  carried  to  the  latter,  by  currents  of  air.  Water- 
Dlosets  should  drain  into  properly  constructed,  deep,  and 
thoroughly-walled  vaults,  quite  separate  from  the  house. 
Into  this  vaiilt  house-drainage  of  all  sorts  should  flow,  and 
well-trapped  water-closets  should  discharge.  This  vaults  and 
the  pipes  leading  thereto  should  be  placed  as  far  as  possiUe 
from  the  water-supply  pipes.  These  closets,  also,  whether  in- 
side or  outside  of  a  house,  should  always  be  ventilated,  by 
shafts  for  the  purpose,  leading  directly  to  the  open  air..  If  foul 
odors  are,  at  any  time,  noticed,  their  source  should  be 
promptly  enquired  into,  and  the  leak  or  other  defect  reme- 
died; kitchen-sinks  and  stationary  wash-stands  (when  these 
latter  nuisances  exist)  shoidd  empty  their  foul  contents  by  a 
separate  outfall  from  that  of  the  water-closets.  As  a  general 
rule,  however  weU-arranged  a  system  of  sewerage  a  town 
possesses,  it  is  jafer  to  have  the  drainage  of  each  house 
provided  for  separately;  and  not  in  common  with  that  of 
the  adjoining  house  or  houses. 

Cellars  should,  also,   be  kept  clean  and  freely  ventilated. 


HYGIENE.- — EXEKCISE.  129 

especially  when — as  in  country-houses — quantities  of  vege- 
tables are  stored  in  them  for  months  together.  Many  a  case 
of  typhoid-fever  has  arisen  from  impure  air,  engendered  by  a 
mass  of  decaying,  fermenting  vegetable-matter  in  the  cellar, 
f^or  the  same  reason,  refrigerators  should  be  frequently - 
cleaned  and  aired. 

Especially  should  the  bed-room,  in  which  one  third,  at 
least,  of  the  whole  life  is  spent,  be  particularly  well  aired  and 
cared  lor.  It  should  be  so  planned  that  never  less  than  400 
cubic  reet  of  space  should  be  given  to  each  occupant,  how- 
ever i^ood  the  ventilation  may  be.  The  walls  should  be 
kalsomined,  or  painted;  so  that  they  can  be  washed  three 
or  four  times  a  year.  The  windows  should  have  nothing 
more  than  a  blind,  and  a  half  muslin  curtain.  The  floors 
should  be  well  made  of  hard  wood,  smooth  and  well-joined: 
and  provided  with  carpets,  or  rugs,  only  around  the  beds; 
without  valances  fi'om  i\\e  beds.  The  furniture  should  be 
as  simple  and  scanty  as  j^ossible;  chairs  free  from  all  stuff- 
ing or  covers  to  catch  and  hold  dust.  And  especially  should 
the  room  be  kept  free  from  all  articles  of  clothing  not  in 
use.  From  time  to  time,  a  fire  should  be  made  in  every 
bed-room,  that  a  free  current  of  air  may  sweep  tlirough  it 
from  open  doors  and  windows.  Dry  scrubbing  is  the  best 
method  of  floor-cleansing.  Maintain  an  equal  temperature 
of  about  60"  Fahr.,  and  a  free  access  of  dry  air. 

Vn.    EXERCISE. 

Exercise  strengthens  and  invigorates  every  function  of 
the  body,  and  is  essential  to  health  and  long  life.  All  em- 
ployed in  sedentary  occupations  should  endeavor  to  have 


130  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

at  least  one  hour  in  the  day  in  the  open  air,  walking,  riding, 
gardening,  etc., — or,  if  this  cannot  be  accomplished,  thcii 
the  use  of  the  light  dumb-bells,  or  gymnastic  practice  may 
be  substituted.  Any  action  which  quickens  the  breathing 
and  pulse  is  exercise;  the  object  being  to  eliminate  the 
waste  products  from  the  blood,  by  means  of  the  lungs. 
Where  too  much  food  and  too  little  exercise  are  taken,  part 
of  the  carbon  which  ought  to  have  been  burnt  off  from  the 
lungs  as  carbonic  acid,  is  stored  up  as  fat — and  often  in  the 
wrong  place  and  to  the  detriment  of  the  individual. 

The  walk  for  health  should  be  diversified,  and  if  possible 
include  ascents  and  descents,  and  varying  scenery;  and  be 
alternated,  when  circumstances  admit  of  it,  with  riding  on 
horseback,  active  gardening,  or  similar  pursuits.  Athletic 
sports  and  manly  exercises  should  form  a  part  of  the  edu- 
cation of  youth,  nor  should  they  be  neglected  in  after  life, 
especially  by  persons  of  sedentary  pursuits.  Many  aches 
and  pains  would  rapidly  vanish  if  the  circulation  weie 
quickened  by  a  judicious  and  regular  use  of  the  muscles.* 


*  Every  one  has  in  his  own  room  the  means  of  exercising  every 
muscle  of  his  body.  By  standing  erect,  uneiicumhered  with  any 
clothing  which  shall  embarrass  the  action,  and  making  the  motions  of 
rapid  walking  without  advancing,  at  the  same  time  extending  the 
arms,  expanding  the  chest,  and  lifting  up  and  letting  down  the 
jhoulder-blades,  we  bring  into  action  nearly  all  the  voluntary  muscles 
of  the  body;  and  then,  to  give  tension  and  strength  to  the  muscles, 
we  may  lift  some  article  of  furniture,  according  to  the  strength,  as 
the  end  of  the  sofa,  the  bureau,  or  the  foot  or  head  of  the  bed,  and 
thus  get  every  practical  benefit  that  can  be  had  from  the  most  com- 
plicated gymnastic  apparatus.  If  the  exercise  has  been  neglected  till 
the  chest  has  become  contracted  and  the  lungs  compressed,  we  may 
need  the  assistance  of  some  pulleys  on  the  wall,  attached  to  weights 


HYGIENE. — EXERCISE.  131 

The  proper  periods  for  exercise  are  when  the  system  is 
not  depressed  by  fasting  or  fatigue,  or  oppressed  by  the 
process  of  digestion.  The  robust  may  take  exercise  before 
breakfast;  but  delicate  persons,  had  better  defer  it  till  fi'om 
one  to  three  hours  after  breakfast.  After  severe  and  long- 
continued  bodily  exci'tions  the  next  meal  should  be  Hght 
and  digestible;  and  when  subjected  to  continuous  exertion 
for  many  hours  together,  light  digestible  food  should  be 
given  every  two  hours,  to  keep  a  continuous  stream  of  chyle 
pouring  into  the  blood  like  the  fuel  into  the  furnace  of  a 
steam-boiler. 

In  very  severe  exertion  the  nervous  energy  is  exhausted 
so  far  that  there  is  not  enough  left  for  proper  digestion; 


or  springs,  so  that  by  placing  the  back  to  them,  and  taking  hold  and 
pulling  forward  with  the  hands  over  the  shoulders,  the  chest  is  ex- 
panded, and  for  a  time,  till  we  have  acquired  sufficient  tension  and 
strength  of  muscle,  we  may  derive  advantage  from  raising,  in  a  proper 
position,  graduated  weights;  but  having  acquired  the  necessary  tension 
and  power  for  ordinary  purposes  of  life  and  health,  nothing  is  gained 
by  bringing  the  muscles  into  fuller  power  or  activity.  All  the  in- 
structions which  any  man  of  common  sense  needs,  Ccan  be  given  in 
five  minutes;  indeed  they  are  all  included  in  the  hints  given  above. 
An  intelligent  mother,  therefore,  in  her  own  house,  can  develop  the 
form  of  her  daughter  much  better  ih:\n  a  professional  gymnast;  and, 
if  mothers,  when  their  daughters  are  beginnirm  to  develop  into 
womanhood,  and  to  feel  the  restraints  of  societv.  would  just  regard 
these  hints,  and  insist,  as  a  matter  of  duty,  that  they  should  exercise 
every  muscle  of  the  body  every  day,  and  conform  in  other  resi:>ects  to 
the  hygienic  laws  elsewhere  described.  Nature  will  do  for  them  all  else 
that  is  necessary  to  develop  perfect  forms  and  perfect  health.  If  this  is 
neglected,  it  is  folly  to  expect  that  a  few  months  of  tuition  at  a  gym- 
nasium  will  do  much  for  them.  At  most  it  can  only  prepare  the  way 
for  domestic  exercise  in  such  as  have  w^aked  up  to  a  sense  of  duty  when 
the  health  of  their  daughters  has  already  suffered  from  neglect,  and 
then  be  of  use  only  as  oxercise  is  afterwards  continued. — Bellows. 


132  HOMECPATHIC    MENTOR. 

thus,  if  exercise  is  taken  shortly  before  eating,  the  sudden  de- 
mand for  nervous  energy  stops  digestion;  or,  if  taken  soon 
after,  the  want  of  nervous  energy  prevents  digestion,  and 
the  food  lies  fermenting  in  the  stomach,  causing  irritation, 
and  laying  the  foundation  of  dyspepsia. 

Many  nervous  diseases  are  cured,  or  vastly  ameliorated, 
by  careful  and  regular  exercise,  and  occupation. 

Invalids  should  always  be  moderate  in  their  exercise; 
take  only  short  walks,  avoid  fatigue,  and  not  stand  in  the 
open  air.  The  best  time  for  them  is  in  the  forenoon, 
arranged  so  that  they  can  rest  for  half  an  hour  before 
dinner.  They  should  never  take  exercise  immediately  before 
a  meal,  or  going  to  bed. 

In  the  case  of  very  feeble  and  infirm  persons,  carriage 
exercise,  if  such  it  may  be  called,  and  frictions,  by  means  of 
bath-sheets  and  gloves,  over  the  surface  of  the  body  and  ex- 
tremities, are  the  best  substitutes  for  active  exertion. 

Vin.    CLOTHING. 

Clothing  serves  the  threefold  purpose  of  regulating  the 
temperature  of  the  body;  of  protection,  and  of  ornament. 
It  has  no  power  of  generating  heat,  but  only  restrains  its 
escape  from  the  person.  Approximately,  the  human  body, 
\yhen  clothed,  resembles  a  jacketed  steam-pipe;  the  clothing 
forms  the  outer  cover,  between  which  and  the  body  there  is 
a  layer  of  steam  and  heat  constantly  ascending.  The  place 
where  this  current  of  hot  air  and  steam  passes  out  into  the 
atmosphere  is  the  narrow  ring  between  the  neck  and  shirt- 
collar.     This  opening,  therefore,  plays  an  important  part  in 


HYGIENE. CLOTHING.  133 

maintaining  the  temperature  of  the  human  body.  If  it  is 
enlarged,  the  heat  and  steam  escape  more  rapidly,  and  the 
skin  is  soon  cooled;  if,  on  the  contrary,  it  is  wholly  or 
partly  closed  by  being  closely  buttoned,  or  by  a  muffler, 
then  the  loss  of  steam  is  stopped^  and  the  temperatui'e  of 
the  skin  raised.  It  is  for  this  reason,  that  the  constant 
wearing  of  a  muffler  is  so  objectionable,  because  it  imj^edes 
the  evaporation  of  matter  whitjh  ought  to  pass  out  of  the 
skin;  though,  for  the  same  reason,  it  is  of  great  value  in 
case  of  cold.  The  neck  opening  should  be  ample,  so  as  not 
to  compress  or  impede  the  circulation  from  the  head. 

AVhile  the  dampness  of  the  atmosphere  affects  the  evapor- 
ation which  takes  place,  through  the  lungs  as  well  as  the 
skin,  clothing,  by  night  as  by  day,  regulates  that  of  the 
latter.  All  covering  which  impedes  this  natural  process  of 
evaporation  acts  injuriously.  Though  no  material  is  quite 
faultless  in  this  respect,  there  is  still  a  great  difference  in 
their  structures.  The  more  impervious  they  are,  the  more 
are  they  to  be  avoided.  India-ruhher  is  the  worst  material, 
since  it  does  not  allow  of  the  passage  of  any  moisture,  (as 
for  example, — the  sweating  of  the  feet  when  cased  in  india- 
rubber  shoes) ;  leather  is  next;  liven  next;  cotton  is  better, 
being  porous  to  a  certain  extent;  hwiicoolen  material  is,  by 
far,  the  best  for  w^ear.  A  flannel  shirt  is  healthier  than  a. 
cotton  one;  a  woolen  blanket  at  night  than  a  linen  sheet. 

Moreover,  as  the  skin's  proper  action  dej^ends  upon  the 
circulation  of  the  blood  under  its  surface ;  and,  as  the  latter 
is  promoted  by  friction,  it  is  evident  that  a  clothing-material 
which  induces  some  friction  is  also  healthier — thus  the 
rougher   materials  for   underclothing,    such    as  w^oolen  or 


134  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

coarse  ootton,  is  preferable  to  the  softer,  but  more  enerv- 
ating, linen,  or  silk.  Still,  there  are  cases,  in  which  (owing 
to  its  more  delicate  nature  and  texture,  as  well  as  to  its 
being  a  non-conductor  of  electricity)  silk  is  preferable  for 
underclothing,  in  rheumatism,  etc. 

Inasmuch,  also,  as  warmth  tends  to  keep  open  the  pores 
of  the  skin,  and  open  pores  are  an  essential  of  healthy  action 
of  the  skin  and  circulation — woolen  clothing  best  secures 
this  object — as  we  have  seen  that  it  best  secures  fiiction 
and  warmth. 

Besides  the  material  of  clothing — its  cut  also  is  of  much 
importance.  In  warm  climates,  where  clothing  is  less  of  a 
necessity,  the  loosest  garments  are  the  best;  but,  in  those 
latitudes  where  a  certain  amount  of  warmth  has  to  be  fur- 
nished by  clothing,  the  garments  must  be  worn  more  closely 
fitting.  "VVe  have  already  likened  the  human  body  to  a 
steam-pipe  jacketed,  where  this  steam  is  constantly  in  an 
ascendant  motion;  the  faster  this  circulation  takes  place, 
the  more  the  skin  is  cooled;  and  it,  therefore,  follows  that 
the  most  regular  and  constant  evaporation  is  maintained  bj 
close  fitting  garments. 

Flannel^  worn  next  the  skin,  should  not  he  used  to  sleep  in, 
but  it  is  suited  to  the  needs  of  those  who  labor  out  of  doors 
during  great  extremes  of  temjDerature.  Light- colored 
clothes  are  better  for  both  winter  and  summer;  retaining 
the  heat  in  winter,  and  protecting  from  it  in  summer;  they 
also  protect  better  against  contagion  in  the  sick-room,  or 
the  miasms  of  unhealthy  neighborhoods. 

Clothing  should  be  frequently  changed  and  cleansed, 
and   dark-colored    clothing    should  be     even    more    care- 


HYGIENE. BATHING.  135 

fully  examined,  from  its  liability  to  conceal  dirt  or  other 
excreta. 

Summer  clothing  should  not  be  put  on  too  sooi: ;  or 
winter  clothing  too  late.  Thin-soled,  or  high-heeled  boots 
and  shoes  are  often  destructive  to  health.  High-heeled  boots 
should  only  be  mentioned  in  execration.  They  produce 
troublesome  corns,  bunions,  inflammation  of  the  ligaments 
of  the  ankle-joint,  and  of  their  sheaths,  and  even  dislocation 
of  this  joint;  beside  a  change  of  the  inclination  of  the  pelves, 
and  a  consequent  unnatural  gait.  Tight-lacing  is  now,  for- 
tunately, only  practiced  by  the  w^eak-minded. 

The  clothing  of  children,  w^hose  feeble  frames  are  less 
able  to  resist  cold  than  those  of  adults,  is  generally  insuf- 
ficient. When  a  baby  is  divested  of  its  long  clothes,  it  is  in 
danger  of  being  insufficiently  clad;  the  danger  increasing 
when  it  can  run  alone,  and  is  more  exposed  to  atmospheric 
influences.  It  cannot  be  too  strongly  impressed  upon  those 
who  have  the  charge  of  children,  that  the  practice  of  leaving 
those  parts  exposed  which  when  grown  up  w^e  find  it 
necessary  to  clothe  warmly,  esj)ecially  the  arms,  lower  limbs 
and  abdomen,  is  a  frequent  cause  of  retarded  growth. 
mesenteric  disease.  Consumption,  etc.  Insufficient  warmth 
of  body,  whether  in  children  or  adults,  renders  the  person 
more  susceptible  to  the  invasion  of  disease. 

IX.    BATHING. 

It  is  an  error  to  insist  upon  a  daily  bath  for  all  persons. 
But  few  have  such  an  amount  of  vitality  as  to  be  able  to 
endure  the  shock  of  a  daily  cold  bath,  for  years,  without 
detriment  of  health,  and  shortening  of  days;  and  most  per- 


136  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

sons  will  find  it  better  to  discriminate  in  the  use  of  the  bath. 
A  daily  bath,  to  persons  in  health,  in  warm  weather,  is 
desirable.  But,  for  most  persons,  a  bath  three  times  a  week 
is  better,  and  fully  meets  the  demands  of  the  system  in 
(keeping  the  joores  of  the  skin  open  and  the  capillary  system 
in  a  healthy  condition.  In  warm  weather,  baths  may  be 
taken  at  the  natural  temjoerature  of  the  water;  and  in  cooler 
weather  the  chill  should  be  taken  off,  and  the  bath  itself 
should  be  of  shorter  dui'ation.  In  general  the  temperature 
should  range  between  60''  and  70""  Fahrenheit. 

Cold  bathing  should  not  be  practiced  when  the  body  lE 
cold  or  cooling,  or  exhausted  by  exertion  or  fatigue,  or  if 
the  system  is  naturally  too  weak;  or  when  the  skin  feels 
chilly.  A  bath  should  not  be  taken  too  soon  after  a  meal, 
nor  should  the  time  spent  in  the  bath  be  too  long;  from  5 
to  10  minutes  being  the  usual  limit.  Unless  there  be  a 
gloiv  of  reaction,  and  hence,  no  subsequent  chilliness  and 
dulness,  no  benefit  will  result,  but  the  contrary.  To  j)i'o- 
mote  this  ready  reaction  and  returning  glow  of  the  s^^stem, 
the  friction  of  coarse  towels  may  be  employed  with  ad- 
vantage. Cold  bathing  is  especially  hazardous  to  patients, 
who  are  extremely  weak,  or  who  have  any  organic  diseases, 
particularly  of  heart  or  lungs;  there  may,  also,  be  some  idio- 
^yncracy  of  condition  of  the  constitution  peculiar  to  the 
individual  which  renders  frequent  cold  bathing  undesiraljlc. 
Caution  is  more  particularly  necessary  in  infancy,  and  old 
age.  The  adaptation  of  the  cold  bath  to  individual  cases 
may  often  be  determined  by  the  following  criterion: — If, 
after  a  bath,  the  patient  remains  chilly,  languid,  and  de- 
jected, or  suffers  headache,  it  had  better  be  discontinued, 


HYGIENE. BATHING.  137 

and  only  gradually  adopted;  but,  if  the  sense  of  cold  rapidly 
passes  off,  and  a  glow  of  warmth  and  animation  of  spirits 
succeed  and  continue  for  some  time,  the  cold  bath  is  likely 
to  be  productive  of  good. 

The  warm  bath  is  a  great  luxury,  and  to  the  feeble  ax>(3 
exhausted  frame  is  often  very  beneficial.  The  temperatu^t 
may  be  varied  according  to  the  sensations  of  the  patient, 
but  as  a  rule  should  be  that  of  the  temperature  of  the  blood 
— 96"  to  98';  if  higher  than  98",  the  bath  maybe  followed 
by  a  profuse  perspiration,  which  weakens  the  system. 

Sea-bathing  is  of  the  greatest  value  to  convalescents  from 
acute  diseases,  to  those  whose  health  has  been  injured  by 
excessive  work,  town  residence  with  sedentary  occupation, 
excesses  of  various  kinds,  and  in  many  chronic  illnesses, 
when  debility  is  not  excessive.  It  should  not  be  indis- 
criminate. The  projn'iety  of  it  dej^ends  on  the  health  of  the 
bather,  the  temperature  of  the  water,  and  the  motion  of  the 
sea.  Adults  in  robust  health  mav  remain  from  live  to  ei^lit 
minutes;  or,  if  they  are  accustomed  to  bathe,  they  may  re- 
main so  long  as  they  feel  warm.  If  the  water  is  very  cold 
or  the  sea  is  strong,  less  time  should  be  allowed.  Delicate 
persons  should  choose  a  smooth  sea.  Strong  persons  may 
bathe  before  breakfast;  others  onlv  in  the  forenoon.  Sea- 
bathing  is  j^jrejudicial  when  the  body  is  exhausted,  or  over- 
heated, or  cold,  or  rapidly  cooling.  Stout,  plethoric  per- 
sons, liable  to  rushes  of  blood,  palpitation,  giddiness,  etc., 
should  bathe  very  cautiously.  Aged  j^ersons  should  regard 
themselves  in  this  matter  as  invalids.  Persons  in  feeble 
health  and  old  age  should  only  plunge  into  the  sea,  remain 
a  minute   or  two,  then  leave  it.      Infants,  feeble  children. 


138  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

raid  timid  children  are  scarcely  strong  enougli  for  tlie  open 
sea.  Injury  is  done  to  the  feeble  by  a  disregard  of  their 
imperfect  reactionary  power,  and  to  the  timid  by  disregard 
of  the  strain  upon  their  nervous  system.  Warm  glow  and 
oxhilaration  of  spirits  after  the  bath  indicate  its  beneficial 
pwction.  On  the  contrary,  chilliness  and  depression  are. 
indications  of  harm. 


X.     THE  INFLUENCE  OF  OCCUPATION  ON 

HEALTH. 

Sunlight  and  ventilation  are  of  the  greatest  importance  in 
workshops  and  offices,  particularly  where  the  young  are 
employed,  as  we  have  already  remarked  (p.  126).  Patients 
make  better  and  more  rapid  recoveries  in  well-lighted 
hospitals;  and  very  serious  cases  are  generally  placed  on 
the  sunny  side  of  such  buildings.  If,  therefore,  persons 
«.re  more  likely  to  regain  health  in  such  apartments,  we  may 
fairly  conclude  that  health  will  be  better  preserved  in  a 
large,  well-lighted  workshop,  or  office.  Spacious,  airy,  and 
well-lighted  offices  and  work-rooms  for  clerks,  compositors, 
tailors,  dressmakers,  and  others,  would  prevent  a  large 
amount  of  chronic  disease.  The  sedentary  occupations 
followed  by  book-keepers,  milliners,  sempstresses,  tailors, 
shoemakers,  and  others,  are  often  most  unfavorable  to 
health,  because  the  sitting  posture  is  generally  combined 
with  an  inclination  forwards,  so  as  to  compress  the  client 
and  stomach.  Abundance  of  healthful  recreation  in  the 
open  air  is  the  best  corrective  of  the  injurious  crNnsequencee 
of  sedentary  employments. 


HYGIENE. INFLUENCE  OF  OCCUPATION.  139 

Tlic.   following    list,   from    authentic  sources,    gives  the 
general  average  of  life  among  certain  classes: 


D£  100  Clergymen 

42  attained  the 

age 

of  70 

years 

and  upwards. 

a 

Farmers 

40 

i( 

ec 

(( 

Commercial  Men  35 

« 

1 

(.( 

Military  Men 

33 

<6 

M                                   '< 

m   « 

Lawyers 

29 

« 

1 

t( 

Artists 

28 

C« 

(6 

(( 

Teachers 

27 

•e 

rt< 

(< 

Physicians 

24 

<« 

« 

The  first  half  in  the  above  list,  with  the  exception  of  the 
clergymen,  are  necessarily  much  exposed  to  the  air,  and 
take  physical  evercise;  but  the  other  haK,  with  the  exception 
of  the  physicians,  are  chiefly  confined  in-doors,  engaged  in 
sedentary  occupations.  Literary  pursuits  are  generally 
favorable  to  longevity.  Physicians  are  short-lived,  from 
their  irregular  lives,  frequent  exposure  and  the  excitements 
attendant  upon  their  2)ractice.  The  best  possible  condition 
favorable  to  longevity  would  be  a  certain  number  of  hours 
devoted  to  study,  and  in-door  work;  and,  an  equal  or  larger 
time  devoted  to  riding,  or  out-of-door  exercise.  The  cir- 
cumstances which  render  occupations  unhealthy  are,  de- 
ficiency of  daylight  and  pure  air;  a  bad  posture  of  the  body 
during  employment;  and  the  inhalation  of  poisonous  sub- 
stances, or  dust,  producing  irritation  of  the  lungs. 


rii8  Nursing  and  Care  of  the  Sick. 

THE  SICK-ROOM. 

1.  The  apartment  should  be  tolerably  large;  and,  if 
possible,  with  a  southern  exposure;  neither  apt  to  be  un- 
duly heated  by  the  rays  of  the  sun,  nor  rendered  dull  from 
its  absence.  It  should  be  cajDable  of  being  icell-lighted  and 
ventilated.  Patients  cannot  always  be  cared  for  in  rooms 
which  answer  all  these  requirements;  but,  whatever  its  de- 
fects, the  ventilation  of  the  sick-room,  whether  by  window, 
door,  or  fireplace,  mu3t  be  as  thorough  as  possible — but  no 
draughts!  The  room  should  have  a  fireplace  with  a  good 
fire  in  cold  weather,  and  open  in  warm  weather  to  assist 
ventilation.  During  infectious  diseases,  besides  diluting 
the  poison  with  plenty  of  atmospheric  air,  dilute  carbolic  acid, 
may  be  freely  used  as  a  disinfectant;*  and  the  room  should 


'(  *  A  solution  should  be  frequently  sprinkled  about  the  floors,  bed- 
clothes, handkerchief,  etc.,  and  be  diffused  through  the  room  bj^  a 
spray-producer:  it  acts  quickly  as  an  efficient  disinfectant.  It  may 
also  be  used  for  personal  disinfection— a  point  often  but  indifferently 
carried  out — by  adding  it  to  the  water  in  which  the  patient  is  washed, 
and  is  a  valuable  substitute  for  aromatic  vinegar.  It  also  makes  an 
excellent  gargle,  for  fever  patients,  to  sweeten  the  breath.  It  is  also 
useful  to  visitors  of  the  sick,  to  prevent  the  risk  from  infectious 
diseases;  for  this  purpose,  a  few  drops  should  be  sprinkled  o:.  the 


NURSING  01   THE  SICK. THE  SICK-ROOM.  141 

also  be  divested  of  all  minecessaiT  furniture,  such  as  car- 
pets,  window  and  bed-hangings,  etc. 

2.  The  room  should  be  provided  with  an  extra  bed,  or 
some  convenient  couch,  to  which  the  patient  should,  if 
possible,  be  removed  for  a  short  time  at  least  once  in  the 
twentv-foiu'  hours.  This  allows  the  bed  to  be  thorou^hlv 
changed  and  aired;  ensures  a  change  of  atmosphere  around 
the  patient's  body;  and  is  an  agreeable  ret^t  to  him.  It  is 
desirable,  also,  to  have  a  small  room  in  immediat-e  con- 
nection with  the  sick-room,  for  the  nurse  to  sleep  in,  and 
cany  on  the  vai'ious  little  operations  of  preparing  food  and 
medicine,  without  risk  of  annoying  the  patient. 

The  bed  and  bedding  of  the  sick-room  are  of  no  small  im- 
portance. The  bed  should  not  be  too  high;  should  be 
without  valance,  or  curtains,  to  confine  the  aii*  beneath  it; 
and  should  stand  at  some  little  distance  from  the  wall,  so 
that  the  nurse  can  get  at  it  fi'om  evers'  side.  It  should  not 
be  in  a  di'aught,  as  between  door  or  window  and  lii'eplace; 
and  it  is  better  that  the  patient  should  be  able  to  lie  with 
his  back  to  the  window.  A  simple  hair  mattrass,  or 
sacking-bottom  is  preferable ;  but,  if  feathei's  must  be  used, 
put  one  or  two  comfortables  over  the  tick,  with  the  linen 
over  them,  so  as  to  make  a  fii-m,  even  surface.  The  linen 
of  the  bed,  as  weU  as  that  of  the  patient  should  be  changed, 
or,  at  least,  aired  and  dried  bv  a  hi'e,  everv  dav.  This 
di'ying  by  the  lire,  dissipates  the  impui'e  exhalations  with 


handkerchief  before  entering  the  sick-room.  The  use  of  cologne, 
camphor,  burnt  rags,  vinegar,  etc.,  is  not  advisable.  They  merely  add 
another  smell  to  the  one  already  existing,  and  the  compound  is  not  an 
improvement. 


142  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

which  it  has  previously  become  saturated  by  contact  with 
the  patient's  body.  It  is  wonderful  to  see  how  much  ease 
and  comfoi-t  is  afforded  to  the  sick  by  a  light,  cool,  bed, 
with  its  coverings  frequently  re-arranged  and  made  agree- 
able. The  feverish  restlessness  of  patients  is  frequently 
entirely  removed  by  attention  to  these  little  comforts. 

3.  The  apartment  should  be  dar^kened,  when  the  patient 
sleeps,  or  wishes  to  sleep;  not  by  excluding  all  light  and 
air,  by  closed  shutters,  or  closely-drawn  bed-curtains,  but 
by  letting  down  the  window-shades,  so  as  to  secure  a  sub- 
dued light;  and,  by  protecting  the  patient's  face  from  the 
direct  glare  of  gas,  lamps,  etc.  Light  being  a  stimulant  of 
the  brain,  fe^equently  causes  wakefulness,  and  excitability  in 
the  patient,  when  too  freely  admitted  to  the  sick-room. 

4.  The  sick-room  should  be  quiet.  Silk  dresses  and  creaky 
boots,  the  rustling  of  newspapers,  the  putting  of  coals  on 
the  lire,*  etc.,  often  distresses  invalids;  the  tones  of  the 
voice  should  be  gentle  and  subdued,  but  whispering 
avoided;  all  unnecessary  conversation  and  noise  must  be 
avoided.  The  sick  should  not  be  fatigued,  or  over-taxed  by 
company,  study,  business  or  worry  of  any  kind.  If  visitors 
call,  they  must  not  be  allowed  to  tire  and  annoy  the  patient 
with  long  stories,  uninteresting  talk,  discussion  of  the 
patient's  disease,  or  narration  of  similar  cases  within  their 
knowledge.  A  short,  cheerful,  call  and  pleasant  face  are  al- 
ways welcome  to  the  sick,  and  a  kindly  interest  in  their 
case  is  equally  so.     Religious  conversation  is  always  proper, 


*  The  very  common  difficulty  of  renewing  coals  upon  a  fire,  or  in  a 
stove,  while  a  patient  is  asleep,  can  be  easily  overcome  by  placing  the 
coals  in  a  paper-hag;  which  can  then  be  laid  noiselessly  upon  the  fire. 


NUllSIlsG  OF  THE  SICK. THE  SICK-ROOM.  143 

when  conducted  intelligently  and  in  a  proper  spirit;  though 
a  sick-bed  is  far  from  being  the  best  place  for  this  most  im- 
portant of  the  duties  of  life.  Books  may  not  be  wholly 
interdicted,  but  the  amount  and  character  of  reading  should 
be  proportioned  to  the  strength  or  mental  vigor  of  the 
patient.  In  reading  to  the  sick,  let  it  be  done  slowly  and 
distinctly,  so  that  it  will  not  be  fatiguing  to  them  to  follow 
the  reader — so,  also,  of  conversation. 

5.  The  teviperature  of  the  room  should  be  regulated  by  a 
thermometer,  suspended  so  as  to  be  sheltered  from  currents 
of  air,  and  from  direct  heat  of  the  fire — and  should  be 
varied  according  to  the  nature  of  the  patient's  disease.  In 
fevers.  Inflammation  of  the  Brain,  etc.,  55""  will  be  a  proper 
warmth;  in  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs,  and  in  Bronchitis, 
a  higher  temperature — 60°  to  70"", — is  necessary.  A  warm 
and  moist  air,  so  as  not  to  irritate  the  inflamed  lining  of  the 
air-tubes,  is  needed  in  all  inflammatory  afiections  of  the 
chest.  Cold  air  and  too  many  bed-clothes  are  sure  to  in- 
crease the  mischief.  But,  whatever  may  be  the  temperature 
— see  that  proper  ventilation  be  maintained. 

6.  The  sick-room  should  be  made  pleasant  and  cheerful, 
as  well  as  comfortable.  Do  not  suffer  the  sick  to  lay  all  day 
staring  at  blank  walls,  or  at  strange,  unsympathizing  faces; 
but  remember  that  flowers,  bright  andy?^e.s'/i,  pictures  around 
the  room;  an  occasional  change,  or  re-arrangment,  of  fur- 
niture; or  a  seat  or  couch  at  the  window,  serve  wonder- 
fully to  cheer  and  invigorate  a  patient. 

In  this  connection,  Miss  Nightingale's  suggestion  as  to 
the  care  of  food  and  medicines  in  the  sick-room,  is  worthy  of 
repetition  here.     It  is  this — do  not  keep  the  food,  drink,  or 


144  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

delicacies  intended  for  the  patient  in  the  sick-room  or 
within  his  sight.  The  air  and  temperature  of  the  apartment 
are  liable  to  hasten  putrefactive  decomposition,  especially 
in  hot  weather,  and  the  continuous  sight  of  them  to  cause 
disgust.  Rather  take  up  to  him,  at  the  fitting  time,  and  by 
way  of  surprise,  two  or  three  teaspoonfuls  of  jelly,  or  as 
many  fresh  grapes  as  he  may  consume  at  once,  or  the  seg- 
ment of  an  orange.  Or,  if  it  be  appropriate  to  his  condition, 
a  small  cup  of  beef-tea,  covered,  with  one  or  two  narrow 
slips  of  toasted-bread,  just  from  the  fire;  this  is  very  much 
preferable  to  offering  even  a  less  quantity  from  a  basinful 
that  has  been  kept  for  many  hours  within  reach  of  the 
patient's  hand  and  eye. 

7.  The  requirements  of  Contagious-dimase  patients.  Isolation. 
The  sick-room  for  such  patients  should  be  in  an  upper  story, 
to  present  the  spread  of  infection  to  others;  for  infectious 
exhalations,  being  lighter  than  air,  ascend.  Precautions, 
Nurses,  or  mothers  who,  frequently  go  in  and  out  of  the 
room,  should  keep  a  loose  wrapper  or  gown,  of  some  smooth 
washable  material  (not  woolen)  hanging  behind  the  door 
(outside),  ready  to  slip  on  over  their  other  dress  whenever 
they  enter,  before  waiting  upon  the  infected  patient,  and  to 
be  taken  off  when  leaving  the  room. 

Outside  of,  and  hanging  down  over  the  sick-room  door, 
should  be  suspended  a  sheet,  moistened,  from  time  to  time, 
with  carbolic-acid  and  water  (two  tablespoonsful  of  the  acid 
to  two  quarts  of  water),  or  with  Gondys  Fluid,  1  to  50;  or 
a  solution  of  chlorahtm — the  two  latter  being  of  less  pungent 
odor  than  the  carbolic-acid.  This  is  to  destroy  any  disease- 
germs  which  may  pass  through  the  door- way. 


NURSING  OF  THE  SICK. DISINFECTION.  145 

In  infectious  fevers,  as  Scarlet  Fever,  etc.,  w^hen  the  skin 
begins  to  peel,  the  whole  body  should  be  thinly  anointed 
with  carbolic  oil  (1  part  to  40  of  oil)  which  may  be  washed 
off  and  reapplied  every  day;  the  object  being  to  clog  the 
scales  of  skin  and  prevent  them  flying  about  and  so  be-/ 
coming  a  source  of  infection.  When  the  skin  ceases  to 
peel,  the  oil  may  be  finally  washed  off  in  a  warm  bath  of 
carbolic-acid  and  water  (1  to  240,  or  two  ounces  to  thre© 
gallons  of  water). 

Disiiifecfion,  of  clothing  and  of  room.  Soiled  linen  should 
at  once  be  put  into  carbolic-acid  and  water  (1  to  40)  till 
convenient  to  wash  it.  In  cholera,  typhoid  fever,  and  yellow 
fever,  all  the  discharges  should  be  disinfected  by  putting  some 
carbolic-acid  into  the  bedpan  before  each  time  of  using;  and 
the  stools,  etc.,  after  being  disinfected,  should  be  buried 
away  from  wells  or  running  water,  or  mixed  with  a  larger 
quantity  of  crude  carbolic-acid,  say  three  tablespoonsful, 
before  being  sent  down  the  water-closet.  The  patient 
should  spit  into  a  vessel  of  carbolic-acid,  and  all  dishes 
used  by  him  should  be  disinfected  either  by  boiling  water 
or  carbolic-acid. 

After  the  disease  is  over,  the  sick-room  and  contents 
must  be  thoroughly  disinfected.  All  blankets,  books,  and 
small  articles  should  be  baked  two  hours,  at  a  temperature  of 
250""  F. ;  this  may  be  done  by  putting  them  in  a  wooden  box 
into  an  ordinary  oven.  The  patient's  linen,  after  being  dis- 
infected, should  be  scalded,  or  boiled,  and  washed.  White 
woolen  articles  can  be  baked  for  two  hours  at  250""  F.  with- 
out any  change  except  a  slight  discoloration  like  that  pro- 
duced by  washing  new  flannel.     The  strength  of  texture 


146  HOMEOPATHIC    :.IENTOK. 

and  warmth  of  blankets  are  not  affected.  Cotton,  silk,  linen 
and  paper  are  not  affected  by  a  considerably  longer  baking. 
At  300''  F.  white  woolen  articles  are  singed,  and  colored 
wool  loses  its  color,  but  its  strength  is  little  affected  in 
appearance.  When  hair  mattrasses  are  baked  they  should 
be  allowed  to  stand  for  two  days  before  making  up  again,  so 
thai  they  may  recover  their  natural  moisture  and  not  cause 
dust.  The  furniture  and  accessible  parts  of  the  room  can  be 
more  thoroughly  disinfected  by  disinfectants,  in  the  shape 
of  fluids; — such  as  carbolic-acid,  permanganate  of  potash, 
chloride  of  zinc,  chloralum  and  boiling  water,  which  are  the 
most  common; — carbolic  acid,  however,  being  neutralized 
by  most  of  the  fluid  disinfectants,  should  always  be  used 
by  itself. 

Final  Disinfection  of  the  room  itself  Remove  all  bright 
steel  or  metal  articles  from  the  room :  paste  up  all  crevices 
and  the  chinks  of  windows,  fireplaces,  etc.,  with  paper. 
Put  a  bucket  of  water  in  the  middle  of  the  room,  and  lay 
the  tongs  across  it,  and  on  the  tongs  an  iron  lid,  or  dish, 
with  two  pounds  of  sulphur  in  it,  set  fire  to  the  sulphur, 
and  shut  the  door  for  the  night.  Any  disinfectant  vapor 
so  weak  that  it  can  be  breathed  even  a  single  instant  is  of 
no  use;  hence  it  is  useless  to  expose  saucers  of  carbolic- 
acid  or  bleaching-powder  in  the  sick-room;  the  vapors 
merely  annoy  the  patient  and  do  no  good. 

Next  day  the  floors  should  be  washed  and  scoured  or 
scalded,  if  practicable.  The  walls  should  be  lime-washed 
— or,  if  varnished  or  "hard-finished,"  washed  with  soap  and 
water.  If  papered,  the  room  should  be  re-papered.  Bed- 
stead and  furniture  should  be  scalded,  or  washed  with  car- 


NUBSING  OF  THE  SICK. THE  NURSE.  147 

bolic-acid,  soap  and  water.  Finally,  the  door  and  windows 
should  be  left  open  for  a  couple  of  days.  This  done — and 
all  danger  of  further  infection  is  at  an  end. 

8.  The  Nurse,  The  services  of  an  intelligent,  experiencec 
nurse  form  a  most  important  part  of  the  treatment  o' 
disease.  Goodness  of  heart,  a  kind  and  obliging  disposition 
and  good  sense,  are  indispensable  requirements  in  a  nurse* 
Medicine — in  some  cases — can  play  but  a  secondary  part  in 
the  cure  of  the  sick;  but  good  nursing,  or  care,  always  plays 
a  prominent  part.  The  object  of  narsing  is  to  place  the 
system  of  the  patient  in  the  best  possible  condition  for  the 
beneficial  action  of  medicine.  It  can  easily  be  understood, 
therefore,  that  a  good  nurse  is  the  right  arm  of  the  phy- 
sician, and  that  a  poor  one  may  negative  and  defeat  all  his 
efforts.  While  the  nurse  should  be  all  attention  to  the 
wants  of  the  sick,  yet  she  should  avoid  "fussiness"  or 
wearying  the  patient  with  unnecessary  trifles.  She  should 
go  calmly  and  quietly  about  her  business,  doing  cheerfully 
what  is  necessar}'  to  be  done,  while  yet  she  does  not  make 
herself  the  conspicuous  subject  of  the  occasion.  She  should 
dress  in  quiet,  neutral  colors;  bright  colors  are  distressing 
to  the  eye,  while  black  is  depressing,  and  may  be  the  tra- 
ditional "last  straw.*'  There  is  an  evil  which  cannot  be  toe 
severely  condemned.  It  is  the  rage  to  prescribe  for  the 
sick,  possessed  by  almost  every  body,  under  every  conceiv 
able  varietv  of  circumstances.  No  matter  how  severe  the 
disease,  or  how  urgent  the  emergency,  nine  out  of  every 
ten  persons  who  call,  will  tell  precisely  what  will  cure  the 
patient,  and  the  remaining  person  has  a  doctor  just  on 
hand  to  do   the  work.      Usually,   the  more  ignorant  the 


l48  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTClt. 

volunteer,  the  more  positive  they  are  of  a  cure.  They  who 
know  much  speak  cautiously.  Those  who  know  little  are 
very  positive.  Now,  if  a  physician  is  in  attendance,  it  is  his 
business  to  prescribe  and  not  that  of  others,  and  it  is  a 
very  delicate  piece  of  business,  under  any  circumstances,  to 
advise  the  use  of  a  medicine  or  a  change  of  treatment  or 
medical  attendant.  ^Miilo  a  physician  is  in  attendance, 
simple  justice  to  him  and  the  welfare  of  the  sick,  require 
that  his  directions  should  be  followed,  and  his  instructions 
obeyed.  It  must  be  a  rare  case,  indeed,  that  justifies  the 
interference  of  outsiders. 

In  cases  of  very  sick  persons,  it  may  be  advisable  to  call 
in  assistance  of  watchers,  but  it  should  be  avoided  if 
possible.  Better,  far,  have  some  members  of  the  family  take 
turns  in  watching,  and  the  one  in  charge  near  at  hand  to 
be  called  in  case  of  emergency.  In  a  majority  of  cases, 
those  that  are  called  in  as  night  watchers  are  stupid,  sleepy, 
ignorant  of  their  duties,  or  the  wants  or  peculiarities  of 
the  patient,  and  do  far  more  harm  than  good.  Avoid  them 
if  possible.  In  most  cases  it  is  better  for  the  mother,  hus- 
band, sister,  or  others  of  the  family,  to  lie  down  in  the  room 
and  sleep  while  the  patient  sleeps,  than  to  have  the  house 
and  patient  kept  awake  with  watchers. 

9.  Cleanliness,  The  mouth  should  be  often  wiped  with  a 
soft  wet  towel,  when  there  is  a  crust  on  the  lips  and  teeth. 
Fears  are  often  expressed  that  in  washing  the  surface  of  a 
patient's  body,  or  even  in  changing  his  linen,  any  eruption 
or  rash  should  be  driven  in,  or  that  cold  should  be  taken. 
If  done  properly,  there  is  not  the  least  ground  for  any  such 
fear.     The  patient  should  be  sponged  over  as  completely  as 


NURSING  OF  THE  SICK. ACCESSORY  MEASURES.  149 

possible  at  least  once  a  day  with  warm  or  cold  water,  as 
piay  be  most  agreeable  to  his  feelings,  and  then  quickly,  but 
carefully,  dried  with  a  soft  towel.  If  the  patient  be  much 
exhausted,  a  small  portion  only  of  the  skin  may  be  washed 
at  a  time,  and  then  another,  and  so  on;  or,  instead,  first  a 
damp  and  then  a  dry  towel  may  be  used  under  the  bed- 
clothes, so  as  to  disturb  the  patient  as  little  as  possible. 
When  there  is  delirium  or  apathy,  the  bladder  must  be 
emptied,  at  least,  twice  in  24  hours,  and  the  nurse  must  see 
that  it  is  so  emptied,  lest  mischief  be  done  by  the  retained 
urine. 

ACCESSOEY  CUEATIVE  MEASUEES. 

There  are  certain  expedients  or  curative  measures,  which 
may  often  be  resorted  to  by  nurse  or  invalid,  which,  while 
they  can  scarcely  be  called  parts  of  medical  treatment,  yet 
are  of  so  great  value,  nay,  so  very  indispensable  in  some 
cases,  as  to  demand  particular  attention  in  a  treatise  on 
domestic  medicine.  Among  these  are,  especially,  the  use 
of  warm  baths,  of  'poultices  and  fomentations,  and  of  the  in- 
jection-pipe. 

Warm  baths.  The  ivarm  bath  (92"  to  98°  F.),  and  the  hot 
bath  (98''  to  112"  F.),  are  remedial  agents  of  great  value  in 
many  affections.*  They  tend  to  equalize  the  general 
temperature  of  the  body,  to  soothe  the  nervous  system,  to 


*  For  the  correct  or  safe  administration  of  warm  baths,  a  bath- 
thermometer  is  indispensable.  The  hand  is  a  very  imj^erfect  guide. 
In  the  absence  of  a  thermometer,  the  nurse  should  uncover  her  arm 
to  the  elbow  and  immerse  it  in  the  vvater,  as  the  skin  of  tlie  elbow  is 
thin  and  sensitive  to  any  excessive  degree  of  heat 


150  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

control  the  action  of  the  heart,  to  promote  perspiration,  to 
relax  the  muscular  and  cutaneous  system,  and,  especially — 
by  recalling  to  the  surface  disproportionate  accumulations 
of  blood  in  the  internal  organs — to  equalize  its  distribution 
throughout  the  body.  All  severe  inflammations  and  con- 
gestions are  preceded  by  a  cold  chill  or  rigor,  during  which 
the  hands  and  feet  become  cold,  the  head  often  hot,  and  a 
shivering  chill  extends,  often  with  chattering  teeth  and  blue 
nails,  over  the  whole  body,  lasting  from  a  few  minutes  to  an 
hour  or  more,  and  is  succeeded  by  heat  and  high  fever.  It  is 
in  this  initial  stage  of  disease  that  the  judicious  use  of  some 
form  of  warm  bath  averts  the  danger  of  local  congestion,  and 
by  breaking  the  chill,  breaks  also  the  force  of  the  disease. 
In  the  diseases  of  children — Convulsions,  Spasmodic 
Croup,  Measles,  Scarlet  Fever,  etc.,  also  in  Scarlatinal  Dro^^^y, 
and  Fevers,  the  warm  bath  is  of  the  greatest  beiiefit.  It 
also  aids  the  cure  in  Injiammation  of  the  kidiieys.  bladder  and 
uterus;  at  the  grand  climacteric  of  women,  a  general  warm 
♦jath,  for  forty  or  fifty  minutes^  once  a  week,  cures  or 
prevents  many  of  the  ailments  incident  to  the  period,  by 
j^romoting  free  action  of  the  skin.  In  Spasmodic  Stricture 
of  the  Urethra;  in  the  pajssage  of  renal  and  biliary  calculi;  in 
Colic  and  many  spasmodic  affections  of  the  bowels;  in 
Tetanus,  Prurigo,  Diabetes,  Bright's  Disease,  and  in  the 
Melancholy  of  Insanity,  it  is  often  of  signal  service. 

The  following  list  of  the  permissable  limits  of  temperatures 
of  various  kinds  of  baths,  may  bo  of  use : 

The  cold  bath  50«  F.  to    70°  F.  Vapor  Baths. 

*•     tepid    "     85«  F.   ♦'    92«  F  90^  F.  to  100«  F. 

*•     warm  "     92«  F.    "    98«  F.  100«  F.    "   105«  F. 

"    hot       "    98°  F.   '•  109'>  ¥.  ^5"  F     "   130"  F. 


NURSING  OF  THE  SICK. HOT  BATHS.  151 

Vapor  baths  are  chiefly  of  use  for  Gouty  Rheumatism,  Skin- 
diseases  and  commencing  colds.     One  may  be  extemporized 
by  tying  a  tube  over  the  spout  of  a  kettle  and  fastening  the 
other  end  in  a  small  basket  tied  under  a  cane-bottomed 
ihair;  the  patient  sits  on  the  chair,  and  is  covered,  chair 
and  all,  with  a  couple  of  blankets  pinned  around  the  throat, 
and  down  the  front  to  the   floor.     During  the  bath,  one 
or  two  glasses  of  cold  water  may  be  sipped;  and  headache, 
if  present,  may  be  allayed  by  cold  sponging,  or  a  cold  wet 
cloth  laid  upon  the  head.     After  perspiring  for  10  or  IS 
minutes,  the  patient  may  be  quickly  dried  and  got  to  bed 
The  hot  foot-bath  is,  perhaps,  the  most  common  and  useful 
of  hot  baths,  but  some  care  and  knowledge  should  be  exer- 
cised in  order  to  derive  the  greatest  amount  of  benefit  from 
it.     The  vessel  should  be  large  and  deep  enough  to  permit 
the  water  to  come  well  up  towards  the  knees.    The  temper- 
ature of  the  water  should  be  such  that  the  feet  can  be  kept 
in  it  without  inconvenience,  and  another  vessel  of  hot  water 
should  be  at  hand,  from  which,  as  the  water  becomes  cooled 
in  the  bath,  the  hot  water  should  be,  from  time  to  time, 
supplied,  so  that    the    temperature  may  be    gradually  in- 
creased during  the  entire  bath.     This  should  be  continued 
from  ten  to  twenty  minutes,  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case,  or  until  the  patient  is  relieved,  the  chill  broken, 
or  a  general  perspiration  appears,      Then  let  the  feet  be 
taken  from  the  bath,  wiped  rapidly  dry,  with  warm  cloths, 
and  wrapped  up  comfortably,  so  as  to  retain  the  heat.    This 
kind  of  bath   promotes   general   perspiration,    corrects   or 
relieves  Catarrh,  feverj  etc.,  in  the  incipient  stage;  is  very 
useful  in  the  sudden  Suppression  of  the  Menses  during  the 


152 


HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOK. 


flow,  from  exposure  to  cold  or  wet;  relieves  HeadachCi 
Palpitation,  hysteric  choking.  Files,  etc. 

Sitz-haths  may  be  administered  in  a  tin  bath,  formed  foi 
the  purpose,  with  a  back;  or  a  very  serviceable  one  may  be 
made,  by  cutting  down  an  ordinary  barrel,  with  a  board  set 
in  it  for  a  back.  The  patient  sits  down  in  the  tub,  with 
water  sufficient  to  come  well  up  around  the  hijDS  and  over 
the  lower  abdomen,  and  is  then  covered  from  the  neck 
down  over  the  tub  so  as  to  retain  the  vapor,  if  desirable. 
The  bath  may  be  continued  from  ten  to  thirty  minutes.  In 
cases  of  congestion  to  the  lower  abdominal  organs.  Files  and  in 
some  severe  cases  of  Dysentery,  these  seat-baths  will  be 
found  of  great  value. 

Foultices  axe  used  to  apply  heat  and  moisture  to  the  skin, 
when  it  and  the  underlying  structures  are  inflamed.  They 
effect  this  by  relaxing  the  tension  of  the  parts  and  promot- 
ing perspiration.  Almost  any  soft  substance  which  will 
retain  heat  and  moisture,  such  as  bran,  bread,  charcoal,  lin- 
seed, mashed  potatoes,  etc.*,  may  be  used  for  the  making  of 


*  Linseed-Meal  Poultices. — Boiling  water  should  be  poured  into  a 
heated  bowl,  and  into  this  the  meal  quickly  sprinkled  with  one  hand, 
while  the  mixture  is  constantly  stirred  with  a  luiife  or  spatula  with 
the  other,  till  a  thin  smooth  dough  is  formed.  If  the  water  be  added 
to  the  meal,  little  knots  are  apt  to  collect.  The  dough  should  be 
quickly  spread  on  warmed  linen  already  cut  to  the  required  shape,  or 
put  into  a  bag,  and  applied.  Linseed-meal  retains  heat  and  moisture 
for  a  long  time,  but  is  liable  to  irritate  delicate  or  inflamed  skin. 

Bread  Poultices. — Put  slices  of  bread  into  a  banin,  pour  over  them 
boiling  water,  and  place  by  the  fire  for  a  few  minutes,  when  the 
water  should  be  poured  off,  replaced  by  fresh  boiling  water,  and  this 
again  poured  off,  and  the  bread  pressed,  beaten  with  a  fork,  and  made 
into  a  poultice.  Bread  poultices  are  valuable  for  their  bland,  uon^ 
irritating  properties. 


NURSING  OF  TKE  SICK. POULTICES.  153 

a  poultice — which  ghould  be  quite  smooth  and  free  from 
lumps  or  hardness.  Poultices  are  chiefly  useful  in  the 
following  complaints: — Pneumonia,  Pleurisy,  Bronchitis^ 
Pericarditis,  Peritonitis,  Acute  Rheumatism,  Lumbago,  and 
to  mature  and  facilitate  the  discharge  of  matter  in  Ab- 
scesses, Boils,  etc. 

When  used  to  mature  Abscesses,  or  disperse  inflam- 
mation, poultices  should  extend  beyond  the  limits  of  the 
inflamed  tissue ;  but  after  the  discharge,  the  poultices  should 
be  very  little  larger  than  the  opening  through  which  the 
matter  is  escaping. 

To  retain  heat  for  a  long  time^  they  should  be  covered 
with  oil-silk,  or  a  layer  of  cotton  wool — which  is  preferable 
to  having  a  very  thick  poultice,  which  might  by  its  weight 
cause  inconvenience,  or  pain.  In  acute  Luvibago,  they  must 
be  applied  thick,  hot,  large  enough  to  cover  the  affected 
pai-t,  and  be  renewed  immediately  they  become  cool.  After 
continuing  their  use  for  from  one  to  three  hours,  the  skin 
should  be  wiped  dry  and  covered  with  flannel,  and  this 
again  with  oil-silk. 

Fomentations,  bv  means  of  flannel  wrunf?  out  of  hot  boil- 
ing  water,  are  used  for  purposes  similar  to  poultices,  but 


Charcoal  Poultices — Uniformly  mix  charcoal  with  bread  poultice, 
and  just  before  the  application  of  the  poultice  sprinkle  the  surface 
with  a  layer  of  charcoal.  Or  charcoal  may  be  sprinkled  on  a  wound 
or  ulcer,  and  a  simple  bread  poultice  applied  over  it.  Charcoal 
poultices  correct  offeusive  smells  from  foul  sores,  and  favor  a 
healthier  action. 

Carrot  Poultices. — Boil  carrots  quite  soft,  mash  them  with  a  fork, 
and  apply  in  the  ordinary  way.  They  are  said  to  make  wounds 
cleaner  and  healthier. 


154  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

are  lighter  and  less  likely  to  increase  the  pain  of  sensitive 
parts.  The  hot  flannel  is  placed  in  stout  towelling  and 
twisted  around,  till  as  much  water  as  possible  is  squeezed 
out;  and,  if  weU  wrung,  can  be  applied  very  hot  without 
danger  of  scalding.  When  it  loses  its  heat,  it  should  be 
quickly  and  deftly  replaced  with  another  hot  one.  In 
Inflammations,  Spasms,  and  pains  affecting  deeply-seated 
structures,  as  in  the  chest  or  abdomen,  and  in  sprains,  etc., 
great  relief  is  often  gained  by  their  use. 

Dry  Fomentations, — ^When  heat  alone  is  required,  and  it 
is  desirable  to  avoid  the  relaxation  of  tissues  which  moist- 
ure would  occasion,  dry  heated  substances — flannel,  bran, 
chamomile  flowers,  salt,  sand,  etc. — are  used.  After  thor- 
oughly heating  the  substance,  it  should  be  placed  in  a  bag 
made  for  the  purpose,  and  which  has  also  been  previously 
heated.  Sometimes,  as  in  Spasm  and  its  accompanying 
pain,  a  thin  piece  of  flat  tile,  or  a  plate,  heated  in  an 
oven,  and  wrapped  in  warmed  flannel,  may  be  employed. 
For  mere  evanescent  heat,  flannel,  strongly  heated  before 
the  fire,  may  suffice. 

Injections.  Most  important — indeed,  indispensable — for 
every  family,  is  the  use  and  knowledge  of  the  injection-pipe. 
The  best  are  of  rubber,  with  flexible  tube  and  bulb,  con- 
taining the  pumping  apparatus  in  the  centre,  from  which 
the  suction  tube  extends  a  foot,  or  more,  to  the  reservoir  or 
dish  containing  the  charge.  The  injection  is  usually  luke- 
warm water.  Sometimes,  to  a  pint  of  water,  a  large  spoon- 
ful of  molasses  is  added;  and,  if  a  more  active  injection  is 
yet  required,  a  tablespoonful  of  salt  may  be  supplied.  Very 
generally  simple  tepid  water  is  sufficient     ^he  end  of  the 


NURSING  OF  THE  SICK. INJECTIONS.  155 


# 


tube  should  be  covered  with  oil,  cerate,  or  lard,  and  then 
introduced,  by  gentle  manipulation,  into  the  rectum.  If 
the  object  is  to  dislodge  hardened  feces,  the  pipe  should  be 
inserted,  so  as  to  place  the  water  above  the  hardened  mass. 
-The  pumping  should  then  be  continued  (slowly  and  steadily) 
until  a  pint,  quart,  or  even  double  that  quantity  of  fluid,  has 
been  thrown  up.  The  patient  should,  if  possible,  lie  down 
and  retain  the  injection  10  or  15  minutes.  Should  one 
injection  not  succeed,  it  may  be  repeated  after  a  half  hour 
or  more,  until  the  object  is  obtained.  In  cases  of  obstinate 
constipation,  a  morning  injection,  with  the  use  of  the 
appropriative  Specific,  never  fails.  In  violent  and  obstinate 
Colic,  a  large  injection  often  fully  relieves — also,  in  pains  in 
bladder,  ivomb  and  kidneys.  Starch  water,  tepid,  injections 
of  the  consistence  of  cream,  and  about  two  ounces  in 
amount,  are  sometimes  very  efficacious  in  checking  Diarrhea; 
also,  in  Dysentery,  Consumption,  and  Choleraic  diarrhea  of 
Children.  Salt  injections,  a  dessert-spoonful  to  the  pint  or 
half  pint  of  water,  are  excellent  for  dislodging  thread- worms 
■ — but,  as  in  other  cases,  Specific  treatment  is  necessary  to 
correct  the  constitutional  condition  on  which  the  disease 
depends. 

In  all  cases  of  fever  and  threatened  convulsions  in 
children,  arising  from  hurtful  or  indigestible  food — fruit, 
cake,  raisins,  oranges,  etc.,  the  proper  use  of  the  injection- 
pipe,  in  connection  with  the  Specific  medicines,  will  save  the 
patient — is  never  hurtful,  and  is  a  far  better  expedient  than 
the  use  of  pills,  cathartics,  or  even  such  laxatives  as  castor 
oil. 

Inhalation,  is  the  act  of  drawing  air,  impregnated  with 


156  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOK. 

the  -watery  vapor  of  medicinal  substances,  into  the  air- 
passages.  Quinsy y  catarrhal  and  ulcerated  Sore-throat,  chronic 
Bronchitis,  Phthisis,  etc.,  may  be  more  or  less  benefited  b}^ 
inhalation.  The  method  of  inhaling  is  very  simple,  and  is 
often  done  quite  effectively,  and  with  less  effort,  without  a 
special  inhaler.  All  that  is  required  is  a  jug  of  hot  water, 
over  which  the  face  may  be  held,  and  a  towel  so  arranged 
that  it  covers  the  face  below  the  eyes,  and  surrounds  the  top 
of  the  jug,  so  as  to  confine  the  vapor.  A  few  drops  of  the 
drug  to  be  inhaled  being  dropped  into  the  hot  water,  the 
medicine  finds  ready  access  to  the  air-passages  through 
both  the  mouth  and  the  nose.  This  may  be  practised  for 
five  or  ten  minutes  at  bed-time;  and,  if  necessary,  and  the 
patient  has  not  to  be  exposed  to  cold  air  during  the  day,  it 
may  be  repeated  once,  twice,  or  oftener  in  the  day.  In 
acute  inflammatory  diseases  of  the  throat,  simple  or  medi- 
cated vapor  may  be  administered  as  frequently  as  the 
patient's  strength  and  other  circumstances  permit.  A 
portion  of  the  drug  thus  administered  reaches  the  lungs 
and  enters  the  general  circulation;  but  the  chief  action  of 
the  medicated  vapor  is  on  the  throat  and  bronchial  mucous 
surface. 

In  grave,  penetrating  diseases.  Diphtheria,  Group,  etc., 
where  it  is  desired  to  keep  the  atmosphere  of  the  room  moist, 
vapor  may  be  diffused  through  the  apartment,  by  the  steam 
from  a  large  kettle  with  a  long  spout,  kept  constantly  boil- 
ing; or,  by  forming  a  tent  over  the  bed  and  covering  it  with 
blankets,  and  then  bringing  a  pipe  to  convey  the  steam 
from  the  kettle  under  it. 

In  urgent  cases,  where  suffocation  threatens,  the  room 


DIET  OF  THE  SICK.  157 

may  be  quickly  filled  with  vapor,  by  hanging  wet  towels 
before  a  hot  fire.  In  ordinary  cases,  simply  keeping  water 
boiling  in  the  centre  of  the  room  will  sufficiently  moisten 
the  atmosphere. 

DIET  OF  THE  SICK. 

Homeopathy  is  not,  as  is  so  often  asserted  by  its  op- 
ponents, "a  system  of  diet" — but  of  medical  treatment, 
liemedies,  chosen  according  to  the  homeopathic  law,  are 
but  little  affected  by  the  food  or  beverages  ordinarily  taken; 
so  that,  beyond  the  prohibition  of  ceii^ain  articles  of  diet 
which  disagree  with  the  patient,  interfere  with  the  bodily 
functions,  or  impose  upon  weak,  or  diseased,  organs  a  task 
to  which  they  are  unequal,  there  is  but  little  need  to  restrict 
the  patient's  food. 

The  Regimen  of  the  sick,  under  Homeopathic  treatment, 
may,  therefore,  be  reduced  to  two  simple  rules,  1.  avoid  all 
articles  of  drink  or  food  that  are  medicinal,  and  those  that 
are  irritating,  indigestible  or  injurious  to  the  sick;  and  2.  to 
use  only  such  as  are  light,  easily  digested  and  nourishing, 
and  smtisfy  the  ajrypetite  and  thirst. 

Aliment  allowed — Wheaten  Bread,  Graham  Bread,  Arrow 
Root,  Sago,  Tapioca,  Farina,  Corn  Starch,  Rice  and  Milk, 
Panada,  Hominy,  Mush,  "Wheaten  Grits,  Custards,  Beef,. 
Mutton  or  Lamb  Chops,  Lean  part  of  Ham,  Venison, 
Chickens,  Poultry,  Rabbits,  and  all  Game,  Calves'  Foot 
Jelly,  Chicken  Broth,  Fresh  Eggs,  Scale  Fish,  Fresh  Oysters, 
Ripe  Potatoes,  Apples,  Baked  or  Stewed,  Strawberries, 
Raspberries,  Grapes,  Ripe  Sweet  Apples. 

Drinks  allowed — Water,   Toast  Water,   Barley   or  Rice 


158  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR, 

Water,  Gum  Water,  Gruel,  flavored  or  sweetened  with  Fruit 
Syrups,  Milk,  Cocoa,  Chocolate,  Weak  Black  Tea  or  Barley 
Coflfee,  sweetened  with  Milk  and  Sugar  if  desired. 

Avoid — Coffee,  Highly  Spiced  or  Fat,  Heavy,  Indigestible 
Meats,  Sausages,  Mince  Pies,  Salt  Fish,  and  Stimulants, 
unless  allowed,  by  attending  physician. 

These  few  hints,  together  with  a  careful  reference  to,  and 
study  of  our  chapter  on  "Nutritive  Food  Values"  (pages  49 
to  104)  will  sufficiently  guide  those  who  have  charge  of  the 
sicL 


HOW  TO  INTEKPEET  THE  SIGNS  AND  SYMPTOMS 

OF  DISEASE. 

The  various  evidences  of  an  unhealthy  action  of  the 
system,  can  only  properly  be  estimated  at  their  full  value 
by  the  trained  and  skilful  physician.  Yet  careful  observ- 
ation and  common-sense,  applied  to  the  examination  of 
tongue,  pulse,  temperature,  skin,  urine,  etc.,  will  do  much  to 
assist  even  laymen  in  forming  a  tolerably  accurate  idea  of 
the  nature  and  severity  of  diseases  which  they  may  have  to 
treat.  To  such  the  few  following  brief  hints  may  be  of 
value. 

1.  The  Pui^e  is  the  stroke  or  beat  of  an  artery,  caused 
by  the  wave  of  blood  forced  onwards  from  each  beat  of  the 
heart.  It  is  usually  best  felt  on  the  radial  artery,  just  above 
the  iK)ot  of  the  thumb  and  the  joint  of  the  wrist,  by  slightly 
pressing  the  first  two  fingers  on  the  front  of  the  wrist  at 
that  point.  The  natural  pulse  in  the  adult  male  is  between 
60  and  70  beats  per  minjLite.     It  is  quicker  in  the  morning 


THE  SIGNS  AND  SYMPTOMS  OF  DISEASE. THE  PULSE.  159 

than  at  night,  reaching  its  maximum  about  noon  and  its 
minimum  about  midnight;  in  old  age  the  pulse  becomes 
hard,  owing  to  increased  firmness  or  to  structural  change  in 
the  arterial  coats.  The  average  number  of  beats  of  the 
healthy  pulse  in  the  minute,  at  different  ages,  is  as  follows: 
-At  birth,  130  to  140;  during  infancy,  120  to  130;  three 
years  old,  90  to  95  or  100;  five  years  old  about  88;  ten 
to  fifteen  years  old,  about  78;  above  fifteen,  65  to  75; 
in  old  age,  65  to  70;  decrepitude,  75  to  80. 

The  pulse  is  influenced,  however,  by  the  following  and 
other  conditions,  which  should  be  considered  in  estimating 
the  character  of  the  pulse  as  a  diagnostic  sign.  It  is  faster 
in  the  female  than  the  male,  by  from  six  to  fourteen  beats; 
but  this  difference  only  occurs  after  about  the  eighth  year. 
It  is  quickened  by  warmth  and  heat;  by  rapid  breathing; 
by  bodily  exertion  or  mental  excitement;  it  is  more  fre- 
quent in  the  morning,  and  after  taking  stimulants  or  food; 
it  beats  faster  standing  than  sitting,  and  sitting  than  lying; 
but  it  is  retarded  by  cold,  sleep,  fatigue,  want  of  food,  and 
by  certain  drugs. 

In  examining  the  pulse,  the  points  to  be  noticed  are: 
1.  Frequency,  or  number  of  beats  per  minute;  2.  Fulness,  or 
volume;  3.  Strength  of  beat;  4.  regularity,  or  rhythm  of  beat; 
5.  Resistance  to  pressure  of  finger.  A  strong,  quick  pulse  is 
suggestive  of  inflammation;  a  quick  and  weak  one  of  fever 
or  weakness;  a  slow  and  strong  one  of  pressure  on  the  brain; 
and  a  slow  and  weak  one  of  shock,  depression,  jaundice, — but 
allowances  must  be  made  for  those  sudden  irregularities 
which  are  often  observable  under  transient  excitement 
€>r  temporary   depression,    especially  of   nervous  persons. 


160  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

2.  The  Temperature.  In  all  cases  of  illness,  it  is  as  im- 
poi-tant  to  measure  the  heat  o:  the  body,  as  to  count  the 
pulse,  or  the  breathing.  The  use  of  the  clinical  thermo- 
meter aids  in  arriving  at  definite  conclusions,  relieves  much 
mental  anxiety,  and  affords  a  clue,  in  many  cases,  to  the 
disease,  even  before  its  characteristic  symptoms  have  de- 
clared themselves.  In  temperate  regions  the  normal  heat 
of  the  human  body,  at  sheltered  parts  of  its  surface,  is  98.4'' 
Fahr.,  or  a  few  tenths  more  or  less;  and  a  persistent  rising 
above  99.5*"  or  a  depression  below  97.3''  Fahr.,  are  signs  of 
some  kind  of  disease.  The  maintenance  of  a  normal  tem- 
perature, within  the  limits  above  stated,  gives  a  complete 
assurance  of  the  absence  of  anything  beyond  local  and 
trifling  disturbances;  but  any  acute  disease  unnaturally 
elevates  the  temperature  or  animal  heat,  and  many  diseases 
are  thus  indicated  some  time  before  they  could  be  detected 
by  any  other  means.  It  enables  us  to  diagnose  decisively 
between  an  inflammatory  and  a  non-inflammatory  disease; 
and  to  determine  the  severity  of  the  inflammation.  Hy- 
steria, it  is  well  known,  often  simulates  inflammatory 
disease;  but  the  temperature  of  hysterical  persons  is 
natural,  whereas  that  of  persons  really  suffering  from  in- 
flammation is  always  raised. 

In  acute  fevers,  the  thermometer  affords  the  best  means 
of  deciding  in  doubtful  cases.  Thus,  in  Typhoid  fever,  the 
rise  of  temperature,  or  its  abnormal  fall,  often  indicates 
what  is  about  to  happen  one  or  two  days  before  any  change 
in  the  pulse,  or  other  sign  of  mischief,  may  be  observed. 

In  Consumption,  the  thermometer  affords  us  most  valu- 
able diagnostic  information,  especially  in  the  early  stage  of 


THE  SIGNS  AND  SYMPTOMS  OF  DISEASE. TEMPEEATURE.        161 

the  disease,  when  treatment  is  likely  to  be  of  greatest  avail. 
During  the  deposit  of  tubercle  in  the  lungs,  or  in  any  organ 
of  the  body,  the  temperature  of  the  patient  is  always  raised 
from  98"",  the  normal  temperature,  to  102-3%  or  even  higher^ 
the  temperature  increasing  in  proportion  to  the  rapidity  of 
the  tubercular  deposit.  In  Measles^  the  thermometer  is 
almost  the  only  means  of  learning  at  an  early  stage  the 
complication  of  Pneumonia.  In  Ague,  several  hours  before 
the  paroxysm  the  temperature  of  the  patient's  body  rises 
considerably.  In  Acute  Rheumatism,  s.  temperature  of  104"* 
is  always  an  alarming  symptom,  indicating  grave  compli- 
cation, such  as  involvement  of  the  valves  of  the  heart.  In 
short,  a  temperature  of  104''  to  105*  in  any  disease,  indi- 
cates that  its  progress  is  not  checked,  and  that  compli- 
cations are  liable  to  arise. 

In  all  cases  of  convalescence,  delayed  decrease  of  temper- 
ature in  Pneumonia,  the  persistence  of  a  high  evening 
temperature  in  Typhus  or  Enteric  fever,  or  in  the  eruptive 
diseases,  and  the  incomplete  attainment  of  normal  temper- 
ature, are  of  great  significance. 

The  onset  of  even  a  slight  elevation  of  temperature 
during  convalescence  is  a  warning  to  exercise  renewed  care 
over  the  patient,  especially  in  the  maintenance  of  a  due 
control  over  his  diet  and  actions. 

We  recommend  a  straight,  self-registering  4-inch  ther 
mometer;  with  a  scale;  (it  will  be  best  to  have  your  family 
physician  procure  one  for  you,  and  give  you  a  few  directions 
how  to  manage  it),  and  that  observations  should  be  made 
with  it  regularly,  noting,  at  the  same  time — the  pulse  and 
breathing.     The  best  way  to  "take  a  temperature"  is  by 


1G2  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

placing  the  bulb  of  the  thermometer  under  the  tongue,  by 
the  side  of  the  "second  wisdom  tooth,"  requesting  the 
patient  to  close  the  lips  around  the  stem.  It  is  frequently 
placed,  also,  in  the  armpit,  and  sometimes  in  the  bowel 
— and  in  every  case  should  be  allowed  to  remain  in  situ  five 
minutes.*  The  most  suitable  time  for  taking  temperature 
is  from  7  to  9  A.  M.,  and  from  5  to  7  P.  M. 

In  connection  with  this  we  may  note  that  the  pulse  is 
usually  increased  by  about  8  beats  per  minute  for  every 
degree  of  temperature  over  the  normal  98.6"  F.;  thus,  if  the 
pulse  is  72  with  the  temperature  at  98.6 ,  it  will  be  80'' 
when  the  temperature  is  99.6'',  and  88  when  the  temper- 
ature is  100.6°. 

3.  Respiration,  (breathing).  In  ordinary  health  the 
number  o5f  respirations  in  a  minute  is  from  15  to  20,  or  one 
breath  to  every  four  beats  of  the  pulse;  but  it  is  largely 
increased  by  exercise  and  various  diseases,  in  which  it  often 
forms  an  important  sign  both  as  to  its  frequency  and  ful- 
ness. During  sleep  and  in  a  few  diseases  the  frequency  is 
diminished;  if  much  diminished  it  is  generally  an  unfavor- 
able sign.     Expiration  is  longer  than  inspiration. 

The  points  to  be  noted  are:  1.  the  frequency  per  minute; 
2.  whether  respiration  is  performed  chiefly  by  the  riba 
(thoracic)  or  by  the  muscles  of  the  belly  (abdominal);  3.  if 
tlie  breathing  is  calm,  easy,  and  fully  drawn,  or  if  it  is 
Bhort,  hurried,  forced,  or  incomplete;  4.  if  it  causes  pain, 
or  is  checked  by  cough. 


*  The  temperature  of  the  tongue  is  4-5  of  a  degree;  and  that  of  the 
bowel  1.1-5  of  a  degree  warmer  than,  that  of  the  armpit. 


THE  SIGKS  AND  SYMPTOMS  OF  DISEASE. — THE  TONGUE.         163 

4.  The  Tongue  affords    important  indications: — Dryness 
points  to  diminished  secretion,  and  is  common  in  acute  and 
febrile  diseases;  moisture  is  generally  a  favorable  sign,  par- 
'  ticularly  when  it  succeeds  a  dry  or  furred  condition.     A 
preter-naturally  red  tongue  is  common  in  the  course  of  the 
eruptive  fevers;  in  Gastric  and  Bilious  fevers,  and  in  bad 
cases  of  Indigestion,  the  redness  is  often  limited  to  the 
edges  and  tip.     Tlhe '' strawberry'*  tongue  is  a  symptom  of 
Scarlet  fever;  the  ^'fissured'' tongue  of  Typhus  and  Enteric 
fevers.     When  the  tongue  is  livid  or  purple,  there  is  defec- 
tive oxygenation  of  the  blood.     The  furred  tongue  is  the 
most  marked,  and  is  common  in  inflammation  and  irritation 
of  the  mucous  membranes,  in  diseases  of  the  brain,  in  all 
varieties  of  fever,  and  in  almost  all  acute  and  dangerous 
maladies.     Some  persons  have  usually  a  coated  tongue  on 
rising,  without  any  other  symptom   of  disease.      This  is 
especially  the  case  with  tobacco  smokers.      A   uniformly 
white-coated  tongue  is  not  very  unfavorable;  a  yellow  coat  is 
indicative  of  disordered  action  of  the  liver;  a  brown  or  blacky 
of  a  low  state  of  the  vital  powers,  and  contamination  of  the 
blood.     The  gradual  cleaning  of  the  tongue,  first  from  the 
tip  and  edges,  shows  a  tendency  to  health,  and  indicates 
the  cleaning  of  the  whole  intestinal  tract;  in  less  foiiunate 
cases,  as  the  tongue  gets  browner,  dirtier,  and  drier,  each 
day,  the  nervous  and  muscular  :=y stems  get  weaker,  and  hope 
is   gradually   extinguished;    when    the    fur    separates    in 
patches,  leaving  a  red,  glossy  surface,  it  is  also  unfavorable; 
when  the  crust  is  rapidly  removed,  leaving  a  raw  or  dark- 
colored  appearance,  the  prognosis  must  still  be  unfavorable. 
5.  Pain  is  often  a  most  important  indication  of  the  nature 


164  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

and  seat  of  disease,  pointing  to  an  interruption  of  the  har- 
mony  of  the  bodily   organs;   and  homeopathic  physicians 
insist  most  strenuously  that  the  distinctive  characters  of  the 
various  kinds  of  pain,  should  be  described  as  accurately  as 
possible  by  the  patient,     ^^en  attended  with  a  throbbing 
sensation,  consequent  upon  the  heart's  action,  it  is  called 
pulsating  pain;    when  with  a  feeling  of   tightness,   tensive; 
when  with  heat,  burning.     Nervous  pain  may  be  recognised 
by  its  disposition  to  follow  a  certain  course,  without  being 
rigidly  limited  to  one  particular  part;  by  its  being  subject 
to  perfect  intermissions;  and  by  the  suddenness  with  which 
it  comes  and  goes.     Spasmodic  pain  is  mitigated  by  pres- 
sure, by  frictions,  and  by  applications  of  heat;  it  comes  on 
suddenly  with  greater  or  less  severity,  terminating  abruptly. 
Inflammatory    pain    is    constant,    attended    by   heat    and 
quickened  pulse,  is  increased  by  movement  of  the  affected 
part,  by  touch  or  pressure,  and  usually  mitigated  by  rest. 
Frequently  pain  occurs,  not  in  the  part  diseased,  but  in  a 
distant    one.      Inflammation   of    the   liver   generally   first 
shows  itself  by  pain  in  the  right  shoulder;  inflammation  of 
the  hip-joint,  by  pain  in  the  knee;  stone  in  the  bladder,  by 
pain  at  the  end  of  the  penis;  disease  of  the  heart,  by  pain 
down  the  left  arm,  etc. 

6.  The  Skin, — in  health  imparts  to  the  touch  the  sen- 
sation of  an  agreeable  temperature,  with  just  sufficient 
moisture  to  preserve  its  softness;  it  is  also  elastic,  smooth, 
and  neither  too  tense  nor  loose.  A  harsh,  dry,  burinng  heat 
of  the  skin  is  indicative  of  fever,  and  must  be  regarded  as 
unfavorable,  especially  in  inflammatory  conditions  of  in- 
ternal organs.    If  this  condition  be  foUowed  by  perspiration, 


THE  SIGNS  AND  SYMPTOMS  OF  DISEASE. — THE  SKIN.  165 

coincident  with  general  improvement;  it  is  a  favorable  in* 
dication.  Great  relief  is  usually  experienced  on  the  occur- 
rence of  the  sweating  stage  in  Ague,  Inflammatory  fevers, 
etc.  On  the  other  hand,  complications  may  be  feared  if 
perspiration  ensue  without  any  amelioration  of  other 
symptoms. 

Partial  or  local  perspirations  indicate  a  deranged  con^ 
dition  of  the  nervous  system,  or  an  affection  of  the  organs 
beneath  the  perspiring  surface.  If  perspirations  occur 
after  trifling  exertion,  they  point  to  excessive  weakness. 
Night  sweats,  of  frequent  occurrence,  not  only  show  de- 
bility, but  when  preceded  by  chills  and  fever,  indicate  a 
hectic  and  consumj^tive  state  of  the  constitution. 

The  color  of  the  skin  is  also  diagnostic.  A  bluish  tint  of 
the  skin  indicates  structural  disease  of  the  heart.  A  yellow 
color  points  to  biliary  affections.  A  rich  blush  of  the 
cheeks,  especially  if  it  be  circumscribed,  and  the  surround- 
ing parts  pale,  indicates  an  irritable  condition  of  the  nerv- 
ous system,  or  a  diseased  state  of  the  lungs. 

7.  The  Urine. — The  urinary  organs  are, — the  kidneys 
and  bladder,  with  their  appendages.  The  kidneys  secrete 
the  urine  from  the  blood,  and  by  this  process  the  blood  is 
relieved  of  many  impurities,  which  if  retained  would  give 
rise  to  disease  in  the  whole  system.  The  secretion  of 
the  kidneys  reaches  the  bladder  through  little  channels 
(iiretersj,  and  the  urine  is  ultimately  discharged  through 
the  urinary  canal  (urethra). 

Healthy  urine  is  of  a  brightish  yellow  or  amber  color,  a 
tint  darker  in  the  morning  than  in  the  afternoon,  yielding 
V.  slight  ammoiiiacal  smell,  devoid  of  unpleasant  odor,  and 


166  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

precipitating  no  deposit  on  standing,  or  only  the  meresi 
trace  of  mucus,  or  of  urates  from  a  low  temperature.  In 
advanced  age  the  urine  becomes  darker  and  slightly  offen- 
sive; it  is  darker  in  persons  who  lead  a  very  active  life; 
different  varieties  of  food  also  produce  a  marked  effect  both 
on  the  color  and  odor  of  urine.  The  stream  of  urine  should 
be  round  and  large,  and  it  should  be  passed  about  four  to 
six  times  in  twenty-four  hours  without  any  pain  or  strain- 
ing. 

The  average  specific  gravity  of  healthy  urine  is  between 
1,020  and  1,025,  being  in  excess  ot  water,  which  is  the 
standard  (1,000) ;  and  the  normal  quantity  in  adults  about 
forty  ounces  in  the  twenty-four  hours.  A  urinometer  in- 
dicates the  specific  gravity. 

In  disease,  the  urine  presents  many  varieties,  and  furnishes 
valuable  indications.  Thus,  it  may  be  of  a  dark  yellow  or 
saffron  color,  as  in  Jaundice,  or  derangement  of  the  liver; 
it  may  be  red  or  high-colored,  and  scanty,  with  quickened 
pulse,  as  in  fever;  it  may  be  bloody  or  slimy,  as  in  affec- 
tions of  the  kidneys  or  bladder;  pale  and  copious,  as  in 
nervous  and  hysterical  ailments;  it  may  be  heavy,  muddy, 
or  of  a  purple  color,  showing  an  unfavorable  condition  of 
the  system;  or  dark  or  black,  indicating  putridity.  The 
urine  may  be  passed  too  copiously  or  scantily,  with  pain, 
with  effort;  or  it  may  be  retained  with  difficulty.  There 
may  be  a  frequent  or  uncontroDable  desire  to  micturate, 
with  burning  or  scalding  pain;  or  the  pain  may  be  only 
experienced  in  passing  the  last  few  drops:  in  either  case 
local  inflammation  is  indicated. 

The  specific  gravity  of  urine  in  Bright's  disease  is  1,015 


THE  SIGNS  AND  SYMPTOMS  OF  DISEASE. THE  URINE.  167 

to  1,094;  diabetic  urine,  1,025  to  1,040;  in  Hysteria  it  may 
be  as  low  as  1,007. 

In  Rheumatic  fever,  Gout,  etc.,  the  urine  is  abnormally 
acid;  while,  on  the  contrary,  a  loss  of  nervous  power  some- 
times causes  insufficient  mucus  to  be  secreted,  so  that,  de- 
composition having  taken  place,  the  urine  is  found  to  be 
alkaline.  Heat  will  produce  a  deposit  in  acid  urine,  but 
not  so  in  alkahne,  however  large  a  proportion  of  albumen 
it  may  concern.  The  microscope  enables  us  to  detect  casts 
of  tubes,  etc.,  but  it  should  be  remembered  that  many  sub- 
stances may  have  found  their  way  into  the  vessel,  as  fibres 
of  deal,  flannel,  or  cotton,  etc.,  which  bear  a  sufficient  re- 
semblance to  be  mistaken  for  the  above. 

When  ui'ine  has  to  be  examined,  a  little  should  be  taken 
from  the  whole  quantity  that  has  been  passed  during 
twenty-four  hours,  as  it  varies  greatly  in  its  properties  at 
different  periods  of  the  day;  and  after  food 


HOW  to  select,  prepare  and  take  the 

Medicines. 


In  general,  and  for  slight  aflfections,  after  having  first 
looked  over  or  read  the  Mentor,  a  glance  at  the  indications 
will  be  sufficient  to  show  from  what  particular  vial  the  me- 
dicine is  to  be  taken  for  any  particular  disease  or  symptom. 
Yet,  if  more  than  a  single  dose  is  required,  it  will  be  well 
to  read  over,  in  the  Mentor,  the  description  of  the  disease 
or  affection  which  is  supposed  to  be  present. 

After  having  read  the  directions  carefiiUy,  and  selected 
the  proper  Specific,  if  the  directions  are  to  take  the  medi- 
cine dry,  then  take  six  of  the  pellets  from  the  vial  into  the 
hand,  or  a  spoon,  and  thence  into  the  mouth,  and  let  them 
gradually  be  dissolved,  without  being  chewed,  or  swallowed 
whole  like  pills.  It  is  a  bad  way  to  turn  the  vial  against 
the  tongue,  or  into  the  mouth,  as  the  breath  contaminates 
and  dissolves  the  pellets. 

Also,  it  should  be  recollected  that  the  power  of  a  given 
dose  of  medicine  is  increased  by  being  dissolved,  or  spread 
over  a  larger  surface;  so  that  two  small  pellets  thoroughly 
dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of  water  is  a  more  powerful  dose 
than  six  pellets  taken  dry. 


HOW  TO  SELECT,  PREPARE  AND  TAKE  THE  MEDICINES.  IGO 

If  the  Specific  is  to  be  taken  injluid  form,  dissolve  twelve 
pellets  in  six  dessert-spoonsful  of  pure  spring  or  well-water, 
by  crushing  and  stirring  the  medicine  until  it  entirely  dis- 
appears. (For  grown  persons  a  table-spoonful,  and  for 
children  or  infants  a  dessert  or  tea-spoonful  is  a  proper 
dose.) 

Two  Specifics  may  often  be  given  in  alternation,  that  is, 
first  one,  then  after  the  proper  interval,  the  other,  and  so 
on.  Where  Specifics  are  to  be  thus  given,  let  each  be  pre- 
pared according  to  the  above  directions,  remembering  that 
each  glass  has  its  separate  spoon  and  cover;  and  it  will  be 
even  better  and  safer  to  prevent  mixture  or  confusion;  if 
each  tumbler  has  a  label  affixed  to  it,  bearing  the  number 
of  the  Specific  which  it  contains. 

This  alternation  of  remedies  is  a  favorite  mode  of  treat- 
ment, and  may  be  resorted  to  when  all  the  symptoms  do 
not  seem  to  be  met  by  one  remedy;  or,  when  really  two 
diseases  may  be  present  at  the  same  time,  as  for  instance: 
cough  and  fever;  catarrh  and  dyspepsia;  leucorrhoea 
and  constipation;  headache  and  dyspepsia.  In  such 
cases  the  two  Specifics  may  be  given  alternately  with  ad- 
vantage. 

^Vhen  we  can  do  so,  it  is  preferable  to  cure  with  a  single 
<?5PEciFic.  In  cases  where  some  symptoms  does  not  seem  to 
be  within  the  range  of  the  remedy,  yet  by  using  it  a  few 
days,  this  symptom  or  complaint  often  disappears  with  the 
main  disease. 

The  best  time  for  taking  medicine  is  in  the  morning 
on  rising  and  washing  the  mouth;  and,  at  night  on  re* 
tiring  to  rest. 


170  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

REPETITION  OF  DOSES. 

The  repetition  of  doses  depends  much  upon  circum- 
stances. In  acute  diseases  anJ  in  argent  cases,  the  Specific 
acts  best  when  dissolved,  and  a  spoonful  given  every  fifteen 
minutes,  half-hour,  hour,  two  or  four  hours,  according  to 
the  urgency  of  the  case,  always  bearing  in  mind  this  rule, 
to  diminish  the  f requeue ij  of  the  doses  in  proportion  as  the  pa-- 
tient  improves,  and  to  discontinue  the  Specific  altogether  as 
soon  as  entire  relief  is  afforded.  In  most  cases  of  chronic 
disease,  a  dose  morning  and  at  night  will  be  sufficient,  or 
at  most,  three  or  four  times  a  day.  In  very  many  cases  a 
dose  once  per  day  is  quite  sufficient,  and  better  than  if 
more  frequent.  It  is  not  the  quantity  or  frequency  of 
doses  so  much  as  the  appropriateness  of  the  remedy  which 
cures  the  patient;  and  if  a  small  quantity  will  not  cui^e. 
there  is  but  little  hope  of  a  large  one. 


Disease  and  Treatment. 


Fevers  have  usually  a  precursory  stage  of  some  days, 
consisting  of  depression,  pain  in  the  limbs,  headache, 
coated  tongue,  turns  of  vertigo,  loss  of  appetite,  or  general 
lassitude.  After  this  there  is  either  a  cold  chill  or  chilliness 
for  a  day  or  two,  which  is  followed  by  high  fever,  with 
headache,  sleeplessness,  often  delirium,  full,  quick,  hard 
pulse,  quick  respiration,  vertigo  on  rising  or  sitting  up, 
sometimes  vomiting,  costive  bowels  etc. 

This  stage  continues  some  days,  depending  upon  the 
character  of  the  fever  and  treatment,  after  which,  in  favor* 
able  terminations,  the  pulse  by  degrees  abates,  the  skin 
gradually  becomes  moist,  the  tongue  cleans  off,  appetite 
and  strength  improve,  and  the  patient  becomes  convales- 
cent. 

GENERAL  EULES  IN  THE  TREATIVIENT 

OF  FEVERS. 

Perfect  rest  of  body  and  mind,  freedom  from  care,  an- 
noyance and  anxiety,  as  far  is  possible. 

The  room  should  be  well  ventilated,  aired  and  lighted, 
and  scrupulously  clean. 

The  bed  should  be  a  hair  mattress,  or  a  quilt  doubled  on 


172  DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — ^FEVERS. 

a  straw  or  other  bed,  and  the  bed  linen  frequently  aired 
and  changed. 

Pure  cold  water  should  be  used  as  drink,  and  the  face, 
hands  and  body  should  be  frequently  sponged  off  witii 
tepid  or  cool  water. 

Toast  water,  gruel,  barley  or  rice  water  may  be  used  ae 
drink  after  the  fever  has  a  little  abated,  or  drink  may  be 
made  of  any  mild,  fresh  or  dried  fruits,  except  when  ther(? 
is  diarrhoea,  when  fruit  drinks  should  be  avoided. 

Gradually  a  more  substantial  diet  may  be  allowed,  be- 
ginning with  baked  apples,  bailed  rice,  toast  bread,  jellies, 
meat  soups,  clam  soup,  fresh  fish,  and  yet  more  substantial 
articles  of  food  during  convalescence. 

Varieties  of  Fever  are  not  always  sharply  defined,  and 
not  unfrequently  a  fever  assumes  a  particular  character  in 
its  progress,  or  begins  in  one  form  and  changes  into  an- 
other. 

ERETHIC  OR  SIMPLE  FEVER. 

Symptom. — ^Is  usually  ushered  in  by  chills  or  alternate 
chills  and  flushes,  followed  by  burning  heat  and  dryness  ol 
the  skin;  full,  quickened  pulse,  dryness  of  mouth,  lips  and 
tongue,  the  tongue  being  red,  or  coated  white,  thirst,  high' 
colored,  scanty  urine;  and  constipation.  Sometimes,  pains 
in  loins,  headache,  loss  of  appetite,  hurried  breathing, 
delirium — the  symptoms  being  generally  more  severe  at 
night.  Profuse  perspiration,  bleeding  of  the  nose,  diarrhoea, 
or  eruptions  on  body,  are  generally  signs  of  the  decline  of 
the  fever — and  the  patient  is  left  weak,  but  otherwise  well. 

The  fever  lasts  from  one  to  three  days,  or  longer.  When 
its  symptoms  disappear  in  12  or  24  hours,  it  is  called 
ephemeral  fever — but  it  may  be  the  precursor  of  more 
serious  disorder. 

Treatment. — Give  the  Fever  Sp^^cific,  No.  One^  twelve 


HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR  173 

pellets  dissolved  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  a 
spoonful  every  half-hour  during  the  violence  of  the  chill 
and  fever,  and  then  as  the  heat  and  uneasiness  abate  and 
per^^^piration  appears,  give  at  intervals  of  an  hour  or  two 
hours  until  entirely  cooled  off,  and  convalescence  is 
established.  This  usually  requires  but  a  day  or  two,  when 
the  patient  may  be  dismissed. 


INFLAMSIATOEY  FEVER 

Symptoms. — This  form  of  fever  commences  with  a  chill 
of  some  duration,  followed  by  high  fever,  strong,  quick 
pulse,  burning  heat,  red  face,  severe  headache,  hurried 
respiration,  thirst,  tossing  and  sleeplessness.  The  symp- 
toms are  worse  in  the  evening  and  are  better  after  mid- 
night and  towards  morning.  It  may  continue  ten  or  four- 
teen days,  unless  cut  short  by  the  Specific  treatment;  and, 
if  mismanaged  by  active  cathartics,  may  readily  run  into 
some  grade  of  slow  fever. 

It  is  caused  by  sudden  check  of  perspiration,  exposure  to 
cold  damp  winds,  intense  mental  emotions,  high  living,  or 
mismanaged  febrile  attacks.  It  generally  appears  in  per- 
sons of  adult  age,  full  habit  and  sanguine  temperament. 

Treatment. — In  this  form  of  fever  only  the  Fever  Specific 
No.  One  is  required.  Dissolve  twelve  pellets,  in  six 
large  spoonsful  of  water  in  a  glass;  and  of  the  fluid  give  a 
large  spoonful  every  hour,  or  even  every  half  hour,  at  first, 
and  so  continue  giving  a  spoonful  at  intervals  of  an  hour 
during  the  height  of  the  fever;  and  at  longer  intervals  as 
the  surface  cools  off  and  the  surface  grows  moist,  until  the 
full  crisis  appears  and  the  disease  is  subdued. 

Sponge  off  the  hands  and  face,  and  even  the  surface  of 
the  body,  frequently  during  the  dry,  burning  heat,  and  after 
sweating;  and  at  first  during  the  chill,  or  if  the  feet  are  in- 


174  disease:  and  treatment. — ^fevers. 

clined  to  be  cold,  or  head  very  hot,  a  hot  foot-bath  will  be 
of  advantage.  This  treatment  will  generally  promptly 
relieve  and  gradually  arrest  its  progress.  After  the  fevej- 
has  subsided,  the  Specific  No.  Ten^  six  pellets  four  times 
jper  day,  should  be  given  for  some  days,  to  complete  the  cure 

BILIOUS  OE  GASTEIC  FEVEE,  EEMITTENT  FEVER 

These  fevers  generally  originate  in  some  derangement  of 
the  stomach  or  digestive  organs,  or  from  malaria.  In  the 
origin  and  progress  of  the  disease  the  derangement  of  the 
biliary  or  gastric  system  is  prominent.  It  has  kss  of  the 
violent  heat  and  inflammatory  action  than  the  fever  so 
named,  and  yet  not  so  much  of  nervous  prostration  and 
debility,  as  in  typhoid  fevers.  The  bilious  form  is  more 
common  in  warm  or  hot  climates  and  in  the  hot  season,  than 
in  the  more  temperate  regions,  while  the  gastric  fever  is 
common  in  more  Northerly  regions. 

It  may  be  occasioned  by  great  heat  and  excessive  perspi- 
ration, which  is  suddenly  checked;  or  by  irritating  sub- 
stances taken  into  the  stomach:  or  even  bv  violent  emotions 
such  as  anger,  grief  or  care,  or  other  excitement  acting 
upon  an  irritable  temperament,  or  in  common  with  othe^ 
causes. 

Symptoms. — It  has  a  precursory  stage,  marked  by  decided 
gastric  or  biliary  derangement,  headache,  coated  tongue, 
bitter  or  foul  taste,  deficient  appetite  and  general  depres- 
sion. After  this  there  is  a  more  or  less  prolonged  chill, 
followed  by  sharp,  pungent  heat  of  the  hands,  face  and 
surface,  violent  headache  in  the  forehead,  frequently  de- 
lirium  at  night,  sense  of  weight  and  fulness  in  the  region 
of  the  stomach,  nausea  and  inclination  to  vomit,  belching 
up  of  wind,  and  vomiting  of  acid  bile  or  of  mucus  mixed 
with  bile,  tongue  thickly  coated  dirty  yellow,  bowels  are 
frequently  tender  and  at  first  constipcA-led,  afterwai'ds  ten- 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOE.  175 

dency  to  diarrhoea.  The  face  is  pale  and  sickly,  white  of 
the  eyes  more  or  less  yellow,  pulse  quick,  tense,  sometimes 
intermitting,  and  the  urine  is  dark,  cloudy,  often  thick  and 
turbid.  The  more  the  liver  is  implicated,  the  more  yellow 
the  surface,  the  whites  of  the  eyes,  and  the  darker  the  urine 
and  more  yellow  and  thick  coated  the  tongue. 

The  fever  is  subject  to  distinct  remissions,  coming  on 
after  a  slight  perspiration,  and  after  some  hours  the  fever 
recommences  again  and  there  may  be  a  succession  of  these 
remissions;  the  more  distinct  they  are,  the  more  favorable 
for  the  patient.  This  fever  is  inclined  to  terminate  in  the 
intermittent  form,  or  fever  and  ague. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  One  and  the  Specific  No. 
Ten  are  the  proper  remedies  in  this  form  of  fever.  Pre- 
pare twelve  or  fourteen  pellets  of  each  number  in  separate 
glasses,  half  full  of  pure  water;  and,  give  for  the  first  twelve 
hours,  and  until  the  force  of  the  fever  has  somewhat  abated, 
the  Specific  No.  One^  a  spoonful  every  hour.  After  that, 
give  the  two  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Ten^  alternately, 
at  intervals  of  one  or  two  hours,  according  to  the  heat  and 
intensity  of  the  fever,  and  continue  these  until  the  violence 
of  the  disease  is  broken;  then  at  longer  intervals,  until  a 
cure  is  established. 

Should  a  diarrhoea  come  on  and  threaten  to  become  ex- 
hausting, suspend  the  use  of  the  Specific  No.  Ten,  and  in 
place  of  it  give  the  Specific  No.  Four,  until  the  diarrhoea 
has  abated,  and  then  go  on  again  as  before. 

Should  the  disease  terminate  in  a  regular  Intermittent 
Fever,  give  the  Specific  No.  Sixteen  alternately  with  Spe- 
cific No.  Ten  every  three  hours,  in  solution,  until  the  di« 
sease  is  cured. 

In  the  invasive  stage,  before  the  fever  has  declared  itself, 
six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Ten,  taken  dry  on  the  tongue, 
three  times  a  day,  will  correct  the  action  of  the  stomach 
and  liver,  and  arrest  the  entire  disease. 


l76  DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FEVERS 


TYPHUS  FEVER 

Typhus  Fever  is  defined  as  an  acute  specific  form  of  fever 
highly  contagious  and  infectious,  continuing  from  fourteen 
to  twenty  one  days,  attended  with  a  lethargic  and  confused 
condition  of  mind,  an  eruption  of  measles-like  appearance, 
and  is  the  result  of  privation,  overcrowding  and  defective 
ventilation. 

Symptoms. — The  precursory  stage  varies,  but  is  usually 
short,  so  that  the  patient  generally  gives  up  and  takes  to  his 
bed  within  the  first  three  days,  in  marked  contrast  with  the 
protracted  invasive  stage  of  Enteric  Fever.  Sensations  of 
uneasiness,  soreness  or  fatigue,  loss  of  appetite,  frontal 
headache,  and  disturbed  sleep,  are  the  early  symptoms. 
The  patient  is  often  seized  with  a  cold  chill  or  rigor,  usually 
succeeded  by  dry  heat  of  the  skin,  thirst,  quick  pulse, 
white,  dry,  often  tremulous  tongue,  scanty  and  high  colored 
urine,  sometimes  vomiting,  heavy  look  or  stupor,  prostration 
of  strength  and  muscular  pains:  towards  evening  there  is 
more  irritability  and  restlessness,  and  if  sleep  occurs  it 
is  unrefreshing,  being  disturbed  by  dreams  and  sudden 
starts. 

The  general  appearance  of  a  Typhus  fever  patient  is 
well  marked  and  affords  a  ready  means  of  diagnosis.  The 
patient  usually  lies  on  his  back,  with  a  weary  and  dull  ex- 
pression of  his  face,  his  eyes  heavy  and  with  a  dusky  flash 
spread  uniformly  over  his  cheeks.  In  the  more  advanced 
stage  of  a  severe  attack  he  lies  with  his  eyes  shut  or  half 
shut,  moaning,  and  too  prostrate  to  answer  questions,  to 
put  out  his  tongue  or  to  move  himself  in  bed;  or  the  mouth 
is  clenched,  the  tongue  and  hands  tremble  and  the  muscles 
are  twitching  and  half  rigid,  and  the  weakness  extreme,  so 
that  he  constantly  slips  down  in  the  bed.  The  dryness  of 
the  mouth,  the  sordes  on  the  teeth  and  lips,  the  hot  dry 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 


17 


skin    and   the    deafness,    are    symptoms    which  impress  a 
careful  observer  at  once.* 

During  the  first  week  the  patient  complains  of  headache 
and  noises  in  the  ears  and  subsequently  deafness;  the  con- 
junctiva are  injected,  pupils  of  the  eyes  contracted  and 
painfully  sensitive  to  light,  and  often  in  consequence  closed. 


*  It  is  well  to  note  some  of  the  characteristic  differences  between 
the  Typhus,  and  the  Enteric  or  Typhoid  Fever  as  follows: 


TYPHUS. 

1.  Comes  on  quickly. 

2.  Occurs  at  any  age. 

3.  Is    rare    among     the     better 

classes,  except  from  con- 
tagion. 

4.  The  eruption  is  of  a  mulberry 

color,  comes  out  the  fourth 
or  fifth  day,  first  on  the  ex- 
tremities, and  lasts  through 
the  disease. 

5.  The  brain  is  chiefly  affected; 

bowels  usually  natural  and 
the  evacuations  dark,  but 
never  bloody. 


6.  There  is   a  dusky  blush   on 

the  face,  neck  and  shoul- 
ders; injected  eyes,  con- 
tracted pupils. 

7.  Runs  its  course  in  fourteen 

to  twenty-one  days. 

8.  Relapses   are  of   rare   occur- 

rence. 

9.  Tendency     to    death     is    by 

Coma,  (Stupor),  or  Pul- 
monary Congestion. 

10.  Arises  from  destitution,  over- 
crowding, defective  ven- 
tilation; and  spreads  by 
contagion. 


ENTIRIC. 

1.  Commences   slowly    and    in- 

sidiously. 

2.  Most  common  in  youth  and 

childhood, 

3.  Is  as  common  among  the  rich 

as  the  poor. 

4.  The   eruption  is  in   rose  co- 

lored spots,  few  in  num- 
ber, generally  on  the  ab- 
domen, and  appears  in 
successive  crops. 

5.  The  bowels  chiefly  affected, 

evacuations  dark  yellowish, 
brown  and  watery;  some- 
times with  hoemorrhage  or 
even  ulceration  of  intestine 
and  the  abdomen  is 
tumid. 

6.  The     expression     is     bright, 

with  a  hectic  blush,  lim- 
ited to  the  cheeks;  and 
pupils  dilated. 

7.  Continues  from   four   to   six 

weeks. 

8.  Relapses  are  of  frequent  oc- 

currence. 

9.  Tendency    to     death     is    by 

Exhaustion,  Pneumonia, 
Hemorrhage,  or  perforation 
of  the  intestine. 
10.  Arises  from  bad  drainage  or 
poisoned  drinking  water; 
decomposed  animal  mat- 
ter; often  with  defective 
rain  fall,  or  deficient 
ozone. 


178  DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FFVERS. 

He  becomes  irritable,  and  his  answers  are  short  and  fretful. 
Usually,  from  the  fourth  to  the  eighth  day,  the  mind  passes 
from  the  state  of  excitement  to  one  of  delirium.  This 
symptom  appears  earlier  and  is  more  severe  in  persons  in 
the  higher  walks  of  life,  doubtless  in  consequence  of  the 
greater  activity  of  their  brain.  This  is  especially  the  case 
with  confusion  of  ideas  as  to  time  and  place,  persons  and 
personal  identity,  with  vague  rambling  talk,  of  wdiich 
occasionally  he  seems  conscious,  and  from  w^hich  he  can  be 
roused.  Later,  the  delirium  may  become  active  and  mania- 
cal, or  low  and  muttering.  The  patient  often  fancies  he  is 
two  or  three  persons,  and  the  subject  of  a  series  of  miseries 
and  violence;  confined  in  a  dungeon,  pursued  by  enemies 
from  whom  he  vainly  flies,  or  wdth  whom  he  struggles;  and 
he  attempts  to  spring  from  the  bed,  to  reach  the  door  or 
window  to  escape  from  his  tormentors;  sometimes  the  de- 
lirium passes  into  a  heavy  sleep,  or,  with  tremulousness  of 
the  tongue  and  hands  and  twitching  of  the  muscles  {sub- 
sultus  tendinum) ;  bu"*"  in  favorable  cases  it  subsides  in  two 
or  three  days.  Improvement  sometimes  sets  in  quite  sud- 
denly. Between  the  thirteenth  and  seventeenth  days  the 
patient  may  fall  into  a  long,  deep  and  quick  sleej),  awaking 
in  twelve  or  more  hours  quite  refreshed.  The  powers  of 
mind  begin  again  to  dawn,  the  countenance  assumes  a  more 
tranquil  aspect,  sleep  becomes  natural  and  at  length  con- 
valescence is  fully  established.  Diarrhoea  sometimes  occurs 
and  at  others  the  bowels  are  confined;  the  evacuations  are 
natural  or  dark,  in  contrast  with  the  dark  yellow  stools  of 
Enteric  Fever,  or  they  may  be  involuntary. 

The  Pulse  in  Typhus  is  rarely  less  than  100  and  rises 
from  that  to  130  per  minute.  The  last,  in  adults,  indicates 
great  danger  As  a  rule  it  gradually  increases  up  to  the 
ninth  or  twelfth  day,  and  then  in  favorable  cases  under- 
goes a  somewhat  sudden  decline.  Such  cases  generally 
recover.     On  the  other  hand  departures  from  the  gradual 


HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.  179 

rise  of  the  pulse  indicate  complications  or  dangerous  symp- 
toms. In  fatal  cases  the  pulse  usually  grow  more  and  more 
rapid,  weaker  and  smaller  up  to  the  fatal  hour.  The 
earliest  glimpse  of  dawning  convalescence  is  shown  in  the 
pulse.  If  the  pulse  is  fairly  on  the  decline  and  especially 
if  also  stronger  and  fuller,  recovery  may  be  confidently 
predicted.  The  crisis  of  Typhus  is  often  only  indicated  by 
the  fall  in  temperature,  indicated  by  the  thermometer  and 
the  decline  of  the  pulse  after  having  reached  its  maximum. 
There  may  be  no  marked  perspiration,  no  critical  diarrhoea, 
or  marked  alteration  of  urine  or  other  noticeable  phenomena 
of  any  kind  beside. 

The  Eruption  appears  between  the  fourth  and  seventh 
days,  and  consists  of  irregular  slightly  elevated  spots  of  a 
mulberry  hue,  which  disappear  on  pressure,  and  may  be 
scattered  singly  and  minute,  or  numerous  and  large,  or 
running  together.  They  usually  first  appear  on  the  ab- 
domen and  afterwards  on  the  extremities.  They  at  first 
disappear  under  pressure  of  the  finger,  but  afterwards 
remain  permanent,  and  in  fatal  cases  remain  after  death. 

The  ODOR  of  a  Typhus  patient  is  characteristic;  offensive, 
pungent,  ammonical.  Nurses  are  able  thus  to  recognise  the 
disease  and  grade  the  degree  of  danger  by  the  smell. 

The  nervous  symptoms  predominate  in  Typhus,  as  the 
poison  chiefly  acts  through  the  nervous  system.  Hence, 
extreme  restlessness,  ringing  in  the  ears,  low  delirium  or 
stupor  are  invariably  present.  In  fatal  cases,  about  the 
ninth  or  tenth  day,  delirium  merges  into  profound  coma, 
or  the  condition  known  as  "coma  vigil"  comes  on.  The 
patient  lies  on  his  back,  eyes  wide  open,  awake  but  insen- 
sible or  indifferent  to  every  thing  around  him,  his  mouth 
partly  open,  face  expressionler>s,  and  incapable  of  being 
roused.  The  stools  and  urine  are  j)^ssed.  involuntarily. 
Finally  the  breathing  becomes  nearly  insensible,  the  pulse 
rapid,  feeble,  or  imperceptible  and  the  transition  from  life 


180  DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FEVERS. 

to  death  occurs  without  a  gleam  of  returning  conscious- 
ness. 

Unfavorable  Indications. — Early,  furious  and  persistent 
delirium,  v^ith  complete  sleeplessness;  coma  vigil;  convul- 
sions;  involuntary  twitching  of  the  muscles  of  the  face  and 
arms;  abundant,  persistent,  dark  rash;  dusky  countenance, 
livid  surf  ace ;  involuntary  persistent  diarrhoea;  suppression 
of  urine;  brown  hard  tremulous  tongue;  temperature  up  to 
IDS'*  or  higher;  sudden  and  considerable  rise  of  temperature 
in  the  third  week;  a  small,  weak,  or  imperceptable  pulse,  at 
or  above  120'';  bed  sores,  inflammatory  or  erysipelatous 
swellings;  a  strong  presentiment  of  death.  The  prognosis 
is  more  favorable  in  children  from  ten  to  fifteen  years  of 
age,  and  least  favorable  in  adults  over  fifty. 

Causes. — Omrcrowdiny  ivith  defective  ventilation,  destitution 
and  want  of  cleanliness. — It  is  often  the  scourge  of  the  poor 
of  large  towns;  too  many  occupants  in  rooms,  too  many 
houses  in  circumscribed  space,  and  hence  imperfect  ven- 
tilation of  streets  and  dwellings.  Privation,  famine  from 
failure  of  crops,  commercial  distress,  strikes,  hardships,  all 
undermine  the  constitution  and  predispose  to  Typhus. 
Dirty  dwellings,  filthy  clothes,  personal  squalor,  are  favor- 
ing conditions.  There  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  poison 
is  chiefly  transmitted  by  exhalations  from  the  lungs  and 
skin,  which,  being  inhaled,  find  ready  access  to  the  blood. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Fourteen 
are  tlie  remedies  proper  for  Typhus  or  Typhoid  Fever.  Dis- 
solve twelve  or  more  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One  in  six  large 
spoonsful  of  pure  water  of  which  give  a  spoonful  every  two 
hours.  Prepare  also  in  a  separate  glass,  with  separate 
spoon,  the  Specific  No.  Fourteen  in  the  same  manner. 
Give  a  spoonful  once  in  two  hours,  for  the  first  twenty  four 
hours,  and  when  the  heat  and  fever  are  high,  the  Specific 
No.  One  should  only  be  given.  But,  after  the  first  two  or 
three  days  the  two  Specifics  had  better  be  given  in  alter- 


HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.  181 

nation,  one  dose  (a  large  spoonful  for  adults  or  a  teaspoon- 
ful  for  children)  once  in  two  hours,  except  when  the  patient 
is  sleeping  quietly.  The  medicine  should  be  prepared  fresh 
every  day.* 

As  ACCESSORY  MEASURES. — In  no  other  form  of  fever  is  it  so 
necessary  to  have  the  patient  in  a  large,  well  ventilated 
room,  with  an  abundance  of  fresh  pure  air.  Have  frequent 
changes  of  the  personal  and  bed  linen  and  of  the  posture  of 
the  patient,  to  prevent  congestion  and  bed  sores.  Food  and 
beverages  should  be  given  often  and  in  small  quantities, 
at  regular  intervals,  including  water,  milk  and  water,  toast 
water,  w^eak  tea,  broth,  and  beef  tea.  The  tendency  to 
death  is  from  exhaustion,  and  hence  the  patient  should  have 
often  small  quantities  of  nourishing  food;  or,  if  the  prost- 
ration is  great,  with  irregular  circulation  or  complications, 
wine  or  brandy  should  be  given  also.  Frequently  sponge 
the  hands  and  face,  and  occasionally  the  entire  body. 
Keep  the  patient  quiet,  and  nurse  him  patiently. 

As  Prevf:ntives. — Those  in  the  house,  and  those  espe- 
cially attending  the  patient,  should  take  care  to  avoid  the 
contagion.  To  this  end,  fresh  air,  abundant  ventilation 
and  cleanliness  are  of  the  first  importance.  Persons  in 
attendance  should  avoid  the  breath,  and  exhalations  from 
the  body  on  opening  the  bed-clothes,  as  far  as  possible,  and 
the  odor  of  the  discharges.  These  should  be  at  once  re- 
moved and  the  vessels  cleansed  with  hot  water.  Nurses 
should  not  be  overworked,  deprived  of  rest  or  fresh  air;  and 
friends  not  be  worn  down  by  watching,  care  and  anxiety. 
They    should    also    take    as    preventives   or    prophylaxes, 


*  Should  a  diarrhoea  set  in  with  frequent  loose  stools,  give  the 
Specific  No.  Foul-,  six  pellets  every  two  hours,  in  alternation  with 
the  Specific  No.  One;  or  should  the  evacuations  be  profuse  and 
watery,  attended  with  prostration,  the  Specific  No.  Six  will  be  better 
than  the  Specific  No.  Four,  and  should  be  fjiven  in  its  stead  aJone  if 
there  is  no  fever,  or  in  alternation  with  Specific  No.  One  if  there  is 
still  considerable  fever. 


182  DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FEVERS 

six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One^  four  times  per  day.  As 
additional  means,  the  room  should  be  renovated  by  white- 
washing the  walls,  washing  the  woodwork  with  soap  and 
water,  and  the  bed-clothes  and  linen  should  be  washed  in 
water  to  which  some  chloride  of  lime  has  been  added 


ENTEEIC,  OK  TYPHOID  EEVER 

This  Fever,  so  called  because  the  chief  pathological 
changes  are  in  the  bowels,  is  a  continued  and  slightly  in- 
fectious fever,  lasting  some  twenty-eight  days  and  even 
longer,  having  a  few  rose-colored  dots  on  the  chest,  ab- 
domen or  back,  and  attended  with  great  feebleness,  ab- 
dominal pains  or  tenderness,  and  diarrhoea,  which  increases 
with  the  disease,  the  discharges  being  copious,  liquid,  of 
a  light  ochre  color,  putrid  and  often  containing  decomposed 
blood. 

Although  the  words  Typhus  and  Typhoid  are  similar, 
ind  the  two  diseases  have  many  symptoms  in  common, 
^hey  are  essentially  different,  and  some  considerations 
make  it  desirable  that  the  distinction  should  be  early 
understood.  Thus,  the  causes  are  different  and  suggest 
different  sanitary  regulations.  Enteric  is  less  contagious 
than  Typhus,  and  the  tendency  to  a  fatal  issue  varying,  the 
treatment  should  be  regulated  accordingly;  and  if  the 
Enteric  Fever  be  not  early  recognized,  the  patient  may 
persist  in  his  usual  occupation  at  a  time  when  rest  in  bed 
would  save  his  strength  and  moderate  the  force  of  the 
disease.  For  these  reasons,  it  is  wise  to  study  the  symptoms 
in  the  light  of  the  tabulated  differential  diagnosis  given 
under  the  section  on  Typhus  Fever,  page  174. 

Cause. — It  is  the  generally  admitted  theory,  that  Enteric 
or  Typhoid  Fever  is  caused  by  human  or  otlier  excremen- 
titious   matter,    percolating   the  soil    and   thus    poisoning 


I 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR.  183 

the  drinking  water,  or  directly  contaminating  the  spring, 
well,  or  other  water  supply,  by  overflow  or  defective  con- 
duct; or,  from  gases  arising  from  such  decomposing  matter 
being  carried  or  sucked  up  in  the  dwelling  by  imperfectly 
trapped  plumbing;  and  such  poison  becomes  the  more  in- 
tense and  deadly,  if,  with  the  usual  fecal  matter  there  is 
mingled  the  excrement  of  the  sick  of  this  disease.  So  poison- 
ous is  such  matter  that  it  has  been  known  to  contamin- 
ate a  stream  of  water,  so  that  milk  pans  washed  in  such 
a  stream,  a  long  distance  below  the  point  where  it  was 
poisoned,  have  conveyed  the  disease  in  the  milk  carried 
in  such  vessels  to  numbers  of  healthy  persons.  Without 
discussing  the  question,  whether  the  poison  of  Enteric 
Fever  is  sometimes  or  often  generated  anew  by  the  de- 
composition of  sewage  matter;  or,  whether  every  case  of 
Enteric  Fever  is  derived  directly  from  some  ancestrally- 
descended  and  far-wandering  germ,  which  by  some  secret 
or  obvious  means  has  gained  access  to  sewer  or  cesspool  and 
thus  formed  the  nidus  of  the  poison,  on  one  point  all  are 
agreed,  namely,  that  the  poison  is  thus  conveyed,  and  hence 
all  are  concerned  alike  in  the  necessity  of  eliminating  the 
poison  from  our  air,  our  ivater  and  our  milk. 

The    chief   sources   of    water   pollution    are    as   follows: 

1.  surface  wells,  or  springs,  which  are  supplied  by  water 
filtered    through  cesspools,    burying-yards  or  barn-yards; 

2.  the  connection  of  drinking-water  cisterns,  with  the  soil 
pipe,  or  at  the  sewer  pipe  with  a  water  pipe,  which  also 
serves  as  an  air  shaft,  by  which  means  the  sewer  gases  rise 
into  and  are  dissolved  by  the  water  we  drink;  3.  the  poU 
iution  of  the  air  of  our  houses  by  sewage  products,  through 
openings  defectively  "trapped";  and  which  thus  pour  their 
disease-producing  gases  slowly  into  our  chambers,  in  which 
(especially  in  winter)  the  greater  rarification  of  the  at- 
mosphere tends  to  draw  said  gases.  Heated  rooms  and 
lights  in  the  winter  season,  when  outer  doors  are  closed. 


184  DISEASE  A2iD  TREATME^^T. Fi^ERS. 

thus  form  a  sort  of  pump,  lessening  the  pressure  upon 
the  water  traps;  and  bringing  the  sewer  gases  or  products 
of  decomposition  into  our  dwellings.  Thus  thousands  of 
families  living  in,  so  called,  good  dwellings,  are  habitu- 
ally breathing  a  contaminated  atmosphere. 

Syiviptoms. — These  may  be  conveniently  divided  into 
1.  the  period  of  accession  and  2.  the  three  weekly  periods. 

Unless  the  poison  is  very  concentrated  there  is  a  period 
of  incubation,  varying  from  seven  to  fourteen  days,  after 
which  the  disease  sets  in  slowly  and  insidiously.  The 
patient  becomes  languid  and  indisposed  to  exertion;  is 
chilly  and  unwilling  to  leave  the  fire;  the  back  aches  and 
the  legs  tremble;  the  appetite  fails  and  there  may  be  even 
nausea  and  stomach  sickness;  the  tongue  is  white,  the 
breath  offensive  and  often  the  throat  is  sore;  the  bowels 
are  generally  relaxed;  the  pul  e  is  quickened  and  sleep 
disturbed.  These  symptoms  gradually  increasing,  the 
patient  will  probably  have  rigors  succeeded  by  increased 
heat,  severe  headache  and  such  muscular  debility  that  he 
takes  to  his  bed.  This  is  the  accession.  The  course  of  the 
fever  may  now  be  divided  into  three  weekly  periods. 

First  Week. — The  more  prominent  symptoms  are :  vascu- 
lar excitement  and  nervous  oppression,  including  a  bound- 
ing pulse,  (90  per  minute),  great  heat  of  skin,  thirst  and  ob- 
scured mental  faculties;  the  patient  cannot  give  a  coherent 
account  of  himself,  complains  of  little  except  his  head,  and 
is  usually  delirious  at  night.  The  abdomen  enlarges,  drum- 
Jike  on  percussion,  and  there  i^  tenderness  and  even  pain 
bn  firm  pressure,  especially  in  the  right  iliac  fossa,  neai 
the  termination  of  the  small  intestine,  and  where  also  a 
peculiar  gurgling  sensation  is  conveyed  to  the  fingers  on 
pressure. 

Second  Week. — The  debility  and  emaciation  become 
more  marked,  the  muscles  as  well  as  the  fat  wasting;  the 
urine  is  scanty  and  heavy,  loaded  with  urea  from  wasting 


HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.  18/5 

of  nitrogenous  tissues.  During  tlie  second  week  there  is 
also  frequent  diarrhoea,  wliicli  usually  increases  to  five, 
six,  or  even  more  stools,  in  the  twenty  four  hours.  The 
peculiar  character  of  the  evacuations  is  marked,  as  fol- 
lows:— Fluidity;  ^ja/e  ochre  or  drab  color]  sickly,  putrid  odor; 
absence  of  bile;  and  a  jlocculent .  debris,  of  disintegrated 
glands  of  the  ilium.  This  debris  may  he  discovered  by 
washing  the  discharges.  It  is  also  noticeable  that,  often 
before  a  patient  takes  his  bed  or  a  decided  looseness  of 
his  bowels  sets  in,  the  feces  are  of  a  light  ochre  color  and 
furnish  the  most  marked  of  the  early  signs  of  Enteric 
fever. 

Third  "Week: — The  debility  and  emaciation  become  ex- 
treme; the  patient  lies  extended  on  his  back,  sinking 
towards  the  foot  of  the  bed,  without  making  an  effort  to 
change  his  position.  There  is  a  bright  or  pinkish  flush 
of  the  cheeks  in  strong  contrast  with  the  surrounding 
pale  skin;  sordes  gather  on  the  mucus  membrane  of  the 
mouth  and  lii:>s;  the  tongue  is  dry  and  brown,  or  red  and 
glazed,  and  often  rough  and  stiff  like  old  leather;  the  urine 
is  frequently  retained,  from  inactivity  of  the  bladder;  the 
feces  pass  without  control;  the  tendons  start,  from  iiTegular 
and  feeble  contraction  of  the  muscles;  the  patient  picks 
vacantly  at  the  bed  clothes,  or  grasps  at  hovering  black 
spots  which  apjoear  to  his  vision;  he  becomes  deaf,  no 
longer  knows  his  friends;  and,  on  recovery  has  little  or  no 
remembrance  of  what  has  at  this  time  occurred,  and  in 
most  cases  the  intellectual  j)owers  will  be  impaired  for 
some  time  after  convalescence. 

In  the  majority  of  fatal  cases  death  occurs  about  the  end 
of  the  third  week;  and  it  is  also  noticeable  that  there  appears 
to  be  but  slight  relation  between  the  general  symptoms  and 
the  ultimate  result,  rendering  the  disease  one  of  great  un- 
certainty and  perplexity. 

The  Eruption. — Frcm  the  seventh  to  the  fourteenth  day 


186 


DISEASE  AND  TEEATMENT. FEVERS. 


the  characteristic  eruption  usually  begins  to  show  itself 
mostly  on  the  sternum  and  epigastrium,  in  the  form  of  rose 
colored  dots,  which  are  few  in  number,  round,  scarcely 
elevated,  and  which  insensibly  fade  into  the  natural  hue  of 
the  surrounding  skin.  The  quantity  of  rash  bears  no  pro- 
portion to  the  severity  of  the  disease. 

This  successive  daily  eruption,  disappearing  on  pressure 
eacn  spot  continuing  visible  for  three  or  four  days  only,  is 
peculiar  to  and  characteristic  of  Tyj^lioid  fever.  The  first 
crop  of  eruption  is  rarely  decisive;  but  successive  crops,  of 
even  not  more  than  two  or  three  spots  each,  remove  all 
doubt.  Sometimes,  cases  occur  in  which  a  single  spot  has 
not  been  detected.  Occasionally,  also,  very  minute  vesicles 
appear,  looking  like  drops  of  sweat,  chiefly  on  the  neck, 
chest  and  abdomen. 

The  Temperature,  as  indicated  by  the  thermometer,  in 
this  fever,  forms  a  very  good  indication  of  the  progress  of 
the  disease.  In  the  acute  specific  fevers  the  elevation  of  the 
temperature  is  abrupt,  while  in  this  fever  it  is  gradual. 
During  the  first  three  or  four  days  almost  the  only  symp- 
tom is  a  gradual  rise  of  temperature,  and  if  by  the  fourth  or 
fifth  day  the  maximum  temperature  be  not  103 — 5  or  104, 
the  disease  is  probably  not  Enteric  Fever;  and,  if  on  the 
first  or  second  day  it  reaches  104,  the  disease  is  some 
other  fever,  as  this  point  is  attained  only  gradually  in  En- 
teric Fever.  Temperature  is  also  an  important  element  in 
the  prognosis,  as  we  have  great  variations  in  this  fever,  it 
being  low  in  the  morning  and  reaching  its  height  in  the 
evening.  The  greater  these  fluctuations  at  the  end  of  the 
second  week,  the  more  favorable  and  shorter  the  attack. 
If  it  falls  considerably  in  the  morning  although  remaining 
high  at  night,  the  prognosis  is  favorable.  But  if  it  remains 
continuously  high  at  the  end  of  the  second  week,  we  may 
predict  a  long  and  severe  attack.  Probably  the  first  indi- 
cation of  improvement  in  cases  of  persistently  high  tem- 


HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.  ±61 

perature  will  in  a  decline  in  the  morning  temperature, 
"^lien  such  a  decline  occurs,  especially  if  repeated  on  sub- 
sequent dayS;  even  though  the  maximum  temperature  in 
the  evening  remains  the  same,  we  may  be  certain  the  fever 
has  begun  to  abate.  True,  a  sudden  fall  of  temperature 
may  result  from  Diarrhoea  or  Hemorrhage — probably  the 
latter,  when  it  occurs  suddenly;  but  usually  other  symptoms 
would  indicate  such  an  occurrence.  Unlike  Typhus  the 
decline  in  this  disease  is  usually  gradual. 

Dangers: — 1.  Hemorrhage. — This  may  occur  from  the  ul- 
cerated patches  of  the  ileum  during  the  separation  of  the 
gland  sloughs,  and  may  be  either  capillary,  or  from  the 
opening  of  a  large  vessel.  The  discharge  of  blood  may  be 
so  great  as  to  be  immediately  fatal  by  sw^ooning,  or  may  be 
remotely  so  by  exhausting  the  patient,  so  that  he  fails  to 
rally  fi'om  it.  Sometimes,  without  any  escape  of  blood 
externally,  the  patient  becomes  suddenly  blanched  and  dies 
in  a  swoon.  In  such  cases  a  post-mortem  examination 
finds  the  intestines  distended  watli  clotted  blood.  2.  Ex- 
kaustion^  from  pjYjfiise  and  persistent  diarrhaia.  3.  Perforation. 
— The  tdceration  may  extend  until  the  coats  of  the  bow^el 
are  perforated,  causing  fatal  Peritonitis:  this  may  happen 
during  the  second  or  third  week,  but  more  commonly 
during  a  prolonged  and  imperfect  convalescence.  Symp- 
toms indicating  its  occurrence,  are:  a  sudden  pain  and 
tenderness  in  \he  abdomen,  with  swelling,  more  or  less 
nausea  and  vomiting,  an  altered  expression  of  the  features, 
and  death  in  one  or  two  days.  4.  Congestion. — The  lungs 
may  become  congested,  giving  rise  to  Bronchitis,  Pleurisy 
with  effusion,  or  Pneumonia;  or,  latent  tubercles  may  be 
called  into  fatal  activity:  in  short,  there  is  a  tendency  to 
congestion  in  the  three  great  visceral  cavities,  the  head,  the 
chest  and  the  abdomen.  5.  BeJapse. — This  may  occur  from 
inattention  to  diet,  or  from  too  soon  abandoning  the  re- 
<5umbent  posture. 


188  DISKiSE  A.ND  TREATMENT.  .—FEVERS. 

As  will  be  inferred,  the  disease  does  not  run  a  uniform 
course,  and  cases  are  recorded  where  a  fatal  termination 
has  occurred  without  the  manifestation  of  any  characteristic 
symptom. 

Treatment: — If  at  all  practicable,  the  case  should  be 
placed  in  the  hands  of  a  competent  medical  man.  Only  in 
his  absence  should  the  amateur  attempt  to  treat  so  serious 
a  disease.  But  the  treatment  should  in  all  cases  commence 
with  the  use  of  Specific  No.  One,  and  this  should  be  our 
main  dependance  throughout  the  disease.  Dissolve  twelve 
pellets  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  large,  if  for  an  adult,  and 
small,  if  for  a  child,  and  of  this  give  a  spoonful  every  hour, 
if  the  fever  is  quite  high,  or  every  two  hours  during  the 
usual  course  of  the  disease.  At  night,  when  the  patient 
sleeps,  do  not  waken  him  to  administer  medicine;  only, 
when  he  wakes,  give  the  medicine  that  may  be  due,  and 
let  two  hours  be  the  usual  interval  between  doses. 

After  the  first  three  or  four  days,  the  disease  not  having 
yielded  to  the  use  of  Specific  No.  Olie^  or  only  having 
been  moderated  by  it,  and  especially  with  increasing  weak- 
ness, brown  or  dryish  tongue,  some  bloating  and  tender- 
ness of  the  bowels,  and  loose,  brownish  stools,  prepare 
Specific  No.  Fourteen  in  the  same  manner  as  the  No. 
One^  and  give  these  two  Specifics,  in  alternation,  at  inter- 
vals of  two  hours;  and  so  continue,  (making  fresh  medicine 
every  day  during  the  entire  course  of  the  disease),  excej)t: 
— should  there  be  excessive  or  exhausting  didrrhoea, 
watery,  brownish,  frequent  stools,  substitute  Specific  No. 
Six  for  the  No.  Olie^  and  so  continue  until  that  condition 
has  been  removed;  and,  should  symptoms  of  Bronchial^ 
or  Pulmonary  Congestion,  or  Pleurisy,  supervene,  substitute 
Specific  No.  Seven  for  either  of  the  others,  and  thus  give 
the  Specifics  No.  Seven  and  No.  One<j  in  alternation,  every 
two  hours,  until  the  danger  has  been  averted. 

Towards  the  close,  the  fever  having  abated,  leaving  great 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR.  18^ 

weakness  of  digestion  as  well  as  physical  and  mental  de- 
bility, the  Specific  No.  Ten  may  be  used  with  excellent 
advantage,  either  alone,  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Four- 
teen. 

Accessory  Measures. — 1.  The  Room  should,  if  possible,  be 
large  and  well  ventilated,  allowing  the  admission  of  plenty 
of  fresh  air,  and  the  escape  of  tainted  air;  a  hearth  fire 
assists  ventilation.  Remove  all  carpets  and  bed-hangings 
and  unnecessary  furniture.  A  second  couch  or  bed  is  very 
convenient,  and  the  bed  should  be  removed  from  the  wall, 
so  that  the  patient  may  be  readily  changed  from  one  bed 
to  the  other.  Light  from  the  window  should  be  subdued, 
and  all  noise  and  unnecessary  talk  forbidden. 

2.  Rest. — The  patient  should  be  but  little  disturbed  and 
have  complete  physical  and  mental  rest  during  the  entire 
course  of  the  disease.  Often,  unnecessary  or  prolonged 
effort  results  in  impeding  the  cicatrization  of  ulcers,  and  in 
some  instances  results  in  their  extension  and  fatal  per- 
foration. 

3.  Cleanliness. — The  body  and  bed  linen,  including  blan- 
kets, should  be  frequently  changed,  and  all  matter  dis- 
charged from  the  patient  immediately  removed.  The 
mouth  should  be  frequently  washed  with  a  soft,  wet  towel, 
to  remove  the  sordes,  which  gather  in  all  severe  forms  of 
fever.  The  patient's  bod}'  should  be  frequently  as  com- 
pletely sponged  over  as  j)ossible,  with  tepid  or  cold  water, 
as  may  be  most  agreeable  to  the  patient,  and  quickly  dried 
with  a  soft  towel.  If  necessaiy,  sponging  may  be  done 
piece-wise  to  avoid  fatigue.  It  should  never  be  omitted  in 
fevers,  is  grateful  to  the  patient,  soothes  away  restless  feel- 
ings, and  is  indispensable  to  cleanliness;  and  the  water 
acts  as  a  tonic  to  the  relaxed  capillaries  and  also  tends  to 
prevent  bed-sores.  If  bed-sores  have  formed,  they  should 
be  protected  with  Arnica  plaster. 

4.  Hydropathic  Applications. — A  ivei  compress,  made  by  a 


190 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENl. FEVERS, 


folded  towel,  laid  over  the  bowels,  is  of  utility  tending  to 
diminish  diarrhoea,  check  the  spread  of  ulceration,  and  pro- 
mote perspiration.  If  lung  complications  arise  it  may  be 
applied  to  the  chest,  with  benefit. 

5.  Beverages. — At  the  commencement  of  the  fever,  pure, 
cold  water,  toast  water,  gum  water,  slightly  sweetened, 
barley  water,  lemonade,  are  all  that  is  necessary.  Cold 
water  is  of  supreme  importance;  it  lowers  the  excessive 
temperature,  sustains  the  rapid  waste  and  is  a  valuable  ad- 
junct to  the  treatment. 

6.  Diet  and  Stimulants. — In  a  disease,  which  lasts  three 
or  four  weeks,  and  sometimes  five  or  six,  and  in  which  the 
waste  of  tissue  is  great,  and  when  common  food  cannot  be 
taken,  it  is  a  matter  of  first  importance,  to  supply  the 
patient  with  appropriate  nourishment,  lest  he  may  sink  be- 
fore the  disease  has  completed  its  course.  The  following 
points  require  attention:  Patients  often  are  unable  to 
swallow  or  relish  food  in  consequence  of  the  dry  and 
shrivelled  state  of  the  tongue.  Thence  it  is  necessary,  fre- 
quently, to  moisten  the  lining  membrane  of  the  mouth, 
with  lemon- juice  and  water,  or  other  acceptable  fluid,  and 
always  before  food  is  taken.  All  the  aliment  given  should 
combine  both  food  and  drink,  in  fluid  or  semi-fluid  form, 
until  recovery  has  fully  set  in.  The  digestive  functions 
being  more  or  less  completely  suspended,  the  nourishment 
given  must  be  that  which  is  most  readily  assimilated.  The 
following  are  among  the  best  forms  of  nutriment: — Milk, 
(a  most  important  article  in  the  treatment  of  all  fever 
patients); iC6c?  milk;  thin  arrow-root  milk]  wine  whey,  (prepared 
by  adding  half  a  pint  of  good  sherry  to  one  pint  of  boiUng 
milk,  and  straining  after  coagulation) ;  blanc  mange  of  isin- 
glass, or  ground  rice  (not  gelatine);  yolk  of  egg,  (beaten  up 
with  a  little  wine,  tea,  cocoa  or  milk) ;  beef -tea,  and  animal 
broths  (slightly  thickened  with  well  cooked  old  rice,  vermi- 
celli isinglass,  or  a  few  crumbs  of  bread) ;  and  in  some  cases 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR.  191 

alcoholic  drinks.  Fruits  are  generally  inadmissable.  A 
little  good  wine,  with  an  equal  quantity  of  water,  may  b€ 
given  every  hour  or  two,  as  the  case  may  require.  Effer 
vescent  wines  must  be  avoided.  But  the  effects  of  wine  oi 
brandy  should  be  carefully  icafched  by  the  attendant,  and  onb' 
given  in  accord  wdth  the  demands  of  the  system,  the  vo- 
lume and  the  form  of  the  pulse  being  the  principal  guide. 
Except  in  small  quantities,  stimulants  are  not  required  by 
children,  or  by  persons,  who  can  take  a  sufficient  amount 
of  food  early  in  the  disease.  On  the  other  hand,  aged  per- 
sons, and  patients  Avho  are  greatly  prostrated,  or  with  cold 
extremities,  and  livid  surface,  almost  invariably  require  al- 
coholic stimulants.  If  stimulants  aggTavate  the  symptoms, 
their  employment  should  be  modified  or  at  once  discon- 
tinued. 

Nourishment  should  also  be  given  with  regularity;  and,  in 
extreme  or  long  continued  cases  of  prostration,  as  often  as 
every  two  hours,  both  day  and  night. 

Fever  patients  should  also  be  watched  day  and  night. 
Both  their  ivants  and  their  safety  demand  it.  In  their  de- 
lirium they  may  get  out  of  bed,  or  even  out  of  the  window, 
and  lose  their  lives  from  the  absence  or  Inattention  of  the 
nurse. 

Moderation  in  Convalescence. — Food  should  only  be  al- 
lowed in  great  moderation,  and  never  to  satiety,  until  the 
tongue  is  clean  and  moist,  and  the  temperature,  pulse,  and 
skin  have  become  natural.  Solid  food,  or  too  hearty  food 
given  too  soon,  may  induce  fresh  irritation  in  an  imperfectly 
healed  ulcer,  inducing  fatal  hemorrhage  or  perforation.  If 
stimulants  have  been  given,  they  should  be  gradually  with- 
drawn, as  the  nutritious  food  is  substituted.  The  craving 
appetite  can  only  safely  be  indulged  when  convalescence  is 
fully  established. 

Change  of  air  for  patients  recovering  from  Enteric  Fever 
cannot    be    over-estimated.      Often   the    entire    system   is 


192 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FEVERS. 


changed  and  youth  is  renewed.  Nothing  gives  so  bene- 
ficial a  direction  to  such  a  change  as  removal  to  some  suit- 
able climate  and  locality.  No  vian  can  be  considered  fit  for 
ivork,  for  three  or  four  months  after  an  attack  of  severe 
Enteric  Fever. 

To  PREVENT  Contagion. — All  discharges  from  fever  patients 
should  be  removed,  on  their  issue  from  the  body,  in  vessels, 
containing  a  concentrated  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc.  All 
tainted  bed  or  body  linen  should,  immediately  on  its  re- 
moval, be  placed  in  water,  strongly  impregnated  with  the 
same  substance.  The  water-closet  should  be  flooded 
several  times  a  day  with  the  same  substance  and  some 
chloride  of  lime,  also,  placed  there.  While  the  icver  lasts, 
the  water-closets  should  only  be  used  for  the  discharges 
from  the  sick,  and  should  be  disinfected  as  above. 


YELLOW  FEVER. 

This  very  destructive  form  of  fever  prevails  in  hot  cli- 
mates, during  the  Summer  season,  in  the  large  cities  and 
towns  on  the  sea  cost,  or  along  the  large  rivers.  It  is 
severe  or  pernicious  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  un- 
drained  land,  marshes,  and  accumulation  of  putrid  filth  or 
refuse  matter  in  its  immediate  vicinity.  It  rarely  springs 
up  spontaneously  unless  germinated  by  masses  of  decayed 
animal  or  vegetable  matter,  but  is  more  commonly  brought . 
in  by  some  one  who  has  it,  and  from  thence  spreads  in  a 
circle  around.  Acclimated  persons,  and  those  who  have 
once  had  it  are  least  liable,  though  not  entirely  exempt. 
The  mortality  is  one-third  under  the  usual  treatment;  but 
much  more  favorable  under  the  Homeoj^athic. 

The  attack  of  Yellow  Fever  is  usually  abrupt.  In  some 
cases  there  may  be  precursors — a  slight  depression,  loss  of 
a-ppetite,  languor,   pain  in  the  head,  and  chilly  sensations 


HOiTEOPATmc  m:entor.  193 

for  a  day  or  two.     This  is  followed  by  a  dull,  or  rigors, 

generally  moderate,  soon  followed  by  intense  fever,  rapid 
pulse,  high  temperature,  headache,  backache,  pain  in  the 
limbs,  and  sometimes  vomiting,  retention  of  urine  and 
costiveness  are  also  present.  The  eyes  are  reddened,  irritable 
and  waterv.     Mind  usuallv  clear,  but  sometimes  delirious.^ 

This  febrile  movement  continues  from  twelve  hours  to 
three  davs.  and  is  followed  bv  a  remission  of  the  fever  or 
abatement  of  all  the  marked  s^Tnptoms,  and  the  patient  and 
friends  often  think  the  disease  is  over,  but  the  lull  is  usu- 
ally decej^tive.  There  remains  a  voracious  appetite,  indi- 
gestion, a  yellowish  tint  in  the  eyes,  and  mental  depression, 
which  are  of  ominous  import.  But  in  mild,  well-managed 
cases,  this  may  be  the  beginning  of  convalescence. 

In  grave  cases,  however,  this  luU  is  deceptive,  and,  after  a 
period  of  a  few  or  even  twenty-four  hours,  ushers  in  the 
third  stage,  or  that  of  collapse. 

The  pulse  falls  to  its  natural  standEird,  or  even  down  to 
forty  or  thirty  per  minute,  and  is  weak  and  easily  com- 
pressed, and  the  surface  is  cooL  There  is  increasing  yel- 
lowness of  the  skin  and  whites  of  the  eyes;  burning  pain  in 
the  throat,  stomach  and  bowels:  dark  colored  urine;  diarr- 
hoea, restlessness;  dehrium;  hiccough,  and  the  much 
dreaded  black  vomit,  (a  fluid  resembling  coffee  grounds,  or 
soot,  or  snuff  suspended  in  water,  and  which  is  really  de- 
composed  blood),  is  from  time  to  time  thrown  up  This  mat- 
ter is  sometimes  ejected  in  quantities  and  with  force;  at 
others  a  mere  regurgitation;  sometimes  acrid.  excori?ting 
the  mouth  and  gums.  The  tongue  is  frequently  reddened, 
dry  and  cracked.  In  advanced  stages  blood-boils  may 
appear,  and  hemorrhage  from  various  parts  or  organs  are 
common.  The  urine  is  suppressed  or  albuminous,  and 
coma  and  convulsions  mav  occur,  and  Kfe  is  terminated 
by  exhaustion  or  syncope.  There  are  occasionally  the  so- 
called  walking  cases,  where  the  patient  does  not  take  to  the 


194 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. ^FEVERS. 


bed  at  all,  but  continues  in  a  half-delirious  state  about  his 
business,  or  moving  around,  until  a  few  hours  before  death. 

Treatment. — As  Preventives,  while  the  disease  is  prevail- 
ing, take  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Olie^  morning  and  after- 
noon, and  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Ten^  at  noon  and  at 
bedtime.  This  should  protect  the  system,  or  render  very 
light  any  attack  which  may  occur. 

When  an  attack  comes  on,  the  patient  should  at  once  re- 
tire to  his  room  and  dissolve  twenty  pellets  of  Specific  No. 
One  in  a  glass  half  full  of  water,  of  which  a  large  spoonful 
should  be  given  every  hour.  This  should  be  cod  tinned 
without  interruption,  except  the  patient  sleeps,  through  the 
entire  first,  or  stage  of  fever. 

When  the  remission  of  fever  comes  on,  making  the  end 
of  the  first,  and  beginning  of  the  second  stage,  the  Specific 
No.  Ten  should  be  dissolved,  twenty  pellets  in  half  a  glass 
of  water,  of  which  a  large  spoonful  should  be  given  every 
two  hours,  alternating  with  No.  One.  This  treatment,  the 
alternation  of  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Ten^  at  intervals 
of  two  hours,  should  be  continued  through  the  entire  course 
of  the  disease,  or  until  the  fever  has  all  disappeared,  and 
there  is  coldness  of  the  surface,  weakness  and  decided 
prostration,  or  appearance  of  black  vomit,  at  which  the  Spe- 
cific No.  Six  should  be  substituted  for  the  No.  One.  The 
Specific  No.  Six  should  be  prepared  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  No.  Ten^  twenty  pellets  in  half  a  glass  of  water, 
of  which  give  a  large  spoonful  at  intervals  of  two  hours, 
first  a  spoonful  of  No.  Six,  and  next  time  of  No.  Ten,  and 
so  on.  The  only  other  medicine  to  be  given  for  the  black 
vomit,  beside  the  Specific  No.  Six,  is  the  Marvel  of  Healing. 
of  which  a  teaspoonful  may  be  given  for  this  decomposed 
hemorrhage,  with  great  benefit,  at  the  intermediate  hour. 
Should  the  urine  become  suppressed,  or  very  scanty,  a  dose 
or  two  of  Specific  No.  Tllirty,  six  pellets  in  a  spoonful  of 
water,  will  soon  relieve.     After  the  vomit  has  been  relieved 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR.  195 

and  convalescence  established,  the  Specific  No.  Ten  may 
be  relied  upon,  given  three  or  four  times  per  day,  for  re- 
storation. 

Accessory  Means. — The  importance  of  cleanliness  in  so 
contagious  and  serious  a  disease  is  apparent.  Discharges 
and  all  soiled  linen  must  be  quickly  removed  and  disin- 
fected, and  the  air  kept  as  fresh  and  untainted  as  possible. 
During  the  chill  give  a  hot  foot-bath,  and,  during  the  heat, 
frequent  spongings  of  the  entire  body  and  limbs  with  tepid 
vinegar  and  water.  The  diet,  during  the  first  stage,  should 
be  simply,  toast-bread,  or  crackers  soaked  in  weak  black 
tea.  In  the  second  stage,  rice,  milk,  and  arrow-root  may 
be  added  to  the  diet;  and  in  the  third,  or  stage  of  prost- 
ration, ice-cream,  champagne,  beef-tea,  or  wine-whey  may 
be  necessary.  The  patient  should  remain  in  bed,  comfor- 
tably but  not  oppressively  clothed,  during  the  entire  course 
of  the  disease. 

I  do  not  recommend,  in  general,  the  treatment  of  such 
formidable  diseases,  as  Typhus,  Cholera,  or  Yellow  Fever, 
by  unprofessional  persons.  But  there  are  times  and  epi- 
demics when  competent  medical  attendance  cannot  be 
obtained,  and  where  these  simple  directions  may  prove 
of  inestimable  value  in  treating  and  arresting  disease  and 
saving  life. 


FEVER  AND  AGUE.— INTERMITTENT  FEVER. 

This  is  an  endemic  disease,  so  called  because  it  is  peculiar 
to  a  particular  locality,  or  country.  Its  exciting  cause  is  an 
exhalation  of  invisible  particles  from  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  known  by  the  name  of  malaria,  or  marsh-miasm.. 
Geographical  evidence  shows  tnat  every  country  is  ma- 
larious in  propoi*tioii  to  the  quantity  of  marshy,  or  un- 
drained  alluvial  soil  it  contains — and   that  its  exemption 


196  HOMEOPATHIC    MEKTOn. 

from  malarial  disease  is  in  direct  ratio  to  the  drainage  and 
cultivation  of  the  soil.* 

Although,  at  present,  ignorant  of  the  special  chemical 
nature  of  this  cerial-poison,  we  know  that  malaria  operates 
according  to  certain  laws,  such  as:  1.  it  spreads  in  the  course 
of  prevailing  winds;  2.  its  progress  is  arrested  by  water, 
especially  by  rivers  and  large  running  streams,  and  by  thick 
rows  of  trees  (particularly  the  Eucalyptus  Globulus — Austra- 
lian Gum-tree ;  and,  probably,  the  sun-flower) ;  3.  it  does  not 
rise  above  the  low  level — its  specific  gravity  being  greater 
than  that  of  atmospheric  air;  4.  it  is  most  pernicious  at 
night. 

This  malaria  affects  most  persons  coming  within  its  in- 
fluence, producing  gastric  and  bilious  disturbance,  coated 
tongue,  bad  taste,  poor  appetite,  costive  bowels,  yellow  or 
earthy  complexion,  and  pain  in  the  back  or  limbs,  and 
a  general  feeling  of  illness. 

This  first  phase  of  Malaria,  unless  cured,  will  develop 
into  an  Intermitting  or  Marsh  Fever;  or,  at  first,  a  Bilious 


*  This,  the  commonly  accepted  view,  must,  perhaps,  be  taken  with 
some  limitations;  for,  in  view  of  recent  and  widely  extended  obser- 
vation both  in  Europe  and  America,  the  production  of  malaria  does 
not  seem  to  be  wholly  confined  to  low-lying,  marshy  districts;  but  is 
found,  under  certain  conditions,  on  elevated  localities.  The  Cam- 
pagna  of  Rome,  so  celebrated  for  its  malariousness,  is,  in  reality,  not 
a  marshy  district;  and  it  maybe  said,  in  general  terms,  that  two  thirds 
of  the  malaria- stricken  districts  of  Italy  are  situated  on  heights. 
And,  again,  malaria  frequently  disappears  from  the  most  pestilential 
marshes  when  they  are  completely  flooded  by  water.  The  fact  seems 
to  be,  that  any  surface-soil,  which  from  any  special  condition  of 
the  sul^-soil,  (such  as  an  impervious  clay  strata)  retains  its  moisture; 
and  to  which  moisture  the  air  can  gain  access,  by  means  of  pores, 
or  crevices,  in  the  surface,  will  develope  malaria.  The  direct  action 
of  the  oxygen  of  the  air  seems  to  be  necessary  to  the  development 
of  the  microscopic  germs  to  which  malaria  is  due;  and,  if  by  cover- 
ing the  soil  with  water,  pavements,  buildings,  etc.,  the  necessary 
supply  of  oxygen  can  be  cut  off — malaria  will  cease.  Vice  versa,  if, 
even  after  the  lapse  of  years  or  of  centuries,  communication  with 
the  outer  air  is  restored,  while  the  other  conditions  remain  the 
SBame,  the  soil  recovers  its  noxious  properties.  The  great  impor- 
tance, therefore,  of  thorough  sub-soil  drainage  is  self-evident. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — FEVERS  197 

Remitting  Fever,  out  of  which  will  form  a  Fever  and  Ague. 

To  CURE  the  Malaria  in  the  system  and  arrest  its  further 
development,  take  simply  in  alternation  the  Specifics  No. 
Ten  and  No.  Sixf  eeil^  a  dose  of  six  pellets  every  three  or 
four  hours,  with  light,  easily  digested  diet,  and  avoid  ex- 
posure to  the  hot  sun  by  day,  or  damp  night  air,  over-fa- 
tigue or  labor.  This  course  in  a  few  days  will  rid  the 
system  of  Malaria,  and  arrest  the  development  of  Fever 
and  Ague  or  Bilious  Fever. 

Definition  of  Fever  and  Ague. — Severe  paroxysms  of 
fever,  each  characterized  by  a  cold,  a  hot,  and  a  sweating 
stage,  between  which  paroxysms  there  is  an  interval  of  com- 
parative health,  during  which  the  patient  seems  almost 
well. 

There  are  tliree  chief  types  of  this  fever:  1.  The  Quotidian, 
with  a  paroxysm  daily,  an  interv^al  of  24  hours,  and  most 
common  in  the  spring;  2.  the  Tertian  with  a  paroxysm 
every  other  day,  an  interv^al  of  48  hours,  and  most  fre- 
quent in  the  Spring  and  Autumn;  3.  the  Quartan^  with  a 
paroxysm  every  third  day,  an  interval  of  72  hours,  and 
most  common  in  the  Autumn.  The  hours  of  the  day  during 
which  the  paroxysms  occur  are  by  no  means  uniform.  The 
Tertian  is,  perhaps,  the  most  frequent,  and  has  the  most 
marked  hot  stage;  but  the  Quartan  is  the  most  obstinate. 
As  a  rule,  the  longer  the  cold  stage,  the  shorter  the  pa- 
roxysm; and  the  shorter  the  intenal,  the  longer  the  pa- 
roxysm. 

Symptoms. — These  may  set  in  suddenly,  or  they  may 
appear  gradually,  until  a  regular  paroxysm  occurs.  The 
fird  stage  comes  on  with  a  feeling  of  debility,  weariness, 
chilliness,  and  rigors;  then  follow  sensations  as  of  cold 
water  trickling  down  the  spine  and  a  shivering  of  the 
whole  body;  the  teeth  chatter,  the  nails  turn  blue,  and  the 
whole  frame  trembles,  often  with  such  violence  as  to  shake 
the  patient's  bed.     The  face  becomes  pale,  the  features  and 


198  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

skin  contracted,  and  the  papillae  of  the  skin  are  rendered 
prominent,  giving  it  the  appearance  described  as  goose-skin^ 
such  as  may  at  any  time  be  produced  by  exposure  to  cold. 
The  countenance  acquires  an  anxious  expression,  the  eyes 
are  dull  and  sunken,  the  pulse  frequent  and  small,  the 
breathing  hurried  and  oppressed,  the  tongue  white,  and  the 
urine  scanty  and  passed  frequently.  After  a  time,  varying 
from  half  an  hour  to  three  or  four  hours,  the  second  or  hot 
stage  comes  on  with  flushings,  until  the  entire  body  be- 
comes hot,  with  extreme  thirst,  fuU  bounding  pulse, 
throbbing  headache^  and  restlessness,  the  urine  being  still 
scanty,  but  high-colored.  At  length,  after  two,  three,  and 
even  six  or  twelve  hours,  the  third  or  perspii^ing  stage  suc- 
ceeds, and  the  patient  feels  much  relieved.  Thirst  dimin- 
ishes, the  pulse  declines  in  frequency,  and  the  appetite 
returns;  at  the  same  time  there  is  a  red  deposit  of  urates  in 
the  urine.  The  perspiration  first  breaks  out  on  the  fore- 
head and  chest,  and  gradually  extends  over  the  entire  sur- 
face; sometimes  it  is  only  slight,  but  at  other  times  it  is 
very  copious,  saturating  the  patient's  linen  and  bed-clothes. 
A  paroxysm  usually  lasts  about  six  hours,  allowing  two 
hours  for  each  stage.  The  period  between  the  paroxysms, 
as  already  explained,  is  called  the  intermission;  but,  by  an 
interval,  is  meant  the  whole  period  or  cycle  between  the  be- 
ginning of  one  paroxysm  and  the  beginning  of  the  next. 

Effects. — From  the  recurrence  of  internal  congestions  in 
each  cold  stage,  the  functions  of  the  liver,  bowels,  and  some- 
times the  kidneys,  are  di'^ordered;  the  patient  becomes 
sallow,  his  limbs  waste,  the  abdomen  is  distended,  and  the 
bowels  are  constipated.  The  spleen  is  especially  liable  to 
be  enlarged.  An  enlarged  spleen  is  popularly  called  ague- 
cake.  **The  heat-generating  power  of  all  victims  to  malaria 
is  impaired;  hence  they  suffer  from  atmospheric  changes, 
of  which  healthy  men  take  no  note"  (Maclean),  Another 
result  is  extreme  liability  to  repeated  attacks;  for  the  di- 


DISEASE  AND  TRKITMENT. FEVERS.  199 

eease  often  leaves  the  body  so  enfeebled,  that  ague  may  be 
reproduced  by  agencies  which,  under  other  circumstances, 
would  produce  no  ill  effects. 

Directions. — As  a  Preventive:  Persons  residing  in  ma- 
larial districts,  or  where  Fever  and  Ague  is  prevalent,  or 
those  traveling  in  such  regions,  along  rivers,  lowlands, 
plains,  or  marshes,  may  be  protected  from  this  disease  by 
simply  taking  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Sixteen  every 
night  and  morning.  If  there  are  symptoms  of  its  approach, 
such  as  depression,  headache,  bad  taste  in  the  mouth, 
chilliness  and  pain  in  the  limbs:  take  six  pills  four  times 
per  day,  and  live  for  some  days  on  very  hght,  easily-di- 
gested food,  avoiding  labor,  over-work  or  fatigue. 

To  Cure  the  Disease:  For  chills  ^vhich  return  every  day: 
take,  two  hours  before  the  chill  is  to  come  on,  six  pellets  of 
Specific  No.  Sixteen^  permitting  them  to  dissolve  in  the 
mouth;  then  during  the  chill  and  heat^  take  every  fifteen 
minutes  a  spoonful  of  Specific  No.  One,  prepared  in  fluid. 
Then,  after  the  chill  and  heat  and  sweat  have  subsided,  go 
on  with  Specific  No.  Sixteen,  of  which  take  six  j^ellets, 
once  in  four  hours,  until  the  next  chill  comes  on,  and  then 
proceed  as  before. 

For  chills  which  return  every  other  day:  take  six  pellets  of 
Specific  No.  Sixteen,  one  houi'  before  the  paroxysm  comes 
on,  also  the  Specific  No.  One  during  the  chill  and  heat  and 
sweat,  and  six  more  pellets  of  No.  Sixteen  after  it  has 
passed  off.  Then  during  the  well  day,  take  six  joellets  once 
in  four  hours.  In  all  other  cases,  take  six  pellets  before 
each  meal  and  at  bed  time.  In  cases,  where  the  digestion 
is  impaired  and  liver  obstructed,  the  use  of  the  Specific  No. 
Ten  and  the  Specific  No.  Sixteen,  in  alternation  every 
three  hours,  is  promptly  efficient  in  arresting  the  chills 
and  curing  the  disease.  After  the  chills  have  subsided, 
take  six  pellets  four  times  per  day,  prepared  in  fluid  as 
above,  for  four  weeks,  to  prevent  a  return  of  the  disease, 


200  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

and  avoid  exposure,  heavy  indigestible  food,  or  severe  labor 
For  children,  give  one-half  as  much  medicine  as  for  adults. 

DUMB  AGUE,  CHILL  FEVER. 

These  are  simply  irregular  forms  of  fever  and  ague,  whose 
type  has  been  broken  by  quinine,  cholagogue  or  other 
drugs,  or  even  by  long  continuance.  The  chill,  heat  and 
sweat  are  irregular  or  mixed;  sometimes  no  chill,  only  long- 
continued  heat,  and  at  others  only  chill  and  long,  lasting 
sweat.  These  are,  in  fact,  not  ague  cases  at  all,  but  simply 
the  dregs  of  previous  over-doses  of  Quinine,  or  Arsenic, 
which,  remaining  in  the  system,  continue  their  work  of 
slow  poisoning. 

Treatment. — Take  the  Specific  No.  Sixteen^  six  pellets 
before  each  meal  and  at  night,  avoiding  taking  them  during 
the  paroxysm,  but  some  little  time  before  and  afterwards. 

If  not  entirely  satisfactory,  after  a  week,  alternate  the 
Specific  No.  Ten  with  the  Specific  No.  Sixteen^  and 
especially  so,  if  the  liver  or  digestion  seems  at  fault. 

OLD  SUPPEESSED  AGUES. 

The  consequences  of  fever  and  ague,  and  the  effects  of 
quinine,  arsenic,  cholagogue,  and  other  pernicious  drugs  so 
often  used  to  suppress  it,  are  often  manifested  by  vertigo 
or  turns  of  dizziness,  ringing  in  the  ears,  deafness,  enlarged 
spleen  or  ague-cake,  swelling  of  the  limbs  or  general 
dropsy,  great  feebleness  and  debility,  coated  tongue,  weak 
digestion  or  liver  complaint.  In  these  bad  complications 
the  cure  may  require  some  time,  but  will  be  perfect  and 
permanent. 

Treatment. — This  condition  requires  the  use  of  the  Specific 
No.  Sixteen^  six  pellets  morning  and  afternoon,  and  the 
use  of  Specific  No.  Ten,  six  pellets  at  noon  and  at  night 
This  course  will  prove  promptly  and  permanently  effectual 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — FEVERS.  201 

FEVERS  OF  CHILDREN. 

Fevers  among  children  of  from  one  to  ten  years  of  age 
are  quite  common,  and  are  often  brought  on  by  over  fa- 
tigue; playing  in  the  heat  of  the  sun;  exposure  in  light  thin 
dress,  or  bare  arms  or  legs,  to  cold,  chilly  winds;  impro2)er 
food,  sweetmeats;  or  the  irritation  of  worms,  provoked  by 
such  food;  or  the  irritation  of  teething. 

Such  fevers  are  manifested  by  heat  of  the  hands  and  sur- 
face, red  face,  or  one  cheek  red  and  the  other  pale,  swelling 
and  throbbing  of  the  veins  of  the  neck,  hot  head,  quick 
pulse,  rapid  breathing,  fretfulness,  and  often  inclination  to 
sleep. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  One  is  only  required. 
Dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  as  many  small  spoonsful  of  water, 
and  of  this  give  every  haK-hour  at  first,  and  then  every 
hour,  a  spoonful,  until  the  disease  is  subdued.  Should  the 
fever  have  been  occasioned  by  indigestible  substances — 
raisins,  oranges  or  sweetmeats — and  the  bowels  be  con- 
stipated, give  an  injection  of  tepid  water,  and  repeat  it  if 
necessary.  And  should  there  be  twitchings  and  startings 
on  going  to  sleep,  thus  indicating  convulsions,  give  two 
pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty-TIiree,  and  repeat  it 
again  after  two  or  three  hours  if  necessary.  Let  the  patient 
drink  moderately  of  water,  and  often  sponge  off  the  body 
with  tepid  water.  Keep  them  on  very  low  diet,  and  quiet, 
until  relieved.  This  is  the  proper  treatment  for  all  forms 
of  fevers,  and  even  inflammation,  in  children. 

SCARLET  FEVER;  SCARLATINA. 

This  is  usually  considered  a  very  formidable  disease,  but 
under  the  mild  and  efficient  system  of  Homeopathic  treat- 
ment, it  has  lost  much  of  its  terror.  True,  sometimes  an 
epidemic  may  pass  over  the  country,  of  unusual  violence 


202  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

which  carries  ofif  quite  a  proportion  of  little  sufferers,  but 
in  general^  under  our  benign  system,  it  passes  as  a  com- 
paratively mild  and  harmless  disease. 

There  are  some  three  varieties,  marking,  in  fact,  degrees 
in  the  severity  of  the  disease,  and  the  degree  of  danger 
likely  to  attend  it. 

In  the  SIMPLE  FORM,  it  commences  with  peevishness 
chilliness,  headache,  nausea  and  vomiting,  after  which  the 
eruption  appears,  first  at  the  face  and  upper  extremities 
and  subsequently  over  the  body;  either  diffused  or  in 
patches,  assuming  a  bright  scarlet  color.  The  breath  is 
offensive,  tongue  coated^  quick  pulse,  high  fever  and  sore- 
ness of  the  throat. 

The  ANGiNosE  variety  has  more  violent  symptoms;  com- 
mences with  vomiting,  which  may  continue  for  hours;  high 
fever,  quick  pulse;  eruption  somewhat  paler  and  in  patches 
or  diffused;  the  tonsils  become  inflamed  and  swelled,  and 
ulcerate;  tongue  dirty-white  or  red;  great  prostration;  after 
some  days  swelling  of  the  glands  of  the  cheek  and  beneath 
the  ear;  the  fever  is  very  high,  and  surface  hot  and  dry, 
and  often  discharge  of  hot  excoriating  mucus  from  the 
nose. 

In  the  MALIGNANT  form,  the  most  violent  symptoms  are 
manifested  about  the  head,  and  it  sometimes  terminates  in 
fatal  congestion  to  the  head  before  the  eruption  has  fully 
made  its  appearance;  in  milder  cases  there  is  constant  vo- 
miting, violent  pain  in  the  head,  stupor  with  half-closed 
eyes,  pale  imperfect  eruption  in  spots,  or  of  brick-dust 
color;  and,  after  these,  excoriating  discharge  from  the  nose. 

In  the  milder  forms  the  eruption  should  begin  to  grow 
pale  and  disappear  in  three  or  four  days,  and  the  fever  and 
sore  throat  abate,  and  the  child  be  well  in  a  week.  But  the 
other  varieties  are  uncertain,  and  may  require  ten  or  four- 
teen days,  or  even  longer,  for  a  cure. 

You  may  recognize  the  scarlet  fever  from  other  diseases 


EISEASE  AND  TRE^VTMENT. FEVERS.  20o 

by  the  vomiting,  the  sore  throat,  the  high  fever,  and  the 
subsequent  eruption. 

Treatment. — As  a  preventive,  when  scarlet  fever  prevails 
in  the  neighborhood,  give  the  children  each  morning  and 
night  two  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One. 

So  soon  as  the  vomiting  or  fever  has  declared  itself,  com- 
mence with  the  Specific  No.  One^  dissolved  in  water, 
twelve  pellets  in  as  many  teaspoonsful  of  water,  of  which 
give  a  spoonful  every  hour.  Continue  this  from  day  to  day, 
(preparing  new  medicine  daily),  except  when  the  patient  is 
quietly  sleeping  at  the  time  for  giving  the  medicine,  then 
give  it  after  the  patient  awakes. 

For  the  vomiting,  if  severe  or  frequent,  interpose  two 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  Six^  and  repeat  it  two  or  three  times 
in  alternation  with  Specific  No.  Olie^  until  the  vomiting  is 
relieved. 

After  two  or  three  days  it  will  be  best  to  alternate  Spe- 
cific No.  Fourteen  with  No.  One,  prepared  in  like 
manner,  and  give  the  two  medicines  at  inteiwals  of  two 
hours,  and  so  continue  until  the  disease  is  cured. 

Should  there  occur  swelHngs  under  the  ear  or  jaw,  if  the 
fever  has  gone,  give  the  Specific  No.  Twenty-Three  in 
alternation  with  No.  Fourteen.  If  discharges  from  the 
ear  or  earache,  give  Specific  No.  Twenty-twO  instead. 
If  dropsical  swellings,  which  sometimes  occur  in  conse- 
quence of  taking  cold,  Specific  No.  Twenty -fivc,  lour 
pellets  four  times  per  day,  will  soon  relieve. 

MEASLES. 

Measles  prevails  usually  towards  spring,  and  is  generally 
a  mild,  easily-managed  disease.  It  commences  with  symp- 
toms of  bad  cold,  sneezing,  lachrymation,  and  slight  red- 
ness of  the  eyes,  and  soon  a  hoarse,  loose  cough,  which  is 
characteristic  of  the  disease.     The  rash  appears  first  on  the 


204  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

face  in  minute  pimples  in  clusters,  witli  a  reddish  blush, 
deepening  and  increasing  as  it  comes  out — the  first  day 
upon  the  face  and  neck,  next  upon  the  body,  and  the  third 
day  extending  to  the  lower  extremities,  by  which  time  it 
grows  fainter  upon  the  face,  and  disappears  in  the  same 
manner.     There  is  fever,  loose  cough,  hoarseness,  etc. 

Treatment. — Give  the  Specific  No.  Olie^  twelve  pellets 
in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  a  spoonful 
every  two  hours,  and  continue  this  treatment  through  the 
entire  course  of  the  disease,  unless  when  sleeping  quietly. 
If  the  measles  do  not  come  out  well,  do  not  be  alarmed  about 
that;  keep  the  patient  warm,  give  some  warm  tea  or  nour- 
ishing soup,  a  hot  foot-bath,  but  nothing  else;  the  measles 
will  come  out  sufficiently.  If  the  cough  is  troublesome, 
alternate  the  Specific  No.  Seven  with  Specific  No.  One. 
If  very  hoarse,  give  a  few  doses  of  the  Specific  No.  Thir- 
teen. If  the  eyes  are  at  all  red,  inflamed,  intolerant  of 
light.  Specific  No.  Eighteen  will  be  found  to  act  like  a 
charm,  given  in  alternation  with  Specific  No.  One^  and  for 
any  weakness  of  sight  remaining  or  in  consequence  of 
measles,  the  No.  Eighteen  may  be  relied  upon,  giving 
three  pellets  four  times  per  day.  Care  should  be  taken 
during  the  measles,  to  prevent  taking  cold,  as  serious  di- 
seases of  the  lungs  may  arise  as  a  consequence. 

SMALL-POX;  {Varioloid). 

Small-pox  and  its  modified  form,  termed  varioloid,  is  a 
strictly  infectious  disease,  being  always  communicated  by 
contagion  from  those  who  have  it.  It  is  important  to  re- 
cognize it  at  the  earliest  hour  possible,  in  order  to  adopt  a 
proper  treatment  as  well  as  to  prevent  others  from  expo- 
sure. The  following  will  aid  us  in  establishing  the  dia- 
gnosis:— The  disease  comes  on  in  from  nine  to  fourteen 
days  after  exposure.     It  begins  with  chilliness,  some  fever, 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FEVEEfi  205 

a  pecTiliar  swimming  or  dizziness  of  the  head,  and  headache; 
the  face  is  flushed,  and  often  bloated;  pain  in  the  back,  often 
quite  severe  and  constant;  derangement  of  the  stomach, 
often  nausea  and  vomiting;  aching  in  the  bones  and  sore- 
ness of  the  flesh;  and  among  children  and  in  violent  cases, 
it  is  ushered  in  by  violent  convulsions. 

After  the  symptoms  above  have  continued  three  days, 
the  ERUPTION  begins  to  come  out,  showing  itself  first  on  the 
forehead  and  face  in  the  form  of  minute  red  points,  which 
increase  in  size  from  day  to  day,  while  others  make  their 
appearance  on  the  face  and  by  degrees  over  the  hands, 
arms  and  other  portions  of  the  body,  but  always  more 
numerous  on  the  forehead  and  face.  If  the  face  is  red  and 
swelled,  it  will  be  likely  to  assume  the  coiifluent  form,  the 
pustules  all  running  together  and  forming  a  complete  crust. 
But  if  ttie  face  is  but  little  swelled  or  pale,  the  pock  coming 
out  scattered  only  here  and  there,  the  disease  will  assume 
the  discreet  form,  with  only  a  few  pustules  that  fill;  the 
fever,  vertigo,  headache  and  pains  pretty  much  disappearing 
as  the  pock  comes  out  and  the  disease  running  a  mild 
course.  After  four  days  of  development,  during  which  the 
pustules  attain  their  growth,  the  suppurative  stage  com- 
mences, during  which  the  pock  become  filled  with  a  yel- 
lowish fluid,  which  gradually  changes  to  a  turbid  ap- 
pearance, each  pock  surrounded  by  a  red  circle  with  a  dark 
indentation  at  the  top.  About  the  tenth  or  eleventh  day 
from  the  commencement,  and  towards  the  close  of  this 
stage,  there  is  for  two  or  three  days  considerable  fever  and 
flow  of  saliva;  after  this  has  passed,  the  pustules  gradually 
grow  brownish,  dry  up  and  fall  off,  leaving  cicatrices  or 
marks  of  a  deep  red  color,  which  are  quite  a  period  in 
assuming  the  natural  color  of  the  skin. 

Treatment. — This  disease  under  Homeopathic  treatment, 
is  more  loathsome  than  dangerous;  and,  properly  treated 
and  understood,  generally  passes  off  as  a  mild,  though  un- 


206  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

pleasant  visitation.  Two  points  are  of  especial  consider- 
ation, especially  during  the  earlier  stages  of  the  disease^ 
namely:  To  keep  the  patient  cool,  with  at  all  times  plentj 
of  fresh  air.  As  soon  as  the  nature  of  the  disease  is  under- 
stood, keep  the  room  entirely  cool,  give  no  ivarvi  teas  or  healing 
'drinks,  and  thus  prevent  the  formation  of  numerous  pock, 
the  less  of  which  the  better.  Children  attacked  with  con- 
vulsions should  be  taken  at  once  into  the  open  air  or  a 
room  without  fire  for  relief. 

All  through  the  disease  the  greatest  possible  cleanliness 
should  be  observed,  with  frequent  change  of  linen.  When 
the  pustules  begin  to  form,  the  room  should  be  darkened, 
which  is  a  partial  security  against  the  pitting  from  the  di- 
sease. Give  only  cold  water,  cold  toast-water  or  black  tea 
cold  for  drink.  Gruel  of  meal,  oat-meal,  barley,  rice  or 
farina,  all  taken  cold,  is  the  best  nourishment.  After  the 
disease  has  spent  its  force,  baked  apples,  boiled  rice, 
custard,  toast,  etc.,  may  be  allowed. 

As  medicines,  from  the  first  symptoms,  give  the  Specific 
No.  One^  twelve  pellets  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which 
give  a  spoonful  every  hour  during  the  entire  presence  of 
fever.  After  the  fever  has  measurably  abated,  prepare  the 
Specific  No.  Fourteen  in  like  manner  with  No.  Olie^  and 
give  the  two  alternately  at  two  hours  intervals,  until  the 
drying  off  of  the  crusts. 

P.  S. — If  the  Sarracenia  Purpurea  (popularly  known  by 
the  names  of  Indian  Cap,  Pitcher- Plant,  Side- Saddle  Flower\ 
can  be  procured,  give  it  from  the  first  and  all  through  the 
disease:  ten  drops  of  the  tincture  in  a  glass  half-full  of 
water,  which  give  in  spoonful  doses  alternately  with  the 
No.  One.  I  have  known  it  to  arrest  the  disease  when 
given  early,  and  to  materially  shorten  its  course  and  pre- 
vent the  pitting. 

The  Prevention  of  Small-Pox,  by  Vaccination. — There  is 
unquestionably  some  risk  in  vaccination,  as  formerly  prac- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. FEVERS.  .2.1 

ticed,  with  lymph  taken  from  the  human  subject.  Un- 
healthy matter  may  thus  be  introduced,  carrying  disease 
with  it,  and  thus  life-long  evils  be  inflicted.  But  these 
results,  on  the  w^hole,  have  not  been  common;  and  have 
generally  proven  to  be  the  careless  abuse  of  a  system, 
rather  than  its  legitimate  use.  Undoubtedly,  all  the 
danger  to  be  apprehended  from  the  use  of  ordinary 
humanized  lymph,  as  formerly  practiced,  is  entirely  ob- 
viated by  the  modern  use  of  bovine  lymph, — i.  e.,  the  vaccine- 
matter  taken  dii'ectly  from  the  calf.  Its  use  is  so  greatly 
extending  among  the  profession  within  a  few  years  past, 
and  it  is  so  easily  procurable,  that  it  may  be  considered 
as  in  every  way  prefeiable  to  lymph  taken  from  the 
human  svstem.  Matter  if  taken  from  the  human  sub- 
ject  should  be  selected  with  care,  from  an  unmistakably 
healthy  child,  one  who  has  no  scrofulous  or  syphilitic  taint 
in  its  system,  and  has  no  eruption  of  any  kind  upon  the 
skin  or  scalp.  The  matter  taken  should  be  introduced  just 
beneath  the  skin  of  the  outside  of  the  u^^per  thivd  of  the 
left  arm,  inserted  not  so  deep  as  to  make  it  bleed,  and  yet 
deep  enough  to  show  a  slight  discoloration.  It  will 
run  a  mild  course,  and  produce  a  pustule  in  ten  or  four- 
teen days,  that  in  drying,  will  give  a  tamarind-stone-like 
crust,  and  leave  a  deep  and  peculiar  cicatrix  which  will 
show  dui'ing  a  life  time.  If,  during  the  course  of  the 
vaccination,  any  fever  should  manifest  itself,  give  the 
Specific  No.  Olie^  and  if  any  eruption  of  the  surface, 
give  Specific  No.  Fovirteeil^  night  and  morning,  until 
it  disappears. 

After  many  years  of  observation,  and  balancing  all  the 
dangers  and  inconveniences  of  vaccination  and  non-vacci- 
nation, my  conclusion  is,  that  every  child  should  be  vacci- 
nated; and  adults  may  be  properly  re-vaccinated  when  in 
danger  of  exposure  to  immediate  contagion.  This  is  the 
shortest,  safest  and  best  method. 


208  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOE. 

CHICKEN-POX.— ( Varicella). 

This  disease  has  sometimes  been  confounded  with  small- 
pox or  varioloid.  But  it  may  be  known  by  the  vesicles 
appearing  mostly  on  the  covered  parts  of  the  body  or  scalp, 
^hile  in  small-pox,  they  are  mostly  in  the  face;  by  the  ve- 
sfcles  being  smooth  and  transparent,  filled  with  water  and 
growing  rapidly,  attaining  the  size  of  a  pea  in  a  day;  while 
in  small-pox  they  are  pustules,  firm  and  hard,  and  begin  to 
fill  only  after  three  or  four  days  of  growth.  With  chicken- 
pox  there  is  some  fever;  the  thin  watery  vesicles  come  out 
often  in  clusters,  commencing  with  a  thin  pellicle  which 
bursts  or  dries  up,  forming  a  small  puckered  scab  and 
rarely  leaving  a  pit  or  depression. 

The  whole  disease  is  mild,  and  usually  runs  its  course  in 
four  or  five  days,  unattended  with  danger. 

Treatment. — Give  the  Specific  No.  Olie^,  ten  pellets  dis- 
solved in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  a 
spoonful  every  one  or  two  hours  during  the  course  of  the 
disease.  If  a  new  crop  of  vesicles  comes  out  afterwards, 
give  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  Fourteen^  morning 
and  night,  until  the  case  is  cured. 

MJJMPS.— (Parotides), 

This  disease  consists  of  a  swelling  of  the  salivary  glands, 
and  is  usually  not  dangerous  unless  the  patient  is  exposed 
to  cold  during  the  progress  of  the  disease,  when  it  is  liable 
to  make  a  transition  (metastasis)  to  some  other  organ.  It 
is  first  noticed  as  a  swelling  of  the  parotid  gland  in  front 
of,  and  beneath  the  ear,  first  commencing  on  one  side  and 
then  extending  to  the  other,  rarely  both  at  once ;  sometimes 
the  whole  neck  is  involved  and  the  swelling  extends  beneath 
the  jaw.  It  is  attended  with  fever,  and  pain  ivhen  chewing, 
especially  firm  or  hard  food,  and  at  times  pain  in  swal- 
lowing. Sometimes  (on  the  fifth  or  seventh  day),  the  swelling 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. HOOPING  COUGH.  209 

leaves  the  neck  and  attacks  the  breasts  or  testicles,  which 
become  red,  swollen  and  painful.  At  times,  in  sensitive 
children  with  prominent  heads,  it  has  been  known  to  fall 
upon  the  brain,  producing  delirium  or  other  dangerous 
symptoms. 

Treatment. — Keep  the  child  in  a  comfortable  warm  room, 
prevent  exposure,  make  no  applications  except  a  light 
cloth  around  the  neck  and  give  no  stimulants.  Give  the 
Specific  No.  One^  ten  pellets  dissolved  in  as  many  spoons- 
ful of  water,  of  which  give  one  every  hour.  After  the  fever 
has  abated,  prepare  the  Specific  No.  Twenty- Two  in 
like  manner,  and  give  alternately  with  No.  Olie^  at  inter- 
vals of  two  hours,  until  the  disease  has  disappeared.  Should 
the  disease  fall  ujion  the  testicle,  the  Specific  No.  Thirty 
will  soon  relieve,  given  every  two  or  three  hours.  For 
fever,  delirium  or  congestion  to  the  head,  the  No.  One  is 
perfectly  appropriate,  and  will  soon  relieve. 

CEREBROSPINAL  MENINGITIS.— (%)«^rf  Fever). 

This  is  an  epidemic  and  infectious  disease,  occurring 
generally  in  winter  and  spring,  especially  where  there  is 
much  moisture,  and  great  variations  of  temperature.  Its 
disease-germ  thrives  best  in  circumstances  of  insufficient 
nourishment,  damp,  overcrowded,  badly  drained  and  ven- 
tilated houses  with  unclean  ground  floors;  though  it  is 
by  no  means  uncommon  among  the  better  classes  of  com- 
munity, when  there  is  only  a  suspicion  of  sewer- gas,  or 
rnsanitary  surroundings.  No  age  is  exempt  from  it, 
but  childhood  is  oftenest  and  most  severely  attacked.  It 
begins  suddenly  with  shivering,  followed  by  fever;  sick- 
ness, and  vomiting;  intense  headache,  pains  in  neck, 
trunk  and  limbs,  and  great  prostration  and  restlessness. 
The  fever  increases,  and  is  irregular,  varying  from  100.4* 
to  104°   F.:  breathing  more    rapid;  pulse  also   irregular 


210  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

and  not  conesponding  with  height  of  the  temperature,  anu 
varying  30  or  40  beats  within  a  few  hours;  the  patient  has 
a  look  of  great  distress;  the  tongue  is  dry  and  cracked,  or 
else  moist  and  heavily  coated;  when  there  is  an  eruption  it 
is  lighter  in  color,  comes  on  sooner  and  fades  sooner  than 
iihat  of  typhus,  and  is  succeeded  by  peeling  of  the  skin. 
These  spots  are  of  varied  size,  of  a  purplish,  or  "black  and 
blue"  color,  which  do  not  fade  under  pressure;  and  usually 
commence  upon  the  upper  eyelids,  extending  gradually  to 
other  parts  of  the  body.  The  sensibility  of  the  body  is  intense, 
every  touch  causing  agony.  The  symptoms  increase  in  vio- 
lence up  to  the  third  day,  when  the  swallowing  and  breath- 
ing become  affected;  the  head  is  dragged  back  upon  the  neck; 
delirium,  stupor,  and  death  occurring  from  the  fifth  to  the 
eighth  day;  some  cases  even,  becoming  fatal  in  from  12  to 
30  hours. 

Its  diagnosis  is  difficult  in  isolated  cases,  or  when  occur- 
ing  in  connection  with  some  other  disease,  but  the  sudden- 
ness of  attack;  the  extreme  irregularity  of  pulse  and  tempera- 
ture; its  peculiar  eruption;  the  pain  in  the  front  and  back  of 
head,  the  stiffness  of  neck,  and  extreme  tenderness  of  spine, 
and  to  touch  generally,  should  lead  to  a  sus23icion  of  its 
nature.  Its  dangerous  symptoms  are  a  quick,  feeble,  or 
very  slow  pulse;  difficult  breathing;  delirium;  persistent 
vomiting;  convulsions.  Convalescence  must  be  closely 
watched,  for  among  its  after-affects,  are  (within  two  to  four 
weeks)  paralysis,  most  often  of  the  palate,  causing  nasal 
7oice,  and  fluids  enter  the  nose  at  the  back  of  the  throat, 
causing  difficult  swallowing;  and  paralysis  of  the  eye, 
causing  squinting;  or  of  the  heart,  causing  death  by  fainting. 

Treatment. — From  the  first,  the  Specific  No.  Olie^  twelve 
pellets  in  six  teaspoonsful  of  water,  a  teaspoonful  at  a  dose 
every  hour.  Sponging  with  warm  water;  nourishing  diet, 
small  quantities  at  a  time;  great  quiet,  a  darkened  room, 
etc.     Consult  a  good  homeopawbic  physician  promptly. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN. 


It  has  been  common  to  treat  all  kinds  of  eruptions  by 
means  of  applications  directly  to  the  surface,  which  is  the 
particular  seat  of  the  disease.  But  the  human  system  being 
d  unit,  it  follows,  of  necessity,  that  no  eruption  can  form 
upon  the  surface  without  the  co-existence  of  a  ceiiain  mor- 
bid condition  of  the  system.  Hence  the  propriety  of 
treating  all  such  eruptions  with  internal  remedies  alone, 
and  hence  the  brilliant  results  which  have  attended  such  a 
method  of  treatment.  It  is  often  not  difficult  to  repel  an 
eruption  from  the  surface  by  medicinal  applications.  But 
the  disease  is  usually  not  only  not  cured,  but  merely  re- 
pelled, to  fall  upon  some  other  organ  or  surface,  and  is 
generally  as  much  worse  than  the  former  condition,  as  its 
new  location  is  more  unnatural  and  more  difficult  to  heal. 
Hence,  for  all  such  forms  of  disease,  we  prescribe  nothing 
for  the  surface  involved  beyond  the  proper  purity  and 
cleanliness,  and  merely  advise  the  internal  use  of  our 
remedy  for  such  forms  of  disease.  A  cure  will  then  result 
naturally,  permanently,  and  without  injury  to  the  system. 

EKYSIPELAS.— (i?o,9e). 

This  disease  is  an  inflammatory  affection  of  the  skin, 
arising  (1.)  from  constitutional  causes,  in  which  case  it 
generally  affects  the  head  and  neck;  or  (2.)  from  wounds,  or 
injury,  when  it  may  occur  on  any  wounded  part.     Though 


212  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

sometimes  trivial,  is  oftentimes  a  very  serious  disease.  It 
is  known  by  a  spreading  inflammatory  redness  of  the  skin, 
with  considerable  puffy  swelling,  tenderness,  burning,  pain- 
ful tingling,  and  tension.  The  color  varies  from  a  faint-red 
to  a  dark-red  or  purplish  color,  becoming  white  under  pres- 
sure, but  resuming  its  former  color  on  the  removal  of  the 
pressure.  An  attack  is  usually  ushered  in  with  shivering, 
languor,  headache,  nausea,  bilious  vomiting,  and  the  ordi- 
nary symptoms  of  Inflammatory  fever,  accomj)anied  or 
followed  by  inflammation  of  the  part  affected.  When  Ery- 
sipelas attacks  the  face,  it  nearly  always  commences  at  the 
side  of  the  nose  near  the  angle  of  the  eye. 

Erysipelas  may  prove  fatal  by  exhaudion;  by  obstruction  to 
the  air-passages  (when  the  inflammation  extends  to  the 
tissues  of  the  wind-pipe) ;  and  by  coma  (morbid  drowsiness), 
from  effusion  of  fluid  within  the  cranium,  arising  from  ex- 
tension of  inflammation  to  the  membranes  of  the  brain. 

Phlegmonous  Erysipelas  is  marked  by  a  deeper  redness,  or 
it  may  be  redness  of  a  dusky  or  purple  hue,  which  is  scar- 
cely, if  at  all,  removed  by  pressure;  the  pain  is  burning  and 
throbbing;  the  swelling  is  greater,  and  the  surface  irregu- 
lar; and  there  is  often  deep-pitting  upon  pressure.  Some- 
times the  swelling  and  disfigurement  are  so  great  that  the 
features  are  quite  obliterated,  and  the  parts  lose  all  resem- 
blance to  anything  human.  Delirium  often  occurs  irre- 
spective of  an  involvement  of  the  membranes  of  the  brain. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  cold,  impaired  digestion;  wounds 
(particularly  from  dissecting  and  surgical  instruments); 
badly  ventilated  and  over-crowded  apartments;  certain  con- 
ditions of  the  atmosphere;  a  morbid  state  of  blood  from 
disease;  the  habitual  use  of  stimulants,  etc.,  and  consequent 
debility.  The  most  common  exciting  cause  of  Erysipelas  is 
a  recent  wound,  and  the  most  frequent  predisposing  cause  is 
inattention  to  hygiene,  combined  perhaps  with  a  personal 
or  family  proclivity  to  the  disease. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  T.i:::  SKIN.  213 

The  simple  or  cutaneous  variety  is  attended  with  much 
Wss  danger  than  the  j)lilegmonous :  or  than  that  caused  by 
a  wound.  It  is  also  more  serious  when  it  occurs  in  an 
epidemic  or  endemic  form.  Mere  extent  of  inflam- 
mation is  not  of  so  much  importance  as  a  high  degree  of 
blood-poisoning,  combined  with  a  rapid,  weak  pulse,  a  dry, 
brown  tongue,  low  muttering  Delirium,  and  great  prostra- 
tion. When  the  disease  attacks  the  head,  unless  it  is  con- 
trolled by  skilful  treatment,  the  membranes  of  the  brain 
are  in  danger  of  being  implicated.  The  disease  in  any  of 
its  forms  is  most  serious  at  either  of  the  extremes  of  life. 
Lastly,  the  habits  and  health  of  the  patient,  prior  to  the 
attack,  greatly  influence  the  result.  It  is  esj^ecially  fatal  to 
drunkards  and  in  broken-down  constitutions. 

Diet. — Pure  water,  gum-water,  or  barley-water,  with 
lemon-juice,  to  allay  the  thirst.  Severe  and  tedious  cases 
require  essence  of  beef,  or  Extract  of  Meat,  and  even  wine 
or  brandy.  Subsequently,  a  change  of  air,  regular  habits, 
and  nourishing  diet,  essential  in  the  after-treatment  of  all 
acute  diseases,  are  necessary  after  severe  Erysipelas. 

Treatment. — From  the  first,  the  Specific  No.  Fourteen 
is  the  proper  remedy,  not  only  for  light  and  trivial  cases, 
but  for  those  of  the  gravest  character.  Dissolve  twelve 
pellets  in  six  large  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  to 
children  a  small,  and  to  adults  a  large  spoonful,  every  two 
hours,  and  continue  this  treatment  without  interruption 
during  the  waking  hours.  In  acute  erysipelas,  or  when 
there  is  fever,  or  in  erysipelas  of  the  face,  or  when  there  is 
tendency  to  assume  a  severe  or  phlegmonous  form,  prepare 
also  the  Specific  No.  Olie^  in  the  same  manner  as  No. 
Fourteen^  and  give  the  two  in  alternation,  at  intervals  of 
one  hour,  and  so  continue  the  use  of  No.  One  until  tlie 
fever,  heat,  and  swelling  is  allayed,  when  the  cure  may  be 
finished  with  Specific  No.  Fourteen^  a  dose  once  in  two 
or  three  hours. 


214  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Local  Measures. — In  mild  forms  of  the  disease,  no  ex« 
ternal  applications  are  required;  wet  compresses,  ointments 
etc.,  are  not  only  useless,  but  favor  the  spread  of  the  in- 
flammation. Scorched  flour  sometimes  allays  the  itching, 
and  absorbs  any  fluids  that  may  exude  from  the  affected 
part.  If  there  is  much  oedema,  (dropsical  swelling)  of  a  limb 
moderate  pressure  should  be  maintained  by  the  application 
of  well-adjusted  bandages.  If  matter  forms,  incisions  are 
generally  necessary  to  afford  openings  for  its  discharge; 
poultices  are  then  to  be  applied,  and  afterwards  bandages, 
to  prevent  the  lodgment  of  matter.  The  patient  should 
live  on  very  light  vegetable  or  farinacous  diet;  no  meat 
or  meat  soups  until  full  convalescence. 

Erysipelas  of  the  legs  often  appears  in  a  very  torpid 
form,  as  a  darkish  red  or  motiled  patch  on  the  leg,  without 
fever  or  much  heat  or  irritation  of  the  part,  and  aside  from 
the  discoloration,  the  patient  would  scarcely  know  of  its 
existence.  In  these  caseSj  give  the  Specific  No.  Four- 
teeilj  six  pellets  four  times  per  day,  dry  or  dissolved  in 
water,  living  on  very  light,  easily  digested  food;  and  rest 
the  limb  as  much  as  possible,  and  the  disease  will  dis- 
appear. 

I^EKP'FB,— {Shingles—  Tetter). 

Herpes  consists  of  clusters  of  vesicles  or  minute  blisters 
upon  inflamed  j^atches  of  variable  size.  The  eruption  runs 
a  definite  course,  rarely  lasts  more  than  three  or  four  days, 
(except  in  the  form  known  as  "Shingles")  is  not  severe,  and 
leaves  no  scar;  it  is  frequently  seen  upon  the  lip  as  a  "cold 
sore." 

"Shingles,"  (herpes  Zoster  or  Zona)  is  an  acute  form  of 
Herpes,  lasting  from  fourteen  to  twenty  days;  and  generally 
affects  the  trunk,  chiefly  on  the  right  side;  but  occasionally 
the  face,  shoulder,   abdomen,  or  U2:)per  part  of  the  thi; " 


iSEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  21  fa 

It  follows  the  course  of  one  or  more  of  the  cutaneous 
nerves,  generally  stopping  short  in  the  middle,  though  it 
may  extend  across  to  the  other  side,  and  has  the  appearance 
of  a  line  of  patches,  like  a  belt,  half  round  the  body.  It  is 
most  common  in  the  young,  particularly  during  change  of 
weather,  and  is  often  proceded  by  neuralgic  pains,  the 
eruption  following  in  the  same  locality.  In  some  rare 
cases,  ulceration  may  supervene;  there  may  be  much  pain, 
smarting,  or  burning;  and  the  scars  may  remain  for  some 
time  It  is  now  well  established  that  it  depends  upon 
disease  of  the  trophical  fibres  of  the  motory  and  sensory 
nerves  supplying  the  parh  Zona  is  much  dreaded,  and 
uninstructed  nurses  foolishly  state  that  if  the  patches  ex- 
tend round  the  body,  death  is  certain  to  result.  There  is, 
however,  no  danger,  unless  the  patient  is  very  old  and  feeble. 

General  Symptoms. — In  addition  to  what  is  stated  above, 
there  is  often  feverishness,  headache,  shivering — and,  per- 
haps, neuralgic  pain  in  the  side,  which  may  be  very  acute. 
The  disease  is  mostly  accompanied  by  sensations  of  heat, 
tension,  and  burning,  felt  even  before  the  appearance  of  the 
eruption,  and  is  followed  by  weakness  and  depression. 
When  the  disease  occurs  in  the  aged,  or  in  persons  of 
feeble  constitution,  there  is  much  debility,  and  ulceration 
may  arise,  fuiiher  debiliating  the  patient. 

Cause. — Irritation  of  the  nerves — as  when  Catarrh  affects 
the  nose  or  lips. 

Treatment. — Give  the  Specific  No.  Fourteen^  six 
pellets  every  three  hours,  and  if  there  is  fever,  alternate 
the  Specific  No.  One  with  it,  as  an  intermediate  remedy, 
with  light  vegetable  or  farinaceous  diet,  rest,  and  avoid 
heat  and  exposure.     It  will  disappear  in  two  or  three  days. 

VnTlGKBlP^.—iHwes— Nettle-rash). 

This  affection  mostly  attacks  children,  though  some 
adults  have  it  in  a  diffused  form  with  much  severity. 


216  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

It  generally  appears  as  a  feverless  eruption,  coming  out 
in  spots  much  like  the  sting  of  a  bee  or  mosquito,  or  the 
sting  of  nettles,  a  pale,  or  red,  or  whitish  eminence,  some- 
what hard,  from  half  an  inch  to  an  inch  in  diameter,  often 
clustered  together;  these  spots  are  attended  with  heat, 
itching  and  burning,  causing  great  annoyance.  They  dis- 
appear after  some  hours,  and  reappear  again  in  other  loca- 
tions, being  more  likely  to  appear  in  cool,  than  in  warm 
temperature.  In  adults,  it  sometimes  appears  as  a  deep 
scarlet  rash,  attended  with  heat,  itching  and  swelling,  and 
covering  the  entire  person.  It  is  most  common  in  spring 
and  early  summer;  is  usually  developed  by  changes  of  tem- 
peratui'e;  over-eating;  certain  kinds  of  food,  such  as  bitter 
almonds,  cucumbers,  mushrooms,  oatmeal,  lish  or  shell  fish; 
and  in  children  is  almost  always  connected  with  some  de- 
rangement of  the  digestion;  also  mental  depression,  anxiety, 
the  wearing  of  flannel  and  anything  that  iiTitates  the  skin. 
It  is  apt  to  reappear  from  time  to  time. 

Treatment. — Give  the  Specific  No.  Fourteen^  six  pellets 
morning,  noon  and  night.  This  will  be  sufficient  in  ordi- 
nary cases.  But  if  there  is  considerable  of  it  on  the  per- 
son, arms  or  limbs,  or  fever,  and  the  itching  is  annoying, 
dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  Specific  No.  OliCc  in  six  spoonsful 
of  water,  of  which  give  one  spoonful  every  hour  until  re- 
lieved. The  cure  will  then  be  completed  by  Specific  No. 
Fourteen^  given  four  times  per  day. 

In  chronic  cases  and  to  eradicate  the  disease  from  the 
system,  and  when  the  digestion  is  at  fault,  give  six  pellets 
of  Specific  No.  Fourteen^  morning  and  noon,  and  six 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  Teii^  at  night. 

TINEA. — {Ring-worm). 

This  is  an  affection  of  the  hairs,  of  the  skin,  scalp,  chin, 
or  other  parts  of  the  body,  due  to  the  growth  of  a  fine  whit^-* 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  217 

• 

powdery  fungus  wliich  grows  in  the  interior  of  the  haii- 
roots.  The  hairs  swell,  become  paler  and  biittle,  and  tend 
to  crack  across,  or  break  off  close  to  the  head;  and  the  re- 
sulting inflammation  of  the  hair  bulbs,  while  killing  the 
fungus,  also  leaves  permanent  baldness. 

This  disease  usually  commences  in  a  limited  spot  and 
thence  sjDreads  out  in  a  circular  form;  and,  as  the  centre 
regains  its  natural  appearance,  and  the  borders  extend,  it 
forms  a  ring — hence  the  name.  At  times  rings  form  within 
each  other,  in  broken  or  imperfect  forms,  and  extend  in 
various  directions.  The  ring  is  occupied  by  small  vesicles, 
which  after  some  days  break  and  leave  a  rough,  reddish 
surface,  with  a  rose-colored  base.  The  duration  of  the 
disease  is  uncertain. 

This  disease  apj^ears  in  different  forms,  is  generally  of  a 
vegetable  parasitic  origin,  and  is  always  contagious,  being 
readily  communicated  from  one  child  to  another,  by  means 
of  the  comb,  brush,  towel  or  even  by  contact  of  the  diseased 
part.     There  are  several  forms,  the  principal  of  which  are: 

Tinea  tonsurans  ( Tinea  capitis),  the  common  scurfy  Ring- 
worm  of  the  acalp,  is  generally  seen  only  in  children,  is  con- 
tagious, but  not  necessarily  associated  with  impaired  health, 
and  most  common  in  lymphatic  persons.  It  consists  of 
circular  patches  varying  from  half  an  inch  to  several  inches 
in  diameter,  the  hairs  of  which  look  dry,  withered,  and  as 
if  nibbled  off  at  a  short  distance  from  the  scalp.  The  para- 
site is  visible  in  a  good  light,  appearing  like  powdered 
sulphur  when  Chloroform  has  been  applied. 

Tinea  decalvans  {Porrigo  decalvans)  consists  of  smooth, 
circular  patches  of  perfect  haldness,  quite  pale,  of  variable  size 
— half  an  inch  to  two  inches  or  more  in  diameter,  and  of 
which  there  may  be  several:  the  disease  is  sometimes  seen 
in  young  persons,  chiefly  in  girls,  but  is  most  common  in 
adults. 

Tinea  sycosis  {Barber's  Itch),  is  transmissible  by  contagion, 


218  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

from  the  use  of  a  razor  previously  employed  in  shaving  an 
affected  person.  This  method  of  transmission  has  been 
often  noticed,  and  we  call  attention  to  it  to  suggest  the 
preventive  means — viz.,  the  immersion  of  the  razor  in  hot 
water,  and  wiping  it  before  use. 

Symptoms. — It  is  a  disease  of  adult  life,  and  commences 
insidiously,  a  red  itchy  patch  being  first  noticed,  which, 
after  rubbing  or  scratching,  and  the  lapse  of  a  little  time, 
becomes  much  more  troublesome,  as  the  follicles  enlarge 
and  pustulate;  there  is  considerable  sensation  of  burning, 
and  shaving  is  very  painful.  Successive  crops  of  pustules 
appear,  often  grouped  together,  the  fluid  exuded  becoming 
dry,  and  forming  into  crusts.  The  hairs  become  dull, 
brittle,  and  easily  removed;  and  much  discomfort,  and 
sometimes  disfigurement,  is  the  result.  The  disease  is  very 
apt  to  become  chronic,  recurring  at  certain  seasons;  and 
is  often  very  obstinate. 

Tinea  circinnata,  is  the  form  which  attacks  the  body. 

Tinea  versicolor  commences  as  small  reddened  points, 
with  itching,  which  is  increased  by  warmth:  slightly  ele- 
vated, dry,  rough  patches  of  a  fawn-color  arise,  somewhat 
scaly  at  the  edge,  and  from  which  branny  scales  can  be 
rubbed  off;  they  occur  on  the  chest,  abdomen,  and  arms; 
vary  in  size  from  that  of  a  three-penny-piece  to  that  of  the 
palm  of  the  hand,  and  are  mucn  irritated  by  flannel.  It  is 
sometimes  called  variegated  Dandriff,  or  Liver-spots, 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Fourteen  is  the  appro- 
priate remedy.  Give  six  pellets  three  or  four  times  per 
day,  either  dry  or  in  water,  and  the  affection  will  soon  dis- 
appear. 

TINEA  FAVOSA.— (Porn^o  favosa). 

This  is  the  crusted  or  honey-comb  Ringworm.  It  com- 
mences when  the  patient  is  about  seven  years  of  age,  and 
is  characterised  by  the  presence  of  small  straw-  or  sulphur- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  219 

colored  cupped  crusts,  which  coalesce  and  give  rise  to  a 
honey-comb  appearance,  or  remain  separate.  It  is  conta- 
gious. 

It  is  one  of  the  most  obstinate  of  eruptions,  and  very 
serious  consequences  inevitably  result  from  repelling  it 
from  the  surface,  by  means  of  ointments,  or  other  external 
applications.  It  usually  commences  as  a  cluster  of  minute 
vesicles  or  pimples,  in  colored,  irregular,  circular  patches, 
on  which  appear  yellow  points  or  patches,  which  contain  a 
yellowish-white,  thick,  viscid  fluid,  of  an  offensive  odor. 
This  discharge  is  corrosive  and  irritates  the  surface,  causing 
the  eruption  to  extend.  The  hair  becomes  glued  up  and 
matted,  and  thick  hard  elevated  crusts  are  formed  of  varied 
shape  and  appearance.  This  form  of  tenia  is  most  liable 
to  commence  at  the  back  of  the  head,  towards  the  nape  of 
the  neck,  and  swelling  and  enlargement  of  the  glands  of  the 
neck  are  not  unusual. 

Treatment. — The  less  moisture,  water,  soap-suds,  etc.,  is 
applied  to  the  scalp  the  better.  Water  and  soap,  while 
they  soften  and  cleanse  the  part,  seem  to  convey  the  in- 
fection to  the  healthy  portion  of  the  scalp,  while  the  effect 
upon  the  diseased  point  is  not  very  beneficial  Hence, 
keep  the  head  as  clean  as  j)ossible,  and  use  as  little  water 
or  soap  as  possible,  shingle  off  the  hair  over  the  diseased 
part,  or  the  entire  head  at  once,  the  sooner  the  better. 

Give  the  Specific  No.  Fourteen,  six  pellets  for  an  adult 
or  three  for  children,  dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of  water,  four 
times  per  day,  and  apply  to  the  affected  part  every  second 
day  a  portion  of  the  Witch  Hazel  Oil  with  the  end  of  the 
finger,  or  with  a  fine,  soft  sponge.  The  diet  should  be 
mild  and  not  exciting.  Should  there  be  heat  and  irritation 
of  the  scalp,  an  occasional  portion  of  six  pellets  of  Specifio 
No.  One  may  be  given  with  advantage  to  relieve  the  irri- 
tation. 


220  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

ECZEMA. — {Catarrhal    Liflammation   of  the    Skin — Scalled 

Head — Milk-  Crust). 

Definition. — Eczema  is  essentially  a  catarrhal  inflamma- 
tion of  the  skin  characterized  by  more  or  less  superficial 
redness,  of  small  closely -packed  vesicles,  usually  not  larger 
than  a  pin's  head,  which  run  together,  burst,  and  pour  out 
a  serous  Jiuidy  that  dries  into  thin  yellow  crusts.  The  exuded 
fluid  has  the  property,  when  dried,  of  stiffening  linen, 
which  distinguishes  this  from  other  skin  diseases.  Pain, 
smarting  or  itching,  are  also  present.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
common  eruptions,  constituting  one-third  or  more  of  all 
skin  affections;  and  lasts  a  varying  time,  in  consequence  of 
successive  local  developments,  and  its  tendency  to  spread. 
After  its  disappearance  no  traces  are  left  of  the  disease. 

Symptoms. — The  most  usual  is  a  red  surface  with  vesicles 
or  fissures  from  which  the  serous  fluid  exudes.  The  ve- 
sicles appear  m  successive  crops,  may  prolong  the  disease  for 
an  indefinite  time,  and  are  attended  with  itching  and  local 
heat.  The  skin  is  irritable;  occasionally  excoriations  or 
crackings  of  the  part  occur,  and  sometimes  the  parts  around 
the  patch  inflame,  probably  fi^om  the  irritating  nature  of 
the  discharge.  If  no  vesicles  be  apparent,  the  disease  may 
be  recognized  by  the  skin  feeling  thick  when  raised  by  the 
finger  and  thumb,  by  the  starchy  nature  of  the  discharge, 
the  formation  of  thin  yellow  crusts,  and  the  irritation.  The 
most  common  seats  of  the  patches  are  the  scalp,  behind  the 
ears,  the  face,  the  forearms,  and  the  legs,  and  its  appear- 
ance differs  greatly  in  each  of  these  locations.  If  the  di- 
sease be  extensive,  there  may  be  considerable  fever,  a  pallid 
appearance,  headache,  loss  of  appetite,  etc.  The  mucous 
surfaces  may  become  the  seat  of  inflammation,  either  by 
the  spread  of  the  disease  from  the  skin  or  as  a  consequence 
of  the  general  condition.  The  retrocession  of  Eczema  may 
be  followed  by  other  diseases — Diarrhoea,  Bronchitis,  or 
Leucorrhoea  in  the  female. 


DISEAa£  AND  TKEATMENT. DISK\SES  OF  THE  SKIN.  221 

Varieties. — E.    simplex,    in    which    the   inflammation   is 
moderate,  and  often  results  from  exposure  to  the  sun's  rays; 
or  from  irritants — heat,  cold,  bad  soap,  etc.     If  it  occur  in 
hot  weather,  the  patient  complains  of  fever,  a  "heated  state 
of  the  blood,"  etc.,  and  the  eruption  follows,  appearing  on 
the  exposed  parts  of  the  body — the  face,   neck,  arms,  back 
of  the  hands,  etc. :  this  condition  is  commonly  called  ''heat- 
spots.''    E.  rubrum  is  a  more  higlily  inflammatory  variety, 
the  eruption  being  very  red  and  shining,  and  there  is  much 
general  disturbance;  the  burning  is  severe;  brownish  scabs 
are  formed;  and  the  parts  usually  affected  are  the  inner  side 
of  the  thigh,  groin,  elbow,  wrist,  etc. :  it  is  apt  to  become 
chronic  in  old  persons,  and  when  it  occurs  about  the  legs, 
is  called  "the  weeping  leg,"  and  often  leads  to  Ulcers.     It 
often  occurs  on  legs  affected  with  varicose  veins.     E.  impe- 
iiginodes  is  the  variety  which  occurs  in  lymphatic  and  de- 
bilitated children,  especially  those  who  have  a  tendency  to 
the  formation  oi  pus;  the  discharge  is  soon  mixed  with  pus, 
which  forms  greenish-yellow  thick  scabs:  it  is  commonly 
seen  on  the  heads  of  infants  {Porrigo,  Capitis,  Scalled-head), 
and  is  a  combination  of  Eczema  and  Impetigo.     E.  chro" 
nicum  is  the  chronic  form  of  any  of  the  foregoing  kinds  of 
the  disease;  it  often  oscillates  between  cure  and  recurrence; 
and  the  skin  becomes  harsh,  dry,  red,  and  thickened.     Sy- 
philitic   or   scrofulous    complications    render  the    disease 
very  intractable. 

Causes. — Eczema  probably  depends  upon  constitutional 
irritability,  and  is  sometimes  hereditary;  hence  trivial  ex- 
citing causes  are  sufficient  to  develop  the  disease — the 
action  of  the  sun's  rays,  heat,  cold,  the  use  of  cosmetics, 
paints  and  washes,  and  stockings  dyed  with  aniline,  etc. 
In  adults,  it  is  a  common  sequel  to  overwork,  anxiety, 
irregular  habits,  etc.  The  rash  developed  by  sulphur- 
baths,  the  rubbing  in  of  Croton  oil,  and  also  that  following 
hydropathic  treatment,   is  eczematous.     Shoemakers,  who 


222  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

sit  long  with  their  thighs  together;  grocers  and  cooks,  from 
handling  sugar,  etc. ;  washerwoman,  from  the  frequent  use 
of  soda  and  soap;  bricklayers  and  builders,  from  the  con- 
tact of  lime,  and  others,  from  similar  causes,  are  liable  to 
Eczema.  In  infants  it  is  often  due  to  friction  and  irritation 
of  clothes  wet  with  urine;  improper  food;  impoverishment 
of  the  mother's  milk;  or  being  too  warmly  covered;  or  want 
of  attention  to  the  general  health.  It  is  impossible  to  over- 
estimate the  influence  of  improper  diet  and  regimen  in  the 
production  of  Eczema. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Fourteen  is  the  proper 
remedy  and  should  be  given  six  pellets  four  times  per 
day,  for  adults,  two  or  four  pellets  for  children,  dissolving 
each  portion  in  a  teaspoonful  of  w^ater,  or  they  may  be 
given  dry  if  the  disease  is  only  slight.  After  Specific 
No.  Fourteen  has  thus  been  given  a  week,  the  doses 
may  be  reduced  to  one  at  noon,  and  one  at  night,  and  six 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  Twenty-TYI^O  should  be  given 
each  morning  in  water.  If  there  is  violent  itching,  redness, 
and  burning,  and  intolerable  restlessness  in  case  of  child- 
ren, dissolve  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One  in  six  spoons- 
ful of  w^ater,  and  give  a  spoonful  every  hour,  until  the 
itching  abates,  and  rest  is  procured.  This  is  the  proper 
treatment,  and  should  be  preserved  in  until  the  disease  is 
cured. 

Accessory  Measures. — The  parts  should  be  kept  clean  by 
frequent  gentle  washing  with  cold  or  tepid  soft  water. 
General  Baths  are  of  the  greatest  utility  in  Eczema,  as  in  all 
other  chronic  skin  disorders,  for  the}^  stimulate  the  healthy 
surfaces  to  increased  activity,  and  so  compensate  for  the 
imperfect  action  of  the  diseased  portions.  The  great  vas- 
cularity of  the  skin,  its  large  daily  secretions,  and  its 
breathing  power  in  aid  of  the  lungs,  prove  how  corrective 
the  healthy  play  of  its  functions  must  be  in  cases  of  threat- 
ened mischief  to  the  internal  organs. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  22o 

• 

Pure  soft  water  is  an  agent  of  great  value,  and  in  many 
cases  the  only  remedy  needed.  Hard  icater  is  irritating; 
and  when  rain  water  cannot  be  obtained  it  may  be  softened 
by  boiling,  and  the  addition  of  bran,  flour,  or  other  muci- 
laginous matters,  which  further  abstract  the  lime  salts. 
The  washing  should  be  done  so  as  not  to  spread  the  irri- 
tating discharge  over  unaffected  surfaces,  and  afterwards 
well  dried  by  pressure  with  a  soft  cloth,  not  by  rubbing. 
In  Eczema,  as  well  as  other  eruptions  on  the  legs,  we  may 
suggest  the  value  of  elevation  as  an  element  of  treatment. 
The  clothes  should  not  be  allowed  to  produce  friction  on 
the  parts.  Vegetable  food,  especially  suc^h  as  is  eaten  un- 
cooked— lettuces,  celery,  watercresses,  etc. — may  be  taken, 
for  vegetables  contain  potash  salts,  which  are  abstracted  in 
the  process  of  boiling.  The  general  health  must  also  be 
regulated.     Cod-liver-oil  is  especially  recommended. 

ACNE.— (PfmpZe8). 

Definitions. — "A  chronic  Inflammation  of  the  sebaceous 
glands  and  hair- follicles,  characterised  by  an  eruption  of 
hard,  conical,  and  isolated  elevations  of  moderate  size,  and 
various  degrees  of  redness." 

Names  and  Varieties. — The  word  "acne"  (which  in  all 
probability  was  given  in  error  for  acme),  was  intended  to 
signify  the  occuiTence  of  the  disease  at  the  acme  of  man's 
development — pubeiiy,  when,  indeed,  the  simjile  form  is 
most  common.  In  A,  punctata  there  is  simply  a  collection 
of  sebaceous  or  suety  matter,  in  the  form  of  a  pointed 
eruption:  this  collection,  when  squeezed  out  of  the  skin, 
comes  out  in  a  cylindrical  form,  having  the  appearance  of  a 
email  grub  or  maggot  {comedones) ;  hence  it  is  sometimes 
called  "  maggot-pimple,"  and  is  most  frequent  in  young  fe- 
males. A,  indurata — sometimes  called  "stone-pock" — de- 
scribes the  disease  when  it  is  chronic  and  indolent,  and 
when  the  pimples  are  became  hard,  with  a  dusky-red  base; 


224  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

they  are  often  painful,  and  produce  a  sensation  of  tightness 
about  the  face,  the  skin  being  congested  and  thickened. 
A.  rosacea  is  seldom  seen  in  young  persons,  but  sometimes 
occurs  in  women  in  whom  the  catamenial  function  is  imper- 
fect; the  redness  is  bright,  there  being  much  congestion; 
the  veins  are  varicose,  the  face  is  much  disfigured,  the  sur- 
face is  red  and  dotted  over  with  pustules,  the  skin  is  thick- 
ened, and  food  and  stimulants  produce  great  burning  and 
flushing  of  the  face.  Alcohol,  by  flushing  the  face,  causes 
what  are  termed  "grog-blossoms,''  which  are  spots  of  Acne; 
but  the  disease  is  not  necessarily  connected  with  frequent 
alcoholic  stimulation,  since  it  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ab- 
stemious. A.  strophulosa — "white  Gum-rash" — consists  of 
small  white  pimples,  chiefly  about  the  face  and  neck. 

Causes. — Congestion  of  the  sebaceous  or  fatty  follicles. 
This  condition  may  be  induced  by  various  internal  and  ex- 
ternal agencies;  by  the  stomach,  which  has  a  great  reflex 
action  on  the  face,  as  seen  in  flushings  after  food,  etc. ;  by 
enervation,  intemperance,  constipation;  physiological 
changes  (as  puberty) ;  menstrual  irregularities,  and  sexual 
abuse  by  young  men;  cold;  the  use  of  cosmetics;  the  effects 
of  some  medicine,  as  Iodine;  neglect  of  cleanliness,  etc 
It  is  of  most  frequent  occurence  in  the  spring  season,  and 
then  often  returns  for  several  successive  years. 

Treatment. — Take  six  pellets  of  SpEcinc  No.  Fourteen^ 
night  and  morning,  or,  if  the  face  or  pimples  are  red,  take 
Specific  No.  Thirty -Five^  morning,  and  Specific  No. 
Fourteen  at  night.  If  the  eruption  is  driven  from  the 
face  by  applications,  it  is, liable  to  be  followed  by  disease. 
Such  applications  are,  moreover,  unnecessary,  as  the  erup- 
tion can  be  entirely  cured  by  the  Specifics  Na  Fourteen 
and  Thirty-Five^  if  perseveringly  used. 

Accessory  Means. — Simple  diet,  exercise,  bathing,  and 
the  correction  of  indigestion,  menstrual  derangement,  de- 
bility and  any  obvious  constitutional  or  local  causes. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  225 

ITGR,— {Scabies). 

This  well  known  disease  consists  of  a  peculiar  eruption 
of  the  skin,  characterized  by  pointed  vesicles,  usually  small, 
transparent  at  the  top,  and  filled  with  thin  matter,  and 
sometimes  these  pimples  become  enlarged  to  pea  size,  like 
i:)ustules  or  blisters.  The  pimples  on  being  scratched,  often 
bleed,  or  the  tops  become  filled  with  dark  blood.  The 
eruptions  appear  on  every  part  of  the  body,  except  the  face, 
generally  most  abundant  on  the  wrists,  and  between  the 
fingers,  less  so  on  the  arms,  and  legs,  and  body.  It  is 
attended  with  violent  itching,  worse  at  night  and  when  un- 
dressing, and  is  more  common  and  more  likely  to  appear 
on  children  than  adults.  It  is  caused  by  the  burrowing  in 
the  skin  of  a  minute  insect,  called  the  Acaris-scabei,  and 
the  violence  of  the  symptoms  depends  upon  the  number  of 
these  insects  present,  the  length  of  time  they  have  been 
present,  and  the  degree  of  sensibility  of  the  patient's  skin. 
It  is  strictly  infectious  and  readily  communicated  by  con- 
tact, clothing,  or  sleeping  in  the  same  bed. 

Treatment. — This  is  not  a  disease  to  be  cured  in  a  day. 
It  will  at  best  require  some  weeks,  if  fully  developed,  oft- 
times  longer.  The  patient  should  have  plain,  but  good, 
wholesome  food,  free  from  condiments  or  stimulants  as 
possible,  and  the  greatest  care  should  be  observed  by  fre- 
quent bathing,  and  change  of  linen,  to  keep  the  skin  as 
pure  and  free  from  infectious  matter  as  possible.  Dissolve 
daily  twelve  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Fourteen  in  foui 
spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  a  spoonful  four  times  per 
day  until  cured.  Prepare  likewise  a  lotion,  by  putting  one 
ounce  flour  of  sulphur  to  eight  ounces  of  alcohol,  and  after 
shaking  well,  put  a  table-spoonful  of  this  tincture  to  a  coffee 
cup  of  water,  and  after  bathing  every  night,  apply  this  to 
the  surface. 

In  general    practice,    the    free    application  of  Sulphur-^ 


226  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

ointment  is  rapidly  effective  in  destroying  the  insect  and 
its  ova.  After  thoroughly  rubbing  the  whole  body  with 
soft-soap  and  warm  water,  then  washing  in  a  hot-bath, 
or  with  hot  water,  and  wiping  thoroughly  dry,  the  super- 
ficial and  effete  cuticle  is  removed,  and  the  burrows  and 
parasites  xreely  exposed;  the  ointment  should  then  be  well 
rubbed  in  and  allowed  to  remain  on  the  body  all  night. 
On  the  following  morning  a  tepid  bath,  using  yellow  soap  to 
wash  off  the  ointment  left  on  overnight,  completes  the  cure. 
If  the  application  of  the  ointment  and  the  ablutions  be  not 
thorough,  the  process  should  be  repeated  once  or  twice. 
Sulphur-ointment  must  not  be  continued  too  long,  or  it  wiU 
produce  an  irritable  state  of  the  skin,  which  may  be 
mistaken  for  a  persistence  of  the  disease.  The  adminis- 
tration of  Sulphur,  during  the  use  of  the  ointment,  and  for 
two  or  three  days  subsequently,  is  recommended.  Greasy 
substances  alone  are  natural  cures  of  Itch.  Glenn's  Sul- 
phur Soap,  which  may  be  procured  at  any  druggist's,  is  also 
very  effective.  This  may  be  applied  at  night  after  bathing, 
forming  a  lather  upon  the  surface  which  may  be  sponged 
off  the  next  morning.  All  contaminated  linen  should  be 
put  into  boiling  water;  other  garments  should  ba  well 
ironed  with  a  hot  iron,  or  exposed  to  hot  air  at  a  tempera- 
ture not  less  than  150"*  or  180''  Fahr.,  or  well  fumigated 
with  the  vapour  of  Sulphur,  to  destroy  any  insects  or  ova 
concealed  in  the  texture  of  the  linen.  The  cure  is  often  re 
tarded,  and  the  disease  conveyed  to  others,  by  neglecting 
to  carry  out  these  suggestions  as  to  clothing. 

BOILS.— {Ferundes). 

Boils  are  hard,  painful  swellings  on  the  skin,  which  in- 
flame slowly,  suppurate  and  discharge.  The  matter  first 
discharged  is  bloody  or  mixed  with  blood,  but  afterwards  is 
pus  or  degenerated  tissue,  and  at  last  is  a  hard  mass  termed 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  227 

a  core.  Not  unfrequently  boils  appear  successive!}^  or  in 
crops  upon  the  same  individual,  continuing  for  months,  and 
causing  great  annoyance  and  suffering.  They  are  caused 
by  disordered  condition  of  blood,  from  unwholesome  food, 
overwork,  anxiety,  some  unknown  atmospheric  causes,  or 
from  depressing  influences  generally. 

Boils  may  be  prevented  from  coming  to  a  head  by  gently 
rubbing  the  surface  every  three  or  four  hours  with  the  tips 
of  the  fingers,  wetted  with  Spirits  of  Camphor,  and  then 
covering  the  spot  with  flannel  soaked  in  Camphorated  Oil. 

In  order  further  to  prevent  a  recurrence  of  Boils,  atten- 
tion must  be  directed  to  the  constitutional  causes  in  which 
they  originate.  If,  as  is  often  the  case,  they  arise  from  di- 
gestive derangement,  abstinence  from  rich  gravies,  pastry, 
sweet-dishes,  etc.,  is  imperatively  necessary.  Correct  diet, 
cleanliness,  and  healthy  exercise  and  recreation  in  the  open 
air,  will  do  more  towards  eradicating  a  predisposition  to 
Boils  and  other  affections  of  the  skin  than  the  use  of  drugs. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  Foiirfeeil  and  No. 
Thirty- Five  should  be  given  in  alternation,  six  i^ellets 
of  each  dissolved  in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water,  and  taken 
in  alternation  four  or  more  times  a  day,  according  to  the 
urgency  of  the  case.  A  cloth  wet  in  the  Marvel  of  Healing 
(diluted)  and  laid  on  the  boil  will  allay  the  pain  and  in- 
flammation. 

To  prevent  a  recurrence  of  the  boil,  or  a  new  crop,  take 
for  two  or  three  weeks,  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Foiur- 
teen  at  night,  and  of  No.  Thirty- Five  each  morning. 

CARBV^CJjE.— {Anthrax). 

The  carbuncle  differs  from  the  boil,  though  somewhat 
similar.  It  is  a  deep  seated,  hard  circumscribed  swelling, 
of  livid  hue,  attended  with  great  pain,  itching,  and  burning 
heat^  occurring  usually  on  the  nape  of  the  neck  or  back. 


228  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

It  does  not  suppurate  and  discharge  like  tlie  boil,  but  a 
thin  acrid  offensive  fluid  runs  from  several  openings,  which 
^communicate  with  each  other,  leaving  for  a  time  a  whitish 
mass  within,  which,  on  being  discharged,  leaves  a  deep, 
Ugly  cavity.  Carbuncles  arise  from  a  disordered  condition 
of  the  blood,  usually  met  with  in  debilitated  constitutions,  as 
the  result  of  chronic,  exhausting  diseases,  or  severe,  acute 
maladies;  great  alteration  in  habits,  or  diet;  long  continued 
fatigue ;  they  are  usually  found  in  persons  who  have  passed 
middle  life,  and  oftener  in  men  than  in  women. 

The  disease  runs  its  course  slowly,  is  attended  with  fever 
and  prostration;  and  when  the  tumor  is  large,  and  seated 
on  the  head,  spine  or  nape,  is  not  free  from  danger. 

Diagnosis. — Carbuncle  differs  from  a  Boil  in  its  greater 
size;  its  broad,  flat  shape;  in  usually  appearing  singly;  in 
giving  way  and  discharging  from  i^everal  openings;  in  the 
dusky  redness  of  the  inflamed  integument;  and  in  the  great 
constitutional  disturbance  and  irritation  which  accom- 
pany it. 

Treatment. — At  first,  while  there  is  considerable  fever, 
the  Specific  No.  One  should  be  given  every  hour  two 
pellets  in  fluid,  and  after  the  fever  has  abated,  and  the  tu- 
mor more  advanced,  the  Specifics  No.  Tweilty-T^WO  and 
No.  Twenty-Three  should  be  given  in  alternation  every 
two  hours.  Dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  each,  in  six  spoonsful 
of  water,  in  separate  glasses,  and  give  every  three  hours  a 
spoonful  alternately.  An  application  of  the  Witch  Hazel 
Oil,  or  arnica  diluted,  will  be  of  relief,  or  a  poultice  of  flax 
seed,  where  the  tumor  is  very  hard,  hot  and  unyielding. 
The  medicinal  influence  is  the  main  relief,  and  the  disease 
at  best  yields  slowly. 

WHITLOW.— (i^^Zon). 

This  is  an  affection  which  usually  appears  at  the  end  of 
the  finger,  and  at  others,  down  deep  beneath  the  fascia,  or 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  220 

in  the  ball  of  the  finger  or  thumb.  It  is  usually  attended 
with  heat,  swelling,  and  great  pain,  and  is  liable  to  re- 
appear in  the  same  person,  unless  the  proper  constitutional 
Homeopathic  remedies  are  used  to  eradicate  the  predispo- 
sition from  the  system. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Twenty-Two  is  the 
proper  remedy,  of  which  dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  six 
sj^oonsful  of  water,  and  give  a  spoonful  every  two  or  three 
hours,  continuing  the  same  from  day  to  day.  On  the  first 
indications  of  Whitlow  being  noticed,  the  finger  should  be 
repeatedly  plunged  into  water  as  hot  can  be  borne,  in 
which  common  salt  has  been  dissolved  for  two  hours,  or 
longer;  the  hand  should  be  held  in  a  raised  posture.  If 
these  means  be  commenced  too  late,  poultices  of  flax-seed, 
plippery  elm,  or  bread  and  milk,  may  be  applied  with  ad- 
vantage, to  soften  the  swelling  and  hasten  suppuration, 
and  the  matter  had  best  be  discharged  as  soon  as  fluctua- 
tion is  clearly  perceived. 

ONYCHIA. — {Infiammation  of  the  substance  from  which  the 

nails  grow). 

May  be  induced  by  similar  causes  to  those  of  Whitlow, 
and  especially  by  an  in-growing  nail;  or  by  cutting  the  nail 
down  to  the  "quick." 

Treatment. — Same  as  for  Felon. 

IN-GROWING  OF  THE  NAIL. 

May  be  remedied  by  softening  it  in  warm  water,  then 
paring  it  thin  on  the  upper  surface,  and  cutting  it  dow^n  as 
far  as  may  be  at  the  middle  part  of  the  extremity,  avoiding 
cutting  the  parts  which  tend  to  grow  in.  By  these  means  the 
growth  is  diverted  from  the  sides;  since  a  nail  will  groit 
most  where  it  is  cut  most. 


?S0  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 


ABSCESSES. 


The  term  abscess  is  usually  employed  to  indicate  any 
morbid  collection  of  matter. 

An  abscess  may  be  acute  or  chronic.  The  acute  is  al- 
ways preceded  by  heat,  soreness  or  sensibility  of  the  part, 
followed  by  suppuration.  The  appearance  of  the  skin 
changes  with  the  commencement  of  suppuration.  The 
surface,  usually  red,  becomes  livid,  the  pain  becomes  more 
dull  and  throbbing,  the  swelling  increases  in  bulk,  and  if 
not  too  deeply  seated,  fluctuation  may  be  discovered,  and 
at  this  time  there  are  almost  always  more  or  less  of  chills 
or  slight  rigors,  succeeded  by  heat.  After  the  abscess  is 
fully  ripe  it  assumes  a  more  conical  form  or  is  said  to  point, 
and  over  this  space  the  skin  becomes  livid,  yellowish,  and 
ere  long  bursts  and  the  contents  are  discharged. 

Chronic  abscesses  often  begin  and  approach  the  surface, 
without  any  considerable  constitutional  disturbance,  and 
the  discharge  is  unhealthy,  thin,  serous,  and  containing 
flaky  or  cheesy  substances.  If  the  abscess  is  large,  after 
the  pus  is  evacuated  and  air  admitted,  the  surrounding 
cyst  becomes  inflamed,  and  severe  constitutional  disturb- 
ance, hectic  fever,  etc.,  may  arise. 

Treatment. — We  may  hasten  the  suppurative  process  of 
acute  abscesses,  by  applying  warm  poultices  or  fomenta- 
tions, and  they  likewise  alTord  some  relief. 

After  the  formation  of  matter  is  clearly  announced  by 
fluctuation,  and  the  pointing  or  protrusion  of  some  portioi? 
of  the  abscess,  the  matter  should  be  discharged  by  a  lancet 
inserted  at  the  most  depending  portion  of  the  abscess,  and 
if  the  collection  of  matter  is  large,  it  may  be  necessary  to 
repeat  the  process. 

The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Twenty-Two  should 
be  given  alternately,  every  two  hours,  during  the  inflam- 
matory stage,  and  until  suppuration  occura     Then  omit 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN.  231 

the  No.  Olie^  and  in  place  give  the  No.  Twenty-Three^ 
and  so  continue  the  Nos.  Twenty- T WO  and  Twenty- 

Tliree,  at  intervals  of  four  hours,  until  the  al:iscess  is  healed 
For   Chronic    abscesses,    Specifics   No.   T^veiity-Two 
and  Twenty-Tliree    should  be   given,  six    pellets  in 
water,  and  four  times  per  day  in  alternation. 

COKNS,— (CZauws),  and  BUNIONS, 

A  Corn  consists  of  a  growth  of  the  scarf-skin  caused  by 
the  pressure  or  friction  of  tight  or  badly  fitting  boots  or 
shoes.  It  not  only  lies  on  the  true  skin,  but  its  pressure 
causes  the  true  skin  to  waste,  and  the  corn  fills  up  the 
space,  thus  penetrating  into  the  skin.  Soft  corns  are  those 
situated  where  the  secretions  of  the  skin  are  confined,  as 
between  the  toes — keeping  the  corn  moist  and  soft. 

A  Bunion  is  an  enlargement  of  the  sac,  over  the  joint  oi 
the  great  or  little  toe,  chiefly  the  former,  with  more  or  less 
deformity  of  the  joint.  It  is  caused  by  the  pi^essure  of 
narTOw-jjointed  boots  or  shoes,  throw^ing  the  great  toe  over  or 
under  the  contiguous  toes;  in  this  way  a  sharp  angle  is 
made  on  the  inner  side  of  the  joint  of  the  great  toe,  on 
which  the  bunion  is  formed.  Both  corns  and  bunions  give 
rise  to  much  pain,  redness,  and  swelling  of  the  part,  which 
soon  subside  on  removal  of  the  cause. 

These  troublesome  excrescences  are  far  more  liable  to 
form  on  the  feet  of  some  persons  than  others,  thereby 
showing  a  constitutional  predisposition,  which  is  a  proper 
subject  of  medical  treatment.  Tight  shoes,  and  especially 
high  heels  which  throw  undue  weight  upon  the  ball  or  the 
toes  of  the  foot,  commonly  give  occasion  to  their  formation, 
and  hence  frequent  changes  of  boots  or  shoes  are  of  advan- 
tage. It  is  far  from  wise  to  constantly  wear  the  same 
covering  for  the  feet.  Heavy  thick  boots  or  shoes  for 
winter  and  wet  weather,  Arctic  rubbers  for  snow  and  severe 
cold,  light  shoes  for  summer,  and  slippers  for  evening  and 


232  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

house  wear.  This  variety  of  covering  is  not  only  suitable 
and  comfortable,  but  relieves  the  feet  from  constant  pressure 
on  the  same  or  suffering  parts,  and  withal  is  economical. 
Often  washing  of  the  feet,  and  frequent  change  of  stockings 
are  also  necessary  to  a  perfect  cure. 

Treatment. — ^When  Corns  are  inflamed  and  troublesome, 
soak  the  feet  well  in  warm  water,  with  two  ounces  of  bicar- 
bonate of  Soda  to  the  gallon,  for  half  an  hour;  then  pare 
the  corn,  or  raise  its  hard  head  from  the  edge  gently  with 
the  finger-nail,  or  some  convenient  instalment;  in  the 
centre  will  be  found  a  white  spot  or  root,  going  deeper  in; 
pick  it  out  with  the  point  of  knife,  and  afterward  wear  a 
piece  of  plaster  with  a  hole  in  the  centre  over  the  middle  of 
the  corn.  The  free  and  frequent  application  of  the  Marvel 
OF  Healing  or  Witch  Hazel  Oil  and  following  the  bathing 
up  for  several  nights,  will  give  prompt  relief. 

Hard  corns  on  the  sole  of  the  foot  are  best  treated  by 
repeated  filing  with  a  rasp. 

Soft  corns  are  best  treated  by  carefully  cutting  off  the 
thickened  skin  with  sharpened  scissors,  then  applying  the 
Marvel  of  Healing  or  Witch  Hazel  Oil,  and  always  wear- 
ing a  layer  of  cotton-wool  between  the  toes,  changing  the 
wool  daily. 

Besides,  take  of  the  Specific  No.  Twenty-Two,  six 
pellets  each  night,  and  of  No.  Thirty-Five,  six  pellets 
each  morning  for  a  week  or  more,  to  break  up  the  predis- 
position to  their  formation. 

In  the  case  of  Bunions  the  direction  of  the  toe  must  be 
changed  by  wearing  properly-shaped  boots,  made  with  the 
inner  side  of  the  sole  straight  from  the  toe  to  the  heel.  If 
irritation  be  accidentally  excited  in  the  part,  a  warm  foot- 
bath should  be  used,  and  afterwards  the  Marvel  of  Heal- 
ing, or  the  Witch  Hazel  Oil  freely  used  for  two  or  three 
days.  Should  matter  form,  a  linseed-meal  poultice  will  be 
suitable. 


DISEASE  AND  TRt^lTME.rr.-- DISEASES  OF  THE  SKDi.  23u 


CHILBLAIN.— (Pernzo). 


Chilblains  are  a  low  kind  of  inflammation,  mostly  affecting 
the  hands,  or  the  sides,  soles  and  heels  of  the  feet,  and  cau- 
sed by  sudden  changes  from  cold  to  heat;  especially  in 
weakly  persons  of  languid  circulation,  in  children,  scrofu- 
lous people,  and  in  old  age.  A  chilblain  begins  with  swell- 
ing, slight  purj^lish  redness,  pain,  tingling,  burning,  itching, 
and  may  go  on  to  form  a  blister,  followed  by  ulceration. 
•^Chapped"  or  "cracked"  hands,  during  frosty  weather,  is  of 
the  nature  of  chillblain,  and  requires  similar  treatment. 

Treatment. — Dissolve  ten  or  twelve  pellets  of  Specific  No. 
One 5  in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  every 
hour  to  children  a  tea,  and  to  adults  a  large  spoonful  until 
the  itching  and  irritation  are  relieved.  Then  give  of  Sie- 
ciFic  No.  Fourteen^  four  pellets  three  times  per  day,  to 
com23lete  the  cure. 

Bathe  the  parts  with  the  Marvel  of  Healing  or  with  the, 
Witch   Hazel  Oil.     It  will  promptly  relieve  the  burning 
and  irritation,   and  may  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the 
other  Specifics  named. 

Preventives. — As  Chilblains  generally  occur  in  persons 
whose  nutrition  is  defective,  free  use  of  wholesome  nutri- 
tious diet,  is  necessary  to  prevent  their  recurrence.  Pork, 
salted  meats,  and  all  irritating  or  indigestible  articles  of 
food,  should  be  excluded  from  the  dietary.  Extremes  oi' 
tem23erature  are  to  be  avoided;  and  suddenly  approaching 
the  fire  after  coming  in  from  the  cold,  or  warming  the  feet 
on  the  fender,  or  the  hands  close  to  the  fire. 

FEOST  BITES  AND  FEOZEN  LIMBS. 

When  any  portion  of  the  person  has  been  frost  bitten  or 
frozen,  the  part,  ear,  nose,  cheek,  fingers  or  toes,  should  im- 
mediately be  rubbed  in  snow  or  ice  cold  water,  and  this 


234  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOF.. 

should  be  carefully  continued  until  the  part  becomes  red 
and  the  sensation  and  circulation  are  restored.  Then  the 
best  application  is  Witch  Hazel  Oil.  Moisten  a  fine  rag 
or  some  cotton  batting  with  the  same,  and  envelop  the  frost 
Ditten  part  with  it,  and  then  from  time  to  time  remoisten 
and  apply  it,  as  it  gets  dry^  until  the  part  is  restored. 
Specific  No.  Fourteen  six  pellets  four  times  per  day, 
will  aid  in  restoring  the  part. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD  AND  NERVOUS 

SYSTEM. 


Headaches  are  various  in  their  character  and  are  pro^ 
duced  by  a  variety  of  causes.  It  is  less  frequently  a  di- 
sease itself,  than  a  symptom  of  some  more  general  affec- 
tion. Sometimes  it  is  comparatively  trivial,  at  other  times 
of  very  grave  importance,  often  interrupting  any  constant 
vocation  of  the  i)atient,  causing  great  suffering,  and  prost- 
rating the  system  so  frequently  as  to  rapidly  undermine 
ilie  general  health.  With  some  persons,  the  slightest  in- 
discretion in  diet,  or  deviation  from  ordinary  quiet  habits, 
is  followed  by  an  attack  of  headache.  The  pain  may  be 
located  in  a  single  part,  or  involve  the  entire  head;  and  is 
often  accompanied  with  extreme  nausea  and  painful  retch- 
ing and  vomiting.  The  attacks  are  often  provoked  by  some 
exposure,  excitement,  or  error  in  diet,  and  sometimes  they 
return  at  pretty  regular  intervals  of  seven  or  fourteen 
days.  They  may  likewise  be  of  congestive,  rheumatic,  bi- 
^ous,  catarrhal,  or  nervous  origin. 

Congestive  headaches  occur  in  plethoric  persons  of  full 
habit,  and  are  accompanied  by  a  sense  of  fulness  and 
throbbing  in  the  head,  red  or  very  pale  face,  redness  of 
the  eyes,  with  sense  of  soreness  on  turning  them,  and  often 
intolerance  of  light. 

In  bilious  headache  there  is  often  coated  tongue,  bad 
taste  in  the  mouth,  and  the  pain  is  dull,  aching  or  racking. 


236  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

sometimes  moving  from  one  part  to  the  other,  while  the 
scalp  may  be  sore  and  bowels  constipated.  Catarrhal 
headaches  are  indicated  by  dull,  heavy  pains  across  the 
forehead  and  upper  part  of  the  n(»e,  attended  with  obstruc- 
tion of  the  nose  or  fluent  discharges. 

Treatment. — Persons  who  are  subject  to  headacheS;, 
should  abandon  the  use  of  coflee,  and  also  of  strong  tea,  as 
the  use  of  these  beverages  often  contributes  to  keep  up  the 
disease,  and  in  some  cases  alone  cause  it.  They  should 
live  regularly  and  temperately,  and  avoid  as  far  as  possible, 
the  known  or  exciting  causes  of  the  disease.  Beside  this 
regimen,  they  should  take  each  morning  six  pellets  of  Spe- 
cific No.  Thirty -Five^  and  at  night  six  more  of  Specific 
No.  Ten^  as  a  preventive,  and  to  eradicate  the  predispo- 
sition to  these  attacks. 

When  a  paroxysm  of  headache  comes  on,  if  it  has  the 
symptoms  of  congestion  mentioned  above,  the  Specifics  No. 
One  and  No.  Thirty-Five  should  be  given  every  hour, 
alternately,  in  fluid. 

If  the  attack  indicates  a  bilious  condition,  the  Specifics 
No.  Nine  and  No.  Ten  should  be  given  every  hour  in  al- 
ternation, two  pellets  at  a  dose.  Should  the  attack  com- 
mence with  blindness,  soon  followed  by  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing, or  other  severe  symptoms,  the  medicines  are  best  when 
dissolved  in  water,  and  given  every  half  hour,  or  even  more 
frequently.  Should  there  be  heat,  fever  or  throbbing  of  the 
vessels  of  the  head  or  temples,  substitute  the  Specific  No. 
One  for  No.  Ten^  and  continue  in  the  same  manner. 

For  the  usual  form  of  sick-headache,  as  it  is  generally 
termed,  with  nausea,  vomiting,  prostration,  often  intolerance 
of  light  or  noise,  the  Specifics  No.  Nine  and  No.  Ten 
should  be  given  every  hour  or  half  hour,  in  alternation, 
until  relieved. 

Headaches  in  Females,  occuring  just  before  or  during  the 
monthly  period,  will  be  relieved  by  taking  the  Specific  No. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC,      237 

Eleven^  either  alone  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Tllirty- 

Five^  especially  if  the  periods  are  painful  or  too  profuse. 
Headaches  from  constipation  will  be  cured  by  using  the 
Specific  No.  Ten,  six  pellets  night  and  morning. 

The  cure  of  old,  long-standing  headaches  requires  time 
jtnd  perseverance,  but  can  always  be  accomplished  by  the 
persistant  use  of  the  Specifics  before  mentioned. 

Persons  subject  to  headaches,  find,  on  arising  with  the 
symjDtoms  of  a  headache  in  the  morning,  or  at  other  times, 
that  by  taking  a  glass  of  lemonade  the  'impending  attack  is 
warded  off.  The  free  use  of  this  beverage  or  of  lemon-juice 
has  often  prevented,  and  in  some  instances  seems  to  have 
cured  old  and  inveterate  headaches.  It  is  an  agreeabla 
remedy  and  well  worth  a  trial. 

VERTIGO  OR  GIDDINESS. 

This  affection  may  arise  from  a  variety  of  causes,  and  so 
is  cured  by  a  variety  of  remedies.  It  may  be  a  transient 
condition,  or  become  chronic  and  comparatively  permanent 
It  often  arises  from  plethoric  or  full  habit;  from  overloading 
the  digestive  organs,  or  from  debilitating  discharges,  or 
from  the  use  of  narcotics. 

Treatment. — When  connected  with  full  habit,  red  face, 
sparks  before  the  eyes,  etc.,  the  Specific  No.  One  is  the 
remedy.  If  there  is  indigestion  or  overloaded  stomach, 
take  Specific  No.  Ten.  If  there  have  been  debilitating 
discharges,  such  as  diarrhoea,  leucorrhoea.  Specific  No. 
T>venty-Four  will  cure,  or  in  some  cases  Specific  No,, 
Twenty-Eig"llt.  Chronic  vertigo,  referable  to  no  im- 
mediate producing  cause,  requires  the  Specific  No.  Thirty* 
Five;  dose,  six  pellets  two  or  three  times  per  day. 

APOPLEXY. 

TVTiat  is  termed  a  fit  of  apoplexy,  is  a  sudden  loss  more 
or  less  complete  of  consciousness  and  motion,  the  patient 


238  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

sinking  down  as  if  dead,  though  the  respiration  and  action 
of  the  heart  continue  in  a  somewhat  irregular  manner.  It 
is  different  from  spasm,  the  hands  are  not  clenched  or  ex- 
tremities rigid,  but  apparently  dead  and  without  motion. 
It  is  occasioned  by  an  effusion  of  blood  or  of  serum  upon 
the  brain,  or  from  so  intense  a  degree  of  congestion,  as  to 
paralyze  the  action  of  this  organ.  It  is  always  the  expres- 
sion of  some  constitutional  defect  or  tissue-depravation: 

There  is  a  popular  error,  shared  to  some  extent  by  the 
profession,  that  apoplexy  is  the  frequent  cause  of  sudden 
death;  and  that  persons  with  a  short,  thick  neck  and  red 
face  are  most  liable  to  it  It  is  true  that  such  persons  often 
die  suddenly,  but  the  suddeness  of  their  death  is  generally 
due  to  heart-disease.  A  man  with  a  red  face  has  no  more 
blood  in  his  head  than  another  with  a  pale  face;  and  if 
blood  is  poured  out  into  the  brain  it  is  because  the  diseased 
blood-vessel  could  no  longer  delay  the  fatal  mischief.  It  is, 
then,  the  person  with  diseased  arteries  in  whom  apoplexy 
is  most  likely  to  occur,  and  this  may  exist  in  those  who  are 
pale  and  thin  and  have  long  necks.  Apoplexy  is  more  fre- 
quent as  a  cause  of  death  after  age  of  50;  the  gradual  de- 
generation or  ossification  of  arteries  common  to  old  age 
rendering  them  inelastic,  and  as  the  blood  is  forced  in  them 
by  the  heart's  action,  they  give  way.  Intemperance,  ex- 
cessive eating  or  drinking,  uncontrolled  passion,  tight 
clothing  around  the  neck,  too  close  mental  labor,  etc. — all 
tend  to  cerebral  congestion — so  do  diseases  affecting  the 
heart,  kidneys,  or  blood-vessels  of  the  brain,  suppressed 
hoemorrhages,  or  menses.  It  is  more  important  to  know 
and  arrest  the  premonitory  symptoms,  as  after  the  attack 
has  become  fully  developed,  but  comparatively  little  can  be 
done  by  way  of  treatment.  The  symptoms  which  point  to 
an  attack,  are  these:  Great  disposition  to  sleep;  feeling  of 
heaviness;  dimness  of  sight;  buzzing  in  the  ears;  hardness 
of  hearing;  heavy,  deep  sleep  and  loud  snoring;  yawning 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  01  THE  HEAD,  ETC.       239 

and  fatigue  after  slight  exertion;  vertigo  or  giddiness;  irri- 
table disposition;  loss  of  memory;  forgetfulness  of  words  or 
things;  double  or  very  acute  vision;  difficulty  of  swallowing; 
numbness,  torpor  or  pricking  sensation  in  the  extremities; 
rush  of  blood  to  the  head,  with  beating  of  the  temporal  ar- 
teries; red  face  and  quick,  hard,  tense  pulse.  These  symp 
toms  are  indicative  of  severe  congestion  of  blood  to  the 
head,  and  unless  arrested,  may  result  in  an  effusion  or  fit  of 
apoplexy. 

Treatment. — This  condition  requires,  first  the  use  of  the 
Specific  No.  One^  if  the  symptoms  are  at  all  urgent;  give 
six  pellets  every  one  or  two  hours  until  the  oppression  and 
sense  of  fulness  is  somewhat  relieved,  and  in  some  cases 
this  Specific  will  alone  be  sufficient  for  the  time.  Then 
commence  and  give  the  Specifics  No.  Thirty- Five  and 
No.  Ten  four  times  per  day,  six  pellets  at  a  time  in  alter- 
nation, Specific  No.  Tllirty-Five  before  breakfast  and 
supper,  and  No.  Ten  before  dinner  and  at  bedtime  until 
entirely  relieved.  Then,  to  prevent  a  return,  the  No. 
Tllirty-Five  should  be  taken  each  morning,  and  the  No. 
Ten  each  night  for  some  weeks,  six  pellets  at  a  dose. 

When  a  person  falls  down  in  a  fit  of  apoplexy,  (which 
may  be  known  from  drunkenness  by  the  absence  of  the  smell 
of  liquor  in  the  breath,  and  from  epilepsy  by  the  absence  of 
the  peculiar  scream,  and  frothing  at  the  mouth,  and  convul- 
sion), cold  applications  should  at  once  be  made  to  the  head, 
and  the  feet  should  be  immersed  to  the  knees,  if  possible, 
in  quite  warm  water,  and  the  Specifics  No.  One  and  No. 
Tllirty-Five  given  dissolved,  six  pellets  in  a  few  drops 
of  water,  at  intervals  of  every  half  hour  alternately,  until 
animation  is  restored,  and  then  at  longer  intervals  as  the 
patient  improves.  Afterwards,  the  Specifics  No.  Ten  and 
No.  Thirty- Five  may  be  continued  to  prevent  a  recur- 
rence of  the  attack. 

AcjciisaoBJES  DURING  A  FiT. — 1.  The  patient  should  be  iiP' 


240  iiOMEOPATHIO    MENTOR. 

mediately  conveyed  to  a  large  apartment  where  the  cold  air 
can  freely  circulate  around  him.  2.  The  neckerchief,  and 
bandages  of  every  kind,  loosened,  and  the  patient  placed  in 
a  warm  bed,  with  the  head  moderately  raised.  3.  Warmth 
should  be  applied  to  the  extremities  and  arm-pits,  cloths 
wrung  out  of  hot  water,  and  renewed  as  soon  as  they  be- 
come cool,  to  the  head;  and  heat  apphed  to  tne  pit  of  the 
stomach. 

After  a  Fit. — Should  the  patient  recover  from  the  fit, 
great  and  unremitting  care  must  be  observed  to  j^i'^vent 
another  attack.  The  diet  should  be  light,  but  nourishing; 
milk,  light  puddings,  cooked  vegetables,  fish,  etc.,  are  ex- 
tremely valuable;  a  full  animal-diet  should  not  be  allowed 
till  all  fear  of  a  relapse  is  passed;  and  stimulants  should  al- 
most invariably  be  avoided.  Physical  and  mental  exertion 
and  excesses  of  every  nature;  fits  of  passion  or  excitement; 
sudden  changes  of  temperature,  over-heated  rooms,  warm 
baths,  wet  feet,  exposure  to  a  hot  sun,  violent  emotions, 
etc.,  as  well  as  errors  in  diet  must  be  uniformlv  avoided 
by  those  predisposed  to  apoplexy.  Moderate  exercise  of  the 
muscles  is  a  remedial  agent  of  high  value;  it  tends  to  pro- 
mote a  more  active  circulation  through  the  entire  systym, 
and,  consequently,  to  diminish  the  pressure  on  blood- 
vessels which  a  little  extra  force  might  cause  to  give  way. 
If  active  exercise  cannot  be  taken,  frictions  performed  by  a 
second  person  by  means  of  towels  or  flesh-brushes  over  the 
surface  of  the  body  and  the  extremities  are  necessary. 

CONGESTION,  OR  RUSH  OF  BLOOD  TO  THE  HEAD. 

Persons  of  full  habit,  and  who  lead  a  sedentary  life,  are 
subject  to  what  is  termed  a  rush  of  blood  to  the  head.  It 
is  brought  on  or  excited  by  intense  or  long-continued  men- 
tal application,  want  of  exercise,  and  often  by  too  free  in- 
diilgence  in  stimulating  food,  wine  or  alcoholic  drinks. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      241 

The  symptoms  are:  a  sense  of  fulness  in  the  head  and 
neck;  unusual  beating  or  throbbing  of  the  arteries  through- 
out the  body  and  head;  heat,  redness  and  bloating  of  the 
face,  or  sometimes  paleness  and  puffing  of  the  face;  attacks 
of  giddiness  or  veii:igo,  more  after  sleeping  or  sitting  in  a 
warm  room,  or  from  exposure  to  the  sun;  frequent  head- 
ache, especially  in  the  forehead,  worse  on  coughing  or 
stooping;  buzzing  or  noise  in  the  ears;  oppressed  breathing; 
dry,  enlarged  or  reddish  tongue;  constipation;  drowsiness 
by  day  and  sleeplessness  at  night.  These  symptoms  may 
come  and  go  with  the  causes  which  excite  them,  or  become 
a  more  or  less  permanent  condition. 

Treatment. — If  the  symptoms  are  urgent,  dissolve  twelve 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  One  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  of 
which  take  a  spoonful  every  hour  until  relieved;  then,  each 
morning,  take  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Thirty- Five, 
and  each  night  six  pellets  of  No.  Ten,  until  every  trace  of 
the  affection  has  disappeared. 

INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  BBAm,—(Encephams; 

Meningitis).'^ 

The  manifestations  of  this  disease  are  varied  very  much 
by  the  age,  sex  and  temperament  of  the  patient,  the  loca- 
tion of  the  afifection,  and  the  causes  which  have  produced 
it.  Children,  from  the  greater  delicacy  and  relatively 
greater  size  of  the  organ,  are  far  more  liable  to  it  than 
adults,  and  from  greater  delicacy  of  nervous  organization, 
women  are  perhaps  more  so  than  men. 


*  By  Encephalitis  is  meant  inflammation  of  the  Brain,  and  its  mem- 
Hanes,  the  term  being  only  used  when  it  is  impossible  to  locate  the 
exact  seat  of  the  inflammation.  Meningitis  is  the  term  applied  to  in- 
flammation of  the  Brain-membranes  alone.  Inflammation  of  the  Brain, 
refers  to  inflammation  of  the  brain- sub  stance  itself,  which  is  of  com- 
paratively rare  occurrence,  and  always  limited  to  one  part  of  the 
brain. 


242  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

When  the  coverings  or  tissues  of  the  brain  are  affected, 
the  pain  is  more  intense,  and  the  symptoms  more  violent 
than  when  the  substance  of  the  organ  is  the  seat  of  the 
disease;  while  in  the  latter  case,  the  symptoms  of  dullness, 
coma  and  tendency  to  paralysis  are  more  prominent. 

Causes. — Whatever  tends  to  overtask  and  excite  this 
organ,  is  liable  to  induce  the  disease,  such  as  extremes  of 
heat  or  cold;  abuse  of  ardent  spirits;  intense  mental  emo- 
tions; excesses  of  all  kinds,  or  concussions  of  the  brain;  and 
in  children  especially,  falls  or  blows  upon  the  head,  expo- 
sure to  the  sun,  and  overtaxing  their  faculties.  And  it  may 
also  be  the  result  of  repelled  scalp-eruptions,  or  a  metastasis 
of  disease  from  some  other  organ. 

The  Symptoms,  which  usually  precede  the  attack  for  some 
days,  are  those  indicating  congestion  of  the  blood  to  the 
head;  sense  of  weight,  fulness  and  pressure  in  the  head; 
occasional  darting  or  shooting  pains;  ringing  in  the  ears 
and  feverish  symptoms.  Farther  on,  the  giddiness  and 
sense  of  weight  in  the  head  are  increased;  pulse  quickened, 
with  some  heat,  restlessness  and  tossing  at  night;  the  mind 
becomes  irritable,  the  patient  peevish  and  annoyed  at 
trifles;  and  there  may  be  stupefaction  and  drowsiness,  and 
muttering  delirium  or  great  excitability.  The  patient  may 
be  wild  and  frenzied  at  the  slightest  light  or  noise,  with 
attempts  to  jump  out  of  bed  or  run  away;  the  eyes  may  be 
wild  and  bloodshot  or  turned  up  and  distressed  at  the 
slightest  approach  of  light.  The  fever  varies  according  to 
the  seat  of  the  disease  and  the  excitabihty  of  the  patient; 
and  the  pulse  varies  from  time  to  time,  at  one  time  quick 
or  irregular,  at  another  full  or  even  slow.  A  very  quick  o^ 
very  slow  pulse  indicates  danger.  Sometimes  there  is  re- 
tention of  urine,  constipation,  retracted  abdomen,  muscular 
twitchings,  stupor  or  incontrollable  vomiting;  as  the  stupov 
increases  convulsions  commence,  and  the  case  sooner  or 
later  ends  fatally. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  HTC.      243 

In  children,  as  only  the  objective  symptoms  can  be 
known,  it  is  of  more  importance  to  recognize  them  early. 
They  are  observed  to  manifest  a  heaviness  of  the  head,  by 
holding  it  backward  when  walking;  frequently  to  hold  the 
hand  to  the  head  from  pain;  to  fall  easily  when  walking  or 
running;  to  dread  the  light;  and  to  be  easily  annoyed  or 
violently  out  of  temper  at  trifles;  or  to  have  spells  of  vo- 
miting and  constipation,  and  to  be  drowsy  or  very  wakeful, 
with  startings  during  sleep. 

As  the  case  is  more  developed,  the  child  bores  with  its 
head  into  the  pillow;  wants  to  lie  down  again  when  raised, 
and  screams  when  the  light  shines  in  its  face,  or  from  any 
noise;  or  there  is  heavy,  deep  sleep^  with  great  heat  in  the 
head;  swelling  and  redness  of  the  face;  violent  throbbing  of 
the  arteries  of  the  neck,  or  great  agitation  and  tossing 
about,  especially  at  night;  the  eyes  may  be  red  and  spark- 
ling, convulsed  or  fixed,  with  dilated  or  very  much  con- 
tracted pupils. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Thirty- 
Five  are  our  main  reliance,  and  they  sliould  be  given,  dis- 
solved in  water,  at  intervals  of  every  hour,  or  two  hours, 
according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case.  Dissolve  twelve  pel- 
lets of  each  of  these  Specifics  in  six  large  sjDoonsful  of 
water,  separately,  and  give  to  adults  a  table,  and  to  children 
a  teaspoonful  alternately  from  tlie  two,  at  the  intervals 
above  mentioned,  and  so  continue  until  the  case  is  re- 
lieved. 

Wet  hot  cloths  may  be  applied  with  advantage  to  the 
head,  and  the  feet  from  time  to  time  bathed  in  quite  warm 
water,  if  the  condition  of  the  patient  admits  it.  Room 
should  be  well  ventilated,  kept  perfectly  quiet  and  some- 
what darkened.  Beef- tea,  strong  broths,  milk  and  soda- 
water,  but  no  solid  food  should  be  given.  Cold  water  or 
other  simple  liquids  may  be  freely  given — and  great  caution 
exercised  during  recovery. 


244  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

DROPSY  OF  THE  BBAIN,— {Hydrocephalus). 

This  affection  is  not  uncommon  among  small  children, 
and  sometimes  even  adults.  It  may  come  on  as  the  sequel 
of  scarlatina,  inflammation  or  other  acute  disease  of  the 
brain,  or  in  consequence  of  falls  or  blows  upon  the  head,  or 
be  excited  from  the  long-continued  irritation  of  teething; 
or  it  may  arise  as  an  independent  or  idiopathic  disease  in 
peculiar  subjects.  Scrofulous  children  with  large  heads 
and  precocious  intellects,  whose  fontanel  remains  a  long 
time  open,  are  peculiarly  liable  to  it.  In  some  cases  it 
comes  on  so  insidiously  that  the  premonitory  symptoms 
escape  attention  altogether,  while  in  others  the  impending 
disease  is  indicated  by  these  symptoms:  Hot  skin,  quick 
pulse,  especially  at  night;  the  child  is  peevish  and  dislikes 
to  be  raised  up  when  lying  down,  and  sometimes  has  fits  of 
screaming,  redness  of  the  face  and  eyes,  and  even  at  times 
squinting,  convulsions  or  stupor. 

When  the  disease  comes  on  in  the  more  insidious  form, 
the  earlier  indications  are:  languor  and  easy  fatigue  on  the 
slightest  exertion;  aversion  to  movement;  tottering  gait, 
and  great  liability  to  fall;  dislike  of  movement;  indications 
of  pain  in  the  back  of  the  head  and  neck;  the  head  is  hot; 
eyes  look  inflamed;  pupils  contracted;  the  stomach  is  drawn 
in  and  very  irritable;  easily  vomiting  when  the  patient  sits 
or  is  raised  upright;  scanty  urine  and  constipated  bowels. 

At  a  more  advanced  stage  the  child  loses  all  sense  of 
pain;  lies  quiet  unless  disturbed;  drowsiness  or  stupor  in- 
creases; the  head  sinks  or  bores  into  the  pillows;  the  eyes 
half  closed;  pupils  dilated  or  immovable,  or  sometimes 
drawn  to  one  side  or  attended  with  double  vision;  the  vo- 
miting becomes  less  or  ceases,  and  the  child  may  eat,  but 
emaciation  progresses  rapidly.  Following  these  symptoms, 
convulsions  more  or  less  violent  come  on;  constant  moaning 
and  entire  loss  of  consciousness;  the  eyes  are  dim,  glazed 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.       245 

and  turned  upward;  pulse  quick;  the  upper  and  lower  ex- 
tremities relaxed;  the  abdomen  drawn  up  and  breatliing 
irregular,  and  the  scene  may  terminate  in  a  very  violent 
convulsion. 

Treatment. — So  soon  as  any  symptoms  pointing  to  dropsy, 
or  even  irritation  of  the  brain  are  manifested,  the  Specifics 
No.  One  and  No.  Tllirty-Five  should  be  called  into  use, 
and  two  pellets  be  given  alternately  in  fluid  from  these  two 
Specifics,  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  until  the  danger  has 
been  averted. 

Should  the  symptoms  have  become  more  decided,  it  will 
be  best  to  dissolve  twelve  jDellets  of  Specific  No.  One  and 
the  same  of  Specific  No.  Tllirty-Five^  in  as  many  tea- 
spoonsful  of  water,  and  from  these  two  give  alternately, 
every  hour  a  spoonful  until  the  desired  relief  is  obtained. 

Benefit  will  be  derived  from  frequently  bathing  the  feet 
in  quite  warm  water,  and  afterwards  wrapping  them  in 
warm  flannels,  and  applying  cloths  w^rung  out  of  cold  or 
ice  water  to  the  hejid.  A  bag  of  pounded  ice  applied  to 
the  head,  is  often  very  serviceable;  and  these  measures 
should  be  continued  perseveringly  to  the  desired  end.  In 
extreme  cases  the  alternate  use  of  the  Specifics  No.  One 
and  No.  Twenty-Five^  given  as  above^  is  advisable;  but 
in  general,  the  first  mentioned  remedies  will  prove  sufficient. 

CHRONIC  DROPSY  OF  THE  -ERM^,— {Hydrocephalus). 

This  form  of  the  disease  generally  comes  on  insidiously, 
though  it  may  be  the  result  of  the  acute  attack.  The  head 
of  the  child  gradually  enlarges,  while  the  face  retains  its 
natural  size;  and  in  quite  young  children  the  bones  of  the 
cranium  may  separate,  and  the  presence  of  fluid  even  be 
detected  from  its  fluctuation.  It  generally  occurs  within 
the  first  year,  before  the  sutures  and  fontanelles  are  closed, 
so  that  the  bones  yield  to  Dressure  from  within.     Infants 


246  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

are  sometimes  born  hydrocephalic,  when  it  is  an  occasional 
cause  of  difficult  labor. 

Symptoms. — The  premonitory  indications  of  this  disease 
are  not  very  distinctive:  there  may  be  squinting  or  rolling 
of  the  eyes  if  the  disease  be  congenital,  followed  by  Convul- 
sions and  enlargment  of  the  head. 

The  most  marked  features  are — a  disproportion  between 
the  size  of  the  skull  and  that  of  the  face,  the  fontanelles 
are  wider  than  usual,  and  the  bones  feel  thin  under  pres- 
sure of  the  fingers.  Emaciation  is  generally  present 
through  non-nutrition;  in  some  cases  there  is  an  unnatural 
fat  condition.  If  an  infant,  he  sucks  well,  even  voraciously, 
and  yet  he  does  not  grow;  his  bowels  are  constipated,  and 
his  motions  unhealthy.  The  gradually-increasing  head 
8oon  attracts  notice:  the  anterior  fontanelle  pulsates;  there 
is  heat  of  the  head,  and  the  child  becomes  very  restless. 
Fluctuation  may  be  felt  by  applying  the  hand  to  the  top  of 
^he  head;  the  hair  ceases  to  grow  as  usual;  the  face  appears 
small  and  triangular;  the  countenance  is  dull,  having  an 
aged  appearance;  and  the  patient  is  continually  wishing  to 
lie  down.  In  fatal  cases,  the  senses  becomes  impaired; 
Paralysis  sets  in;  and  the  patient  dies  from  exhaustion, 
Convulsions,  or  Spasmodic  Croup,  to  which  such  children 
are  liable. 

The  duration  of  the  disease  varies  from  one  to  eight,  or 
even  ten  years.  Should  effusion  be  arrested,  the  accumu- 
lation of  serum  already  present  remains,  for  it  is  never  ab- 
sorbed. 

Causes. — Chronic  Hydrocephalus  is  usually  associated 
with  the  scrofulous  cachexia;  sometimes  it  follows  Scarla- 
tina, Hooping-cough,  or  Measles.  The  most  common  ex- 
citing causes  are — undue  exposure  to  heat  or  cold,  injuries 
of  the  head,  suppressed  eruptions,  or  extended  inflammation 
of  the  ear.  "One  warning  may  be  learned  from  this  disease, 
namely,  that  it  is  said  to  be  most  common  in  the  children 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      24? 

of  parents  addicted  to  drunkenness,  and  from  this  cause  it 
often  runs  in  families  "  {Aitken), 

In  some  cases,  the  intellect  is  preserved  for  a  con^ 
siderable  period,  and  the  child  may  live  for  years,  with 
ejitire  loss  of  some  of  the  senses,  as  for  instance  the  sight, 
the  general  condition  being,  otherwise,  of  tolerable  health. 
Oftentimes  the  more  immediate  cause  of  death  may  be  from 
some  acute,  inflammatory  aflfection,  consumption  oi  ulcera- 
tion of  the  bowels. 

Treatment. — But  little  can  be  hoped  for  in  the  more  con- 
firmed case  of  this  disease.  The  Specifics  No.  Tllirty- 
Five  and  No.  Twenty- Five^  may  be  given  two  or  three 
times  per  day  as  palliatives,  in  alternation,  but  a  cure  can 
scarcely  be  expected  unless  in  the  earlier  stages. 

CONVULSIONS.— (^s?7i5,  or  Fits). 

Convulsions  are  very  justly  dreaded  among  children,  not 
only  because  there  is  some  danger  attending  them,  but  from 
their  suddenness,  and  the  evident  distress  and  suffering  of 
the  patient.  Their  danger  depends  much  upon  the  cause 
which  has  produced  them.  In  some  families  the  children 
have  fits,  as  they  are  called,  from  very  slight  causes,  and  in 
such  cases  their  appearance  need  not  excite  great  alarm. 
Convulsions  are  dangerous  when  they  set  in  after  a  fall, 
blow  or  injury  upon  the  head,  or  after  long  continued  di- 
sease of  the  brain,  or  after  dropsy  of  the  brain  has  set  in; 
such  are  very  frequently  fatal  precursors.  They  are  of  less 
consequence  when  they  come  on  as  the  result  of  difficult 
teething,  excessive  pain,  anger,  earache,  etc.  Often  the 
patient  is  better  after  the  convulsion  has  passed  over.  Not 
unfi^equently  a  severe  attack  of  small-pox,  scarlatina  or 
measles  is  ushered  in  by  convulsions,  though  such  cases 
are  severe,  they  not  unfrequently  terminate  favorably.  If 
spasms  appear  towards  the  end  of  acute  eruptive  diseases, 


248  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

they  di^  «ymptoms  indicating  a  dangerous,  if  not  fatal 
transition  to  the  brain.  The  most  common  and  among  the 
most  dangerous  convulsions  in  children,  are  those  arising 
from  having  eaten  indigestible  substances,  such  as  raisins, 
oranges,  dried-apples,  nuts,  green  fruit,  and  similar  indi- 
gestible articles,  as  the  fit  here  depends  upon  the  presence 
of  the  injurious  substances,  which  it  may  be  difl&cult  to  neu- 
tralize or  dispose  of.  Yet  even  in  these,  the  proper  means 
will,  in  most  cases,  prove  effectual 

The  phenomena  of  convulsion  are  well  known.  They 
often  commence  with  a  holding  back  of  the  head;  straight- 
/ning  out  of  the  arms  and  legs;  holding  the  breath;  tightly 
clenching  the  hands;  twitching  of  the  muscles  of  the  face; 
frothing  at  the  mouth;  involuntary  e^racuations,  etc.,  after 
which  the  patient  sinks  into  a  deep  sleep,  lasting  one  or 
two  hours. 

Treatment. — ^When  children  are  observed  to  have  some 
degree  of  fever  or  heat  of  the  head,  and  to  twitch,  or 
suddenly  start  on  going  to  sleep,  or  attempting  to  do  so, 
there  is  danger  of  convulsions,  and  the  Specific  No.  One 
should  be  given,  two  pellets  dry  in  the  mouth,  and  repeated 
hourly  until  the  surface  becomes  cool,  and  quiet  sleep  is 
produced.  When  a  convulsion  has  come  on,  the  first  thing 
is  to  get  the  child's  feet  into  warm  water  as  high  as  the 
knees,  if  possible,  which  may  be  continued  for  five  or  ten 
minutes,  and  apply  cold  water  by  means  of  cloths  wrung 
out  of  cold  or  even  ice  water  to  the  head.  Should  the 
spasm  not  pass  off  from  these  applications,  a  small  stream 
of  cold  water  may  be  poured  upon  the  head  for  a  few  mi- 
nutes only,  or  the  bath  may  be  general;  but  these  measures 
rarely  will  be  required.  Give  also  upon  the  tongue,  two 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  Thirty- Three ^  and  afterwards 
repeat  it  every  hour  in  water.  The  child,  after  coming  out 
of  the  bath,  should  be  wrapped  in  warm  flannels,  with  head 
quite  high.     Should  there  be  fever,  give  the  Specific  No. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.       241) 

One^  the  intermediate  half  hour  between  the  portions  oi 
No.  Thirty-Tliree^  until  the  fever  abates.  This  will  also 
be  the  appropriate  treatment,  should  you  have  reason  to 
suspect  the  invasion  of  small-pox  or  scarlatina  as  the  cause 
of  the  disease. 

If  the  convulsion  has  been  caused  by  eating  indigestible 
substances,  in  addition  to  the  baths  above  advised,  lose  no 
time  in  giving  an  injection  of  tepid  icater,  in  which  a  spoon- 
ful of  salt  has  been  dissolved,  and  repeat  it  if  needful  until 
full  and  free  evacutions  occur,  giving  the  Specifics  No. 
Thirty-Tliree  and  No.  Ten,  alternately  every  hour. 

If  irritation  from  teething  has  been  the  exciting  cause, 
the  Specifics  No.  Tliree  should  be  given  alternately  with 
No.  Thirty-Tliree^  at  intervals  of  an  hour,  and  until  the 
immediate  danger  is  passed,  and  then  the  treatment  should 
be  continued  as  directed  for  teething. 

COUP   DE   SOLIEL.—( /nsoZa^ion,   Sun-Fever,    Sun-Stroke, 

Heat' Stroke). 

A  paralysis  of  all  the  functions  of  the  brain,  allied  to 
apoplexy. 

Causes. — Sun-stroke  is  generally  caused  by  fatigue  or 
nervous  exhaustion  in  a  hot  dry  atmosphere,  and  want  of 
free  perspiration.  Though  most  common  from  direct  expo- 
sure to  the  rays  of  the  sun;  it  may  also  be  caused  by  a 
heated  atmosphere,  combined  with  breathing  vitiated  air  in 
crowded  apartments,  such  as  barracks,  upper  lofts  of  ware- 
houses, hot  close  nurseries,  etc. 

Symptoms. — Giddiness,  faintness,  thirst,  sometimes  head- 
ache, listlessness  and  torpor,  with  a  desire  to  lie  down, 
succeeded  by  more  or  less  sudden  and  complete  insen- 
sibility; the  skin  is  hot  and  dry,  the  breathing  rapid,  the 
pupils  of  the  eye  contracted,  the  face  pale,  and  an  attack 
of  vomiting  or  convulsions  may  usher  in  complete  stupor 


250  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Just  before  death  the  pulse  becomes  fluttering,  the  breath- 
ing irregular  and  gasping,  and  the  pupils  dilated.  Death 
may  occur  from  five  minutes  to  a  few  hours  after  the  symp- 
toms have  set  in.  The  patient  is  not  free  from  danger  until 
the  skin  gets  cool  and  moist  again.  After  recovery  from 
the  first  symptoms,  there  is  a  great  tendency  to  paralysis  or 
various  forms  of  insanity,  so  that  a  person  who  has  once 
suffered  from  real  sun-stroke,  is  never  quite  as  sound  a  man 
again. 

Accessory  Treatment. — If  there  be  no  convuhioiis,  strip 
the  patient,  and  dash  cold  water  over  him  by  the  bucketful 
(in  severe  cases,  rub  the  skin  with  pieces  of  ice,  if  it  can  be 
had),  especially  around  head  and  shoulders,  till  temperature 
of  body  is  reduced  below  100".  Camphor  should  be  in- 
haled and  given  on  sugar — or  a  teaspoonful  of  brandy  and 
water  (half-and-half)  may  be  given  instead. 

If  there  be  convulsions,  place  patient  in  a  tepid  bath, 
and  add  cold  water  till  the  body  temperature  is  below  98°. 

Medical  Treatment. — Same  as  for  Apoplexy  (page  239^; 
Convulsions  may  be  met  with  Specific  No.  Tllirty-Three, 
(see  page  248). 

Prevention. — Light  and  loose  clothing,  avoiding  pressure 
on  veins  of  neck.  Flannel  tends  to  prevent  chills.  Avoid 
liquor,  over-fatigue,  and  all  irregularities  of  habit  and 
living. 

PAEALYSIS.— (Pa%). 

A  limb  or  portion  of  the  body  is  said  to  be  pai^lyzed 
when  it  is  not  under  the  control  of  the  will,  or  when  the 
will-power  is  not  able  to  move  or  control  it.  The  paralysis 
may  be  only  partial,  or  it  may  be  complete,  and  may  affect 
the  nerves  of  motion  only,  or  may  extend  to  those  of  sen- 
sation as  well,  so  that  the  part  has  neither  sensation  nor 
power  of  motion.      Sometimes  the   disease  affects  only  a 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      25] 

single  limb,  and  at  others  the  entire  one  side  of  the  body, 
or  again  only  the  lower  extremities.  It  may  be  caused  by 
disease  of  the  brain  or  spinal  cord,  from  injury  to,  or  pres- 
sure upon  a  nerve-trunk,  or  from  the  action  of  a  poison. 
But  in  some,  perhaps  most  cases,  it  is  preceded  by  symp- 
toms which,  though  often  unnoticed,  should  excite  attention 
These  are  a  sensation  of  numbness  or  pricking  in  one  of 
the  limbs,  or  the  entire  side,  readily  going  to  sleep,  as  it  is 
termed  of  the  part,  coldness  or  undue  paleness  of  the  part, 
or  slight  convulsive  twitching  or  jerking  of  the  part  or  limb 
involved.  When  such  symptoms  are  frequently  repeated 
without  apparent  cause,  they  should  excite  apprehension. 

The  Causes,  aside  from  those  mentioned  above,  are  long 
continued  strain  upon  the  nervous  system  among  men  of 
business,  exhausting  drains  upon  the  system,  and  a  too 
luxurious  or  indolent  mode  of  life,  or  other  similar  causes 
of  apoplexy. 

There  are  different  forms  of  Paralysis,  some  of  which  may 
briefly  noted;  viz.: 

Hemiplegia  ("Paralytic  Stroke")  is  the  most  common 
form,  and  affects  only  one  side  of  the  body,  most  commonly 
the  left  side.  It  indicates  disease  of  the  brain  on  the  oppo- 
site side  to  that  paralysed.  If  one  limb  only  is  paralyzed, 
it  is  usually  the  arm.  The  paralysis  may  be  complete, 
or  some  power  of  motion  may  be  left.  The  eye  remains 
permanently  open,  the  face  is  drawn  to  the  sound  side 
and  hangs  down  on  the  affected  side;  food  accumulates 
in  the  cheek,  there  is  loss  of  power  of  chewing  on  that 
side;  speech  is  imperfect,  and  taste  is  lost  in  the  front 
two-thirds  of  the  tongue.  Sometimes,  there  is  dropping 
of  the  upper  eyelid,  dilated  pupil,  rolling  outwards  of  the 
eyeball  and  indistinct  vision.  The  chief  causes  of  hemi- 
plegia are  apoplexy,  obstruction  of  brain  blood-vessels 
and  consequent  cerebral  softening. 

Paraplegia^  is  a  paralysis,  more  or  less  complete,  of  the 


252  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

lower  half  of  the  body,  and  may  be  due  to  disease  of  the 
spinal  cord  and  its  membranes;  to  reflex  action  from  a  sen- 
sitive nerve,  (such  as  from  the  irritation  of  teething,  or 
worms  in  children);  or  from  wounds;  affections  of  the 
womb;  from  urinary  complaints,  or  emotional  paralysis.  It 
usually  begins  slowly,  with  weakness,  numbness  and  ting- 
ling of  the  feet  and  legs,  the  weakness  increases  until  there 
is  loss  of  sensation  and  motion  in  the  legs,  paralysis  of  the 
bladder  and  sphincter  muscle  of  the  bowel,  with  involun- 
tary movements  and  spasms  of  the  legs. 

Other  forms  of  Paralysis  are  General  Paralysis,  or  Paresis, 
or  "Paralysis  of  the  Insane";  Wasting  Palsy,  not  common^, 
arising  from  fatty  degeneration  of  the  muscles,  is  often 
hereditary,  and  attacks  all  ages,  but  men  most  frequently; 
Locomotor  Ataxy,  most  common  in  men  between  35  and  50, 
and  caused  by  exposure  to  cold  when  fatigued,  by  rheuma- 
tism or  gout,  or,  most  commonly,  by  sexual  excesses;  Para- 
lysis Agitans,  or  "  Shaking  Palsy  ",  an  involuntary  trembling 
or  jerking  movement  of  the  muscles,  with  diminished  mus- 
cular power  commencing  in  hands,  arms  or  head  and  gra- 
dually extending  over  the  body;  Writer's  Cramp,  attacking 
muscles  of  the  thumb  and  fingers  which  hold  the  pen;  and 
various  forms  of  Local  Paralysis,  affecting  particular  sets  of 
muscles. 

Facial  Paralysis,  most  often  occurs  from  exposure  to  cold, 
or  from  irritation  from  decayed  teeth;  comes  on  suddenly  and 
without  pain,  and  is  first  discovered  by  the  patient  when 
he  begins  to  eat,  or  is  told  by  a  friend  that  his  mouth  is 
awry.  There  is  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  the  facial 
appearance  noticed  under  the  head  of  Hemiplegia — but  the 
affection  is  in  most  cases  quite  independent  of  any  disease 
of  the  brain,  and  is  usually  curable  with  facility. 

Infantile  Paralysis,  is  a  form  of  palsy,  of  obscure  origin, 
occuring  in  children  during  teething — i.  e.  from  the  sixth 
month  till  the  third  year.     It  occurs  suddenly,  and  never 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      253 

extends  from  the  limb  first  affected,  to  others.  There  may 
be  slight  fever  and  convulsions;  and  when  consciousness 
returns,  a  foot,  a  hand,  a  leg,  or  an  arm,  or  both  legs,  may 
be  found  to  be  paralysed;  but  never  a  leg  and  arm  on  the 
same  side;  the  bladder  and  bowels  are  never  paralysed. 
Sometimes  the  disease  ends  in  a  day  or  two,  in  complete 
recovery,  but  oftener  it  is  stationary  and  permanent.  After 
a  time,  the  affected  limb  becomes  soft,  relaxed,  flexible,  and 
gradually  withers.  The  skin  becomes  thin,  fat  is  absorbed, 
muscles  waste,  and  even  the  bone  is  diminished.  In  a 
year's  time  the  affected  limb  is  much  smaller  than  its  fellow, 
the  skin  livid,  and  chilblains  and  ulcerations  are  easily 
formed  on  it.  The  general  health  may  remain  unimpaired 
and  the  sufferer  live  many  years. 

Treatment. — For  the  premonitory  symptoms:  tingling, 
pricking  or  numbness,  frequent  going  to  sleep  of  the  limb 
or  parts,  Specific  No.  Fourteen  is  a2:)proiDriate,  and  may 
be  given,  six  pellets  at  a  time,  and  repeated  before  each 
meal,  and  on  going  to  rest. 

If  there  is  fullness  and  redness  of  the  face,  heaviness  of 
the  head,  and  disposition  to  sleep,  give  Specific  No.  One, 
six  pellets  at  a  time,  in  water,  every  two  hours,  for  ten  or 
twelve  hours,  and  then  give  Specific  No.  Ten  5  prepared  in 
the  same  manner,  in  alternation  with  it,  at  somewhat  longer 
intervals.  For  old  cases.  Specifics  No.  Fourteen  may  be 
given  each  morning,  and  Specific  No.  Ten  at  night;  or,  if 
the  case  is  more  recent  and  hopeful,  Specific  No.  Four- 
teen may  be  given,  six  pellets,  morning  and  afternoon,  and 
the  same  of  Specific  No.  Ten^  at  noon  and  night. 

EPILEPSY. 

This  disease  is  characterized  by  convulsions,  returning 
at  intervals,  attended  with  sudden  and  complete  loss  of 
consciousness  and  sensibility,  and  spasmodic  contractions  of 


251  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

the  muscles.  These  convulsive  fits,  which  recur  without 
any  special  regularity,  last  from  one  to  twenty  minutes  and 
are  followed  by  exhaustion  and  deep  sleep. 

The  fit  is  often  unattended  by  any  noticeable  premoni- 
tory symptoms,  or  these  are  too  brief  to  allow  the  patient 
to  remove  to  a  convenient  place,  or  even  to  give  an  in- 
timation of  what  is  about  to  happen.  In  other  instances,  an 
approaching  seizure  is  clearly  indicated  for  many  minutes, 
or  even  hourSj  before  its  actual  occurrence.  The  warning 
is  variable  in  different  cases,  often  consisting  of  such  symp- 
toms as  headache,  shooting  pains,  giddiness,  indistinctness 
of  vision,  sparks  of  various  colors,  humming  noises,  or  loud 
reports,  strong  odors,  sneezing,  strange  tastes,  hoarseness, 
irritability,  gloomy  mood,  spectral  illusons,  etc.  But  the 
most  striking  premonition  is  that  called  the  aura  epilepHca, 
a  sensation  compared  to  a  stream  of  warm  or  cold  air,  to 
the  trickling  of  water,  or  to  the  creeping  of  an  insect,  which 
commences  at  the  extremity  of  a  limb,  and  gradually  runs 
along  the  skin  towards  the  head;  or,  occasionally,  it  gets 
no  further  than  the  pit  of  the  stomach;  and,  as  soon  as  it 
stops,  the  fit  occurs.  A  knowledge  of  these  circumstances 
is  important,  as,  in  some  instances,  time  is  afforded  to  inter- 
pose remedies  that  may  avert  the  paroxysm,  or  at  least  to 
secure  the  patient's  safety  during  a  fit. 

The  Fit. — The  patient  utters  a  loud  shriek  or  scream, 
and  falls  suddenly  to  the  earth,  convulsed  and  insensible 
The  cry  is  peculiar  and  often  terrifying,  not  only  to  man- 
kind, but  also  to  the  brute  creation.  The  convulsive  move- 
ments, especially  of  the  head  and  neck,  are  often  very 
extreme,  one  side  being  frequently  more  affected  than  the 
other;  there  is  violent  closure  of  the  jaws;  the  tongue  is 
liable  to  be  bitten;  a  foam  issues  from  the  mouth,  often 
colored  by  blood;  the  eyes  quiver  and  roll  about,  or  are 
fixed  and  staring;  the  hands  are  firmly  clenched,  and  the 
thumbs  bent  inwards  upon  the  palms;  lU'ine,  etc.,  sometimes 


BISEaSK  and  treatment. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.       255 

escape  involuntarily;  the  breathing  is  impeded  by  spasms 
of  the  larynx,  and  performed  with  a  hissing  sound;  the 
cheeks  and  lips  are  of  a  deathly  pallor;  the  veins  of  the 
neck  and  forehead  are  greatly  distended,  the  heart  acts 
tumultuously,  and  death  seems  inevitable.  Gradually,  how- 
ever, the  symptoms  remit,  and  the  patient  is  left  insensible 
and  apparently  in  a  sound  sleep.  A  fit  rarely  lasts  longer 
than  from  one  to  three  minutes,  although  the  painful  na* 
ture  of  the  spectacle  makes  it  appear  longer  to  a  by- 
stander. 

Symptoms  following  a  Fit. — Some  few  patients  recover 
perfectly  in  a  few  minutes;  some  regain  consciousness  and 
then  sink  into  profound  sleep;  but  more  frequently  con- 
sciousness is  not  immediately  recovered,  the  slumber  suc- 
ceeding the  struggles  without  any  lucid  interval.  On 
emerging  from  the  slumber,  the  patient  may  merely  feel 
languid  and  inert,  or  like  a  j^erson  stunned,  or  in  a  state 
bordering  upon  idiocy,  unconscious  of  what  has  passed. 

The  paroxysm  may  soon  return  again  if  the  occasioning 
cause  is  still  in  action;  but  generally  in  chronic  cases,  at 
intervals  varying  from  a  few  days  to  several  weeks.  Some- 
times patients  have  several  fits  in  succession,  and  then 
escape  them  for  several  weeks. 

But  few  persons  die  in  a  fit,  but  they  may  be  repeated  so 
frequently  as  to  induce  a  comatose  state,  from  which  the 
patient  sinks.  Long  continuance  of  the  disease  rarely  fails 
to  destroy  control  of  the  appetite  and  passions  and  to  arrest 
the  mental  faculties,  and  idiocy;  sometimes  general  para- 
lysis, more  or  less  complete,  is  the  result. 

When  the  disease  commences  before  the  age  of  puberty, 
it  is  more  amenable  to  the  proper  treatment  than  after- 
wards, though  even  in  the  latter  cases,  homeopathic  treat- 
ment is  able  to  do  very  much  by  way  of  mitigating  and 
prolonging  the  intervals  between  the  convulsions,  and  in 
many  instances  to  effect  a  cure. 


256  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTGlIc 

The  most  frequent  exciting  causes  are:  A  hereditary  de- 
rangement of  the  nervous  or  sexual  systems, — Hysteria, 
immoderate  sexual  indulgence,  Self-abase,  and  physical 
and  psychical  prostration  from  any  cause.  The  age  at 
which  the  attacks  most  frequently  commence  is  from  the 
tenth  to  the  twentieth  year,  when  the  important  change  of 
puberty  takes  place.  The  other  most  frequent  period  is 
from  the  second  to  the  tenth  year,  during  which  the  per- 
manent teeth  are  cut. 

Fright,  fits  of  rage,  overstraining  the  mind;  gastric  dis- 
orders, the  irritation  of  worms  (especially  taenia),  menstrual 
irregularity  or  suppression,  repelled  eruptions — especially 
those  about  the  head — and  the  sight  of  other  epileptics,  are 
also  exciting  causes. 

Treatment. — During  a  fit  the  patient  should  receive  only 
such  attention  as  will  prevent  injury  from  the  convulsive 
movements.  Remove  or  loosen  the  cravat  from  the  neck, 
and  stays  from  the  body,  and  prevent  the  limbs  from  being 
bruised,  and  if  the  tongue  is  liable  to  be  lacerated,  some- 
thing may  be  inserted  between  the  teeth  to  prevent  it.  If 
the  breathing  is  arrested  for  a  dangerous  period,  by  sjDasm 
of  the  respiratory  muscles,  cold  water  may  be  sprinkled  in 
the  face  to  return  it.  The  body  should  be  placed  in  a  hori- 
zontal position  and  the  head  elevated.  After  the  patient 
has  come  out  of  the  fit,  he  should  be  allowed  to  rest  quietly 
an  hour  or  two  until  he  awakes. 

The  medical  treatment  consists  in  giving  six  pellets  of 
the  Specific  No.  Thirty-Five  each  morning,  and  the 
same  of  No.  Thirty-Three  each  evening,  which  should 
be  continued  for  several  weeks  or  even  months 

Persons  subject  to  fits  should  be  very  particular  in 
regard  to  diet.  Eat  only  plain  food,  easy  of  digestion, 
and  in  great  moderation.  Stimulants  should  be  entirely 
avoided. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. ^ — DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      257 

CHOKEA.— (^^.  Vitus'  Dance). 

This  disease  mostly  affects  children  of  nervous  tempera- 
ment, between  the  ages  of  five  and  fifteen  years,  and  is 
characterized  by  strange  and  unusual  movements  and  jerk- 
ings  of  the  limbs,  or  of  single  muscles. 

Generally,  for  some  months  previous  to  the  full  mani- 
festation of  the  disease,  the  child  is  troubled  with  constipa- 
tion, oj)pression  of  the  stomach  or  chest,  vertigo  or  head- 
ache, occasional  flushes  of  fever  at  night,  palpitation  of  the 
heart,  nervousness  and  irritability  of  temper.  Involuntary 
motions  generally  commence  with  grimaces  or  slight  mo- 
tions or  drawings  of  the  face ;  these  gradually  become  more 
decided  and  extend  by  degrees  to  the  extremities,  arms, 
hands  or  legs,  and  even  to  the  entire  body.  When  the 
limbs  are  affected,  the  gait  becomes  difficult,  awkward  or 
unsteady.  The  arms  fail  to  obey  the  will,  and  then  invo- 
luntary motions  or  gestures,  and  if  the  tongue  becomes 
involved,  the  act  of  deglutition  is  impeded,  and  the  speech 
becomes  stammering  or  difficult.  The  involuntary  motions 
are  constant  during  the  waking  hours,  and  some  cases  are 
attended  with  difficult  respiration,  jDain  in  the  limbs,  fre- 
quent micturition,  confusion  of  ideas,  and  loss  of  memory. 

It  is  usually  unattended  with  danger,  and  often  subsides 
at  the  age  of  puberty,  but  it  may  also  become  permanent, 
and  be  attended  by  perversion  or  permanent  weakening  of 
the  mental  powers.  It  has  frequently  been  caused  by  re- 
pelled eruptions,  such  as  tetter,  scald-head  or  itch,  also 
from  depressing  emotions,  fear,  ten*or,  or  from  mastur« 
bation,  or  the  irritation  of  worms.  Overtaxing  the  mental 
powers  at  school,  and  too  long  school  hours  are  most  fre- 
quent causes. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  Thirty-Three  and  No. 
Thirty-Five  will  usually  be  found  effectual.  Give  two 
to  six  pellets  of  the  latter  at  night,  and  the  same  from  the 


258  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

former  each  morning,  and  with  the  removal  of  the  exciting 
cause,  the  health  will  gradually  be  restored. 

T^TA'NVS.— {Lockjaw). 

This  disease  is  usually  the  result  of  some  injury  or  wound, 
at  times  apparently  trivial,  such  as  lacerating  the  hand,  or 
wounding  the  foot  by  a  nail,  or  it  may  come  on  after  sur- 
gical operations  by  which  a  nerve  is  compromised,  or  it 
may  in  rare  cases  be  the  result  of  a  cold.  The  injury  to 
the  nerve  or  tendon  acting  upon  a  peculiar  nervous  con- 
dition, is  the  supposed  cause  of  the  general  spasm  termed 
lockjaw. 

In  some  cases  it  commences  suddenly  and  with  great 
violence,  but  it  more  frequently  begins  by  degrees;  com- 
mencing with  slight  stiffness  in  the  back  part  of  the  neck, 
and  an  uneasy  sensation  at  the  root  of  the  tongue,  which 
gradually  increases,  attended  with  difficulty  of  swallowing? 
oppressive  tightness  of  the  chest,  and  pain  under  the  breast 
bone  extending  to  the  back;  the  countenance  becomes  pale; 
pulse  small;  urine  high  colored,  and  bowels  constipated. 
The  lower  jaw  becomes  immovable  and  tightly  clenched,  so 
that  at  times  the  slightest  particle  cannot  be  inserted  be- 
tween them,  hence  the  name  lockjaw  arises.  In  some  cases 
the  spasm  is  confined  to  the  jaws,  but  in  others  they  extend 
with  increasing  frequency  to  the  arms,  legs,  and  even  the 
entire  body,  bending  it  backwards,  forwards,  or  to  either 
pide.  In  the  worst  cases,  the  tetanus  becomes  general,  the 
eyes  fixed  and  immovable,  and  the  countenance  distorted 
with  an  expression  of  anguish,  the  breathing  loud  and 
jobbing;  the  body  and  limbs  fixed,  or  with  frequently 
occuring  spasms,  drawn  in  different  directions,  until  nature 
becomes  exhausted  and  succumbs  at  about  the  fourth  day 
in  a  continued  general  spasm.  Sometimes,  during  the  re- 
paission  of  spasms,  they  are  rene\ved  by  the  patient  moving. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      259 

speaking,  or  taking  food  or  drink.    The  mind  remains  clear 
to  the  last. 

Treatment. — After  wounds  or  injuries,  especially  lacer- 
ation or  punctures  with  rough  instruments,  spikes,  nails, 
etc.,  in  the  hands  or  feet,  great  care  should  be  taken  to  sub- 
due the  irritation  and  inflammatory  action,  and  to  have  the 
wound  heal  kindly.  To  this  end,  dress  the  wound  with  the 
Marvel  of  Healing,  and  keep  the  dressing  moist  with  it  for 
some  days;  avoid  working  with  it,  or  irritating  it,  and 
especially  avoid  taking  cold.  The  wound  will  thus  heal  up 
kindly,  with  no  evil  result. 

Should  symj^toms  of  lockjaw  appear,  give  at  once  the 
Specifics  No.  Tllil'ty-Tliree  and  No.  Thirty- Five  in 
alternation  every  hour,  a  dose  of  two  pellets  dissolved  in 
water,  and  continue  these  without  intermission  until  the 
spasm  has  entirely  ceased. 

When,  from  the  constant  clenching  of  the  jaws,  it  is  dif- 
ficult to  administer  the  medicine  in  the  common  method, 
let  the  pellets  be  dissolved  in  only  a  few  droj^s  of  water, 
and  be  drawn  in  with  the  breath,  or  even  be  put  in  between 
the  lips. 

Cases  of  extreme  tetanus  have  been  cured  by  placing  the 
patient  sitting  in  a  tub  or  bath,  and  pouring  a  stream  of 
cold  imter  continuously  over  the  head  and  shoulders  and 
down  the  spine,  until  violent,  cold  shicering  is  produced, 
when  the  patient  will  be  found  to  be  relaxed,  and  should  be 
wiped  dry,  wrapj^ed  in  blankets  and  put  to  bed.  The  ope- 
ration will  rarely  have  to  be  repeated,  and  is  a  very  simple 
remedy  and  may  be  tried  when  others  fail. 


NEUEALGIA.— (iVeru^-Pam). 

This  is  a  comparatively  modern  and  very  common  as  well 
as  painful  affection.  As  the  name  indicates,  it  is  simply 
pain  in  a  nerve,  and  hence  it  may  exist  in  any  part  of  the 


260  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

body.  It  is  very  common  in  the  face,  (prosopalgia),  the 
pain  frequently  extending  from  just  before  the  ear,  along 
under  and  up  over  the  eye,  or  it  mav  descend  along  the 
face  and  lower  jaw  of  that  side  to  the  center  of  the  face;  or 
it  may  extend  to  and  along  the  root  of  the  teeth.  The  pain 
is  violent,  sharp  or  rending,  tearing  or  lancinating,  often 
coming  with  paroxysms  of  increase  and  remission,  and  often 
very  regularly  better  or  worse  at  certain  periods  of  the  day 
or  night.  Sometimes  the  entire  head  or  side  are  involved, 
and  the  patient  can  scarcely  describe  his  symptoms.  The 
pain  is  not  increased,  but  generally  diminished  by  pressure 
jn  the  affected  part,  in  distinction  from  pain  of  an  inflam- 
matory or  rheumatic  character,  where  pressure  increases 
the  pain. 

The  duration  of  Neuralgia  is  very  uncertain;  an  attack 
may  pass  off  after  a  few  paroxysms,  or  it  may  persist  for 
many  days  or  months,  with  a  w^ell-marked,  or  irregulai-,  in- 
termittent, or  remittent  character. 

Tlie  hair  sometimes  undergoes  remarkable  changes  under 
the  influence  of  Neuralgia.  Dr.  Anstie  noted  greyness  of 
hair  on  the  same  side  in  eleven  instances  out  of  twenty: 
in  four  of  these  cases  there  was  greyness  of  part  of  the  eye- 
brow on  the  affected  side.  The  same  obsei*ver  lias  also 
Aoted  fluctuation  of  the  color,  the  greyness  actually  in- 
creasing during,  and  for  some  time  after,  an  acute  pa- 
roxysm, the  hair  subsequently  returning  more  c^r  less  to  its 
natural  color. 

The  Causes  may  be  hereditary,  comMitutional,  or  l(jeal. 
Neuralgia  is  distinctly  hereditary,  occurring  in  particular 
families,  and  in  successive;  generations.  It  is  well  known, 
also,  that  such  neuralgic  families  are  liable  to  the  more  j)ro- 
found  derangements  of  the  nervous  syst(;m — Paralysis,  Epi- 
lepsy, Hypochondriasis,  and  even  softening  of  the  brain 
and  Insanity — indicating  some;  congenital  imperfections  in 
the  formation  of  the  n(;rve-cells  and  fil^res.     This  seems  to 


DISE.VSE  AND  TRIL\TM:ENT. — DISIL^SES  OF  THE  HE-\D,  ETC.      261 

be  proved  by  tlie  fact  that,  though  a  2:>recisely  similar  acci- 
dent occur  to  a  huudi'ed  persons,  not  more  than  two  or  three 
will  experience  any  Neuralgia;  and  these  will  probably  be 
found  to  beloni^f  to  a  neuralsfic  familv. 

Couiifitufioual  causes  are — Impairment  of  the  general 
health;  depressing  influences,  whether  mental  or  physical,  aa 
night-watching,  sleeplessness,  anxiety,  insufficient  nourish- 
ment, or  violent  exertion;  hemorrhage  and  consequent  de- 
bility; affections  of  the  alimentaiy  or  luinary  organs;  ex- 
posure to  wet  and  cold — to  strong  and  cold  winds,  which  ai'e 
fi'equent  causes  of  ii'ritation  to  the  animal  nervous  system; 
a  sfoutv,  rheumatic,  or  svphilitic  taint;  decav  or  loss  of 
teeth;  malaria:  and.  lastlv,  oriranic  de«?eneration  at  the  de- 
cline  of  life,  which  is  the  most  severe  and  intractable  form 
presented  to  the  physician.  The  gi'eat  majonty  of  patients 
is  found  among  the  hard-working,  the  poor,  and  the  badly- 
nourished  classes;  men  suffering  less  fi'equently  than  women. 
The  cause  of  this,  that  men  are  better  protected,  both  na- 
turally and  ai'tihcially,  fi'om  the  effects  of  exposui'e,  and  that 
women  ai'e  tempted  to  indulge  in  brief  exj^osures  in  the 
open  air  fi'om  wann  rooms  without  any  suitable  covering 
to  the  head,  or  any  protection  to  the  face.  The  face  of 
man,  on  the  contrarv,  is  covered  bv  a  beard  which  shields 
him  fi'om  injury  by  exj^osure.  He  also  spends  less  time  in 
the  relaxing  atmosphere  of  heated  rooms,  and  enjoys  to  a 
gi'eater  extent  the  bracing  effects  of  out-of-door  exercise. 

Local  causes  mav  be — wounds;  lodizment  of  a  foreicfii  bodv 

ft  -        ~  ~  • 

in  the  substance  of  a  neiwe-trunk;  gun-shot  wounds,  or 
other  injuries;  tumors,  esj'jecially  Cancer;  minute  frag- 
ments of  bone  pressing  on  the  nerve  (an  occasiouiil  cause  of 
facial  Neuralgia) ;  carious  teeth  or  stumps.  Even  Neuralgia 
fi'om  injury  is  aggravated  by  any  impaiiTaent  of  the  con- 
stitutional viiroiu'. 

Tre.\tment. — The    Specific   No.    Eiijllt    will   usuallv   be 
found  sufficient,  and  mav  be  given  in  portions  of  six  j^ellets 


262  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

dry  on  the  tongue,  and  repeated  every  one  or  two  hours, 
according  to  circumstances. 

In  cases  of  chronic  neuralgia,  the  Specific  No.  Thirty- 
Five  may  be  given  in  alternation  with  the  No.  Ei^llt^  and 

six  pellets  of  each  be  given  twice  per  day,  making  four 
doses  in  all. 

Sometimes,  in  very  violent  attacks,  attended  with  fever, 
red  face,  or  heat  of  the  head,  the  Specific  No.  One  may  be 
efficient,  dissolved  in  water,  twelve  pellets  in  six  spoonsful 
and  a  spoonful  given  every  hour.  The  use  of  the  above 
named  remedies  will  usually  be  found  effective,  even  in  the 
severest  cases. 

TOOTHACHE. 

Toothache  is  an  affection  so  well  known  as  to  require  no 
description.  The  23ain  is  usually  found  in  connection  with 
decayed  teeth,  but  sometimes  also  in  sound  ones.  When 
badly  decayed  teeth  begin  to  ache,  it  may  be  best  to  have 
them  extracted.  Yet,  even  here,  the  proper  Specific  treat- 
ment will  often  entirely  allay  the  pain,  and  the  teeth  may 
do  good  service  for  many  years  afterwards.  But  when  pain 
affects  sound  teeth,  we  should  rarely  submit  to  have  them 
taken  out,  until  we  have  exhausted  every  means  to  relieve 
them  without  this  alternative.  A  most  insane  practice  it  is, 
whenever  we  have  a  toothache,  which  may  be  occasioned 
from  a  cold  and  will  hence  soon  pass  off,  or  from  a  bad 
state  of  the  stomach,  or  by  fever,  or  from  mental  and  phy- 
sical excitement,  or  from  drinking  coffee,  or  pregnancy--all 
transient  conditions — to  rush  to  the  doctor  or  dentist  and 
lose  a  tooth — a  loss  which  can  never  be  repaired.  Under 
such  circumstances,  if  we  will  exercise  a  little  patience,  a 
little  discretion  and  judgment,  we  may  allay  the  pain,  re- 
move the  exciting  cause  and  save  the  tooth  as  well  as  the 
suffering  of  its  extraction. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      263 

Treatment. — Take  first  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No. 
Eig*!!!  and  repeat  them  every  hour  if  needful.  If  not  re- 
lieved, dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  a  glass  half  full  of  water; 
also  prepare  the  Specific  No.  One  in  the  same  manner  and 
take  them  alternately  every  hour,  or  every  two  hours,  until 
relieved.  Sometimes  the  Specific  No.  Fifteen  is  very  effi- 
cient, especially  in  rheumatic  subjects,  or  when  the  pains 
appear  to  have  a  rheumatic  origin,  and  in  other  cases  the 
Specific  No.  Ten  is  equally  so. 

When  the  toothache  does  not  seem  to  yield,  and  espe- 
cially in  children  who  are  fretful  and  impatient,  relief  may 
be  obtained  by  bathing  the  face  on  the  affected  side  freely 
with  the  Marvel  of  Healing,  and  holding  some  of  it  in  the 
mouth  on  that  side.  If  the  tooth  is  hollow,  wet  a  little 
pledget  of  lint  with  the  same,  and  press  it  into  the  cavity 
of  the  tooth.  Even  better  than  bathing  the  face  in  the 
same,  is  wetting  a  thin  cloth  or  handkerchief  with  the  same, 
and  wrapping  it  over  the  affected  parts  of  the  face  or  jaw 
with  a  handkerchief. 

It  is  a  bad  practice  in  toothache,  to  hold  camphor  spirits 
or  other  stimulants  in  the  mouth,  or  to  apply  creosote,  lau- 
danum, oil  of  cloves,  etc.,  to  the  teeth.  These  niore  fre- 
quently irritate  than  relieve — excite  and  irritate  the  entire 
mouth  and  gums,  and  do  more  harm  than  good.  Let  the 
diet  be  light  if  the  stomach  is  deranged;  if  there  is  a  cold, 
cure  that,  and  you  will  soon  find  relief,  and  save  your  teeth. 
If  relieved  an  hour  or  so  after  taking  the  remedies,  take  no 
more;  if  it  returns,  try  another  dose,  and  even  repeat  it 
after  one  hour  or  two.  Often  a  single  portion  will  cure  a 
severe  case. 

Means  of  Preservation. — The  function  of  the  teeth  is  so 
important,  that  their  preservation  is  a  matter  of  the  highest 
moment.  The  first  teeth  determine  the  nature  of  the 
second  set,  and  persons  suffer  lamentably  from  early  neg- 
lect.    Proximate  decay  might  be  prevented,  in   five  cases 


264  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

• 

out  of  ten,  by  simply  passing  a  thread  between  an  infant's 
teeth,  twice  a  week,  from  the  time  of  their  eruption.  Pro- 
fessional inspection  should  also  be  sought  before  symptoms 
of  decay  present  themselves,  and  while  there  is  still  hope 
that  the  dentist  may  fulfill  what  should  be  regarded  as  his 
mission,  that  of  saving  the  teeth.  Cleanliness,  with  respect 
to  the  teeth,  is  all-important  for  infants  and  children,  as 
well  as  adults.  The  teeth  should  be  kept  clean  by  rinsing 
the  mouth  with  pure  cold  water,  and  brushing  the  teeth 
with  a  moderately  soft  brush  every  morning;  and,  if  possible, 
after  every  meal,  especially  when  animal  food  has  been 
taken;  and  contact  with  all  disorganising  agents  avoided. 
The  idea  that  frequent  brushing  the  teeth  is  liable  to 
lacerate  the  gums  and  separate  them  from  the  teeth  is 
erroneous,  for  it  is  one  of  the  best  methods  of  restoring 
them  to  a  healthy  condition  when  they  are  spongy  and 
liable  to  bleed.  But  when  a  tendency  to  decay  of  the  teeth 
or  inflammatory  action  of  the  gums  exists,  the  use  of  Specific 
No.Eigllt  and  of  the  Marvel  of  Healillg'  at  morning  and 
night,  as  a  wash,  will  be  effectual.  The  habit  of  taking  very  hot 
substances  into  the  mouth  should  be  avoided,  as  the  expan- 
sive power  of  heat  may  rupture  the  enamel,  which  in  turn 
becomes  the  nucleus  of  decay.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
habit  of  subjecting  the  teeth  to  the  opposite  extreme  of 
temperature,  as  by  sucking  ice,  etc.,  is  also  to  be  avoided. 
Chewing  or  smoking  tobacco,  and  the  habitual  use  of  strong 
drinks,  tend  to  destroy  the  teeth.  Lastly,  as  an  important 
means  of  preserving  the  teeth,  the  general  health  should  be 
maintained  in  the  highest  state  of  integrity,  by  the  use  of 
plain,  nourishing  food,  cold  sponging  or  bathing,  and  early 
and  regular  habits. 

SWELLED  FACE. 

Not  unfrequently,  and  often  as  the  sequel  of  toothache, 
the  face,  more  especially  on  one  side,  becomes  swelled  or 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      265 

puffed  out  sometimes  to  an  extreme  degree.  The  entire 
tissue  of  the  cheek  and  sometimes  the  face,  becomes 
thickened  and  swelled  so  as  to  distort  the  countenance,  and 
render  deglutition  or  even  opening  the  mouth  difficult  or 
painful.  The  swelling  may  be  red  and  hot  with  heat,  and 
some  degree  of  fever  or  even  erysipelas,  or  it  may  be  pale 
or  hard. 

It  is  not  a  very  dangerous  affair,  but  sufficiently  disagree- 
able and  unpleasant  to  require  attention,  and  more  espe- 
cially so  when  it  assumes  the  graver  forms. 

Treatment. — If  the  swelling  is  red  or  hot,  or  both,  with 
some  fever,  the  Specific  No.  One  is  the  remedy,  and  may 
be  given  in  doses  of  two  pellets  dissolved  in  water,  and  re- 
peated every  two  hours.  If  the  swelling  is  firm  or  hard, 
alternate  Specieic  No.  Fifteen  in  like  manner  with  No. 
One;  or  if  the  toothache  has  been  cured  by  Spechtc  No. 
Eig'Ilt^  its  continuous  use  will  also  cure  the  sw^elling  of  the 
face. 

In  painful  swelling  of  the  face,  the  application  of  a  cloth 
wet  in  the  Marvel  of  Healing  will  relieve  both  the  pain 
and  swelling. 

LAEYNGISMUS  STBIDVIAJS.— {Spasmodic  Croup, 

Ghild-croming). 

Is  a  spasmodic  affection  of  the  windpipe,  of  nerv^ous 
origin,  occuring  almost  solely  in  infants  and  young  children, 
most  commonly  betw^een  the  fourth  and  tenth  month. 
Nervous,  hysterical  adults  sometimes  have  it. 

Causes. — Predisposing, — It  appears  to  be  hereditary  in 
some  families;  but  is  mainly  found  in  children  who  have 
other  characteristics  of  Rickets.  The  nervous  system  shares 
in  the  general  debility,  which  is  increased  in  the  case  of 
those  who  live  in  close,  unwholesome  air,  who  are  insuffi- 
ciently nourished,  or  are  fed  with  unsuitable  food,  or  are 
brought  up  by  hand,  and  of  those  who  are  delicate  anc? 


266  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

reared  with  difficulty.     These  are  always  susceptible  to  the 
least  excitement  or  depression. 

Exciting, — The  attack  is  often  brought  on  by  the  most 
trifling  causes;  a  draught  of  cold  air,  a  simple  cold,  the 
irritation  of  a  growing  tooth,  disorder  of  the  stomach,  con- 
stipation, diarrhoea,  derangement  of  any  function,  a  mere 
start,  a  dance,  excitement  or  irritation  of  any  kind. 

Symptoms. — They  come  on  suddenly,  usually  in  the  night. 
The  child  cannot  inspire,  struggles,  gasps;  presently,  the 
air  enters  with  a  crowing  sound,  and,  for  a  time,  the  child  is 
well.  But  there  may  be  relapse  after  an  uncertain  interval. 
Or  the  bre.th  may  not  return  so  readily  as  we  have  indi- 
cated; the  larynx  may  be  absolutely  closed;  for  there  is  no 
noisy  breathing,  no  "croupy  "  sound.  The  child  appears  to 
have  fainted,  is  very  pale,  somewhat  blue,  not  livid,  except 
slightly  in  the  lips;  gasps  and  struggles  for  breath.  Suffo- 
cation seems  imminent  Presently  the  spasm  ceases,  the 
glottis  opens,  the  air  enters  with  a  whistling,  cooing,  or 
crowing  sound;  the  color  returns;  and  the  paroxysm  has 
passed  away.  Not  unfrequently  there  are  Convulsions;  and 
particularly  steady  muscular  contractions  of  the  thumbs, 
and  fingers  which  are  bent  towards  the  palms,  and  of  the 
toes,  which  are  bent  towards  the  soles  of  the  feet.  These 
contractions  are  attended  with  pain;  and  any  attempt  to 
straighten  the  fingers  or  toes  always  causes  more  pain. 

The  following  table  presents  the   differences  between 

Child-crowing  and  Croup. 

CHiLD-CEowiNG. — No  Warning  symptoms;  attack  sudden;  no  fever, 
or  cough;  breathing  is  free  in  the  intervals  of  the  spasms;  no  false 
membrane;  improvement  sudden. 

CROUP. — Premonitory  feverishness,  hoarseness,  and  dry  cough; 
attack  not  so  sudden ;  fever,  thirst  and  ringing  cough ;  breathing  more 
or  less  rough,  and  affected  during  the  whole  duration  of  attack; 
shreds  of  false  membrane  are  coughed  up;  improvement  gradual. 

Treatment. — ^Dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One^ 
in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water,  and  give  a  spoonful  every 
fifteen  minutes,  until  the  child  is  easier. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      267 

Accessory  Treatment. — The  child  should  be  promptly 
raised  up  as  soon  as  he  begins  to  struggle,  and  placed  in  a 
warm  bath;  the  throat  fomented  by  means  of  a  sponge 
wrung  out  of  hot  water;  fresh  air  admitted  to  the  room  by 
an  open  window;  ether  or  ammonia  may  be  applied  co  the 
nostrils.  A  dash  of  cold  water  in  the  face  or  chest  some- 
times excites  respiration.  As  it  is  rare  for  more  than  one 
attack  to  occur  in  one  night,  the  patient  may  be  laid  down 
again,  and  comfortably  wrapped  up,  as  soon  as  the  fit  is 
over.  When  teeth  are  seen  to  be  nearly  through,  the  gums 
should  be  lanced;  or  the  mother  may  rub  through  the  gum 
with  a  piece  of  loaf  sugar. 

Preventive  Treatment. — To  avert  further  attacks,  and  to 
counteract  the  constitutional  tendency,  good  hygienic  con- 
ditions should  be  secured,  and  exciting  causes,  especially 
such  as  arise  in  the  digestive  organs,  should  be  removed. 
Plenty  of  fresh,  pure  air  is  imperatively  required;  the  danger 
of  catching  cold  is  less  than  that  of  Si)asm.  Cod-liver  oil 
should  be  given.  The  constitution  must  be  strengthened 
by  generous  diet,  adapted  to  the  age  of  the  child.  The 
cold  or  tepid  bath  should  be  in  daily  use.  Excitement 
should  be  avoided;  quiet  fondling  is  better  than  romping. 

HYSTEEIA. 

Is  a  disturbance  of  the  nervous  system  characterized  by 
a  perversion  of  the  sensations,  and  generally  (though  not 
exclusively)  confined  to  females,  between  puberty  and  the 
change  of  life. 

Formerly  Hysteria  was  thought  to  be  directly  due  to 
disorders  of  the  womb;  but  this  is  incorrect,  for  it  exists  in 
women  in  whom  all  the  functions  of  the  womb  are  healthily 
performed,  and  even  in  women  born  without  a  womb;  it  is 
also  occasionally  met  with  in  the  male  sex;  men  of 
exalted  sensibility,  under  the  influence  of  some  powerful 


268  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

emotion,  coupled  perhaps  with  excessiTs!5  bodilj  fatigue, 
break  down  under  their  feelings  and  play  the  part  of 
women.  We  "  look  to  see  what  organ  is  diseased,  but  find 
none;  the  machinery  is  good,  but  it  is  working  irregularly; 
it  is  the  engine  with  the  fly-wheel  gone." 

Symptoms. — Hysteria  is  remarkable  for  the  wide  range 
and  indistin<j,tive  character  of  symptoms,  and  the  many  di- 
seases it  may  mimic;  especially,  loss  of  voice,  stricture  of 
the  oesophagus;  Laryngitis,  a  barking  cough  (more  annoy- 
ing to  the  hearer  than  to  the  patient).  Pleurisy,  heart  di- 
sease, difficulty  in  urinating.  Neuralgia,  disease  of  the  spine 
or  joints,  and  many  inflammatory  diseases.  In  these  cases 
the  patient  deceives  herself,  and  by  extreme  statements  of 
her  sufferings  often  misleads  others.  In  some  cases  there 
may  co-exist  with  Hysteria,  indigestion,  a  more  or  less  de- 
finite affection  of  the  head,  chest,  or  abdomen,  or  other 
condition  of  impaired  health  or  constitutional  delicacy. 

The  hysteric  Fits. — The  patient  screams  or  makes  an  in- 
coherent noise,  appears  to  lose  all  voluntary  power  and 
consciousness,  and  falls  to  the  ground.  On  closely  watching 
a  case,  however,  it  will  be  noticed  that  there  is  not  absolute 
loss  of  consciousness:  the  patient  contrives  to  fall  so  as  not 
to  injure  herself  or  dress;  an  attack  does  not  occur  when 
she  is  asleep  or  alone;  the  countenance  is  not  distorted,  as 
in  Epilepsy;  the  eyelids  may  quiver  and  the  eyes  be  turned 
up,  but  the  eyes  are  not  wide  open,  nor  the  pupils  dilated, 
as  in  Epilepsy,  and  the  patient  may  be  observed  to  see  and 
to  look;  the  breathing  is  noisy  and  irregular,  but  there  is 
not  such  absolute  arrest  of  breathing  as  to  cause  asphyxia; 
the  fit  continues  for  an  indefinite  period,  followed  by  great 
apparent  exhaustion,  but  not  by  real  stupor. 

Treatment. — The  predisposition  should  be  overcome  by 
correcting  anj  unhealthy  or  unusual  condition  of  the  men- 
strual function,  if  such  exist.  For  an  ordinary  attack,  the 
Specific  No.  Three,  six  pellets  every  half  hour  or  hour, 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  HEAD,  ETC.      269 

will  generally  suffice.  If  connected  with  scanty  menstrua- 
tion, administer  the  Specific  No.  Eleven  in  the  same 
manner.  If  there  are  attacks  of  cramps  simulating,  or 
actual  convulsions,  administer  the  Specific  No.  Thirty- 
Three^  six  pellets  every  hour  until  relieved. 

HYPOCHONDEIASIS. 

Is  a  functional  disorder  of  the  nervous  system,  attended 
with  exaggerated  ideas  or  depressed  feelings,  but  without 
actual  disorder  of  the  intellect. 

Symptoms. — The  patient  imagines  himself,  without  suffi- 
cient ground,  the  subject  of  some  serious  disease,  and  is 
often  haunted  with  the  dread  of  insanity  or  of  death.  Fre- 
quently, at  first,  the  patient  considers  himself  dyspeptic 
from  the  fact  that  he  is  troubled  with  flatulence,  has  a 
furred  tongue,  foul  breath,  irregular  appetite,  and  generally 
obstinate  constipation.  After  a  time  he  complains  of  a 
gnawing  or  burning  pain,  of  uneasiness  at  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  or  of  more  serious  disease.  He  has  great  hope  of 
getting  rid  of  his  malady,  and  strong  faith,  notwithstanding 
repeated  failures,  in  treatment.  Afterwards,  from  attention 
being  directed  to  particular  organs,  functional  disturbances 
arise, — flushes,  palpitation,  suppression  of  bile,  or  bilious 
diarrhoea;  symptcms  which  tend  to  confirm  the  belief  that 
organic  disease  exists. 

Causes. — Hereditary  influences  are  potent  and  common: 
a  taint  of  insanity,  or  other  grave  nervous  disease,  may  be 
generally  traced  in  near  or  remote  ancestors.  The  deve- 
lopment of  the  disease  is  usually  in  connection  with  the 
conditions  of  middle  life,  especially  indolence  and  luxury; 
or,  on  the  other  hand,  with  anxiety  and  conscious  failure  in 
efforts  to  provide  for  relations  and  dependents.  Severe 
shocks  of  a  moral  or  emotional  nature  may  give  rise  to  the 
malady.     The  patient's  complaints  may,  however,  be  not 


270  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

mereXy  fanciful,  but  due  to  actual  disease.  Organic  diseases 
of  the  liver  or  stomach  are  especially  likely  to  evoke  the 
symptoms  of  Hypochondriasis,  or  they  may  arise,  or  be  ex- 
cited into  new  action^  by  a  concurrent  morbid  process- 
The  statements  and  symptoms  of  a  hypochondriac  should 
therefore  be  carefully  examined.  It  is  often  said  that 
reading  medical  hooks  frightens  persons  into  the  disease. 
This  cause  must,  however,  be  very  limited  and  trifling  com- 
pared with  the  more  potent  and  general  operation  of  such 
influences  as  grief,  fatigue,  the  failure  of  efforts,  or  the 
miserable  and  heart-wearing  habits  of  an  idle  life. 

Treatment. — In  general  the  use  of  Specifics  No.  Ten  and 
No.  Twenty- Eig"!!!  is  the  proper  course,  giving  the  No. 
Ten  each  morning  and  the  No.  Twenty-Eigllt  at  night. 
This  may  be  continued  for  weeks  or  months,  or  it  may  be 
omitted  for  a  week  and  then  resumed.  Should  there  be 
sleeplessness,  Specific  Noo  Three  may  be  taken,  one  or  more 
doses  at  night,  in  place  of  No.  Twenty-Eictlt^  and  the 
use  of  any  other  Specifics  may  be  invoked  for  any  passing 
ailment  or  disease. 

Accessory  MEANS.---The  weary  mind  should  be  relieved, 
and  vigor  of  body  and  cheerfulness  of  spirits  secured  by  a 
course  of  out-of-door  exercises,  physical  training,  bathing 
and  suitable  dietetic  arrangements.  Horse-exercise  is  par- 
ticularly advantageous.  Exorcise  should  be  employed  in 
such  a  manner  as  may  be  amusing  to  the  patient,  and  to 
the  extent  of  the  healthy  action  of  the  muscles,  but  never 
sufiicient  to  produce  severe  fatigue.  If  Indigestion  exist, 
the  article  on  that  subject  should  be  consulted.  Hypochon- 
driasis from  sexual  vices  requires  the  aid  of  a  physician. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  EYES. 


The  eye,  from  its  importance  and  delicate  nature  should 
claim  our  most  careful  attention  when  it  is  the  subject  of 
disease.  We  should,  at  all  times,  be  careful  not  to  apply 
salves,  ointments  or  irritating  washes;  but  to  treat  this  or- 
gan wdtli  the  utmost  caution  and  tenderness,  only  applying 
those  substances  herein  recommended,  trusting  mainly  to 
the  action  of  the  remedies  given  internally.  Nor  should 
we  be  hasty  in  intrusting  them  to  the  care  of  incompetent, 
ignorant,  or  ill-advised  pretenders. 

It  should  be  recollected  that  in  all  cases  of  diseased  or 
sore  eyes,  though  the  affection  seems  to  be  local,  yet  the 
whole  system  is  more  or  less  in  sym2)athy  with  it;  and  of  tea 
the  local  affection  is  only  the  expression  of  a  general  morbid 
condition  of  the  system.  Thus  it  is  that  scrofula,  gout, 
rheumatism,  catarrh,  or  syphilis,  may  each  locate  them- 
selves upon  the  eyes,  producing  their  peculiar  forms  of  in- 
flammation or  disease,  and  hence  in  the  process  of  cure, 
tlK)se  remedies  appropriate  to  these  conditions  should  be 
employed  in  connection  with  those  for  the  local  disease. 

SEVIPLE  OPHTHALMIA— INFLAIVIMATION  OF  THE 

EYE. — ( Conjunctivitis). 

The  attack  often  commences  with  itching,  or  a  feeling  as 
if  sand  or  dust  had  got  into  the  eye,  the  eyeball  and  inside 


272  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOK. 

of  the  lid  become  reddened,  and  the  vessels  distributed 
over  the  eye  injected^  carrying  red  blood.  The  eyes  be- 
come irritated,  intolerant  of  light  and  painful,  with  flow  of 
hot,  scalding  tears.  In  some  forms,  where  tne  inflammation 
runs  high  or  continues  long,  ulcers  or  small  specks  are 
apt  to  form  upon  the  cornea  or  ball  of  the  eye. 

Causes. — Exposure  of  eye  to  dust,  smoke,  impure  air, 
cold  winds,  too  bright  light,  strain  of  eye,  etc. 

Treatment. — For  the  first  twenty-four  or  forty-eight 
hours,  give  the  Specifics  No.  One  and  No  Eigilteeil  in 
alternation,  a  dose  every  three  hours.  Prepare  the  medi- 
cine by  dissolving  twelve  pellets  of  each  in  six  spoonsful  of 
water  in  separate  glasses,  and  administer  from  the  two  in 
alternation.  After  two  days  omit  the  Specific  No.  Olie^ 
and  instead  use  the  Specific  No.  TIlirty-Five  in  like 
manner,  in  alternation  with  No.  Eigllteen.  As  the  in- 
flammation subsides  and  the  eye  improves,  the  medicine 
may  be  taken  less  frequently,  and  the  medicine  may  be 
taken  dry,  two  pellets  at  a  time,  instead  of  in  fluid  form. 

Let  the  eye  be  shaded  from  light  if  it  is  oppressive,  and 
avoid  reading,  writing  or  taxing  the  eye  in  any  manner, 
and  live  on  very  light,  easily  digested  food. 

For  an  application,  use  the  Marvel  of  Healing,  diluted 
with  an  equal  quantity  of  pure,  soft  water,  and  with  this 
bathe  the  eye;  and  at  night  wet  a  fine  linen  rag  with  it  and 
lay  over  the  eye,  renewing  from  time  to  time  as  it  gets  hot 
or  dry.  If  the  same  cannot  be  procured,  dissolve  six  pellets 
of  Specific  No.  Eig'hteeil  in  half  a  teacupful  of  soft  Avater, 
and  use  in  like  manner. 

In  cases  where  scrofula  or  rheumatism  are  clearly  con- 
nected with  the  disease  as  a  cause,  it  may  be  advisable, 
should  the  cure  linger,  to  alternate  the  Specifics  for  those 
diseases.  No.  Twenty- Tliree  or  No.  Fifteen^i  with  that 
for  ophthalmia,  No.  Eig'hteeil. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  EYES.  273 

CHKONIC  OPHTHALMIA. 

Inflammations  of  the  eyes  are  often  met  with  of  many 
months,  and  even  years  standing.  They  are  sometimes 
better  for  a  season  and  then  worse  again,  and  generally 
have  their  origin  in  some  constitutional  taint  of  the  system, 
such  as  gout  or  scrofula,  or  they  may  arise  from  the  virus 
of  syphilis  or  gonorrhoea.  The  eyeball  is  generally  red- 
dened, blood-vessels  injected,  lids  thickened,  red  and 
swelled;  intolerance  of  light,  and  discharge  of  thick  or 
purulent  matter,  or  of  hot,  scalding  water,  when  the  irrita- 
tion has  been  kindled  up  afresh.  Ulcers,  or  the  remains  of 
old  ulcers,  are  not  unfrequently  met  with. 

Treatment. — These  old  cases,  which  are  often  met  with 
in  bad,  unhealthy  or  neglected  subjects,  only  require  care 
and  patience  in  their  treatment.  Under  good  management, 
wonders  can  be  effected  in  restoring  these  organs  to  sight 
and  usefulness.  Give  at  first,  the  Specifics  No.  Eigllteen 
and  No.  Tllirty-Five^  six  pellets  at  a  time  and  four  times 
per  day  in  alternation.  Continue  this  course  a  week  or 
two  weeks,  or  as  long  as  the  eyes  continue  to  improve.  If, 
after  a  time,  the  secretion  is  thick,  gummy  or  abundant, 
omit  the  Specific  No.  Thirty- Five  and  use  the  No. 
Tweiity-Tliree  instead,  and  so  continue  for  one  or  two 
weeks,  returning  again  to  the  former  medicine  to  complete 
the  cure. 

Accessory  Means. — Exposure  to  currents  of  cold  and  damp 
air  should  be  avoided,  and  if  the  weather  is  inclement 
during  an  attack,  the  patient  should  remain  in  a  room  of 
uniform  temperature.  A  piece  of  lint,  wet  with  in  tepid  or 
cold  water,  as  may  be  most  agreeable  to  the  patient,  should 
be  laid  over  the  eye,  and  covered  with  oil-silk,  on  retiring. 

If  the  lids  are  gummed  together  in  the  morning,  they 
should  on  no  account  be  opened  without  being  first  moist- 
ened with  tepid  water  or  saliva;  but  any  gumming  together 


274  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

may  be  prevented  by  smearing  the  lids  at  night  with  a  little 
cold-cream  or  olive-oil,  or  by  covering  them  with  moist  lint 
and  oil-silk,  as  just  recommended.  As  long  as  the  eyes 
remain  sensitive,  they  may  be  protected  by  plain  blue  or 
smoke-colored  glasses;  they  should  be  used  with  extreme 
moderation;  crowded  rooms,  or  air  poisoned  by  tobacco- 
smoke  or  other  impurities,  should  be  avoided.  The  food 
should  be  simple,  nourishing,  and  digestible. 

Preventive  Means. — Persons  predisposed  to  Ophthalmia 
should  guard  against  all  needless  exposures  during  the  pre- 
valence of  easterly  and  noy^th-easterly  winds.  In  reading, 
writing,  or  when  using  the  eyes  on  fine  work,  the  morning 
hours  should  be  chosen,  when  the  light  is  growing  brighter. 
The  habits  should,  therefore,  be  early  and  regular;  the 
beneficial  influence  of  out-of-door  air  should  be  regularly 
taken  advantage  of;  and  bathing  practised 

The  Diet  may  be  more  generous  than  in  acute  ophthalmia, 
but  still  should  be  free  from  stimulants  of  any  kind. 

INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  EYELIDS. 

Not  unfrequently  the  eyelid  becomes  inflamed,  red, 
swelled  and  painful,  especially  along  the  margin  of  the  lid, 
while  the  eyeball  seems  but  slightly  affected.  In  some  cases 
the  frequent  recurrence  or  persistence  of  this  affection, 
causes  the  thickening  of  the  margin  of  the  lid,  and  the  per- 
manent loss  of  the  eyelashes. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  Eleven  and  No.  Ei§"ll- 
teeil  are  the  appropriate  medicines,  and  may  be  administ- 
ered two  or  four  times  per  day  according  to  the  urgency  of 
the  case,  as  directed  for  acute  ophthalmia. 

HOKDEOLUM.— (%). 

This  is  a  small,  hard,  generally  inflamed  tumor,  seated  on 
the  margin  of  the  lid,  commencing  as  a  small,  painful  lump. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  EYES.  275 

becoming  inflamed,  swelled,  red,  and  finally  softening.  In 
some  cases  a  tumor  like  a  small  wen  appears  in  the  same 
locality,  and  remains  without  suppurating  or  discharging. 
Treatment. — It  will  be  speedily  removed  by  the  use  of 
the  Specifics  No.  Eighteen  and  No.  Eleven  in  alter- 
nation. A  dosaof  six  pellets  may  be  given  every  two  or 
three  hours  at  first;  then  morning  and  night  is  sufficieiitc 
Small,  indolent  tumors  or  wens  may  require  the  use  ot 
Specifics  No.  Eighteen  and  No.  Thirty-Five^  given  six 
pellets  night  and  morning. 

BLOOD-SHOT  EYES. 

Sometimes  from  severe  or  violent  coughing,  blows,  falls, 
retching,  vomiting  or  crying,  the  eye  or  a  portion  of  it  be- 
comes suffused  with  blood,  or  "  bloodshot  '*  as  it  is  termed. 
It  generally  passes  off  itself  by  being  absorbed,  when  the 
occasioning  cause  has  ceased  to  act.  A  few  doses  of  Speci- 
fic No.  Thirty- Five,  given  two  or  three  times  per  day, 
will  hasten  the  removal  of  the  extravasation.  Frequent 
bathing  with  the  Marvel  of  Healing  may  also  hasten  the 
absorption. 

WATERY,  WEEPING  EYES. 

When  this  is  the  result  of  the  closure  or  obliteration  of 
the  tear-duct,  medicine  will  not  avail.  But  when  it  arises 
from  weakness  or  over  sensibility  of  the  organ,  or  a  partial 
closure  of  the  duct  from  inflammatory  thickening  oi  the 
surrounding  tissue,  or  from  the  secretion  itself  being  thick- 
ened, it  is  quite  within  the  reach  of  medical  treatment. 

Administer  in  such  cases  the  Specific  No.  Eig'hteen, 
six  pellets  three  times  per  day.  If  a  catarrhal  condition  at 
the  same  time  exists,  interpose  an  occasional  dose  of  six 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  Nineteen. 


276  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

STKABISMUS.— (^^uin^tny). 

A  condition  in  which  the  axis  of  one  eye  is  not  parallel 
with  that  of  the  other;  there  is  loss  of  harmonious  move- 
ment of  the  eyes,  and  if  the  unaffected  eye  be  closed,  the 
squinting  one  looks  straight. 

The  Causes  are  occasionally  obscure.  Sometimes  the 
disorder  arises  from  an  unequal  use  of  the  eyes,  as  from 
imitating  others  who  squint,  looking  at  spots  on  the  nose  or 
face,  or  forming  the  habit  of  turning  the  eye  inward;  some- 
times as  a  consequence  of  Scarlatina  or  Measles;  from  irri- 
tation, as  of  worms,  teething,  indigestible  food;  from 
passion;  from  disease  of  the  brain;  and  from  general  ill- 
health.  When  it  occurs  in  the  course  of  any  disease  of  the 
brain  it  must  be  regarded  as  an  unfavorable  symptom. 
Sometimes  it  is  congenital.  In  aged  j)ersons,  the  condition 
is  due  to  partial  Paralysis  of  the  inner  muscle  of  the  eye. 

This  affection,  in  its  more  serious  form,  can  only  be 
reached  by  a  surgical  operation.  But  in  some  cases  of 
comparatively  recent  origin  in  young  children,  it  may  be 
corrected  by  the  use  of  the  Specific  No.  Thirty- Five^ 
two.  pellets  given  morning  and  night. 

WEAK,  OR  FALLING  SIGHT. 

In  many  cases,  the  sight  fails  or  becomes  obscured  or 
feeble  before  that  period  of  life  when  it  may  naturally  be 
expected  Sometimes,  there  is  a  mist  or  ganze  before  the 
eyes,  or  there  are  black  points,  spots  or  clouds  hovering 
before  the  sight;  or  the  eyes  become  dim,  watery,  or  the 
sight  misty  on  endeavoring  to  sew,  read  or  use  fine  print 
These  conditions  indicate  weakness  of  these  organs,  or  a 
morbid  condition  of  them,  and  it  may  be  but  the  reflec- 
tion of  the  general  condition  of  the  system. 

Causes. — Excessive  use  of  the  eyes  on  too  bright  or  too 


I 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMiLVr.- — DISEASES  OF  THE  EYES. 


277 


minute  objects;  too  much  sleep;  the  use  of  tobacco  or  sti- 
mulants; suppressed  exhalations  from  the  skin  from  ex- 
posure to  cold  and  wet;  suppressed  period,  etc.  These  and 
similar  causes  may  lead  to  temporary  congestion  of  the 
brain,  and  over-stimulate  and  exhaust  the  retina,  causing 
dimness  or  entire  suspension  of  vision,  without  permanently 
damaging  the  nervous  structure  of  the  eye.  On  the  other 
hand,  an  anaemic  condition  of  the  system  may  diminish  the 
supply  of  healtliy  blood  to  the  brain  and  retina,  and  pro- 
duce Amblyopia  by  exhaustion.  Excessive  drains  on  the 
system,  as  from  flooding  in  child-bed  or  at  the  monthly 
period,  prolonged  nursing,  sexual  excesses,  or  severe  ill- 
ness. A  similar  condition  may  be  induced  by  chronic 
Dyspepsia  from  functional  or  organic  disease  of  the  stomach 
or  liver.  These  affections  may  cause  impairment  of  vision, 
through  the  medium  of  the  sympathetic  system,  by  dimin- 
ishing the  nervous  and  vascular  supplies  required  for  the 
healthy  functions  of  the  eye.  Dental  causes  may  be  in 
operation,  rendering  the  extraction  of  a  tooth  necessary. 
.  Treatment. — Take  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty- 
Five  each  morning,  and  the  same  of  No.  Eigllteen  every 
night  on  retiring.  Also,  frequently  bathe  the  eyes  with 
cold  water,  avoid  fatiguing  or  straining  the  eyes  with  fine 
work,  reading  fine  print,  or  any  long  continued  effort  of 
the  eyes,  and  also  the  use  of  glasses,  which  fatigue  or  weary 
the  eyes.  In  all  cases,  avoid  fatiguing  or  taxing  the  eyes 
when  the  body  is  weak  and  enfeebled  from  sickness. 


ADDITIONAL  SUGGESTIONS   ON    THE  PKESERVA.^ 

TION  OF  THE  SIGHT. 

1.  Conditions  of  Light  favorable  to  the  Eyes. — Daylight, 
owing  to  its  mildness,  uniformity,  and  steadiness.  The 
most  perfect  artificial  light  is  but  an  imperfect  substitute 
for  the  clear  light  of  day ;  being  often  too  powerful  or  too 


278  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOK. 

feeble,  or  flickering  or  wavering;  or  the  air  is  often  inju- 
riously heated,  and  deteriorated  by  the  combustion  of  its 
oxygen.  To  enjoy  daylight  to  its  fullest  extent,  involves 
early  rising.  Morning  light  is  also  specially  adapted  to  per- 
sons having  weakness  of  vision,  as  the  light  is  then  in- 
creasing. If  necessary  that  work  should  be  done  by  arti- 
ficial light,  that  kind  should  be  selected  which  requires 
least  exertion,  as  writing  rather  than  reading  for  the  stu- 
dent, and  sewing  lighter  and  coarser  work  instead  of  fine 
and  dark-colored  for  the  seamstress. 

2.  Unfavorable  Conditions  for  exerting  the  Eyes. — The 
eyes  should  not  be  exercised  directly  after  a  full  meal;  when 
the  body  is  fatigued;  late  at  night,  when  sleepy;  when  in 
a  recumbent  or  stooping  posture;  when  travelling;  when 
dressed  in  tight  clothing — tight  cravats,  stays,  or  even  tight 
garters  or  boots;  in  badly-ventilated  rooms  lighted  by  gas; 
during  recovery  from  severe  or  exhausting  disease. 

Light  must  not  be  too  strong;  a  weak  light  is  equally  in- 
jurious; and  if  the  eyeis  are  used  when  the  light  is  declin- 
ing, so  that  it  becomes  necessary  to  hold  the  book  or  work 
nearer  in  order  to  see,  the  sight  must  inevitably  suffer.  An 
unsteady  light,  as  from  imperfect  gas;  or  using  the  eyes 
when  the  waves  of  light  are  moving  about,  as  under  a  tree, 
or  when  riding,  is  highly  detrimental,  as  the  eyes  are  se- 
verely exercised  in  continually  readjusting  themselves;  if 
persisted  in,  the  sight  will  suffer,  and  Amblyopia  or  Amau- 
rosis possibly  ensue.  The  danger  to  the  sight  is  very  great 
during  convalescence  from  prolonged  exhausting  disease, 
when  patients  are  apt  to  read  a  great  deal;  to  the  weakness 
of  vision  is  then  often  added  that  of  a  bad  posture,  such  as 
the  recumbent,  or  even  artificial  light,  rendering  such  a 
use  of  the  eyes  extremely  prejudicial.  Convalescents  should 
be  read  to,  and  the  matter  should  be  interesting  and  amus- 
ing. The  reading  of  a  novel  is  more  hurtful  to  the  sight 
than  that  of  a  scientific  book,  because  it  is  read  faster,  and 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  EYES.  279 

the  eyes  are  more  severely  exercised.  A  broad  page  is 
more  fatiguing  to  the  eyes  than  a  narrow  one.  On  the  eyes 
becoming  dim  after  too  long  exertion  they  should  rent,  and 
on  no  account  attempt  to  persist  in  reading  by  increasing 
the  light. 

Eye-shade. — An  eye-shade  or  eye-protector,  of  brown  or 
slate-colored  paper,  covered  with  green  or  gray  silk,  and 
secured  by  a  tape  or  piece  of  elastic,  answers  well  for  pro- 
tecting the  eyes  from  gas,  etc.,  indoors;  out-of-doors,  a 
wide-brimmed  hat  answers  admirably.  An  eye-shade 
should  be  worn  when  there  is  unnatural  sensibility  to  Ijght. 

Spectacles. — Spectacles  of  plain  blue  glass  are  useful  foi 
morbid  sensibility  of  the  eyes  to  light,  and  may  be  darker 
or  lighter  in  shade,  according  to  the  amount  of  protection 
required;  or  brown  or  smoke-colored  glasses  may  be  used 
if  preferred.  The  latter  cut  off  the  rays  of  light,  and  con- 
sequently render  vision  somewhat  less  distinct,  while  blue 
glasses,  excluding  the  orange  rays  only,  interfere  less  with 
the  clear  definition  of  objects.  Green  glasses  protect  the 
eyes  from  the  red  rays;  but  it  is  the  orange  rays  which  are 
most  intolerable  to  a  sensitive  retina.  Strong  plate-glass 
spectacles  should  be  worn  by  persons  finding  it  necessary 
to  protect  the  eyes  against  chips  and  particles  of  stone  or 
steel  (Angell). 

In  all  measures  adopted  for  the  general  protection  of  the 
eye,  good  ventilation  and  a  healthy  temperature  must  not 
be  forgotten. 

Eye-Douche. — Much  benefit  often  results  from  a  cold 
douche-bath,  a  stream  of  water  being  directed  on  the  closed 
eye  and  adjacent  parts.  Surgical-instrument  makers  sell 
instruments  specially  adapted  for  this  purpose.  Or,  water 
may  be  thrown  by  the  hand  against  the  closed  eyes  when 
holding  the  face  over  a  basin  of  water. 

Accessory  Measures. — The  causes  of  the  cisease  should  be 
oorrectly  ascertained,  and  as  far  as  possible,  be  removed 


280  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

and  guarded  against.  Patients  in  crowded  and  unhealthj 
towns  should  remove  to  the  country,  at  least  for  a  time, 
where  they  may  take  daily  out-of-door  exercise,  and  enjoy 
a  pure,  bracing  air.  Frequent  careful  tepid  washing  of  the 
eyes  to  prevent  accumulations  of  matter;  a  spacious  well- 
ventilated  apartment;  and  avoidance  of  all  causes  likely  to 
keep  up  the  inflammatory  process,  are  aU  necessary  pre- 
cautions. The  food  should  be  plain  and  nourishing,  coflfee 
and  fermented  drinks  being  excluded;  the  habits  early  and 
regular,  and  frequent  bathing  should  be  practised.  A  small 
wet  compress^  covered  with  oil-silk  or  india-rubber,  worn 
over  the  nape  of  the  neck,  is  a  valuable  counter-irritant 
when  the  more  violent  inflammatory  symptoms  have  been 
subdued;  it  is  also  useful  in  obstinate  cases. 


Affections  d  the  Ears  and  Hearing. 


ECZEMA. 

The  cutaneous  affections  to  which  the  external  ear  is  liable 
are,  chiefly,  Herpes,  Erysipelas,  Impetigo,  Pemphigus,  and 
Eczema.  The  last  is  probably  the  most  common,  and  is 
generally  of  the  chronic  variety.  It  appears  most  commonly 
behind  the  ears,  but  also  invades  the  auricle,  or  external 
ear,  and  not  unfrequently  extends  to  the  meatus,  the  open- 
ing or  canal  into  the  ear.  When  this  extension  takes  place 
there  is  some  degree  of  deafness,  in  addition  to  the  great 
smarting  and  itching  which  characterise  the  disorder.  The 
general  causes  and  symptoms  and  treatment,  are  similar  to 
those  of  Eczema  when  it  occurs  in  other  parts  of  the  body. 

Treatment. — Give  Specific  No.  Fourteen  each  morning 
and  of  No.  T>veilty-Two  each  night  for  old  cases  of 
moderate  extent  and  severity;  a  dose  of  three  pellets  for 
children  or  six  pellets  for  adults.  In  acute  or  severe  cases 
give  the  Sj)ecifics  four  times  per  day. 

Accessory  Treatment. — This  consists  chiefly  in  dusting 
the  part  with  flour  or  finely -powdered  starch,  to  soothe  irrit- 
ability, and  to  absorb  any  fluid  that  may  exude.  A  warm 
douche  may  be  used  occasionally,  when  the  canal  is  invol- 
ved, to  allay  itching,  and  to  prevent  the  accumulation  of 
matter  within.  Great  care  should  always  be  exercised  to 
dry  the  ears  of  children,  after  being  washed. 


282 


HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 


EARACHE— INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  EAR 

Earache  may  have  a  neuralgic  or  rheumatic  origin,  or 
even  from  a  toothache,  and  is  very  common  in  children. 
It  is  often  brought  on  from  exposure  to  cold,  rough  or 
damp  weather.  The  pain  is  usually  severe,  sharp,  lancinat- 
ing or  beating,  extending  deep  into  the  ear,  causing  great 
suffering.  In  very  young  children  it  occasions  great  un- 
easiness, cries,  and  rolling  of  the  head.  When  the  ear  lb  Be- 
comes inflamed,  the  brain  may  become  implicated  from  the 
extension  of  the  disease,  and  delirium  or  convulsions  with 
vomiting  and  cold  extremities  may  be  the  result.  In  many 
instances,  when  young  children  have  been  crying,  fretful 
and  peevish  for  several  days,  a  discharge  from  the  ear  first 
informs  the  nurse  that  an  inflammation  of  the  ear  has  been 
the  cause  of  all  the  suffering. 

Treatment. — The  principal  Specifics  are  the  No.  One  and 
No.  Twenty-Two.  Give  first  Specific  No.  One^  two 
pellets  every  hour,  either  dry  or  dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of 
water,  and  for  simple  otalgia  or  earache  it  will  suffice.  If 
the  case  is  complicated  with  inflammation,  very  severe  pain 
or  redness  of  the  external  ear,  or  of  the  passage,  as  is  not 
unfrequently  the  case,  give  Specific  No.  TTI^enty-Two^ 
four  pellets  every  hour,  either  alone  or  in  alternation  with 
No.  One  until  the  disease  has  yielded,  and  for  any  remain- 
ing swelling  or  discharge  give  Specific  No.  Tweilty- 
Two ,  four  pellets  four  times  per  day. 

In  severe  cases,  a  little  cotton- wool  wet  with  the  Marvel 
OF  Healing  and  placed  gently  in  the  ear,  affords  prompt  re- 
lief, and  may  at  any  time  be  resorted  to. 

HARDENED  GBBJJMEN,— {Ear-wax). 

Cerumen,  or  ear-wax  is  composed  of  oil,  stearine,  a  little 
coloring  matter,  scales  of  epidermis  from  the  lining  of  the 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. AFFECTIONS  OF  THE  EARS,  ETC.    283 

meatus,  and  other  substances.  It  contains  only  about  0*1 
per  cent  of  water,  and  is  only  very  partially  soluble.  After 
remaining  for  some  time  in  the  canal,  its  watery  constituent 
passes  off  by  evaporation,  and  thus  it  becomes  a  hard  mass 
In  advancing  age  the  wax  contains  a  less  proportion  oi 
water  than  during  the  early  periods  of  life,  as  it  becomes 
drier  and  more  brittle.  This  wax  seems  to  render  the 
canal  pliable,  and  perhaps  also  prevents  the  entrance  of 
insects. 

The  commonly-alleged  cause  of  hardened  ear-wax  is  a 
**  cold,"  although  frequently  there  is  no  evidence  whatever 
that  the  patient  has  suffered  from  any  catarrh  of  the  head 
or  throat.  In  some  cases  it  is  due  to  neglect  of  cleanliness, 
or  to  the  use  of  the  twisted  end  of  a  towel  pushed  too  far 
into  the  canal,  or  to  some  similar  method  of  cleansing  the 
ear,  which  tends  to  impact  the  cerumen  or  to  exhaust  its 
watery  element.  But  in  the  majority  of  cases  the  disorder 
is  not  simply  a  local  affection,  but  a  sign  of  some  inflamma- 
tion of  the  mucous  membrane  lining  the  entrance  to  the 
ear,  or  of  a  diseased  state  of  the  glands,  consequent  on  tht 
degenerative  changes  of  old  age,  lessening  the  nutrition  of 
parts  of  the  organ  of  hearing  other  than  the  auditory  canal. 

Symptoms. — Defective  hearing  which  lias  come  on  suddenly; 
tinnitus  aurium,  (ringing,  or  othe^  noise),  and  other  nervous 
symptoms — vertigo,  giddiness,  pain  in  the  ear,  probably 
from  pressure  on  the  membrana  tympana.  In  aged  per- 
sons, especially,  chronic  accumulations  may  lead  to  absorp- 
tion of  the  bony  walls  of  the  meatus. 

The  deafness,  instead  of  being  constant,  is  intermittent; 
the  hearing  is  better  in  the  morning,  or  after  eating,  or 
after  rubbing  the  ear  with  the  finger,  or  after  insertion  of 
the  finger  in  the  meatus.  The  deafness  may  be  increased 
by  cold  and  inflammation. 

The  disorder  may  be  palliated  by  removal  of  the  wax. 
The  wax  is  best  removed  by  a  careful  use  of  the  syringe. 


284  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

throwing  a  small  jet  of  water,  at  the  temperature  of  full 
blood  heat,  along  the  roof  of  the  cavity.  If  the  water  be 
too  hot  or  too  cold  it  will  cause  giddiness.  If  pain  ensuCj 
the  syringing  should  be  discontinued.  In  syringing,  the 
ear  should  be  seized  with  the  thumb  and  finger  of  the  left 
hand,  and  pulled  gently  upward  and  backward  as  far  as  it 
^wiU  go,  thus  straightening  the  meatus.  If  the  wax  be  not 
removed  within  a  few  days,  a  few  drops  of  warm  glycerine, 
or  warm  solution  of  soda,  put  in  the  ear  at  night,  will 
soften  the  wax  and  facilitate  its  removal.  To  ascertain  the 
progress  of  removal,  the  ear  should  be  frequently  examined 
with  an  ear-speculum.  Nothing  is  so  effective  a  solvent  of 
wax,  as  simple  warm  water. 

FURUNCLE,  BOTL.— {Abscess  of  the  Meatus), 

Is  a  very  common,  painful,  and  somewhat  serious  disease, 
to  which  some  persons  seem  peculiarly  liable,  and  is  often 
associated  with  boils  in  other  parts  of  the  skin.  The  fre- 
quent recurrence  of  abscesses  causes  thickening  of  the  walls 
of  the  meatus  and  of  the  drum,  and,  if  the  tendency  to  them 
is  not  eradicated,  some  degree  of  deafness  is  an  invariable 
result.  They  are  always  t^xquisitely  painful,  and  produce 
very  decided  tenderness  around  the  ear.  They  are  liable 
to  recur. 

Symptoms. — Acute,  throbbing,  darting  pain  in  the  meatus, 
great  tenderness,  tense  swelling,  temporary  partial  deaf- 
ness, consequent  on  obstruction  of  the  canal. 

Treatment. — Dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One 
in  a  half  glass  of  pure  water,  and  the  same  of  Specific  No. 
T'Weilty-TlVO  in  another  similar  portion  of  water  and 
give  a  spoonful  every  two  hours  in  alternation. 

Accessory  Treatment. — A  free  use  of  fomentations  and 
poultices  as  hot  as  can  be  borne,  will  relieve  the  acute  pain, 
and  hasten  the  formation  of  matter.    The  abscess  should  be 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — AFl'ECTIONS  OF  THE  EARS,  ETC.    285 

opened  early,  as  soon  as  the  throbbing  indicates  the  forma* 
tion  of  matter,  because  the  tissues  are  so  dense  here,  that 
spontaneous  rupture  is  a  long  and  very  painful  process,  and 
the  bone  may  become  carious.  A  little  piece  of  lint  may  be 
moistened  with  two  or  three  drops  of  Marvel  of  He/sxinGj 
and  introduced  into  the  ear.  Subsequent  cold  must  be 
averted  by  avoiding  draughts  after  fomentation,  and  by  in- 
sertion of  cotton  wool  in  the  ear.  The  latter  is  desirable  for 
the  absorption  of  the  suppurating  matter,  but  should  he 
frequently  changed,  lest,  by  drying,  the  wool  should  increase 
the  irritation. 

OTOBmiCEA.— {Discharge  from  the  ear). 

Discharges  from  the  ear  frequently  remain  for  a  time 
after  the  acute  affection  has  disaj^peared.  But  it  is  also 
frequently  the  result  of  scarlet  fever,  measles,  or  of  some 
scrofulous  development.  Repeated  attack  of  earache  are 
quite  sure  to  result  in  long  continued  discharges  from  the 
ear,  with  its  concomitant  results,  noises  in  the  head,  and 
hardness  of  hearing.  The  discharge  is  sometimes  fetid, 
offensive,  thick,  green,  cream-like,  varying  in  consistence, 
quantity  and  character. 

Treatment. — The  successful  treatment  of  old,  long  stand- 
ing otorrhoea,  requires  some  time  and  patience.  It  cannot 
be  done  at  once,  but  fortunately  can  be  accomplished,  and 
the  hearing  of  the  organ  generally  preserved.  The  Specific 
No.  Twenty-Two^  four  pellets  (for  children)  three  times 
per  day,  will  generally  accomplish  the  desired  result. 
Sometimes  the  occasional  interposition  of  a  dose  of  Specific 
No.  Tllirty-Five  accelerates  the  cure. 

General  Measures. — The  intractable  character  of  this 
affection  is  often,  in  great  measure,  due  to  the  neglect  of 
strict  cleanliness.  The  irritating  discharge,  if  allowed  to 
accumulate  within  the  ear,  undergoes  decomposition,  and 


286  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOB. 

gives  rise  to  changes  in  the  deeper  structures  of  the  ean 
A  little  cotton  wool,  frequently  changed,  may  be  put  into 
the  ear  when  the  discharge  is  declining,  to  protect  it,  out  of 
doors,  in  cold  weather;  but  even  this  should  be  done  with 
great  caution,  particularly  when  the  discharge  smells  offen- 
sively, for  nothing  can  be  more  prejudicial  than  stopping 
the  ear  with  cotton-wool  to  prevent  its  escape.  To  correct 
the  foetor  of  the  discharge,  which  is  often  very  great,  a 
lotion  of  Condy*s  Fluid  should  be  injected,  in  the  proportion 
of  thirty  drops  to  eight  ounces  of 'warm  water.  All  fluids 
injected  into  the  ear  should  be  warm. 

The  improvement  of  the  general  health  of  the  patient  is  a 
point  of  great  importance;  for  this  purpose,  change  of  air, 
and,  in  the  autumnal  months,  sea-air,  is  often  attended  with 
most  beneficial  results.  In  the  absence  of  sea-air,  country- 
air,  in  a  bracing  district,  is  of  great  advantage.  Cod-liver 
oil  is  also  strongly  recommended. 

It  is  a  very  common  and  very  foolish  idea,  which  has 
been  fostered  in  the  minds  of  the  laity  by  ignorant  or  in- 
dolent physicians,  that  it  is  dangerous  to  cure  a  discharge 
from  the  ear.  It  is  doubtful  whether  a  single  instance  of 
evil  results,  under  wise  treatment,  can  be  cited.  Of  course 
irritating  lotions  too  often  repeated  may  set  up  an  acute 
Otitis  based  upon  the  chronic  condition,  but  it  very  rarely 
happens;  and  the  idea  that  the  ear  in  these  cases  serves  as 
a  vent-hole  for  peccant  humors  is  worthy  only  the  dark 
ages.  The  continuance  of  this  disease  not  only  makes  the 
patient  a  filthy  and  disgusting  nuisance  to  himself  and  all 
around  him,  but  it  often  greatly  endangers  life  itself. 

DIFFICULT  HEAEING;  NOISES  IN  THE  HEAD. 

These  two  affections  may  properly  be  considered  in  con- 
nection. Buzzing,  roaring,  whizzing,  and  other  noises  in 
the  head  are  often  the  incipient  stage  of  deafness,  and  the 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. AFFECTIONS  OP  THE  EARS,  ETC.    287 

noise  must  of  necessit/  impair  the  hearing.  Noises  in  the 
head  may  result  from  a  cold  or  some  obstruction,  or  be  the 
consequence  of  a  running  or  discharge  from  the  ear.  Hard- 
ness of  hearing  may  result  from  any  of  the  cases  heretofore 
named,  or  from  dryness  of  the  ear,  insufficient  secretion  of 
the  cerumen  or  ear-wax,  or  various  morbid  conditions  of 
the  internal  ear.  The  ear  should  be  examined  and  any 
accumulations  of  wax  carefully  removed  IS  the  ear  or  wax 
is  dry  or  hard,  put  in,  on  the  point  of  a  small  camel's-hair 
pencil,  one  drop  of  pure  glycerine,  night  and  morning  until 
the  wax  is  softened,  or  the  dryness  removed.  S}Tinging 
the  ears  as  is  often  done  results  in  more  harm  than  good. 
The  less  water  or  soaj)  in  the  ear  the  better,  aside  from 
mere  purposes  of  cleanliness.  Recent  cases  are  often 
cured,  while  the  old  and  long-standing  are  not  unfrequently 
obstinate;  or,  if  the  bone  is  involved,  intractable. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Tweilty-Two  is  in  gene- 
ral the  remedy,  and  may  be  administered  either  for  noises 
in  the  head  or  hardness  of  hearing,  six  pellets  night  and 
morning  for  adults.  If  after  eight  or  ten  days  there  is  no 
decided  improvement,  use  the  Specific  No.  Thirty- Five^ 
in  like  manner  for  eight  days,  and  again  return  to  the  first 
prescription,  and  so  continue  for  weeks,  or  months  if  ne- 
cessary, using  one  medicine  for  eight  days  at  a  time  and  then 
resorting  to  the  other. 

GENERAL   HINTS  ON  AFFECTIONS  OF  THE  EAR. 

1.  Wet  or  damp  ears. — A  frequent  cause  of  disease  of  the 
ear  is  the  practice  of  leaving  the  head  and  ears  of  children 
imperfectly  dry  after  washing.  It  is  the  more  necessary  to 
guard  against  this  danger  if  there  already  exist  any  dis- 
charge from  ^the  ear.  After  bathing,  the  greatest  care 
should  be  taken  to  dry  the  hair  and  ears  thoroughly.  As  a 
further  precaution,  a  piece  of  fine  linen  or  blotting-paper 


288  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

should  be  twisted  into  a  coil,  and  gently  introduced  into 
the  cavity  of  the  ear,  to  absorb  any  remaining  moisture. 

2.  Boxing  the  ears, — Parents,  governesses,  and  others  who 
have  the  care  of  children,  should  be  aware  of  an  accident 
very  liable  to  occur  from  blows  on  the  head  or  boxing  the 
ears,  namely,  rupture  of  the  membrana  tympani,  a  membrane 
which  closes  the  bottom  of  the  meatus,  and  is  stretched 
something  like  the  parchment  of  a  drum.  The  accident 
may  be  recognised  by  a  sense  of  shock  in  the  ear,  deafness, 
and  a  slight  discharge  of  blood  from  the  orifice;  and  if 
examined  by  an  ear  speculum,  the  rent  may  be  seen.  There 
should  be  complete  rest  for  several  days,  and  a  weak  Arnica 
lotion  used. 

3.  Deafness  not  stupidity. — Another  point  of  considerable 
importance  is  the  case  in  w^hich  a  child,  from  being  slightly 
deaf,  has  been  thought  to  be  stupid  or  obstinate.  "Very 
sad  is  it  to  think  how  often  a  child  is  thus  punished  for  his 
misfortune,  and,  it  may  be,  irremediable  injuries  inflicted 
on  the  mind  or  temper  of  this  poor  victim  of  unintentional 
injustice.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  insist  upon  the  care 
which  is  requisite  in  examining  the  state  of  the  hearing- 
power  in  a  child,  or  to  refer  to  the  fact  that  children  will 
often  say,  and  doubtless  think,  that  they  hear  a  watch  when 
they  do  not." 

4.  Wet  compress, — A  small  wet  compress,  covered  with 
oil-silk  or  tissue,  worn  over  the  nape  of  the  neck,  as  re- 
commended for  Ophthalmia,  is  equally  applicable  in  affec- 
tions of  the  ear,  especially  when  of  an  obstinate  nature ;  and 
if  persevered  in  steadUy  for  some  time  will  frequently 
relieve  chronic  ailments. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES. 


APHONIA.— (hoarseness). 

Definition. — Aphonia  is  a  temporary  or  permanent  parar 
lysis  of  the  muscles,  which  approximate  the  vocal  cords  in 
the  production  of  sounds. 

This  affection  is  common,  and  generally  the  result  of  a 
cold  or  some  irritation  at  the  upper  portion  of  the  wind- 
pipe or  larynx.  It  is  sometimes  deserving  of  serious  atten- 
tion, as  it  may  indicate  changes  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
larynx  of  a  very  grave  character.  It  is  also  a  symptom  in 
croup,  laryngitis,  bronchitis  and  measles.  Sometimes  the 
voice  is  wholly  lost,  the  patient  being  only  able  to  speak  in 
whispers;  at  others,  it  is  low,  rough,  hoarse  or  piping. 

Treatment. — When  the  hoarseness  is  the  result  of  a  cold, 
bronchitis,  or  other  disease,  no  special  attention  need  be 
paid  to  this  particular  symptom.  It  will  disappear  under 
the  use  of  the  Specifics  given  for  the  general  disease. 
Wlien  it  is  idiopathic,  or  even  the  most  prominent  symptom, 
the  Specific  No.  Seven^  six  pellets  every  two  or  three 
hours,  will  soon  restore  the  voice.  In  cases  of  chronic 
hoarseness  or  loss  of  voice,  give  six  pellets  of  Specific  No. 
Seven^  four  times  per  day,  continuing  the  same  until 
relief  is  obtained. 

Clergymen,  after  speaking,  or  persons  who,  after  singing, 
find  the  voice  fatigued,  hoarse,  fm^zy,  or  the  throat  irritated, 


290  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

will  find  relief  from  taking  of  the  Specific  No.  Seven^  six 
pellets  at  once,  and  the  portion  may  be  repeated  at  inter- 
vals of  three  hours,  until  the  unpleasant  sensation  or  hoarse- 
ness has  disappeared. 

CEOUP. 

Croup  Is  usually  a  disease  of  childhood,  nevertheless 
there  are  even  adults  who  are  sometimes  subject  to  it  in  a 
quite  serious  form.  In  children  it  is  always  a  serious  and 
sometimes  a  suddenly  fatal  disease,  and  hence  it  is  impor- 
tant to  be  acquainted  with  its  earlier  symptoms  in  order  to 
be  able  to  arrest  them.  Children  from  fifteen  months  to 
five  or  seven  years  of  age  are  most  subject  to  it.  Often  it 
comes  on  suddenly  at  night,  after  the  child  has  been  ex- 
posed, or  out  playing  in  a  damp,  cold  or  rough  wind  during 
the  day.  The  child  wakes  out  of  sleep  with  a  sudden 
hoarse,  rough,  barking  cough,  often  like  the  barking  of  an 
old  dog,  and  sometimes,  at  first  a  hoarseness  or  difiiculty  in 
speaking,  and  a  degree  of  anxiety  with  difiiculty  of  breath- 
ing. In  some  cases  there  are  frequent  returns  of  this 
hoarse,  rough,  croupy  cough,  with  little  or  no  fever,  or  diffi- 
culty of  breathing  for  some  hours,  or  even  a  day  or  two; 
and  f^^e  child  runs  about  and  is  even  at  times  playful  until 
the  full  disease  is  ushered  in.  At  others,  there  is  high  fever, 
quick  pulse,  red  face,  hoarse  cough  and  difficult  breathing 
from  the  first  hour  of  the  attack.  As  the  disease  progresses 
the  fover  increases,  the  cough  returns  in  more  frequent 
paroxysms,  is  more  harsh,  dry  and  tight,  and  the  difficulty 
of  breathing  increases,  (often  by  paroxysms),  becomes 
wheezing,  with  rustling  of  mucus;  labored,  and  in  the  worst 
cases  as  if  breathing  through  fine  brazen  pipes,  and  by 
degrees  becomes  loud  and  harsh,  and  may  be  heard  all  over 
the  room  or  even  the  house.  Towards  the  last  the  breath- 
ing becomes  increasingly  difficult,  the  voice  fails,  or  is  only 


DISKVSE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    291 

heard  in  whispers,  the  head  is  thrown  backward  to  facilitate 
respiration,  the  larynx  rises  and  falls  with  every  breath, 
and  the  child  is  bathed  in  perspiration  from  the  suffering 
and  effort.  If  the  child  improves,  the  breathing  becomes 
easier,  freer,  and  the  rattling  of  mucus  looser;  the  cough 
more  loose  and  moist,  and  the  voice  more  natural.  li 
worse,  the  breathing  is  more  difficult,  finer-toned  and 
tighter,  the  cough  dryer,  and  voice  failing. 

Sudden  attacks  of  croup  are  usually  not  so  formidable, 
and  sooner  yield  to  proper  treatment.  But  the  worst  cases 
of  croup  (angina  membranacea)  come  on  more  insidiously. 
The  child  may  be  considered  only  slightly  unwell  for  several 
days,  with  little  or  no  cough,  or  a  mild,  veiled  cough,  but  the 
speech  is  changed  and  is  a  hoarse  whispering,  or  1 :  entirely  lost, 
and  in  these  cases  the  difficulty  of  breathing  comes  on  very 
gradually,  and  may  not  be  noticed  except  on  careful  obser- 
vation, or  when  the  child  is  making  some  effort.  Such  in- 
sidious cases  are  always  dangerous  and  often  fatal,  and  this 
symptom  f  loss  of  voice  or  whispering  voice  in  children  should 
always  demand  attention.  It  generally  marks  the  deposi- 
tion or  formation  of  the  false  membrane,  and  requires  only 
its  continued  deposition  to  become  fatal.* 

Causes. — The  predisposing  cause  is  explained  by  the  fact 
that  the  trachea  (wind-pipe)  is  very  sniaU  in  infants,  and 
does  not  enlarge  in  the  same  proportion  as  other  parts  of 
the  body  tiU  after  the  third  year;  after  this  period,  it  en- 
larges rapidly,  and  the  liability  to  Croup  diminishes 
accordingly.  In  some  families  the  predisposition  is  here 
ditary. 

Exciting  causes  are — cold;  dark,  damp,  and  unhealthy 
localities;  sudden  changes  of  temperature;  wet  feet;  pooi  or 
scanty  food,  especially  the  adoption  of  improper  diet  when 
a  child  is  weaned;  insufficient  clothing,  or  previous  illness 


See  differences  between  Croup  and  Child-crowing,  page  266. 


292  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Like  most  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs,  Croup  is 
most  fatal  in  the  winter  and  spring.  Low  and  moist 
districts  are  its  favorite  haunts.  Towns  situated  near  the 
banks  of  rivers  have  an  extra  share  of  it;  and  it  has  been 
noticed  to  prevail  in  such  places,  especially  among  the 
children  of  washerwomen,  clearly  showing  the  relationship 
of  cause  and  effect.  It  has  been  observed  as  often  occa- 
sioned by  children  sitting  or  sleej)ing  in  a  room  newly 
washed,  and  as  frequently  occurring  on  a  Saturday  night — 
the  only  day  in  the  week  it  is  customary  for  the  lower 
classes,  in  some  places,  to  wash  their  houses. 

Treatment. — For  the  hoarse,  croupy  cough  that  often 
precedes  the  croup,  the  Specific  No.  Tllirteeil  will  be 
sufficient,  giving  two  pellets  every  two  or  three  hours,  and 
keeping  the  child  well  housed  and  protected  from  the  cold, 
and  especially  from  exposure  to  rough,  damp  air.  Where 
an  attack  comes  on  with  hoarse  cough  and  some  difficulty 
of  breathing,  dissolve  the  Specieics  No.  One  and  No. 
Thirteen^  six  or  eight  pellets  of  each,  in  as  many  tea- 
spoonsful  of  water  in  separate  glasses,  and  give  the  child  a 
spoonful  alternately  every  fifteen  minutes,  first  from  No. 
One^  and  next  from  No.  Tllirteeil^  and  so  on  in  alter- 
nation, if  the  case  is  urgent,  with  these  two  medicines,  only 
prolonging  the  intervals  between  the  medicines  to  half  an 
hour  or  an  hour,  as  the  patient  improves.  After  the  fever 
abates  and  the  cough  becomes  moist  or  assumes  its  natural 
tone,  and  the  breathing  is  relieved  and  free  persjDiration 
established.  Specific  No.  One  may  be  omitted  and  the  No. 
Thirteen  continued  until  the  cure  is  completed. 

Accessory  Measures. — During  the  treatment  everything 
should  be  avoided  that  would  be  likely  to  excite  or  irritate 
the  patient.  A  partial  or  complete  warm  bath  at  dS""  Fahr., 
repeated  in  a  few  hours  if  the  patient  continue  very  hot; 
sponges  or  cloths  squeezed  out  of  hot  water  and  applied  to 
the  throat;  the  feet  and  general  surface  of  the  body  should 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DISEASES  OF  THE  AIIl  PASSAGES.    293 

be  kept  waiTQ,  and  the  air  of  the  apartment  raised  to  about 
SB""  Fahr.,  and  this  temperature  uniformly  maintained  by 
day  and  night;  watery  vapor  should  be  thoroughly  diffused 
therein  by  keeping  a  kettle  of  water  constantly  boiling  on 
the  fire,  or  over  the  flame  of  a  spirit-lamp,  and  fixing  a  tin 
or  paper  tube  to  the  spout  to  convey  the  vapor  near  to  the 
patient.  In  very  severe  cases,  a  tent  should  be  formed  over 
the  patient's  bed,  and  steam  conducted  under  it  by  a  tube 
from  boiling  water. 

It  is  quite  useless  and  pernicious  to  give  castor  oil,  hive 
syrup,  ipecac,  or  to  rub  oil,  goose-grease,  or  similar  sub- 
stances over  the  chest;  as  is  often  done  Simply  make  the 
child  comfortable,  keep  it  well  covered  in  bed  or  in  the 
nurse's  lap,  and  in  a  mildly  warm  room  free  from  exposure 
or  drafts  of  air,  and  give  the  Specifics  as  directed,  and  the 
vast  majority  of  cases  of  croup  will  terminate  favorably. 
Care  should  also  be  taken  not  to  expose  children  to  the 
cold  or  to  let  tliem  go  out  too  soon  after  an  attack  of  croup. 
They  should  be  kept  well  housed  and  protected  until  en- 
tirely recovered,  to  prevent  a  relapse 

Diet  and  Regimen. — During  the  attack,  water  is  almost 
the  only  article  admissible,  and  may  be  given  in  small 
quantities.  Diu'ing  recovery,  milk-and-water,  arrowroot, 
gruel,  etc.  In  the  case  of  delicate  children,  or  if  great 
weakness  suddenly  occur  during  the  course  of  the  disease, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  suppoii  the  patient  by  essence-of- 
beef  and  wine-and-water,  which  should  be  administered  in 
small  quantities,  at  regular  and  frequent  intervals. 

TUSSIS.— (Cow^/i). 

Cough  is  in  general  only  a  symptom  of  some  other  di- 
sease, such  as  v^atarrh,  bronchitis,  inflammation  or  conges- 
tion of  the  lungs,  or  the  bronchia,  or  influenza,  whooping- 
cough,  etc.;  and  the  cure  of  the  cough  will  be  effected  by 


294  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

the  cure  of  the  disease  upon  which  it  depends.  But  in 
many  cases  the  cough  may  be  the  chief,  and  perhaps  the 
only  indication  of  diseased  action,  and  hence  demand  treat- 
ment of  itself.  Often  it  is  the  forerunner  or  first  stage  ol 
some  disease  which  is  thus  cured  through  the  indications 
furnished  by  the  cough.  A  suspicious  cough,  especially  in 
persons  of  delicate  health,  or  weak  lungs,  should  never  be 
permitted  to  continue  from  week  to  week,  but  should  al- 
ways  excite  our  suspicion  and  demand  the  persistent  use  of 
the  proper  measures  for  its  relief. 

Treatment. — In  general  the  Specific  No.  Seven  will  be 
sufficient.  Give  six  pellets,  dry  or  in  water,  four  times  per 
day,  avoiding  exposure  to  new  irritation,  and  the  desired 
end  will  generally  soon  be  reached. 

Should  the  cough,  however,  be  harsh  and  dry,  with 
some  fever  or  pain  in  the  chest  or  side,  it  is  better  to 
alternate  Specific  No.  One  with  the  No.  Seven,  giving 
six  pellets  every  two  hours  alternately,  until  the  cough  i? 
relieved. 

Violent  spasmodic  coughs,  approaching  hooping-coughs, 
often  require  the  use  of  Specific  No.  Twenty,  either  alone 
or  in  alternation  with  No.  Seven,  given  as  directed  above. 

Old  chronic  coughs,  of  long  standing,  are  often  cured  by 
Specific  No.  Seven  and  No.  Thirty- Five^  in  alternation, 
given  four  times  per  day,  preferable  before  meals  and  on 
retiring  at  night.  If  the  case  is  urgent,  the  medicine  may 
be  given,  a  portion  every  three  hours. 

Beverages. — Gum-water,  barley-water,  linseed-tea,  and 
other  mucilaginous  drinks;  or,  if  preferred,  small  quantities 
of  cold  water,  at  frequent  intervals. 

Preventives. — Cold  bathing  or  sponging  the  whole  sur- 
face of  the  body  every  morning;  clothing  adapted  to  the 
varying  conditions  of  the  atmosphere;  exercise  every  day  in 
the  open  air,  if  possible  in  the  country;  familiarity  with  a 
free  atmosphere  affords  a  security  against  excessive  sensi- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    295 

bility  to  variations  of  the  weather.  Morning  air  is  best; 
damp,  confined  air,  or  that  of  crowded  assemblies,  should 
be  avoided. 

PEETUSSIS.— ( J5bopm^-  Cough). 

This  disease,  like  scarlet  fever  and  measles,  may  be  com- 
municated from  one  child  to  another  by  means  of  the 
breath,  expectoration,  or  even  exhalation  from  the  persons 
affected,  and  rarely  attacks  the  same  individual  the  second 
time.  It  is  more  severe  and  dangerous  in  some  seasons 
than  at  others,  and  though  under  Homeopathic  treatment 
but  few  hooping  cough  patients  are  lost,  yet  it  is  often  a 
troublesome  diseape,  and  not  unfrequently,  under  bad 
management,  or  in  severe  cases,  leaves  serious  after  suffer- 
ings in  its  train.  Under  Specific  treatment,  it  generally 
passes  off  as  a  mild  and  not  tedious  visitation. 

It  usually  commences  as  a  common  cold,  with  cough, 
some  fever,  hoarseness,  sneezing,  or  running  from  the  nose, 
and  this  catarrhal  stage  may  continue  for  eight,  ten  or  four- 
teen days,  before  the  true  character  of  the  disease  is  mani- 
fested. But  the  cough,  if  carefully  noticed,  has  from  the 
fir^t  a  more  spasmodic  or  convulsive  character  than  a  com- 
mon cold,  and  by  degrees  its  true  form  is  developed, 
namely:  severe  shocks  of  expiration  or  cough,  following  each 
other  in  rapid  succession,  succeeded  by  a  deep  prolonged  in- 
halation or  inspiration,  called  the  *^hoop,"  or  ''whoop,"  or 
-'kink.''  Each  paroxysm  consists  of  a  number  of  sudden, 
violent,  and  short  expiratory  efforts  or  coughs,  which  expel 
so  large  an  amount  of  air  from  the  lungs  that  the  patient 
appears  on  the  point  of  suffocation:  these  forcible  efforts 
are  followed  by  a  deep-drawn  inspiration,  in  which  a  rush 
of  air  through  the  partially-closed  glottis  gives  rise  to  the 
distinctive  crowing  or  hooping  noise.  This  hooping  is  the 
sigual  c/  ihe  patient's  safety,  for  when  suffocation  does  take 


296  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

place,  it  is  before  tlie  crowing  inspiration  has  been  made. 
During  the  paroxysms,  the  face  becomes  deeply  red  or 
black,  and  swells;  the  eyes  protrude,  and  are  suffused  with 
tears;  and  the  expression  and  appearance  of  the  sufferer  are 
such  as  apparently  indicate  imminent  suffocation.  The 
paroxysm  terminates  by  the  expectoration  or  vomiting  of  a 
considerable  quantity  of  glairy,  ropy  mucus,  almost  imme- 
diately after  which  the  child  returns  to  his  amusementSj 
and  appears  quite  well.  The  ropy  kind  of  expectoration 
which  follows  the  cough  enables  us  to  distinguish  it  from 
common  cough  even  before  the  hoop  has  been  heard.  The 
attacks  recur  three  or  four  times  a  day,  or  every  three  or 
four  hours,  or  oftener;  sometimes  blood  escapes  from  the 
nose,  mouth,  and  even  from  the  ears,  during  the  fits. 

Diagnosis. — It  should  be  distinguished  from  "Spasmodic 
Croup.".  In  Hooping-cough  the  "hoop"  follows  the  cough; 
in  Spasmodic  Croup,  it  precedes  it,  when  present;  but 
cough  is  not  an  essential  symptom  of  Laryngismus  Stri- 
dulus. 

Cause. — An  unknown  materies  morbi  acting  in  the  body, 
transmitted  by  the  air  and  by  fomites,  and  spreading  by 
infection.  Its  infectious  power  is  great,  when  at  the  height 
of  its  development.  A  frequent  source  of  infection  occui 
when  there  has  been  partial  recovery  followed  by  mild  ro- 
lapse,  and  the  disorder  is  transmitted  to  others  to  be  deve- 
loped in  its  worst  form. 

Hooping-cough  may  be  complicated  with  Small-pox, 
Measles,  Bronchitis,  Pneumonia,  Pericarditis,  etc.  It  is 
therefore  desirable  that  the  chest  should  be  examined 
occasionally  during  the  disease  by  a  physician,  especially 
in  obstinate  cases,  so  that  any  complications  may  be  early 
met.  Convulsions  are  liable  to  occur  if  teething  be  in 
progress  at  the  time.  If  there  exist  a  predisposition  to 
Consumption,  Hooping-cough  may  hasten  its  development. 

Uncontrolled  by  treatment,  the  disease  often  lasts  twelve 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    297 


weeks,  or  even  a  longer  period,  while  treated  by  our  simple 
method,  one  half  or  fourth  of  that  period  is  sufficient  for  a 
cure. 

Treatment. — If  the  disease  is  prevailing,  or  children  have 
been  exposed  to  this  disease,  and  you  do  not  wish  them  to 
have  it,  give  the  Specific  No.  Twenty^  two  pellets  three 
times  per  day,  and  you  wdll  generally  prevent  its  access. 

Should  the  disease  have  commenced  as  a  common  cold, 
with  cough,  fever,  sneezing,  or  sore  throat,  give  the  Specific 
No.  One  and  No.  Seven  for  one  or  two  days,  two  pellets 
at  a  time,  every  two  hours  in  alternation,  and  after  that 
omit  the  No.  Seven^  and  instead  give  the  No.  Twenty^ 
in  the  same  manner;  and  as  soon  as  the  feverish  condition 
has  subsided,  omit  the  No.  One  and  give  only  the  No. 
T^venty^  two  pellets  four  times  per  day,  and  so  continue 
during  the  course  of  the  disease. 

If  during  the  course  of  the  disease  the  cough  becomes 
frequent,  tight,  dry,  and  it  loses  the  usual  hooping  sound, 
and  with  some  fever,  indicating  the  access  of  inflammation 
of  the  bronchi,  or  of  the  substance  of  the  lung,  at  once 
return  to  the  Specific  No.  One^  and  give  two  pellets  every 
hour  in  solution  until  the  threatening  symptoms  have  been 
warded  off;  and  then  go  on  again  with  Specific  No. 
Twenty 5  either  alone  or  in  alternation  with  No.  One. 

Often  by  taking  the  disease  at  the  commencement,  you 
will  arrest  its  progress  before  its  full  development,  and  it 
will  pass  off  in  a  week  or  two  as  a  mere  catarrhal  cough, 
having  never  reached  the  hooping-cough  form. 

During  the  disease,  the  child  should  be  carefully  nursed 
and  fed  on  light,  easily  digested  diet,  with  but  little  or  no 
meat,  avoiding  cake  or  rich,  heavy  food,  pies  or  sweetmeats; 
but,  on  the  contrary,  giving  an  abundance  of  mucilaginous 
drinks,  such  as  gum-water,  rice-water,  barley-water,  Ice- 
land moss,  weak  chicken  or  lamb  broth,  or  weak  black  tea 
or  chocjolate. 


298  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

Vaccination  during  hooping-cough  usually  causes  the 
disease  to  run  a  very  mild  course,  and  if  it  has  been 
omitted  until  this  period,  it  may  be  well  to  have  it  theu 
performed. 

ACUTE  CATAIl'R'H.—{TnJluenza— Grippe). 

An  attack  of  acute  catarrh  is  generally  manifested  hy 
sneezing  often  repeated,  followed  by  a  sensation  of  irrita- 
tion, itching  or  tingling,  extending  along  the  nasal  passages 
to  the  head  and  throat,  and  often  down  along  the  larynx 
and  bronchi  into  the  lungs.  To  this  there  may  be  added 
coryza,  tearfulness  and  weeping  from  the  eyes  and  dis- 
charge of  mucus  from  the  nose ;  at  first,  thin,  acrid,  irritating 
and  gradually  becoming  more  copious,  thick,  yellow,  and 
sometimes  ofiensive,  as  the  disease  subsides.  To  this  is 
sometimes  added  sore  throat,  cough  and  irritation  of  the 
lungs. 

Where  many  people  are  attacked  during  the  same  period 
with  the  above  symptoms,  which  are,  however,  often  widely 
modified,  but  always  attended  with  a  degree  of  dehility, 
prostration  and  persistence  of  symptoms  above  what  is  war- 
ranted by  the  local  irritation,  it  is  usually  denominated 
Grippe  or  "Influenza." 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  Nineteen  and  No.  Seven 
are  usually  all  that  is  required.  Should  there  be  consider- 
able fever  or  heat  of  the  surface,  either  at  once  or  succeeding 
a  chill,  it  will  be  best  to  commence  with  Specific  No.  One^ 
and  give  of  this  every  hour  six  pellets  dissolved  in  water 
until  the  fever  abates.  Then  give  tbe  Specific  No.  Nine- 
teen every  two  hours,  six  pellets  alone ;  or,  if  there  is  some 
cough  or  bronchial  irritation,  alternate  Specific  No.  fceven 
with  it  at  the  same  intervals  until  the  disease  is  sub* 
dued. 


HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR.  298a 


"LA  GRIPPE,"  OR  INFLUENZA  of  1890-91. 

The  foregoing  description  of  La  Grippe  hardly  does  justice 
to  the  epidemic  of  1890-91.  The  latter  has  been  the  most 
widely  extended  as  well  as  the  most  deadly  known  in  modern 
times,  if  not  in  history.  From  its  first  appearance  in  Russia 
in  the  early  Winter  of  1889-90,  it  visited  in  succession  all 
the  countries  of  Northern  Euroj^e  including  the  British  Isles, 
and  from  thence  extended  over  the  whole  North  American 
Continent,  with  varying  degrees  of  severity.  In  the  following 
Winter  of  1890-91,  it  appeared  again  in  all  its  old  haunts 
and  even  in  a  more  pernicious  form,  increasing  largely  the 
customary  death  rate  and  extending  its  depressing  influence 
over  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  entire  population.  While 
no  special  class  were  exempt  from  its  attacks,  the  aged  or 
those  of  advanced  life  were  its  most  numerovis  victims,  and 
among  these  the  mortality  from  its  visitation  was  truly 
serious. 

The  Symptoms  and  course  of  the  disease  vary  considerably 
from  previous  visitations.  While  the  usual  symptoms  of 
chor^^za  or  nasal  irritation  and  discharge  with  cough  and 
sore  throat  are  frequent,  there  is  a  much  more  decided 
invasion  of  the  vital  forces  :*n  the  form  of  pain  in  the  head, 
hack,  ched  or  limbs,  attended  with  decided  languor  or  sense 
of  general  prostration  or  debility,  and  evidence  of  the 
invasion  of  the  throat,  bronchia  and  lungs  soon  become 
apparent.  The  pain  in  the  head  and  the  consequent  cerebral 
excitement  has  been  in  not  a  few  cases  such  as  not  merely 
to  prostrate  the  subject  of  the  attack,  but  in  many  instances 
to  produce  delirium  and  even  insanity  with  suicidal  intent; 
and  in  such  cases  this  cerebral  and  nervous  excitement  and 
aberration  seemed  the  most  prominent  effect.  The  pulmonary 
extension  of  the  morbid  influence  forms  the  chief  or  more 


2DOv!>     DISEASE  AND  TRI:AT?J:ENT. THE  GRIPPE,  OR  INFLUENZA. 

prominent  danger,  as  the  complication  with  bronchitis  or 
broncho-pneumonia  becomes  the  principal  focus  of  the 
disease.  The  headache,  backache,  nasal  or  jjharyngial 
discharge,  are  of  comparatively  small  consequence  and  soon 
yield  to  treatment,  while  the  cough  or  bronchial  irritation 
are  more  serious  and  persistent  and  so  demand  more 
consideration,  and  the  more  so  if  the  j^atient  is  constitutionally 
feeble,  or  of  advanced  age,  or  whose  vitaHty  is  from  any 
cause  impaired  or  feeble.  Hence  the  treatment  should 
from  the  first,  and  all  along,  have  this  in  view. 

The  Specific  No  Seveilty-Seveii.  is  the  general  remedy 
and  cure  It  meetr  the  epidemic  condition  and  is  the 
cure  for  all  its  manifestations.  Taken  early  it  cuts  it  short 
promptly.  Taken  during  its  prevalence  it  preoccupies  the 
system  and  prevents  its  invasion  ;  taken  while  suffering 
from  it  a  relief  is  speedily  realized,  which  is  continued 
to  an  entire  cure.  Six  pellets  repeated  every  two  hours, 
or,  in  extreme  cases  every  hour,  is  the  rule. 

For  Extreme  Fever,  or  any  inflammatory  action,  Specific 
No.  One  may  be  taken  in  alternation  with  it,  a  dose  every 
hour. 

For  violent  coughing  or  pains  in  the  chest  or  lungs 
Specific  No.  Seven  may  be  alternated  with  it  in  like 
manner,  or  No.  Nineteen  for  profuse  flowing  catarrh.  But 
in  general  no  other  remedy  than  Specific  No.  Seventy- 
Seven  will  be  required. 

The  No.  Seventy- Seven  will  "  break  up  "  an  obstinate 
Cold  that  "  hangs  on "  and  does  not  yield  to  treatment : 
relieves  in  a  few  hours  ;  cures  in  a  few  days. 

JJ^^  Be  very  moderate  in  the  use  of  coffee  or  tobacco, 
and  especially  avoid  exposure.  Keep  warm  and  comfortable, 
and  live  upon  very  light  and  easily  digested  diet. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT.— DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    299 

CHRONIC  CATARRH. 

Chronic  catarrh  often  may  be  said  to  be  constitutional. 
In  some  famihes  every  member  is  affected  with  it  more  or 
less.  From  the  first  years  of  childhood,  there  is  an  excessive 
secretion  from  the  nose  and  air  passages.  The  disease  is 
characterized  by  an  excessive  flow  of  mucus,  more  or  less 
changed,  from  the  lining  membrane  of  the  nose  and  its 
back  passages,  the  frontal  sinus  and  throat,  and  sometimes 
involving  the  bronchi  and  lungs.  The  discharge  is  varied 
in  color,  character  and  consistence.  Often  it  is  yellow, 
thick,  abundant  and  offensive;  or  it  may  be  drier,  in  plugs 
or  crusts,  obstructing  the  passages  and  only  detached  occa- 
sionally and  with  difficulty,  accompanied  with  soreness  or 
ulceration.  Sometimes  the  membrane  lining  the  passage  is 
very  red  and  j^ainfully  irritated  from  every  inhalation  of 
the  air,  and  the  discharge  watery,  thin  and  acrid;  but  the 
most  common  form  is  the  profuse  discharge  of  yellow, 
thick,  offensive  matter.  Generally  the  sense  of  smell  is  im- 
paired and  sometimes  quite  lost,  and  not  unfrequently  the 
sense  of  hearing  and  taste  are  likewise  more  or  less  im- 
paired. Though  a  chronic  catarrh  may  continue  many 
years  and  be  very  annoying  and  offensive,  it  is  rarely  fatal, 
and  never  terminates  in  consumption,  wnatever  quacks 
may  say  about  it.  It  is  generally  better  in  warm,  dry 
weather,  and  worse  in  the  spring  and  fall  and  in  variable 
weather. 

Treatment.^ — The  Specific  No.  Nineteen  is  the  proper 
remedy,  and  may  be  given,  six  pellets  at  a  time  and  from 
two  to  four  times  per  day,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the 
case.  Should  there  be  bronchial  irritation,  cough  or 
hoarseness,  the  Specific  No.  Seven  may  be  used  in  alter- 
nation with  No.  Nineteen  to  good  advantage. 


300  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

FALL  GATAV^'RTi.—iPeach'Catarrh^Hay  Asthma). 

This  is  a  peculiar  form  of  catarrh,  to  which  many  per^ 
sons,  especially  in  the  better  walks  of  life,  are  subject,  and 
which  has  received  quite  a  variety  of  designations.  It 
comes  on  at  rarely  varying  periods,  generally  about  the 
20th  of  August,  and  having  made  its  attack,  is  almost  sure 
to  return  every  year  at  about  the  same  day.  It  continues 
with  varying  degrees  of  intensity  until  about  the  first  of 
October  or  the  first  cold  or  fi'osty  day,  when  it  gradually 
abates.  The  attack  commences  with  sneezing,  commonly 
violent  and  repeated,  to  which  there  is  soon  added  tearful- 
ness and  discharge  of  thin  watery  secretion  from  the  nose, 
sometimes  so  abundant  as  to  fall  in  drops,  or  to  soil  a  dozen 
or  more  handkerchiefs  in  a  day.  The  eyes  become  watery, 
the  lining  membrane  of  the  nose  reddened  and  exceedingly 
irritated  from  the  dust  of  traveling,  or  the  pollen  of  flowers. 
Gradually  the  irritation  extends  along  the  air  passage,  in- 
volving the  bronchia,  and  paroxysms  of  asthma  set  in,  worse 
at  night,  obliging  the  patient  to  sit  bolstered  up,  and  rend- 
ering a  horizontal  position  for  the  time  impossible.  While 
the  difficulty  of  breathing  is  so  great,  the  discharge  from 
the  eyes  and  nose  and  the  sneezing  abates ;  but  after  two  or 
three  days  the  asthma  passes  oflf  and  the  eyes  and  nose  have 
it  again.  And  so  the  disease  wears  on  with  varying  degi-ees 
of  severity  from  bad  to  worse,  until  time  and  the  cooler 
days  afford  relief  from  this  most  disagreeable  and  annoying 
of  physical  visitations. 

Numerous  theories  have  been  advanced  as  to  the  cause  of 
this  annual  catarrh.  It  has  been  attributed  to  the  down  of 
peaches,  the  fragrance  of  roses,  the  dust  of  making  hay,  the 
pollen  of  flowers,  etc.  But  whether  any  or  all  of  these 
theories  are  correct,  it  seems  clearly  to  be  connected  with 
an  advanced  stage,  or  possibly,  an  incipient  decay  of  some 
forms  of  vegetation;  for  we  find  it  cured  for  the  time  by  a 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    301 

sea  voyage,  and  patients  suffering  from  it  who  domicile  in 
those  locations  most  removed  from  such  influences  are  pro- 
portionately relieved.  Thus,  those  who  go  to  the  Catskill 
or  Twin  Mountain  House  say  they  are  sensibly  benefited, 
and  those  at  Fire  Island,  where  scores  of  fashionable  people, 
who  flee  from  this  visitant,  are  to  be  found  every  year,  as 
certainly  as  the  returning  swallows,  aver  that  they  suffer 
only  about  one  fourth  as  much  as  when  on  the  main  land. 

Old  school  medicine  has  accomplished  little  or  nothing 
toward  relieving  this  class  of  patients,  and  the  Homeopaths 
have  not  done  much  better,  patients  of  the  most  distin- 
guished physicians  of  all  schools  in  our  large  cities,  being 
found  in  abundance  at  these  places  of  refuge  every  year. 

Treatment. — If  the  patient  can  sojourn  for  the  time  at 
any  of  the  localities  named,  or  can  take  a  sea  voyage,  it  is 
to  be  advised.  The  Specifics  No.  ]\ilieteeil  and  No- 
Tweilty-Olie  had  best  be  taken,  six  pellets,  from  one  at 
night  and  the  other  in  the  morning,  for  some  days  before 
the  expected  attack,  to  ward  it  off  if  possible.  "When  the 
attack  comes  on,  commence  at  once  with  these  two  numbers 
and  take  six  pellets  every  two  hours  alternately  either  dry 
or  dissolved  in  water,  and  continue  this  at  longer  intervals 
as  the  disease  abates.  When  the  eyes  are  much  affected 
with  redness,  intolerance  of  light,  and  profuse  tearfulness, 
suspend  the  Specific  No.  Nineteen  and  take  instead  No. 
Gi^liteeil^  every  two  hours  six  pellets,  and  so  continue 
them  until  the  irritation  of  the  eyes  are  relieved. 

These  three  Sp3cifics  may  be  used,  either  alone  or 
in  alternation  with  each  other  during  the  course  of  the 
disease.  You  will  thus  relieve,  shorten  and  wonderfully 
modify,  if  you  do  not  entirely  arrest  this  most  unpleasant, 
if  not  dangerous  annual  visitation. 

We  have  a  Special  Case  of  three  vials  of  fluid,  for 
Autumn  or  Hay  Catarrh,  with  fuU  directions,  price  $3.00. 


302  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

ACUTE  BRONCHITIS.— ((7o77imon  Cold— Bronchial 

Irritation), 

Acute  Bronchitis  is  acute  Inflammation  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  bronchi — the  air-tubes  of  the  lungs.  It 
may  affect  either  the  large  or  the  small  bronchi;  and  the 
smaller  the  tubes  in  which  the  inflammation  exists,  the 
greater  the  danger.  Bronchitis  is  most  common  in  elderly 
persons,  although  it  is  not  infrequent  in  children. 

Chronic  Bronchitis  is  a  somewhat  different  disease,  very 
common  in  advanced  life.  In  mild  cases  there  is  only  ha- 
bitual cough,  shortness  of  breath,  and  copious  expectora- 
tion, and  entire  absence  of  Pyrexia.  Many  cases  of  winter 
cough  in  old  persons  are  examples  of  chronic  Bronchitis. 
It  is  often  insidious  in  its  apjDroach,  although  it  sometimes 
succeeds  to  acute  Bronchitis,  when  that  disease  has  been 
neglected  or  badly  treated. 

These  conditions  have  so  many  symptoms  in  common, 
and  so  frequently  run  into  and  overlap  each  other,  that  it  is 
preferable  to  treat  them  in  connection.  Laymen  would 
find  it  difficult  to  distinguish  one  from  the  other,  nor  would 
it  be  necessary  in  a  practical  point  of  view.  A  cold  gener- 
ally commences  with  a  sensation  of  tingling,  itching,  irri- 
tation, or  roughness  along  the  lining  membrane  of  the  nose, 
and  thence  gradually  extending  backward  along  the  air 
passage  into  the  bronchi  or  lungs.  There  is  often  sneez- 
ing, sometimes  repeated,  and  soon  a  discharge,  at  first  of 
thin  acrid,  and  then  by  degrees  thicker,  yellowish  mucus 
from  the  nose,  and  cough,  at  first  harsh,  dry,  violent,  often 
accompanied  with  a  sense  of  roughness  or  excoriation  in 
the  larynx  and  upper  part  of  the  chest,  and  as  the  disease 
progresses,  raising  of  at  first  thin,  and  then  of  tliicker,  or 
yellowish  sputa.  Sometimes  the  bronchi  and  chest  are 
but  little  affected,  and  the  disease  expends  itself  u2:)on  the 
mucus  membrane  of  the  throat,   nose  and  eyes,   producing 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    303 


frequent  sneezing,  redness  and  irritation  of  the  eyes,  and 
profuse  secretion  of  the  acrid  mucus  from  the  eyes  and 
hose.  When  the  bronchi  are  particularly  invaded,  the 
cough  is  dry,  harsh,  painful  and  frequent,  often  inducing 
headache,  together  with  more  or  less  hoarseness,  and  sore 
throat  if  the  upper  part  of  wind-pipe  (larynx)  is  involved 
Fever  to  a  greater  or  more  limited  extent  is  almost  always 
present,  and  the  disease  presents  all  grades,  from  a  sharp, 
well  defined,  acute  bronchitis  to  a  simple  catarrhal  irri- 
tation. As  the  disease  declines,  and  sometimes  from  the 
first,  an  eruption  of  pimples  or  fever  blisters  appears  around 
the  mouth  or  lips,  which  are  often  very  annoying. 

Treatment. — When  a  cold  begins  with  cough,  sneezing, 
pain  in  the  breast,  and  general  feeling  as  from  having  taken 
cold;  resort  at  once  to  the  Specific  No.  Seven^  of  which 
take  six  pellets  dry.  and  repeat  it  every  two  hours. 

If  the  cold  commences  with  more  severe  symptoms,  and 
some  fever  and  considerable  irritation  of  the  lungs  or  bron- 
chi, commence  with  Specific  No.  One  and  take  six  pellets 
every  hour  at  first,  and  after  a  few  hours  continue  them  in 
alternation  with  No.  ^eveil  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  and 
so  continue  the  two  remedies  until  the  force  of  the  disease 
is  broken,  when  the  No.  Seveil^  will  complete  the  cure. 

Should  the  disease  assume  more  the  catarrhal  form, 
affecting  the  eyes,  nose  and  throat,  the  Specifics  No.  Nine- 
teen  and  No.  Seven  are  the  proper  remedies,  and  should 
be  administered  as  above. 

In  all  cases  of  colds,  drink  freely  of  cold  water,  live  some- 
vvhat  abstemiously,  avoid  cofi*ee,  stimulants,  over-feeding 
and  exposure  and  fatigue. 

ACUTE  BRONCHITIS  OF  CHILDREN.— (^a/arr^i  of  the 

breast — Lung  Fever), 

This  disease  consists  of  an  acute  inflammation  of  the 
lining  membrane  of  the  air-passages.      The  inflammation 


304  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

may  be  limited  to  a  portion  of  die  bronchi,  or  involve  the 
entire  membrane;  and  it  may  be  but  slight  and  easily 
arrested,  or  it  may  be  from  the  very  first  a  very  serious  and 
dangerous  malady.  In  young  children,  it  is  particularly 
dangerous,  forming  the  so-called  "lung  fever,"  and  the 
younger  the  child  the  more  critical  the  attack. 

In  children,  of  an  early  age,  it  is  quite  frequent,  and 
commences  usually  with  symptoms  of  an  ordinary  cold;  but 
soon  the  breathing  becomes  quick,  oppressed  and  labored, 
and  from  the  increased  action  of  the  diaphragm,  the  abdo- 
men becomes  prominent;  the  shoulders  and  nostrils  are  in 
continual  motion  from  the  effort  of  breathing;  on  applying 
the  ear  to  the  chest,  and  often  at  quite  a  distance  from  the 
patient,  the  crepitation  and  mucus-rattle  of  the  chest  is  very 
auaible;  expectoration  coughed  into  the  mouth  and  then 
swallowed,  temporarily  relieves,  and  occasionally  the  mucus 
is  thrown  from  the  air-passages  by  the  effort  of  vomiting; 
the  cough  is  frequent,  short  and  distressing;  the  face  be- 
comes pale,  anxious,  and  somewhat  livid.  The  disease  has 
its  paroxysms  and  seasons  of  remission,  dui'ing  which  the 
child  appears  drowsy,  and,  unless  relieved,  the  j)aroxysms 
recur  with  increasing  severity  until  death  takes  place  from 
suffocation  There  is  no  appetite,  but  considerable  thirst, 
and  the  symptoms  are  generally  worse  at  night.  Children 
at  the  breast  find  it  difficult  to  nurse,  from  the  o23pression 
of  the  chest  and  impeded  resj^iration. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Seven  are 
the  proper  remedies,  and  may  be  administered  in  fluid  form 
as  follows:  If  the  symptoms  are  at  all  urgent,  prejiare  the 
medicine  for  children  of  two  years  or  under,  by  placiug 
eight  pellets  of  Specific  No.  One  in  as  many  teasi^oonsfuj 
of  water,  in  one  glass,  and  the  same  quantity  of  Specific  Nc. 
Seven  in  like  quantity  of  water  in  another  glass,  then  from 
these  two  give  a  spoonful  every  hour  in  alternation.  Older 
children,  or  adults,  may  take  twice  as  much  at  a  dose  as 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    305 

the  above.  In  milder  cases,  a  dose  of  two  pellets  every  two 
hours  may  be  sufficient,  and  these  may  be  continued  until 
the  disease  is  arrested. 

If  in  children,  who  are  in  far  the  most  danger  in  this 
disease,  the  fever  should  have  been  allayed,  but  the  cough 
and  difficulty  of  breathing,  attended  with  great  weakness, 
remains,  then  omit  the  Specific  No.  Olie^  and  in  place  give 
the  Specific  No.  ^1X5  the  same  dose,  in  alternation  with 
No.  Seveil^  and  continue  these  so  long  as  they  are  bene- 
ficial. 

LARYNGITIS. — {Inflammation  of  the  Larynx), 

"We  distinguish  two  forms  of  this  disease,  the  one  acute 
and  running  its  course  in  a  comparatively  short  time;  the 
other  chronic,  which  may  continue  for  months  or  years. 
The  acute  form  is  characterized  by  hoarseness,  or  low,  dull 
voice,  or  a  difficult,  whispering  voice,  wanting  in  modula- 
tion; a  sense  of  soreness  or  of  tightness  in  the  larynx  and 
up23er  part  of  the  chest;  difficult,  tight  or  wheezing  insj^i- 
ration;  sensation  of  constriction  in  the  throat,  and  inabihty 
to  breathe  freely  accompanied  with  pain,  is  increased  by 
pressure  on  the  protuberance  of  the  throat,  or  along  the 
larynx.  There  is  usually  a  hoarse,  muffled  cough,  some- 
times convulsive  and  dry,  or  with  expectoration  of  tough 
adhesive  mucus,  sensation  as  if  there  were  a  foreign  body 
or  lump  in  the  throat.  If  the  inflammation  involves  the 
pharynx,  there  will  be  difficulty  and  pain  in  swallowing 
There  is  more  or  less  fever,  and  increased  redness  on  look- 
ing into  the  throat.  In  some  cases  the  fever  runs  so  high, 
and  the  hoarseness  and  difficulty  of  breathing  are  so  greats 
as  to  approximate  a  case  of  true  croup.  But,  as  the  treat- 
ment is  similar,  the  fear  of  confounding  the  two  disease* 
need  occasion  no  embarassment. 

Treatment. — In  all  serious,  acute  cases  the  Specifics  No. 


306  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

One  and  No.  Thirteen  should  be  dissolved  in  water, 
twelve  pellets  of  each  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  in  separate 
glasses,  and  of  these  give  alternately  every  hour  until  the 
fever  has  abated,  when  the  Specific  No.  Seven  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  the  No.  One^  and  the  Nos.  Thirteen  and 
^yeven  may  be  continued  until  the  disease  is  arrested. 

CHEONIC  JjABY^GlTlS.— {Laryngeal  ConsumpUon). 

This  chronic  inflammation  of  the  larynx,  in  some  of  its 

forms,  is  almost  daily  met  with.  It  forms  the  so-called 
"ministers'  sore  throat,"  and  presents  every  grade  of  severity, 

from  slight  hoarseness  and  irritation,  down  through  all 
shades  of  inflammation  and  ulceration,  to  the  most  invet- 
erate forms  of  laryngeal  consumption.  The  disease  often 
commences  with  slight  hoarseness  and  irritation  of  the 
throat,  frequent  belching  or  raising  of  scanty  mucus  and 
slight  cough.  As  the  disease  progresses,  these  symptoms 
increase,  and  there  is  also  dryness,  burning,  itching  or 
tickling  and  tightness,  or  in  some  cases  a  dull,  smarting,  or 
an  acute  pain  in  the  larynx.  The  voice  may  be  hoarse  or 
whispering,  or  piping,  and  only  formed  with  effort.  In  the 
earlier  stages,  the  voice  is  uncertain  and  often  breaks  in 
singing  or  loud  speaking.  The  cough,  at  first  dry  and  short, 
becomes  gradually  loose,  with  raising  of  mucus  or  purulent 
expectoration.  Gradually,  as  the  disease  progresses,  ulcera- 
tion takes  place,  generally  marked  by  pain  in  the  throat  as 
from  a  sharp-pointed  body,  especially  when  speaking. 
Should  the  disease  involve  the  pharynx,  there  is  also  diffi- 
culty in  swallowing,  and  in  the  effort  the  food  or  drink  may 
be  returned  through  the  nostrils.  If  the  ulceration  involves 
the  rim  of  the  glottis,  the  voice  is  lost  and  the  i^atient  only 
speaks  in  whispers.  As  ulceration  progresses,  the  dis- 
charge becomes  purulent,  bloody  and  even  offensive;  por- 
tions of  lymph,  cartilage  and  even  ossific  matter  are  dis- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    o07 

charged;  the  cough  and  difficulty  of  deglutition  increase, 
often  in  paroxysms;  the  general  health  gives  way;  hectic 
fever,  night  sweats,  emaciation,  swelling  of  the  limbs,  loss 
of  appetite,  vomiting  with  the  cough,  and  diarrhoea,  are  un- 
favorable indications,  and  lead  us  to  look  for  the  worst- 
There  is  usually  soreness  of  the  larynx  on  pressure,  and 
from  the  inhalation  of  cold  air.  Coughing,  sneezing,  sx)eak- 
ing,  laughing  or  swallowing  frequently  bring  on  a  fit  of 
severe  suffering. 

Treatment. — In  the  earlier  stages,  while  there  is  simply 
hoarseness  and  some  degree  of  dryness  or  irritation  in  the 
throat  and  cough,  the  Specific  No.  Seven  will  be  sufficient 
to  control  it,  and  may  be  given  six  pellets  at  a  time,  and 
repeated  every  three  or  four  hours,  and  so  continued  from 
day  to  day. 

Should  the  hoarseness  be  more  decided,  with  cough,  dry- 
ness, heat  and  irritation  of  the  throat,  or  if  the  disease  is 
fairly  develo^^ed,  resort  to  the  Specific  No.  Tllirteeil,  of 
which  give  six  pellets,  dissolved  in  water,  every  three  hours, 
and  so  continue  for  two  or  three  days.  After  that,  give  the 
Specifics  No.  Keveil  and  No.  TJlirteeil  in  alternation, 
every  three  hours  which  may  be  given  until  the  disease  is 
cured. 

Should  there  be  decided  fever,  a  dose  or  two  of  Specific 
No.  One  may  by  occasionally  interposed  with  advantage. 


PLEUKISY. 

This  disease  is  of  rather  frequent  occurrence,  and  is 
asually  one  of  grave  importance.  It  is  an  inflammation  of 
the  pleura  or  membrane,  covering  the  lungs  on  one  side 
and  being  reflected  upon  the  walls  of  the  chest  upon  the 
other  side,  thus  forms  what  is  termed  the  pleural-sac.  It  is 
a  vejy  thin  membraneous  tissue,  having  a  serous  surface 
and  quite  liable  to  inflammation  and  consequent  exudation 


308  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

of  serum.  The  inflammation  and  pain  may  be  located  in 
any  part  of  the  chest,  or  even  affect  a  considerable  portion 
of  it.  A  well  marked  pleurisy  commences  with  a  decided 
chill,  lasting  often  some  hours,  followed  by  high  fever,  heat, 
red  face,  sharp,  quick  pulse,  and  very  severe  stitching,  stabb- 
ing, or  lancinating  pains,  often  confined  to  one  spot  in  the 
side,  or  front  of  the  chest.  The  pain  is  sharp,  catching, 
lancinating,  arresting  or  intercepting  the  breathing,  and  is 
greatly  aggravated  by  coughing  or  even  by  movement;  and 
the  chest  is  sensitive  to  pressure  at  the  place  ichere  the  pain  is 
located.  The  respiration  is  difficult  and  anxious,  often  inter- 
cepted by  the  stitch,  but  less  oppressed  than  in  pneumonia. 
The  cough  is  short  and  dry,  and  greatly  increases  the  stitch 
or  pain  in  the  side.  The  pulse  is  quick  and  hard;  tongue 
inclined  to  dryness  or  parched;  thirst  decided;  urine  scanty 
and  high-colored;  and  the  patient  generally  lying  on  his 
back.  If  effusion  of  serum  has  occurred  in  one  side  of  the 
chest,  lying  upon  the  opposite  side  is  very  difficult.  The 
effusion  is  generally  absorbed  in  the  process  of  cure,  but, 
when  the  absorbent  powers  of  the  system  have  become 
weakened,  and  the  cure  is  imperfect,  the  secretion  may  be 
only  partially  taken  up,  and  adhesion  of  the  pleural  sur- 
faces may  occur,  thus  practically  uniting  the  surface  of  the 
lung  to  the  walls  of  the  chest,  and  occasioning  more  or  less 
inconvenience  in  after  life. 

Physical  Signs. — On  appl^dng  the  ear,  or  the  stethoscope 
to  the  affected  part  of  the  chest  at  an  early  period,  the  dry 
inflamed  surfaces  may  be  heard  rubbing  against  each  other 
and  producing  a  friction-sound,  this  rubbing  may  also  be 
felt  by  placing  the  hand  on  the  corresponding  part  of  the 
chest;  it  is  probably  due  to  the  pleura  being  preternaturaliy 
dry  by  exhalation,  or  to  its  being  roughened  by  effusion  of 
fibrine. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  atmospheric  vicissitudes,  and 
sudden  checking  of  the  perspiration,  are  the  most  frequent 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGED     309 

causes,  especially  in  persons  of  unhealthy  constitutions: 
surgical  operations  and  mechanical  injuries  are  frequently 
exciting"  causes;  thus  the  roue^h  ends  of  a  fractured  rib  may 
set  up  inflammation  of  the  pleura.  It  may  also  be  excited 
by  extension  of  other  diseases.  The  cause  of  the  disease 
may  materially  alter  the  treatment. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Seven  are 
the  proper  remedies,  and  should  be  giyen  thus:  Dissolye 
twelye  pellets  of  No.  One  in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water, 
and  of  this  giye  a  spoonful  (large  if  for  an  adult,  and  small 
if  for  a  child)  eyery  half  houi',  and  continue  this  medicine 
until  the  pulse  is  reduced  and  softened,  the  j)ain  is  di- 
minished and  the  surface  cooled,  and  for  twenty-four  hours, 
unless  the  disease  has  yielded  before  this  period.  Then 
prepare  Specific  No.  Seven  in  like  manner,  and  administer 
it  in  alternation  with  No.  One,  at  interyals  at  first  of  one 
houi',  and  then  of  two  hours,  until  the  entii'e  disease  has 
succumbed. 

In  some  rare  cases,  where  the  feyer  has  been  subdued, 
and  some  degi^ee  of  pain  in  the  chest  or  soreness  yet  lingers, 
the  use  of  Specific  No.  Fifteen,  either  alone  or  in  alterna- 
tion with  No.  Seven,  may  remoye  it. 

Accessory  Measures. — Either  in  pleurisy  and  inflam- 
mation of  the  lung?,  or  of  other  large  organs,  if  the  attack 
is  decided  or  well  marked,  it  is  adyisable  to  giye  the 
pajtient  at  once  a  hot  foot-bath  in  the  manner  heretofore 
recommended  in  this  work,  so  as  to  induce  a  deter- 
mination of  blood  to  the  extremities,  and  excite  general 
perspiration.  After  the  patient  has  been  put  to  bed, 
should  the  pain  on  breathing,  and  the  oppression  of  the 
chest  be  seyere,  a  hot  fomentation,  applied  directly  to 
the  pai-t,  will  be  of  great  adyantage.  The  best  mode  of 
making  it  is  thus:  Take  common  muslin,  and  cut  out  and 
run  up  a  bag — say  eight  or  ten  by  twelye  inches — enough 
to  entirely  cover  the  suffering  part.    Fill  this  with  meal  and 


310  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

bran,  in  proportion  of  one  part  of  meal  to  two  of  bran,  m 
that  wlien  the  filling  shall  be  evenly  distributed,  the  fomen- 
tation shall  be  about  a  half  an  inch  or  more  in  thickness 

• 

Pour,  say,  half  an  inch  of  hot  water  into  a  tin  pan,  and  lay 
the  bag  in,  evenly  spread  out.  It  will  at  once  become 
thoroughly  hot  and  saturated,  and  may  be  applied  directly 
to  the  chest  as  hot  as  can  be  borne,  and  covered  with  a 
flannel  to  provent  wetting  the  clothes.  It  rarely  fails  to 
afford  prompt  and  decided  relief,  and  may  be  repeated  from 
time  to  time,  if  necessary,  and  is  far  better  than  blisters  or 
mustard  plasters. 

Pleurisy,  both  before  and  after  effusion,  is  now  treated  by 
strapping  the  affected  side  firmly  with  broad  pieces  of  com- 
mon plaster,  placed  obliquely  to  the  direction  of  the  ribs, 
so  as  to  secure  rest.  Many  cases,  it  is  said,  have  been  cured 
very  quickly  simply  by  this  means. 

Perfect  quiet  with  a  semi-recumbent  posture  should  be 
secured.  The  diet  should  be  light, — gruel,  arrowroot, 
broth;  frequent  sips  of  cold  water  will  allay  thirst.  In  case 
of  effusion  into  the  pleura,  the  diet  should  be  dry, 

« 
PLEUEODYNIA.— (i^aZse  Pleurisy— Stitch  in  the  side). 

This  is  a  rheumatic  affection  of  the  intercostal  muscles  of 
the  chest,  and  similar  to  pleurisy,  in  that  it  is  characterized 
by  a  sharp  stitch  or  stinging  pain  in  the  chest.  It  may  be 
distinguished  from  pleurisy  in  not  being  preceded  by  a 
chill,  and  being  without  fever.  The  pain  shifts  from  place 
to  place.  The  surface  of  the  chest  or  side  is  usually  sore^ 
and  the  pain  may  be  excited  by  drawing  the  finger  along 
between  the  ribs.  A  few  doses  of  six  pellets  of  Specific  No. 
One  or  No.  Fifteen  will  generally  cure  it,  and  they  may 
be  repeated  every  two  hours. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    311 


PNEUMONIA. — {Injlammation  of  the  lungs). 

Inflammation  of  the  substance  of  the  lungs  may  occur 
alone,  or  in  connection  with  pleurisy,  which  is  indeed  its 
most  common  form.  If  one  lung  only  be  involved,  it  is 
termed  single  Pneumonia;  if  both,  double.  The  latter 
occurs  in  about  one  out  of  every  eight  cases;  in  the  single 
variety  two  cases  out  of  every  three  are  Pneumonia  of  the 
^  right  lung.  The  portions  chiefly  involved  are  the  lower 
posterior  and  the  base  of  the  lung.  The  disease  frequently 
co-exists  with  Pleurisv,  when,  if  Pneumonia  forms  the  chief 
disease,  the  double  affection  is  called  Pleuro-pneumonia^ 
If,  however.  Pleurisy  predominates,  it  is  termed  Pneumo- 
pleuritis. It  commences  like  pleurisy,  with  a  chill,  frequent 
rigors  passing  over  the  body  for  some  hours,  followed  by 
fever,  with  great  heat  of  the  surface,  which  is  hot  and  dry; 
pulse  quick,  but  rarely  so  quick  or  bounding  as  in  jJeurisy ; 
breathing  is  quickened,  hot,  oppressed,  anxious,  and  some- 
times interrupted  by  the  pain;  tongue  dry,  sometimes 
parched;  urine  high  colored  and  scanty;  cough  short, 
distressing,  and  dry  at  first,  gradually  becomes  more  moist, 
raising  a  little  adhesive  viscid,  or  tenacious  mucus,  which  is 
at  first  semi-transparent,  but  soon  becomes  greyish^  mixed 
with  blood,  rust  colored,  or  even  like  prune-juice;  the  speech 
is  interrupted,  hesitating,  with  frequent  pause  and  ab- 
dominal respiration.  Sometimes  the  pain  is  not  sharp,  only 
dull,  with  a  sense  of  oppression  or  tightness.  The  face  is 
less  red  but  more  lived  than  in  pleurisy;  the  vessels  of  the 
neck  become  swelled  and  turgid,  and  the  frequent  cough 
often  causes  severe  headache.  The  patient  lies  upon  his 
back,  dislikes  to  talk  and  desires  to  be  let  alone;  some- 
times is  very  irritable  or  careless  of  his  situation. 

In  persons  having  a  low  vitality,  purulent  infiltration  may 
occur,  which  consists  of  diffused  suppuration  of  the  lung- 
tissue.     In  rare  cases^  a  circumscribed  abscess  forms,  and 


312  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

on  applying  tlie  ear  to  tliat  part  of  the  chest,  a  gurgling 
sound  may  be  heard;  this  condition  is  usually  preceded  by 
rigors;  and  a  hollow  or  cavernous  sound  follows  when  the 
abscess  has  been  emptied  by  coughing  and  expectoration. 
The  occurrence  of  copious  expectoration  of  whitish  or 
yellowish  mucus,  general  perspiration,  a  sudden  abundant 
discharge  of  urine  with  copious  sediment,  diarrhoea,  or 
even  bleeding  of  the  nose,  may  be  regarded  as  forming  a 
crisis,  encouraging  the  hope  of  a  favorable  termination. 

Occasionally,  in  old  or  enfeebled  constitutions,  gangrene 
of  a  portion  of  the  lung  may  occur.  This  condition  is  easily 
recognised  by  a  most  intolerable  odor  of  the  patient's 
breath,  resembling  that  proceeding  from  mortification  of 
external  parts.  Unless  the  gangrenous  portion  is  extremely 
limited,  the  case  is  almost  certain  to  terminate  fatally. 

Causes. — Severe    or    long-continued    exertion,   or    over- 
fatigue, either  alone  or  combined  with  cold.     Brief  exposure 
to  cold,  however  intense,  is  rarely  sufficient  to  excite  this 
inflammation;  it   is   rather  a  prolonged   and  deep-reaching 
cause  of  cold  that  can  produce  this  effect.     "Thus,"  writes 
Dr.  C.  J.  B.  "Williams,  "if  a  person  gets  thoroughly  w^et,  and 
remains  long  in  wet  clothes,  or  lies  out  on  damp  ground; 
or  a  sentinel  standing  or  slowly  j)acing  for  hours  in  a  cold 
wind,  the  chill  goes  to  the  heart,  as  it  were,  and  paralyzes 
the  deep  circulation,  and  Pneumonia  is  likely  to  be  the 
result.     Boys  who  get  heated  at  football,  or   some  other 
violent  exercises,  throw  themselves  on  the  damp  grass,  or 
remove  clothing  to   cool  themselves,   or  stand  about;  the 
chill  operating  on  the  exhausted  body  causes  extreme  con- 
gestion  in  the   lungs,  the  circulation  of  which  has  been 
weakened  by  the  previous  violent  respiratory  efforts.     The 
result  is  Pneumonia,  generally  asthenic,  commonly  double, 
and  attended  with  much  prostration." 

As  the  patient  improves,  the  heat  of  the  surface  is  re 
jiuced:  the  breathing   is  more  free;  the  skin  and  tongu^f 


i)ISEASE  Al^D  TKEATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    313 


become  and  remain  moist;  the  sputa  becomes  more  free, 
less  tenacious  and  lighter  colored,  and  the  cough  less  fre- 
quent and  painful,  cx,iid  quiet  sleep,  with  general  perspira- 
tion and  free  discharge  of  urine,  indicate  a  crisis  and  the 
breaking  up  of  the  disease.  On  the  contrary,  increased 
oppression  of  the  chest,  dryness  of  tongue  and  skin,  fre- 
quency of  the  cough  and  scanty  viscid,  rusty,  expectoration, 
hiccough  and  delirium,  indicate  the  progress  of  the  disease. 
It  is,  however,  generally  curable  in  its  earlier  stages,  under 
our  management. 

Treatment. — Should  be  commenced  with  Specific  No. 
Olie^  of  which  dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  six  large  spoonsful 
of  water  for  adults,  of  which  give  a  spoonful  every  hour  for 
the  first  twenty-four  hours;  also,  give  the  j)atient  a  hot  foot- 
bath, and  if  the  tightness,  02)pression  of  the  chest  or  pain 
is  very  severe,  apply  the  hot  fomentation  to  the  chest,  as 
directed  under  the  treatment  of  pleurisy.  After  twenty- 
four  hours  give  the  Specific  No.  Sevcil^  prej)ared  in  the 
same  manner  as  No.  Olie^  and  give  the  two  medicines  in 
alternation,  at  intei'\"als  of  one  hour.  Continue  this  until 
the  disease  is  removed,  gradually  increasing  the  intervals 
between  the  doses  to  two  or  even  three  hours,  as  the  im- 
provement progresses. 

After  convalescence,  should  there  remain  some  tendencv 
to  cough,  debility  and  sweating  at  night,  six  pellets  of  Spe- 
cific No.  Ten  at  night,  and  of  No.  Thirty-Five  each 
morning,  rarely  fail  to  complete  the  cure. 

Accessory  Means. — The  patient  should  be  warmly  but 
lightly  covered;  the  temperature  of  the  apartment  60''  to 
65"".  A  large,  thick  linseed-meal  poultice,  or  spongio-piline, 
to  fit  the  chest  in  front  and  back.  A  continuous  poultice  is 
one  of  the  best  methods  of  providing  for  the  local  loss  of 
vitality  in  Pneumonia  and  similar  diseases.  Niemeyer 
says:  "In  all  cases  I  cover  the  chest  of  the  patient,  and  the 
affected  side  in  particular,  with  cloths  which  have  been 


314  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOK. 

dipped  in  cold  water  and  weH  wvtxng  out.  The  compresses 
must  be  removed  every  five  minutes,  unpleasant  as  lliis 
procedure  is  in  all  cases,  yet  even  after  a  few  hours  the 
patients  assure  me  they  feel  a  material  relief.  The  pain 
dyspnsea,  and  often  the  frequency  of  the  pulse,  is  reduced 
Sometimes  the  temperature  goes  down  an  entire  degree.' 
The  patient  must  be  kept  very  quiet,  have  mucilaginous 
drinks  and  farinaceous  diet,  and  be  treated  generally  as 
directed  under  Enteric  Fever,  pages  189 — 192. 

CONGESTION  OP  THE  CHEST. 

This  condition,  determination  of  blood  to  the  chest,  may 
be  supposed  to  exist  where  there  is  a  sensation  of  fulness, 
heaviness,  weight  or  oppression  in  the  chest.  There  may 
be  also  throbbings,  or  palpitations  of  the  heart,  attended 
with  anxiety,  short,  sighing,  or  difficult  breathing,  and 
sometimes  a  short  cough.  It  is  most  common  in  young 
plethoric  subjects,  or  those  of  consumptive  habit  It  is 
sometimes  occasioned  by  over  exertion,  exposure  to  heat 
and  cold,  use  of  stimulants,  co£fee,  spices,  vinous  or  alco- 
holic beverages,  or  may  be  caused  by  suppression  of  erup- 
tions or  accustomed  discharges. 

Treatment. — In  general  a  few  doses  of  Specific  No.  One, 
six  pellets,  taken  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  will  promptly 
relieve  it.  Should  there  be  frequent  recurrence  of  the 
attack,  or  the  condition  threaten  to  become  chronic,  ad- 
minister  the  Specifics  No.  Thirty- Five  each  night  on 
retiring,  and  the  No.  One  each  morning.  If  it  has  been 
caused  by  suppression,  or  too  scanty  flow  of  the  menses, 
give  the  Specific  No.  Eleven,  and  repeat  every  two  hours 
until  relieved.  If  connected  with  constipation,  hemorrhoids 
or  indigestion,  administer  the  Specifio  No.  Ten  in  like 
manner. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    315 

ASTHMA. 

This  affection  of  the  lungs  and  air  passages  is  character- 
ized by  difficulty  of  breathing,  coming  on  in  paroxysms, 
attended  with  a  suffocative,  or  constrictive  sensation,  ccugli 
and  expectoration.  The  paroxysms  may  come  on  suddenly, 
without  warning,  and  more  frequently  at  night,  but  often 
they  are  preceded  by  a  feeling  of  irritation  iu  the  air- 
passages,  or  a  sense  of  fulness  or  oppression  at  the  pit  of 
the  stomach.  During  the  attack  the  respiration  i^  labored, 
wheezing,  or  sighing  long  drawn,  accompanied  with  anxiety, 
and  the  shoulders,  larynx  and  chest  are  moved  with  the 
violence  of  the  effort.  The  patient  usually  sits  or  stands, 
(can  rarely  recline),  with  his  arms  elevated  so  as  to  expand 
the  chest;  and  often  requires  the  doors  or  windows  to  be 
opened  to  give  him  au\  There  is  a  sense  of  constriction  or 
tightness  in  the  chest,  or  as  if  he  was  breathing  through  a 
sponge;  fi'equent  cough,  at  first  shoii,  dry;  then,  by  degrees, 
becoming  more  moist;  or  with  frequent  profuse  expectora- 
tion of  mucus,  even  from  the  first;  the  face  is  pale,  some- 
times livid;  eyes  anxious  and  protruded;  often  cold  sweat 
on  the  forehead,  face  and  chest;  with  palpitation  of  the 
heart  or  arteries,  and  the  pulse  is  uTegulai^,  quick  or  inter- 
mittent. These  paroxysms  last  from  a  few  hours  to  as 
many  days,  and  recur  again  in  a  few  days  or  weeks,  leaving 
the  patient  comparatively  free  in  the  interval.  It  is  com- 
mon to  divide  the  disease  into  two  varieties, — the  dry  and 
moist  asthma.  In  the  first  the  attacks  are  more  sudden, 
and  cough  short,  dry,  with  little  expectoration,  even  towards 
its  close;  while  in  the  latter,  the  attack  is  more  gradual  and 
the  cough  severe,  and  the  expectoration  becomes  copious, 
as  relief  is  afforded. 

The  disease  arises  from  irritation  of  the  nerves  of  respi- 
ration resulting  in  most  cases  from  deranged  digestion, 
from  the  intimate  nervous  connection  existing  between  the 


3l6  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

digestive  and  the  respiratory  organs;  it  may  also  be  pro- 
duced by  changes  of  the  atmosi^here,  or  by  introduction  of 
some  poisonous  but  subtile  material  floating  in  the  atmo- 
sphere, and  brought  by  inspiration  into  contact  with  the  re- 
spiratory surface,  such  as  the  minute  particles,  or  the  mere 
odor,  which  passes  oflf  from  powdered  ipecacuanha  or  hay; 
the  vapor  of  si\lphur,  sulphurous  acid  gas,  or  chlorine., 
Asthma  is  often  associated  with  the  gouty  or  rheumatic  dia- 
thesis. Excessive  exertion  and  mental  emotion  frequently 
bring  on  a  paroxysm.  After  it  has  once  occurred.  Asthma 
is  easily  reproduced  in  indigestion,  esj)ecially  after  late 
dinners  or  suppers.  A  frequent  rej^etition  of  the  fits  leads 
to  a  dilated  state  of  the  air-passages  and  air-cells  of  the 
lungs  {Emphysema),  dilation  of  the  right  cavities  of  the 
heart,  and  the  general  displacement  of  that  organ  which 
uniformly  exists  in  persons  who  have  long  suffered  from 
this  disease.     The  disease  may  also  be  hereditar}^ 

Treatment. — Our  success  in  curing  this  disease  depends 
upon  our  ability  to  remove  the  morbid  condition  from 
whence  it  arises.  In  some  cases,  the  Specifics  dii-ected  will 
perfectly  meet  the  indication,  and  so  a  permanent  cure  will 
be  effected.  In  others  it  may  be  in  its  nature  incurable,  and 
in  these  cases  we  are  only  able  to  palliate  the  disease,  or 
fundamental  condition,  and  to  relieve  the  attacks  when  they 
recur. 

During  the  interval,  and  to  prevent  a  recurrence  of  the 
attack,  take  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  Twenty- One 
at  night,  and  six  of  No.  Seven  each  morning,  unless  some 
particular  demand  be  made  for  some  other  medicine,  for 
some  other  symptom  or  indication.  During  the  paroxysm, 
dissolve  twelve  peUets  of  Specific  No.  Twenty- One  in  six 
spoonsful  of  water,  and  of  these  give  one  every  hour,  and 
BO  continue  until  the  paroxysm  has  abated,  gradually  pro- 
longing the  intervals  as  the  amendment  progresses. 

If  there  is  palpitation,  or  violent  beating  of  the  heart, 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    317 


you  may  give  in  alternation  with  No.  Twenty- One^  tlie 
Specific  No.  Thirty-Two.  Sometimes  very  violent 
paroxysms  have  been  relieved  by  Specific  No.  Six^  given 
in  like  manner.  Children  requii'e  only  half  the  above 
doses. 

Accessory  Means. — During  a  fit,  striking  relief  may  often 
be  obtained  by  putting  the  feet  and  hands  into  hot  water. 
A-t  the  same  time,  ventilation  must  not  be  neglected;  the 
windows  should  be  regularly  thrown  wide  open  to  renew 
the  air  of  the  apartment. 

Preventive  Measures. — Persons  predisposed  to  Asthma 
should  strictly  avoid  all  its  exciting  causes,  especially  indi- 
gestible food  and  heavy  suppers;  wet  feet,  damp  clothes, 
and  sudden  changes  of  temperature.  The  inclination  to 
stooping  should  be  coiTccted,  and  the  shape  and  capacity 
of  the  chest  improved  by  a  systematic  course  of  drilling. 
The  "j)lan  of  dietary"  sketched  in  the  first  portion  of  this 
volume  should  be  adhered  to;  for  the  slightest  disorder  of 
the  stomach  may  occasion  an  attack.  Pastry^  higlily-sea- 
soned  dishes,  too  great  a  variety  or  too  great  a  quantit}^  at 
one  meal,  coffee,  and  heating  beverages,  should  be  avoided. 
"More  is  to  be  done  for  asthmatic  patients  on  the  side  of 
the  stomach  than  in  any  other  direction."  In  some  cases 
the  diet  should  be  weighed,  the  hours  of  meals  fixed,  and 
rigidly  adhered  to.  An  important  point  is  to  take  the  last 
solid  meal  at  such  an  hour  as  shall  allow  time  for  its  com- 
plete digestion  before  retiring  to  bed.  Although  suppers 
are  generally  injurious,  a  cup  of  bread-and-milk  or  a  small 
sandwich  is  acceptable  in  the  evening,  and  is  by  no  means 
hurtful  to  an  asthmatic  patient  desiring  food   at  that  time. 

The  Shower-bath  is  a  valuable  and  potent  agent  to  foiiify 
the  body  against  Asthma ;  the  sudden  application  of  water 
strengthens  the  whole  system,  and  renders  the  body  less 
sensitive  to  atmospheric  changes.  Out-of-door  exercise, 
walking  or  riding,  is  also  useful;  but  it  should  not  bd  taken 


318  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

within  one  or  two  hours  after  a  meal,  or  to  such  an  extent 
as  to  occasion  fatigue. 

HEMOPTYSIS. — {Pulmonary  Hemorrhage — Bleeding  from 

the  Lungs). 

This  is  always  a  very  grave  affection,  sometimes  very 
dangerous  indeed.  Not  more  so  from  what  it  is  in  itself 
than  from  the  condition  of  the  pulmonary  tissue  which  it 
indicates.  The  bleeding  may  arise  from  one  of  several  con- 
ditions: Thus,  it  may  arise  as  a  mere  exudation  from  the 
mucus  surface  of  the  lungs,  bronchi  or  throat;  or  from 
congestion  or  engorgement  and  overfilling  of  the  vessels 
and  substance  of  the  lungs;  or  it  may  arise  from  a  rupture 
of  one  or  more  important,  or  of  numerous  minute,  blood- 
vessels in  the  substance  of  the  lungs.  Thus,  in  any  case,  it 
points  to  a  morbid  and  more  or  less  critical  condition  of  the 
pulmonary  organs.  The  first  and  second  forms  mentioned 
are  generally  curable,  and  the  cure  of  the  last  depends  upon 
our  ability  to  control  or  cure  the  general  disease  All  blood 
thrown  from  the  mouth  is  not  necessarily  from  the  lungs. 
Sometimes  it  comes  from  the  stomach,  but  in  this  case  it  is 
vomited  up — comes  up  with  retching  and  nausea,  in  quan- 
tities, and  is  of  dark  color;  while  if  it  comes  from  the  lungs, 
it  comes  with  coughing  or  "hehming,"  and  is  lighter  colored, 
or  bright  red,  or  frothy, — comes  with  a  hot  or  boiling  sen- 
sation, or  sense  of  effervescence  in  the  chest,  the  patient 
often  knowing  just  where  it  comes  from,  and  it  is  generally 
attended  with  great  sinking  and  2:)rostration  of  strength. 

Bleeding  from  the  lungs  sometimes  comes  on  as  the  vica- 
rious effect  of  a  suppression  of  the  menses,  or  other  dis- 
charge, and  is  cured  with  the  restoration  of  the  suppressed 
function.  It  occasionally  occurs  in  stout,  full-blooded,  ple- 
thoric individuals,  and  is  of  less  consequence  than  when  it 
occurs  in  spare,  meagre,  consumptive  individuals. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    819 


Treatment. — ^^lien  a  hemorrhage  occurs,  it  is  all  impor- 
tant that  the  patient  and  all  the  attendants  should  be  calm 
and  discreet,  not  rash  or  hasty.  Noise,  haste  and  fright  arc 
the  most  dangerous  auxiliaries  of  the  accident,  while  com- 
posure and  presence  of  mind  are  half  the  battle. 

The  patient  should  be  placed  as  quietly  as  possible  in  a 
half-sitting  or  reclining  position,  and  be  -periecilj  at  rest, 
without  speaking  or  being  spoken  to,  having  his  wants 
anticipated  if  possible.  Supply  the  patient  with  cloths  or 
a  vessel,  so  he  may  discharge  the  blood  from  the  mouth, 
without  effort  of  the  body.  If  a  good  Homeopathic  phy- 
sician is  at  hand,  let  him  be  sent  for. 

If  you  have  Humphreys'  Marvel  of  Healing,  get  it  r.t 
once,  and  put  a  large  spoonful  into  a  common  drinking 
glass,  half  full  of  water,  and  of  this  give  a  dessert  spoonful 
every  five,  ten  or  fifteen  minutes,  according  to  the  effect* 
being  careful  to  prolong  the  intervals  to  half  an  hour,  one 
or  two  hours,  in  proj)oi'tion  as  the  bleeding  is  arrested.  It 
will  act  very  promptly  if  the  blood  is  a  little  dark,  not 
bright  red.  If  you  have  not  the  Marvel  or  AVitch  Hazel^ 
use  a  tablespoonful  of  common  salt,  with  the  same  quantity 
of  water,  and  give  in  the  same  manner. 

If  the  hlood  is  more  red  and  frothy,  and  es2:)ecially  with 
young,  plethoric  individuals,  j^iit  twenty  pellets  of  the  Spe- 
cifics No.  One  in  the  quantity  of  water  mentioned  above, 
and  give  a  dessert  spoonful  at  the  intervals  above  mentioned, 
in  alternation  wdth  the  Marvel.  These  remedies  will  very 
generally  arrest  the  hemorrhage,  yet  the  patient  should,  foi 
some  days,  be  exceedingly  careful  to  avoid  effort,  coughing, 
exertion,  or  exposure,  to  prevent  a  recurrence  of  the  attack. 
To  prevent  fever,  or  an  inflammatory  condition  of  the  lungs, 
after  hemorrhage,  or  the  development  of  consumption,  give 
the  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Seven^  six  pellets  every 
three  hours,  in  alternation,  gradually  prolonging  the  inter- 
vals, until  they  are  taken  only  four  times  in  the  day,  before 


320  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

each  meal  and  on  going  to  rest  at  night,  which  may  be  con^ 
tinned  until  the  health  is  restored. 

When,  after  a  hemorrhage  from  the  lungs,  a  soreness  in 
the  chest  or  any  part  of  it  remains,  wet  a  napkin  or  smaller 
thin  cloth,  large  enough  to  cover  the  chest  or  affected  place, 
in  Marvel  of  Healing,  and  lay  this  on  over  the  part,  cover- 
ing it  again  well  with  a  dry  flannel,  which  may  be  con- 
tinued over  night,  or  even  be  worn  with  advantage  through 
the  day. 

PHTHISIS  PULMONALIS.  —  {Pulmonary    Consumption), 

Consumption  is  a  wasting  constitutional  disease,  in  which 
the  lungs  are  destroyed  by  the  degeneration  of  morbid  pro- 
ducts, or  deposits — tubercles,  pneumonia,   exudation,  etc.. 
and  consequent  ulceration.     The  term  tubercular  disease, 
tuberculosis  and    phtihsis  are  synonymous.     It  is  one   of 
the  most  frequent  and  fatal  diseases  to  which  the  human 
family  are  subject;  prevailing  in  all  countries  and  in  all 
climates,  and  among  all  classes,  the  poor  and  ill-cared  for, 
as  well  as  the  rich.     It  is,   also,    doubtless   less   in  some 
countries  and  climates  than  others,  but  none  has  yet  been 
found  which  is  exempt  from  it.    So  of  classes  and  conditions 
of  society.    None  have  been  found  among  whom  the  disease 
is  a  stranger.     The  most  nearly  exempt  are  those  famihes 
who  for  years  have  exclusively  used  appropriate  and  jdto- 
perly  prepared  (potentised)  Homeopathic  medicines.     For 
I  think  it  demonstrable,  that  proper  Homeopathic  medi- 
cation tends  to  destroy  and  eliminate  from  the  system  the 
tuberculous   diathesis,    which   is   the    foundation   of    this 
disease.      True,    consumption   may   come   from   numerous 
morbid  conditions,  which,  by  exhausting  or  debilitating  the 
system,   produce   that    condition   of  innervation,    or   vital 
prostration,  duiing  which  only  tubercles  are  deposited;  so 
that  these  diseases  or  conditions  have  been  only  the  stepp- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    321 

ing  stone  to  the  tuberculous  deposit  and  consumption  itself. 
This  disease  may  approach  in  several  different  ways,  some 
of  which  we  will  indicate.  It  is  most  common  among  sub- 
jects fi'om  seventeen  to  twenty -five  years  of  age.  It  is  per- 
ceptibty  lessened  at  thirty-five,  and  over  fifty  quite  unusual. 
In  the  more  insidious  form,  the  patient  may  be  noticed  to 
have  a  little  ess  vi  or  and  energy  than  usual;  to  have  less 
of  ilosh  or  embonpv^int;  lips  and  cheeks  a  little  paler  than 
usual;  complains  of  being  out  of  breath  on  exercise,  or  has 
even  a  slight  tightness  on  breathing;  has  a  persistently 
accelerated  pulse — ranging  from  90 — 120  or  higher;*  has  a 
little  diy  cough  or  a  hack,  as  it  is  called,  and  may  raise  a 
little  frothy  mucus.  These  symptoms  may  go  on  for  months, 
without  attracting  particular  attention,  or  pass  off  al- 
together, and  then  recur  again.  If  not  arrested,  the  cough 
gradually  grows  more  frequent,  dry,  irritating,  troubling  the 
patient,  especially  at  night;  the  loss  of  flesh  becomes  more 
manifest,**  while  the  ajDpetite  may  be  yet  fair,  or  only  caj^ri- 
cious;  gradually  there  is  some  chilliness  in  the  morning  hours, 
and  some  heat  towards  evening;***  the  cheeks  are  more  pale, 


*  A  persistent  rapidity  of  the  pulse,  ranging  from  90  to  120,  or 
higher,  is  an  invariable  symptom  of  active  Phthisis.  The  pulse  is 
especially  liable  to  become  quicker  towards  evening;  and,  as  the 
disease  advances,  more  rapid  and  also  feebler.  It  is  rarely  under 
100,  and  ma>  run  up  from  this  to  140,  or  till  it  is  impossible  to  b» 
reckoned;  and  there  is  no  more  disastrous  symptom. 

**  Slow  and  gradual  emaciation — "the  grain-by-grain  decay" — is  far 
more  indicative  of  Phthisis  than  a  rapid  or  irregular  diminution  of 
weight;  and  emaciation  is  more  marked,  and  also  more  dangerous,  in 
individuals  who  have  been  previously  stout.  To  detect  the  con- 
tinuously progressive  emaciation,  it  is  necessary  to  have  patients 
accurately  weighed  from  time  to  time.  By  this  means  w^e  arc  also 
able  to  judge  of  the  proportion  of  the  weight  of  a  patient  to  his  height, 
age,  breathing,  and  other  functions. 

***  Temperature. — The  value  of  the  thermometer  in  the  diagnosis  of 
Phthisis  will  be  recognised  by  the  fact  that  during  the  growth  of  tu- 
bercle in  the  lungs,  or  in  any  organ  of  the  body,  the  temperature  of 
the  patient  is  raised  from  98"  Fahr.,  the  normal  temperature,  to  102" 
or  103",  or  even  104^,  the  temperature  increasing  in  proportion  to  the 
rapidity  of  tubercular  growth.    The  sign  may  occasionally  be  detected 


322  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

and  the  fingers  more  attenuated,  and  the  ends  of  the  nails 
somewhat  hooked;*  by  degrees  the  cough  becomes  more 
frequent,  expectoration  more  abundant,  white,  frothy  and 
streaked  with  yellow,  and  may  be  saltish  or  sweetish  to  the 
taste;  chills  now  become  more  decided,  recurring  every  day, 
usually  in  the  morning,  with  heat,  and  circumscribed  red 
ness  of  cheeks  every  afternoon;  the  bowels,  until  now  con 
fined,  become  loose,  with  frequent  stools;  sweat  comes  on 
at  night,  at  first  around  the  neck  and  chest,  greasy  or 
sticky,  and  gradually  over  the  entire  person;  the  cough,  ex- 
pectoration and  emaciation  progress  more  and  more;  the 
feet  and  legs  swell;  the  mind  wanders,  and  death  gradually 
closes  the  scene. 

In  very  many  or  most  cases  consumption  comes  on  as  the 
sequel  to  other  diseases.  These  being  imperfectly  cured, 
leave  the  system  exhausted,  and  tubercles  are  deposited, 
which  beginning  to  soften,  produce  irritation,  cough,  pain 
in  the  chest  or  side,  quick  pulse,  hectic  fever,  emaciation, 
night  sweats,  diarrhoea,  expectoration  of  pus,  or  yellow, 
heavy,  thick,  adhesive  mucus,  and  all  the  usual  symptoms 
attending  the  advanced  stage  of  the  disease.  Wcmeix,  after 
confinement,  not  unfrequently  run  into  consumption  after 
this  fashion.  Yet,  on  looking  back  over  the  history  of  the 
case,  it  will  be  found  that  there  had  existed  previously, 
some  cough,  pain  in  the  side,  or  oppression  of  the  chest, 
emaciation  or  debility,  which  was  in  fact  the  premonitor}^ 
stage  of  the  disease,  and  which  was  suspended  for  a  time; 


several  weeks  before  reduced  weight  or  other  signs  indicate  the  un- 
doubted existence  of  tubercle  and,  in  the  absence  of  other  signs  pe- 
culiar to  the  disease,  will  determine  the  diagnosis  of  Consumption 
from  Chlorosis,  or  from  Heart-disease. 

*  It  is  due  to  the  reader  to  state  that  this  supposed  symptom  of 
Phthisis  is  now  believed  to  be  simply  one  of  emaciation,  having  no 
value  whatever  as  a  sign  of  tubercles,  but  occurs  more  or  less  in 
emaciation  from  any  cause. 


DISEASE  AND  TEEATMENT. DISEASES  OF  THE  AIR  PASSAGES.    323 

and  only  warmed  into  vigor  by  the  debility  occasioned  by 
the  new  attack  of  disease. 

In  some  subjects,  especially  those  in  early  life  and  of 
peculiar  temperaments,  the  disease  runs  so  rapid  a  course, 
as  to  have  secured  the  name  of  "galloping  consumption/' 
This  is  especially  so  with  personc  of  scrofulous  habit,  viz: 
Thin,  light  skin,  fair  hair,  long  teeth,  waxen  complexion, 
tall  stature,  or  with  thin  chest  and  pointed  shoulders,  and 
enlarged  glands  beneath  the  cheek  or  along  the  sides  of  the 
neck.  Not  unfrequently  in  such  individuals,  with  few  or  no 
premonitions,  beyond  a  slight  cough  and  some  degree  of 
debility  and  weakness,  a  slight  or  severe  hemorrhage  from 
the  lungs  occurs,  by  which  the  strength  of  the  patient  is  cut 
down  at  once;  and  in  comparatively  few  days,  cough,  expec- 
toration and  hectic  fever  set  in,  and  the  patient  runs  along 
the  course  of  the  consumption  with  rapid  strides. 

Advanced  cases  of  consumption  are  easily  recognized; 
the  earlier  stages;  the  incij^ient  beginnings  are  readily  over- 
looked, and,  but  too  frequently,  grave  mischief  has  been 
done  before  the  patient  or  friends  have  been  aware  of 
danger.  But  whenever  a  person  has  some  slight  or  severe 
cough,  which  does  not  pass  off  readily,  some  shortness  or 
tightness  of  breath,  or  pain  in  the  chest  or  side,  and  above 
all,  if  she  is  feeble,  easily  fatigued  and  emaciated,  or  losing 
flesh,  it  is  better  to  give  ourselves  the  advantage  of  the 
doubt,  and  at  once  apply  the  remedies  and  means  for  a 
cure,  rather  than  wait  the  farther  development  of  the 
disease. 

Causes. — Pneumonia,  capillary  bronchitis,  haemoptysis, 
hyperaemia  of  the  lungs,  the  irritation  of  foreign  bodies — 
tubercles,  coal,  iron  or  slate  dust,  etc.  Also  hereditary 
taint,  contagion,  dampness  of  soil,  and  "the  impoverished 
nutrition  resulting  from  impure  air,  and  an  improper  quan- 
tity, quality,  or  assimilation  of  food;  and  so  long  as  misery 
and  poverty  exii=i^.  o^i    the   one   hand,  or   dissij^ation   and 


<«  ? 


Diseases  of  the  Circulatory  System. 


ANGINA  F^GTOniS.— {Breast-Pang). 

This  consists  of  sudden,  severe  paroxysms  of  pain,  or 
spasm,  of  an  enfeebled  or  diseased  heart,  with  a  constricted, 
burning  sensation,  and  intense  anxiety,  chiefly  occurring  in 
persons  past  the  middle  of  age.  It  is  also  most  common 
among  literary  men,  or  those  subject  to  long  continued 
mental  effort,  anxiety  or  disquietude.  It  is  not  always 
manifested  in  the  same  manner  or  with  the  same  symptoms. 
The  first  attack  most  commonly  comes  on  during  walking, 
or  some  severe  effort;  but  afterwards  the  most  trivial  exer- 
cise, excitement,  or  mental  effort,  or  even  indigestible  food, 
will  j^roducethem;  and  they  finally  come  on  suddenly  with- 
out any  assignable  cause,  and  even  while  in  bed  and  asleep. 
The  pains  are,  in  most  instances,  severe  and  sometimes  ex- 
cruciating, at  first  confined  to  the  chest,  but  afterwards  ex- 
tending to  the  shoulders,  and  sometimes  along  both  the 
upper  extremities.  These  paroxysms  frequently  terminate 
in  a  few  minutes,  leaving  the  patient  comparatively  free, 
and  return  again  at  uncertain  intervals;  while  in  other 
cases,  they  last  some  hours,  or  indeed,  rarely  leave  the 
patient  free  from  severe  pain.  In  severe  cases,  the  suffer- 
ing is  extreme;  the  face  pale  and  haggard,  with  an  ex- 
pression of  extreme  anguish;  the  eyes  sunken;  nose  pointed; 
surface  cold,  and  even  cold  clammy  sweats;  respiration  diffi- 
cult and  rapid;  palpitation  or  intermitting  pulsation  of  the 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.    327 

heai*t;  anxiety  or  feeling  of  approaching  death;  the  pulse 
may  be  quick,  strong  and  irregular,  with  hot  skin  and 
flushed  face,  but  is  most  frequently  slow,  feeble,  oppressed 
and  remittent.  Sometimes  the  attack  passes  off,  leaving  no 
trace,  but  commonly  soreness  about  the  chest  remains  for 
quite  a  period,  and  the  digestion  is  more  or  less  impaired. 
The  duration  and  result  of  the  disease  are  uncertain,  anc 
the  pathological  conditions  upon  which  it  is  founded,  vary 
in  different  cases. 

Treatment. — For  stout,  plethoric,  full-fed  persons,  the 
Specific  No.  One  is  most  efficient,  and  should  be  resorted 
to  at  once,  and  may  be  given,  dissob:ed  in  a  sjDoonful  of 
water,  in  doses  of  six  pellets,  repeated  every  half  hour,  or 
even  eveiy  ten  minutes,  if  the  suffering  is  severe.  Should 
the  patient  not  be  relieved  after  an  hour,  give  the  Specific 
No.  Tllirfy-Two  in  the  same  manner,  and  repeat  at 
intervals  of  half  an  hour  until  relief  is  afforded.  For  any 
remaining  suffering,  give  the  two  Specifics  No.  die  and 
No.  TIlirty-T'WO^  in  alternation,  at  intervals  of  one,  two 
or  three  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case. 

To  prevent  a  repetition  of  the  attack,  give  the  Specific  No. 
Thirty-Two,  six  pellets  at  a  dose,  morning  and  night, 
either  dry  on  the  tongue  or  dissolved  in  water,  as  may  be 
most  convenient. 

CARDITIS  —ENDOCARDITIS  —  PERICARDITIS.—  {In- 
flammation  of  the  substance  of  the  heart;  injlammation  of  tJie 
lining  membrane  of  the  heari;  and  inflammation  of  the  investing 

membrane  of  the  heart). 

The  non-professional  reader  w^ould  be  unable  to  dis- 
tinguish the  differences  between  these  three  forms  of  disease, 
and  would  find  it  impossible  to  base  a  treatment  upon  them. 
He  can  at  best  only  expect  to  ascertain  that  some  portion 
of  the  heart  is  the  subject  of  disease,  and  to  apply  general 


328  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

remedies  adapted  for  its  cure  in  the  absence  of  competent 
medical  aid.  In  some  cases  the  symptoms  are,  at  least  for 
a  time,  masked  and  insidious,  and  in  others  more  decided 
and  marked;  but  in  general  we  may  conclude  that  some 
form  of  inflammatory  disease  of  the  heart  exists,  from  the 
presence  of  the  following  symptoms : — 

Sharp,  burning,  p]*ickling  or  darting  pains  in  the  region 
of  the  heaii,  attended  with  fever,  and  shooting  to  the  left 
shoulder  and  shoulder  blade;  frequently  along  the  arm 
They  are  aggravated  by  deep  inspiration,  and  are  increased 
by  pressure  on  the  spaces  between  the  ribs  in  the  region  of 
the  heart.  The  patient  cannot  lie  on  the  left  side,  but  finds 
the  position  easiest  on  the  back;  breathing  is  rapid,  irregu- 
lar and  laborious,  especially  on  movement;  a  feeling  of  con- 
traction, restlessness,  anxiety  and  frequent  faintness.  The 
pulse  is  accelerated;  at  times  hard,  full  and  vibratory;  then 
again,  feeble,  irregular  or  intermittent;  while  if  the  ear  is 
applied  to  the  region  of  the  heaii,  its  action  will  be  found 
to  be  tremulous  and  violent;  sometimes  again  it  is  found  to 
be  muffled^  veiled  and  indistinct,  indicating  an  effusion  of 
lymph  within  the  pericardium  or  investing  membrane  of 
the  heart.  Sometimes  the  sounds  seem  double,  prolonged, 
rough,  or  even  blowing  or  grating,  from  defective  action  of 
the  valves.  In  all  cases,  the  impulse  of  the  heart  against 
the  walls  of  the  chest  will  be  found  more  violent  than  in 
health.  If  extensive  effusion  has  taken  place  around  the 
heart,  the  extremities  will  generally  become  oedematous  or 
enlarged. 

Treatment, — So  far  as  it  can  be  conducted  without  com- 
petent professional  aid,  consists  in  the  Specifics  No.  One 
and  No.  Tllirty-Two.  They  should  be  given  alternately, 
dissolved  in  water,  twelve  pellets  in  six  large  spoonsful,  of 
which  give  a  spoonful,  at  intervals  of  from  one  to  three 
hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms.  After 
the  more  immediate  attack   has  passed,   the   Specific  Na 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  CIKCULATORY  SYSTEM.    329 

Tllirty-Two  should  be  continued  for  some  time,  repeated 
four  times  per  day,  to  remove  and  correct  any  remaining 
morbid  action. 

In  case  of  effusion  within  the  pericardium,  indicated  by 
oedema  of  the  extremities  or  predominant  suffocative  sen- 
sation, the  Specific  No.  Twenty- Five  may  be  given  with 
advantage,  repeated  every  two  hours,  six  pellets  in  water. 

PALPITATION,  AND  lEEEGULAEITY  OF  THE 
ACTION  OF  THE  HEAKT. 

In  health,  we  are  scarcely  sensible  of  the  heart's  beat; 
the  perfection  of  action,  therefore,  is  indicated  by  entire  un- 
consciousness that  such  action  exists  at  all.  When,  how- 
ever, the  pulsations  of  the  heart  become  much  increased 
in  force  or  frequency,  or  both,  the  unpleasant  sensation 
known  as  "Palpitation"  is  experienced.  Palpilation  is 
evidence  of  a  want  of  balance  between  the  blood  to  be 
driven  and  the  power  of  the  heart  to  drive  it.  It  is  not, 
then,  evidence  of  excessive  power,  but  that  the  muscular 
power  has  been  taxed  and  found  unequal  to  the  demand. 
"It  is  laboriousness,  not  excessive  power,  that  is  indicated  by 
Palpitation"  (Fothergill). 

We  infer  Palpitation  to  be  caused  by  functional  disorder, 
(as  of  Indigestion)  when  it  occurs  only  occasionally,  and 
when  the  action  of  the  heart  is  uniform  during  the  inter- 
vals. It  is  often  observed,  that  patients  with  serious  or- 
ganic disease  of  the  heart  rarely  suspect  anything  radically 
wrong  until  the  disease  has  made  considerable  advances; 
while  patients  with  mere  functional  disorder  of  that  organ 
frequently  entertain  the  gravest  apprehension.  Most  cases 
of  Palpitation  are  from  functional  disorder  and  not  from 
structural  disease,  and  are  consequently  quite  curable. 

Causes. —  Predisposing.  —  A  nervous  temperament;  Hy- 
steria; a  full  habit;  and  disease  of  the  heart.     Exciting. — 


330  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Excessive  joy,  grief,  fear,  and  other  mental  emotions;  severe 
or  prolonged  exertions;  profuse  discharges;  menstrual  de- 
rangements; a  disordered  —  especially  an  overloaded — 
stomach;  flatulence,  etc.  Whenever  the  heart  is  acting 
under  disadvantageous  circumstances,  Palpitation  is  never 
long  absent.  Thus  any  cause,  (such  as  too  full  a  meal;  or 
pregnancy,  during  the  later  months)  which,  by  pressure  oi* 
the  diaphragm,  diminishes  the  space  for  the  heart  and  im- 
pedes its  beat,  places  the  heart  at  a  disadvantage,  and  Palpi- 
tation takes  the  place  of  the  normal  quiet  contraction.  The 
excessive  use  of  tea  is  one  of  the  common  causes  of  irregu- 
larities of  the  heart's  action  in  weak  or  nervous  women;  iu 
some  persons  Palpitation  follows  tobacco-smoking,  as  it 
may  also  result  from  the  administration  of  other  deleterious 
agents.  In  such  cases,  of  course,  a  cure  can  only  be  ex- 
pected after  the  discontinuance  of  the  noxious  substance. 
There  are  also  other  cases  in  which  it  depends  upon  organic 
changes  in  the  structure  of  the  heart  itself^  its  valvular 
apparatus,  or  the  large  vessels  immediately  connected  with 
it,  and  where  the  use  of  medicine  can  have  but  a  subordi- 
nate effect  in  relieving  it. 

Table  of  the  Chief  Differences  between  Organic  and 
Functional  Diseases  of  the  Heart. 

Oeganic. — Palpitation  usually  comes  on  slowly  and  insidiously; 
though  more  marked  at  one  time  than  another,  is  constant^'  elicits  in- 
creased extent  and  degree  of  dulness  in  the  region  of  the  heart;  Lividity 
of  the  lips  and  cheeks,  congested  countenance,  and  dropsy  of  the 
lower  extremities,  are  often  present.  The  action  of  the  heart  is  not 
necessarily  quickened.  Palpitation  often  not  much  complained  of  by 
the  patient,  but  occasionally  attended  with  severe  pain  extending  to  the 
left  jhoulder  and  arm  (see  "Angina  Pectoris");  is  increased  by  exercise, 
stimulants,  and  tonics,  but  relieved  by  rost.  Is  more  common  in  the 
male  than  the  female. 

Functional. — Palpitation  generally  sets  in  suddenly;  is  not  constant, 
having  perfect  intermissions,  dulness  in  the  region  oZ  "he  heart  is  not 
extended  heyond  the  natural  limits;  no  lividity  of  the  lip  and  cheeks, 
countenance  often  chlorotic,  and,  except  in  extreme  cases,  there  is  no 
dropsy.  The  action  of  the  heart  is  generally  quickened.  Palpitation 
much  complained  of  by  the  patient,  often  with  pa^?^  in  the  left  side;  is 
increased  by  jcdentary  occupations,  but  relieved  by  moderate  exercise, 
Js  more  common  in  the  female  than  the  male. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.    331 

Treatment. — In  general,  a  dose  of  six  pellets  of  Specific 
No.  Olie^  repeated  every  hour,  if  need  be,  speedily  removes 
it.  Should  the  No.  One  fail,  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty- 
Two  may  be  resorted  to  in  like  manner,  and  will  rarely 
fail  to  afford  relief.  Should  the  palpitation  arise  from  in- 
digestion, that  complaint  being  relieved  by  Specific  No. 
Teil^  the  palpitation  or  irregular  action  of  the  heart  will 
cease,  or  may  be  speedily  controlled  by  the  No.  Tllirty- 
Two.  When  it  arises  in  connection  with  scanty,  delayed 
or  interrupted  menses,  the  Specific  No.  Eleven^  six 
pellets,  four  times  per  day,  will  relieve. 

Accessory  Meastres. — The  patient  must  avoid  menta; 
excitement,  stimulants,  coffee,  sleeping-draughts,  indi- 
gestible food,  etc,  Pui'e  ak;  cola  water,  used  internally 
and  externally;  regular,  moderate  exercise  in  the  open  air, 
short  of  inducing  fatigue;  a  contented  and  tranquil  dis- 
position, with  light  and  nourishing  diet,  are  excellent 
auxiliaries  in  the  treatment  of  this  affection. 

CHRONIC  DISEASE  OF  THE  HEART. 

There  are  various  organic  (or  stinictiu-al)  alterations  of 
the  heart  or  some  portions  of  it,  or  of  its  complicated  appa- 
ratus, (such  as  enlargements  in  various  directions,  thicken- 
ing or  thinning  of  its  walls,  defects  of  its  valvular  structure, 
aneurism  or  dilatation  of  its  larger  vessels,  etc.),  all  of  which 
give  rise  to  various  symptoms  and  inconveniences,  and  are 
more  or  less  critical,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  case. 
With  some  of  these  cardiac  changes,  the  patient  lives  on  for 
years  and  with  ease,  and  scarcely  suffers  more  than  incon- 
venience; while  others  have  a  constant  sense  of  oppression, 
shortness  of  breath  at  exercise,  mounting  stairs  or  mental 
emotion,  constant  palpitation  or  labored  action  of  the  heart, 
difficulty  in  lying  with  the  head  low;  and,  not  unfrequently, 
pain  in  the  region  of  the  heart  or  chest,  or  along  the  left 
arm. 


332  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

It  would  be  impracticable  here  to  describe  these  various 
cases  and  the  treatment  appropriate  to  each,  and  such  had 
best  be  submitted  to  competent  medical  examination.  But 
in  the  absence  of  a  good  Homeopathic  j)hysician,  the  patient 
may  take  with  great  relief  and  often  with  permanent  acV 
vantage,  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty-Two^  six  j)ellets  at  ^ 
time,  and  may  repeat  them  two,  three  or  more  times  per 
day,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case.  Often,  under 
such  treatment,  very  grave  diseases  of  the  heart  are  wonder- 
fully modified  and  controlled. 

VAEICOSE  VEINS. 

Frequently,  the  veins,  especially  of  the  lower  extremities, 
become  enlarged,  knotted,  dark-blue,  or  purple,  sometimes 
the  size  of  the  finger  or  larger,  and  are  termed  varicose 
veins.  They  are  very  apt  to  occur  in  women  during  preg- 
nancy, and  in  men  of  hemorrhoidal  or  venous  habit  of  body, 
and  especially  in  tJaose  who  are  obliged  to  stand  much. 
The  varicose  veins  are  generally  painless,  but  sometimes  are 
attended  with  burning,  shooting  or  stinging  pains,  and  at 
times  terminate  in  indolent,  obstinate  ulcers.  Occasionally 
they  occasion  general  dropsical  swelling  of  the  limbs. 

Treatment. — If  the  varices  are  not  specially  troublesome, 
bathing  them  at  night  with  the  Marvel  of  Healing  will 
allay  any  pain  or  irritation,  and  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty- 
Tvi^O^  six  pellets,  may  be  taken  morning  and  night. 

For  their  radical  cure  and  removal,  an  elastic  stocking 
should  be  worn  from  the  arch  of  the  foot  well  up  over  the 
enlarged  veins,  and  each  morning  and  night  the  part  should 
be  bathed  in  the  Marvel  of  Healing;  or,  yet  better,  a  cloth 
wet  with  the  same  and  laid  on  over  the  enlarged  veins,  and 
the  stocking  turned  over  that,  and  so  worn,  while  the 
medicine  above  directed  may  be  taken  internally.  This 
course  will  promptly  relieve  and  ultimately  restore  even  the 
most  formidable  cases. 


Diseases  of  the  Alimentary  Track. 

SOKE  THEOAT. 

Simple  soreness,  or  swelling  of  the  tkroat,  uncomplicated 
by  ulceration,  or  quinsy. 

Cause. — Catarrh;  the  sore  throat  being  a  simple  extension 
of  the  catarrhal  affection.  This  disease  should  not  be 
neglected,  as  it  is  apt,  in  some  persons,  to  degenerate  into 
more  troublesome  forms. 

Treatment. — See  Tonsillitis. 

TONSILLITIS.— ( Quinsy). 

This  disease  is  an  acute  inflammation  of  the  tonsil  or 
tonsils  and  adjoining  mucous  membrane  of  the  throat,  and 
quite  common,  some  persons  being  subject  to  it  from  the 
slightest  provocation  or  exposure.  It  usually  commences 
with  a  feeling  of  tightness  or  constriction,  or  a  sensation 
of  a  lump  or  plug  in  the  throat,  and  some  soreness,  parti- 
cularly in  the  act  of  swallowing;  as  the  disease  progresses, 
swallowing  becomes  more  j^ainful  and  difficult;  the  root  of 
the  tongue,  the  tonsils,  the  curtains  of  the  palate,  and  ad- 
joining soft  parts,  become  swelled,  red  and  painful.  There 
is  considerable  thirst,  fever,  pulse  quiek  and  strong;  the 
tongue  becomes  coated  and  breath  offensive;  heat  of  sur- 
face, red  cheeks;  eyes  sometimes  inflamed;  headache,  and 
even  delirium.  Sometimes  the  throat  is  so  swelled  that 
swallowing  becomes  almost  impossible,  the  fluid  returning 


334  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

through  the  nose,  and  the  throat,  where  it  can  be  seen,  is 
the  seat  of  more  or  less  extensive  ulceration.  In  some 
cases  this  is  superficial,  and  confined  to  slight  suppuration 
of  the  tonsils;  in  others  abscesses  are  formed  in  the  tonsil, 
and  the  discharge,  when  it  occurs,  is  quite  extensive.  If 
taken  in  time  and  properly  treated,  the  disease  disappears 
by  resolution,  otherwise  it  yields  only  when  the  abscess 
breaks.  It  more  commonly  affects  only  one  side  or  one 
tonsil,  sometimes  passing  over  to  the  other,  and  is  more 
serious  when  both  are  involved.  Though  not  generally 
dangerous,  it  is  in  some  cases,  and  in  particular  epidemics, 
liable  to  assume  a  putrid  character  with  typhoid  symptoms, 
and  is  then  a  serious  malady. 

Chronic  Enlargement  of  the  Tonsils. — Repeated  attacks 
of  acute  Inflammation,  or  partially-cured  attacks,  are 
followed  by  chronic  enlargement  and  induration,  causing 
difiicult  swallowing;  hoarse  voice,  noisy  and  laborious 
breathing,  especially  during  sleep;  affections  of  the  ears, 
arising  from  an  extension  of  the  disease  along  the  mucous 
membrane;  and  extreme  liability,  from  slight  causes,  to  a 
frequent  recurrence  of  acute  inflammation.  Excision  of 
these  enlarged  tonsils,  though  often  practiced,  is  not  to  be 
recommended,  unless  in  very  extreme  cases  where  the  ton- 
sils have  become  so  large  and  hard,  that  the  inconvenience 
or  suffering  from  them  will  not  admit  of  further  delay. 
But,  generally,  persistent  Homeopathic  medication  will  re- 
duce them. 

Causes. — The  predisposing  are — scrofulous  constitution, 
abuse  of  mercury,  [disorders  of  the  digestive  organs,  and 
previous  attacks  of  Quinsy.  The  exciting  are — atmospheric 
changes,  wet  feet,  etc.  Quinsy  is  most  frequent  in  ple- 
thoric persons,  between  fourteen  and  twenty,  and  is  liable 
to  recur  for  several  years,  unless  preventive  means  are 
adopted. 

Treatment. — At  the  commencement,  when  there  is  con- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    335 

siderable  heat,  fever  and  pain  on  swallowing,  the  Specific 
No.  One,  two  pellets,  should  be  given  every  hour,  in  a 
spoonful  of  water,  for  two  or  three  times,  and  then  the 
Specific  No.  Thirty- Foiir  should  be  prepared  in  the 
same  manner,  twelve  pellets  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  and 
one  spoonful  be  given  every  hour  from  the  two  medicines 
in  alternation,  and  so  continued  until  the  disease  yields; 
only  as  the  amendment  progresses,  the  intervals  between 
the  doses  may  be  prolonged  to  two  hours,  and  finally  to 
three  or  more.  AVhen  there  is  simple  soreness  of  the  throat 
and  pain  on  swallowing,  without  fever,  the  Specific  No. 
Tllirty-Foiir  may  be  used  from  the  first,  and  exclusively. 
In  some  cases,  where  the  disease  may  have  gone  on  to 
suppuration,  and  the  discharge  has  taken  place,  and  the 
pain  and  difficulty  of  swallowing  diminished,  only  the  ul- 
cerative process  is  slow  to  heal,  the  Specifics  No.  T^^eilty- 
Two  and  Tweilty-Tliree  may  be  given  in  alternation, 
in  doses  of  six  pellets,  foui'  times  per  day,  until  entire  res- 
toration. 

In  Chronic  Enlargement  of  the  tonsils,  especially  of  child- 
ren, Specific  No.  Tllirty-Five^  six  pellets  each  morning, 
and  No  Tllil'ty-Foiir  before  dinner,  supper  and  on  going 
to  bed,  will,  in  reasonable  time,  remove  the  difficulty. 
Sometimes,  in  old  cases,  we  give  No.  Thirty- Five  in  the 
morning,  and  No.  Tweilty-Two,  at  night,  six  pellets  at 
a  dose. 

*  Accessory  Means. — The  constant  sucking  of  ice  during 
the  commencement  of  an  acute  attack,  moderates  the  heat 
and  pain,  and  checks  the  secretion  of  mucus,  which  gives 
rise  to  disagreeable  and  painful  efforts  to  detach.  In  severe 
cases  ice  may  be  employed  in  this  manner  till  the  disease 
has  abated.  When  ice  is  not  procurable,  or  admissible,  the 
next  most  effectual  local  application  is  the  steam  of  hot 
water,  and  equally  so  whether  the  object  be  to  bring  about 
resolution  or  to  facilitate  the  suppurative  process.     It  acts 


336  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

as  a  fomentation,  and  removes  the  mucus  from  the  crypta 
and  follicles  of  the  tonsils. 

In  some  cases  a  warm  milk-and-water  gargle,  frequently 
used,  will  be  found  useful  and  soothing;  or,  in  severe 
attacks,  a  hot  poultice  may  be  applied  across  the  throat 
extending  nearly  to  each  ear;  in  mild  attacks  the  throat^ 
compress  may  be  used.  The  patient  should  remain  indoors. 
and  in  bad  cases  in  bed.  The  air  of  the  patient's  apartment 
should  be  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  about  65"  or  70', 
and  be  kept  moist  by  the  evaporation  of  hot  water  from 
shallow  dishes  near  the  bed;  but  proper  ventilation  should 
also  be  preserved. 

RELAXED  JJYUJjA.— {Dropped  Palate). 

This  is  a  very  common  and  trifling  complaint;  yet  suffi- 
ciently annoying  to  deserve  notice  in  a  work  of  this  kind. 
It  proceeds  generally  from  a  relaxation  of  the  tissues  of  the 
throat  and  pharynx,  dependant  on  some  digestive  irre- 
gularity; and  is  easily  remedied  by  the  use  of  Specific  No. 
Thirty-Pour^  three  or  four  times  a  day,  six  pellets  at  a 
dose. 

PUTRID  OR  MALIGNANT  SORE  THROAT. 

Generally  a;  ears  as  an  epidemic,  often  as  an  accom- 
paniment to  the  malignant  scarlet  fever.  It  is  not  often 
seen  isolated,  yet  some  cases  of  quinsy  may  assume  some  ol 
its  features. 

It  usually  commences  with  shivering,  followed  by  heat,^ 
and,  from  the  first,  there  is  decided  languor  and  prostration; 
some  opprer  sion  in  breathing;  nausea,  and  often,  repeated 
vomiting  and  sometimes  purging;  eyes  inflamed  and  watery; 
cheeks  deep  red  color;  tonsils  become  inflamed,  throat 
bright  red  color  and  much  swelled:  tfein   ao^'d  dischi^^«-n 


1>ISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    337 

from  the  tonsils  and  throat,  which  excoriates  the  nose  aiul 
lips;  pulse  weak,  small  and  irregular,  and  scarcely  percep- 
tible; tongue  white  and  moist,  and  swallowing  very  difficult. 
This  condition  soon  changes,   and  ulcerations,  varying  in 
size  and  situation,  appear  upon  the  tonsils  and  surrounding 
Boft  parts,  which,  on  inspection,  are  seen  to  be  swollen  and 
livid.     These  ulcerations  may  extend  over  the  curtains  of 
the  palate  and  forward  into  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
mouth,  or  back  down  into   the  windpipe,    and  assume  a 
sloughing  or  decomj)Osed  appearance  as  they  increase  in 
magnitude.     The  prostration  of  strength  becomes  more  de- 
cided; the  lips  and  teeth  are  covered  with  sordes  or  blackish 
incrustations;  the  breath  becomes  very  offensive;  there  is 
more  or  less  delirium;   the  countenance  becomes  sunken 
and  there  is  some  purging.     Sometimes  the  entire  neck  be- 
comes swelled  and  livid,  and  in  some  very  severe  cases  livid 
spots  or  petechice  make  their  appearance  on  the  surface  of 
the  body.     Extreme  prostration,  bleedings  from  the  nose 
and  mouth,  and  weak,  fluttering,  intermittent  pulse^  mark 
the  extreme  violence  and  dangerous  character  of  the  disease. 

When,  about  the  third  or  fourth  day  a  gentle  perspii^ation 
breaks  out,  and  the  sloughs  are  thrown  oflf  so  as  to  leave  a 
clean,  healthy  surface  upon  the  ulcers  in  the  throat,  and  the 
countenance  brightens  up,  and  the  respiration  and  pulse 
become  more  natural,  a  favorable  termination  may  be  anti- 
cipated. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Thirty- 
Four  should  be  given  from  the  commencement  and  con- 
rinued  through  the  entire  course  of  the  disease.  They  ma;y 
be  given  in  alternation,  a  spoonful  every  hour,  and  during 
the  height  of  the  disease,  every  half  hour. 

Dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  each  Specihc  in  six  spoonsful  of 
water,  in  separate  glasses,  and  give  to  children  a  teaspoon- 
ful,  and  to  adults  a  tablespoonful  of  the  fluid  in  alternation. 
at  the  intervals  above  mentioned,  and  so  continue,  only 


^38  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

omitting  when  the  patient  is  quietly  sleeping,  and  pro- 
longing the  intervals  between  the  doses  as  the  patient  im- 
proves. 

Diet  and  Regimen. — Rarely  can  patients  suffering  from 
this  disease  take  much  food  of  any  description,  and  only 
that  which  has  been  divested  of  its  rough  or  harsh  particles 
can  be  allowed,  such  as  milk,  rice-water,  soft-boiled  rice? 
toast-water,  arrow  root,  farina,  gum-water,  corn^starch  or 
thin  flour  gruel.  When  the  mouth  and  lips  become  dry,  or 
the  sloughs  dry  and  hard,  they  should  be  frequently  and 
carefully  moist  ned  with  warm  milk  and  water.  Care  should 
be  taken,  when  the  patient  begins  to  recover,  that  the 
stomach  is  not  overloaded,  lest  painful  after-diseases  may 
be  provoked.  Hence,  begin  moderately  with  rice,  toast, 
black  tea,  cocoa,  baked  or  stewed  apples,  milk-toast,  and 
light  soups,  and  only  very  gradually  return  to  a  more  sub- 
stantial diet. 

DIPHTHERIA, 

This  disease  has  of  late  years  made  terrible  ravages  in 
certain  portions  of  the  United  States,  and  has  come  to  be 
regarded  as  a  much  dreaded  visitation.  It  is  not  a  new 
disease,  but  has  latterly  attracted  more  attention,  and 
probably  assumed  a  more  malignant  and  fatal  form  than  in 
previous  years.  It  is  a  specific  and  contagious  disease,  and 
sometimes  the  same  influences  that  excite  its  attack  in  one 
member  of  a  family  are  likely  to  produce  it  in  others,  or  to 
invite  its  approach;  and  the  exciting  causes  of  its  attack  are 
more  potent  in  its  immediate  presence  than  at  a  distance 
It  is  a  blood-disease  with  distinctive  local  symptoms,  result- 
ing generally  from  bad  drainage,  or  poison  of  sewer-gas 
and  hence  may  involve  a  given  locality,  or  at  times  be- 
come epidemic.  It  is  characterized  by  an  exudation  of 
lymph  on  the  lining  of  the  mouth,  fauces,  and  up2:)er  part  of 


DISEASE  AlsD  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    339 

the  air-passages,  or,  occasionally,  on  an  abraded  portion  ol 
the  skin,  attended  with  great  general  prostration  and  some- 
times remarkable  neiTous  phenomena.  Sometimes  Diph- 
theria is  a  light  and  easily-managed  disease,  while  at  others 
it  is  terribly  fatal  and  runs  its  desolating  coiu'se,  paying  but 
little  attention  to  the  best  medical  means  devised  for  its 
arrest.  Hence,  every  head  of  a  family  should  be  able  to 
recognize  its  earlier  symptoms  and  in  an  emergency  to 
apply  the  most  apjDroved  medicines  for  its  cure.  But  it  is 
one  of  these  diseases  which  should  rarely  be  entrusted  to 
the  care  of  even  intelligent  laymen,  in  an  emergency,  or  in 
the  absence  of  a  competent  Homeopathic  physician.  In  all 
severe  cases,  as  soon  as  the  nature  of  the  disease  is  known 
it  should  be  handed  over  to  the  most  skillful  medical  atten- 
dance, and  his  directions  followed  with  fidelity. 

Diphtheria  generally  prevails  among  children  and  young 
people;  adults  being  less  liable  to  attack.  Its  earlier  synijv 
toms  are  like  those  of  some  other  diseases,  especially 
simulating  mumps  or  scarlet  fever.  In  the  simple  variety, 
haj^pily  the  most  common,  the  symptoms  are  a.t  first  so  mild 
as  to  excite  little  comj^laint  beyond  slight  difficulty  of 
swallowing,  or  j^ain  in  the  throat,  burning  skin,  pains  in 
the  limbs,  etc.  The  child  is  at  first  languid  and  uneasy, 
with  a  pulse  quickened  but  not  extremely  full,  and  is  rest 
less,  without  much  appetite.  These  symptoms  may  con- 
tinue for  some  days  without  any  appearance  of  inflammation 
of  the  throat  or  fauces.  Malignant  diphtheria  is  ushered  in 
with  severe  fever,  rigors,  vomiting,  or  purging,  sudden, 
great  prostration  and  restlessness,  anxious  countenance, 
etc,  pointing  to  some  overwhelming  disease,  under  which 
the  system  is  laboring.  The  skin  is  hot,  the  face  flushed, 
the  throat  sore,  and  the  mucous  membrane  bright-red;  the 
tonsils  are  swollen,  and  grey  or  white  patches  of  deposit 
appear  on  them,  small  at  first,  but  gradually  enlarging,  so 
that  one  patch  merges  into  another,  forming  a  false  mem- 


340  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

brane  in  the  throa^  rendering  swallowing  and  even  breath- 
ing difficult.  Should  the  evacuations  be  examined  at  this 
period,  the  stools  will  be  frequently  found  covered  with 
mucus,  and  the  urine  loaded  with  albuminous  matter;  severe 
periodical  pains  in  the  limbs  are  also  present.  An  exami- 
nation of  the  throat,  which  is  in  many  instances  a  very  diffi- 
cult matter,  owing  to  the  patient's  inability  to  sufficiently 
open  the  mouth,  will  exhibit  patches  of  membranous  exu- 
dation quite  small,  often  at  first  not  larger  than  a  split  pea, 
whitish,  or  of  a  yellowish  or  fawny  hue,  deposited  mostly  in 
the  irregularities  of  tonsils,  or  in  the  arch  of  the  palate  or 
in  both,  and  the  tonsils  are  at  times  enormously  swollen. 
Salivation,  which  may  have  commenced  earlier  in  the 
progress  of  the  disease,  continues;  the  pulse  is  quick  and 
the  prostration  of  the  system  decided.  If,  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  proper  remedies,  the  disease  is  arrested  and 
convalescence  begins,  it  will  be  manifested  by  a  sense  of 
ease  and  quiet,  refreshing  slumber  and  free  perspiration; 
diminution  of  the  swoUen  glands;  arrest  of  the  membranous 
formation,  and  the  gradual  disappearance  of  that  already 
existing;  slower  pulse  and  returning  appetite. 

In  some  cases,  as  the  disease  progresses,  there  may  be  no 
farther  increase  of  the  exudation  in  the  throat,  but  a  watery 
fluid  is  discharged  from  the  nose ;  the  eye  becomes  brighter, 
and  countenance  anxious;  the  breathing  is  labored  and 
rattling,  and  worse  when  the  patient  attempts  to  sleep;  the 
voice  is  impaired;  the  exudation  has  increased  and  even 
reached  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  with  increasing  prostration. 
Such  cases  a2?e  very  severe,  yet  some  from  even  this  stage 
have  recovered. 

As  the  disease  progresses,  the  difficult,  stridulous  breath' 
ing  increases,  and  a  hollow,  croupy,  metallic,  whistling 
cough  shows  that  the  larynx  is  invaded.  The  discharge 
from  the  nose  continues,  and  fluids  taken  into  the  mouth 
return  by  the  nose.     The  cheeks  have  a  pale,  ashen  hue, 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    341 

and  there  are  some  mottled  or  slightly  congested  spots. 
Periodical  and  severe  pains  occur  in  the  limbs;  hemorrhage 
from  the  nose  and  mouth  may  be  very  troublesome;  and 
new  and  large  patches  of  the  exudation  may  be  found  upon 
the  fauces.  The  difficulty  of  respiration  increases,  the  pa- 
tient grasps  at  the  neck  or  clothing  in  the  yain  attempt  to 
get  air;  the  blueness  of  the  face  and  surface  increases,  and 
death  comes  to  close  the  scene.  Or  in  some  cases  the  swell- 
ing of  the  glands  subside,  the  false  membrane  disappears 
from  sight,  and  the  patient  sinks  from  the  effects  of  con- 
stitutional poisoning,  and  ultimately  dies  with  scarcely  a 
sigh  or  a  groan. 

There  are  several  diseases  which  simulate  and  are  liable 
to  be  mistaken  for  diphtheria,  or  indeed  may  appear  in 
connection  with  it;  or  diphtheric  symptoms  may  be  mani- 
fested in  other  diseases  to  which  we  call  attention.  First, 
and  perhaps  most  important  among  these  is  scarlet  fever. 
Sometimes  diphtheria  is  accompanied  with  a  rash,  and  as  it 
may  appear  dui'ing  or  at  the  close  of  an  epidemic  of  scarlet 
fever,  and  so  be  the  more  liable  to  be  confounded  with  that 
disease.  But  the  two  diseases  may  in  general  be  recog- 
nized by  observing  that  the  attack  of  scarlet  fever  is  more 
sudden  and  that  of  diphtheria  is  more  insidious;  that  the 
early  swelling  of  the  glands  of  the  neck  in  diphtheria  is  out 
of  all  proportion  to  the  soreness  of  the  throat,  and  also  to 
the  intense  pain  in  the  head,  high  fever  and  very  frequent 
pulse,  which  characterize  the  worst  forms  of  diphtheria. 
After  some  hours,  the  decisive  symptoms  of  the  fahe  mem- 
hrane,  like  ^'wash-leather,''  in  the  throat,  soft  palate  and  uvula 
will  leave  no  doubt  of  the  character  of  the  enemy  we 
have  to  deal  with.  In  membranous  croujD  we  have  the 
same  false  membrane  as  in  di2)htheria,  but  in  croup  it 
commences  in  larynx  and  trachea,  and  only  rarely  ex- 
tends up  into  the  throat  and  fauces,  Avhile  from  the  first 
the    croupy    cough,    difficixlt  breathing,    and    absence   of 


c 
342  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

swelling  of  the  glands  mark  the  disease  as  different  from 
true  diphtheria. 

The  premonitory  symptoms  of  mumps — chilliness,  fever 
languor  and  want  of  appetite — are  similar  to  those  of  diph- 
theria, and  the  swelling  of  the  parotid  and  neighboring 
glands  of  the  neck  much  the  same.  The  characteristic 
distinction  lies  in  the  presence  of  the  false  membrane  be- 
fore mentioned  in  the  throat,  and  the  hollow,  barking, 
croupy  cough,  and  difficult  stridulous  breathing,  especially 
during  sleep,  and  the  extreme  depression  of  strength,  which 
mark  true  diphtheria. 

Treatment, — During  the  invasive  stage,  before  the  disease 
has  been  fully  pronounced,  it  will  of  course  be  treated 
according  to  whatever  symptoms  should  be  most  manifest, 
amoi;.^  which  the  remedies  for  fever  and  for  croup  will  be 
promiritiit.  But  if  diphtheria  is  prevalent,  or  there  is 
reason  to  suspect  it  in  the  case  presented,  the  Specific  for 
this  disease.  No.  Thirty- Four ^  should  be  given,  in  water, 
two  pellets  at  a  time,  and  repeated  every  two  hours,  eithei: 
alone  or  in  alternation  with  Specific  No.  Olie^  especially  if 
there  should  be  any  chilliness,  fever,  or  unusual  heat  of  the 
system. 

During  the  prevalence  of  the  disease,  or  when  it  has  in- 
vaded a  family,  it  is  wise  to  administer  two  pellets  of  Spe- 
cific No.  Thirty-Four^  four  times  per  day,  as  a  preven- 
tive, to  all  who  may  be  liable  to  an  attack.  The  outbreak 
of  the  disease  may  thus  be  prevented  altogether,  or  at  least 
greatly  modified  and  lessened  in  its  violence. 

"When  the  disease  has  manifested  itself  with  some  degree 
of  fever,  swelling  of  the  neck  or  glands,  sore  throat,  whether 
it  may  be  simple,  or  complicated  with  scarlatina,  commence 
at  once  with  the  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Thu'ty-Four^ 
and  of  these,  two  pellets  should  be  administered  in  water 
every  hour,  in  alternation.  This  course  should  be  continued 
without  variation  or  intermission  except  when  the  patient 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    34:0 

is  in  quiet  sleep,  when  the  inters^al  may  be  prolonged  until 
waking  affords  opportunity  for  repeating  the  dose.  The 
better  mode  is  to  dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  each  Specific  in 
six  dessert  spoonsful  of  water,  each  in  separate  glasses,  and 
of  these  administer  in  alternation  as  before  directed.  The 
Marvel  of  Healing  may  also  be  used  as  a  gargle  from  time 
to  time  with  great  benefit.  As  the  disease  yields,  the  me- 
dicine may  be  given  at  rather  longer  intervals  as  the  disease 
improves,  and  when  the  fever  and  heat  has  measurably  dis- 
appeared, the  .Specific  No.  Thirty- Foiir  should  only  be 
given,  administered  as  before  in  fluid,  every  hour. 

Accessory  Treatment. —  Warim  Vap07\ — The  temperature 
of  the  room  should  be  maintained  at  68"  Fahr.,  and  the  at- 
mosphere made  moist  by  the  steam  from  a  kettle  with  a 
long  spout  constantly  boiling  on  the  fire.  Such  an  atmo- 
sphere is  easily  secured  by  forming  a  tent  with  blankets 
over  the  bed,  and  then  bringing  a  pipe  to  convey  the  steam 
under  it. 

Warm  baths, — are  valuable  accessories.  The  skin  is  hot 
and  dry,  the  urine  is  often  suj^pressed,  the  bowels  confined, 
and  thus  the  poison  is  retained  in  the  system.  Warm 
baths,  and  the  free  use  of  cold  water  as  a  beverage,  often 
restore  the  functions  of  the  skin,  the  bowels,  and  the 
bladder. 

Ice, — as  recommended  in  Quinsy. 

Diet,  etc. — From  the  very  commencement  of  the  disease 
the  strength  of  the  patient  must  be  well  sustained  by 
nourishment,  and  he  must  be  urged  to  swallow  it  in  spite 
of  the  pain,  which  it  occasions.  Eggs  beaten  up  in  milk, 
or  ill  brandy  with  water  and  su^ar;  beef-tea  slightly  thickened 
with  rice  or  pearl-barley;  arrowroot  or  sago,  with  port  or 
shen-y ;  sudden,  extreme  prostration  requires  wine  or  brandy. 

Children  who  j^ersistently  refuse  to  swallow,  must  have 
nutritive  injections  in  bad  cases;  such  as  the  yolk  of  an 
egg  beaten  up  with  a  tablespoonful  of  new  milk,  and  two 


344  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

teaspoonsful  af  fresh  essence  of  rennet,  or  an  ounce  of  ex- 
tract of  beef  with  a  scruple  of  pepsine.  Injections  (about 
one  ounce  at  a  time)  should  be  commenced,  if  necessary, 
immediately  the  true  character  of  the  disease  is  recognised, 
and  repeated  every  two  to  four  hours. 

Convalescence.^ — Much  caution  and  patience  are  required 
during  convalescence,  as  relapses  are  prone  to  occur.  Nou- 
rishing diet,  rest,  and  change  of  air,  are  of  great  utility. 
Nothing  does  so  much  good  as  a  thorough  change  of  air. 

Preventive  Measures. — The  cesspools  should  be  emptied, 
and  if  too  small  or  defective,  new  ones  built.  The  house, 
water-closets,  and  local  drainage  should  be  thoroughly  ex- 
amined, and  imperfections  scrupulously  rectified:  also,  if 
necessary,  chloride  of  zinc  or  of  lime  constantly  kept  there- 
in, and  thrown  down  the  drains.  All  dust-holes  and 
accumulations  of  refuse  should  be  cleared  away;  while  a 
plentiful  supply  of  water  should  be  kept  in  the  house,  and 
every  room  regularly  well  cleaned,  whitewashed  and  thor- 
oughly ventilated.  (See,  also,  Air,  page  121;  Water,  page 
125;  Healthy  DWELLINGS,  page  127.) 

TliABYNGITIS.—{Belaxed  Throat— Ulcerated  Throat- 
Clergyman's  Sore  Throat), 

These  affections  are  of  a  similar  nature,  and  require 
similar  treatment. 

Symptoms. — The  patient  first  complains  of  an  uneasy  sen- 
sation in  the  upper  part  of  the  throat,  with  a  frequent  dis- 
position to  swallow,  as  if  something  existed  there  which 
could  thus  be  removed.  If  proper  treatment  be  not  adopted, 
the  voice  soon  undergoes  a  change;  it  becomes  feeble  and 
hoarse,  and  sometimes,  especially  towards  the  evening, 
there  is  complete  loss  of  voice.  The  patient  complains  of 
pain  in  the  larynx,  and  makes  frequent  efforts  to  clear  the 
thi'oat  of  phlegm  by  coughing  and  spitting.     On  looking 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    345 

into  the  throat  the  parts  are  found  to  have  an  unhealthy 
appearance,  being  raw  and  granular,  and  the  mucous 
follicles  filled  with  a  yellowish  substance;  a  viscid  muco- 
purulent secretion  may  also  be  seen  adhering  to  the  palate 
and  adjacent  parts. 

Causes. — This  condition  is  probably  most  often  induced 
by  the  exercise  of  the  organ  of  voice  when  in  an  inflamed 
state.  An  extension  of  the  affection  is  almost  certain  to  re- 
sult from  exercising  the  voice  during  an  attack  of  sore 
throat  or  hoarseness,  as  the  muscles  of  the  larynx  lose  their 
nutrition  through  extension  of  the  morbid  materials  from  the 
inflamed  mucous  membrane.  The  disease  may  also  result 
from  an  immoderate  or  irregular  exercise  of  the  voice;  or,  it 
may  follow  inflammatory  disease  of  the  bronchial  tubes  or 
lungs,  by  much  exercise  of  the  voice  before  recovery  has 
taken  place.  It  is  also  occasioned  by  an  unnatural  style  or 
tone  of  reading  or  speaking,  as  with  preachers  and  military 
officers. 

Accessory  and  preventive  Means.  —  1.  Perfect  rest. — An 
inflamed  larynx,  like  an  inflamed  joint,  always  demands 
a  state  of  almost  complete  rest.  As  a  preventive  remedy 
in  the  case  of  clergymen,  we  would  strongly  urge  the 
general  adoption  of  Monday  as  a  day  of  out-of-door  recrea- 
tion and  cessation  from  all  work,  and  thus  compensate  for 
the  great  mental  and  physical  expenditure  involved  in  the 
discharge  of  the  duties  of  an  earnest  minister  of  the  gospel 
on  the  Sunday. 

2.  The  throat  compress. — When  this  is  applied,  the  patient 
should  retii'e,  and  he  will  generally  have  the  satisfaction  of 
finding  his  throat-difficulty  much  relieved  in  the  morning^ 
In  more  obstinate  cases,  the  compress  should  be  worn  in 
the  day-time,  being  frequently  re-wet.  When  discontinued, 
throat  and  chest  should  be  bathed  with  cold  water,  followed 
by  dvymg  and  brisk  friction.  The  beard  and  moustaches 
should  be  permitted  to  grow,  as  they  afford  an  excellent 


346  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

protection  to  the  throat,  especially  in  the  case  of  barristers, 
clergymen,  public  singers,  and  others  subjected  to  the  un- 
due or  irregular  exercise  of  the  organ  of  voice. 
Treatment. — Same  as  for  Laryngitis,  page  305. 

SCUEVY  OF  THE  MOVTB.,— {Canker  sore  mouth). 

This  affection  manifests  itself  in  various  forms,  sometimes 
being  quite  severe  and  obstinate,  and  at  others,  more  in- 
convenient and  painful  than  dangerous.  It  occasionally 
occurs  in  ill-fed,  tuberculous  children,  from  two  to  six  years 
old,  especially  in  low  damp  situations.  In  some  cases  the 
gums  become  hot,  red  aitxd  very  sensitive;  they  swell,  become 
spongy,  and  shrink  from  the  teeth,  leaving  them  loose,  and 
the  gums  readily  bleeding  at  the  slightest  injury;  the  breath 
becomes  offensive,  and  sometimes  there  is  discharge  of 
tough,  sanious  phlegm  and  saliva;  mastication  may  become 
difl&cult  from  the  loose,  sensitive  teeth,  and  deglutition 
painful  from  the  soreness  of  the  throat;  the  glands  of  the 
throat  sometimes  swell  and  become  painful,  and  there  is 
often  great  prostration  and  a  torpid,  feverish  condition  of 
the  system. 

In  other  cases  the  disease  is  principally  manifested  by 
apthous  ulcers  appearing  upon  the  gums,  the  tongue,  or  the 
inside  of  the  lips  and  cheeks,  attended  with  a  painful,  burn- 
•ing,  smarting  sensation,  and  at  times  free  flow  of  saliva, 
and  a  feverish,  prostrated  condition  of  the  system.  This 
form  is  very  common  with  nursing  mothers,  and  is  often 
very  painful  and  lingering,  apparently  arising  from  an  ex- 
hausted or  debilitated  condition  of  the  system  and  defective 
nutrition. 

Treatment. — ^In  general,  the  Specific  No.  Tweilty-NIiie 
wiU  be  sufficient  for  all  forms  of  sore  mouth  or  apthous  ul- 
cerations in  the  mouth.  It  may  conveniently  be  given,  two 
pellets  at  a  dose,  dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of  water,  and  ad- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    347 

ministered  four  times  per  day,  before  meals  and  on  retiring 
at  night. 

In  a  prostrated  or  debilitated  condition  of  the  system, 
the  Specific  No.  Twenty- Fovir  may  be  given  to  advan- 
tage, in  alternation  with  No.  Tweilty-lVilie^  at  the  inter- 
vals before  directed.  Sometimes  a  weak  solution  of  borax 
and  w^ater  may  be  used  to  advantage  for  rinsing  the  mouth. 
Sometimes  the  mouth  may  be  rinsed  with  a  weak  solution 
of  brandy  and  w^ater,  wdth  benefit  in  bad  cases  with  debili- 
tated subjects.  Care  should  be  exercised  in  regard  to  diet 
When  the  disease  exists  in  a  bad  form,  with  extensive  in- 
flammation of  the  mouth  or  gums,  stimulants  and  animal 
food,  even  in  soups,  should  be  avoided,  and  the  diet  con- 
fined to  farinaceous  or  vegetable  forms  of  food.  In  cases 
of  nursing  sore  mouth,  a  glass  of  ale  morning  and  night 
may  be  used  with  advantage  in  connection  with  the  Spe- 
cifics mentioned. 

ANOREXIA.— ( Want  of  appetite). 

This  may  arise  from  various  causes  more  or  less  in- 
timately connected  with  the  process  of  digestion,  such  as 
derangement  of  the  stomach,  inaction  of  the  liver,  results  of 
over-eating,  irregularity  of  meals,  eating  between  meals, 
late  hours  and  too  little  out-of-door  exercise,  indigestion, 
etc.  This  morbid  condition  should  be  relieved  in  order 
that  the  natural  desire  for  food  should  be  manifested. 
When  it  seems  to  arise  from  a  debilitated  condition  of  the 
entire  system,  some  stimulants,  such  as  light  wine  or  malt 
liquors  may  be  taken  with  advantage.  Loss  of  appetite 
during  acute  disease  or  a  weakened  state  of  the  system, 
should  be  respected;  for  thrusting  food  into  the  stomach  in 
spite  of  its  dictates,  will  generally  give  rise  to  more  serious 
symptoms.  Sometimes  instead  of  loss  of  appetite  there  is 
voracious  or  depraved  appetite ;  these  symptoms  are  usually 


348  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

associated  with  Chlorosis,  nervous  irritation  from  worms, 
etc.;  they  can  only  be  removed  by  correcting  the  conditicn 
on  which  they  depend.  A  glass  of  cold  water  taken  morniug 
and  night  is  often  beneficial  in  promoting  an  appetite. 
Aside  from  these  measures,  the  Specific  No.  Teil^  taken 
four  times  per  day,  six  pellets  before  each  meal,  and  at 
night,  will  generally  be  found  efficacious. 

GASTKIC  DEEANGEMENT.  —  {Indigestion— Bilioumess), 

We  distinguish  this  affection  from  chronic  dyspepsia  and 
from  jaundice.  It  is  very  common  and  liable  to  come  on 
suddenly,  from  irregularities  in  diet,  over-eating,  or  par- 
taking of  heavy,  rich,  over-stimulating  food,  or  food  un- 
suited  to  the  existing  condition  of  the  digestive  organs; 
excessive  use  of  wines,  spirits,  or  strong  malt  liquors,  or 
strong  tea  or  coffee;  eating  too  rapidly;  irregularities  in 
taking  meals;  too  long  fasting  between  meals;  want  of  exer- 
cise; intense  mental  application;  late  hours,  or  from  excesses 
of  any  kind.  When  the  tone  of  the  stomach  has  been  weak- 
ened by  purgatives,  and  in  persons  of  naturally  feeble  di- 
gestion, this  condition  may  be  readily  provoked  by  any 
transient  violation  of  the  ordinary  regimen. 

The  symptoms  are  usually,  want  of  appetite  or  deficient 
appetite;  coated  tongue;  flat,  insipid,  putrid  or  bitter  taste 
in  the  mouth;  desire  for  acid,  cooling  or  refreshing  things; 
frontal  headache  or  heaviness  of  the  head;  dullness,  stupid- 
ity or  disposition  to  sleep;  constipation,  or  sluggish,  in- 
active bowels;  and  sometimes  nausea,  regurgitation  of  food, 
or  vomiting  of  food  and  bile. 

Treatment. — In  general,  little  or  no  food  should  be  taken 
into  the  stomach  while  the  nausea  and  indisposition  to  food 
continues;  only  after  these  symptoms  have  passed  away, 
should  at  first  the  more  light  and  easily-digested  food  be 
given,  such  as  water-gruel,  rice-water,  boiled  rice,  toast,  or 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OP  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    349 

some  nice  ripe  fruit.  As  medicine,  the  Specific  No.  Ten 
will  be  found  sufficient,  taken  six  pellets  at  a  time,  and  re- 
peated every  three  hours,  until  the  condition  has  been 
removed. 

Should  there  be  fever,  alternate  the  Specific  No.  One 
with  No.  Ten^  at  the  intervals  mentioned,  and  so  continue 
until  the  febrile  symptoms  have  yielded.  Should  there  be 
nausea  or  vomiting,  interpose  between  the  portions  of  No. 
Ten^  two  or  three  doses  of  six  pellets  each  of  Specific  No. 
Six^  until  that  symptom  has  been  removed. 

DYSPEPSIA. — {Indigestion —  Weak  stomach). 

This  is  one  of  our  most  common  diseases,  and  generally 
of  very  obstinate  and  lingering  character.  It  ma}^  arise 
from  various  organic  changes  in  the  organs  of  digestion, 
and  so  may  likewise  manifest  itself  in  diversified  forms 
from  the  most  trivial  weakness  of  digestion,  down  to  grave, 
organic  changes  in  the  substance  of  the  stomach  itself. 

It  may  be  induced  or  brought  about  by  various  causes, 
among  which  may  be  especially  mentioned  the  use  of  ca- 
thartic or  anodyne  medicines  in  early  life,  or  the  habit  of 
giving  such  drugs  to  infants;  imperfect  mastication  of  the 
food,  in  consequence  of  too  rapid  eating — a  very  common 
and  wide-spread  fault;  the  loss  of  teeth;  the  presence  of 
decayed  teeth  in  the  mouth  and  the  conse.quent  swallowing 
of  vitiated  saliva; — habitual  low  spirits  and  desponding 
state  of  mind,  likewise  weakens  and  impedes  digestion;  too 
long  fasting,  inducing  exhaustion  of  the  vital  powers,  tends 
to  impair  the  power  of  digestion;  the  excessive  use  of 
etimulants  produces  changes  in  the  coats  of  the  stomach 
which  may  render  digestion  difficult  and  finally  impossible; 
want  of  exercise,  sedentary  habits,  intense  and  long-con- 
tinued mental  application  may  likewise  be  named  among 
its  causes. 


350  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

It  is  usually  manifested  by  distress  after  eating;  heaviness 
or  weight  in  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  as  if  a  load  or  a  stone 
lay  there;  tenderness  of  the  praecordia  on  pressure;  inability 
to  wear  tight  clothes;  frequent  headache;  dullness  and  con- 
fusion of  the  head;  bloating  after  eating;  sometimes  water- 
brash,  or  rising  of  the  food  and  fluid  into  the  mouth  after 
eating;  want  of  appetite;  bad  taste;  coated  tongue;  flatu- 
lence; constipation  or  sluggish  or  torpid  bowels,  and  not 
unfrequently,  piles  or  hemorrhoids;  palpitation  of  the  heart; 
and  nightmare.  Such  are  among  the  more  prominent 
symptoms  by  which  this  affection  is  manifested,  yet  they 
are  frequently  varied,  relieved  or  intensified  by  the  habits 
or  food  and  regimen  of  the  patient,  or  the  intensity  of  the 
morbid  condition. 

Flatulence,  Waterbrash,  Heartburn,  are  merely  symp- 
toms of  dyspepsia,  or  of  gastric  derangement.  Yet,  they 
may  either  of  them  form  the  principal  feature  of  the 
complaint,  and  almost  exclusively  occupy  the  attention  of 
the  patient.  Flatulence  (wind)  by  disturbing  the  stomach, 
which  thus  being  made  to  encroach  upon  the  space  occupied 
by  the  lungs,  heart  or  other  organs,  impedes  their  healthy 
action,  and  thus  gives  rise  to  disturbances  in  distant  parts. 
It  is  caused  by  defective  nerve-force,  or  general  debility; 
food  may  be  detained  in  the  stomach  and  undergo  fermen- 
tation, owing  to  imperfection  or  arrest  of  the  vital  and 
chemical  processes  characteristic  of  health.  At  other  times 
flatulence  is  apparently  generated  by  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  intestinal  canal;  for  the  symjDtoms  are  very  apt  to 
arise  in  dyspeptic  persons  when  a  meal  is  delayed  beyond 
the  accustomed  hour,  or  when  the  stomach  is  empty 
Flatulence  is  often  associated  with  faintness,  nausea,  palpi- 
tation, and  other  disagreeable  sensations.  In  waterbrash 
there  is  a  frequent  rising  or  regurgitation  of  acid  or  taste- 
less watery  fluid,  into  the  mouth,  from  the  stomach.  It 
seems  to  arise  from  closure  of  the  oesophagus  (food-pipe) 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    351 

by  muscular  spasm,  so  that  the  trickling  saliva  is  prevented 
from  passing  into  the  stomach,  and  re-ascends  to  the  mouth 
without  any  effect.  Sometimes  this  is  accompanied  with 
belching  of  air  coming  up  with  the  eructation,  and  accom- 
panied with  loud,  unpleasant  noise,  and  not  unfrequently  a 
portion  of  every  meal  is  thus  thrown  off.  There  is  also  a 
feeling  of  fullness,  distention,  and  often  of  pain  and  distress 
in  the  stomach  and  prsecordia. 

With  heartburn,  there  is  a  burning  or  gnawing  uneasiness, 
felt  principally  in  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  but  often  extend- 
ing far  around  or  up  into  the  chest,  and  down  into  the 
abdomen.  Sometimes  it  is  attended  with  anxiety,  nausea, 
coldness  of  the  extremities,  debility  and  fever,  faintness, 
and  there  are  also  sour,  acrid  risings,  or  regurgitations  into 
the  mouth. 

Hiccough  {singultus)  is  a  common  accompaniment  of 
heartburn,  and  consists  of  brief  spasms  of  the  oesophagus. 
In  infants  it  is  easily  removed  by  administering  a  small 
quantity  of  milk  or  water. 

Nightmare  (Incubus). — In  this  condition  the  patient  ex- 
periences confused  and  frightful  dreams,  with  a  sense  of 
weight  or  pressure  impeding  breathing  and  jDroducing  great 
anguish;  or  he  fancies  himself  in  imminent  danger  or  diffi- 
culty, from  which  he  vainly  strives  to  extricate  himself, 
until  at  length  he  succeeds  in  uttering  a  cry,  or  moving, 
when  the  distressing  condition  terminates.  It  is  caused  by 
disorder  of  the  digestive  organs,  and  most  frequently 
follows  a  late,  especially  a  heavy  supper.  It  may  also  be 
induced  by  fatigue,  or  an  uneasy  posture  in  bed,  or  in 
children,  by  enlarged  tonsils;  sometimes  the  cause  is 
very  obscure,  and  requires  professional  examination  and 
kreatment. 

As  these  are  but  symptoms  or  phases  of  dyspepsia  or 
gastric  derangement,  the  same  treatment  is  indicated. 

Treatment. — The  course  usually  pursued  by  the  subjects 


352  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

of  this  disease  tends  much  to  aggravate  and  prolong  it. 
Because  the  bowels   are  constipated,   recourse  is  had  to 
cathartic  or  aperient  medicines,  which  afford  only  momen- 
tary  relief,    while   permanently   intensifying   the   disease. 
Costiveness  may  be  bad,  but  not  half  so  bad  as  the  effects 
of  drugs  given  to  remove  it.    Persons  subject  to  this  disease 
should  be  careful  of  their  diet,  and  use  only  such  food  as 
experience  has  taught  them  agrees  with  their  digestion.     A 
physician  can  only  recommend  the  articles  most  likely  to 
suit,  and  having  ascertained  from  experience  what  diet  or 
kinds  of  food  are  for  the  time  best,  the  diet  should  be  com- 
posed of  these  articles,  and  only,  by  degrees  as  the  digestion 
is  improved,  a  more  liberal  bill  of  fare,  or  more  questionable 
articles  may  be  allowed.     Take  plenty  of  time  for  meals, 
eat  moderately,  and  masticate  the  food  well,  using  only  a 
small  quantity  of  fluid  with  the  meal,  and  eat  not  too  often, 
or  too  much  at  a  time.     Each  night,  on  retiring,  and  in  the 
morning  on  rising,  take  also  a  glass  of  cold  water.     Of  me- 
dicines, the  Specific  No.  Ten  will  usually  be  found  efficient, 
and  may  be  taken,  six  pellets  at  a  time,  before  each  meal, 
and  on  retiring  to  rest  at  night.    Perseverance  in  this  course 
will  rarely  fail  to  cure  the  most  inveterate  and  stubborn 
cases.    If  the  bowels  remain  obstinately  costive,  an  injection 
of  tepid  water  may  be  taken  every  morning  so  long  as  it 
may  be  necessary.     Very  soon,  under  the  influence  of  the 
medicine  and  proper  food  and  habits,  the  bowels  will  act 
regularly. 

But  with  females,  and  delicate  subjects,  the  Specific  No. 
Eleven  may  be  preferable  to  No.  Ten^  or,  the  two  may 
be  taken  in  alternation.  In  obstinate  cases  of  waterbrashy 
brilliant  results  often  follow  the  free  use,  when  hungry,  or 
thirsty,  of  buttermilk.     Fresh  milk  is  not  so  well  borne. 

Accessory  Measures. — The  following  points  in  the  treat- 
ment and  prevention  of  indigestion  should,  as  far  as 
possible,  be  adopted. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. ~DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    353 

1.  Mastication, — The  reduction  of  food  to  a  state  of  minute 
division  in  the  mouth  is  a  most  essential  step  towards  easy 
and  perfect  digestion.  A  stomach,  especially  a  weak 
stomach,  acts  tardily  and  imperfectly  upon  food,  introduced 
in  an  incomplete  state  of  comminution.  Further,  food  re- 
quires to  be  well  masticated,  that  it  may  be  duly  mixed  with 
saliva.  The  salivary  secretion  is  intended  to  moisten  and 
lubricate  the  food,  and  is  a  most  essential  chemical  aid  in 
digestion.  The  action  of  the  saliva  is  especially  necessary 
for  the  digestion  of  vegetable  food;  for  it  is  only  by  means 
of  this  fluid  that  such  articles  of  diet  as  potatoes,  bread, 
rice,  etc.,  are  rendered  at  all  capable  of  absorption.  We 
therefore  warn  the  busy,  the  studious,  tht  solitary,  or,  on  the 
other  hand,  those  persons  whc  talk  too  much  during  meal- 
time, of  the  danger  of  neglecting  the  perfect  mastication 
of  their  food.  The  loss  of  teeth  is  a  frequent  cause  of  in- 
digestion. 

2.  Overloading  the  stomach,-— Too  large  a  quantity  of  food 
interferes  with  digestion,  1.  by  so  distending  the  stomach 
as  to  interfere  with  its  necessary  contractions.  2.  By 
furnishing  the  stomach  with  a  greater  amount  of  food  than 
can  be  properly  saturated  with  the  saliva  supplied.  After 
a  long  abstinence  from  food,  as  in  the  case  of  j^^i'sons  who 
dine  late  and  take  too  little  lunch,  there  is  great  danger  of 
eating  too  much,  unless  the  meal  be  taken  shwly,  or 
finished  before  the  sensations  of  hunger;  are  completely 
appeased. 

3.  Suitable  food. — See  Section  on  Food. 

4.  Beverages. — See  Section  on  Beverages. 

5.  Disposition  in  which  to  eat. — A  cheerful  and  tranquil 
frame  of  mind,  especially  during  meals,  is  a  most  essential 
point  in  the  treatment  and  cure  of  indigestion.  Cheerful 
conversation  and  ease  of  mind  favor  digestion  by  in- 
creasing the  secretion  of  gastric  juice.  The  aliment  received 
under  pleasurable  circumstances  may  be  expected  to  furnish 


354  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

in  abundance,  and  in  the  highest  state  of  perfection,  the 
secretions  necessary  for  good  digestion. 

6.  General  habits. — Mental  or  bodily  occupations  should 
not  be  resumed  immediately  after  a  full  meal;  nor  should 
food  be  taken  without  a  few  minutes'  pause  after  exhaustive 
fatigue.  Violent  muscular  exertions  arrest  digestion  by 
engaging  the  nervous  energies  in  other  directions.  The 
weary  man,  whether  weary  from  the  sweat  of  the  brow  or 
the  sweat  of  the  brain,  should  rest  before  he  eats',  and  if  the 
cause  of  fatigue  has  been  in  operation  till  the  time  of  rest 
approaches,  solid  food  might  then  be  productive  of  the 
most  serious  results.  Under  such  circumstances,  if  nourish- 
ment be  deemed  necessary,  it  should  be  limited  in  quantity 
and  of  the  lightest  kind,  as  a  cup  of  beef-tea,  cocoa,  or 
chocolate,  or  the  yolk-of-an-egg  well  beaten  up  with  milk. 
AVe  particularly  recommend  the  general  plan  of  dietarj^ 
sketched  in  the  introductory  chapter  for  general  adoption. 
Regularity  in  the  habits  of  life,  such  as  in  taking  food,  sleep, 
exercise,  etc.,  is  an  important  condition  in  the  prevention 
of  dyspepsia.  Feather  beds,  and  too  much  sleep,  should  be 
avoided;  the  patient  should  retire  and  rise  early;  bathe  or 
sponge  the  body  every  morning  with  cold  water,  and  take 
moderate  open-air  exercise  daily.  An  occasional  change  of 
air  and  scenery  exercises  a  wonderful  influence  in  removing 
or  preventing  an  attack  of  indigestion,  diverting  the  mind 
from  its  ordinary  train  of  thought,  business  and  family 
anxieties,  or  gloomy  pondering  over  personal  ailments. 

GASTRALGIA. — {Pain  or  spasm  of  the  stomach). 

This  is  a  very  painful  and  distressing  affection  of  the 
stomach,  arising,  generally,  at  somewhat  regular  periods  of 
a  few  weeks  or  months,  leaving  the  system  in  the  interval 
comparatively  free.  It  consists  in  spasmodic  pains  or  con- 
tractions of  the  stomach,  sometimes  slight,  but  more  com- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    355 

monly  with  almost  insupportable  violence;  returning  at 
intervals  of  a  few  moments  with  increasing  vigor,  after  a 
comparative  calm;  the  pain  is  most  severe  in  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  but  often  extends  up  into  the  chest  and  sides,  or 
into  the  back,  exciting  nausea,  vomiting  and  great  anguish. 
Belching  up  of  wind,  which  sometimes  relieves  the  patient; 
faintness,  coldness  of  the  extremities,  and  anxiety  are 
generally  present.  An  attack  may  last  from  a  few  hours  to 
one  or  two  days,  and  it  may  return  in  some  subjects,  at  any 
time,  from  very  slight  j)rovocation,  or  at  intervals  of  a  few 
weeks  or  months,  fi'om  slight  or  no  apparent  cause. 

The  disease  originates  in  a  morbid  condition  of  the 
nerves  of  the  stomach,  and  is  often  associated  with  disease 
of  the  liver  or  sj^leen,  or  both,  or  in  cancerous  or  other  dis- 
organizations of  the  stomach  or  intestines.  An  attack  may 
be  excited  by  eating  indigestible  food,  fresh  bread,  chest- 
nuts, sweetmeats,  unripe  fi^uit,  cherries,  figs,  cheese,  and  in 
some  cases,  by  taking  coffee  or  strong  tea.  It  may  likewise, 
in  gouty  or  rheumatic  constitutions,  be  excited  by  exposure 
to  cold  and  wet.  In  females  it  is  sometimes  found  in  con- 
nection with  the  monthly  joeriods.  In  many  instances  the 
system  seems  to  have  acquired  a  predisposition  to  this  form 
of  disease,  and  in  such  subjects  it  masks  or  overshadows  all 
other  symptoms,  and  may  be  i3roduced  at  any  time  from 
very  slight  indiscretions. 

Treatment, — As  j^re cautionary  measures,  persons  subject 
to  this  form  of  disease  should  be  exceedingly  careful  in 
regard  to  their  diet,  avoiding  rich  food,  gravies,  fresh 
bread,  warm  cakes,  preserves  and  cheese,  or  any  article  of 
food  which  experience  has  shown  to  disagree,  or  to  occasion 
these  attacks,  and  also  to  take  as  preventives,  six  pellets  of 
the  Specific  No.  Teil^  morning  and  night.  ^Yl[len  the 
premonitory  symptoms,  or  a  slight  gastric  derangement 
threatsns  to  culminate  in  an  attack,  recourse  should  be  had 
ab  once  to  the  Specific  No.  Teil^   one   or   more    doses   of 


356  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOE. 

which,  at  intervals  of  two  or  three  hours,  will  suffice  .t> 
correct  the  derangement,  and  thus  prevent  the  attack. 
During  the  attack,  the  Specific  No.  Ten  is  the  proj^er 
remedy,  and  may  be  given  in  doses  of  six  pellets,  dissolved 
in  a  spoonful  of  water,  and  repeated  every  fifteen,  thirty  or 
Gixty  minutes,  according  to  circumstances,  until  the  pain  is 
relieved.  If  the  suffering  is  intense,  and  the  pain  does  not 
yield  to  the  Specific  No.  Teil^  after  an  hour  or  so,  it  may  be 
best  to  alternate  the  No  One  in  the  same  manner  with  it, 
and  so  continue  until  the  patient  is  relieved.  Hot  cloths 
laid  upon  the  stomach,  and  a  large  injection  of  tepid  water, 
are  useful  auxiliaries  for  relief  during  an  attack. 

B.AIATOSlS.—{Ofensive  Breath). 

This  unpleasant  affection  may  be  dependant  upon  other 
causes  than  decayed  teeth  or  impurities  in  the  mouth.  Not 
unfrequently  it  arises  from  imperfect  digestion  or  other 
derangement  of  the  system,  and  in  some  persons  and  fami- 
lies, it  may  be  constitutional. 

Treatment. — Persons  subject  to  this  affection  cannot  be 
too  careful  in  keeping  the  teeth  clean  and  free  from  taiiar, 
and  in  rinsing  the  mouth  after  every  meal.  With  regard  to 
medicines,  the  Specific  No.  Ten^  six  pellets  morning  and 
night,  will  correct  it  if  dependent  wpon  imperfect  digestion. 
If  it  occurs  in  females  during  the  monthly  period,  the  Spe- 
cifics No.  Eleven^  six  pellets  morning  and  night,  will  re- 
move the  difficulty.  Where  it  is  constitutional  or  resists 
these  medicines,  the  third  trituration  of  Aurum  fol,  or  of 
Baryta  carb.  a  small  powder  taken  daily,  often  works  an 
entire  cure. 

COLIC— BILIOUS  COLIC. 

Most  persons  are  acquainted  with  what  is  termed  colic, 
which  is  the  violent  constriction  (spasm)  of  the  muscular 


DISEASE  ANr   TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACB..    357 

coats   of  the   large   bowel.      It   consists   of  paroxysms  of 
greater  or  less  degi'^e  of  pain,  generally  veiy  severe,  felt 
more  particularly  about  the  navel,  and  thence,  extending 
upward    or  out  over  the  abdomen.      The  pain  is  sharp, 
griping,  tearing,  cutting,  or  gnawing,  coming  on  in  par- 
oxysms lasting  a  few  moments  and  then  remitting;  some- 
times the  abdomen  is  drawn  in,  and  at  other  times  distended 
like  a  drum;  pressure  generally  relieves  the  pain  in  colic, 
while  in  inflammation  the  pain  is  similar,  but  the  abdomen 
is  very  sensitive  when  pressed  upon,  and  in  severe  cases, 
cannot  bear  even  the  slightest  pressure.      Sometimes  the 
pains  are  accompanied  by  costiveness,  and  often  by  vomit- 
ing or  diarrhoea      In  colic  there  is  seldom  fever  or  heat  of 
the  surface,  or  a  quick  pulse,  or   pain  on  pressure,  all  of 
which  are   characteristic  of  inflammation.     It  may  also  be 
distinguished  from  hernia,  or  rupture,  by  the  tumor  either 
in  the  navel  region  or  in  the  groin,  which  is  always  present 
and  easily  recognized  in  hernia,  and  from  enteritis,  or  in- 
flammation of  the  smaller  bowels,   by  lack  of  the  accom- 
panying fever  and  by  extreme  tenderness  of  the  abdomen,  as 
well  as  by  an  absence  of  complete  intermissions  of  pain. 

Colic  may  be  caused  by  excess  in  diet,  flatulent  food; 
dissipation;  grief;  cold,  or  anything  that  induces  derange- 
ment of  the  digestive  organs,  or  constipation  of  the  bowels. 
Sometimes  it  arises  fi'om  stricture  of  the  intestine,  or  may 
in  rare  cases  arise  from  cancerous  disorganisation  of  some 
portion  of  the  intestine,  or  from  intussusception. 

Flatulent,  or  wind  colic,  is  common  in  children  who  are 
fed  with  improper  diet,  and  in  dyspeptics  after  the  use  ol 
heavy,  improper  or  flatulent  food. 

Bilious  colic  is  generally  preceded  by  symptoms  of  biliary 
or  gastric  derangement,  such  as:  Yellow-coated  tongue, 
bitter  taste,  loss  of  appetite,  dull  headache.  There  is. 
generally  nausea  and  vomiting;  severe  cutting,  writhir^g 
pain,  with  thirst  and  anxiety;  pain  more  especially  ^xtend- 


358  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

ing  from  above  the  umbilicus  towards  the  liver;  coming  on 
in  severe,  intense  paroxysms.  The  pain  is  relieved  after 
vomiting  and  discharge  of  fi'«^e,  bilious  stools. 

Lead  colic  or  painters'  colic  is  produced  by  the  exposure  to 
the  action  of  lead,  (especially  the  oxide  of  lead  and  white 
lead)  and  is  common  among  painters  and  among  workers  in 
lead  factories,  or  in  smeltiing  ores.  The  most  dangerous 
modes  by  which  lead  is  intr'c^duced  into  the  system  are  its 
absorption  by  the  respiratory  apparatus,  as  by  the  continued 
inhalation  of  the  dust  or  vapour  of  lead  by  workmen,  and 
by  taking  [food  with  hands  soiled  with  that  form  of  the 
poison  they  are  in  the  habit  of  using;  this  explains  why 
workers  in  lead-mines,  and  in  white-lead  factories,  painters, 
potters,  type-makers,  and  others,  are  particularly  liable  to 
lead-colic.  Less  frequent  causes  are — indulgence  in  snutf 
wrapped  in  tinfoil,  wine  sweetened  by  sugar-of-lead,  the 
preparation  of  food  in  leaden  vessels  badly  glazed,  and 
water  contaminated  by  passing  through  leaden  pipes. 

Lead-colic  has  also  been  observed  in  cows  feeding  on  the 
fields  in  the  neighbourhood  of  lead-mines  and  in  animals 
drinking  water  from  rivers  which  originate  in  lead-mines. 
The  symptoms  are:  Loss  of  appetite,  restless  sleep,  and 
nervous  excitability.  This  is  succeeded  by  vomiting,  pain 
in  the  abdomen,  coming  on  at  first  in  paroxysms,  but  gra- 
dually becoming  continuous.  There  is  but  little  fever,  but 
headache,  pain  in  the  limbs,  and  obstinate  constipation, 
and  sometimes  even  paralysis  of  the  extremities.  A  bluish 
line  along  the  edge  of  the  gums  may  be  often  noticed  in 
persons  suffering  from  lead-colic. 

Treatment. — In  general,  and  for  ordinary  attacks  of  colic, 
the  Specific  No.  Five  is  the  proper  remedy,  and  will  be 
found  efficient.  Should,  however,  the  disease  have  been 
caused  by  heavy  or  indigestible  food,  or  be  accompanied 
with  symptoms  of  gastric  derangement,  sucli  as  a  coated 
tongue,  bad  taste,  flatulence,  etc.,  it  will  be  well  to  alternate 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.     359 

the  Specific  No.  Ten  with  the  No.  Five.  Dissolve  twelve 
pellets  of  each  Specific,  in  six  large  spoonsful  of  water,  in 
separate  glasses,  and  of  these  give  alternately,  every  fourth 
or  half  hour,  until  relieved.  This  is  the  mode  of  procedure 
in  all  severe  cases  of  colic  from  whatever  cause,  except  that 
in  cases  where  the  bowels  become  tender,  or  sensitive  on 
pressure,  there  may  be  some  fever,  showing  %  tendenc;^ 
to  the  development  of  inflammatory  action.  In  these  latter 
causes,  the  SpEcmc  No.  One  should  be  prepared  and  given 
in  alternation  with  No.  Five^  in  the  manner  indicated 
above.  Simple,  uncomplicated  spasmodic  colic,  yields 
promptly  to  the  Specific  No.  Five^  administered  in  water, 
six  pellets  every  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes. 

In  all  cases  of  severe  colic  it  is  advisable,  and  in  all  ob- 
stinate cases,  it  may  be  necessary  to  administer  to  the 
patient,  and  the  more  so  if  caused  by  indigestible  or  noxious 
substances,  injections  of  warm  water.  To  a  pint  of  warm 
water,  add  a  tablespoonful  of  salt,  and  with  a  good  syringe, 
pump  it  into  the  abdomen.  If  the  patient  can  retain  it  a 
little  time,  it  may  be  more  effectual,  and  these  injections 
should  be  repeated  until,  in  connection  with  the  medicines, 
relief  is  obtained.  Hot  flannels  may  be  laid  over  the  ab- 
domen. 

Diet. — It  is  obvious  that  little  or  no  food,  and  that  only 
of  the  lightest  kind,  such  as  oat-meal  gruel,  rice-water, 
toast-water,  or  some  light  soup,  should  be  given  until  after 
the  disease  has  yielded. 

Persons  subject  to  attacks  of  colic  should  be  sj^ecially 
careful  in  avoiding  the  occasioning  causes  of  it,  such  as  in- 
digestible food,  the  use  of  beans,  cabbage,  krout,  or  green 
vegetables,  acidulated  drinks,  or  veal  or  young  meat;  and 
should  also  be  careful  to  keep  the  feet  and  abdomen  dry 
and  warm.  They  may  also  find  benefit  by  wearing  flannel 
around  the  abdomen,  and  keeping  the  feet  well-protected 
from  the  damp. 


300  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

The  use  of  the  Specific  No.  Ten^  six  pellets  at  night, 
will  also  do  much  to  correct  the  digestion,  and  so  prevent 
attacks. 

Prevention. — Change  of  occupation  is  necessary.  Some 
persons  are  much  more  readily  affected  than  others;  and,  if 
one  member  of  a  family  suffers  from  anaemia,  nervousness, 
and  debility  of  the  upper  extremities,  while  the  others  are 
in  apparent  health,  the  blue  line  on  the  gums  should  be 
looked  for,  and  the  condition  of  the  water-supply,  and  other 
possible  means  of  lead-poisoning,  carefully  inquired  into. 

NAUSEA  AND  VOMITING. 

Nausea  and  vomiting  seldom  occurs  except  as  a  symptom 
of  some  other  complaint  or  disease.  It  generally  proceeds 
from  improper  food  or  too  large  a  quantity;  a  disordered 
condition  of  the  digestive  functions;  pregnancy;  disease  or 
irritation  in  the  other  organs,  as  the  brain,  kidneys,  uterus, 
etc.;  cancer  or  ulcer  of  the  stomach;  mechanical  obstruction 
of  any  part  of  the  intestinal  canal;  morbid  states  of  the 
blood;  it  also  occurs  in  most  of  the  eruptive  fevers. 

Prognosis. — Nausea  and  vomiting  occurring  in  diseases 
of  the  brain,  as  in  epilepsy,  are  unfavorable  indications;  on 
the  contrary,  in  pregnancy  or  hysteria,  no  alarm  need  be 
felt,  as  they  are  merely  symptomatic  of  irritation  conveyed 
by  the  nervous  system  to  the  stomach.  We  may  learn 
much  by  observing  the  time  of  the  occurrence  of  vomiting, 
the  nature  of  the  matters  ejected,  and  the  extent  and  ur- 
gency of  the  symptoms.  If  vomiting  afford  relief,  and  the 
nausea,  oppression  of  the  chest  and  stomach,  and  headache 
cease,  the  case  may  be  considered  favorable ;  if,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  symptoms  preceding  vomiting  are  not  relieved  by 
it,  but  increase,  the  disease  must  be  regarded  as  having 
taken  an  alarming  form. 

Treatment. — Should  vomiting  arise  from  over-repletion, 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. - 


-DIS.   OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    361 


or  from  indigestible  food,  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  conserva- 
tive effort,  and  should  be  encouraged,  within  proper  limits, 
by  drinking  warm  water,  or  tickling  the  throat  with  a 
feather  until  the  offending  material  is  expelled. 

After  the  noxious  substance  has  been  ejected,  the  Spe- 
cific No.  Six^  six  pellets  dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of  water 
and  given  every  hour,  will  soon  allay  the  remaining  irri- 
tation, and  relieve  the  nausea.  "When  it  occurs  in  the  case 
of  pregnant  females,  consult  what  is  said  under  that  head. 

Sea  sickness  —  Sickness  from  'car  or  carriage  riding.  — 
The  peculiar  sickness  and  utter  wretchedness  and  pros- 
tration experienced  by  persons  on  first  going  to  sea;  and 
even,  in  a  measure,  by  some  persons  from  riding  in  a  car, 
stage  or  wagon,  is  so  well  known  as  not  to  require  de- 
scription. 

Prevention. — For  several  days  before  embarking,  indi- 
gestible food,  over-repletion,  or  any  irregularity  in  diet, 
shoald  be  avoided. 

Treatment. — It  can,  in  most  cases,  be  cured  by  the  Spe- 
cific Xo.  Twenty-Six  taken  for  some  six  or  eight  hours 
previous  to  sailing,  if  convenient,  six  pellets  every  four 
hours,  permitting  them  to  dissolve  on  the  tongue. 

During  the  early  part  of  the  voyage,  unless  the  weather 
be  very  fine,  the  patient  should  remain  in  his  berth  in  a 
horizontal  posture,  and  take  chiefly  liquid  food — beef-tea, 
chicken  broth,  etc.  Good  draughts  of  warm  water,  more 
often  relieve  than  anything  else.  A  girdle,  moderately  tight, 
round  the  waist  and  abdomen,  or  a  stomach  compress,  have 
also  been  recommended  Warmth  to  the  stomach  and  feet 
tends  very  much  to  prevent  sea-sickness.  Anything  to 
amuse,  and  divert  the  attention  from  the  waving  lines  of  the 
horizon  is  useful. 

After  sailing,  for  the  first  two  or  three  days,  as  a  preven- 
tive, take  six  pellets  every  four  hours;  and  should  there, 
notwithstanding,   be  severe   sickness,   vertigo,   nausea,   or 


362  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

vomiting,  dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  half  a  glass  of  wate/ 
and  take  a  dessert-spoonful  every  hour  until  relieved. 

For  sickness,  nausea,  or  vomiting  from  riding  in  a  car- 
riage or  similar  motion,  take  of  Specific  No.  Twenty- Six 
six  pellets,  every  hour  until  relieved. 

Hematemesis — Vomiting  of  blood, — This  disease  is  known 
by  the  vomiting,  or  sudden  ejection  of  blood  from  the 
stomach.  It  is  generally  preceded  by  nausea,  distress  or 
pain  of  the  stomach,  indigestion,  a  feeble  pulse,  pallor  and 
other  signs  of  fainting.  •  The  blood  vomited  is  generally 
dark,  rarely  bright  red,  and  is  occasionally  mixed  with  the 
food,  mucus,  bile,  or  other  contents  of  the  stomach,  and  is 
thrown  off  in  large  quantities;  blood  is  also  fi^equently  dis- 
charged by  stool,  in  coagula.  It  may  be  known  from  bleed- 
ing of  the  lungs,  by  reference  to  the  accompanying  table. 

If  feom  the  Stomach. — The  blood  is  of  a  c?a?'A;color;  is  vomited'^ 
is  often  mixed  with  foody  and  is  not  frothy;  is  preceded  by  nausea 
and  stomach  distress;  is  generally  passed  with  the  evacuations  from 
the  bowels. 

If  feom  the  Lungs. — The  blood  is  of  a  bright-red  color;  is 
generally  coughed  np ;  is  generally  frothy  and  mixed  with  sputa;  is 
often  preceded  by  pain  in  the  chest  and  dyspnoea;  is  not  found  in 
the  stools. 

Vomiting  of  blood  is  always  j)receded  by  more  or  less 
decided  symptoms  of  gastric  disturbance  or  weak  digestion, 
such  as:  Pressure,  weight,  fulness,  or  tensive  pain  in  the 
region  of  the  stomach;  burning  heat  in  that  region;  anxiety 
or  uneasiness  on  partaking  of  food  or  drink,  or  on  pressure 
of  the  stomach;  saltish  taste  in  the  mouth;  impaired  appe- 
tite and  nausea;  vertigo,  faintness,  or  cold  perspiration; 
sometimes,  also,  an  intermittent  pulse  is  felt  at  the  jnt  of 
the  stomach.  If  the  attack  is  very  severe,  there  may  be 
delirium  or  wandering  of  the  mind,  accompanied  with 
spasms,  and  gradually  increasing  weakness  and  remission 
of  pulse,  with  frequent  fainting.  It  is  most  frequently 
caused  by  the  suppression  of  some  habitual  discharge,  as 
from  hemorrhoids   or   the  menstrual  flow.    •  Other  causes; 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTAltY  TRACK.    30*^ 


o 


scliirrlms,  or  internal  lesions,  or  disorganizations  of  tlie 
stomach,  or  tlie  use  of  j)oisonous  or  drastic  purgatives,  or 
an  external  contusion,  or  obstruction  of  some  important 
yiscera,  may  occasion  congestion  and  the  rupture  of  some 
vessels  distributed  over  the  surface  of  the  stomach,  and 
bence,  become  the  immediate  cause  of  the  hemorrhage. 

Treatment. — The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  arrest  the  hemor- 
rhage, and  for  this  purpose  Humphreys'  Marvel  of  Healing 
is  the  most  efficient  remedy  known,  and  may  be  given  in 
doses  of  tv/enty  drops,  in  a  large  spoonful  of  cold  water, 
and  repeated  every  fifteen  minutes,  until  the  bleeding  is 
arrested,  when  it  may  be  continued  at  intervals  of  an  hour, 
or  even  a  longer  period,  especially  if  the  system  seems  ex- 
hausted, or  there  are  yet  indications  of  internal  hemorrhage. 

If  there  is  fever  or  heat  of  the  system,  administer  the 
Specific  No.  Olie^  six  pellets  in  a  spoonful  of  water,  and 
repeat  every  half  hour.  If  the  hemorrhage  come  on  in  con- 
sequence of  the  suppression  or  non-appearance  of  the  i3ien- 
strual  flux,  the  Specific  No.  Eleven  should  be  given  every 
liour,  either  alone  or  in  alternation  with  the  Marvel  or 
Healing.  The  diet  should  be  carefully  considered;  all  solid 
food  must  be  avoided,  and  all  warm  drinks.  Animal  jellies, 
prej^arations  of  milk,  light  puddings  and  broths,  merely 
tepid,  may  be  allowed  in  cases  where  the  condition  of  the 
patient  requires  nourishment,  but  no  more  food  should  be 
taken  than  is  absolutely  necessary  to  sustain  the  strength, 
and  for  some  hours  after  an  attack,  no  food  should  be  given, 
and  then,  only  in  small  quantities,  and  very  cautiously. 

Vicarious  hemorrhage. — In  vicarious  hemorrhage,  as  in 
females  when  bleeding  from  the  nose  or  stomach  takes  the 
place  of  the  menstrual  discharge,  the  treatment  should  be 
directed  to  restoring  the  normal  monthly  function. 

Accessory  Measures. — Calmness  and  judgment  should  be 
exercised,  or  the  discharge  of  blood  may  cause  alarm  to  the 
patient  and  his  friends,  and  unfit  them  for  carrying  out  the 


364  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

measures  necessary  for  the  safety  or  even  life  of  the  sufferer. 
The  patient  should  immedieately  lie  down  on  a  sofa  or 
mattress,  with  the  head  and  shoulders  elevated:  all  tight- 
fitting  clothes  should  be  removed  or  loosened,  quiet  main- 
tained, and  no  talking,  crowding,  noise,  or  confusion  per- 
mitted; at  the  game  time  the  room  should  be  keep  cool  and 
airy — at  about  55*"  Fahr.  Ice  is  a  most  useful  agent  for 
arresting  hsematemesis,  and  it  should  be  swallowed  in  small, 
oft-repeated  pieces;  it  then  comes  in  more  immediate  con- 
tact with,  and  tends  to  constrict,  the  bleeding  vessels. 

It  also  important  in  hemorrhage  from  the  stomach,  that 
the  organ  should  have  perfect  rest.  As  long  as  any  ten- 
dency to  hemorrhage  continues,  the  patient  should  remain 
in  bed,  and  take  nothing  by  the  mouth  except  sips  of  iced- 
water.  Food,  beef-tea,  etc.,  should  be  introduced  by  the 
rectum. 

Should  faintness  occur,  no  alarm  need  be  excited,  because 
it  is  often  nature's  method  of  arresting  the  bleeding.  After 
the  hemorrhage,  the  patient  must  still  be  kept  cool  and 
quiet,  and  the  diet  be  light  and  unstimulating,  while  the 
posture  of  the  body  should  be  such  as  to  favor  the  return 
of  blood  from  the  bleeding  organs.  Should  the  faintness 
persist,  iced  champagne  is  often  an  excellent  restorative, 
and  is  not  likely  to  induce  vomiting. 

CHOLERA  MORBUS. 

This  disease  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  warm  climates, 
wad  during  the  warm  seasons  of  the  year.  It  is  generally 
brought  on  by  the  use  of  unripe  fruit,  or  that  which  is  over 
ripe,  or  stale,  such  as  melons  or  cucumbers;  or  eating  too 
much,  or  too  many,  or  incongruous  things  at  a  time,  and 
being  over-heated  afterwards;  sudden  changes  of  tempera- 
ture; over-fatigue,  or  too  free  use  of  ice  or  ice-water. 

The  symptoms  are  violent  vomiting  and  purging;  throw- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    365 

ing  off  the  contents  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  at  first,  and 
afterwards  bile;  pain  in  the  stomach  and  abdomen;  thirst, 
and  in  severe  cases,  cramps,  and  coldness  of  the  extremities; 
the  face  may  also  become  pale,  cold,  bluish  and  sunken; 
features  pinched,  and  cold,  clammy-skin;  and  great  anxiety 
and  prostration,  simulating  an  attack  of  cholera. 

It  is  generally  j^receded  by  some  symptoms  indicating 
disturbance  of  the  system,  such  as  shivering,  pain  in  the 
stomach,  and  nausea;  but  in  some  cases  it  makes  its  attack 
without  sensible  premonitions. 

It  is  liable  to  come  on  suddenly  at  night,  and,  properly 
managed,  is  of  short  duration. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Six  is  the  proper  remedy, 
and  may  be  administered  by  dissolving  twelve  pellets  in 
six  dessertspoonsful  of  cold  water,  of  which  a  spoonful  may 
be  given  every  fifteen  minutes,  until  the  discharges  are 
arrested  and  the  warmth  returned  to  the  surface.  In  ex- 
treme cases,  with  violent  cramps,  coldness  and  blueness  of 
the  surface  and  great  anguish,  with  little  or  no  discharges, 
a  dose  of  two  or  three  drops  of  spirits  of  camphor,  in  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  water,  repeated  every  few  minutes,  will  soon 
relieve.  The  Specific  No.  Six^  however,  will  be  found 
promptly  to  arrest  the  disease.  Diet  should  be  light  for 
some  days,  until  the  tone  of  the  stomach  is  measurably 
restored. 

CHOLEKA— ASIATIC  CHOLEKA. 

As  this  terrible  scourge — a  miasmatic  disease  (often  epi- 
demic) propagated  through  the  air,  and  communicable  from 
one  person  to  another, — is  liable  at  any  time  to  visit  oiu* 
country,  and  as  the  earlier  treatment  of  it  must  frequently 
be  entrusted  to  the  hands  of  the  people,  it  is  most  important 
that  all  should  be  acquainted  with  its  earlier  stages,  and  be 
prepared  to  meet  them.     Hence  we  give  the  symptoms  and 


366  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

treatment  at  greater  length  than  may  be  required  in  othei 
less  important  or  sudden  diseases. 

Precursors. — 1.  It  has  been  frequently  observed  that  the 
cholera  has  been  preceded  by  some  form  of  influenzaj 
attended  with  sneezing,  discharge  from  the  eyes  and  nose. 
hoarseness,  sore  throat,  and  cough.  2.  It  has  also  been  ob- 
served that  previous  to  the  outbreak  of  cholera  in  a  parti- 
cular locality,  bowel  complaints,  as  they  are  called,  diarr- 
hoea, dysenteries,  colics,  etc.,  have  been  much  more  fre- 
quent and  obstinate,  and  less  under  the  control  of  the  ordi- 
nary remedies  than  usual;  so  that  physicians,  from  these 
manifestations  among  their  patients,  have  been  able  to  re- 
cognize the  presence  of  the  disease  in  the  atmosphere 
weeks  before  its  final  outbreak  among  the  peo23le.  3.  Sud- 
den attacks  of  cholera  are  more  liable  to  occur  at  night 
and  after  midnight  than  during  the  day.  Hence  the 
necessity  of  every  family  being  provided  with  prompt  and 
efficient  remedies  to  avoid  the  hurry,  alarm  and  delay  in 
sending  for  a  physician  in  the  night. 

Symptoms. —  Cholera  Diarrhoea.  —  Almost  invariably  an 
attack  of  cholera  is  preceded  by  a  peculiar  form  of  diarr- 
hoea. It  may  precede  the  cholera  several  days,  as  nothing- 
more  than  loose  bowels,  attended  with  rumbling  or  bor- 
borigmi  and  slight  nausea,  or  faintish  feeling  at  the  stomach; 
but  usually  it  continues  but  a  few  hours,  and  is  manifested 
with  frequent  loose  stools,  rumbling  and  uneasiness  of  the  ab- 
domen, and  a  faintish,  sinking  sensation  at  the  pit  of  the 
stomach.  This  is  the  cholerine  or  cholera-diarrhoea,  and 
the  immediate  precursor  or  first  stage  of  the  disease,  and 
demands  prompt  attention. 

After  the  diarrhoea  has  continued  for  a  period  varying 
from  a  few  hours  to  several  days,  the  second  stage  of  the 
disease  is  ushered  in  with  the  following  manifestations: 
Repeated  Evacuations,  attended  with  great  prostration,  at 
first,  of  the  usual  contents  of  the  intestinal  track,  then  gra- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    367 

dually  becoming  more  tliirij  watery  and  flocculent,  until 
they  present  the  true  cholera  characteristic  of  profuse  rice 
WATER  evacuations;  vomiting  in  sudden,  violent  attacks,  with 
copious  discharges;  first  of  the  contents  of  the  stomach, 
then  of  thin  serum  or  the  characteristic  rice-water-like 
matter;  attended  with  frequent  cramps,  first  in  the  fingers, 
toes,  and  calves  of  the  legs,  then  over  the  entire  person, 
especially  the  abdomen,  knotting  up  the  limbs,  and  causing 
exquisite  anguish.  The  breath  becomes  cold,  the  lips  and 
tongue  cold,  the  skin  dry,  inelastic,  pale  or  leaden-gray,  or 
a  bluish-violet  around  the  eyes  and  at  the  ends  of  tho 
fingers  and  toes,  and  point  of  the  nose,  the  hands  becoininj;- 
shrivelled  like  a  washer -woman's.  The  face  becomes 
peculiar  in  extreme  cases,  eye-balls  glazed  and  turned 
uj^,  i^upils  dilated,  the  uj^per  eyelid  drooping,  the  lower 
surrounded  by  a  bluish  half-moon;  the  color  is  pale,  varying 
from  a  leaden  gray  to  violet;  the  skin  on  the  lips,  cheeks, 
and  point  of  the  nose  is  glazed,  nose  pointed,  cheeks  sunken, 
upper  lip  drawn  upward,  the  nostrils  and  cartilage  oi  the 
ear  very  movable  and  wrinkled  from  the  nose  to  the  corners 
of  the  mouth,  presenting  a  frightful  aud  ghost-like  aj^pear- 
ance.  The  voice  becomes  hoarse,  whispering,  or  lost.  The 
pulse  at  the  wrist  is  very  soft,  small  and  disappearing 
during  an  attack  of  spasms,  and  later  becomes  thread-like 
and  imperceptible.  Gradually  the  anguish  and  indifference, 
the  coldness  and  blueness,  and  prostration  become  more 
decided,  until  the  patient  sinks  into  a  condition  of  absolute 
collapse,  succeeded  by  death  after  some  hours.  During  the 
attack,  the  secretion  of  the  urine,  the  bile,  the  saliva,  per- 
spiration, and  even  of  the  tears,  is  entirely  suppressed,  and 
the  reappearance  of  these  secretions  is  a  most  favorable  in- 
dication. With  these  manifestations  of  coldness,  blueness, 
and  shrivelled  skin,  and  even  cold  breath,  the  patients  yet 
complain  of  burning  heat,  long  for  ice  and  ice-water,  and 
dread  all  heating  applications. 


368  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

Not  always  does  the  cholera  present  the  above  picture 
Different  epidemics  have  presented  varieties  in  the  symp- 
toms which  are  very  decided.  Thus  the  disease  has  been 
divided  into  three  stages,  called  the  premonitory,  the  stage 
of  COLLAPSE  and  the  stage  of  consecutive  fever. 

The  first,  or  premonitory  stage,  is  manifested  by  symp- 
toms of  indigestion,  flatulence,  weight  or  oppression  at  the 
pit  of  the  stomach,  slight  nausea,  acidity,  diarrhoea,  vertigo, 
some  form  of  headache,  or  ringing  in  the  ears.  These 
symptoms  may  continue  some  time,  but  occasionally  pass 
oflf  altogether,  leaving  the  patient  well,  though  this  is  rare; 
and  unless  proper  remedies  are  used,  the  symptoms  above 
mentioned  continue  to  increase  until  the  second  stage  is 
ushered  in. 

Second  Stage — Stage  of  Collapse. — The  stools  ^-t  first 
feculant  and  bilious,  now  become  characteristic;  they  appear 
like  thin  gruel  or  rice-water;  sometimes  they  are  limpid, 
intermixed  with  small  flakes  of  curdy-looking  matter;  at 
others  they  look  like  water  in  which  fresh  beef  has  been 
macerated;  sometimes  the  stools  are  even  darker,  looking 
like  the  dregs  of  wine.  There  is  no  natural  smell  from  the 
stools,  but  a  faint,  peculiar  odor,  which  also  arises  from  the 
body.  The  desire  to  go  to  stool  is  irresistible  and  in- 
stantaneous, and  sometimes  with  great  tenesmus,  accom- 
panied by  griping.  Generally  the  stools  are  very  copious — 
sometimes,  however,  they  are  scanty,  often  accompanied 
with  discharge  of  noisy  flatus  from  the  bowels.  There  is 
burning  heat  in  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  and  vomiting  of  large 
quantities  of  similar  matter  as  the  stools.  The  thirst  is  in- 
tense, with  urgent  desire  for  cold  water.  The  mind  gener- 
ally remains  clear,  or  comparatively  so,  but  the  vertigo  and 
ringing  in  the  ears  increases.  Cramps  are  almost  universal 
attendants — sometimes  confined  to  the  fingers  and  toes;  at 
others,  affecting  the  legs  and  arms,  and  often  the  body, 
particularly  the  abdomen.      The  urine  is  generally   sup- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    369 


pressed  ;  the  voice  is  whispering.  The  respiration,  though 
weak,  is  often  natural,  even  when  the  pulse  is  scarcely  per- 
ceptible at  the  wrist  ;  occasionally,  however,  the  breathing  is 
harried,  oppressed,  laborious.  The  pulse  becomes  weak 
and  rapid  early  in  the  disease,  even  when  the  action  of  the 
heart  is  strong  and  tumultuous  ;  but,  frequently,  both  the 
pulse  and  heart  are  feeble.  As  the  disease  progresses,  both 
become  fainter  and  weaker  ;  the  pulse  is  only  now  and  then 
felt  like  a  ^'  flutter,"  and  often  ceases  at  the  wrist  some  hours 
before  death.  The  tongue  is  cold  and  shrunk.  The  rest- 
less tossing,  uneasiness,  and  impatience  of  the  patient  is 
pitiful  ;  especially,  when  they  are  restrained,  or  when  heat  is 
applied,  of  which  they  seem  to  have  a  horror.  The  tem- 
perature of  the  body,  especially  of  the  extremities,  dimin- 
ishes early  in  the  disease,  and  constantly  sinks,  until  after 
death,  when  it  gives  place,  for  a  time,  to  a  genial  warmth. 
As  the  disease  progresses,  the  hands,  feet,  nails,  face,  and 
even  the  entire  surface  of  the  body,  becomes  ashen,  leaden- 
gray,  or  blue,  and  this  color  remains  or  deepens  until 
reaction  occurs.  Blood  drawn  from  a  vein  or  artery  during 
this  stage  is  of  dark  color,  flows  with  difficulty,  and  does 
not  coagulate.  The  surface  of  the  body  is  covered  with  a 
cold  moisture,  the  features  and  eye-balls  shrink,  and  death 
closes  the  scene — sometimes  very  unexpectedly,  and  at 
others,  the  body  seems  to  be  long  dead,  while  the  functions 
of  the  brain  are  still  going  on,  and  comparatively  entire. 
In  some  cases  the  prostration  of  strength  is  great,  but  in 
others  not  so  apparent. 

Symptoms  of  improvement  and  recovery  from  the  second 
stage  are  usually  :  Diminution  of  the  number  and  quantity 
of  the  evacuations,  both  by  vomiting  and  stools  ;  cessation 
of  the  restlessness  and  tossing  about  ;  diminution  of  the 
cramps  and  thirst  ;  increase  of  the  strength  and  fullness  of 
the  pulse,  and  increase  of  the  temperature  of  the  body  ; 
more  natural  and  animated  expression  of  the  countenance, 


370    "  flOMEOPATHTC    JOETrrOR. 

and  disposition  to  sleep;  later,  change  of  the  stools  from       i 
the  "watery  to  bilious  and  feculent  matter:  reappearance  of       \ 
the   secretion  of  the    urine.     When   these   symptoms   are 
manifested,  they  indicate  the  safety  and  early  convalescence 
of  the  patient. 

Consecutive  stage. — In  some  rare  cases,  and  in  some  epi 
demies  more  than  others,  patients  instead  of  rallying  at 
once  from  the  second  stage,  slide  over  into  what  has  been 
termed  a  third  stage,  or  a  typhus  cholera^  coming  on  after 
this  fashion:  The  reaction  has  been  established  and  patients 
seem  to  be  doing  well,  not  having  tenesmus  or  vomiting, 
nor  cramps,  or  any  unusual  degree  of  thirst,  and  the  rest- 
lessness has  passed  off,  and  the  patient  seems  to  be  tranquil. 
But  gradually,  symptoms  of  coma,  deep  sleep,  or  delirium 
come  on,  and  there  may  be  convulsions,  partial  paralysis, 
rigidity  of  the  flexor  muscles  of  the  extremities,  distressing 
nausea,  bilious  vomiting  and  thirst,  difficult  breathing  or 
hurried  respiration,  cough,  expectoration,  palj^ilation  or 
irregular  action  of  the  heart,  more  or  less  neat  of  the  sur- 
face, bilious  diarrhoea,  dark  port- wine  stools,  tenesmus  and 
pain  or  tenderness  increased  on  pressure  in  some  j^art  of 
the  abdomen.  These  sjanptoms  may  be  variously  combined 
and  modified  in  particular  cases,  and  may  continue  from 
four  or  five  to  fifteen  days,  ending  ii^  death,  or  the  gradual 

recovery  of  the  patient. 

Hygienic  Peecautions  to  be  observed  during  the  presence  of  the 
CHOLERA. — All  experience  has  demonstrated  that  the  disease  riots 
among  the  filthy,  ill-fed,  ill-clad,  and  ill-housed  multitude;  that  Hi 
especial  play-ground  is  along  narrow  streets,  confined  areas,  ill- ven- 
tilated dwellings,  lov/,  damp,  or  confined  apartments,  and  that  the 
miasm  is  much  more  intense  and  concentrated  in  such  localities  than 
elsewhere,  and  its  attacks  far  more  intense  and  fatal.  Hence,  clean- 
liness, both  of  persons  and  habitations,  is  of  the  first  importance. 
The  yard,  gutter  and  cess-pool,  should  be  cleansed  often,  and  kej^t 
clean,  and  frequently  sprinkled  with  chloride  of  lime,  or  plenty  of 
lime,  and  the  adjoining  walls  should  be  repeatedly  whitewashed.  No 
stagnant  water  should  be  permitted  in  the  cellar  or  yard,  and  if  the 
basement  is  damp,  fires  should  be  kindled  daily  to  expel  foul  air,  and 
afford  better  ventilation.  All  garbage  should  be  removed  daily,  and 
nothing    suffered    to   remain   on    the   premises   to   be   decopiposed. 


UiSEASE  AND  TEEATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACKc    37 1 

Houses  shonld  be  daily  ventilated.     Ayoid   damp,   low  habitations 
and  in  selecting  a  residence,  the  higher  and  more  airy  the  sitnatioL 
the  better.      Narrow  lanes  and  allej's,    cellars   and  basements,    and 
crowded  apartments  should  be  especiall}^  avoided. 

The  USUAL  HABITS  of  eating,  drinking,  living,  and  business,  should 
be  followed,  except  when  absolutely  interdicted.  Kash  changes 
should  be  avoided.  Temperance  in  eating  and  drinking,  exercise  and 
labor,  both  physical  and  mental,  is  specially  enjoined.  Keep  good 
hours.  Take  proper  food  in  reasonable  quantities,  at  proper  times. 
Plainly  cooked  meats,  lamb,  beef,  mutton,  or  fowl,  with  boiled  rice 
or  hominy,  stale  bread  or  crackers,  and  well-cooked  potatoes,  should 
form  the  ordinary  staple  of  diet.  If  wine  or  spirits  are  habitually 
used,  they  may  be  continued  in  moderation,  but  to  persons  not 
accustomed  to  them,  they  are  especially  objectionable  and  to  be 
avoided.  Drunkenness  or  debauchery  powerfully  invite  the  disease. 
Abstain  from  all  unripe  fruits,  or  stale,  wilted,  or  overkept  vegetables. 
Fruit  of  any  kind  should  be  avoided,  if  it  induces  loose  bowels. 
Cucumbers,  salads,  lettuce,  cabbage,  or  krouts,  soda-water,  root-beer, 
melons,  turnips,  or  unripe  potatoes,  are  articles  especially  to  be 
avoided.  Beer,  cider,  mineral-waters,  are  objectionable.  Purgative 
or  cathartic  medicines,  by  relaxing  the  integi'ity  of  the  intestinal 
canal,  may  give  rise  to  a  sudden  and  fearful  attack  of  the  disease. 
Avoid  exposure  and  sudden  changes  of  temperature,  and  at  nil  times 
keep  the  body  sufficiently  warm  and  protected,  especially  the  abdomen. 
To  this  end  wear  flannel  next  the  skin,  at  least  around  the  abdomen. 
Keep  the  feet  and  legs  well  protected  and  warm. 

Above  all  things,  maintain  an  even,  cheerful  tone  of  mind.  Hurry, 
fright,  fear,  anxiety,  and  all  depressing  emotions,  tend  to  lower  the 
vital  power,  and  so  invite  the  disease,  while  a  firm  determination  to 
do  our  duty,  and  a  cheerful  reliance  upon  our  Heavenly  Father,  are 
among  the  best  safeguards. 

Predisposing  Causes. — Persons  of  middle  age  are  more 
subject  to  attack  than  infancy  and  old  age.  The  female  sex 
are  considered  more  liable  to  it  than  males.  Chronic 
diarrhoea  predisposes  the  system  for  it,  as  do  all  prostrating 
or  debilitating  habits  or  excesses,  scrofulous  diafhesis,  and 
intermitting  fevers.  Among  children,  the  male  sex  are 
more  subject  than  the  female  sex,  and  those  afiected  with 
sore  mouth,  jaundice,  worms,  and  teething. 

Infancy  and  old  age  are  most  exempt,  and  those  suffering 
from  ulcers  of  the  legs,  consumption,  and  influenza,  least 
liable  to  an  attack. 

Preventr^e  Treativient. — The  homely  adage,  "  an  ounce  of 
prevention  is  better  than  a  pound  of  cure,"  was  never  more 
clearly  manifest  than  in  this  disease.     Dirt,  filth,  irregular 


372  HOMEOPATPIIC  MENTOR. 

habits,  and  vice,  induce  the  disease,  while  cleanliness,  re^ 
gularity,  and  order,  keep  it  at  bay.  Aside  from  the  hygienic 
observances  enjoined  above  in  regard  to  living,  labor,  and 
habits  of  thought,  we  earnestly  recommend,  also,  the  use 
of  a  simple  medicinal  prophylactic  or  preventive.  Ex- 
perience has  amply  demonstrated  the  utility  of  medicinal 
jDrophylactics.  It  has  abundantly  shoAvn  that  small-pox, 
scarlet-fever,  measles,  hooping-cough,  and  fevers,  as  well  as 
cholera,  can  be  prevented  by  fortifying  the  system  by 
appropriate  medicinal  influences.  Not,  indeed,  by  drug- 
ging, overwhelming  and  thus  depressing  the  system,  but  by 
the  judicious  use  of  the  (similar)  Homeopathic  Specific, 
which,  by  pervading  and  preoccupying  the  system,  fortifies 
it  against,  and  thus  prevents  an  attack  of  the  disease. 
Hence,  we  advise  the  use  of  the  Specific  No.  Six^  in  doses 
of  six  pellets,  morning  and  at  night,  as  a  true  prophylactic 
for  the  cholera.  Safer  still  will  it  be  to  send  for  a  case  of 
the  Cholera  Specifics  in  fluid  form,  and  to  follow  the  di- 
rections therewith  given. 

Directions. — Live  temperately;  avoid  the  predisposing 
causes  of  the  disease  as  before  mentioned;  avoid  coffee  and 
camphor,  which  might  antidote  the  effects  of  the  medicine; 
and  take  each  morning,  on  rising,  or  before  breakfast,  and 
each  night  on  retiring,  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  ^ix. 
Children  need  but  one-half  as  much  as  adults.  In  families, 
the  best  manner  is  to  place  the  proper  number  of  pellets 
for  each  person  in  a  glass,  and  add  a  large  spoonful  of 
water  for  adults,  and  a  teaspoonful  for  children,  and  so  give 
them,  morning  and  night,  while  the  disease  prevails.  Trav- 
elers may  simply  take  the  Specific  dry  on  the  tongue,  il 
other  conveniences  are  wanting.  The  result  will  be,  that 
either  no  attack  will  occur,  or  it  will  be  in  a  modified  and 
very  mild  form. 

Treatment   of   the   Cholera   Diarrhcea,    or  Premonitorv 
Stage  of  the  Disease. — The  earlier  symptoms  of  the  disease 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    373 

are:  A  sense  of  uneasiness,  or  sinking  at  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  rumbling,  or  borborigmi  in  the  bowels,  and  loose 
stools  or  diarrhoea.  Sometimes,  to  these  symptoms  are 
added,  acidity  of  the  stomach,  griping  pains  in  the  abdomen, 
Vertigo  or  headache,  and  ringing  or  noise  in  the  head. 

As  soon  as  the  above  symptoms,  or  even  the  diarrhoea 
alone  has  declared  itself,  the  patient  should  retire  at  once 
to  his  home,  or  room,  and  lie  down,  taking  six  pellets  of 
the  Specific  No.  Four.  If  the  symptoms  are  but  slight, 
that  is,  onlj  some  diarrhoea,  and  slight  uneasiness  of  the 
bowels,  repeat  the  dose  every  hour,  or  every  two  hours. 
But  if  the  stools  are  urgent  or  frequent,  with  uneasiness 
and  nausea,  vertigo  and  sinking  at  the  stomach,  repeat  the 
dose  every  half  hour  until  relieved. 

If  the  diarrhoea  should  not  yield  in,  say  four  or  six  hours, 
under  the  influence  of  the  Specific  No.  Four,  administered 
as  above  directed,  and  the  disease  threatens  to  pass  over 
into  the  second  stage,  indicated  by  more  frequent  or  urgent 
stools,  coldness,  nausea,  or  some  faintness  at  the  pit  of  the 
stomach,  then  omit  for  a  time  the  diarrhoea  Specific,  and 
give  the  Specific  No.  Six^  repeated  every  half  hour,  in  its 
place.  In  rare  cases  the  Camphor  has  been  efficient  in 
checking  the  diarrhoea,  in  doses  of  two  drops  of  the  tincture 
on  a  bit  of  sugar,  every  half  hour. 

Rarely  will  more  than  two  or  three  doses  of  the  Specific 
be  required  to  check  and  control  the  disease  at  this  stage, 
provided,  also,  that  the  following  conditions  are  observed: 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the  patient  should  lie 
down  in  bed,  get  warm,  keep  well  covered,  with  a  bottle  of 
hot-water,  or  hot  bricks,  to  the  feet,  if  necessary,  and  so 
remain  warm  and  in  bed,  until  the  diarrhoea,  rumbling  and 
uneasiness  has  passed  off.  Being  about,  or  frequently 
getting  up,  and  running  out,  is  very  prejudicial,  and  most 
surely  tends  to  prolong  and  keep  up  the  disease. 

Avoid  trepidation,   or  hurry,    unnecessary   anxiety,    or 


374  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

alarm  in  prescribing  for  yourself  or  others.  Do  not  mul- 
tiply doses,  or  measures  of  relief,  from  which  nothing  is 
permitted  to  avail;  but  give  every  dose  carefully,  and  then 
give  it  time  to  act,  and  afford  relief,  and  only  when  one 
has  failed,  give  another.  The  one  course  perse veringly 
followed  will  be  successful,  while  if  you  attempt  others,  all 
will  fail.  Nothing  but  Homeopathic  medicines  must  be 
given  under  Homeopathic  treatment.  All  other  medicines, 
or  means,  interfere  and  must  not  be  allowed. 

This  stage  may  end  in  health :  By  the  stools  becoming  less 
frequent  and  finally  natural,  the  rumbling,  uneasiness  of 
the  bowels  disappearing,  and  the  sinking  or  anxiety  at  the 
prsecordia  going  off,  or: — it  may  terminate  in  the  next 
stage  by  the  stools  becoming  more  frequent  and  fluid,  the 
uneasiness  and  sinking  increasing,  until  vomiting  comes  on 
with  the  characteristics  of  the  second  stage. 

Treatment  of  the  Cholera  proper,  or  Second  Stage  of  the 
Disease. — This  stage  is  known  by  profuse,  thin,  flocculent, 
or  rice-water-like  evacuations  coming  on  suddenly  and  fre- 
quently. Sudden  vomiting  of  the  same  or  similar  material, 
attended  with  cramps  in  the  extremities,  or  even  body,  and 
great  coldness  or  blueness  of  the  surface,  anxiety  and  pros- 
tration, and  other  symptoms,  as  before  described. 

Where  this  condition,  profuse  vomiting  and  diarrhcea,  is 
present,  the  Specific  No.  Six  is  only  required,  of  which 
give  six  pellets,  either  at  once  upon  the  tongue;  or  better, 
in  a  spoonful  of  cold  or  ice-water,  and  repeat  the  dose, 
EVERY  FIFTEEN  MINUTES,  accordiug  to  tlic  rcsult;  and  so  con- 
tinue until  the  cramps,  the  vomiting  and  diarrhoea  have 
abated,  when  the  intervals  between  the  doses  may  be  pro- 
longed to  half  an  hour,  and  then,  gradually,  as  the  patient 
improves,  to  intervals  of  an  hour  or  more. 

The  PATIENT  SHOULD  AT  ONCE  go  to  bed,  and,  if  possible, 
not  get  up  to  attend  to  the  evacuations,  but  use  a  bed-pan, 
or   other   convenience,  for  that  purpose.      Bottles  of  hot 


DISEASE  AND  TliEATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    375 

water,  or  hot  bricks,  should  be  placed  to  the  feet,  if  the 
patient  can  bear  them.  Give  nothing  but  the  medicine  and 
small  sips  of  ice-water;  or  better,  give  from  time  to  time 
small  pieces  of  ice,  to  remain  in  the  mouth  to  allay  the 
thirst.  These  are  better  than  water  or  other  fluid,  more 
*  gratefu],  and  less  likely  to  provoke  vomiting,  stools  or 
griping.  Let  the  patient  remain  quiet  as  possible  after  the 
storm  is  over,  and  if  he  falls  asleep,  do  not  waken  him, 
even  to  administer  medicine. 

To  ALLAY  THE  CRAMPS,  it  is  better  to  grasp  and  hold  the 
knotted  limb  or  part  in  the  warm,  firm  hand,  than  merely 
to  rub  the  surface,  as  you  may,  by  severe  rubbing,  easily 
excoriate  the  surface,  w^ithout  relieving  the  cramp,  while 
the  warm  pressure  of  the  hand  is  very  grateful  and  effective. 

If  the  attack  occurs  in  the  following  form  from  the  first, 
or,  if  in  the  course  of  the  disease  this  condition  is  developed, 
viz. :  but  little,  or  only  slight  vomiting,  or  purging^  or  scanty 
evacuations,  but  great  dullness  or  confusion  of  the  head, 
severe,  frequent,  long-continued  cramps,  predominant  cold- 
ness and  blueness  of  the  surface,  loss  of  voice,  and  weak, 
thread-like,  or  ivanting  pulse,  give  at  once  five  drops  of  spirits 
OF  camphor,  in  half  a  teaspoon ful  of  cold  water,  and  re- 
peat the  dose  every  ten  minutes,  or  even  every  five  minutes, 
in  extreme  cases,  until  the  returning  pulse,  or  warmth  of 
the  surface,  and  returning  evacuations  show  the  reaction  of 
the  system  to  have  come  on.  Then  gradually  omit  the 
CAMPHOR,  and  return  to  the  use  of  the  Specific  No.  ^ix, 
which  continue  every  fifteen  or  thirty  minutes,  and  at 
longer  intervals,  until  entire  relief  is  obtained.  The  cam- 
phor is  the  best  remedy  to  arrest  the  sinking,  coldness,  blue- 
ness, failing  pulse,  and  tendency  to  absolute  collapse;  and 
when  the  evacuations  have  ceased,  or  nearly  so,  a  few  doses, 
given  at  intervals  of  five  or  ten  minutes,  will  promptly  bring 
up  the  pulse  and  warmth  to  the  surface,  and  with  this 
reaction  the  vomiting  and   evacvations  may  again  return. 


376  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

Then  the  Specific  No.  Six  comes  again  in  use  and  may  be 
continued  as  above  mentioned,  a  dose  of  six  pellets  every 
ten  or  twenty  minutes,  until  the  evacuations  have  ceased 
and  relief  is  fully  pronounced. 

After  the  storm  has  passed  over,  and  the  vomitings 
diarrhoea,  and  cramps  have  vanished,  and  returning  pulse^ 
warmth,  sleep,  and  rest,  and  secretions  have  become  re- 
es^tablished,  a  little  nourishment  may  be  given.  This  should 
consist  of  very  light  meat  broth,  and  in  very  small  quantities 
at  first,  as  experience  has  shown  that  the  stomach  long  re- 
niaius  weak  after  an  attack,  and  heavy  or  indigestible  food, 
or  any  food  in  too  large  quantity,  may  easily  provoke  a 
relapse,  always  more  dangerous  than  the  original  attack. 
Hence,  give  at  first  a  little  weak  black  tea,  or  chicken  or 
lamb  broth  ;  afterwards  boiled  rice,  toasted  bread,  and  only 
very  gradually  return  to  a  more  substantial  diet. 

The  patient  will  remain  weak  and  enfeebled  for  some 
time,  and  not  unfrequently,  the  digestive  organs  are  long  in 
regaining  their  former  strength  and  vigor.  For  this  de- 
bility, beer  and  good  malt  liquor  have  proved  beneficial. 
Too  free  perspiration  diminishes  the  strength  ;  and  slight 
mental  excitement,  too  much  warmth,  too  much  drink  or 
food,  cause  anguish,  palpitation,  small,  soft  pulse,  vomiting 
or  diarrhoea,  uneasy  sleep,  and  extreme  debility. 

The  second  stage  may  terminate  in  convalescence,  in- 
dicated by  :  Diminished  violence  and  frequency  of  the 
evacuations,  first  the  vomiting,  later  the  diarrhoea  ;  diminu- 
tion of  the  cramps  ;  increasing  strength  and  f  allness  of  the 
pulse  ;  returning  warmth  of  the  surface  ;  more  natural  ex- 
pression of  the  countenance  ;  less  tossing  about,  restlessness 
and  jactitation  ;  diminished  thirst  ;  bilious  stools  ;  natural 
warmth  of  the  surface,  return  of  the  natural  secretions, 
urine,  saliva  and  perspiration  ;  quiet,  tranquil  sleep  ;  or, 
this  condition  may  slide  into  the  third  stage  indicated  by 
the  following  symptoms  : — 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACE.    377 

Diminished  vomiting;  great  indifference;  extreme  pros- 
tration; the  patient,  lying  on  the  back,  sinks  down  towards 
the  foot  of  the  bed;  some  return  of  warmth  or  moisture  to 
the  skin;  increasing  lividity  or  blueness  of  the  surface,  and 
ihe  blue,  sunken,  pointed  Cholera  face;  the  pulse  cannot  be 
felt,  and  later,  not  even  at  the  carotids  or  heart;  eyes  dull 
and  glassy;  only  occasional  and  not  characteristic  vomiting 
and  diarrhoea;  later,  the  stools  are  involuntary,  as  if  coming 
from  a  spout;  respiration  labored,  rattling  and  almost 
ceasing  This  stage  may  last  from  one  or  two  hours,  to  as 
many  days,  and  usually  terminates  in  death,  preceded  by 
cold,  clammy  sweats,  complete  cessation  of  circulation  and 
respiration,  and  final  paralysis  of  the  lungs. 

Treatment. — In  this  stage  of  entire  collapse,  which  may 
last  a  day  or  two,  the  patient  is  not  absolutely  hopeless, 
and  should  be  carefully  and  judiciously  treated.  The  case 
will  doubtless  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  competent 
Homeopathic  physician,  who,  by  the  alternate  use  of  Carb. 
veg.  and  Arsenicum,  administered  every  hour,  may  save 
the  patient. 

As  the  pulse  comes  up,  the  medicine  may  be  given  at 
longer  intervals.  It  is  useless,  and  often  cruel,  to  make 
hot  applications  to  the  patient,  who,  however  cold,  com- 
plains of  heat,  and  refuses  all  covering.  Hence,  make  them 
comfortable,  covering  only  as  decency  and  the  weather  re- 
quires, give  the  medicines  and  patiently  await  the  result. 

^^1  have  prepared  a  case  of  three  large  vials  of  Spe- 
cifics for  the  special  treatment  of  Cholera,  and  in  case  of 
the  prevalence  of  this  disease,  I  recommend  its  use,  as  the 
Specifics  are  in  fluid  form,  and  in  larger  quantities  and 
more  reliable  during  an  epidemic.  If  the  case  of  Cholera 
Specifics  is  used,  it  is  only  necessary  to  substitute  drops 
for  pellets,  or  adopt  the  directions  which  come  with  the 
<3ase. 


378  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

DIAERHCEA. — {Looseness  of  the  bowels). 

This  is  a  condition  of  the  bowels  in  which  they  are  movea 
more  frequently  than  in  health,  and  the  stools  are  more  or 
less  fluid  in  form.  The  stools  may  be  very  numerous,  or 
only  two  or  three  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  and  may  be 
of  almost  every  variety  of  character  and  consistence. 

Simple  frequency  of  evacuation  may  exist  while  there  may 
be  no  increase  in  the  qaan'  *ty  of  fsecal  matter  discharged, 
or  it  may  even  be  deficient.  True  Diarrhoea  depends  upon 
defective  absorption  of  the  intestines,  so  that  an  excess  of 
matter  passes  through  them,  and  less  is  taken  up  for  the 
nourishment  of  the  body. 

Sometimes,  loose  bowels  or  a  transient  diarrhoea  is  merely 
thcwsalutary  effort  of  the  system  to  rid  itself  of  some  in- 
jurious or  indigestible  substance;  and  hence,  when  ther-e  is 
reason  to  suspect  such  a  condition,  it  is  proper  to  wait  a 
reasonable  period  before  attempting  to  arrest  it,  and  only 
when  the  condition  is  clearly  morbitl,  seek  to  control  it  by 
the  proper  means. 

"When  the  evacuations  seem  to  afford  the  patient  relief,  it 
is  safe  to  wait  a  day  or  so  to  see  if  it  is  not  merely  a  salutary 
effort  of  nature,  and  which  will  speedily  correct  itself. 

The  chief  forms  are:  irritative  diarrhoea  (from  excessive, 
stimulating,  irritating,  or  impure  food  or  drink) ;  congestive 
or  inflammatory  diarrhoea  (from  cold,  cold  drinks  or  ices 
when  the  body  is  overheated,  checked  perspiration,  or 
suppressed  accustomed  discharges);  diarrhoea  lienterica  (or 
discharges  of  unaltered  food  from  arrest  of  the  digestive 
and  assimilative  functions) ;  and  summer-diarrhcea. 

Symptoms. — Nausea,  flatulence,  griping  pain  in  the  bowels; 
followed  by  loose  motions,  which  may  vary  as  regards  con- 
sistence—  being  fluid  or  watery;  in  their  nature — slimy, 
bilious,  or  bloody;  and  in  their  odor  and  color.  Furred 
tongue,  foul  breath,  and  acrid  eructations,  are  generally 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    379 


superadded.  The  circulation,  breathing,  and  other  functions 
are  usually  unaffected.  In  summer-diarrhoea,  the  discharges 
are  chiefly  bilious,  and  there  are  often  violent  pains  in  the 
abdomen,  cramps  in  the  legs,  and  great  prostration. 

Causes. — 1.  Over-repletion  of  the  stomach  may  occasion 
irritation  and  diarrhoea  by  the  mere  quantity  of  the  ahment 
introduced,  but  these  results  more  commonly  follow  the 
m,ixtare  of  various  kinds  of  food  and  drink  in  one  meal. 
2.  Indigestible  kinds  of  food. — Such  are,  especially, — sour, 
unripe,  or  decaying  fruits  or  vegetables;  badly-cooked  food; 
fatty  and  rich  food;  various  kinds  of  shell-fish;  putrid  or 
diseased  animal  food.  Numerous  proofs  have  been  often 
furnished  in  the  public  journals  that  the  flesh  of  diseased 
animals  is  extensively  sold  for  human  food.  3.  Impure 
water, — contaminated  with  sewage  or  sewage  gases,  or  with 
decpmposing  animal  matter,  is  almost  certain  to  occasion 
diarrhoea,  especially  in  recent  visitors  to  a  neighbourhood 
sup2:)lied  with  such  water.  4.  Atmospheric  influences. — The 
heat  of  summer,  the  hot  days  but  chilly  nights  and  morn- 
ings oi  autumn,  are  frequent  exciting  causes  of  diarrhoea; 
so  is  the  application  of  cold  to  the  perspiring  body,  or  the 
sudden  checking  of  perspiration.  Hot  weather  is  a  frequent 
exciting  cause  of  diarrhoea,  called  on  this  account,  Summei 
or  '* English  Cholera."  Probably,  to  the  influence  of  the 
change  of  temperature — from  the  excessive  heat  of  the  day 
to  the  cool  of  the  evening  in  the  autumnal  months — may  be 
added  that  of  bad  drainage,  and  the  imj^urities  which  then 
exist  in  our  rivers  and  springs.  5.  Mental  emotions. — The 
dejH'essing  influences  of  fear  or  anxiety,  or  the  violent  ex- 
citement of  anger,  are  frequent  exciting  causes.  "A  sudden 
fright,"  writes  Sir  Thomas  Watson,  "excites  in  many  per- 
sons the  action  of  the  bowels  as  ceiiainly  as,  and  much  more 
quickly  than,  a  black-draught."  6.  Functional  or  organic 
disease. — Diarrhoea  is  often  a  symptom  of  other  diseases 
arising  from  local  or   constitutional  causes,  as   in  enteric 


380  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

fever;  and  in  hectic  fever,  and  phthisis,  when  it  it^  called 
colliquative  diarrhoea,  because  it  appears  to  melt  down  the 
substance  of  the  body;  cachectic  diarrhoea,  as  from  chronic 
malarious  diseases;  bilious  diarrhoea,  from  excessive  flow 
of  bile,  as  in  hot  weather  or  after  passing  a  gall-stone. 
Looseness  of  the  bowels  is  a  very  common  precursor  of 
cholera,  when  that  disease  is  epidemic. 

The  irritation  gf  teething  in  children  is  one  of  the  most 
frequent  causes  of  diarrhoea,  and  it  is  generally  observed 
that  teething  children  wno  have  diarrhoea,  are  less  liable  to 
serious  illness  than  those  who  have  constipated  bowels. 

Diarrhoea,  also,  usually  comes  on  at  the  close  of  several 
diseases,  as  some  forms  of  fever,  measles  and  consumption. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Four  is  appropriate  for 
almost  all  forms  of  diarrhoea  and  loose  bowels,  and  will 
speedily  control  it.  It  may  be  given  dry  on  the  tongue,  six 
pellets  at  a  dose,  and  repeat  at  intervals  of  from  an  hour  to 
two  or  three  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case. 
Should  the  stools  be  loose,  thin,  watery,  or  urgent,  and 
especially  if  there  should  be  some  nausea  or  vomiting,  the 
Specific  No.  Six  should  be  given  in  alternation  with  No. 
Foiir^  as  before  directed.  Should  there  be  pain,  griping, 
or  straining,  showing  a  tendency  to  dysentery,  the  Specific 
No.  Five  is  appropriate,  and  may  be  given  alone,  or  in 
alternation  with  the  No.  Four. 

Diet  and  general  management. — Rest  and  quiet  are  very 
beneficial  in  all  severe  cases  of  diarrhoea.  The  patient 
should  avoid  acids,  coffee,  and  all  highly  seasoned  or  salted 
articles  of  food;  also,  all  fi^uit,  eggs,  oysters,  and  chicken  or 
veal.  The  diet  should  be:  Stale  bread,  rice,  hominy,  oat- 
meal, barley,  or  drinks  m-ade  from  these;  milk,  thickened 
with  flour;  or  mutton-soup,  thickened  with  rice  or  oat-meal. 
As  the  appetite  returns,  the  diet  may  be  more  liberal,  but 
still  care  and  discretion  should  be  exercised  in  the  selection 
of  food  until  the  disease  is  arrested. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    381 

Accessory  Means. — The  extremities  should  be  kept  warm, 
and  exposure  to  cold  or  wet  avoided.  Rest,  in  the  recum- 
bent posture,  is  desirable  in  acute  cases.  Severe  griping 
pains  may  be  relieved  by  heated  flannel  applied  to  the  ab- 
domen, dry,  or  wrung  out  of  hot  water.  A  roll  of  flannel, 
fitting  moderately  tight  around  the  abdomen,  is  very  com- 
foi-ting,  and  hastens  the  cure.  Persons  liable  to  diarrhaea 
should  always  wear  flannel  abdominal-belts.  Night  air  and 
late  hours  predispose  to  attacks.  Except  in  severe  cases, 
moderate  out-of-door  exercise  should  be  taken  daily.  On 
recovery  relapse  should  be  guarded  against,  by  careful 
avoidence  of  imjoroper  food,  clothing,  exposure,  mental  ex- 
citement, or  over-exertion. 

Chronic  Diarrhcea. — Is  quite  common  in  the  hot  cliinaies 
or  where  persons  have  been  long  subjected  to  unfavorable 
influences  of  chmate,  exposure  or  bad  food.  It  is  often, 
also,  the  result  of  badly-cured  fevers  and  diseases  of  the 
liver,  and  a  not  rare  result  of  an  imperfectly  cured  dysen- 
tery. It  may  also  be  the  result  of  scrofulous  disease  of  the 
bowels,  tubercular  deposits,  or  degeneration  of  the  follicu- 
lar and  mucous  surface,  or  of  ulceration.  The  stools  vary 
according  to  the  seat,  location,  and  character  or  nature  of 
the  local  degeneration  from  which  they  arise.  They  are 
however,  frequent,  more  or  less  liquid,  sometimes  muco- 
purulent, or  may  at  times  be  even  blood-stained  or  mucus. 
They  are  usually  accompanied  by  general  prostration,  im- 
paired digestion,  emaciation,  or  other  evidences  of  organic 
disease. 

Treatment. — The  alternate  use  of  Specifics  No.  Foiir  and 
No.  Five  have  proved  curative  in  numerous  cases.  Six 
pellets  may  be  given  at  a  time,  dry  on  the  tongue,  and  re- 
peated every  four  hours,  in  alternation.  For  diet,  consult 
what  is  said  under  diarrhoea. 


382  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

t 

CHOLEKA  INFANTUM. 

Few  diseases  are  more  destinictive  among  young  children 
than  Cholera  Infantum.  It  prevails  principally  in  our  cities 
and  larger  towns  during  the  hot  or  summer  season,  and  is 
mostly  confined  to  children  under  two  years  of  age.  It  is 
much  more  liable  to  attack  those  who  are  reared  on  the 
bottle  than  those  that  nurse,  and  far  more  fatal  or  destruc- 
tive among  those  who  are  ill  fed,  or  are  living  in  close,  iU 
ventilated  or  low  rooms,  and  in  the  close  streets,  than 
among  those  who  have  better  or  larger  apartments,  or  purer 
air.  Oftentimes  removal  to  free  country  air  and  the  use  of 
pure,  wholesome  milk,  is  sufficient  to  effect  a  cure.  To 
those  who  cannot  remove  to  the  country  or  to  the  sea  side, 
the  riding  on  our  rivers  or  bays,  in  a  cool,  weU  shaded  boat, 
is  a  precious  resource. 

Symptoms. — The  disease  generally  commences  in  the  form 
of  diarrhoea,  with  frequent,  thin  or  watery  stools,  which  are 
whitish,  yellowish  or  ash-grey,  sometimes  green  or  greenish, 
having  a  very  penetrating,  peculiar  odor,  or  sometimes  a 
sourish  or  sweetish,  fresh  smell.      After  a  few  days,  and 
sometimes  from  the  first,  nausea  and  vomiting  is  associated 
with  the  diarrhoea.     The  stomach  becomes  very  irritable, 
vomiting  everything  that  is  taken,  within  a  short  time,  so 
that  nothing  seems  to  be  retained.    The  stools  become  more 
frequent  or  profuse,  and  the  emaciation  progresses  from 
day  to  day.     There  is  usually  decided  thirst,  either  from 
the  beginning  or  after  a  few  days,  and  the  child  eagerly 
watches  and  greedily  drinks  of  the  proffered  fluid,  often 
only  to  have  it  vomited  up  again,  unless  given  in  very  small 
quantities.      Unless   relieved,   the   stools   increase   in   fre- 
quency,  or  become   only  occasional,   but  are  excessive  in 
quantity  and  offensive;  the  uneasiness,  thirst  and  vomiting 
increase;  the  emaciation  progresses;  wrinkles  form  about 
the  nates;  the  neck  becomes  thin;  the  skin  hangs  in  folds 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    383 

about  the  arms  and  legs;  the  face  is  sallow,  pale  and 
shrunken,  and  the  features  have  an  old  look;  the  eyes  be- 
come dull,  and  the  patient  sinks  into  a  stupid  slumber,  or 
glides  into  an  ^^  encephaloid''  condition  which,  after  a  day  or 
two,  closes  the  scene. 

Sometimes  the  attack  is  much  more  sudden,  the  child 
from  the  beginning  having  vomiting  and  repeated  thin, 
watery  stools,  with  rapid  sinking  and  collapse  of  the  system. 
In  the  first  case  the  disease  may  run  from  three  to  twelve 
weeks,  until  the  child  is  reduced  to  a  skeleton;  or  in  the 
latter,  or  more  acute  attack,  the  patient  may  sink  in  three 
or  four  days. 

Treatment. — In  the  treatment  of  this  disease  the  diet  and 
air  of  the  patient  are  of  first  importance.  Children  who 
nurse  have  a  much  better  chance  than  those  brought  up  by 
hand,  and  goat's  milk  is  often  better  than  that  of  cows, 
especially  for  very  feeble  children.  Good,  healthy,  country 
air,  by  preference  in  an  elevated  region,  or  at  the  sea  side, 
and  fresh-drawn  cow's  milk  are  usually  the  best  sources  of 
restoration,  and  place  the  system  in  the  best  position  to  be 
aided  bv  medicine. 

At  the  first  indication  of  Diarrhcea,  or  relaxed  bowels, 
give  Specific  No.  Foiir — two  pellets,  which  may  be  given 
dry  in  the  mouth,  and  repeated  every  two  hours — and  this 
medicine  may  be  continued  through  the  entire  course  of 
the  disease,  prolonging  the  intervals  between  the  doses  as 
the  patient  improves,  or  even  giving  it  every  hour  if  the 
stools  are  as  often,  or  are  very  frequent.  When  we  have 
diarrhoea  remember  to  avoid  all  acids,  fruits,  tea,  coffee, 
eggs,  oysters,  chicken  or  veal,  or  soup  made  from  them,  but 
use  milk,  thickened,  if  need  be,  with  flour,  or  rice  water,  or 
farina.  If  the  child  nurses  let  it  be  confined  to  the  breast 
as  far  as  possible,  recurring  to  the  above  only  as  auxiliaries. 

If  the  stomach  has  become  irritable,  the  child  vomiting  or 
nauseated,  throwing  up  its  food  or  drink  from  time  to  time, 


•3    4  HOMEOPATHIC   MENTOR. 

tli«  Specific  No.  Six  is  demanded,  and  should  be  prepared 
by  dissolving  twelve  pellets  in  six  teaspoonsful  of  water,  in  a 
glass,  of  which,  after  well  stirring,  a  spoonful  should  be 
given  every  hour,  and  this  should  be  continued  until  the 
vomiting  and  nausea  are  allayed.  Should  the  diarrhoea 
continue,  and  the  nausea  or  vomiting  be  only  abated,  but 
not  entirely  subdued,  and  more  especially  if  the  stools  are 
quite  large,  thin  or  watery,  then  give  the  two  above  men- 
tioned Specifics  in  alternation,  at  intervals  of  one  or  two 
hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  symptoms,  giving 
two  pellets  of  No.  Foiir^  dry  one  time,  and  a  spoonful  of 
the  solution  of  No.  Six  the  next  time,  and  so  on  in  alter- 
nation, so  long  as  the  condition  requires.  Care  must  be 
taken  in  this  irritable  condition  of  the  stomach  not  to  give 
the  child  food  or  drink  too  often,  or  too  much  at  a  time.  Give 
a  few  spoonsful,  or  let  it  nurse  a  few  moments,  then  after 
one  or  two  hours  give  again,  for  the  stomach  often  retains 
a  few  spoonsful  when  a  larger  quantity  is  rejected,  thus  in- 
creasing the  irritability. 

If  the  child  moans,  frets  and  worries,  is  sleepless  or 
tossing  about,  you  can  interpose  occasionally,  as  an  inter- 
current remedy,  a  few  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Three  with 
advantage. 

DYSENTERY. 

Dysentery  generally  prevails  in  the  late  summer  and  fall 
of  the  year,  when  the  days  are  hot  and  the  nights  cool.  It 
is  often  epidemic,  but  may  be  induced  by  exposure  to  drafts 
of  air,  over-exertion,  sitting  on  the  damp  or  cold  ground- 
use  of  acid  or  unripe  fruits,  or  stale  fruits  and  vegetables, 
melons,  cucumbers,  etc. 

Causes. — "I  believe  dysentery  to  be  caused  by  the  action 
of  a  poison  in  the  blood  having  a  peculiar  affinity  for  the 
glandular  structures  of  the  large  intestine.     This  poison  ] 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    385 

believe  to  be  a  malaria  generated  in  the  soil  bj  the  decom- 
jDOsition  of  organic  matter"  {Maclean).  The  effluvia  from 
dysenteric  stools  are  infectious,  and,  consequently,  are  a 
cause  of  the  disease. 

It  is  liable  to  attack  ail  ages  and  both  sexes,  but  is  more 
dangerous  for  infants,  children,  the  aged,  and  females 
generally,  than  for  men. 

An  attack  of  dysentery  is  usually  preceded  for  some  days, 
or  in  some  cases  only  for  a  few  hours,  by  precursory  symp- 
toms, such  as:  Sense  of  general  depression,  pains  in  the 
neck,  back,  or  limbs,  headache,  loss  of  appetite,  chilliness, 
heat,  transient  sweats,  nausea  or  vomiting.  Gradually 
there  are  colic  pains  passing  about  the  bow^els,  in  the  navel 
region,  and  along  the  course  of  the  colon;  rumbling,  and  a 
feeling  as  if  there  was  some  foreign  body  low  down  in  the 
rectum,  producing  an  inclination  to  stool,  and  dian-hoea,  or 
in  some  cases  constipation. 

The  disease  is  characterized  by  pains  in  the  abdomen, 
which  pass  from  the  navel  region  to  the  right,  then  up  and 
across  the  abdomen  and  down  the  left  side,  and  extending 
towards  the  rectum,  terminate  by  producing  the  tenesmus, 
or  urgent  desire  for  stool.  Usually  these  pains  and  tenes- 
mus precede  every  stool,  and  often  remain  quite  a  time 
after  it,  and  so  there  may  be  an  almost  incessant  urging  to 
stool,  caused  by  the  swelling  and  irritation  of  the  rectum. 
This  feeling  of  tenesmus  or  straining,  a  violent  constriction 
of  the  rectum,  is  a  characteristic  of  the  disease.  The  stools 
are  very  frequent,  often  twelve,  twenty-four,  fifty,  or  more 
in  the  twenty-four  hours.  Sometimes  the  urgency  is  so 
constant  that  the  patient  can  scarcely  leave  the  vessel.  The 
quantity  is  very  small,  often  not  more  than  a  spoonful,  and 
consists  of  mucus,  fluid,  or  coagulated  blood,  more  or  less 
mixed  with  greenish  or  mucus  masses,  or  membranous  clots 
like  scrapings  of  the  intestines,  with  little  or  no  fecal  matter. 
Often  there  is  fever,  thirst,  headache,  hot,  dry  skin,  acceler- 


386  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

ated  pulse,  diminished  urine,  sleeplessness,  and  the   ab- 
domen is  painful  to  contact. 

The  disease  may  continue  eight  or  ten  days,  and  termin- 
ate in  recovery  by  the  remission  of  the  colic  and  tenesmus, 
stools  becoming  less  frequent,  more  copious  and  feculent, 
warm  perspiration,  quiet  and  sleep  coming  on;  or  it  may 
end  fatally,  with  increase  of  violent  symptoms,  until  peri- 
tonitis, or  a  typhus  condition  sets  in.  Under  our  treatment 
it  is  rarely  fatal,  except  in  quite  young  children,  and  gener- 
ally terminates  in  health  in  four  or  six  days. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Five  is  the  appropriate 
remedy,  and  may  be  administered,  if  the  stools  are  quite 
frequent,  as  often  as  every  twenty  or  thirty  minutes,  in 
doses  of  six  pellets  for  adults,  dissolved  in  a  small  spoonful 
of  water.  Should  there  be  considerable  fever,  thirst  and 
restlessness,  the  Specific  No.  One  may  be  given  in  alter- 
iiation  with  No.  Five^  at  the  same  intervals  and  doses  until 
the  fever  is  subdued,  when  the  No.  Five  should  be  con- 
tinued alone,  at  intervals  of  from  half  an  hour,  to  an  hour, 
diminishing  the  frequency  of  the  doses  as  the  disease  is 
subdued. 

Diet  and  Regimen. — When  the  disease  comes  on,  the 
patient  should  at  once  keep  quiet;  avoid  exercise  or  labor 
of  any  kind;  if  possible,  lie  down,  and  confine  himself 
strictly,  during  the  whole  course  of  the  disease,  to  a  por- 
ridge made  of  milk  and  flour  well  cooked,  or  to  farina 
gruel,  or  rice-water  and  boiled  rice.  No  vegetables  or  fruit 
can  be  allowed,  nor  meat,  nor  meat-broths;  and  spirits,  or 
stimulants  of  any  kind,  are  absolute  poisons.  Use  no  other 
medicines  of  any  kind.  Opium  only  conceals  the  disease 
by  quieting  the  pain  and  evacuations,  while  .the  hidden 
disease  rages  more  destructively. 

During  the  disease,  if  the  evacuations  are  very  frequent 
and  the  tenesmus  or  straining  very  distressing  and  painful, 
occasional  injections  of  thin  starch  may  be  given,   or  the 


oJISEASr.  AisD  TREATMENT. DIS.  OP  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    387 

patient  may  have  an  occasional  seat-bath  of  tepid  water 
This  course  strictly  followed  will  rarely  fail  to  afford  decided 
relief  in  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours,  and  an  entii*e 
cure  will  follow  in  four  or  six  days. 

CONSTIPATION.— ((7os/zue  bowels). 

This  condition  can  scarcely  be  called  a  disease.  It  is 
mainly  a  symptom  of  some  morbid  condition  of  the  system, 
upon  the  removal  of  which,  this  inconvenience  is  relieved. 
In  many  cases  it  is  habitual,  the  stools  are  hard,  dry  and 
infrequent,  which  indeed  often  indicates  a  more  health}-  and 
vif^forous  condition  of  the  system  than  a  diarrhoea,  or  even 
soft,  frequent  stools.  The  j^hilosophy  of  the  condition  itself 
is  but  little  understood.  The  fecal  matter  is  a  secretion, 
and  as  this  is  eliminated,  it  passes  into  the  common  recej)- 
tacle,  the  rectum,  and  there  remains  until  the  irritation 
caused  by  its  presence,  or  the  evolutions  of  the  system, 
occasion  its  expulsion  in  the  form  of  feces.  AVhether  this 
expulsion  shall  occur  every  twelve,  twenty-four,  forty-eight, 
or  sixt}^  hours,  or  six  days;  or,  as  I  have  known  in  one  case, 
fourteen  or  sixteen  weeks,  depends  altogether  upon  cir- 
cumstances. The  fact  of  an  undue  or  unnatural  accumu- 
lation or  retention,  does  not  of  itself  constitute  disease.  It 
is  an  inconvenience,  and  may  or  may  not  occasion  disease; 
or  it  may  be  occasioned  ])y  a  morbid  condition  of  the 
system.  Whenever  the  morbid  condition  is  relieved,  the 
bowels  will  of  themselves  act  naturall}^  and  the  retention 
w^ll  be  relieved. 

The  difficult}'  itself  is  usuall}'  greatly  aggravated  by  the 
means  emplo3'ed  to  cure  it.  Cathartic  or  aperient  medicines 
may  move  the  bowels  for  the  time.  But  after  the  first  ope- 
ration is  exhausted,  the  reaction  of  the  system  recurs,  and 
the  bowels  are  more  constipated  than  before.  Then  new 
and  larger  doses,  and  stronger  and  more  active  medicines 


388  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

are  used,  until  an  almost  incurable  condition  is  induced. 
It  should  be  remembered  that  cathartics  are  always  in- 
jurious in  cases  of  habitual  constipation,  the  disease  often 
originating  in  dryness  and  irritation  of  the  lining  of  the 
intestinal  tracks  the  very  condition  which  cathartics  en- 
gender and  sustain.  It  may  be  safely  averred  that  no  case 
of  habitual  constipation  was  ever  cured  by  cathartic  medi- 
cines, while  thousands  of  cases  have  been  aggravated  or 
rendered  incurable  by  them.  In  one  condition  the  operation 
of  a  cathartic  or  laxative  medicine  is  allow^able;  when 
some  hurtful  or  indigestible  substance  has  been  taken  into 
the  system,  which  does  not  pass  off,  and  by  its  jDresence 
causes  irritation,  fever,  pain,  convulsions  or  other  incon- 
venience. In  such  cases,  a  spoonful  of  castor  oil  acts  as  a 
promj^t  laxative,  and  removes  the  offending  substance  with- 
out drugging  or  medicating  the  system,  and  is  altogether 
the  safest  and  most  efficient  remedy.  An  enema,  of  simple 
water,  may  always  be  resorted  to  in  emergency,  or  may  be 
taken  daily  until  the  Specific  has  had  time  to  affect  the 
system. 

Treatment. — Persons  subject  to  constipation  will  gener- 
ally find  some  form  of  indigestion  connected  with  it,  and 
on  the  removal  of  this,  the  constipation  will  vanish.  But 
they  should,  moreover,  be  careful  in  regard  to  diet;  eat 
slowly,  masticate  the  food  sufficiently,  choose  relaxing  ar- 
ticles of  diet,  fruits,  wheaten  grits,  coarse  bread,  farina, 
puddings  of  rice,  bread,  and  sauce  of  prunes,  peaches,  or 
plums.  Use  fresh  beef,  mutton,  or  lamb,  and  soups  made 
of  them,  avoiding  salted  meats,  cheese,  rice,  and  bread  oi 
crackers  made  of  superfine  flour.  Cold  water  should  be 
used  freely,  and  a  glass  drank  on  going  to  bed  and  on  rising 
each  morning,  are  important  auxiliaries.  At  times,  consti- 
pation has  been  induced  and  sustained  by  an  insufficient 
degree  of  heat  in  the  bowels,  and  this  has  been  corrected 
by  v^'earing  ajlannel  swathing  around  the  bowels. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    389 

Lastly,  the  habit  of  going  to  stool  every  morning  should 
be  formed  and  persisted  in;  go  regularly,  and  wait  a  certain 
time,  if  at  first,  fruitlessly.  With  these  helps,  and  the  use 
of  the  Specific  No.  Teil^  six  pellets  dissolved  in  water  and 
taken  each  morning  and  at  night,  the  difficulty  will  soon  be 
overcome,  and  regular,  healthy  evacuations  estabUshed. 

PILES— HEMOKEHOIDS. 

This  troublesome  and  frequently  obstinate  disease  is 
very  common.  The  symptoms  are  varied  according  to  the 
character  of  the  disease  and  the  stage  of  its  development. 
Most  commonly  there  are  discharges  of  blood  from  time  to 
time  from  the  anus,  more  frequently  during  a  hard  stool; 
but  in  some  cases  the  blood  may  be  discharged  at  other 
times,  and  frequently  in  quite  large  quantities,  often 
attended  with  a  feeling  of  relief.  Tumors  are  frequently 
formed  about  the  anus,  or  within  the  rectum,  which  come 
down  or  are  protruded  at  every  stool.  They  may  be  small, 
bluish,  filbert  or  walnut  size,  or  even  much  larger,  single  or 
grouped  in  clusters;  sometimes  painless,  but  often  inllained, 
painful  and  tender;  and  they  may  remain  dry,  or  discharge, 
forming  either  mucus  or  bleeding  piles.  In  some  cases  a 
violent  itching  and  irritation  within  the  rectum  seems  to 
be  the  predominant  characteristic  of  the  disease.  During 
what  is  termed  an  attack  of  piles,  the  patient  has  a  sense  of 
fullness  and  heaviness  of  the  abdomen,  pain  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  back,  fullness  of  the  head  or  headache,  failing 
appetite  or  indigestion,  which  is  relieved  often  after  a  dis- 
charge of  blood  from  the  tumors. 

Causes. — Predisposing  are — a  general  plethoric  condition 
of  the  system,  or  any  circumstances  which  determine  blood 
to,  or  impede  its  return  from,  the  rectum;  such  are  seden- 
tary habits;  luxurious  living,  especially  the  use  of  highly- 
seasoned  food,  wines  and  spirits;  tight-lacing;  pregnancy; 


390  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOK. 

confined  bowels;  and  disease  of  tlie  liver.  Residence  in 
moist,  warm  and  relaxing  climates;  soft,  warm  beds  oi 
cushions,  and  over-excitement  of  the  sexual  organs,  may 
also  be  classed  among  predisposing  causes.  The  exciting 
causes  include  anjthing  which  irritates  the  lower  bowelj 
such  as  straining  at  stool,  hard  riding,  and  the  use  of  drastic 
purgatives,  especially  Aloes  and  Rhubarb. 

Probably  the  most  jDotent  causes  of  this  disease  are  the 
indolent  and  luxurious  habits  of  the  wealthy,  which,  by 
diminishing  tone,  occasion  plethora  and  a  tendency  to  ab- 
dominal congestion.  Accordingly  we  find  piles  much  more 
prevalent  among  the  wealthy  than  among  the  industrial 
and  frugal  classes. 

Age  and  sex  appear  to  exercise  considerable  influence  on 
this  disease.  In  early  life,  it  is  probably  much  more  fre- 
quent in  young  men  than  in  young  women.  The  compara- 
tive exemption  of  young  women  is  readily  accounted  for  by 
the  regular  action  of  the  catamenial  function,  which  prob- 
ably obviates  congestion  that  might  otherwise  occur.  At  a 
later  period,  after  the  cessation  of  the  menses,  or  during 
the  pressure  of  the  gravid  uterus  in  pregnancy,  congestion 
is  apt  to  occur  in  certain  neighbouring  organs,  and  so  give 
rise  to  piles. 

It  is  common  for  old  school  treatment  to  excise  these 
tumors  in  attempting  a  radical  case.  This  only  disposes  of 
the  results  of  the  disease,  leaving  the  causes  still  at  work; 
and  tlie  consequence  is  that  the  tumors  form  again,  either 
at  the  same  place,  but  more  frequently  higher  up,  and  in  a 
more  difficult  and  inaccessible  locality.  Our  treatment  re- 
quires no  such  expedients,  as  we  possess  the  means  of  reach- 
ing the  disease  at  its  source,  and  of  permanently  curing  it. 

Tkeatment. — Persons  subject  to  j^iles,  should  take  nmch 
care  in  regard  to  diet.  A  fit  of  indigestion  often  brings  on 
an  attack  of  piles;  hence,  use  easily  digested,  relaxing  food, 
use  some  care  iu  the  selection  of  food,  and  much  care  in 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    391 

properly  masticating  it.  Graham  bread,  or  that  made  of 
unbolted  or  coarse  flour  is  best,  and  so  is  the  free  use  of 
wheaten  grits,  farina,  and  other  relaxing  food.  For  medi- 
cine, the  Specific  No.  Seventeen^  six  pellets,  three  times 
per  day — morning,  noon  and  night — for  cases  of  chronic 
piles.  If  there  is  dyspepsia  or  indigestion  also,  the  Specific 
No.  Ten  may  be  given  in  alternation.  Thus,  taking  six 
pellets  of  Specific  No.  Seventeen  before  breakfast  and 
supper,  and  the  same  of  No.  Ten  before  dinner  and  at  bed- 
time with  the  No.  Seventeen.  Should  there  be  an  attack 
of  piles,  the  tumors  becoming  swelled,  painful  and  tender, 
the  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Seventeen  should  be 
given  in  alternation,  each  dissolved  in  water,  six  pellets  in 
a  large  spoonful,  and  administered  every  one  or  two  hours 
until  relief  is  afforded,  then  go  on  with  the  No.  Seven- 
teen for  a  permanent  cure.  Should  there  be  bleeding  of 
internal  piles,  the  above  will  be  proper  and  promptly 
efficient  treatment. 

For  an  application  to  the  part,  during  an  attack  of  piles 
the  IVIarvel  of  Healing  is  the  best,  that  can  be  made; 
simply  saturate  a  cloth  of  suitable  size  with  the  Marvel 
and  apply  it  to  the  part,  and  keep  it  in  place  by  means  of 
a  T-bandage  (that  is  a  belt  around  the  loins  just  above  the 
hips,  to  which  a  band  is  attached  at  the  back  and  brought 
up  between  the  thighs  and  fastened  to  the  belt  forward). 
The  cloth  saturated  in  the  Marvel  may  be  removed  from 
time  to  time  as  it  gets  hot  or  dry,  and  the  part  thus  kept 
saturated  with  the  Marvel.  The  Marvel  is  best,  but  an 
application  of  cold  water  is  frequently  beneficial.  When 
the  piles  are  external,  or  can  be  readily  reached,  Humphreys' 
Witch  Hazel  Oil  applied  night  and  morning,  or  in- 
jected, if  they  are  far  up,  is  the  sovereign  remedy,  and  has 
cured  thousands  of  the  most  inveterate  cases.  Simply 
apply  the  oil  with  the  end  of  the  finger  say  three  times  per 
day  and  take  in  chronic  cases  the  Specific  No.  Seventeen 


392  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

four  times  per  day,  six  pellets  at  a  dose  and  the  disease  will 
soon  show  an  improvement  which  with  good  habits  may  be 
continued  to  the  point  of  cure. 

PEOLAPSUS  A'NL— {Falling  of  the  bowel). 

Definition. — A  protrusion  of  the  mucous  lining  of  the 
rectum  through  the  anal  orifice,  after  the  action  of  the 
bowel. 

This  affection  is  not  uncommon  in  children,  and  is  occa- 
sionally met  with  in  adults.  It  is  generally  the  result  of 
straining  while  at  stool,  in  connection  with  a  weakness  or 
relaxed  condition  of  the  sphincter  of  the  rectum  Some- 
times the  parts  are  protruded  several  inches,  and  in  other 
cases  but  slightly,  and  readily  return  of  themselves.  When 
the  protrusion  does  not  return  of  itself,  as  is  sometimes  the 
case  in  children,  the  child  should  be  laid  upon  its  side,  and 
the  part  gently  pressed  upon  with  the  hand  which  has  been 
oiled,  or  with  a  cloth  wet  in  cold  water,  or  oil  or  soft  lard; 
and  the  pressure  continued  gently  until  the  part  has  been 
returned  to  its  place. 

In  severe  cases,  the  protrusion  takes  place  from  walking, 
riding,  or  even  too  long  standing,  and  can  only  be  replaced 
with  difficulty. 

To  prevent  a  recurrence  of  the  prolapsus,  the  Specific  No. 
Ten,  six  pellets  at  night,  and  the  No.  Tliirty-Five^  six 
pehets  each  morning,  will  be  the  proper  remedies.  The 
same  treatment  is  proper  for  chronic  tendency  to  prolapsus. 
If  the  prolapsus  occurs  in  the  course  of  diarrhoea,  the  cure 
of  the  diarrhoea  will  also  arrest  the  prolapsus. 

LIVER  COMPLAINT. 

« 

This  disease  may  be  divided  into  the  acute  and  chronic 
forms,  the  latter,  however,  is  generally  known  by  the  name 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.   OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    393 

of  liver  complaint,  although  a  careful  examination  of  the 
disease,  will  many  times  reveal  the  fact,  that  the  real  disease 
is  rather  in  the  stomach  and  bowels  than  the  liver.  In  some 
cases  the  liver  itself  may  have  become  implicated,  and  may 
become  properly  the  subject  of  treatment.  Consult  Chronic 
Inflammation  of  the  Liver. 

HEPATITIS. — {Acute  Inflammation  of  the  Liver), 

This  disease  is  more  common  in  the  Southern  States  of 
the  Union  and  in  tropical  climates,  than  in  the  Northern  or 
Middle  States.  In  the  Southern  States,  the  use  of  fat  and 
heavy  food,  exposures  to  heavy  dews  or  damps  in  the  even- 
ing, and  the  powerful  rays  of  the  sun  by  day,  are  among 
its  most  frequent  exciting  causes.  It  may  also  be  caused 
by  violent  mental  emotions,  the  use  of  stimulants  or  ardent 
sj^irits,  suddenly  suppressed  evacuations,  violent  emetics 
or  purgatives,  the  abuse  of  mercuiy,  gall-stones,  external 
lesions,  or  even  injury  of  the  brain. 

The  symptoms  differ  according  to  the  seat  of  the  inflam- 
mation. "When  the  outer  or  convex  surface  of  the  liver  is 
inflamed,  the  symptoms  closely  resemble  those  of  pleurisy; 
there  is  usually  a  violent  burning  pain  in  the  right  hypo- 
chondrium  or  liver  region,  sometimes  resembling  stitches, 
at  others  burning,  shooting  to  the  breast-bone,  the  shoulder- 
blade,  or  the  point  of  the  shoulder,  or  the  right  arm;  sen- 
sation of  numbness  or  tingling  in  the  arm  of  that  side,  the 
pain  increased  by  inspiration;  a  dry,  short  cough,  and 
symptoms  of  acute  fever;  bowels  irregular,  generally  con- 
stipated, and  stools  in  most  cases  of  an  unnatural  color.  In 
this  form  of  the  disease,  the  j)atient  can  only  lie  on  the  left 
side.  AMien  the  seat  of  the  inflammation  is  upon  the  inner 
or  concave  surface  of  the  liver,  the  pain  is  much  less,  and 
the  patient  complains  rather  of  a  sensation  of  pressure  than 
of  actual  pain,  but  the  entire  bihary  system  is  much  more 


394  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

involved.  The  eyes  and  face  become  yellow^,  as  in  case  of 
jaundice;  the  urine  is  orange-colored,  the  evacuations 
mostly  hard,  and  generally  of  a  w^hitish  or  clay  color.  We 
also  find  bitter  taste  in  the  mouth,  vomiting  and  distress  in 
the  region  of  the  liver.  The  patient  can  only  lie  on  the 
right  side.     The  fever  is  usually  high  also. 

Inflammation  of  the  liver,  unless  properly  treated,  ig 
liable  to  assume  a  chronic  form,  and  may  also  terminate  in 
suppuration,  and  the  matter  may  burrow  into  the  lungs  or 
the  intestinal  tract;  or  may  form  a  vomica  or  point  and  dis- 
charge externally;  or  it  may  form  indurations  or  other 
alterations  of  structure  in  the  liver,  or  may  result  in  the 
formation  of  adhesions. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  One  is  the  proper  remedy 
from  the  first,  and  should  be  continued  either  alone  or  in 
alteration  with  some  other  Specific,  until  the  disease  is  sub- 
dued. Dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  six  spoonsful  of  water, 
and  of  this  give  a  large  spoonful  every  hour  for  the  first 
twenty-four  or  forty-eight  hours,  or  until  the  fever  is  mostly 
subdued,  and  pain  and  distress  relieved.  Then  pre23are 
the  Specific  No.  Ten  in  the  same  manner,  and  give  the 
two  medicines  in  alternation,  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  until 
the  disease  is  subdued  and  convalescence  established. 

The  diet  should  be  the  same  as  in  fevers  or  other  inflam- 
mations: toast-water,  thin  gruel  of  corn-meal  or  oat-meal, 
milk-toast  or  light  meat-soups,  according  to  the  stage  of 
the  disease. 

LIVER  COMPLAINT— CHEONIC  INFLAMMATION  OF 
THE  LIVER— ENLARGEMENT  OF  THE  LIVER. 

There  are  numerous  morbid  conditions  of  the  liver  which 
are  popularly  known  as  liver  complaint,  such  as,  enlarge- 
ment, softening,  abscesses,  adhesion  with  adjacent  organs, 
pr  other  results  of  acute  inflammation.     What  passes  as 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.    395 

dyspepsia,  is  often  some  morbid  condition  or  degeneration 
of  the  liver. 

The  symptoms  of  chronic  inflammation  of  the  liver  are 
essentially  those  of  acute  inflammation,  with  the  distinction 
of  their  duration,  and  their  being  less  clearly  expressed 
and  their  slower  progress;  and  fever  also  only  comes  on 
after  the  disease  has  made  considerable  progress.  The 
usual  symptoms  are  as  follows:  Weight  in  the  stomach  after 
eating,  flatulence,  cramp  of  the  stomach,  acid  eructuations, 
nausea,  sometimes  bilious  vomiting,  loss  of  appetite  or 
canine  hunger,  thirst,  whitish  dry  tongue,  bitter  taste, 
feeling  of  heat,  heaviness,  fullness  or  duU  pain  in  the  region 
of  the  liver  and  epigastrium,  and  tenderness  of  these 
regions  on  pressure;  sometimes  the  pain  is  wanting  or 
comes  at  irregular  intervals,  or  is  increased  by  exercise  or 
filling  the  stomach;  often  sympathetic  pains  in  the  right 
shoulder,  wandering  pains  in  the  limbs,  alternating  with 
those  in  the  liver  region;  feeling  of  numbness  or  of  para- 
lysis in  the  lower  extremities.  There  is  often  distention  of 
the  liver  region;  protrusion  of  the  liver  down  below  the 
false  ribs,  especially  in  a  sitting  or  upright  position  of  the 
body;  difficult  lying  on  the  left  or  on  either  side;  consti- 
pation, feces  hard,  without  bile,  clay  or  putty -like;  some- 
times diarrhoea,  dark-mixed  like  tea-grounds,  or  flocculent 
stools;  not  unfrequently,  vomiting  of  dark,  adhesive,  coa- 
gulated blood.  The  urine  is  thick,  yellowish,  oily,  or  scant, 
with  thick  sediment;  often  dry,  hollow  cough,  with  inability 
to  take  a  deep  inspiration;  yellow  or  an  earthy  pale  com- 
plexion, but  in  some  cases  there  is  not  a  trace  of  jaundice 
present.  Usually  there  is  mental  depression  and  despond- 
ency, unquiet  sleep  or  sleeplessness.  In  the  latter  stages 
the  pulse,  which  up  to  this  period  had  been  slower  than  in 
the  normal  condition,  becomes  feverish  towards  evening. 
The  disease  often  makes  but  slow  progress,  continuing  for 
years,  with  frequent  pauses  at  irregular  intervals. 


o96  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOll. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Ten  is  generally  the  best 
remedy,  and  may  be  taken  in  portions  of  six  pellets,  dry  on 
the  tongue,  before  each  meal  and  on  going  to  rest  at  night. 
Should  there  be  at  any  time  heat,  fever  or  swelling,  or  ten- 
derness of  the  region  of  the  liver,  the  Specific  No.  Olfi€ 
should  be  administered  in  fluid  form,  six  pellets  every  twc 
hours,  as  directed  for  acute  inflammation  of  this  organ. 
Aside  from  this,  the  use  of  Specific  No.  Ten  should  be 
relied  upon  for  a  permanent  cure  of  this  disease.  Diet  as 
for  Dyspepsia. 

ICTERUS,— {Jaundice). 

This  disease  is  well  known,  and  may  occur  to  persons  at 
all  ages  of  life.    It  may  continue  for  weeks,  or  even  months, 
and  there  are  some  who  are  quite  subject  to  such  attacks. 
The  disease  generally  commences  with  some  form  of  indi- 
gestion,  such  as:    Loss  of  appetite,   somnolence,   constant 
drowsy,  full  feeling,  giddiness  or  swimming  of  the  head, 
flatulence,  nausea,  vomiting,  and  there  is  some  degree  of 
tension  or  sense  of  pressure  in  the  region  of  the  liver. 
Gradually  the  face  and  skin,  and  especially  the  whites  of 
the  eyes  become  yellow,  and  in  some  cases  the  skin  becomes 
dark-brown,  or  even  black,  giving  rise  to  the  appellation  of 
"black  jaundice;"  the  urine  becomes  orange-colored,  and 
the  feces  whitish,  clay,  or  putty-like,  and  there  may  be  pain 
in  the  region  of  the  liver.     There  is  also  frequently  a  very 
disagreeable  tingling  of  the  skin.     It  is  likewise  attended 
with  more  or  less  depression  of  spirits  and  loss  of  strength. 
In  general  there  is  but  little  fever,  but  in  severe  cases  there 
may  be  an  unusual  amount  of  fever,  with  a  tendency  to  the 
brain,  producing  a  sort  of  stupid  sleep,  fi'om  which  the  pa- 
tient is  aroused  with  difficulty.      This  condition   may  be 
considered  dangerous,   as  a  fatal  result  may  foUow  from 
oppression  of  the  cerebral  organs. 


DISEASE  AND  TREA-TMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  AUoO^TaRY  TEACK.    397 

Causes. — Jaundice  may  be  produc^^d:  1.  By  some  impedi- 
ment to  the  flow  of  bile  into  the  duodenum,  and  the  conseN 
quent  absorption  of  the  retained  bile;  and  2.  by  defective 
secretion  on  the  part  of  the  liver,  so  that  the  constituents 
of  the  bile  are  not  separated  from  the  blood.  Pressure  of 
the  enlarged  womb  in  pregnancy,  or  the  growth  of  tumors, 
causing  obstruction  of  the  gall-ducts,  are  also  occasional 
causes.  But  sedentary  occupations,  mental  anxiety,  and  high 
living,  are  probably  the  most  fi'eqi/ent. 

Gall-Stones. — A  not  uncommon  impediment  to  the  flow 
of  bile  is  the  impaction  of  a  gall-stone  in  the  natural  channels 
of  the  bile.  A  gall-stone  consists  of  bile  in  a  crystalline 
form,  the  solvent  properties  having  been  released.  The 
pain  attending  the  passage  of  gall-stones  is  very  severe; 
comes  on  suddenly,  with  paroxysm,  often  accompanied  by 
Vomiting,  hiccough,  etc. ;  is  constant  for  a  time,  and  terniin- 
\tes  suddenly,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  Colic,  and  by 
the  pains  being  of  a  more  locid  character,  and  in  the  site  of 
the  gall-duct. 

When  the  disease  has  been  caused  from  some  unusual 
emotion,  it  may  come  on  vqyy  suddenly,  but  in  general  it 
comes  on  in  a  very  gradual,  and  not  unfi'equently,  unob- 
served manner.  It  mav  be  caused  by  acute  or  chronic 
inflammation  of  the  liver;  or  fi'om  diseases  of  the  stomach, 
or  other  portions  of  the  intestinal  track;  blows  upon  the 
head,  or  in  the  region  of  the  liver,  may  produce  the  disease ; 
also  moral  emotions,  or  violent  fits  of  passion;  the  in- 
ordinate use  of  chamomile  tea,  quinine,  rhubarb,  calomel, 
or  mercury,  may  also  be  mentioned  as  causes,  as  these  agents 
often  tend  to  obstruct  the  biliary  duct. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Ten  are 
the  proper  remedies.  In  slight  cases,  six  pellets  of  No. 
One  each  morning,  and  six  peUets  of  No.  Ten  before  each 
meal  and  at  night  will  be  sufficient.  Should  the  disease  be 
more  decided  and  well  marked,  and  the  j^atient  have  some 


898  HOMEOPA.THIC    MENTOR. 

degree  of  fever,  the  two  remedies  mentioned  may  be  taken 
in  alternation,  six  pellets  every  two  hours  until  amendment 
occurs,  and  then  at  somewhat  longer  intervals  until  the 
disease  is  cured. 

The  diet  should  be  of  easily-digested  food,  free  from  con 
diments  or  stimulants  of  any  kind,  and  may  consist  chiefly 
of  chicken  or  veal  soup,  with  stale  bread,  tapioca,  sago  or 
rice,  and  gruels  made  of  arrow-root,  corn-starch  or  farina. 
The  drink  should  be  principally  water,  and  all  stimulating 
or  tonic  bitters  made  of  cider,  barks,  or  wine,  should  be 
avoided,  and  especially  all  indigestible  food,  such  as  eggs, 
butter,  fat-meats,  milk,  etc. 

AccEssoEY  Means. — Flannel  squeezed  after  immersion  in 
hot  water,  or  a  hot  hip-bath,  relieves  pain.  Jaundice  from 
inactivity  and  chronic  congestion  of  the  liver  requires 
change  of  air  and  scene,  travelling,  daily  ivalkmg,  or  horse- 
exercise,  regular  and  temperate  habits,  and  the  use  of  the 
abdominal  compress. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM. 

ALBUMINUEIA. 

This  is  defined  as  a  morbid  condition  of  the  urine, 
symj^tomatic  of  renal  disease,  but  not  always  a  result  of  it; 
and  manifested  by  the  presence  of  albumen. 

Albuminuria  is  not  Bright's  disease.  But  it  is  always 
associated  with  it,  and  it  may  exist  prior  to  and  inde- 
pendently of  any  renal  disease.  If  there  is  neither  blood  or 
j^us  in  the  urine,  and  nevertheless  it  is  coagulable  in  even 
a  slight  degree,  thus  indicating  the  presence  of  albumen,  it 
does  not  follow  that  there  is  any  structural  change  in  the 
substance  of  the  kidney.  It  may  be  a  symptom  of  several 
diseases  or  conditions  and  may  even  be  a  consequence  of 
cold  bathing.  It  may  occur  in  febrile  or  inflammatory 
diseases;  dyspepsia;  excessive  albuminous  diet,  as  eggs; 
prolonged  or  very  frequent  cold  bathing,  by  repressi  n;  the 
cutaneous  secretion  increases  the  blood  pressure  of  internal 
organs,  and  so  may  produce  degeneration  in  the  structure 
of  the  kidneys.  Occasional  bathers  are  more  likely  to  suffer 
than  active  swimmers.  The  symptoms  are,  that  the  quan- 
tity, color  and  density  of  the  urine  is  natural,  and  yet  it 
coagulates  by  heat  or  nitric  acid. 

Treatment. — When  associated  with  inflammatory  disease 
or  cold  bathing,  give  Specific  No.  One,  six  pellets  before 
meals  and  at  bed  time.  If  from  dyspepsia  use  Specific  No. 
Ten  in  the  same  manner.  If  chronic  the  Specific  No. 
Twenty- Seven  at  the  same  intervals  and  doses  will  be 
found  effective. 


400  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

NEPHRITIS. — {Inflammation  of  the  Kidneys), 

This  disease  is  known  by  a  pungent  aching  pain  in  the 
small  of  the  back,  on  one  side,  generally  the  left,  alongside 
of  the  spine,  in  the  region  of  the  kidneys.  The  pain  is 
constant,  and  but  slightly  increased  by  contact  or  pressure, 
extending  forward  and  downw^ard  along  the  course  of  the 
ureter.  The  secretion  of  urine  is  diminished  when  only 
one  kidney  is  affected,  and  even  entirely  arrested  in  those 
rare  cases  where  both  are  involved.  There  is  frequent 
urging  to  urination,  pain  in  the  urethra,  especially  at  the 
neck  of  the  bladder  during  urination,  sometimes  ex^'en 
cramps  of  the  bladder,  and  hence  difficulty  in  voiding  it 
The  urine  is  dark  red,  and  often  shows  traces  of  blood. 
Not  unfrequently  the  bladder  becomes  involved,  and  occa- 
sions a  permanent  constrictive  pain  in  that  region,  which  is 
increased  by  contact  or  pressure  over  the  part.  There  is 
likewise  nausea  or  even  actual  vomiting;  sharp,  decided 
fever,  usually  commencing  with  a  severe  chill,  followed  by 
heat;  dry,  hot  skin;  coated  tongue;  extreme  thirst;  fuU, 
hard,  tense  pulse. 

The  disease  is  rather  rare,  but  it  may  arise  in  conse- 
quence of  gout,  or  renal  calculi,  or  be  occasioned  by  a  fall, 
or  injury  in  the  kidney  region;  or  by  suppression  of  the 
hemorrhoidal  or  menstrual  flow;  or  by  the  use  of  certain 
medicines,  such  as  squills,  cantharides,  turpentine,  etc. 

Treatment. — If  there  is  considerable  fever,  the  treatment 
may  commence  with  the  Specific  No.  Olie^  of  which  six 
pellets  may  be  dissolved  in  water  and  given  every  half-hour 
for  three  or  four  hours.  Then  the  Specific  No.  Thirty 
may  be  given  in  alternation  with  it  at  the  same  intervals. 
Dissolve  twelve  pellets  of  each  of  No.  One  and  of  No. 
Thirty.,  in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  in  separate  glasses,  and 
of  these  give  every  hour  a  spoonful  in  alternation,  until  the 
fever  has  abated;  th(^n  substitute  the  No.  Twenty- Seven 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM.     401 

for  the  No.  Oiie^  and  so  continue  these  two  (No.  Twenty- 
Seven  and  No.  Thirty)  in  alternation,  at  increasing 
intervals  as  the  disease  improves,  until  convalescence  is 
established.  The  diet  should  be  the  same  as  in  fevers  or 
inflammation;  only  light  soups,  gruels,  toast,  etc.,  and 
^ine,  malt-liquor  or  other  stimulants  should  be  strictly 
avoided. 

BRIGHT'S  DISEASE  OF  THE  KIDNEY. 

This  disease  has  become  better  understood  of  late  years, 
and  has  attracted  much  attention  from  its  persistent  -cha- 
racter and  the  number  of  its  victims.  It  has  several  forms, 
which  may  be  included  in  an  inflammation  of  one  or  both 
kidneys  producing  a  morbid  condition  of  the  gland  and  its 
secretions. 

The  symptoms  of  Acute  Nephritis,  or  Acute  Bright  s 
Kidney  are:  Anasarca  of  the  upper  as  well  as  the  lower 
parts  of  the  body;  the  face,  hands,  as  well  as  the  fe9t  are 
puffy  and  swollen;  febrile  symj^toms;  a  dry,  harsh  skin; 
quick,  hard  pulse;  thirst;  and  often  sickness  fi'om  sympathy 
with  the  stomach  or  kidneys.  The  skin  is  tense  with  infil- 
tration of  serous  fluid  through  the  subcutaneous  aveolar 
tissue,  but  is  not  doughy,  does  not  pit.  Frequent  passage 
of  urine,  which  is  scanty,  high  colored,  or  smoky  looking, 
albuminous  and  of  high  s^Decific  gravity.  Examined  by 
the  microscope,  blood  corpuscles  may  be  seen  in  it,  and 
granular  casts  of  the  minute  tubes  of  the  kidneys,  tlie  kid- 
neys themselves  being  in  an  active  state  of  congestion  if 
not  of  inflammation.  Tested  by  heat  or  nitric  acid  the 
urine  will  deposit  albumen.  This  condition  has  been  called 
desquamative  nephritis,  from  the  rapid  separation  of  epi- 
thelium which  goes  on.  These  renal  symptoms  are  some- 
times complicated  with  pleurisy,  pericarditis,  or  peritonitis. 
It  is  Irequently  the  effect  of  fever,  especially  scarlet  fever 


402  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

generally  coming  on  in  its  later  stages;  exposure  to  wet  and 
cold;  action  of  irritating  drugs,  alcohol,  etc. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Thirty 
will  generally  be  found  effective.  Dissolve  twelve  pellets  of 
each  in  six  spoonsful  of  water  in  separate  glasses,  of  which 
give  a  spoonful  once  in  three  or  four  hours,  alternately, 
according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case.  Give  the  patient  a 
milk  diet,  and  mostly  vegetable  food. 

CHEONIC  NEPHRITIS.    BRIGHT'S  KIDNEY. 

Symptoms. — Debility,  general  impairment  of  health,  and 
pallor  of  the  surface,  coming  on  insidiously  with  pain  in  the 
loins  and  frequent  desire  to  pass  water,  particularly  at 
night,  the  quantity  at  first  being  increased.  The  patient's 
face  becomes  pallid,  pasty,  and  oedematous  or  puffy,  so  that 
the  features  are  flattened;  and  there  is  loss  of  appetite,  acid 
eructations,  nausea,  and  frequent  sickness,  which  nothing  in 
his  diet  will  account  for.  The  urine  will  be  found  to  be  of 
less  specific  gravity  than  natural;  it  is  also  albuminous  and 
coagulates  by  heat  or  nitric  acid.  There  is  most  albumen 
in  the  beginning  of  the  dis  ase,  as  the  kidneys  are  then  more 
congested,  and  towards  the  last  it  is  heavier  and  may  go 
down  to  1.004,  and  the  quantity  becomes  very  small.  At 
first,  the  urine  may  be  very  dark  or  smoky  color,  from  con- 
taining blood  corpuscles;  but  it  afterwards  becomes  paler. 
The  kidney  itself  becomes  large  and  white. 

The  disease  progresses  slowly;  but  sooner  or  later  there 
is  anemia  in  consequence  of  the  blood  losing  its  albumen, 
and  so  is  incapable  of  producing  or  maintaining  the  floating 
cells  characteristic  of  healthy  blood  (Edema  of  the  feet 
and  ankles  is  present;  and,  in  advanced  stages,  there  may  be 
ascites  or  general  dropsy.  But  dropsy  is  not  invariably  a 
marked  symptom  of  this  disease,  and  in  some  cases  is 
scarcely  observed.     Death  arises  from  urwmia,  an  accumu- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM.     403 

lation  of  urine  in  the  blood,  from  the  kidneys  being  unable 
to  excrete  it.  Urea  acts  as  a  poison  to  the  brain,  producing 
delirium,  convulsion  and  coma,  of  which  latter  the  patient 
dies.  Sometimes  from  the  uraemic  poisoning  of  the  blood, 
inflammation  of  a  serous  membrane  arises,  es23ecially  peri- 
carditis or  endocarditis,  inducing  valvular  disease  of  the 
heart,  and  then  the  patient  becomes  extremely  dropsical 
and  is  carried  off  by  asphyxia  from  complication  of  heart 
and  kidney  disease. 

Chronic  nephritis  often  follows  acute  nephritis;  or  it  may 
result  from  bad  living,  intemperance,  constant  exposure  to 
v/et,  struma,  gout.  Painters,  plumbers,  and  workers  in  lead 
are  very  liable  to  the  disease.  Both  kidne^^s  are  usually 
affected,  probably  from  defective  assimilation  or  some 
change  of  nutrition. 

Treatment. — The  Sj^ecifics  most  appropriate  in  the  more 
chronic  form  of  this  disease  are  the  No.  Twenty- Seven 
and  the  No.  Tllirty.  They  may  usually  be  given  in  doses 
of  six  pellets  and  repeated  one  dose  every  three  or  four 
hours,  in  alternation,  and  will  be  more  effective  if  each  is 
given  dissolved  in  a  sjDoonful  of  water.  Should  the  dropsy 
be  extreme,  the  Specific  No.  Tweilty-Five  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  NOo  Tllirty  with  advantage,  and  thus  the 
No.  Twenty-Five  and  No.  Twenty- Seven  be  given 
in  alternation.  When  patients  are  yet  about  and  able  to 
attend  to  their  business  the  medicines  may  be  taken  dry, 
six  pellets  at  a  dose  and  rej^eated  four  times  per  day. 

Diet  and  Accessory  Means. — Brilliant  results  have  been 
obtained  by  an  exclusivel}^  milk  diet,  when  other  treatment 
has  failed;  an  adult  sometimes  taking  as  much  as  a  gallon 
in  twenty-four  hours.  It  may  be  taken  cold  or  tepid  and 
from  half  a  pint  to  a  pint  at  a  time.  A  vegetable  diet  is 
likewise  recommended.  Warm  baths  and  vapour  baths 
are  beneficial  in  lessening  the  drojDsy  and  j^i'on^oting  the 
healthy  function  of  the  skin.      If  there  should  be  much 


404  HoMEorATinc  mentou. 

anemia,  warm  baths  should  be  used  with  discretion.  Waim 
clothing,  woollen  garments,  favor  the  free  action  of  the  skin; 
and  chills  and  cold  draughts  should  be  guarded  against. 
By  such  means  and  the  action  of  apj^ropriate  specifics 
patients  suffering  from  chronic  kidney  disease  may  be  spared 
in  reasonable  health  for  many  years,  enjoying  the  pleasures 
and  fulfilling  the  duties  of  life. 

CYSTITIS.— {Inflammation  of  the  Bladder).  i 

This  disease  is  not  very  common  in  its  more  severe  forms, 
but  in  its  slighter  manifestations,  is  not  unfrequently  met 
with.     It  may  be  occasioned  by  the  abuse  of  cantharides  or 
other  deleterious  drugs,  or  from  suppressed  piles,  or  the 
menstrual  flow.     Also,  blows  or  injuries,  or  the  immoderate 
use  of  alcoholic  stimulants  may  excite  its  appearance.     The 
acute  form  is  known  by  pain  and  sense  of  weight  in  the 
bladder;   also   by   tension,    heat   and    sweDing    externally 
in  that  region;  severe  pains  when  the  region  of  the  blad- 
der is  pressed  upon  or  even  touched;  frequent  and  pain- 
ful  discharge   of  urine,   or   suj)pressed,  scanty  discharge, 
or  frequent,  painful  or  even  ineffectual  efforts  to  pass  the 
urine;  fever,  rigors,  and  vomiting  are  common.     When  the 
neck  of  the  bladder  is  principally  involved,  the  spasms  may 
be  so  great  that  the  urine  is  only  passed  in  drops  under  the 
most  powerful  straining,  and  the  bladder  becomes  distended 
and  mounts  like  a  hard  joainful  ball  over  the  public  bone 
in  front;  if  the  lower  or  posterior  portion  is  principally  in 
volved,  the  pain  is  increased  by  pressure  on  the  perinaeum 
The  urine  is  hot,  reddish  or  high  colored,  but  in  some  cases 
quite    pale;    and  sometimes  there   may  be  a  discharge  of 
mucus  or  pus  tinged  with  blood.     It  is  rare  among  young 
people,  and  mostly  a  disease  of  advanced  life. 

Treatment. — When  there  is  fever,  the  Specific  No.  One 
may  be  given  in  alternation  with  No.  Thirty^  but  in  gen- 


DISEASE  AND  TRE.VTMENT. DIS.   OF  THE  URi^AKY  SYSTEM.     40i} 

eral  the  latter  Specific  will  be  found  sufficient  alone.  Dis- 
solve twelve  pellets  of  No.  Tllirty  in  six  large  spoonsful 
of  water,  and  of  these  give  one  every  half  hour  if  the  pain, 
straining,  and  distress  is  very  great.  But  if  there  is  con- 
siderable fever,  prepare  the  Specific  No.  One  in  the  same 
manner,  and  give  the  two  in  alternation  at  intervals  of  halt 
an  hour  at  first,  and  gradually  increase  the  intervals  to  an 
hour  or  two  hours,  as  the  disease  vields.  Hot  fomentations 
to  the  parts  may  be  of  service,  should  the  painful  urging 
and  tenesmus  be  severe. 

Chronic  Cystitis  is  more  common;  and  may  be  the  sequel 
to  an  acute  attack;  or  may  be  caused  by  calculi,  disease  of 
the  j)rostate  ghiiid,  stricture,  etc.;  but  the  most  common 
cause  is  inability  of  the  bladder  to  empty  itself,  either  from 
loss  of  muscular  power  of  its  coats,  or  prostatic  enlarge- 
ment. The  decomposing  urine  then  becomes  a  source  of 
irritation  to  the  mucous  lining  of  the  bladder;  the  urea  is 
soon  decomposed  into  carbonate  of  am  Jionia,  and  this  salt 
is  acrid  and  irritating,  and  the  bladder  in  time  ac(]uires  a 
condition  which  has  been  ti\yi\y  comjDared  to  that  of  a  badly- 
washed  utensil.  The  symptoms  are  the  same  as  described 
under  the  acute  form,  though  to  a  modified  extent;  but 
while  the  pain  is  less,  the  discharge  is  generally  greater. 
The  mucus  is  often  very  abundant,  a  pint  or  more  being 
often  passed  in  a  day,  and  it  becomes  very  tenacious  on 
standing,  so  that  when  a  vessel  containing  the  urine  of  such 
a  patient  is  emptied,  an  abundance  of  ropy  mucus  follows 
the  urine  in  a  mass. 

Cystitis  may  be  distinguished  from  Inflammation  of  the 
kidneys,  thus  in  the  former  the  pain  travels  upwards,  towards 
the  loins;  while  in  the  latter  the  pain  extends  from  the  loins 
down  to  the  bladder. 

Treatment. — To  allay  the  chronic  irritability  of  the 
bladder,  and  restore,  if  possible,  the  organ  to  its  natural 
condition,   the   Specifics  No.    TweiUy- Seven  and   No. 


406  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Tllirty  are  the  proper  remedies,  and  of  these  six  pellets 
should  be  taken,  in  alternation,  morning  and  at  night,  or 
even  four  times  per  day,  taking  of  No.  Tllirty  six  pellets 
each  morning  before  breakfast,  and  afternoon  before  supper, 
and  of  No.  Twenty- Seveil^  each  noon  before  dinner, 
and  at  night  upon  going  to  rest. 

For  an  attack  of  painful  or  difficult  urination,  the  Speci- 
fic No.  Tllirty  should  be  given  in  fluid,  twelve  j)ellets  in 
six  spoonsful  of  water,  and  of  these  let  one  spoonful  be 
given  every  half  hour,  or  hour,  until  the  j)ain  and  spasm  has 
abated  and  the  urine  passes  freely.  Then  return  again  to 
the  No.  TYrenty- Seven  and  No.  Thirty  for  the  treat- 
ment of  the  chronic  disorder.  The  Specific  No.  Ten  may 
often  in  such  aases  prove  exceedingly  beneficial,  either  alone 
or  in  alternation  with  No.  Tllirty. 

Accessory  Measures. — For  the  relief  of  pain,  hot  fomen- 
tations; and  in  acute  cases,  rest  in  the  horizontal  posture. 
The  warm  hip-bath,  the  abdominal  compress,  and  mucila- 
ginous drinks,  favor  recovery. 

CATAEEH  OF  THE  BLADDER 

Old  chronic  irritations  and  frequent  inflammation  of  the 
bladder,  are  apt  to  result  in  a  chronic  irritation  and  thicken- 
ing of  the  mucus  membrane  of  the  bladder,  urethra  and 
surrounding  organs.  This  results  in  frequent  desire  to 
urinate;  the  fluid  is  forcibly  or  spasmodically  ejected  in 
small  quantities,  and  the  passage  is  attended  with  aching, 
burning  or  spasmodic  pain,  (strangury).  The  pain  may  be 
confined  to  the  bladder  or  extends  to  the  end  of  the  penis, 
round  the  pelvis  or  down  the  thighs.  The  urine  may  or 
may  not  be  unnatural;  but  when  the  disease  has  become 
chronic,  mucus  or  pus  is  passed  with  it,  thus  constituting 
what  is  called  Catarrh  of  the  Bladder,  Healthy  persons 
urinate  on  an  average  five  or  six  times  in  the  twenty-four 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM.      407 

hours,  but  when  there  is  inflammation  or  a  degree  of  irri- 
tation, a  slight  distention  is  painful  and  the  calls  are  more 
frequent. 

Treatment. — The  Specifics  No.  Twenty-Seven  and 
No.  Thirty  are  the  ap]oroj)riate  remedies,  and  may  be 
taken  in  ordinary  eases  four  times  per  day.  The  No. 
Thirty  each  morning  and  afternoon,  and  the  No. 
Twenty- Seven  at  noon  and  at  bed  time,  six  pellets  at 
a  time.  If  urgent,  the  medicines  may  be  taken  one  dose 
every  three  hours.  This  treatment  has  relieved  thousands 
of  the  most  inveterate  cases. 

CAIjCVIA!S.—{Stone,~Grav€l). 

In  the  urine,  are  washed  away  refuse  matters  arising 
from  digestion,  assimilation  and  the  wear  and  tear  of  the 
body.  Any  departure  therefore,  from  the  healthy  j^rocess 
of  digestion  and  luitrition  is  sure  to  be  followed  by  a  de- 
paiiiure  from  the  natural  properties  of  the  urine.  A  deposit 
may  exist  occasionally  in  small  quantity  unnoticed;  it  is  the 
constant  or  abundant  presence  which  furnishes  important 
evidence  of  disease;  but  a  frequent  sediment*  should  never 
be  disregarded. 

The  most  common  varieties  of  calculus  are,  the  lithic  de- 
posit (observed  in  fever,  chronic  liver-disease,  etc.,  forming 
pink  or  brick-dust-like  coloring-matter  in  the  urine).  When 
abundant,  as  in  more  advanced  stages,  it  is  commonly  called 
red-gravel,  and  chiefly  occurs  in  robust  persons  of  florid 
appearance,  who  live  high  and  sufier  fi'om  irritable  gastric 


*  Definition. — A  precipitate  settling  from  the  urine  after  it  has  been 
voided,  it  is  called  a  sediment;  when  formed  in  the  bladder  or  kidneys, 
it  is  called  gravel,  the  nrine  being  muddy  as  it  passes;  and  when 
gravel,  lodging  in  any  of  the  urinary  passages,  becomes  concrete,  it  is 
called  sto7ie.  When  the  urine  of  a  person  habitually  presents  any  on© 
kind  of  deposit,  he  is  generally  said  to  have  a  corresponding  diathesis^ 
as  the  lithic  diathesis,  etc. 


408  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

dyspepsia;  and  sometimes  are  associated  with  rheumatism 
and  chronic  skin  diseases,  but  most  frequently  with  gout; 
the  uric  acid  condition  often  alternates  in  the  same  indi- 
viduals with  gout;  even  in  generations  this  may  be  ob- 
served, gout  manifesting  itself  in  one,  gravel  in  the  second, 
and  gout  again  in  the  third.  This  is  the  most  common 
variety,  and  may  occur  at  any  age.  The  phosphatic,  usually 
depends  (unless  arising  from  changes  in  the  bladder)  on 
atonic  Dyspepsia,  and  an  anaemic  or  broken-down  state  of 
the  constitution,  and  occurs  chiefly  in  the  aged;  the  oxalic, 
which  evidences  feeble  powers  of  assimilation,  and  ex- 
haustion of  the  nervous  system,  from  over-work,  anxiety, 
or  veneral  excesses.  The  patient  is  usually  pale  and  hypo- 
chondriacal, suffers  from  disturbed  sleep,  acidity,  etc. 
There  is  no  gravel  or  sediment,  properly  speaking;  the  par- 
ticles of  oxalate  float  as  crystals  in  the  urine,  or  subside  if 
it  be  allowed  to  stand,  but  are  not  in  large  quantity. 

In  the  adult  male,  stone  is  most  common  between  the 
ages  of  fifty  and  seventy,  or,  perhaps,  between  the  ages  of 
fifty-five  and  seventy-five;  and  it  has  a  history  something 
like  the  following: — A  calculus,  in  eighteen  or  nineteen 
cases  out  of  twenty,  has  uric  acid  for  its  basis,  the  uric  acid 
or  gouty  tendency  (for  the  diseases  are  identical)  being 
hereditary;  and  the  first  symptoms  are  frequent  deposits  of 
pinkish  matter  in  the  urine  on  cooling,  resembling  minute 
particles  of  cayenne  pepper,  which  are  first  formed  in  the 
kidneys.  When  a  painent  habitually  or  frequently  passes 
urine  which  yields  a  pinkish  deposit  on  cooling,  and  which 
cannot  be  traced  to  cold  weather,  errors  in  diet,  or  other 
accidental  causes,  he  has  what  is  called  the  uric  acid  dia- 
thesis. Afterwards,  these  cayenne-pepper-like  particles 
become  aggregrated,  forming  little  calculi,  popularly  known 
as  "sand"  or  "gravel;"  then,  again,  these  tend  in  time  to 
become  larger,  often  as  large  as  peas,  or  even  beans. 
During  the  descent  of  the  calculus  from  the  kidney  to  tho 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM.    409 

bladder,  the  patient  complains  of  severe  pain  in  the  back, 
hip,  groin,  and  testicle,  and  great  discomfort.  In  a  day  or 
two,  or  earlier,  it  is  usually  voided  with  the  urine,  and  thus 
the  matter  is  disposed  of.  But  when  the  bladder  is  unable 
to  expel  the  calculus  by  its  natural  efforts,  the  calculus  in- 
creases in  size,  by  deposit  on  its  surface,  and  in  time  a 
stone  is  formed  that  cannot  be  removed  except  by  an 
operation.  Some  are  smooth  and  roundish,  others  rough 
and  ragged,  and  irregular,  or  like  scales;  more  commonly, 
brown  or  of  reddish  chocolate  color,  or  of  amber  coloi^,  or 
chalk-like,  etc. 

Symptoms. — There  are  four  very  conclusive  symptoms: 
1.  IncreaHed  frequency  of  passing  xcater,  chiefly  during  the 
day,  and  when  moving  about,  riding  on  horseback,  and  less 
so  at  night  and  when  at  rest.  2.  Pain  in  the  glans  penis 
during  and  immediately  after  micturation,  and  a  continuous 
desire  to  pass  water  for  a  few  minutes  until  fresh  urine 
trickles  down  and  separates  the  stone  from  the  lining  of 
the  neck  of  the  bladder,  which  is  a  highly  sensitive  part- 
As  soon  as  sufficient  urine  collects,  relief  is  experienced. 
Pain  at  the  end  of  the  penis  is  highly  diagnostic  of  stone  in 
the  bladder.  Fain  loiv  down  in  the  abdomen  is  generally 
due  to  chronic  inflammation  of  the  bladder.  Pain  before 
urinating  is  generally  caused  Dy  a  sensitive  or  inflamed 
mucous  membrane.  3.  TJie  urine  contains  muco-puSj  such 
as  is  found  in  cystitis,  only  to  a  greater  amount.  "With 
calculus  the  urine  is  almost  invariably  clouded  by  mucus  or 
pus.*     4.  Blood  is  passed  from  time  to  time,  and  the  quantity 

*  It  is  important  to  discriminate  between  urine  clouded  by  mucus 
or  pus,  and  urine  clouded  by  deposited  salts.  In  cold  weather  the 
urine,  on  cooling,  readily  deposits  its  lithates,  where  none  would  be 
seen  in  hot  weather.  On  the  application  of  heat  it  becomes  quite 
clear,  which  is  never  the  case  if  the  thickness  be  caused  by  pus  or 
mucus.  Occasional  thickness  of  urine  from  lithates  is  of  no  great 
importance.  But  if  the  deposit  be  constant  and  heavy,  habits  must 
be  corrected,  diet  restricted,  and  indigestion  removed.  If  the  urine 
doei^  not  become  clear  with  heat,  an  organic  compound  is  the  cauB« 
of  the  thickness,  and  the  source  of  it  must  be  investigated. 


410  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

is  increased  by  mucli  exercise,  sucli  as  riding  in  a  springlesb 
carriage,  or  over  a  rough  road,  on  horseback,  much  walk- 
ing, and  by  all  rapid  niovements  of  the  body.  But  if  the 
patient  remain  quiet  no  blood  at  all  may  be  passed,  or  a 
mere  drop  or  two,  with  pain  in  the  last  expulsive  effort  at 
urination.  Generally  the  urine  has  a  florid  tint,  while 
blood  passed  from  the  kidneys  gives  the  urine  a  brownish 
color  from  long  contact  of  the  urine  with  the  blood.  The 
same  remark  applies  to  haemorrhage  due  to  enlarged  pro- 
state. The  four  symptoms  occurring  simultaneously,  un- 
mistakably indicate  stone  in  the  bladder.  But,  if  additional 
evidence  be  desired,  there  are  the  chemical  tests  of  the  urine, 
and  the  sound,  an  instrument,  bent  a  little  shorter  than  the 
ordinary  catheter,  by  means  of  which  nearly  every  portion 
of  the  bladder  can  be  explored. 

Prevention  of  Calculus  Disease. — Cider  has  a  beneficial 
influence  on  those  who  possess  a  lithic  diathesis.  Milk, 
however,  has  the  reputation  of  being  the  great  anti-lithic. 

The  classes  of  food  which  it  is  esjDCcially  necessary  to 
restrict  are:  1.  sugar,  in  whatever  form  or  combination  this 
substance  is  presented;  2.  fatty  matters — butter,  cream,  and 
fat  meat — whether  simply  cooked,  or  in  the  form  of  pastry; 
3.  alcohol,  especially  in  the  form  of  sherry,  port,  and  the 
stronger  wines;  tea  and  coffee;  also  strong  beer,  champagne, 
etc.  Abstinence  from  these  substances  is  recommended  on 
the  ground  that  the  labor  of  the  liver  will  be  thus  greatly 
lightened,  and  correspondingly  the  vicarious  work  of  the 
kidneys  will  be  diminished.  Filtered  rain,  or  soft  or  distilled 
water,  has  a  very  great  solvent  power,  and  may  be  taken  to 
the  extent  of  two  or  three  pints  daily.  Further,  a  fair 
amount  of  open-air  exercise  daily,  and  the  promotion  of 
the  healthy  functions  of  the  skin  by  bathing,  fi'ictions,  and 
suitable  clothing,  as  directed  in  the  first  part  of  this  Mentor. 

Treatment  of  the  Diathesis. — Patients  having  a  predis- 
position to  the  formation  of  stone,  especially  if  they  have 


t 


s 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.   Or   THE  URINARY  SYSTEM.     411 

passed  calculi  with  their  urine,  require  medical  treatment 
and  careful"  supervision  to  correct  the  tendency;  for 
although  useless  to  remove  a  stone  of  size,  remedies  aid  in 
the  exjDulsion  of  sand  or  gravel;  and  also  correct  the  ten- 
dency to  such  formations.  Under  our  treatment  many 
patients  who  formerly  passed  small  calculi  have  entirely 
ceased  to  do  so. 

First  and  foremost,  all  avoidable  causes  must  be  removed 
— high  living,  the  use  of  alcoholic  liquors,  and  insufficient 
exercise,  on  the  one  hand;  and  over-work,  anxiety,  and 
excesses  of  all  kinds,  on  the  other.  Dyspeptic  symptoms 
should  be  met  by  such  means  as  are  j)ointed  out  in  the 
section  on  dyspepsia;  and  any  other  concurrent  disorders 
should  be  corrected.  Removal  to  a  locality  where  pure  soft 
water  can  be  procured  is  often  alone  curative. 

All  cases  in  which  there  is  even  room  for  a  suspicion 
of  stone,  should  be  at  once  placed  under  good  Homeopathic 
treatment. 

Treatment. — For  an  attack  of  gravel  or  renal  calculi,  at- 
tended with  pain  as  before  mentioned,  frequent  desire  to 
urinate,  etc.,  give  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty^  twelve  globules 
in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  of  w^hich  give  a  spoonful  every 
half  hour.  Give  the  patient  a  hot  foot  or  sitz  bath,  or 
apply  hot  fomentations  over  the  side  of  the  abdomen  where 
the  pain  is;  or  give  large  injections  of  warm  water  so  as  to 
relax  the  system  and  arrest  the  spasm,  and  so  facilitate  the 
passage  of  the  gravel. 

To  prevent  the  formation  of  the  calculi,  take  of  the  Specific 
No.  Thirty,  six  pellets  at  night,  and  of  the  No.  Twenty- 
Seven,  six  pellets  each  morning,  and  so  continue  for 
months. 

Persons  afflicted  with  this  disease  should  subsist  as  far 
as  possible  upon  farinaceous  food  and  mucilaginous  drinks, 
in  preference  to  the  more  heavy  and  heating  meats. 


i 


412  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

STRANGrUARY. — {Difficult,  painful^  or  suppressed  urination). 

We  group  together  these  various  conditions  of  morbid 
urination,  as  they  frequently  arise  from  the  same  causes, 
run  into  each  other  in  the  progress  of  the  complaint,  and 
generally  require  the  same  remedies. 

When  the  urine  is  retained,  while  the  kidneys  continue  tc 
secrete  the  fluid,  the  bladder  becomes  after  a  few  hours  so 
filled  and  distended,  that  it  rises  like  a  large  ball  or  swelling, 
immediately  over  the  pubes,  which  may  be  perceptible  to 
the  touch.  The  lower  portion  of  the  abdomen  also  becomes 
swelled  and  sensitive  to  pressure.  There  is  some  fever, 
and  the  inclination  to  pass  water  is  frequent  and  urgent, 
though  ineffectual.  Should  this  condition  continue  an}^ 
great  length  of  time,  inflammation  and  subsequent  morti- 
fication may  ensue,  or  the  bladder  become  ruptured  with 
fatal  result. 

Retention  may  be  caused  by  inflammation  of  the  urethra' 
or  from  stricture,  or  it  may  result  from  suppressed  2)iles 
Going  too  long  without  urinating,  and  hence  over-distention 
of  the  bladder  may  in  some  cases  close  the  internal  orifice 
of  the  organ;  or  it  may  be  occasioned  by  spasm  of  the  neck 
of  the  bladder.  Paralysis  or  inflammation  of  the  neck  of 
the  bladder  may  also  produce  it.  Also  tumors  in  the  neck 
of  the  bladder,  or  calculus  or  swelling  of  the  prostate  gland. 

Difficulty  of  discharging  the  urine  is  manifested  by  fre- 
quent desire  to  urinate,  attended  with  heat,  smarting  pain, 
uneasiness  and  a  sense  of  distention  and  fullness  in  the 
region  of  the  bladder.  The  urine  is  only  voided  in  drops 
or  small  quantities,  sometimes  mixed  with  blood,  after  great 
urging  or  straining. 

This  condition  may  be  occasioned  by  gonorrhoea  or  in- 
flammation of  the  urethra,  spasm  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder 
excesses  in  drinking,  exposure  to  cold  in  sensitive  subjects, 
suppression  of  some  habitual  discharge,  presence  of  grave] 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DIS.  OF  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM.     413 

in  the  neck  of  the  bladder  or  urethra,  or  from  the  appli- 
cation of  cantharides  in  the  form  of  a  blister. 

In  some  rare  cases  the  secretion  of  urine  may  be  suppres- 
sed, the  kidneys  failing  to  elaborate  this  secretion  from  the 
blood.  It  mostly  occurs  in  persons  of  advanced  age,  or  in 
very  young  children.  It  may  occur  in  the  course  of  fevers 
or  in  dropsy,  or  inflammation  of  some  organ  of  the  body. 
Gouty  subjects,  particularly  after  being  exposed  to  cold  or 
wet,  or  on  the  suppression  of  some  accustomed  discharge, 
such  as  hemorrhoids,  are  most  liable  to  it.  Generally  there 
is  no  inclination  to  make  water,  there  being  no  accumu- 
lation; and  there  is  no  swelling  or  enlargement  in  the  region 
of  the  bladder,  indicating  an  accumulation.  Other  symp- 
toms are:  Nausea,  sense  of  weakness  and  sinking  at  the 
praecordia,  sometimes  there  is  also  frequent  turns  of  vomit- 
ing, severe  hiccough,  pain  in  the  back,  intense  headache 
and  restlessness.  The  skin  generally  presents  a  normal 
condition,  but  profuse  perspiration  sometimes  supervenes, 
in  some  cases  with  a  decided  urinous  odor.  If  the  secretion 
is  not  again  established,  the  system  soon  suft'ers,  the  blood 
is  not  purified,  and  cerebral  symptoms  declare  themselves, 
and  life  terminates  in  coma. 

Treatment. — When  there  is  retention  of  urine,  frequent 
effort,  and  but  little  or  no  discharge,  the  Specific  No. 
Thirty  should  be  given  dissolved  in  water,  six  pellets  in 
a  spoonful,  and  repeated  every  hoiu',  or  even  every  half 
hour  in  urgent  cases.  Hot  fomentations  applied  to  the 
region  of  the  bladder,  and  warm  seat-baths,  are  also  very 
efficient  auxiliaries. 

Painful,  difficult  urination  requires  nearly  the  same  treat- 
ment, only  there  is  less  necessity  for  seat-baths  or  warm 
fomentations.  The  Specifics  No.  Thirty  may  be  taken, 
six  pellets  diy  on  the  tongue  and  repeated  every  two  hours, 
will  be  sufficient  in  most  cases.  Should  there  be  calculus, 
tumors,  or  othe^  mechanical  obstructions  in  the  neck  of  the 


414  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

bladder  or  urethra,  the  case  will  be  more  obstinate,  yet  the 
use  of  the  medicine  and  warm  fomentations  will  be  pro2:)er, 
and  generally  efficient.  If  there  is  inflammation  of  the 
urethra,  the  same  treatment  as  in  gonorrhoea  must  be  pur- 
sued. 

When  the  secretion  of  the  kidneys  appears  scanty  oi 
suppressed,  a  few  portions  of  the  Specific  >To.  Eleven^ 
either  alone  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Ttlirty^  at  inter- 
vals of  two  or  three  hours,  will  be  probably  sufficient  to 
restore  the  secretion  again. 

ENURESIS. — {Urinary  Incontinence — Wetting  the  bed). 

This  difficulty  is  manifested  in  a  frequent  desire  to  pass 
off  the  water,  and  an  inability  to  retain  it  for  any  length  of 
time  after  the  inclination  comes  on.  Sometimes  the  call 
comes  on  every  hour,  or  even  more  frequently  during  the 
day,  and  the  urgency  is  very  pressing.  It  may  arise  from 
weakness  or  relaxation  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  or  from 
the  urine  being  to  acrid  or  irritating,  or  from  the  presence 
of  gravel,  or  some  diseased  condition  of  the  bladder  itseK. 

A  frequent  phase  of  this  disease  manifests  itself  in  tlie 
involuntary  discharge  of  the  urine  at  night,  or  what  is 
termed  "wetting  the  bed."  It  is  mostly  noticed  among 
children  under  ten  or  twelve  years  of  age,  but  has  occasion- 
ally been  known  to  continue  to  adult  age.  Sometimes  it 
appears  in  children  apparently  disconnected  from  any  other 
morbid  condition  of  the  urinary  organs;  the  child  has  jDcr- 
fect  control  while  awake,  but  during  the  unconsciousness 
of  sleep  the  system  becomes  relaxed  and  the  urine  is  passed 
involuntarily.  It  may  arise  in  some  cases  from  the  irritation 
of  worms,  or  from  the  secretion  being  too  acrid,  but  in 
general  its  foundation,  especially  in  obstinate  cases,  will  be 
found  in  scrofulous  diathesis. 

Treatment. — In  all  cases  of  frequent  calls  to  urinate  or 


DISEASE  AND  TEEATMENT. DIS.  OF  THE  URINAKY  SYSTEM.     416 

inability  to  retain  the  secretion,  the  Specific  No.  Thirty ^ 
three  pellets  for  children  three  times  per  day,  will  be  suffix 
cient,  and  be  found  promptly  curative. 

When  the  disease  may  be  supposed  to  arise  from  the 
irritation  of  worms,  the  Specific  No.  TlVO  may  be  given  in 
alternation  with  No.  Tllil'ty^  each  taken  twice  in  the 
course  of  the  day. 

In  obstinate  cases  of  wetting  the  bed,  the  Specifics  No. 
Twenty-Two  should  be  given,  three  pellets  for  children 
every  morning  on  rising,  und  the  No.  Tliirtyj  three  pellets 
at  night,  and  this  course  pursued  until  the  cure  is  effected. 

In  the  case  of  children  subject  to  this  infirmity,  care 
should  be  taken  not  to  let  them  drink  of  water  or  other 
fluid  late  in  the  evening,  or  on  going  to  bed;  not  to  permit 
them  to  eat  apples,  acid  fruits,  watermelons  or  cantelojDcs 
late  in  the  afternoon  or  evening,  and  to  use  no  kind  of 
drink  calculated  to  stimulate  the  urinary  secretion;  and 
also  when  children  are  subject  to  this  infirmity,  to  have 
them  urinate  the  last  thing  before  retiring,  and  also  very 
early  in  the  morning,  and  on  no  account  suffer  them  to  lie 
in  the  wet  clothes. 

r 

DIABETES. — {Excessive  Secretion  of  Urine). 

This  disease  is  known  as  a  constitutional  cachexy,  mani- 
i  fested  by  an  excessive  discharge  of  pale,  heavy,  and  sugary 

urine,  the  sugar  being  formed  in  the  system  from  the  starch 
or  saccharine  matter  in  the  food.  There  is  a  sense  of  sick- 
ness, debility,  and  progressive  emaciation;  red,  fissured 
tongue,  and  enlarged  papilla;  intense  thirst  and  frequent 
urination;  voracious  appetite  and  sinking  of  the  stomach; 
bowels  usually  costive,  and  stool  hard  and  dry;  harsh  and 
dry  skin;  the  breath  has  a  peculiar  violet  or  chloroform- 
like smell;  boils  or  carbuncles,  or  swellings  of  the  legs  are 
frequent  attendants;  the  insatiable  thirst  is  one  of  the  most 
characteristic  symptoms.     The  quantity  of  urine  is  usually 


416  HOMEOPATHIC  MKNTOR. 

greatly  in  excess,  amounting  to  from  eight  to  twenty  oi 
more  pints  in  the  twenty-four  hours.  It  is  usually  of  a 
pale,  straw  color,  has  a  faint  smell  of  apple,  hay,  or  milk, 
and  is  specifically  heavy,  according  to  the  amount  of  sugar 
it  contains.  Diabetic  urine  may  be  tested  in  various  ways: 
will  ferment  with  the  addition  of  yeast,  or  leave  a  residuum 
like  molasses  on  evaporation. 

There  is  another  form  of  diabetes  characterized  by  an 
excessive  discharge  of  clear,  colorless  urine,  but  which  is 
devoid  of  sugar.  There  is  thirst,  a  harsh,  dry  skin,  and 
mental  and  physical  weakness  present. 

Treatment. — In  diabetes  the  patient  must  avoid  all  forms 
of  starch  or  sugar,  and  the  foods  containing  them;  but 
should  live  on  other  abundant  nutritious  food.  Fat  meat? 
fish,  oysters,  eggs,  milk  and  soups  thickened  with  finely 
powdered  bran,  but  no  bread,  potatoes,  grapes,  pears? 
berries,  melons,  or  other  sweet,  rich  fruits.  As  a  substitute 
for  bread,  bran  gTOund  fine  and  mixed  with  eggs  and  a 
little  butter,  and  hard  baked,  may  be  used.  The  thirst  may 
be  gratified  with  water,  which  rather  benefits  than  other- 
wise. The  patient  should  also  take  five  drops,  four  times 
per  day,  of  a  special  homeopathic  Specific  for  Diabetes,  price 
$2*00  per  bottle,  to  be  had  of  this  Company,  on  application 
by  mail.  This  treatment  has  been  uniformly  successful  in 
many,  even  advanced  cases.  The  patient  may  also  drink 
freely  of  skim-milk.  It  may  be  made  a  regular  diet  and  as 
muc)i  as  seven  or  ten  pints  may  be  taken  daily  in  fluid,  or 
two  or  three  pints  of  the  amount  may  be  made  into  curd 
dailv  and  taken  in  that  form. 

HEMATURIA. — {Hemorrhage  with  the  urine). 

Occasionally  the  urine  is  found  of  a  more  or  less  deeply 
reddish  tinge,  and  an  examination  shows  the  presence  of 
blood.  Sometimes  quite  a  proportion  of  the  discharge  con- 
sists of  blood,  and  at  otlier   times   there  is  but  a   slight 


DISEASE  AND  TREATINIENT. DIS.  OF  THi;  TTRmARY  SYSTEM.     41*7 

admixture.  It  may  arise  from  any  cause  that  separates  any 
of  the  minute  blood  vessels  along  its  course.  Thus,  falls, 
blows,  bruises,  leaping,  running,  any  violent  exercise,  or 
a  lodgment  of  a  stone  in  the  kidney,  urethra,  or  bladder,  or 
an  inflammation  of  the  kidney  may  occasion  it.  Irregular 
menstruation,  suppression  of  piles,  excessive  indulgence  in 
spirituous  drinks,  venereal  excesses,  the  use  of  asparagus 
or  cantharides  mav  at  times  induce  it. 

A/ 

When  the  blood  is  discharged  in  streaks  or  dots,  and  de- 
posits, on  standing,  a  dark  brown  sediment  like  coffee 
grounds,  it  is  likely  to  have  come  from  the  irritating  effects 
of  a  stone  in  the  bladder,  and  the  act  of  urinating  is 
attended  with  some  straining  and  effort.  If  it  proceeds 
trom  the  kidneys,  there  will  be  pain  in  the  lumbar  region; 
anxiety;  numbness  along  the  inside  of  one  or  both  thighs; 
drawing  up  of  the  testicles,  and  derangement  of  the  bowels. 

The  presence  of  blood  in  the  urine  is  always  a  serious 
matter,  and  should  demand  our  attention.  In  most  cases 
it  is  controllable,  but  should  not  be  neglected. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Thirty  will  generally  be 
found  sufficient,  and  should  always  be  tried  first,  six  pellets 
dissolved  in  a  sj)oonful  of  water,  and  given  every  two  or 
three  hours,  gradually  increasing  the  intervals. 

Should  the  disease  arise  from  the  kidneys,  and  especially 
if  there  should  be  an  appearance  of  pus  or  matter   in  the 
secretion,  it  will   be  better  to  alternate   the  Specifics  No„ 
Twenty-Seven  and  No.  Thirty,  six  pellets  at  a  time 
and  say  four  times  per  day,  continuing  this  course. 

Drinking  of  cold  water  is  objectionable,  and  tends  tc 
increase  the  irritation.  Barley-water  in  large  quantities  is 
the  best  drink. 

Should  these  remedies  not  control  the  disease,  and  espe- 
cially if  the  amount  of  blood  in  the  urine  is  quite  copious, 
half  a  teaspoonful  of  the  Marvel  of  Healing,  taken  evei;> 
one  or  two  hours,  will  be  effectual. 


DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 


MENSTEUATION. 

The  sufferings  attendant  upon  the  various  forms  of 
disease  to  which  women  are  particularly  liable,  comprise  a 
large  share  of  the  evils  to  which  they  are  subject.  Much 
of  the  health  and  happiness  of  the  sex  depends  upon  tlie 
proper  performance  of  the  various  functions  incident  to 
their  peculiar  systems.  No  considerable  derangement  in 
these  functions  can  exist  for  any  length  of  time,  without 
drawing  the  entire  system  into  sympathetic  suffering. 
While  this  class  of  disease  is  so  important,  and  exercise 
so  grave  an  influence  over  the  health  and  happiness  of  the 
female,  yet  their  nature  is  such  as  to  necessarily  exclude 
them,  to  a  great  extent,  from  observation,  and  the  victim 
often  prefers  to  suffer  the  pain,  distress  and  inconvenience 
of  them,  than  to  disclose  them  to  her  medical  attendant. 
It  is  then  especially  important  that  ladies,  and  esj^eciaily 
mothers,  should  make  themselves  acquainted  wdth  the  sub- 
ject, and  as  far  as  2:)ossible  to  be  able  to  correct  these  dis- 
turbances in  their  earlier  stages,  and  before  they  have 
become  complicated  or  inveterate  from  lapse  of  time. 

The  first  menses  usually  make  their  appearance  in  tiiis 
climate  at  about  the  fifteenth  ^^ear;  in  warm  climates  earlier, 
and  in  colder  later.  It  is  also  subject  to  variations,  de- 
pending  u^oon  the  general  health,  vigor,  and  develoj^ment 
of  the  person.     For  a  j^eai*  or  two  it  may  be  scant}^  and  not 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. ^DlSEASES  OP  WOMEN.  419 

unfrequently  subject  to  some  irregularities,  which  need 
not  excite  apprehension,  unless  they  are  very  grave  or  im- 
poi^tant.  In  healthy  women  it  should  appear  every  twenty- 
eight  days,  and  flow  four  or  five  days,  varying  again  accord- 
ing to  the  health  and  vigor  of  the  person.  About  the 
forty-fifth  year  of  life  it  generally  ceases  altogether,  though 
in  some  cases  it  may  commence  with  irregularities  some 
years  earlier;  and  in  others  the  function  may  continue 
regularly  until  the  fiftieth  year,  or  even  later.  Its  cessation 
is  marked  by  irregularities  and  various  disturbances  of  the 
system,  extending  for  months,  or  even  years.  This  cessation 
of  the  monthly-flows,  and  the  disturbances  of  the  period, 
are  generally  termed  the  *' change  of  life"  or  the  critical 
period. 

Amenorrhea. — {Tardy  mensem — Delaying  menses).  Wlien 
the  menses,  in  young  girls,  do  not  come  on  at  the  usual 
time,  it  is  not  always  proper  to  hasten  to  administer  medi- 
cine, with  a  view  of  forcing  their  appearance.  It  is  a  better 
rule,  so  long  as  the  general  health  remains  good,  to  do 
nothing  to  promote  this  secretion,  beyond  attention  to  the 
proper  clothing,  exercise,  and  diet  of  the  patient.  The 
clothing  should  be  warm  and  changed  to  suit  the  tem- 
perature and  season;  and  a  wholesome,  generous  diet  should 
be  adopted,  avoiding  all  spices,  coffee,  and  high- seasoned 
food.  Care  should  be  likewise  exercised  that  the  child  be 
not  oveiiiaxed  by  study,  too  long  or  too  severe  lessons,  or 
sitting  too  long  at  the  piano;  while,  from  want  of  appetite, 
or  unsuitable  or  too  meagre  diet,  the  system  is  insufficiently 
nourished  during  this  period.  These  measures  will  gener- 
ally be  sufficient.  Should  they  however  fail,  or  should  there 
be  some  symptoms  of  its  approach,  such  as  flushes  of  heat, 
frequent  giddiness  of  the  head,  heaviness  in  the  abdomen 
and  about  the  loins;  or  if  she  is  dull,  stupid,  melancholy  or 
sad;  or  if  she  is  bloated,  sluggish;  or  even  if  ver}^  slender 
and    feeble,  the    case  should  demand   attention,  and   the 


420  F«)MEorATnic  mentou. 

patient  sliouia  receive  proper  care  in  order  to  prevent  aftei 
diseases,  irregularity  and  suffering. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Eleven^  six  pellets  night 
and  morning,  will  be  found  sufficient,  and  may  be  continued 
regularly  until  the  menses  are  established.  Fresh  air, 
moderate  exercise,  and  simple,  generous  diet,  are  im- 
portant. A  sponge  bath  night  and  morning,  avoiding 
exposure  to  night  air  and  cold  damp  feet,  are  also  import- 
ant auxiliaries. 

Chlorosis. — {Green- Sicknesi^), — In  some  cases  the  menses 
fail  to  appear  at  the  proper  age,  or  appear  imperfectly,  very 
scanty  in  quantity,  wanting  in  proper  color,  and  irregularly 
as  to  time,  or  not  at  all,  and,  additionally,  there  are  more  or 
lefjs  of  the  following  symptoms:  Weariness,  want  of  strength 
or  vigor,  languor,  debility,  the  patient  becomes  emaciated, 
face  pale,  earthy,  lips  blanched,  bloodless,  or  sometimes 
flushes  of  heat,  depraved  appetite,  longing  for  sharp,  acid, 
or  cheering  things,  or  for  slate,  chalk,  or  clay.  The  bowels 
are  irregular,  confined,  or  relaxed;  abdomen  often  dis- 
tended, with  borborigmi  or  flatulence,  especially  after 
eating,  or  along  in  the  latter  part  of  the  day;  limbs  fre- 
quently are  swelled  and  cold;  headache,  short  breath,  and 
palpitation  of  the  heart  on  slight  exercise,  and  not  unfre- 
quently,  short,  dry  cough.  These  symptoms  in  young  girls 
are  always  of  the  utmost  importance,  and  demand  care  and 
attention  for  their  removal.  Yet  you  should  not  rush  to 
extreme  means.  A  little  time,  patience  and  care,  with  the 
use  of  the  proper  medicines,  will  generally  bring  all  around 
right,  and  give  the  patient  a  good,  healthy  constitution 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Eleven^  six  pellets  in 
water,  three  times  per  day,  will  almost  always  be  found 
sufficient;  and  especially  if  coupled  with  this,  due  care  be 
exercised  with  regard  to  the  diet  and  regimen  of  the  pa- 
tient. All  that  has  been  said  under  the  previous  section 
in  regard  to  Tardy  Menstruation  obtains  here.     Good  air, 


DISFASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  421 

generous  diet,  warm  clothing,  daily  frictions  of  the  body 
and  bathing,  are  all  means  to  establish  and  build  up  the 
general  health,  and  most  important  and  efficient  auxiliaries 
in  the  work  of  restoration;  and  generally  succeed  in  a  few 
months  in  restoring  the  patient,  and  bringing  her  over  this 
often-times  critical  period.  Other  medicines  may  be  used 
as  intercurrent  remedies  in  the  treatment,  if  the  symptoms 
so  require :  as,  the  No.  Ten  for  flatulence,  feeble  digestion 
and  poor  appetite;  No.  Seven  for  cough  or  hoarseness;  No 
One  or  No.  Thirty- Five  for  flushes  of  heat  or  headache. 
These  remedies  may  be  given,  one  or  two  doses  of  six 
pellets  per  day,  w^hile  the  No.  Eleven  is  given  regularly 
night  or  morning. 

Scanty,  Insufficient  Menses. — In  some  cases,  after  men- 
struation is  established,  the  discharge  does  not  appear  at 
the  proper  time,  there  being  five  or  six  or  more  weeks  be- 
tween the  inteiwals;  or,  it  may  continue  only  for  a  day  or 
two,  being  pale  or  unusual  in  color,  or  stopping,  and  then 
coming  on  again  for  a  few^  hours;  or  other  features  of  irre- 
gularity, denoting  an  unhealthy  or  feeble  menstrual  flow. 
All  such  cases  indicate  either  general  debility,  feebleness 
of  the  entire  system,  the  presence  of  some  serious  disease 
or  derangement  of  the  uterine  system,  and  demand  atten- 
tion. We  should  seek  to  build  up  the  general  health,  by 
nourishing  food,  stimulants  in  rare  cases,  good  air  and 
healthful  exercise,  keeping  the  feet  dry  and  warm,  and  the 
lower  extremities  well  protected,  and  the  mind  cheerful  and 
happy. 

Beside  these  hygienic  observances,  the  use  of  the  Specific 
No.  Eleven,  six  pellets  night  and  morning,  or  even  six 
pellets  before  each  meal  and  on  going  to  rest  at  night,  w^ill 
in  general  restore  the  system  to  its  natural  and  healthy 
function. 

Suppressed  Menses. — Sometimes,  in  regularly  menstruat- 
ing w^omen,  the  discharge  becomes  suppressed,  and  fails  to 


422  HOMEOPATHIC    MEIS^TOR. 

appear  at  the  proper  time.  This  is  most  commonly  the 
result  of  cold;  and  especially  of  damp  cold,  and  is  a  cause 
to  which  women  should  be  constantly  on  their  guard.  Cold 
feet,  getting  the  feet  wet,  insufficient  covering  for  the  feet, 
legs  and  lower  abdomen,  or  a  thorough  chilling  of  the 
whole  body  about  the  time  it  should  appear,  or  even  during 
the  flow,  are  sufficient  to  arrest  the  discharge,  and  result  in 
very  mischievous  consequences.  Sudden  and  powerful 
emotions  of  the  mind,  or  grief  and  despondency,  may  also 
arrest  it,  and  at  times,  these  powerful  influences  applied 
during  the  intervals  between  the  periods,  may  be  sufficient 
to  prevent  its  appearance.  The  use  of  acids,  vinegar,  pick- 
les, or  harsh,  indigestible  things,  may  have  a  similar  eflfect. 
When  these  obstructing  causes  are  applied  during  the  flow, 
or  just  at  the  time  of  its  being  established,  the  consequences 
are  much  more  severe  and  violent  than  when  they  are 
applied  during  the  interval. 

But  when  the  obstructing  causes  are  applied  during  the 
interval,  a  train  of  symptoms  arise  which  are  quite  as 
serious,  if  not  as  sudden  and  violent.  The  patient  becomes 
pale,  languid,  debilitated;  her  appetite  fails,  and  she  looks 
sickly  and  dejected;  there  is  loss  of  energy  and  ambition; 
the  feet  and  ankles  often  swell;  she  becomes  nervous,  palj^i- 
tation  of  the  heart,  indigestion,  flatulence,  and  shortness  of 
breath  appear,  and  ver}^  generally  leucorrhoea  comes  on. 
In  feeble  persons  predisposed  to  consumption  or  pulmon- 
ary disease,  suppression  is  peculiarly  prejudicial  and  always 
demands  serious  attention.  The  result  is  that:  The  flow 
may  either  cease  suddenly,  or  it  ma}^  not  come  on  at  all  at 
the  next  period,  or  it  may  come  on  attended  with  scanty, 
irregular  discharge,  or  with  severe  pain  and  distress.  In 
the  worst  cases  wc  have  frightful  attack  of  spasmodic  pains 
in  the  bowels  and  stomach,  often  attended  with  retching, 
vomiting,  headache,  flushed  face,  delirium,  convulsions, 
hysteria,  palpitation  of  the  heart,  or  difficult  breathing,  etc. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  423 

Treatment. — Dissolve  at  once  twelve  pellets  of  Specieig 
No.  Eleven^  in  six  dessert  spoonsful  of  water,  and  of  thia 
give  one  spoonful  every  hour,  giving  the  patient  also  a  hot 
foot-bath,  and  put  her  quietly  and  comfortably  to  bed 
if  the  case  is  sufficiently  serious  to  justify  it.  This  will 
generally  suffice;  if  it  does  not,  another  dose  may  be  pre- 
paved  in  the  same  manner,  and  taken  at  intervals  of  two  or 
three  hours,  until  the  result  is  accomplished. 

If  the  flow  has  been  fully  established,  it  may  not  be  re- 
quisite to  do  anything  in  the  interval.  But  if  the  result  has 
been  imperfectly  accomplished,  the  Specific  No.  Eleven 
should  be  given,  six  pellets  every  two  or  three  nights  during 
the  interval,  and  at  the  time  it  should  again  appear^  care 
should  be  taken  that  there  be  no  exposure  or  danger  of  a 
chill  to  prevent  its  appearance. 

When  the  proper  time  returns,  and  the  menses  do  not 
appear,  take  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Eleven  every  night 
on  going  to  bed,  and  morning  on  rising,  and  bathe  the  feet 
in  warm  water  ten  or  fifteen  minutes,  two  or  three  nights 
in  succession,  if  necessary.  A  single  dose  or  two  will,  how- 
ever, usually  be  found  successful. 

Dysmenorrhea. — {Pawful  Menstruation).  —  Many  women 
suffer  an  untold  amount  oi  pain  at  every  return  of  the  men- 
strual period;  not  only  bearing  dowm,  but  cuttings,  gripiugs, 
colic,  cramps,  and,  in  some  cases,  even  convulsions  attend 
every  access  of  menstruation.  Often  these  sufferings  are 
so  excruciating  as  to  embitter  the  life  of  the  patient,  and 
cause  her  to  dread  even  the  thought  of  a  menstrual  return; 
and  the  prostrating  effects  of  one  period  are  hardly  re- 
covered from,  before  another  comes  on.  These  sufferings 
are  liable  to  occur  during  every  period  of  life,  from  the 
commencement  to  the  close  of  menstruation,  and  certain 
persons  or  constitutions  are  peculiarly  predisposed  to  them. 
Exposure  to  cold  and  w^ant  of  proper  care  during  the  first 
years  of  menstruation,    are  the  common   sources  of  this 


424  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

suffering.  The  pain  often  begins  some  hours,  or  even  days 
before  the  flow  commences;  and  at  other  times  the  dis- 
charge commences  and  continues  several  hours,  then 
diminishes  or  ceases  entirely,  with  great  suffering.  Thr 
pains  may  continue  an  indefinite  period,  ceasing  :r  be 
coming  less  when  the  flow  has  been  established  unde: 
proper  treatment;  or,  they  may  continue  during  the  entirf 
period,  without  shortening  the  period,  or  diminishing  th^ 
quantity.  The  pains  may  be  of  an  intermitting,  expulsiv*^ 
character,  or  a  steady,  aching  pain  in  the  loins,  hips,  and 
back,  like  those  which  usually  precede  menstruation.  In 
some  cases  membranous  shreds  are  expelled,  and  in  others 
the  flow  is  natural.  Not  unfrequently  the  breasts  are 
swelled,  sensitive,  or  even  quite  painful. 

Such  cases  are  sometimes  found  in  connection  with 
scanty,  retarded,  or  irregular  periods;  and  again,  with  re- 
gular or  too  abundant  discharge,  the  feature  being  exces- 
sively violent  pain,  pressure,  bearing  down,  and  even  cramps 
and  convulsions  at   every  access  of  the   monthly  period. 

Treatment.  —  During  the  interval  between  the  periods, 
give  every  night  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  Eleven. 
When  the  pain  comes  on,  give  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No. 
Tllirty-Olie^  every  hour,  until  relief  is  obtained,  or 
several  hours  have  passed.  If  not  fully  relieved  by  this, 
give  the  Specific  No.  Eleven^  in  alternation  with  No. 
Thirty- Olie^  and  at  the  same  intervals.  In  some  cases 
where  there  is  great  bearing  down,  or  when  the  discharge 
is  quite  profuse,  the  Specific  No.  Thirty- Five  will  be 
found  very  efiicient,  given  in  the  same  manner,  either  alone 
or  in  alternation  with  No.  Thirty-^Olie.  This  course  will 
very  generally  relieve  the  most  inveterate  cases. 

For  headache  during  the  menses,  take  the  Specific  No, 
Eleven^  every  two  hours  six  pellets,  until  relieved.  In 
some  cases  the  Specific  No.  Thirty-Two^  taken  in  the 
same  manner,  acts  like  a  charm. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  425 

Metorrhagia. — {Too  profuse,   or  too  frequent   menses). — 
Often,  especially  in  women  subject  to   "  the  whites,"  and 
dependent  also  upon  a  similar  relaxed  condition  in  the 
system,  the  menses  are  too  profuse,  returning  again  after  a 
cessation  of  only  ten,  fourteen,  or  sixteen  days,  and  flowing 
Irom  five  to  ten  days.     Thus  the  discharge  may  not  only  be 
too  profuse,  but  also  too  soon  and  too  frequent,  or  it  may 
only  appear  too  soon,  without  being  for  the  time  excessive  in 
quantity.    Sometimes  the  secretion  is  scanty  for  some  days, 
and  then  comes  on  like  a  flood,  causing  great  prostration, 
faintness  and  debility,  from  which  the  patient  has  scarcely 
time  to  recover,  before  a  new  attack  comes  on.     It  may  be 
attended  with  only  slight  pain  or  distress  beyond  the  sen- 
sation of  debility,  consequent  upon  the  great  drain  upon 
the  system.    But  in  other  cases  the  pain,  disti'ess,  or  dragg- 
ing down  pains   are  very  severe  and  exhausting.     Some- 
times, indeed,  the  discharge  is  so  profuse  as  to  merit  the 
designation  of  real  hemorrhage,  or  flooding,  and,  of  course, 
induces  a  condition    of    great    debility   and    prostration. 
Women  subject  to  this  difficulty,   should  entirely  abstain 
fi^om  cofi*ee,  wine,  or  other  stimulants,  and  also  from  all 
heating  drinks,  spices,  or  condiments.     These  excitements 
*xert  a  direct  influence  in  keeping  up  the  irritation,  and  in 
promoting  this  unhealthy  flow. 

Treatment. — During  the  interval  between  the  periods, 
the  Specific  No.  Twelve^  six  pellets  morning  and  night, 
Bhould  be  taken,  regulating  the  diet  as  above  directed. 
^Lfter  the  flow  has  continued  two  or  three  days,  and  if 
desirable  to  arrest  its  further  excess,  commence  the  use 
of  the  Specifics  No.  Ten  and  No.  Twelve  in  alterna- 
tion, giving  six  pellets  at  a  time  at  intervals  of  three 
hours.  If  the  discharge  is  very  profuse  from  the  first, 
the  above  two  Specifics  may  be  commenced  earlier,  and 
may  be  given  every  four  hours  in  alternation.  When 
the  discharge   lingers  along   for  several  days,  six  pellets 


426  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

of    No.    Ten^    given   at    night,   will   generally   suflBce  to 
arrest  it. 

In  case  there  be  at  any  time  an  excessive  flow,  amounting 
to  a  dangerous  hemorrhage,  from  Avhatever  cause,  ten  oi 
twelve  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Twelve  should  be  dissolved 
in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  and  one  spoonful  should  be  taker 
every  hour,  until  the  dangerous  symj)toms  are  warded  off 
when  the  medicine  may  be  administered  at  longer  inter- 
vals. It  will  be  obvious  that  the  patient  must  remain  per- 
fectly quiet,  and  abstain  from  warm  drinks,  or  any  excite- 
ment at  such  times. 

Menopause. — {The  grand  Climacteric — Cessation  of  the  Men- 
ses).— This  period,  which  is  very  frequently  termed  the 
Change  of  Life,  occurs  most  commonly  at  or  about  the 
forty-fifth  year.  In  some  cases  where  menstruation  has 
commenced  early,  and  the  person  has  lived  luxuriously,  it 
may  terminate  as  early  as  thirty-seven,  forty,  or  forty- 
second  year;  and,  in  other  cases,  with  strong,  vigorous 
ladies,  the  menses  often  continue  to  the  forty-eighth  ou 
fiftieth  year,  or  even  to  a  more  advanced  period  of  life. 

Its  approach  is  usually  manifested  by  some  irregularities 
in  the  monthly  flow.  It  may  come  on  too  soon,  or  be  de- 
layed one,  two,  or  more  weeks;  and  the  discharge  may 
manifest  some  change,  being  in  some  cases  light  or  pale, 
being  largely  mixed  with  mucus;  and  in  others  being  very 
profuse,  not  unfrequently  amounting  to  profuse  aud  alarm- 
ing hemorrhages.  Sometimes  the  flow  comes  on  suddenly, 
and  again  ceases  without  warning,  and  unattended  by  bad 
symptoms.  In  some  cases  the  change  comes  on  so  gradual 
and  free  from  constitutional  disturbance,  that  before  the 
subject  is  fully  aware  of  it,  she  has  ceased  to  menstruate, 
and  has  safely  glided  over  this  troublesome  passage  into 
the  serene  ocean  of  after-life,  exempt  from  many  sufferings 
to  which  she  had  previously  been  exposed. 

More    frequently,    however,    as  women    approach    this 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  427 

period,  they  Iiave  turns  of  vertigo,  headache,  flushes  of  heat, 
occasional  j^alpitation  of  the  heart,  more  or  less  nervousness 
and  some  sense  of  debility;  sometimes  frequent  passage  of 
pale  urine  in  large  quantities,  or  of  high-colored,  scanty 
urine;  pain  in  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen,  back  and 
hips,  or  extending  down  the  thighs;  heat  in  the  lower  part 
of  the  stomach  and  back;  j^iles  may  be  troublesome  and 
bleed  freely;  swelling  of  the  lower  limbs  or  abdomen,  which 
subsides  without  the  usual  symptom  of  flatulence;  and  pru- 
ritis  or  violent  itching  of  the  organs  is  not  uncommon.  This 
range  of  symptoms  may  appear  in  w^iole  or  only  in  part,  or 
be  variously  modified  in  particular  cases. 

Treatment. — So  long  as  the  health  is  good,  and  the 
monthly  flow  is  gradually  diminishing  from  month  to 
month,  medicine  is  not  required,  but  in  all  cases  a  proper 
diet  and  regimen  is  important.  The  diet  should  be  simple, 
avoiding  all  stimulants,  and  all  highly-seasoned  stimulating 
meats,  and  using  chiefly  vegetable  and  farinaceous  articles 
of  food;  frequent  exercise  in  the  open  air  in  suitable 
w^eather,  bathing,  and  the  proper  culture  of  the  skin  should 
not  be  neglected.  The  dress  should  be  so  regulated  as  to 
suitably  protect  the  person,  and  prevent  unnecessary  ex- 
posure to  the  necessities  of  climate;  and  sleeping,  also,  in 
heated  rooms,  and  on  soft,  heating  beds,  should  be  avoided. 
The  Specific  No.  Tllirty-T^VO^  six  pellets  morning  and 
night,  wdll  be  generally  efficient  in  arresting  nearly  all  thd 
disturbances  arising  during  this  period.  Should  there 
occur  at  any  time  such  a  discharge  as  to  be  serious  or 
threaten  a  hemorrhage,  rest,  quiet,  and  the  use  of  the  Spe- 
cific No.  Twelve^  in  alternation  with  No,  Tliirty-Two^ 
six  pellets  every  hour,  wall  promptly  avert  any  danger.  No. 
fear  nead  be  entertained  from  the  long-continued  use  of 
the  Specific  No.  Tllil'ty-Two  during  this  period,  as  li 
may  be  used  for  months  or  years  without  prejudice. 


4:28  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

LEUCORRHCEA.— ( Whites). 

Few  affections  of  women  are  more  common  than  tliiSj 
and,  perhaps,  none  more  annoying.     It  consists  of  a  dis- 
charge from  the  genital  organs,  mostly  whitish,  but  not 
unfrequently  discolored,  and  of  varying  nature  and  consis- 
tency.     It  most   frequently  occurs   between   the   ages   of 
puberty  and  the  cessation  of  the  menses,  yet  it  it  not  un- 
common in  little  girls  or  even  young  children,  and  occa- 
sionally met  with  in  quite  old  women.     Some  persons  and 
families  are  much  more  subject  to  it  than  others;  those  sub- 
ject to  catarrhs,  and  of  relaxed  habit  of  body,  being  most 
liable.     The  more  common  exciting  causes  are  difficult  oi 
tedious  labors;  the   immoderate  use  of   the  organs;  late 
hours;  abuse  of  tea,  coffee  and  spices;  luxurious  living,  and 
sometimes  the  neglect  of  proper  bathing.     When  it  appears 
in  children,  the  cause  is  generally  seat- worms,  neglect  of 
proper    bathing,  or  some    irritating  matter  or  substance 
applied  to  the  parts.     This  discharge  is  also  most  profuse 
just  before   and  after  the  menstrual  period,  and   during 
pregnancy.      It  may  be  trifling  or  quite   profuse,  and  its 
character  may  vary  as  much  as  its  quantity.     At  the  com- 
mencement it  may  be  only  a  slight  increase  of  the  natural, 
healthy,  transparent  mucus,  but  it  gradually  becomes  more 
dense,  thick  and  gelatinous;  or  it  may  become  thin,  milky, 
or  acrid,  at  times  rendering  the  parts  sore  or  excoriated;  in 
many  cases  it  is  yellowish  and  purulent;  or  again  it  may  be 
greenish  or  even  a  brownish  hue.     The  discharge  often  is 
not  constant,  but  irregular,  or  by  emissions.     At  first,  and 
while  the  discharge  is  trifling,  the  system  seems  to  feel  the 
loss  but  slightly;  but  after  a  time  the  results  begin  to  man- 
ifest themselves  by  constant   pain  in  the  back  and  loins; 
aching  in  the  hips;  bearing  down  or  sense  of  weight  low  in 
the  abdomen;  pale  face;  coldness  of  the  extremities;  des- 
pondency or  low  spirits;  loss  of  appetite;  rising  of  wind  or 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  429 

food;  nervous  symptoms,  neuralgia,  and  similar  consensual 
manifestations.  Leucorrhoea  should  always  demand  atten- 
tion. On  the  first  intimation  of  its  approach,  the  subject 
should  at  once  avoid  the  exciting  causes,  and  apply  the 
proper  Specifics,  and  thus  arrest  at  the  commencement  what 
might  otherwise  become  an  intolerable  burden,  or  the  fore- 
runner of  some  serious  uterine  affection.  Not  unfrequently 
it  is  the  symptom  of  some  disease  of  the  uterus  which  de^ 
mands  prompt  and  efficient  aid. 

Treatment. — Persons  subject  to  this  condition  should 
carefully  protect  the  feet  and  lower  abdomen  from  sudden 
changes  of  temperature  and  colds,  by  w^earing  firm,  sub- 
stantial covering  for  the  feet,  and  underclothing;  avoid 
standing  on  the  cold,  wet  ground;  take  moderate  exercise 
in  the  open  air;  avoid  over-heated  rooms,  coffee,  exciting 
drinks  or  highly-spiced  food,  and  should  take  of  the  Speci- 
fic No.  Twelve^  six  pellets  night  and  morning.  If  the 
bowels  are  inclined  to  constipation,  the  Specific  No.  Teil^ 
six  pellets,  may  be  taken  at  night,  and  the  No.  Twelve 
morning  and  at  noon. 

When  leucorrhoea  exists  in  connection  with  too  scanty, 
infrequent  or  irregular  menses,  the  Specific  No.  Eleven 
deserves  a  preference,  and  may  be  taken  six  pellets  three 
times  per  day. 

When  it  occurs  after  child-birth,  Specific  No.  Twelve 
is  the  remedy,  six .  pellets  morning  and  night  for  a 
week.  K  this  does  not  control  it  give  No.  Eleven  in 
same  manner.  If  it  depends  on  a  scrofulous  taint  of  system j 
the  No.  Twenty-Two  will  be  useful.  Injections  of  the 
Marvel  of  Healing  and  water,  in  the  proportion  of  one 
part  of  the  Marvel  and  two  parts  of  water,  administered 
morning  and  night,  are  of  the  utmost  possible  value  in 
arresting  such  discharges,  stimulating  contractions,  and 
giving  tone  and  vigor  to  the  organs. 

When  it  exists  in  little  girls  or  young  children,  a  careful 


430  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

examination  should  be  made  for  small  pin  worms  which 
may  sometimes  be  found  lodged  within  the  parts,  and  whicli 
should  be  removed  by  frequent  bathings;  and  the  child 
treated  for  worms,  by  giving  the  Specific  No.  T^VO  each 
morning  and  the  Specific  No.  Twelve  at  night,  three 
pellets  at  a  time. 

PKOLAPSUS  VTBBI.— {Falling  of  the  Womb). 

This  is  also  a  very  common  complaint  among  women, 
affecting,  in  a  greater  or  lesser  extent,  quite  a  proportion  of 
the  sex.  Sometimes  it  is  only  a  passing  and  comparatively 
trivial  affection,  coming  on  from  some  severe  fatigue  or 
over-exertion,  and  soon  passing  off  from  rest  and  a  recum- 
bent posture;  while  at  others  it  is  a  constant  and  chronic 
affection,  forbidding  any  considerable  effort,  and  sometimes 
confining  the  patient  to  her  room.  The  immediate  causes 
of  the  prolapsus  are  various,  among  which  the  principal 
are:  Getting  up  too  soon  after  confinement;  results  of  over- 
lifting  or  over-straining,  or  of  falls;  very  severe  coughs  or 
vomitings;  tight  lacing,  and  a  more  or  less  relaxed  habit  of 
body;  and,  added  to  this,  a  more  or  less  engorged  or  con- 
gested condition  of  the  uterus  itself.  It  is  usually  attended 
with  a  feeling  of  weight  and  heaviness  low  down  in  the  ab- 
domen; lameness  or  pain  in  the  back  and  loins,  dragging 
in  the  groins;  a  benumbing  sensation  extending  down  the 
limbs;  a  sensation  as  if  everything  would  be  pressed  out 
while  standing  on  the  feet;  a  sensation  also  of  emptiness, 
faintness,  or  "goneness"  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach;  and 
often  some  difficulty  in  passing  water  or  when  at  stool.  In 
some  severe  cases  there  is  difficulty  in  rising  to  the  feet, 
and  the  patient  must  lean  forward  and  support  herself  by 
placing  her  hands  upon  her -thighs.  All  these  sufferings 
are  aggravated  by  standing  or  walking,  and  disappear  or 
are  relieved  by  lying  down.    There  is  also  in  many  cases,  a 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  431 

conrstant  discharge  of  mucus  from  the  parts,  often  unhealthy 
and  abundant,  and  the  monthly  period  is  generally  too  pro- 
fuse, all  of  \Yhich  contribute  to  increase  the  nervous  de- 
bility, and  exhaust  the  strength  of  the  patient. 

Treatment. — In  many  instances,  and  in  all  the  less  aggra 
i^ated  cases,  the  use  of  medicines  in  the  form  of  propel 
Specifics  will  be  sufficient  to  remove  the  difficulty,  if  the 
patient  will  follow  the  treatment  persistently,  and  avoid  the 
exciting  causes  of  the  disease.  But  there  may  be  cases  so 
situated  that  mechanical  aid,  in  the  form  of  some  of  the 
various  "pessaries"  or  "supporters",  is  indispensable.  But 
I  think  w^e  should  never  resort  to  these  until  we  have  ex- 
hausted other  means;  as  once  introduced,  they  may  and 
most  likely  will,  become  a  life-long  companion.  When  the 
symptoms  are  present,  indicating  a  prolapsed  condition,  or 
those  above  described,  the  Specifics  No.  TIlirty-Five  and 
No.  Ten  are  the  most  efficient  remedies  and  should  be  ad- 
ministered, six  pellets  of  No.  Tllirty-Five  each  morning, 
and  the  same  of  No.  Ten  at  night  in  all  the  milder  cases. 
When  the  symptoms  are  more  severe  and  decided,  the 
pellets  may  be  dissolved  in  water  and  administered  as  often 
as  once  in  four  hours,  being  at  the  same  time  careful  to 
give  the  patient  all  the  rest  and  quiet  possible.  When  the 
displacement  is  severe  and  decided,  and  especially  when  it 
is  the  result  of  a  recent  strain,  overlifting  or  accident,  the 
patient  should  lie  dow^n  upon  the  back,  with  the  limbs 
drawn  up,  and  endeavor  to  replace  the  organ,  and  to  main- 
tain the  position  until  the  organ  has,  in  a  degree,  resumed 
its  position,  and  the  pains  and  dragging  sensation  has  dis- 
appeared. 

When  prolapsus  occurs  in  connection  with  chronic  leu- 
corrhoea,  the  Specifics  No.  Ten  and  No.  Twelve  should 
be  administered,  giving  each  morning  and  afternoon,  six 
pellets  of  No.  Twelve^  and  at  each  noon  and  at  night  the 
same  of  No.  Ten  until  this  condition  is  radically  removed. 


432  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 


HYSTEKIA. 


Ladies  between  the  ages  of  fifteen  and  thirty  and  more 
especially  the  unmarried,  are  subject  to  attacks  of  hysteria, 
which  are  in  geiveral  connected  with  some  anomalies  in  the 
menstruation,  and  mostly  occur  in  connection  with  that 
period.  The  form  and  succession  of  symptoms  are  almost 
innumerable,  since  there  is  scarcely  a  form  of  disease  that 
hysteria  has  not  been  known  to  simulate.  The  more  fre- 
quent symptoms,  however,  are  those  of  anxiety,  depression, 
weeping;  difficult  or  oppressed  breathing;  palpitation  or 
nausea;  sensation  as  if  there  was  a  ball  in  the  throat,  which 
proceeds  from  a  pain  in  the  left  side;  sometimes  there  is 
twisting  or  turning  of  the  body,  rigid,  stiff  limbs  and 
clenching  of  the  teeth.  Then  there  are  fits  of  laughing, 
crying,  screaming,  incoherent  talking  or  frothing  at  the 
mouth,  or  hiccough.  Sometimes  an  attack  commences  with 
violent  spasmodic  pain  in  the  back,  which  may  extend  to 
the  chest  or  stomach,  with  cold  perspiration,  pale,  earthy 
face  and  weak,  thread-like  pulse.  An  attack  lasts  from  a 
few  minutes  to  several  hours,  and  passes  off  with  eructations, 
sighing,  sobbing,  and  a  sense  of  soreness  in  the  whole  body. 
It  is  quite  common  in  some  families  and  individuals,  and  it 
may  be  excited  by  sudden  emotions.  The  predisposition 
to  it  is  increased  by  an  inactive  life,  free  use  of  stimulante^ 
<Dr  depressing  mental  condition. 
Treatment. — See  pages  268 — 269. 

INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  LABIA. 

An  inflammation  of  the  external  organs  of  women 
occasionally  occurs,  during  which  one  of  the  labia  becomes 
swelled,  hard,  red  and  painful  and  sensitive.  In  some 
cases  a  swelling  and  suppuration  and  discharge  similar 
to  that  of  a  boil  occurs,  all  of  which  is  very  painful  and 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT.— DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  433 

tedious.  In  some  persons  there  are  frequent  repetitions 
of  the  same  phenomenon.  It  may  be  occasioned  by 
the  rupture  of  the  hymen,  or  from  injury  in  the  newly 
married,  or  come  on  as  a  consequence  of  tedious  labors,  or 
in  other  cases  from  some  morbid  condition  of  .the  system 
developing  itself  in  this  direction 

Treatment. — ^When  it  is  the  result  of  violence  or  injury 
to  the  parts,  the  Marvel  of  Healing,  diluted  one-half  with 
water,  and  applied  to  the  part  by  a  cloth  saturated  with  the 
lotion,  will  give  very  prompt  and  decided  relief;  and  the 
Specific  No.  Olie^  six  joellets  every  two  or  three  hours,  may 
also  be  taken  upon  the  tongue,  and  continued  until  the 
heat,  swelling  and  pain  has  subsided.  In  castas  where  it 
assumes  the  nature  of  a  boil,  and  suppuration  occurs,  or  is 
inevitable,  the  Specific  No.  T^veilf  y-Two  may  be  given, 
six  pellets  every  four  or  six  houM,  uniil  cured.  An 
occasional  dose  will  prevent  a  return, 

PREGNANCY. 

This  period  m^y  be  considered  as  perhaps  the  most  im- 
poi-tant  era  in  the  life  of  w^oman.  She  is  now  no  longer 
acting  for  herself  alone,  but  becomes  invested  with  a  new 
and  serious  responsibility;  as,  upon  her  well  or  ill  being 
during  this  period,  may  depend  the  future  health  and  hap- 
piness of  another,  to  whom  she  stands  at  once  in  the  most 
endearing  and  most  responsible  relation.  Experience,  and 
the  ample  records  of  the  most  careful  observers  have  clearly 
shown  that  the  physical,  mental,  and  even  moral  constitu- 
tion of  the  future  being  is  greatly  modified,  and  in  some 
instances  formed,  by  the  condition  of  the  mother  during 
this  interesting  period.  Keeping  this  in  view,  we  shall  en- 
deavor to  point  out  for  mothers  that  general  course  of  con- 
3uct  which  will  be  most  likely  to  secure  for  themselves 
Base  and  safety  duidng  the  approaching  trial;  and  for  the 


i34-  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

offspring,  that  physical  and  mental  condition  which  wili 
best  fit  them  for  the  duties  of  life.  Should  these  slight  re- 
strictions involve  some  self-denials  or  restraints,  they  may 
be  assured  that  they  will  be  more  than  repaid  in  their  own 
welfare  in. the  near  future,  and  in  the  consciousness  of 
having  so  truly  contributed  to  the  health  and  happiness  ol 
another. 

The  most  common  causes  of  weak  and  sickly  offspring 
are:  111  health  or  constitutional  taint  of  one  or  both  parents; 
very  early  or  very  late  marriages;  too  great  inequality 
between  the  ages  of  the  parents;  errors  in  dress,  diet,  and 
general  habits  of  life;  and,  finally,  powerful  mental  emotions. 

Fortunately,  under  the  benign  and  yet  potent  influence 
of  our  system  of  treatment,  not  only  long  standing  diseases, 
but  also  hereditary  taints,  may  be  entirely  overcome  and 
eradicated,  so  that  we  have  less  to  fear  than  formerly  in  re- 
gard to  their  transmission  to  offspring.  And  it  may  as  well 
be  remarked  here,  that  the  intermarriage  of  relations  or 
members  of  the  same  family,  tends  to  aggravate  and  perpe- 
tuate any  particular  fault  or  vice  of  either  parent,  even 
though  in  some  cases  it  may  disappear  in  one  generation, 
only  to  reappear  in  greater  violence  or  strength  in  a 
succeeding  one;  while,  by  judicious  intermarriage  with  per- 
sons of  opposite  temperaments,  the  fault  or  vice  is  con- 
stantly found  to  diminish. 

It  is  not  advisable  for  women  in  this  country  to  enter 
the  marriage  relation  before  the  twenty-first  or  twenty- 
second  year,  though  it  is  undeniable  that  many  have  be- 
come strong,  healthy  mothers,  lived  to  old  age,  and  have 
reared  large  families  of  healthy  children,  who  have  married 
at  a  much  earlier  age ;  yet  prior  to  this  period,  the  organism 
is  rarely  fully  developed  and  confirmed,  and  those  who 
marry  at  sixteen  or  eighteen  years  of  age,  incur  some 
hazard  of  severe  after-suffering  to  themselves,  and  of  giving 
birth  to  weak  and  delicate  children.     Not  unfreqaently  the 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  435 

children  of  very  early  marriages  perish  in  infancy,  or  after 
contendinof  with  the  various  diseases  of  infancv  in  continual 
delicacy,  sink  into  a  premature  grave.  Women  who  marry 
late  in  life  incur  considerable  personal  risk,  and  their  off- 
spring are  rarely  healthy.  The  children  of  old  men,  though 
by  a  young  wife,  are  often  extremely  delicate  and  very 
susceptible  to  illness,  and  not  unfrequently  precede  their 
father  to  the  grave,  or  linger  but  to  drag  out  a  miserable 
and  wearisome  existence. 

Pregnancy  should  not  be  considered  a  state  of  disease, 
but    as  a   natural   function,    and    cne    which  nature    has 
taken  great  care  to  have  as  perfect  in  all  its  appointments, 
and  as  free   from  suffering  as  possible.     AYhen  pregnancy 
runs  its  equable  and  unifoi'm  course,  the  exjDectant  mother 
enjoys  an  almost  complete  exemption  fi^om  prevailing  ei:)i- 
demic,  or  even  infectious  diseases;  and  we  likewise  find 
that  during  its  course  chronic  diseases  are  frequently  sus- 
pended or  modified.     AVitli  the  exception  of  some  slight 
morning  sickness,  or  other  trifling  uneasiness,  a  well  con- 
stituted organism  should  eiijo}-  as  good  health  during  this 
period  as  at  any  other.     Thousands  pass  througli  it,  giving 
birth  to  healthy  and  vigorous  children  without  even  the 
most  trifling  inconvenience  or  suffering.     Though  nature 
has  taken  kind  care  to  render  this  season  as  far  as  possible 
exempt  from  disease   on  the  part  of  the  mother,   and  to 
provide  for  the  health  and  welfare  of  the  future  being,  yet 
in  man}^  instances  her  kind  intentions  are  frustrated  by 
the  direct  infraction  of  her  laws.     The  expectant  mother 
should  therefore  bear  in  mind  the  duty  of  leading,  as  far 
as  possible,  a  regular   and  systematic  course  of  life,  since 
its  violation  may  fall  with  fearful  severity  wpon  the  helpless 
infant. 

Air  and  Exercise. — Preservation  and  enjoyment  of  the 
highest  health  are  dependent  upon  nothing  more  than  the 
two  points  mezitioned  above,  yet,  perhaps,  in  nothing  are 


436  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

there  more  frequent  errors.  Neither  air  nor  exercise  is 
individually  sufficient.  Those  who,  from  habit  or  fashion, 
merely  take  the  air  in  their  carriages,  and  shun  the  slightest 
physical  exercise,  either  from  habit  or  from  acquired  in- 
dolence, can  scarcely  expect  to  de/ive  the  benefit  which 
nature  has  annexed  to  the  observiktion  of  her  laws,  in  a 
course  of  pregnancy,  free  from  suffering,  and  the  production 
of  fully  developed  and  healthy  offspring. 

During  this  period,  therefore,  passive  or  carriage  exer- 
cise is  not  sufficient;  on  the  contrary,  continual  passive 
evercise  in  a  carriage  has  been  found  particularly  injurious 
during  and  towards  the  end  of  the  second  period  of  pre- 
gnancy, and  is  frequently  the  cause  of  pvemature  or  ab- 
normal births.  Exercise  on  horseback,  even  without  taking 
into  consideration  the  risk  of  fright  or  accident  to  the 
rider,  and  the  fearful  consequences  that  may  therefrom 
result,  is  still  more  objectionable  for  many  reasons.  Walk- 
ing, and  that  frequently  in  the  open  air,  only  meets  every 
indication,  as  it  not  only  brings  the  whole  of  the  organic 
muscles  into  play,  and  imparts  tone  and  strength  to  them 
by  their  exercise,  but  likewise  imparts  the  increased  vigor 
and  energy  of  the  mother  to  her  offspring. 

Another  class,  that  of  thrifty  housewives,  take  a  great 
deal  of  exercise,  but  without  corresponding  benefit,  as  it  is 
mostly  within  doors;  and  in  many  cases  these  women, 
either  from  activity  of  temperament  or  the  seeming  neces- 
sities of  their  position,  frequently  over-fatigue  themselves, 
rise  early,  toil  constantly,  retire  late  and  frequently  slumber 
unrefreshingly,  and  in  this  manner  undermine  their  organic 
powers,  to  their  own  permanent  loss  and  injury,  and  that 
of  their  offspring. 

There  are  still  others  who  not  unfrequently  injure  their 
health,  or  bring  on  a  miscarriage  through  excessive  levity 
and  thoughtlessness,  by  unrestrained  indulgence  in  active 
exercise,  running,  romping,  riding  on  horseback,  dancing, 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. ^DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  437 

etc.  Such  should  remember  that  a  miscarriage  once  or 
twice  induced  is  likely  to  return  again  upon  the  slightest 
provocation,  and  that,  when  several  have  taken  place,  the 
greatest  care  and  skill  is  required,  even  if  it  be  possible 
to  enable  her  to  attain  her  full  time;  and  that  frequent 
casualties  of  this  nature  not  unfrequently  undermine  the 
constitution,  or  terminate  in  that  serious  and  painful 
disease,  uterine  cancer. 

The  best  exercise,  therefore,  for  a  person  during  this 
period,  is  walking  every  day  when  the  w^eather  jiermits,  in 
the  open  air.  In  order  to  prove  beneficial  and  not  to  inter- 
fere with  digestion,  exercise  should  be  taken  tw^o  or  three 
hours  after  a  moderate  meal,  about  midday,  or  in  the  after- 
noon, except  during  hot  weather,  w^hen  the  morning  or  the 
evening  may  be  preferred,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  night 
damps  by  not  remaining  out  too  late. 

Clothing. — The  dress  of  the  expectant  women  should  of 
course  be  suited  to  the  season,  and  in  passing  from  a  warm 
to  a  cold  atmosj^here,  the  throat  and  neck  should  be  well 
protected,  to  avoid  the  risk  of  taking  cold.  But  a  point  of 
far  greater  importance  is  the  adajitation  of  clothing  to  her 
form,  so  as  to  preclude  all  unnecessary  pressure  upon  any 
part  of  the  frame  calculated  to  interfere  with  the  functions 
of  those  important  organs  which  are  destined  for  the  birth 
and  nourishment  of  the  infant;  tight  lacing,  therefore,  at 
all  times  most  objectionable,  is  peculiarly  so  at  this  period, 
inasmuch  as  it  cramps  the  natural  action  of  the  body,  and 
bearing  directly  upon  the  abdominal  muscles,  the  blood- 
vessels, the  lymphatics,  and  the  whole  intestinal  economy, 
produces  narrowness  of  the  chest,  disturbed  circulation, 
and  induration  or  other  derangements  of  the  liver;  and 
exercises  a  most  baneful  influence  upon  the  breasts  and 
uterus.  We  should  bear  in  mind  that  pressure  upon  these 
organs  during  development  takes  place  in  direct  contra- 
vention of  the  operations  of  nature.     Ladies  in  their  efforts 


438  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOE. 

to  preserve  the  elegance  of  their  shape  during  pregnancy, 
are  little  aware  that  the  constricting  force  thus  exercised 
upon  the  abdominal  muscles,  destroys  their  elasticity,  pre- 
vents a  proper  retraction  after  partuiition,  and  thus  proves 
one  of  the  most  common  causes  of  permanent  abdominal 
deformity.  Besides,  to  the  culpable  vanity  of  their  mothers 
in  this  and  other  respects,  many,  it  is  probable,  owe  their 
club-feet  and  other  malformations;  and  in  addition  to  these 
evils,  this  practice  not  unfrequently  deranges  the  position 
of  the  foetus,  a  displacement,  which,  in  addition  to  the  con- 
sequent want  of  energy  in  the  muscles  of  the  parts  con- 
cerned, often  results  in  protracted  and  dangerous  labors. 
Besides,  this  tight  lacing  is  liable  to  produce  a  premature 
labor.  To  tight  lacing  also  may  be  attributed  the  difficulty 
which  many  women  experience  in  suckling  their  children, 
from  the  incipient  process  required  for  the  subsequent 
secretion  of  milk  having  been  interfered  with  by  the  unna- 
tural pressure  upon  the  beautifully  constructed  mechanism 
of  the  breasts.  From  this,  also,  sometimes  arises  cancers 
and  other  affections  of  the  breast,  and  also  the  retraction 
and  diminution  of  the  nipple  from  which  the  act  of  suckling 
is  rendered  difficult,  and  in  some  cases  impossible.  Young 
girls  of  seventeen  or  eighteen  are  frequently  found  with 
pendulous  breasts,  owing  to  an  artificial  support  having 
usurped  the  office  of  muscles  intended  by  nature  for  that 
purpose,  thus  throwing  them  out  of  employment.  Garters 
too  tightly  bound  are  generally  injurious,  more  particularly 
to  pregnant  females,  as  the  pressure  thus  exercised  upon 
the  blood  vessels  tends  to  the  development  of  varicose  vein^ 
in  the  inferior  extremities,  (to  which  the  system  is  already 
sufficiently  predisposed),  which  thus,  in  many  instances, 
become  painful  and  troublesome. 

Diet. — The  greatest  simplicity  should  be  observed  in 
regard  to  food.  The  quantity  should  be  such  as  to  afford 
a  generous  nutrition  for  the  system,  while  an  excess  is  pre- 


f 

DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  '  439 

judicial,  causing  dyspepsia  and  general  uneasiness,  and 
from  its  mechanical  effects  acting  injuriously  upon  the 
foetus,  which  also  shares  in  any  derangements  of  the  mother. 

The  quality  of  her  food  is  important;  everything  possess- 
ing a  medicinal  property  should  be  avoided,  and  only  that 
selected  w^hich  is  simply  nutritive.  Coffee  and  green  tea 
should  be  wholly  abandoned,  and  black  tea  in  moderation 
should  be  used  if  any.  Wines,  liquors,  beer,  or  other 
stimulating  beverages  are  injurious.  Where  women  have 
been  long  accustomed  to  them,  a  little  good  wine  may  per- 
haps be  taken  daily,  but  the  better  rule  is  to  avoid  stim- 
ulants of  every  kind  altogether. 

Mental  Employment  and  General  Habits. — Wliile  the 
body  should  be  maintained  in  a  condition  of  health,  the 
mind  also  should  be  kept  in  a  state  of  serenity.  An  easy 
cheerfulness  of  temper,  and  freedom  from  02)pressive  care 
and  anxiety,  are  essential  to  the  well-being  of  the  unborn 
infant.  It  is  w^ell  settled,  from  rej^eated  observation,  that 
the  predominant  feeling  or  tone  of  mind  o^  the  mother  has 
often  cast  its  shade  over  the  future  mental  organization  of 
the  child;  and  this  fact  illustrates  the  importance  of  keeping 
the  mind  properly  occuj^ied  during  this  period,  and  that  its 
meditations  should  be  cheerful  and  free  from  depressing 
influences  and  gloomy  forebodings  on  the  one  hand,  and 
the  levity,  frivolity,  and  excitements  of  fashionable  dissi- 
pation on  the  other.  Nothing  can  well  be  more  injurious 
to  the  future  physical  and  mental  well-being  of  the  child, 
than  a  round  of  giddy  dissipation,  late  hours,  and  fashion- 
able excitement,  in  connection  with  physical  indolence  and 
inactivity. 

Influence  of  External  Objects  upon  the  Unborn  Infant. 
"The  effect  of  any  unpleasant  or  unsightly  object  upon  the 
imagination  of  the  mother,  and  the  transmission  of  that  effect 
to  the  offs^Dring,  as  manifested  in  various  mental  or  physical 
peculiarities  after  birth,  is  a  theory  as  old  as  tradition. 


^M  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOK. 

Without  entering  into  the  various  arguments  both  for  and 
against  it,  we  simply  advise  expectant  women  to  keep  as 
much  as  possible  out  of  the  way  of  such  objects,  and  to 
preserve  body  and  mind  in  a  state  of  health,  which  will 
lessen  the  fear  of  being  affected  by  such  occurrences;  and 
endeavor  to  direct  the  attention  as  much  as  possible  to 
pleasing  subjects,  as  it  must  be  evident  that  'brooding  over 
unpleasant  impressions  can  scarcely  fail  of  being  both  phy- 
sically and  mentally  injurious." 

Mental  Emotions,  Despondency.  - — In  some  cases,  and 
especially  with  delicate,  sensitive,  ladies,  and  more  com- 
monly with  first  children,  there  is  great  mental  despon- 
dency, dread  of  the  future,  and  fear  of  approaching  death. 
Some  women,  who  in  general  have  a  fine  flow  of  spirits,  are 
particularly  depressed  and  gloomy  during  this  period,  and 
with  others  there  is  this  depression  during  the  period  of 
nursing.  When  it  occurs  early  during  gestation,  it  usually 
passes  off  before  delivery,  and  is  in  no  case  to  be  considered 
as  an  unfavorable  indication,  and  is  in  general  without  in- 
jury to  the  physical  health. 

Treatment. — Our  method  of  treatment  will  do  much  to 
remove  or  mitigate  it.  Wlien  this  condition  is  attended 
with  some  febrile  movement,  fullness  of  the  head,  or  heat 
of  the  hands,  the  Specific  No.  Olie^  six  pellets  taken  dry 
on  the  tongue  morning,  and  at  night,  will  be  sufficient  to 
remove  it.  When  it  is  attended  with  morning  sickness, 
the  Specific  No.  Ten  may  be  taken  at  night,  and  the  No. 
rwenty-Nilie^  six  pellets  in  the  morning,  will  afford 
relief  to  both  affections.  When  there  is  excessive  dejection 
and  great  lassitude,  the  No.  Tllirty-Five  may  be  given, 
six  pellets  at  a  time,  three  times  j)er  day.  These  remedies 
will  usually  be  found  quite  adequate  for  the  removal  of  any 
difficulties  of  this  nature. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT.- — DISEASES  OF  WOMENo  44- 

DISORDERS  INCIDENT  TO  PREGNANCY, 

Menstruation. — Usually,  with  the  commencement  of  pre- 
gnancy, menstruation  ceases.  In  some  cases,  however,  it 
may  continue  in  some  degree  during  the  period  of  gestation^j 
especially  the  first  two  or  three  months.  It  should  not  be 
considered  as  a  disease,  strictly  speaking,  yet  it  is  one  of 
those  abnormal  conditions  which  require  attention,  and 
should  be  remedied  at  the  earliest  moment. 

Treatment. — Six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No.  Teil^  taken 
at  night,  and  the  same  quantity  of  No.  Tllirty-Five  each 
morning,  will,  in  general,  arrest  the  discharge.  Should  the 
discharge  be  attended  with  cramps,, pain,  or  bearing  down, 
the  Specific  No.  Tllirty-OllC  should  be  taken  in  pre- 
ference, six  pellets  every  two,  three  or  four  hours,  according 
to  the  urgency  of  the  case,  until  relieved.  Should  the 
discharge  again  aj^pear  the  subsequent  month,  the  same 
treatment  should  be  pursued,  and  so  continue  so  long  as  is 
required. 

Morning  Sickness. — Nausea,  vomiting,  heartburn,  con- 
stituting what  is  usually  termed  morning  sickness,  is  one 
of  the  frequent  and  annoying  accompaniments  of  pregnancy. 
In  some  cases  these  symptoms  appear  immediately,  or  soon 
after  conception,  but  in  most  cases  at  about  the  sixth  week. 
The  most  decided  symptoms  occur  in  the  morning  soon 
after  rising,  though  in  many  cases  they  continue  all  through 
the  day  and  are  quite  marked  in  the  afternoon.  The  usual 
symptoms  are  nausea,  qualmishness,  then  vomiting;  some- 
times only  a  single  retching;  at  others  severe  and  oft-re- 
peated vomitings,  with  constant  loss  of  appetite,  and  heart- 
burn. In  general  these  symptoms  disappear  soon  after 
quickening,  about  the  fourth  month,  but  in  others  they 
continue  to  annoy  during  the  entire  period.  In  some  cases 
these  symptoms  form  but  a  trifling  annoyance,  scarcely 
noticeable;  at  others  thev  form  a  most  distressing  and  pain- 


442^  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

ful  attendant  of  this  interesting  period.  Sometimes  the 
suffering  has  been  so  terrible,  and  the  remedies  of  old 
school  medicine  so  fruitless,  that  premature  delivery  has 
been  resorted  to.  Our  treatment,  fortunately,  contemplates 
no  such  serious  alternatives,  as  in  general,  all  the  serious 
symptoms,  and  even  the  inconveniences  of  the  period,  are 
promptly  relieved. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Tweilty-Nilie  is  very 
generally  efficient.  Take  six  pellets  dry  on  the  tongue  at 
night  on  retiring,  and  in  the  morning  before  rising,  and 
again  at  mid-day  if  needful.  In  some  severe  cases  it  may 
be  better  to  dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  six  spoonsful  of  water, 
and  of  this  take  a  spoonful  every  two  hours  during  the 
waking  hours.  In  some  extreme  cases,  when  the  nausea 
and  vomiting  is  excessive,  the  Specific  No.  Six  may  be 
taken  in  the  same  manner  as  above  indicated. 

Constipation. — Constipation,  more  or  less  marked,  is  a 
very  common  attendant  of  pregnancy.  If  persons  are 
habitually  of  constipated  habit,  it  becomes  more  decided 
during  this  period.  See  page  387.  In  addition  to  treat- 
ment there  advised,  in  some  cases  the  Specific  No. 
Twenty-Nine^  six  pellets  at  night,  and  the  No.  Ten  in 
the  morning,  will  answer  the  purpose  better.  Enemas  of 
tepid  water  may  be  resorted  to  if  necessary. 

Diarrhoea. — In  some  cases,  diarrhoea  more  or  less  de- 
cided, or  in  occasional  attacks,  occurs  during  pregnancy, 
and  especially  in  the  latter  stages,  should  demand  atteaition. 
The  usual  remedies  for  this  disease,  as  mentioned  in  the 
chapter  on  that  subject,  will  be  found  efficient.  Generally 
a  few  doses  of  the  Specific  No.  Four,  six  pellets  taken 
dry,  and  repeated  after  every  stool,  will  be  sufficient  to 
arrest  the  difficulty.  If  the  discharges  are  very  loose  and 
watery,  the  Specifics  No.  &ix  may  be  more  appropriate^ 

Dysuria. — Difficulty  in  passing  the  water  is  not  of  unfre- 
quent   occurence  with   pregnant   women.      And  in   some 


DISEASE  AKD   iKEATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  443 

cases  the  calls  are  so  frequent  and  annoying  as  to  demand 
attention. 

For  Symptoms  and  Treatment  see  page  412. 

Fainting  and  Hysteria. — Delicate,  sensitive,  or  nervous 
women,  are  sometimes  attacked  with  turns  of  fainting 
during  pregnancy.  They  are  generally  without  serious 
annoyance,  and  pass  over  readily.  Plenty  of  exercise  in 
the  open  air,  and  attention  to  proper  rules  of  diet  and  re- 
gimen, are  the  best  preventatives  against  this  affection;  but 
in  cases  where  these  prove  insufficient,  we  should  endeavor 
to  ascertain  and  remove  the  cause.  Tight  lacing,  warm 
rooms,  the  free  use  of  coffee  or  other  stimulants  may  be 
the  exciting  cause,  and  their  simple  removal  will  prove 
efficient.  Should  an  attack  not  immediately  pass  off, 
loosening  the  dress,  removal  to  the  fresh  air,  and  sprinkling 
the  face  with  cold  water,  are  the  most  judicious  means  of 
revival.  The  Specific  No.  Tliree  will  at  once  quiet  the 
nervous  excitability  of  the  system,  and  may  be  given  in 
portions  of  two  pellets,  repeated  hourly,  if  occasion  re- 
quires. To  prevent  the  recurrence  of  similar  attacks, 
especially  if  the  patient  be  of  full  or  plethoric  habit,  the 
Specific  No.  Tllirty-Five  may  be  given,  siy.  pellets  night 
and  morning.  These  remedies  will  rarely  fail  to  afford  the 
desired  relief. 

Toothache. — This  is  a  very  frequent  and  annoying*  affec- 
tion in  the  earlier  months  of  pregnancy,  and  is  sometimes 
one  of  its  earliest  indications.     See  j)ages  262 — 2G4. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  Eigllt  may  be  first  tried, 
six  pellets  dry,  and  administered  every  hour.  Should  relief 
not  be  afforded  in  some  hours,  give  Specific  No.  Tliree  in 
the  same  manner.  Should  there  be  throbbing  in  the  teeth 
or  face,  the  No.  One  will  be  efficient.  In  very  sensitive, 
nervous  subjects.  Specific  No.  Eleven  has  proved  promptly 
curative.  In  full  blooded,  plethoric  subjects,  Specific  No. 
Thirty-Five  has  often  cured.     These  remedies,  or  eveu 


444  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOK. 

others  may  be  used  in  succession,  or  even  in  alternation, 
with  success. 

Swelled  Face — tumefaction  of  the  check. — In  addition  to 
treatment  recommended  on  page  265,  the  use  of  Specific 
No.  Eleven,  given  in  doses  of  six  pellets,  and  repeated 
3very  two  hours  in  alternation,  will  prove  efficient. 

Varices — {Swelled  Veins). — It  not  unfrequently  occurs  in 
che  later  months  of  gestation,  that  some  women  suffer  from 
distention  and  enlargement  of  the  veins  of  the  thighs,  lower 
abdomen,  and  of  other  parts.  The  veins  in  these  situations 
become  enlarged,  blue  and  turgid,  inducing  sometimes  pain 
and  much  inconvenience.  They  are,  in  part,  occasioned  by 
the  pressure  of  the  gravid  uterus  upon  the  blood  vessels, 
thus  obstructing  the  circulation;  and,  in  part,  from  con- 
stitutional weakness  of  the  individual,  reflected  upon  the 
venous  circulation.  Unless  relieved,  the  varices  are  liable 
to  remain  even  after  the  occasioning  cause  has  disappeared, 
and  to  give  serious  inconvenience  in  after-life.  They  are 
much  increased  by  the  use  of  stimulants,  which  should, 
under  such  circumstances,  be  avoided,  as  w^ell  as  an  indo- 
lent habit  of  life. 

Treatment. — A  reasonable  amount  of  exercise  should  be 
enjoined,  and  the  parts  affected  should  be  bathed  morning 
and  night  with  the  Marvel  of  Healing.  Half  a  teaspoon- 
ful  of  the  Marvel  should  be  taken  internally  three  times 
per  day. 

In  severe  cases  of  varicose  veins  of  the  legs  the  best 
treatment  is  to  order  an  elastic  stocking  of  projDer  length 
and  size  to  cover  the  part.  Then,  elevating  the  limb  so  as 
to  drain  the  blood  from  the  veins  as  far  as  possible,  lay  over 
the  swelled  veins  a  cloth  saturated  with  the  Marvel  op 
Healing,  and  over  this  turn  the  elastic  stocking  or  band; 
renewing  the  same  morning  and  night.  Not  only  all  trouble 
may  thus  be  avoided,  but  a  permanent  cure  may  likewise  be 
effected. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  445 

Pains  in  the  Back. — {Lumbo- Sacral  Pains). — Some  women 
Buffer  during  pregnancy  from  pains  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
back,  sometimes  proving  quite  distressing,  especially  when 
they  occur  at  night,  and  thereby  disturb  sleep.  They  are 
*  generally  described  as  an  aching,  or  a  dull,  heavy,  dragging 
pressure,  as  if  from  a  weight  resting  upon  the  affected  part 
They  will  usually  be  relieved  by  the  use  of  the  Specific  No. 
Fifteen^  six  pellets  three  or  four  times  per  day.  Some- 
times they  are  associated  with  Piles,  in  which  case  the 
Specific  No.  Seventeen  may  prove  the  more  efficient 
remedy,  and  may  be  given  as  above,  or  may  even  be  given 
in  alternation  with  the  No.  Fifteen,  Usually  six  pellets 
of  No.  Ten  at  night,  and  of  No.  Fifteen  each  morning, 
will  afford  satisfactory  relief. 

Miscarriage.— MiscaiTiage  may  occur  at  any  period  be- 
tween the  first  and  seventh  month,  but  in  the  large  pro- 
portion of  cases,  it  occurs  about  the  third  or  beginning  of 
the  fourth  month.  "When  it  takes  place  before  or  about  this 
period,  it  is  frequently  attended  with  but  comparatively 
little  pain  or  danger;  yet  frequent  miscarriages  at  this 
period,  fi'om  the  great  discharges  that  take  place,  tend  to 
undermine  the  strength  and  constitution  of  the  patient,  and 
not  unfrequently  produce  as  a  result,  barrenness  or  severe 
chronic  disease.  When  a  miscarriage  occurs  at  a  more  ad- 
vanced period,  it  assumes  a  very  serious  complexion,  and  is 
often  attended  with  a  considerable  degree  of  peril  to  the 
sufferer.  Women  who  have  once  suffered  from  the  occur- 
rence of  a  miscarriage,  are  exceedingly  liable  to  its  re- 
currence, and  this  liability  is  increased  wdth  every  sub- 
sequent miscarriage ;  so  that  in  a  comparatively  short  period, 
a  condition  is  induced  which  renders  it  exceedingly  difficult 
for  the  womb  to  retain  the  foetus  up  to  the  full  term,  re- 
sulting in  a  very  intractable  form  of  sterility. 

The  premonitory  and  accompanying  symptoms  of  mis- 
^^wtriage  vary  much  in  their  nature;  sometimes  a  discharge 


446  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

of  blood  occurs  which  is  very  profuse,  and  at  others  moder* 
ate  or  even  inconsiderable;  the  pains  in  some  instances  are 
severe  and  protracted,  and  at  others  comparatively  slight 
and  of  short  duration. 

Sudden  mental  emotions,  or  great  physical  exertion;  me° 
chanical  injuries,  such  as  shocks,  blows,  or  falls;  a  luxurious 
mode  of  life,  fashionable  habits  or  dissipations;  powerful 
aperients;  neglecting  to  take  air  or  exercise,  are  some  of  the 
more  common  exciting  causes  of  the  affection;  and  to  this 
should  be  added,  that  the  predisposition  is  strong  in  the 
highly  plethoric,  and  those  of  delicate  and  nervous  habits.  An 
abnormal  condition  of  the  system  is  doubtless  the  predis- 
posing cause. 

Miscarriage  is  generally  attended  by  the  majority  of  the 
following  symptoms:  A  sensation  of  chill,  followed  by 
fever,  with  more  or  less  bearing  down,^  particularly  when 
occurring  late  in  pregnancy;  also  severe  pains  in  the  abdomen, 
drawing  or  cidting  pains  in  the  loins,  or  pains  often  bearing 
a  close  resemblance  to  those  of  labor;  discharge  of  viscid 
mucus  and  blood,  sometimes  of  bright  red  blood,  not  un- 
frequently  mixed  with  coagula,  at  othei  times  dark  and 
clotted  blood,  followed  by  emissions  of  serous  fluid.  The 
miscarriage  generally  occurs  during  this  discharge,  which 
occasionally  continues,  if  not  checked,  to  flow  for  some 
hours,  often  placing  the  suflerer  in  considerable  jeopardy. 
When  the  pains  increase  in  intensity,  and  the  muscular 
contractions  become  established,  with  their  regular  throes 
and  efforts  to  dilate  the  mouth  of  the  womb,  miscarriage  is 
almost  inevitable. 

Treatment. — In  cases  where  a  women  has  had  one  or 
more  miscarriages,  it  is  evident  that  a  predisposition  to  this 
accident  exists,  and  more  than  usual  care  should  be  exer- 
cised to  prevent  a  similar  result,  and  such  persons  should 
especially  avoid  all  the  exciting  causes  which  have  been 
above  mentioned.     But,  beside  these  prudential  considera- 


DISEASE  AND  TEEATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  447 

tions  in  habits,  labor  and  exercise,  proper  medicine  may  be 
taken  to  allay  or  remove  that  morbid  irritability  of  the 
uterus,  which  lies  at  the  foundation  of  the  difficulty.  To 
this  end  the  Specific  No.  Eleven^  simply  six  pellets  taken 
every  other  night,  and  continued  along  during  the  period 
mentioned  from  the  second  to  the  fourth  months  will  prove 
efficacious.  Sometimes  the  occasional  use  of  Sabina,  sixth 
dilution,  or  of  Secale,  same  dilution,  given  at  intervals  of  six 
or  eight  days,  will  produce  a  similar  result. 

'VMien  the  symptoms  indicating  an  impending  miscarriage 
have  made  their  appearance,  such  as:  A  slight  show;  sen- 
sation of  dull,  heavy  pressure  in  the  back  or  loins;  pains  in 
the  lower  abdomen,  bearing  down  or  dragging,  the  patient 
should  at  once  retire  to  her  room,  assume  the  recumbent 
postur<$,  or  in  some  cases  go  to  bed  and  sleep  with  but 
slight  covering;  the  apartment  should  be  kept  cool,  and 
every  method  be  employed  to  ensure  perfect  tranquillity  of 
mind  The  diet  should  be  light,  and  warm  or  stimulating 
drints  be  generally  avoided.  If  the  misfortune  has  proved 
dnavoidable,  or  has  accidentally  taken  place  before  assis- 
tance has  been  sought,  the  patient  ought  still  to  remain 
quiet  a  few  days,  lest  a  fresh  discharge  should  be  brought 
on  from  too  early  getting  up,  or  going  about.  "When  the 
first  symptoms  mentioned  above  aie  perceived,  six  jDellets 
of  Specific  No.  Eleven  should  be  taken  dry  on  the  tongue, 
and  perfect  rest  and  quiet  enjoined.  If  not  1  oiler  in  an 
hour,  take  the  same  quantity  of  Specific  No.  Tliree^  and 
continue  these  two  medicines  in  alternation,  at  intervals  of 
one,  two  or  three  hours,  according  to  circumstances,  dim- 
inishing the  frequency  of  doses  as  the  symptoms  diminish 
or  disappear. 

Should  the  miscarriage  have  occurred,  or  become  in- 
evitable from  the  great  loss  of  blood,  six  pellets  of  Specific 
No.  Twenty- Foiir^  given  every  half,  or  even  every 
quarter  of  an  hour,  will  be  among  the  best  means  to  arrest 


448  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

the  flow,  and  given  four  times  per  day,  it  relieves  the  ex- 
haustion and  debility  resulting  from  such  hemorrhage  or 
accident.  In  extreme  cases,  when  the  excessive  flooding; 
occurring  at  later  periods  of  pregnancy,  produces  faintness 
and  exhaustion,  or  threatens  life  from  its  excess  or  long 
continuance,  the  use  of  Humphreys'  Marvel  of  Healing, 
half  a  teaspoonful,  repeated  every  half  hour  or  at  longei 
intervals,  according  to  circumstances,  acts  like  magic,  and 
arrests  the  frightful  flow.  The  hips  should  at  same  time 
be  raised  to  a  higher  level  than  the  shoulders. 


TREATMENT  BEFOEE  PAETUEITIOK 

Preparation  of  the  Breasts. — Young  mothers  frequently 
find  great  difficulty  in  suckling  their  children,  resulting 
from  some  organic  defect,  or  imperfect  development  of  the 
nipple.  In  many  instances  the  structure  of  the  breasts  is 
disorganized,  from  an  ignorant  nurse  having  compressed 
them  in  infancy,  under  the  idea  of  such  a  process  being 
needful  for  the  expulsion  of  some  matter  in  the  breast  of 
the  child;  a  vulgar  error,  against  which  mothers  should  be 
particularly  watchful.  Inability  to  nurse  is  also  liable  to 
occur  from  the  pressure  of  stays  in  after  life,  by  which  the 
cuticle  is  rendered  so  tender  as  to  preclude  nursing.  In 
almost  every  case  a  preparation  of  the  breasts  is  necessary 
some  weeks  before  delivery,  in  order  to  prepare  them  for 
their  future  office. 

The  first  two  instances,  organic  defect  or  an  undeveloped 
nipple,  may  be  beyond  the  power  of  art.  If  suckling  be 
attempted,  induration  of  the  nipple  and  breasts  ensues, 
attended  with  severe  suffering.  If,  however,  a  simple 
tenderness  of  the  epidermis  exists,  the  evil  will  be  much 
alleviated  by  bathing  the  nipples  in  brandy  each  morning 
and  night  for  several  weeks  before  delivery.     AnotjiCx  diffi- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  449 

culty  frequently  accompanying  this  state,  is  a  shortness  or 
retraction  of  the  nipple,  so  that  the  infant  cannot  take  hold 
of  it.  This  also  is  frequently  a  cause  of  the  first,  from  the 
frequent  ineffectual  efforts  of  the  infant  to  suck,  injuring 
the  part.  In  this  case,  appropriate  shields  of  rubber  or 
wood  may  be  applied,  to  accustom  the  nipple  to  elongate 
and  protrude,  so  as  to  present  a  sufficient  hold  for  the 
infant  when  the  period  for  suckling  arrives,  and  then  the 
efforts  of  the  child  w411  still  further  contribute  to  the  same 
object.  In  this  case  also,  bathing  as  before  mentioned, 
with  brandy,  will  tend  to  correct  any  tenderness  of  the 
skin,  and  prevent  subsequent  excoriation. 

Remedies  Before  Labor. — Many  things  have  been  re- 
commended before  labor,  and  among  them  blood-letting 
and  aperient  medicines,  wdth  a  view  of  preparing  the 
system  for  the  important  function.  But  better  judgment 
and  experience  has  discarded  them  as  being  in  no  wise 
necessary,  but  often  injurious,  tending  to  impair  the 
energies  of  the  system,  and  to  place  the  system  in  an  ab- 
normal state  of  irritation  and  <9xcitcment.  Where  an  evi- 
dently plethoric  state  exists,  with  fullness  of  the  head  and 
system  generally,  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Olie^  repeated 
daily,  or  even  more  frequently,  will  be  found  fully  suffi- 
cient and  will  serve  a  far  better  purpose  than  bleeding  or 
aperients. 

A  movement  of  the  bowels  previous  to  delivery  is  de- 
sirable, and  may  be  obtained  by  a  simple  enema  of  warm 
w^ater,  to  which  may  be  added,  if  the  simple  warm  water 
should  prove  insufficient,  a  large  spoonful  of  oil. 

False  Pains. — In  some  cases  real  labor  is  preceded  for  a 
few  hours,  and  indeed  in  others  several  days  or  even  weeks, 
by  what  are  known  as  fahe  pains.  They  are  the  result  of 
congestion  of  the  organs  involved,  and  result  from  errors  in 
regimen,  emotions  of  the  mind,  effects  of  a  chill  to  the  ab- 
domen, or  other  excitincf  causes.     They  differ  chiefly  from 


450  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

labor  pains,  in  the  irregularity  of  their  recurrence;  in  being 
unconnected  with  uterine  contractions;  are  chiefly  confined  to 
the  abdomen,  ivith  sensibility  to  touch  and  movement;  and  in 
not  increasing  in  intensity  as  they  return.  Occasionally,  from 
their  close  resemblance,  it  is  quite  difficult  to  discriminate 
between  them  and  real  labor  pains,  and  in  such  instances 
we  must  be  guided  chiefly  by  the  period  of  gestation;  and 
our  proper  and  safe  mode  is  to  endeavor  to  control  them, 
if  they  occur  at  a  period  some  week  or  two  before  the 
proper  time  for  labor,  and  mitigate  the  sufferings  of  the 
patient;  as,  if  they  are  permitted  to  go  on  unchecked,  they 
may  continue  until  the  time  of  delivery,  rendering  the  labor 
more  painful,  exhausting,  and  tedious.  Proper  medication 
will,  in  general,  either  arrest  them,  or  convert  them  into 
true  labor  pains. 

Treatment. — Generally  a  few  doses  of  Specific  No.  One, 
six  pellets,  repeated  at  intervals  of  one  or  two  hours,  will 
be  found  sufficient.  Should,  however,  the  result  not  be 
satisfactory,  administer  the  Specific  No.  Eleven  in  the 
same  manner,  or  give  the  Specific  No.  Three^  if  the 
patient  should  be  very  nervous  or  excitable. 

PAETUEITION. 

Natural  labor  takes  place  at  the  end  of  the  ninth  month 
of  pregnancy,  or  two  hundred  and  seventy  days  from  the 
period  of  conception.  Counting  six  weeks  to  the  usual 
apjDearance  of  morning  sickness,  and  four  months  to  the 
period  of  quickening,  and  nine  months  from  the  last  men- 
struation, the  period  of  labor  may  be  looked  for  with 
tolerable  certainty.  The  pains  accompanying  uterine 
contractions  are  regular  and  effective,  and  the  entire  pro- 
cess does  not  continue  beyond  twenty-four  hours,  rarely 
above  twelve,  and  quite  frequently  not  longer  than  four  or 
six.     Were  it  not  that  acquired  habits  often  derange  or 


DISEASE  AND  TEEATMENT.-    DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  451 

3istort  the  natural  and  symmetrical  provisions  of  nature, 
\habits  that  weaken  and  enervate,  and  customs  that  distort 
and  derange,  either  acquired  or  transmitted),  parturition 
would  b-!?  comparatively  free  from  pain  and  almost  free 
from  Janger. 

Tedious  Labors. — When  labor  is  protracted  beyond  the 
period  above  mentioned,  or  is  attended  "with  an  excessive 
degree  of  suffering,  which  is  the  more  liable  to  occur  when 
the  Vomen  is  of  slender  form,  and  of  highly  nervous  and 
sensitive  habit,  it  is  proper  to  avail  ourselves  of  all  the  re- 
sources of  art,  to  mitigate  her  sufferings. 

Thus,  if  the  pains  seem  to  be  ineffective,  the  face  red  and 
flushed,  and  the  j)atient  distressed,  out  of  proportion  to  the 
effectiveness  of  the  j^ains,  give  six  pellets  of  the  Specific  No. 
O1IC5  and  rejieat  it  in  an  hour  if  not  relieved. 

If  the  pains  are  what  are  called  lorangling,  in  the  abdomen 
or  lower  extremities,  and  not  from  the  back,  drawing  down 
forward,  give  the  No.  Eleven  in  the  same  manner. 

If  the  patient  is  very  nervous,  excitable,  and  the  pains 
slight  or  inefficient,  even  w^ith  some  tendency  to  cramps  of 
the  extremities,  give  the  Specific  No.  Tliree^  six  pellets 
every  half  hour,  and  repeat  it  until  these  symptoms  yield, 
and  the  j^ains  become  strong  and  expulsive. 

Cramps  and  Convulsions. — In  complicated  labors  w^e  some- 
times have  spasmodic  pains  as  indicated  above,  which  do 
but  little  towards  advancing  the  labor;  and,  in  rare  cases, 
severe  cramps,  or  even  convulsions.  These  should  be  care- 
fully guarded  against.  The  Specific  No.  Three  should  be 
given,  six  pellets,  dry  on  the  tongue,  and  rej^eated  every 
half  hour,  or  hour,  so  long  as  extreme  nervousness  and  ex- 
citability of  the  patient  continues.  If,  notwithstanding  its 
use,  and  the  very  essential  procedure  of  keeping  the  room 
quiet,  and  exciting  persons  or  things  as  far  removed  as 
possible,  the  excitement  of  the  patient  still  continue,  or  in 
case  actual  cramps  or  convulsions  have  supervened,  give 


452  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

the  Specific  No.  Thirty- Three^  six  pellets  at  once,  and 
repeat  it  every  hour  until  the  danger  is  removed. 

TREATMENT  AETER  DELIVERY. 

Immediately  after  delivery,  and  the  proper  adjustment 
of  the  bed,  the  woman  should  be  left  to  the  undisturbed 
rest  and  repose  v^hicli  are  the  great  restoratives  of  nature. 
Everything  which  tends  to  excite  the  patient — noise,  light, 
talking,  or  excitement  of  any  kind — should  be  avoided,  and 
the  patient  be  quietly  allowed  to  rest  for  some  hours;  yet  it 
is  commendable  to  see  that  the  discharges  are  not  excessive, 
and  that  the  pulse  is  not  sinking.  An  hour  or  two  of  good 
quiet  rest  will  do  more  to  restore,  than  tea,  stimulants,  or 
food  at  this  time.  Should  the  patient  be  kept  from  sleep- 
ing, from  excitement,  give  six  pellets  of  Specific  No. 
Three^  which  will  soon  allay  it,  and  serve  also  to  stimulate 
the  natural  contractions  of  the  womb.  In  the  event  of  too 
profuse  discharge,  or  even  flooding,  the  No.  Tliree  may 
be  given,  six  pellets  every  half  hour;  or  should  there  be 
faintness,  or  very  profuse  flow,  a  half  teaspoonful  of  the 
Marvel  of  Healing  may  at  once  be  resorted  to,  and  repeated 
every  half  hour  until  it  is  controlled. 

The  patient  should  mostly  keep  her  bed  for  the  first  eight 
days;  after  four  or  six  days,  if  she  feels  strong  and  so  de- 
sires, she  may  be  permitted  to  sit  up  a  short  period  daily, 
to  have  her  bed  made  and  aii'cd.  It  is  important  for  the 
womb  to  reduce  itself  and  recover  its  natural  position;  that 
the  women  be  kept  at  rest,  and  in  a  recumbent  posture  for 
the  eight  or  fourteen  days,  and  careful  attention  to  this  ad- 
vice will  prevent  much  of  infirmity,  debility,  and  after- 
disease.  The  diet  should  be  of  light  and  easily-digested 
food,  avoiding  all  stimulants  or  exciting  beverages,  and 
being  guided  in  quantity  by  the  desires  of  the  patient; 
bearing  in  mind  that  for  the  first  few  days,  nature  calls  for 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  453 

but  little  nourishment,  and  that  if  given  when  the  patient 
does  not  desire  it,  it  will  be  more  liable  to  be  injurious  than 
beneficial.  All  stimulating  or  very  nutritious  food  must  be 
avoided  the  first  few^  days. 

For  the  consti2:)ation,  which  is  the  natural  result  of  de- 
livery, nothing  should  be  done  at  first,  as  it  is  altogether  a 
proper  and  salutary  condition;  time  being  required  for  the 
organs  to  regain  their  natural  tone  and  position,  w^hich 
should  not  be  interfered  w  ith  by  aperients.  If,  after  four 
or  six  days,  the  bowels  should  not  move  spontaneously,  an 
injection  of  w^arm  water  may  be  administered,  and  assisted 
by  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Ten,  given  at  night,  and  these 
may  be  repeated,  if  necessary,  until  natural  evacuations  are 
established. 

Suppressed  or  Scanty  Secretion  of  Milk. — It  is  of  impor- 
tance that  the  processes  of  nature  follow  in  proper  order, 
and  with  due  regularity,  and  hence,  it  is  proper  to  correct, 
so  far  as  in  our  power,  any  important  deviation.  Some- 
times the  proper  secretion  of  milk  is  2)revented  by  undue 
heat,  distention,  excessive  or  undue  vitality  of  the  breasts. 
In  such  cases,  a  few  doses  of  Specific  No.  Olie^  six  pellets 
given  at  intervals  of  four  hours,  wiD  allay  the  heat  and 
distention,  and  the  secretion  will  proceed  with  regularity. 
If,  however,  the  secretion  seems  to  fail  from  a  want  of 
secretory  power  in  the  gland  itself,  the  use  of  Specific  No. 
Eleven^  given  in  like  manner,  will  promote  the  natural 
flow. 

Milk  Fever. — The  secretion  of  milk  in  considerable  quan- 
tities is  often  preceded  or  accompanied  with  a  general 
febrile  movement  of  the  system,  which  is  known  by  the 
term  of  milk  fever.  It  is  known  by  thirst,  slight  shivering 
and  heat,  terminating  in  mild  perspiration;  the  jDulse  is 
quickened,  and  sometimes  variable;  at  times  frequent,  ot 
soft  and  regular.  Sometimes  there  is  drawing  pain  in  the 
back,  extending  to  the  breast;  bad  taste   in  the  luouth; 


454  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

oppressed  respiration,  anxiety  and  headache;  the  exacer^ 
bation  comes  on  towards  evening,  with  perspiration  towards 
morning,  and  temporary  relief  or  termination  of  the  attack, 
which  not  unfrequentl}^  returns  the  foUowing  day,  but 
rarely  rises  to  such  a  hight  as  to  indicate  danger.  Nature 
herself,  if  not  disturbed  by  injudicious  treatment,  in  most 
cases  restores  the  proper  equilibrium.  When  the  milk  se- 
cretion is  established,  and  the  lochial  discharge  resumes  its 
wanted  course,  the  derangement  generally  ceases.  Should, 
however,  the  affection  become  established,  we  may  appre- 
hend the  setting  in  of  puerperal  fever. 

The  indications  above  mentioned  call  for  the  Specific  No. 
Olie^  which  may  best  be  given  by  dissolving  twelve  pellets 
in  six  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  one  may  be  given  every 
hour  at  first,  and  then  at  intervals  of  two  hours,  until  the 
fever  quite  disappears,  and  the  normal  secretions  are 
established. 

Lochial  Discharge. — This  continues,  usually,  from  nine 
to  fourteen  days,  but  varies  considerably  in  different  women, 
sometimes  being  but  slight,  at  others,  copious  and  con- 
tinuing for  a  long  time.  Its  deviations  require  attention. 
If  it  becomes  suppressed,  or  thin,  pale,  and  prematurely 
scanty,  Specific  No.  Eleven  should  be  given,  six  pellets 
every  two  or  three  hours.  If  pain  and  fever  attend  the 
diminution  or  suppression.  No.  One  should  be  given  in 
water,  twelve  pellets  every  hour,  until  this  condition  is 
removed.  If  it  is  too  free,  or  remains  full  or  high-colored 
after  nine  days,  Specific  No.  Twenty- Fonr  should  be 
given,  six  pellets  three  times  per  day. 

Alopecia. — Falling  out  of  the  Hair. — Not  unfrequently, 
especially  in  feeble  or  debilitated  constitutions,  the  hair 
falls  out,  during  or  soon  after  the  period  of  confinement. 
If  the  patient  is  debilitated  in  consequence  of  flooding,  or 
the  excessive  drains  upon  the  system,  the  evil  will  be  cor- 
rected by  the  use  of  Specific  No.  Twenty- Four,  taking 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  455 

six  pellets  three  tiiries  per  day.  If  the  cause  is  not  so 
apparent,  and  must  be  sought  for  in  some  inherent  delicacy 
of  the  constitution,  the  use  of  Specifics  No.  Tllirty-Five 
and  No.  Tweilty-Wilie^  giving  six  pellets  of  the  former 
in  the  morning,  and  the  latter  at  night.  Care  should  be 
taken  in  dressing  the  hair  during  this  condition  of  the 
scalp,  not  to  comb  or  brush  it  too  harshl}^  as  you  may  thus 
pull  out  large  quantities  of  hair  that  a  more  aj^propriate 
management  would  have  preserved. 

Leucorrhcea  after  Parturition. — Appears,  at  first,  only  as 
an  extension  of  the  natural  discharges  in  consequence  of 
the  relaxation  of  the  uterine  economy;  at  the  beginning 
mild  and  inocuous,  but  gradually  assuming  an  acrid  or 
morbid  condition,  producing  sensibility  and  excoriation. 
It  is  sometimes  very  obstinate  and  often  troublesome. 

For  Treatment,  see  page  428. 

Internal  Swelling  and  Prolapsus  of  interior  organs  is  fre- 
quently the  result  of  difficult  labor,  and  is  often  found  com- 
plicated with  uterine  or  vaginal  proLo-j^sus.  The  use  of  the 
Marvel  of  Healing  externally  as  a  lavement,  and  as  an  in- 
jection prepared  as  above,  one  part  of  the  marvel  to  two  of 
water,  is  sovereign  in  all  similar  cases,  and  may  be  ad- 
ministered two  or  three  times  per  day.  At  the  same  time, 
Specific  No.  Tllirf  y-Five^  six  j^ellets,  may  be  gi  :en,  three 
times  per  day. 

Metritis. — {Inflammation  of  the  Womb). — The  more  con- 
stant symptoms  of  this  very  serious  afiection,  are:  Fever, 
pain,  continuous  burning  or  shooting  in  the  lower  abdomi- 
nal  region,  accompanied  with  a  sensation  of  weight;  soreness 
or  tenderness  of  that  region  on  pressure  or  movement.  The 
abdomen  becomes  hot,  and  gradually  tumefied,  the  secretion 
of  lochia  and  milk  diminished  or  arrested,  likewise  the 
urine  and  feces.  It  is  usually  caused  by  severe,  unnatural 
or  protracted  labors,  or  by  harsh  manual  interference  dur- 
ing labor,  or  may  result  from  retained  placenta  or  clots,  or 


456  HOMEOPATHIC  MEKTOR. 

mental  emotions,  chill,  etc.  In  a  less  active  form,  it  may 
occur  in  women  who  have  never  borne  children,  as  the  re- 
sult of  chill,  cold  feet,  inflammation  of  neighboring  organs, 
external  injuries,  etc. 

The  Specific  No.  One  should  be  given,  twelve  pellets 
dissolved  in  six  large  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  one 
should  be  given  every  hour,  and  this  medication  continued 
with  entire  rest  and  quiet  until  the  power  of  the  disease  is 
broken,  and  the  normal  discharges  re-established. 

Excoriation  of  the  Nipples. — If  the  nipples  have  been 
properly  prepared  for  their  office  by  frequent  bathing 
with  brandy,  the  Marvel  of  Healing,  or  other  hardening 
preparations,  there  will  be  less  liability  of  excoriation; 
nevertheless,  it  sometimes  appears,  owing  to  some  peculiar 
dyscrasia  of  the  system.  The  nipples  become  sore,  ex- 
coriated or  cracked,  and  bleed,  and  are  exquisitely  painful 
at  every  attempt  of  the  child  to  nurse. 

Treatment. — From  the  first,  after  every  nursing,  the 
nipples  should  be  carefully  moistened  with  the  Marvel  of 
Healing,  diluted  one  half  with  water;  and,  after  being  thus 
thoroughly  moistened,  should  be  carefully  dried  with  a  soft 
cloth  or  fine  lintj  and  this  process  should  be  constantly  re- 
peated after  nursing.  In  some  cases  a  soft  rubber  shield 
can  be  worn  to  advantage,  but  to  be  effective,  it  must  fit 
nicely,  and  be  worn  easily.  Internally,  the  Specific  No. 
Three  should  be  given,  six  pellets  three  times  per  day,  to 
remove  any  constitutional  impediment  to  the  healing.  In 
cases  where  these  remedies  remain  ineffectual,  resort  may 
be  had  to  a  dose  of  six  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Twcilty- 
T'WO^  at  night,  while  the  No.  Three  is  given  morning 
and  at  noon;  and  so  continue  for  some  days. 

Mastitis. — {Injiammation  of  the  Breasts — Oathei^ed  Breast — 
Ague  in  the  Breast). — It  commences  with  a  chill,  to  which 
some  degree  of  fever  is  soon  associated,  and  the  breast,  oi 
some  portion  of  it  becomes  tumefied,  swelled,  sensitive  and 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT,  ^^-DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  457 

painful,  with  an  erysijoelatous  sw^elling  and  redness  extend- 
ing over  some  portion  of  the  surface.  In  case  the  inflam- 
mation is  not  early  arrested,  suppuration  takes  place,  the 
swelling  points,  and  the  abscess  must  be  opened  and  pus 
discharged;  or  it  will  open  of  itself,  causing  a  much  more 
extensive  disorganization  and  discharge,  and  a  disfiguring 
cicatrix. 

Treatment. — Specific  No.  One  should  be  given  at  once, 
twelve  pellets  dissolved  in  six  dessert  spoonsful  of  water, 
and  of  this  a  large  spoonful  should  be  given  every  hour  for 
the  first  tw^elve  hours,  and  then  every  two  hours,  until  the 
inflammation  subsides.  Advantage  will  also  be  derived 
from  the  application  of  a  cloth,  several  folds  of  which  have 
been  saturated  with  the  Marvel,  of  Healing,  and  applied 
well  over  the  part  or  breast,  and  the  whole  covered  with 
flannel,  so  as  to  protect  the  clothing  and  person  from  moist- 
ure, and  the  a2)plicatiou  may  be  removed  as  often  as  it  gets 
hot  or  dry. 

If  the  inflammation  has  progressed  so  far  that  suppuration 
caimot  be  arrested,  or  has  already  taken  place,  the  use  of 
Specific  No.  Tweilty-Two^  six  pellets  every  three  hours, 
will  be  the  best  medicine  to  promote  that  object,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  limit  its  extension.  It  is  likewise  the  best 
medicine,  to  limit  the  suppurative  process,  and  heal  the 
wound  after  the  abscess  has  been  opened. 

Weakness  or  Perspiration  during  Confinement. — Some- 
times there  remains  an  excessive  degree  of  debility  after 
delivery,  continuing  several  weeks  beyond  the  usual  period; 
and  in  consequence  the  patient  sweats  easily  during  any 
effort,  or  on  going  to  sleep.  This  condition  of  weakness, 
indicating  an  exhausted  or  enfeebled  vitality,  is  best  met 
by  Specific  No.  Twenty- Foiir^  of  which  six  pellets  may 
be  given  dry,  four  times  per  day,  with  advantage,  or  simply 
at  night,  six  pellets,  if  there  is  merely  too  free  perspiration 
^t  night,  or  on  sleeping. 


468  H05I£0PATmC  MENTOR. 

Ovarian  Dropsy. — {Ovarian  Tumor). — V^e  mention  this 
disease  here,  as  it  usually  first  presents  itself  in  the  form  of 
ascites  or  abdominal  dropsy;  but  in  this  case  there  is 
always  a  tumor  or  morbid  growth  from  one  of  the  ovaries, 
generally  the  left,  which,  gradually  enlarging  apparently 
from  just  above  the  pubic  bone,  more  on  one  side,  extends 
upwards  and  over  the  abdomen,  at  first  more  hard  and 
firm,  and  to  w^hich  the  softer  fluctuation  of  the  fluid  is  after- 
wards associated ;  for  it  is  only  after  the  weight  and  volume 
of  the  tumor  has  compromised  the  abdominal  circulation, 
that  the  effusion  takes  place.  When  this  has  occuiTed,  the 
symptoms  are  not  unhke  ascites — large  tumid  abdomen, 
cedematous  extremities,  and  scanty  secretion  with  often- 
disturbed  menstruation. 

Treativient. — The  Specieic  No.  Tweiity-Five  may  be 
given  as  in  general  dropsy,  six  pellets  dissolved  in  water, 
and  administered  every  three  hoiu*s. 

A  remarkable  cure  was  made  by  the  use  of  Humphreys' 
Marvel  of  Healing,  not  only  of  the  effusion  but  of  the 
tumor  itself,  and  should  the  No.  Twenty-Five  fail,  I 
should  not  hesitate  to  recommend  its  adoption. 

TEEATMENT  OF  INFANTS. 

Homeopathy  possesses  many  advantages  in  the  treatment 
of  the  diseases  of  children  and  infants.  The  first  mani- 
festations of  morbid  action  are  thus  met  in  their  formative 
stage,  and  not  only  are  they  crushed  in  the  bud,  but  tlie 
tendency  thereto  is  eradicated  from  the  system.  Constitu- 
tional tendencies  to  disease  are  thus  destroyed,  and  the 
entire  development  is  symmetrical  and  happy.  On  the 
contrary,  when  the  diseases  of  infancy  and  early  childhood 
are  met  by  the  pernicious  drugs  so  much  in  vogue  in  the 
old  school  of  medicine,  not  only  are  the  diseases  themselves 
^ot  eradicated  from  the  system,  but  drug  action  is  often  set 


nSEASE  AXD  TKEATMENT. — DISEASES  OF  WOMiN.  459 

np,  false,  perverted  or  morbid  action  is  engendered,  and 
the  germs  of  what  become  life-long  maladies  are  thus  un- 
wisely planted.  Thousands  of  iU-developed,  misanthropic, 
and  unhappily  constituted  persons,  owe  their  life-long  in- 
firmities to  the  injudicious  use  of  drugs  or  crude  medicines, 
given  with  the  best  intentions  during  their  infancy. 

After  Birth. — Immediately  after  the  separation  of  the 
cord,  the  child  should  be  wrapped  in  a  soft  flannel,  which 
has  been  carefully  warmed,  and  be  laid  upon  its  left  side. 
After  the  mother  has  been  cared  for,  the  child  should  be 
washed  with  tepid  water,  with  a  soft  cloth,  care  being  taken 
not  to  continue  the  first  washing  too  long,  not  to  rub  the 
child,  nor  to  apply  soap,  as  the  skin  is  very  delicate  and 
tender,  and  the  entire  organism  unaccustomed  to  cold,  or 
to  rough  usage.  After  washing,  dry  the  infant  immediately, 
by  taking  up  the  moisture  with  a  soft,  warm  cloth,  rather 
than  by  rubbing,  always  avoiding  the  risk  of  the  child  be- 
coming chilled  or  taking  cold.  Nor  should  infants  be 
swathed  or  overburdened  with  a  superfluity  of  clothes,  a 
source  of  not  unfi*equent  deformity  and  weakness. 

Swelling  of  the  head  very  commonly  appears  in  infants 
to  some  extent,  and  sometimes,  indeed,  a  large  tumor 
appears,  which  seems  very  formidable,  and  excites  appre- 
hension. This  swelling  generally  disappears  of  itself  after 
a  few  days.  Should  it  be  considerable,  wetting  the  head 
with  the  ^Larvel  of  Healing,  diluted  one-half  with  tepid 
water,  will  rapidly  promote  the  absor]Dtion  of  the  tumor. 
Should  there  be  a  swelling  which  seems  to  contain  fluid 
over  the  fontanel  or  large  opening  on  the  head,  one  peUet 
of  SrEcrnc  Xo.  T'^veilty-TlVO  wiU  hasten  its  removal 

Fxpttlsion  of  the  mecoxitm  is  best  effected  bv  the  natural 
milk  of  the  mother,  which,  at  its  first  appearance  after 
delivers*,  has  the  precise  quahties  adapted  to  that  purpose. 
Hence,  so  soon  as  the  child  begins  to  desire  food,  and  the 
mother  has  recovered  sufficient  strength  to  permit  it,  say 


460  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

from  eight  to  twelve  hours  after  birth,  the  ohild  may  be 
applied  to  the  breast.  Should  it  get  but  a  trifle,  even  that 
will  be  of  benefit  to  the  child,  and  the  effort  will  stimulate 
the  secretion,  so  that  after  a  few  times  it  will  become 
established.  Its  gradual  appearance  is  better  than  to  have 
it  come  in  a  flood,  with  fever  after  two  or  more  days.  On 
no  account  should  drugs  or  domestic  herb  teas  be  given  to 
the  child  to  promote  this  object.  A  spoonful  of  sweetened 
water  from  time  to  time  will  be  much  better,  or  even  an 
injection  of  equal  parts  of  pure  sweet  oil  and  water. 

The  Diet  of  the  Nurse  must  be  simple,  easily  digestible ; 
and  with  a  due  proportion  of  vegetable  and  animal  food. 
That  which  is  too  highly  concentrated  or  stimulating  may 
be  injurious,  by  causing  the  milk  to  become  too  rich  and 
unsuited  to  the  delicate  digestion  of  the  infant.  In  some 
rare  cases,  wine,  ale,  or  even  porter,  may  be  used  to  promote 
the  secretion,  and  sustain  the  strength  of  the  nurse.  But 
evil  is  done  in  more  cases  than  good,  and  in  general  the 
resort  to  the  use  of  stimulants  should  be  avoided,  and  the 
system  should  be  sustained  by  those  best  purveyors  of 
nature,  quiet,  avoidance  of  fatigue,  anxiety,  good  food  and 
sufficient  sleep 

Supplementary  Diet  of  Infants. — The  best  and  most 
natural  food  is  the  milk  of  the  mother.  Even  if  it  only 
in  part  supplies  the  want  of  the  child,  it  is  better  to  retain 
even  this,  as  in  case  of  sickness  of  the  infant,  it  furnishes  a 
precious  reserve  to  be  supplied  in  no  other  way.  Cows' 
milk  is  the  most  usual  substitute,  and  should  at  first  be  di- 
luted by  adding  one-third  of  water,  and  slightly  sweetened. 
If  milk  is  to  remain  some  time  during  warm  weather,  it 
should  be  first  heated  to  prevent  too  rapid  change.  Great 
care  should  be  taken  that  the  nursing  bottle  be  perfectly 
clean  and  sweet;  and  food  which  has  been  standing,  or  is  in 
danger  of  having  deteriorated,  must  on  no  account  be 
given.     Better  make  that  which  you  know  to  be  sweet  and 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  INFANTS.  461 

fresh,  than  to  assume  a  risk.  After  some  weeks  the  milk 
may  be  given  without  water,  and  as  the  first  teeth  appear, 
about  the  fourth  or  sixth  month,  the  diet  should  become 
more  varied  and  liberal;  a  well  made  panada,  diluted  milk, 
sweetened  and  thickened  with  a  small  quantity  of  arrow- 
^ot,  sago  or  rusk,  may  be  given  with  advantage.  So  barley- 
water,  well-boiled  gruel,  weak  chicken-tea  or  beef-tea,  may 
be  resorted  to,  taking  care  to  give  that  on  which  the  child 
seems  to  thrive  best.  Gradually,  as  the  teeth  appear,  the 
child  may  be  given  the  usual  food  from  the  table,  and  in 
such  quantities,  and  in  such  form,  as  the  organism  seems 
to  require. 

Weaning. — The  length  of  time  a  child  should  nurse, 
depends  upon  many  considerations,  such  as:  The  health  ot 
the  child,  of  the  mother,  and  the  season  of  the  year,  and 
the  facility  of  substituting  an  appropriate  diet.  In  general, 
a  child  should  be  nursed  from  nine  to  fifteen  months.  If 
care  be  taken  to  gradually  substitute  a  proper  diet,  a  child 
will  gradually  wean  itself  before  that  period.  The  child 
had  better  not  be  weaned  suddenly,  but  gradually,  and  in 
proportion  as  the  teeth  appear.  With  the  full  development 
of  the  teeth,  the  organism  is  generally  prepared  to  thrive 
without  the  aid  of  the  breast.  Weaning  during  the  hot 
season  is  hazardous,  from  the  liability  to  diarrhoeas,  or  the 
usual  summer  complaints. 

DISEASES  OF  INFANTS. 

Inflammation  of  the  Eyes  of  new-born  infants  may  arise 
from  sud^.en  exposure  to  the  strong  glare  of  daylight.  If 
the  eyes  look  red,  and  shrink  from  the  light,  are  tearful, 
or  watery,  dissolve  a  single  pellet  of  Specific  No.  One  in  a 
spoonful  of  water,  and  give  of  this  a  few  drops  once  per 
day  for  two  or  three  days.  If  not  cured,  give  a  single 
pellet  of  No.  Eighteen  in  the  same  manner,  keeping  the 
child's  eyes  free  from  the  irritation  of  all  bright  light. 


462  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Cold  in  the  Head  usually  takes  the  form  of  obstruction 
of  the  nose,  impeding  the  action  of  suckling,  and  causing 
the  infant  to  release  the  nipple,  and  rendering  it  irritable 
and  fretful.  If  the  nose  is  dry  within,  we  may  imitate  the 
natural  secretion  by  applying  a  little  almond  oil  or  cream, 
on  a  feather,  to  the  interior  of  the  nostril.  Usually  the  Spe- 
cific No.  Three^  one  pellet  given  three  times  per  day,  will 
remove  the  difficulty.  If  it  fails,  give  the  No.  Nineteen 
in  the  same  manner.  It  may  be  given  in  water,  or  even 
dry  in  the  mouth,  after  the  child  is  some  weeks  old. 

Crying  and  Wakefulness  of  Infants  will,  with  proper  care 
to  the  diet  and  regimen  of  the  mother  and  child,  be  fully 
obviated  by  the  use  of  Specific  No.  Three.  Of  course 
the  child  must  be  properly  changed,  made  comfortable  and 
satisfied  with  food;  and  it  must  not  be  taking,  with  its  food 
from  the  mother,  the  flatulent  food  or  exciting  drinks, 
coffee,  strong  tea,  or  other  stimulants  which  she  imbibes. 
These  conditions  met,  the  No.  Three  will  afford  quiet, 
refreshing  sleep  and  rest,  and  freedom  from  the  colic  and 
cries  so  common  in  the  nursery.  Of  course  all  drops, 
soothing  syrups,  or  anodynes  must  be  banished. 

Regurgitation  of  Food. — Children  often  in  nursing  over- 
load themselves  with  milk,  and  as  a  salutary  provision  of 
nature,  they  regurgitate  or  throw  up  a  portion  of  it.  No 
interference  is  required  in  such  cases.  But  where  all,  or  a 
large  portion  of  the  food  taken,  is  thrown  up  again,  or  the 
regurgitated  matter  is  sour,  and  is  followed  by  mucus  or 
watery  fluid,  or  the  children  are  sick,  or  appear  nauseated, 
medical  interference  is  desirable.  In  such  cases  an  occa- 
sional pellet  of  Specific  No.  Ten  will  correct  the  action  of 
the  stomach.  Should  there  be  nausea  or  actual  vomiting, 
Specific  No.  Six,  given  as  above,  will  be  better.  It  may 
be  given  dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of  water,  or  even  dry  to 
somewhat  older  children. 

Mrr.g  Crusts — Eruptions. — A  scurfy  eruption  sometimes 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DISEASES  OF  INFANTS.  463 

appears  upon  the  hair  scalp,  which  in  places  becomes 
brownish  bran-like.  The  application  of  a  drop  or  two  of 
nice  sweet-oil,  with  the  gentle  aid  of  a  soft  brush  or  fine 
comb,  soon  removes  it,  care  being  taken  not  to  injure  the 
surface.  Meantime  a  pellet  of  Specific  No.  Fourteen^ 
given  at  night  for  a  few  days,  will  arrest  the  tendency  to 
its  production. 

Milk  Crusts;  see  Eczema,  page  220.  For  these  cases  the 
Specific  No.  Poiirteeil^  one  pellet  for  infants,  or  two  for 
children  over  one  year  of  age,  may  be  given  morning,  noon, 
and  at  night,  each  dissolved  in  a  spoonful  of  water.  If  the 
itching  is  severe,  causing  restlessness  and  fretfulness,  dis- 
solve of  Specific  No.  Olie^  six  pellets  in  as  many  spoonsful 
of  water,  and  of  this  give  a  spoonful  every  hour  between 
the  intermediate  doses  of  No.  Fourteen;  and  this  No. 
One  may  be  thus  used  as  an  intermediate  remedy,  so  long 
as  the  itching  and  irritation  continues.  A  trifle  of  sweet 
oil  will  at  any  time  remove  the  crusts.  But  they  had  better 
fall  off  of  themselves,  and  I  advise  to  apply  soap  or  water 
to  them  as  seldom  as  the  purpose  of  cleanliness  will  permit. 

Thrush  or  Aphtha  shows  itself  by  the  formation  of  smaU, 
isolated,  round,  white  vesicles,  which,  if  not  checked,  may 
run  together,  and  present  an  ulcerated  appearance,  or  form 
a  thin,  white  crust,  which  lines  the  entire  cavity  of  the 
mouth,  and  in  severe  cases  involves  the  throat  and  entire 
alimentary  canal.  It  is  rarely  dangerous  or  malignant,  but 
occasions  inconvenience  besides  pain  and  suffering,  ob- 
structing the  child's  nursing,  and  may  be  communicated  to 
the  nipples,  causing  excoriation,  etc.  It  is  often  the  result 
of  imperfect  ventilation,  inattention  to  cleanliness,  the 
nursing  bottle  not  being  kept  perfectly  clean  and  sweet, 
improper  food,  etc.  Hence,  infants  brought  up  by  hand, 
as  it  is  termed,  are  more  subject  to  the  disease  than  others. 
A  very  weak  solution  of  Borax,  applied  to  the  mouth 
with  a  brush,  is  very  generally  useful.     The  Specific  No. 


464  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Twenty-Nine^  six  pellets  dissolved  in  as  many  spoonsful 
of  water,  and  given,  a  spoonful  every  four  hours,  will  be 
found  sufficient  to  remove  the  disease.  When  it  exists  in 
only  a  slighter  degree,  a  single  pellet  given  dry,  morning 
and  night,  will  be  sufficient. 

Constipation  will  rarely  be  troublesome  among  children 
properly  nursed  or  nourished,  and  under  Homeopathic  re- 
gimen. But  should  the  stools  be  too  large,  tardy,  insufficient 
or  obstructed,  dissolve  of  Specific  No.  Ten^  two  pellets  in 
two  large  spoonsful  of  water,  of  which  give  one  at  night, 
and  the  other  in  the  morning,  and  this  may  be  continued 
until  the  dejections  become  natural.  An  enema  of  tepid 
water  may  occasionally  be  resorted  to  if  necessary;  or  a 
suppository,  consisting  of  a  small  slip  of  paper  or  linen, 
spirally  twisted  and  well  lubricated  with  oil,  may  be  gently 
introduced  into  the  rectum  by  a  simple  rotatory  movement, 
from  time  to  time,  until  the  medicine  has  remedied  the 
irregularity. 

DiARRACEA  OF  Infants. — Diarrhoea,  like  constipation,  is 
merely  a  symptom  and  hardly  a  disease.  The  first  element 
of  a  cure  for  diarrhoea  of  infants,  is  to  carefully  examine  as 
to  the  quality  and  quantity  of  its  food  and  care,  and  to  see 
that  these  give  no  occasion  for  the  difficulty.  The  use  of 
Specific  No.  Three  from  time  to  time,  for  colic,  crying, 
sleeplessness,  or  teething,  will  usually  check  any  predispo- 
sition to  diarrhoea,  and  it  may  be  used  for  this  purpose, 
giving  to  infants  one  pellet  dry  in  the  mouth  after  every 
loose  or  diarrhoeic  stool.  Should  this  not  prove  sufficient, 
the  Specific  No.  Four  may  be  administered  in  the  same 
manner,  one  pellet  after  every  loose  stool;  thus  the  urgency 
of  the  symptom  will  be  the  measure  of  the  repetition  of  the 
medicine. 

Excoriations — Intertrigo. — Cleanliness  is  the  best  pre- 
ventive; careful  bathing,  and  taking  special  care  that  all 
the  folds  of  the  skin,  such  as  the  neck,  groin,  etc.,  be  care^ 


DISEASii;   AND    TREATMENT. DISEASES    OF    INFANTS.  4G5 

fully  WIPED  DRY.  but  not  excoriated  or  irritated,  with  lint  or  a 
very  soft  cloth.  The  Specific  No.  Tliree  is  here  also  appro- 
priate to  remove  any  tendencies  to  these  excoriations,  and  may 
be  given  for  such  purpose,  one  pellet  three  times  per  day. 

Derangements  during  Teething. — The  production  of  teeth 
like  other  evolutions  of  the  svstem,  is  attended  with  some 
degree  of  constitutional  disturbance.  In  most  cases  and 
under  Homeopathic  regimen,  these  derangements  are  slight 
and  easily  removed,  in  others  they  may  be  more  serious. 
Should  there  be,  as  is  more  frequently  the  case,  restless- 
ness, WORRYING,  sleeplessness,  and  tardy  ai:)pearance  of  the 
teeth,  the  No.  Tliree  is  the  proper  Specific,  and  may  be 
given  one  pellet  dry  in  the  mouth  every  hour  or  two  hours, 
according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case.  If  diarrhoea  sets  in 
and  becomes  troublesome  —  remembering  that  i  slight 
looseness  of  the  bowels  during  this  period  is  not  preju- 
dicial— it  may  be  controlled  by  the  Specific  No.  Four,  one 
jiellet  after  every  loose  stool.  Should  there  be  fever  or 
heat  of  the  head,  crying  and  worrying,  or  drowsiness,  have 
resource  at  once  to  the  No.  One,  of  which  dissolve  six 
pellets  in  twelve  spoonsful  of  water,  and  of  this  give  a  tea- 
spoonful  every  hour  until  the  fever,  restlessness,  or  drowsi- 
ness has  passed  away. 

The  Tardy  or  Irregular  Development  of  Teeth  is  often  a 
subject  of  serious  moment,  indicating  a  want  of  ossific 
deposit  either  congenital  or  acquired.  In  most  cases  it  ie 
the  result  of  faulty  assimilation,  or  it  may  arise  from  defective 
nourishment,  either  in  the  mother's  milk  or  other  food  sub- 
stituted for  it.  But  it  may  also  arise  from  the  succes^ivi 
shock  of  the  system  from  too  frequent  or  too  cold  bathing. 
And  in  delicate  or  poorly  nourished  infants  it  often  happens 
"♦•^hat  inconsiderate  mothers  or  nurses  jDrevent  or  retard  the 
.ormation  or  coming  forward  of  teeth  by  too  frequent,  too 
long  continued  or  too  cold  bathing.  To  thir  '^nr  ^r'eat  care 
should  be  exercised  by  mothers  or  nurses. 


46 O  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

Convulsions  of  Infants. — Infants  are  peculiarly  liable  to 
convulsions.  At  that  early  period  the  brain  is  proportion- 
ally larger,  the  nervous  organization  more  delicate,  and  the 
various  evolutions  through  which  it  is  passing  render  it 
more  liable  to  spasmodic  or  convulsive  attacks,  than  at  a 
subsequent  period  of  life.  The  usual  causes  are  intestinal 
in-itation  fi'om  improper  food,  the  irritation  of  teething  ;  to 
which  should  also  be  added  hereditary  predisposition  in 
some  families,  all  the  children  being  subject  to  convulsions 
on  very  slight  provocation,  while  in  others  such  an  occur- 
rence is  unknown.  Where  children  are  hot,  feverish,  either 
sleep  too  soundly,  or  are  very  restless,  and  start  suddenly 
on  dropping  into  a  dose  or  at  other  times,  the  access  of 
convulsions  is  imminent  and  demands  attention.  First,  the 
occasioning  cause  should  be  removed.  If  the  child  is  con- 
stipated, or  if  there  is  reason  to  suppose  the  irritation  is 
occasioned  by  indigestible,  bad,  or  irritating  food,  give  at 
once  a  full,,  free  injection  of  tepid  w^ater.  Should  it  fail 
to  relieve  the  symptoms,  or  to  produce  a  full  movement  of 
the  bowels,  repeat  it  after  half  an  hour,  and  even  again, 
until  the  result  is  obtained.  Meantime,  if  there  is  heat  or 
fever,  hot  head  and  hands,  dissolve  six  pellets  of  Specific 
No.  One  in  as  many  spoonsful  of  water,  and  of  this  give  a 
spoonful  every  half  hour  for  two  or  three  times,  and  then 
as  the  heat  and  fever  abate,  give  every  hour  until  relieved. 
Should  there  be  not  so  much  heat  or  fever,  and  the  irrita- 
tion of  teething  having  been  the  cause,  the  Specific  No. 
Tiiree^  given  as  above,  may  be  preferable  to  No.  One. 
In  case  of  a  convulsion,  but  little  can  be  done  during  the 
paroxysm  ;  but,  so  soon  as  practicable,  the  feet  and  legs 
should  be  immersed  in  warm  water  for  several  minutes, 
and  then  carefully  wiped  dry  and  wrapped  in  a  warm  cloth, 
and  a  cloth  wet  with  cold  water  aj^pUed  to  the  head,  and 
the  injection  beforementioned  be  administered.  In  some 
cases  the  Specifics  No.  One  and  No.  Tliree^  prepared  as 


DISEASE    AND    TREATMENT. DISEASES    OF   INEANTS.  467 

above,  may  be  given  alternately,  a  spoonful  every  hour,  with 
advantage,  and  especially  when  the  convulsions  have  been 
repeated,  or  their  premonitions  continue. 

To  Destkoy  a  Predisposition  to  convulsions  or  prevent 
the  develoj^ment  of  epilepsy,  the  SrEciFic  No.  Thirty'- 
Three  may  be  given,  one  peUet  every  night,  for  three 
days;  and  the  same  of  Specific  No.  Tllirty-Fivc  each 
morning,  and  then  every  second  night  for  some  weeks^, 
giving  No.  lllirty-Five  every  morning. 

Atrophy  or  Wasting. — In  cases  w4iere  children  do  not 
soem  to  thi'ive,  and  become  emaciated  and  wasted,  the  tissue 
becoming  atrophied,  and  a  well  marked  marasmus  occurs, 
any  of  the  Specifics  which  meets  these  indications  are 
efficient.  Such  a  condition,  indeed,  very  rarely  happens 
under  the  Specific  Homeopathic  treatment.  But  should 
such  a  condition  threaten,  or  have  actually  been  developed, 
we  sliould  be  guided  in  our  choice  of  Sj^ecifics  by  the  indi- 
cations, thus  :  For  enlarged  abdomen,  heat  of  the  head, 
slow  closing  fontanelle,  slow  growth,  give  Specific  No. 
Thirty- Five.  When  there  is  constipated  habit,  tardy, 
insufficient  evacuations,  deranged  stomach,  or  pale  stools, 
give  the  Specific  No.  Ten.  If  the  glands  become  enlarged, 
with  knots  about  the  neck  or  under  the  arms,  frequent 
boils,  swellings,  or  tumors,  give  Specific  No.  Twenty- 
T'hreer  If  diarrhoea  or  constant  tendency  to  loose  bowels 
is  present,  give  Specific  No.  Four.  These  remedies  may 
usually  be  given  in  tiiese  cases,  sim2:)ly  one  pellet  for  infants 
three  times  per  day,  dry  in  the  mouth. 


DISEASES  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS  AND 

REGIONS. 

Definition. — A  specific  febrile  disorder,  accompanied  by 
acute  inflammation  of  the  white  fibrous  tissues, — ligaments, 
tendons,  sheaths  of  tendons,  aponeuroses,  fasciae,  etc., — sur- 
rounding the  joints,  of  which  several  are  affected  simulta- 
neously, or  in  succession.  The  local  symptoms  are  very 
erratic;  the  skin  of  the  affected  part  is  covered  with  a 
copious,  sour,  sticky  perspiration,  containing  lactic  acid;  and 
the  blood  has  a  large  excess  of  fibrine,  probably  to  the  ex- 
tent of  thrice  the  normal  quantity. 

This  very  common,  and  sometimes  quite  obstinate  dis- 
ease, manifests  itself  mostly  in  two  forms — the  acute  or  in- 
t'LAMMATORY,  and  the  chronic. 

Acute,  or  Inflammatory  Rheumatism, — {Rheumatic  Fever) 
is  usually  brought  on  by  exposure  to  cold,  rough  or  damp 
weather,  and  especially  to  fatigue  or  labor  during  such  ex- 
posure; also  from  sitting  or  standing  in  cold,  damp  places, 
or  from  sitting  in  a  draught;  sleeping  in  damp  sheets  or 
remaining  long  in  wet  clothes;  exposure  of  any  parts  of  the 
body  to  cold  and  moisture  when  other  parts  of  the  body  are 
covered ;  or  exposure  when  in  a  perspiration.  Cold  probably 
excites  an  attack  of  acute  rheumatism  by  arresting  the 
.ocxctory        ictions  of   the  skin,  by  means  of  which,   in 


DISEASE  AND  TKEATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    469 

health,  morbid  substances  in  the  blood  are  often  removed; 
and  the  functions  of  the  skin  being  deranged,  unhealthy 
principles  accumulate  in  the  blood,  and  rheumatism  results. 
Mere  cold,  however,  is  not  so  much  a  cause  of  rheumatism 
as  extreme  atmospheric  vicissitudes.  Hence  it  is  found 
that  it  does  not  prevail  most  in  the  coldest  regions  of  the 
globe,  but  rather. in  those  climates,  and  during  these  seasons 
which  are  damp  and  changeable.  There  is  probably,  also 
a  rheumatic  diathesis  or  tendency,  which  ma}^  be  inherited. 
Sometimes  it  aj^jDears  to  arise  from  the  suppression  of  an 
eruption;  or  the  retrocession  of  measles,  rash,  or  chicken- 
pox;  or  the  suppression  of  some  discharge  like  gonorrhoea 
or  dysentery. 

It  generally  commences  Avith  the  usual  signs  of  fever, 
associated  with  stiffness  and  lameness;  chilliness  and  heat 
alternating;  thirst  and  restlessness;  coldness  of  the  extremi- 
ties, and  usually  constipation.  After  twelve  or  twenty-four 
hours  the  fever  becomes  continuous,  the  skin  hot  and  dry; 
pulse  quick,  often  110  to  120  per  minute.  The  stiffness  and 
pain  in  the  joints  becomes  more  decided,  with  acute  suffer- 
ing, especially  on  every  attempt  to  move.  The  affected 
parts  are  usually  red,  sw^ollen  and  extremely  painful  to  the 
touch  Sometimes  there  is  excessive  pain  without  the  red- 
ness or  swelling:  the  pain  is  generally  worse  at  night,  and 
occasionally  an  acrid  perspiration  accompanies  the  disease. 

The  larger  joints  of  the  extremities  are  usually  the  seat 
of  the  disease.  It  is  rarely  confined  to  one,  and  sometimes 
nearly  all,  either  simultaneously  or  in  turn  are  affected  so 
that  often  the  patient  can  scarcely  move  hand  or  foot.- 
Often  the  disease  leaves  one  ankle,  knee  or  wrist,  and  lo- 
cates upon  another,  leaving  the  former  comparatively  free- 
During  the  course  of  the  disease,  complications  with  the 
heait  are  liable  to  arise  from  the  rheumatic  process  having 
invaded  that  organ,  a  circumstance  always  undesirable  and 
sometimes  quite  dangerous.     It  is  liable  to  occur   during 


410  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

very  severe  attacks,  in  young  persons;  in  women  oftener 
than  in  men;  in  patients  who  have  been  previously  weak- 
ened; and  in  persons  troubled  with  irritability  or  palpi- 
tation of  the  heart;  and,  also,  when  cold,  chilling,  or  severe 
applications  such  as  blisters,  are  made  to  tlie  affected  joints 
under  old-school  treatment.  AVhen  there  is  a  remission. 
of  the  pain  in  the  joints,  followed  by  anxiety,  jerking, 
feeble  or  rapid  pulse,  and  acute  pain  in  the  region  of  the 
heart,  there  is  reason  to  ajDprehend  such  a  transition. 

Treatment. — At  the  first  symptoms  of  acute  rheumatisniy 
with  soreness,  lameness,  and  pain  in  the  part,  six  pellets  of 
Specific  No.  Fifteen  should  be  taken  every  hour,  dissolved 
in  a  spoonful  of  water,  and  the  patient  should  remain  in- 
doors, and  keep  quiet  until  relieved.  If  violent  fever,  heat 
and  swelling  of  the  part  has  already  come  on,  as  noticed 
above,  indicating  rheumatic  fever,  or  a  chill  succeeded  by 
heat,  prepare  Specific  No.  One  by  dissolving  twelve  pellets 
in  half  a  glass  of  water,  of  which  give  a  large  spoonful  every 
hour  for  a  day,  and  then  prepare  the  No.  Fifteen  in  the 
same  manner,  and  take  the  two  alternately,  every  two  hours. 
These  should  be  continued  from  day  to  day,  until  the  dis- 
ease is  broken  up,  preparing  the  medicine  fresh  every 
morning.  Sometimes  applications  of  cloths  wrung  out  of 
tepid  water,  and  laid  on  the  part,  are  very  soothing.  Cold 
water,  however,  applied  to  the  part  is  very  liable  to  cause 
its  falling  upon  the  heart,  and  thus  often  ending  with  fata} 
results.  Salves,  ointments,  etc.,  are  useless.  Humphreys' 
Marvel  of  Healing  is  a  most  valuable  application  for  the 
inflamed  and  swelled  parts,  and  may  be  applied  according 
to  directions  on  each  bottle.  Arnica  is  often,  but  I  think 
not  so  generally  useful  as  the  Marvel. 

Should  there  be,  during  the  course  of  the  disease,  pain  in 
the  region  of  the  heart,  oppression  or  anxiety,  jerking,  quick 
or  irregular  pulse,  or  other  symptoms  indicating  a  transiUon 
of  the  disease  to  the  heart,  the  Specific  No.  Tllirty-Tvvo 


DISEASE  AKD  TKEATMENT. DIS.  CF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.     471 

is  appropriate.  Dissolve  twelve  j)ellets  in  six  large  spoons- 
ful of  water,  and  give  a  spoonful  of  the  solution  every  two 
hours,  and  this  may  be  continued  either  alone  if  the  disease 
has  been  somewhat  subdued,  or  in  alternation  with  No 
Olie^  if  there  is  yet  fever  and  heat;  or  in  alternation  with 
No.  Fifteen^  if  there  yet  remains  merely  soreness,  lame- 
ness, or  stiffness  of  the  part.  All  to  be  prepared  in  water^ 
and  given  at  intervals  of  two  hours  as  above  directed. 
Bedding  in  blankets  greatly  reduces  the  risk  of  inflam- 
mation of  the  heart,  diminishes  its  intensity  and  danger 
when  it  does  occur,  and  at  the  same  time  does  not  prolong 
the  convalescence. 

Chronic  Rheumatism — differs  from  the  previous  form,  by 
the  absence  of  the  fever,  redness,  heat  and  swelling.  In 
old  cases,  the  affected  limbs  or  joints  loose  their  supj^jleness, 
and  lameness  and  even  permanent  curvature  or  contraction 
results;  and  in  some  cases  atrophy  or  emaciation  of  the 
muscles  occurs.  The  causes  are  the  same  as  in  acute  rheu- 
matism, and  frequent  attacks  of  the  latter  rarely  fail  to 
leave  some  form  of  chronic  rheumatism  as  a  result. 

Symptoms  generally  are:  Lameness,  stiffness,  or  soreness 
of  some  particular  limb  or  joint,  or  of  several  joints,  some- 
times manifested  on  first  moving,  or  on  exercise  of  the 
affected  part,  or  again  principally  noticed  when  quiet. 
Usually  the  pains  and  the  lameness  are  worse  on  changes 
of  weather,  and  in  rough,  damp,  windy  weather,  or  on  the 
approach  of  a  storm. 

Treatment. — Specific  No.  Fifteen^  six  pellets  at  a  time, 
and  four  times  per  day,  before  each  meal  and  on  going  to 
rest  at  night,  is  the  appropriate  treatment  for  almost  all 
forms  of  chronic  rheumatism,  or  for  old  rheumatic  pains  in 
the  shoulders,  hips,  back,  chest,  side  or  elsewhere. 

If  it  is  associated,  as  is  frequently  the  case,  with 
some  degree  of  dyspepsia,  weak  stomach,  or  constipa- 
tion,  the  Specific  No.  Ten  may  be  taken,  six   pellets  at 


472  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

night,  and  the  No.  Fifteen  as  previously  directed,  before 
meals. 

Rheumatic  patients  should  use  largely  in  their  diet,  fruit 
and  vegetables,  and  comparatively  less  meat.  The  vege- 
table acid,  or  acids  of  fruit,  as  obtained  in  apples  baked, 
stewed  or  even  raw;  lemons,  or  even  oranges;  grapes; 
cherries,  etc.,  are  of  great  use,  if  not  invaluable,  for  rheu- 
matic patients,  and  should  be  partaken  of  freely. 

Torticollis. — {Rheumatism  of  the  neck). — The  muscles  of 
the  neck  sometimes  become  seriously  affected  with  rheu- 
matic lameness.  The  head  is  drawn  to  one  side,  or  can  be 
turned  only  slowly  and  with  difficulty,  the  muscles  on  that 
side  of  the  neck  are  lame  and  sore  when  pressed,  and  there 
is  sometimes  fever.  It  is  usually  occasioned  by  exposure 
to  a  draught  of  air,  as  when  sitting  near  an  open  window 
when  in  perspiration;  and  is  sometimes  caused  by  a  sudden 
ierk  of  the  head. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  One  rarely  fails  to  afford 
relief.  Dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  six  large  spoonsful  of 
water,  and  of  the  solution  give  a  spoonful  every  two  hours. 
In  rare  cases  the  No.  Fifteen  may  be  used,  but  the  No- 
One  will  usually  afford  prompt  satisfaction.  It  is  needless 
to  say  that  the  neck  should  be  carefully  covered  and  pro- 
tected from  draughts  of  cold  air. 

Lumbago  is  confined  to  the  small  of  the  back  and  the 
loins,  rarely  extending  upward  towards  the  neck,  but  more 
frequently  extending  down  to  the  hips.  There  is  seldom 
fever  or  swelling,  or  even  soreness  on  pressure,  but  the 
pain  and  lameness  is  very  severe,  often  almost  forbidding 
motion,  or  change  of  posture,  as  the  slightest  effort  brings 
on  a  renewal  of  the  pain. 

Treatment. — The  Specific  No.  One  usually  affords  prompt 
relief.  Dissolve  twelve  pellets  in  six  large  spoonsful  of 
water,  of  this  give  a  spoonful  every  hour,  for  the  first  six 
hours,  and  then  prepare  in  a  similr.>'  manner  and  take  at 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    473 

intervals  of  two  lionrs,  until  relief  is  obtained.  ShouW 
there  be  any  remaining  stiffness  or  lameness,  the  alternate 
use  of  No.  Ten  and  No.  Fifteen^  six  pellets  at  a  time,  and 
four  times  per  day,  will  promptly  remedy  the  defect. 

Sciatic  Rheumatism,  or  "  Sciatica"  may  be  attended  with 
some  degree  of  fever,  and  so  may  approach  the  acute  form-, 
but  is  more  commonly  without  fever  or  any  considerable 
degree  of  heat  of  the  part,  and  is  hence  more  frequently 
chronic. 

It  is  characterized  by  pain,  generally  sharp,  shooting  and 
lancinating,  though  sometimes  more  dull  and  aching  in  the 
region  of  the  hip,  and  frequently  extending  to  the  knee  or 
the  foot,  following  the  course  of  the  nerve  of  the  affected 
side.  Sometimes  it  is  a  dull  aching,  and  may  affect  only  ^ 
portion  of  the  limb,  or  a  part  of  the  nervous  track  men-, 
tioiied.  The  pain  may  be  manifested  during  rest  as  well  aa 
during  exercise  or  motion.  It  is  apt  to  be  tedious,  and 
many  persons  suffer  more  or  less  fi'om  it  for  years  in 
succession. 

Treatment. — Specific  No.  Fifteen  is  very  generally 
successful.  For  the  duller  and  more  chronic  forms,  si^ 
pellets  taken  before  each  meal  and  on  going  to  rest  at 
night,  will  be  found  sufficient.  Should  there  be  violent 
paroxysms  of  pain,  and  especially  if  some  heat  or  fever  be 
associated,  give  the  No.  One  in  alternation.  Dissolve 
twelve  pellets  of  No.  One  in  six  large  spoonsful  of  water, 
(ind  the  same  of  No.  Fifteen  in  another  glass,  and  from 
these  give  a  spoonful  every  hour  alternately,  for  six  or 
light  hours,  when  the  interval  may  be  extended  to  two 
Dours  between  the  doses,  and  so  continue  until  relief  is 
afforded,  when  the  treatment  as  for  chronic  cases  may  be 
adopted. 

Arthritis, — {Gout)  is  generally  considered  as  a  dyscrasi^ 
or  peculiar  habit  of  the  body,  whereby  it  is  inclined  to  tak^ 
on  or  assume  a  disease  of  a  peculiar  form,  and  when  oncb 


171  HOM£OPATHIC  ilENTOR. 

developed,  to  render  it  very  intractable  of  stubborn,  ana 
onlv  sli<?litlv  influenced  bv  the  ordinarv  methods  of  cure. 
Its  manifestations  are  similar  in  form  to  those  of  rheuma- 
tism,  and  all  the  more  obstinate  cases  of  this  latter  disease, 
or  when  it  is  frequently  repeated  in  the  same  individual 
are  supposed  to  be  connected  with  a  gouty  diathesis  oi 
constitution.  It  is  quite  liable  to  be  hereditary-,  but  need 
not  be  necessarilv  so,  as  numerous  cases  are  found  where 
no  such  transmission  is  evident:  nor  is  it  necessarilv  the 
result  of  an  indolent,  luxurious  mode  of  hfe,  though  its 
more  violent  manifestations  are  commonlv  due  to  such  a 
style  of  living. 

The  symptoms  are  usually  extreme  pain  in  the  extremities, 
often,  if  not  always,  commencing  at  one  of  the  gi*eat  toes, 
and  thence  extending  to  the  foo^,  ankle,  and  limb  of  the 
affected  side.  The  pain  is  often  extreme,  if  not  insupport- 
able, with  extreme  sensitiveness  of  the  affected  part,  which 
becomes  swelled,  red,  and  inflamed.  Sometimes  it  flies 
from  one  joint  to  another,  and  may  even  affect  the  head, 
stomach,  or  other  part,  causing  ver}-  gi'ave  symptoms  in- 
deed. "When  the  hands  or  other  small  joints  have  been 
often  attacked  by  chronic  gout,  there  will  be  deposits  about 
the  joints,  which  gradually  or  most  frequently  harden, 
causing  enlargements,  gouty  concretions,  and  rendeiing  the 
hands  or  fin^cers  stiff,  unwieldlv,  or  even  distorted. 

The  Teeatment  is  the  same  as  for  acute  or  chronic  rheu- 
matism, aside  from  the  fact  that  in  gout,  or  rheumatic  gout, 
the  functions  of  the  stomach  and  kidnevs  are  almost  in* 
variably  involved;  and  hence  the  Specific  No.  Ten  may  be 
profitable,  and  either  as  an  intercurrent  remedy,  or  in  alter- 
nation with  No.  Fifteen.  Usuallv  No.  One  and  No 
Fifteen  for  acute  attacks,  and  the  latter  with  No.  Ten  in 
alternation  for  old,  chronic  cases,  will  accomplish  as  much 
as  can  be  done  under  domestic  management. 

AccLSboiiY   iLEA>suii£.s.  —  l^uring    an    attack   of  gout,    the 


DISEASE  .^T)  rnE.\TMEXT. DIS.  C^       JRIOVS  ORGAN'S,  ETC..  4*^5 

affected  Kmb  should  be  raised,  so  as  to  favor  tlie  free  retm'n 
of  blood  to  the  heart;  the  ajDplication  of  flannels  wi'ung  out 
of  hot  water,  hot  bread-and-water  poultices,  or  spougio- 
piline,  after  immersion  in  hot  water,  often  do  good.  In 
acute  attacks,  the  patient  should  be  restricted  to  faiina- 
ceous  diet — aiTowroot,  tapioca,  sago,  bread,  etc. — and  milk; 
water,  or  toast-and-water,  ad  libitum.  As  the  febrile  symp- 
toms decline,  a  more  ji^enerous  diet  mav  be  ^rraduallv 
allowed;  at  the  same  time,  the  patient  should  resume  daily 
moderate  out-of-door  exercise  as  earlv  as  he  is  able. 

PREVE^'nTE  Treatment. — 1.  A  well  chosen  diet, — This  should 
include  both  animal  and  vegetable  food;  be  adapted  in  qua* 
lity  and  quantity  to  the  ability  oi  the  stomach  to  digest;  and 
at    the   same   time   furnish   suflicient    nourishment   out    of 
which  pure  blood  can  be  formed.     Codfish,  mutton,  tender 
beef,  fowl,   and  game   may  be   eaten;  salmon,    veal,    pork, 
cheese,   and    hi^^hlv-seasoned  dishes  are  unsuitable.     The 
consumption    of    animal    food    should    be    moderate;    and 
acidity    guarded     against    by  avoiding    jxistry,    greasy    or 
twice- cooked  meat,  raw  vegetables,   highly-seasoned  food, 
and  anything  likely  to  lead  the  patient  to  eat  more  than  is 
strictly  moderate.       The  wines   most    likely  to  injure  are 
port,  sherry,  and  madeira.     If  wine  be  taken  at  all.  good 
claret.  fi*ee  from  sugar  and  acidity,  is  best.     When   gout 
attacks  a  patient  early,  entire  abstinence  from  all  alcoholic 
beverages  is  one  of  the  most  likelv  measui'es  to  check  its 
future  development;  but  aged  persons,  and  others  whose 
health  has  been  much  enfeebled,  mav  be  allowed  a  small 
quantity  of  stimulants,  such  as  the  particular  circumstances 
of  each  case  seem  to  justify.     For,  although  a  plan  can  be 
sketched  out  which  may  apply  to  the  majority  of  cases  of 
gout,  stiU  each  case  not  only  exhibits  its  own  peculiai'ities, 
and  becomes  a  separate  study,  but  likewise    demands,  in 
certain  respects,  a  separate  treatment.     2.  Healthy  action  of 
Qie  skin   should  be  promoted  by  bathing,   warm   clothing, 


476  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

rough  towels,  bath-brushes,  etc.,  for  much  excrementitious 
matter  is  got  rid  of  in  this  manner.  Friction  over  the  whole 
surface  of  the  body  is  extremely  useful  when  exercise  cannot 
be  taken.  The  patient  should  be  well  rubbed  with  a  flesh- 
brush,  or  with  the  hands,  twice  a  day.  3.  Good  habits. — A 
life  of  indolence  should  be  exchanged  for  one  of  activity 
and  usefulness.  Exercise,  not  severe  or  exhausting,  should 
be  taken  regularly.  Walking,  so  as  to  secure  an  abundance 
of  fresh  air,  must  ever  be  considered  the  best  exercise,  but 
it  may  be  conjoined  with  riding.  Without  sufficient  exer- 
cise, probably  every  other  measure  will  be  unavailing. 
Early  and  regular  hours  should  be  observed,  and  severe  or 
prolonged  mental  application  avoided.  In  some  cases,  sub- 
sequent attacks  may  be  warded  off  by  removal  to  a  warm 
and  dry  climate,  during  winter  and  spring. 

SCROFULA. 

ScHOFULA  is  usually  considered  as  a  dyscrasia  or  consti- 
tutional vice  of  the  system;  still  there  may  have  been  causes 
at  work,  both  predisposing  to,  and  exciting  of  this  disease ; 
such  as  1.  want  of  pure  air;  2.  unhealthy  occupations;  8.  de- 
ficiency or  improper  quality  of  food;  4.  tobacco-smoking; 
and  5.  on  the  part  of  the  mother  the  existence  of  leu- 
corrheal  discharge.  To  both  of  these  latter  causes  we 
would  draw  special  attention. 

Indulgence  in  tobacco-smoking,  more  especially  when 
the  habit  becomes  frequent  and  inveterate,  or  where  it  Las 
been  acquired  early  in  life,  is,  it  is  believed,  a  fruitful  cause 
of  struma.  The  pale,  sallow  complexion,  the  frequently 
disordered  digestive  functions,  and  the  debilitated  or  con- 
sumptive frames  cf  many  young  fathers  in  the  present  day, 
attest  the  pernicious  tendency  of  the  habit  in  question. 

Leucorrhoeal,  hsemorrhagic,  or  other  uterine  and  vaginal 
discharges,  often  generate  scrofula  in   the   foetus   during 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    477 

ntero-gestation,  which  declares  itself  during  infancy  in  con- 
vulsions, hydrocephalus,  mesenteric  disease;  or,  at  or  after 
puberty,  by  tubercular  consumption.  No  observant  medical 
man  can  doubt  the  influence  of  these  causes  as  tending 
largely  to  the  production  of  disease. 

The  scrofulous  habit,  therefore,  even  if  not  congenital, 
may  probably  be  produced  by  any  cause  capable,  directly 
or  indirectly,  of  lowering  the  vital  energies,  such  as  acute 
specific  disease;  poverty  and  wretchedness;  meagre  or  in- 
sufficient food;  neglect  of  healthy  exercise;  insufficient 
clothing;  want  of  cleanliness;  frequent  exposure  to  cold  and 
damp;  and,  especially,  want  of  pure  air  and  sunlight. 

Scrofula  manifests  itself  most  commonly  in  enlargement 
and  induration  of  the  glands,  which  may  subsequently 
soften  and  ulcerate,  leaving  red  or  bluish-red  discoloration  s 
along  the  course  of  the  opening  or  eschar.  These  are  often 
seen  along  the  sides  of  the  neck  in  old  scrofulous  subjects. 
It  likewise  is  supposed  to  give  occasion  to  enlargement, 
curvature,  or  softening  of  the  bones;  more  especially  of  the 
long  bones,  as  of  the  knee,  ankle  oi  hip.  These,  or  one  of 
them,  become  sore,  tender  to  pressure,  and  enlarge  at  the 
head,  when  softening,  or  ulceration,  or  necrosis  is  liable  to 
take  place,  resulting  in  the  so-called  lohite  swelling  or  hip 
disease.  Or,  the  d}  scrasia  may  show  itself  in  the  form  oi 
obstinate  eruptions,  or  even  ulcerations  of  the  surface. 
The  swelling  of  the  glands  is  most  frequently  manifested 
about  the  neck,  beneath  the  ears  or  jaws,  in  the  form  of 
firm,  hard,  painless  lumps.  Scrofula  not  unfrequently 
complicates  other  forms  of  disease,  and  renders  them  ob- 
stinate. 

Its  eradication  from  the  system  requires  time  and  perse- 
verance, but  may  be  accomplished  by  the  use  of  the  appro- 
priate remedies.  It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that  a  life-long 
constitutional  taint,  requires  time  as  well  as  proper  medi- 
cine for  its  cure;  and  if  eradicated  in  one  or  two  years,  the 


478  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

patient  has  reason  for  congratulation.  Old  school  medicine 
and  quackery  can  do  but  very  little  for  its  cure  beyond 
palliation;  while  there  are  numerous  cases  radically  cured 
by  Specific  or  appropriate  Homeopathic  medication. 

Trk^tment. — The  perfection  of  the  treatment  of  scrofula 
and  tubercle,  as,  indeed,  of  disease  in  general,  lies  in  its 
,  adaptation  to  individual  cases.  The  stock  whence  the  patient 
has  sprung;  the  circumstances  of  birth  and  early  life;  edu- 
cation and  general  habits;  the  influence  of  soil  and  climate; 
the  diseases  passed  through;  the  tendency  to  diseases  of 
the  body  generally,  and  of  organs  and  tissues  in  particu- 
lar,— these  are  but  illustrations  of  the  points  that  have  to 
be  brought  under  consideration  before  a  course  of  treat- 
ment can  be  prudently  decided  upon.  We  need,  therefore, 
scarcely  add,  that  the  knowledge  and  experience  of  a  phy- 
sician are  pre-eminently  necessary.  The  treatment  is 
generally  tedious,  often  requiring  to  be  continued  foi 
months,  or  even  for  years. 

Medicinal  Treatment. — For  Enlarged  Glands  about  the 
neck,  or  in  the  arm-pits,  groins,  or  other  parts  of  the  system, 
tako  six  pellets  four  times  per  day,  before  meals  and  on 
going  to  rest  at  night,  of  the  Specific  No.  Tweilfy- 
Tliree^  if  the  swellings  are  painful,  or  have  suppurated. 
*if  they  are  mere  indolent,  painless  swellings,  the  medicine 
taken  only  morning  and  at  night,  will  be  sufficient. 

When  these  glands  become  painful  or  inflamed,  and  it  is 
thought  best  to  bring  them  to  a  head;  this  will  be  facilitated 
and  the  pain  allayed  by  applications  of  warm  flax-seed,  or 
slippery-elm  poultices,  which  may  be  renewed  from  time  to 
time,  until  the  discharge  takes  place;  and  they  may  be  con- 
tinued also  afterwards  to  absorb  the  discharge,  and  to  pro- 
mote the  healing.  To  dry  up  and  arrest  the  discharge,  No. 
Tweilty-Two^  taken  six  pellets  four  times  per  day,  will 
be  the  proper  medicine. 

For  old  Tumors,  six  i^ellets  morning  and  night.     Though 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    479 

it  is  not  often  that  they  disappear,  yet  the  medicine  fre- 
quently has  the  effect  of  arresting  their  growth. 

For  the  various  forms  of  scrofulous  eruptions,  take  si^ 
pellets  morning  and  night. 

Old  ULCERS  require  the  same  treatment,  with  careful  puri- 
fication of  the  part,  keeping  the  limb  bandaged,  if  practi- 
^cable. 

Accessory  Means  are  of  the  greatest  importance,  for  me- 
dicines will  be  of  little  use  unless  hygienic  rules  are  strictly 
adhered  to.  1.  Pure  Jresh  air  is  required  night  and  day. 
Scrofulous  residents  are  rarely  found  near  the  sea-side. 
The  larger  the  sleeping  rooms  the  better;  the  fire-places 
should  be  open,  the  temj^erature  about  55".  2.  Exercise. — 
Moderate  exercise  in  the  open  air.  Moderate  gymnastic 
exercises  are  beneficial;  but  profuse  perspiration  should  be 
avoided.  3.  Food. — The  food  should  always  be  of  the  most 
nutritious  character,  light  and  digestible.  Beef,  mutton, 
venison,  and  fowls,  are  the  best  kind  of  animal  food;  to 
these  should  be  added  preparations  of  eggs  and  milk,  a  due 
quantity  of  bread,  mealy  potatoes,  rice,  and  other  farina- 
ceous principles,  rather  than  watery  and  succulent  vege- 
tables. 4.  Cod-liver  oil,  as  a  supplemental  article  of  diet, 
may  be  given  in  almost  any  case  in  which  a  patient  is 
losing  flesh,  in  teaspoonful-doses,  two  or  three  times  a  day; 
commencing  even  with  half  a  teasjDOonful,  if  it  be  found  at 
first  to  disagree.  5.  Bathing,  both  in  fresh  and  salt  water, 
is  invaluable,  as  a  means  of  promoting  a  healthy  action  of 
the  skin,  and  of  imparting  tone  to  the  whole  system. 
6.  Clothing  should  be  adapted  to  the  season,  and  should  be 
warm  without  being  oppressive.  The  extremities  especially 
should  be  kept  warm.  As  a  general  rule,  flannel  should  be 
worn,  but  only  during  the  day;  in  winter  it  affords  direct 
warmth,  and  in  summer  it  tends  to  neutralise  the  effects  of 
sudden  changes  of  temperature.  The  linen  should  be  fre- 
quontl}'  changed,  always  observing  that  it  is  put  on  per- 


480  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

fectly  dry.  7.  Prevention. — The  prevention  of  strumous 
diseases  consists  not  alone  in  the  hygienic  or  medical  treat- 
ment of  the  patients;  but,  primarily,  in  the  correction  of 
the  habits  and  improving  the  health  of  the  parents. 

WHITE  SWELLING  AND  HIP  DISEASE. 

These  are  usually  considered  as  forms  of  scrofula,  devel- 
oped in  the  joints  and  tendinous  structures  surrounding 
it.  At  first  there  is  occasional  limping  or  lameness,  coming 
on  and  again  disappearing;  then,  more  permanent  soreness, 
and  tenderness  on  pressure;  and  pain  at  or  about  the  joint, 
and  in  hip  disease  often  manifesting  itself  at  some  distance 
down  along  the  limb.  Gradually  the  limb  becomes  drawn 
up,  painful  on  exercise;  there  is  heat,  sometimes  soreness 
and  swelling  around  the  joint,  and  ultimately  suppuration 
and  discharge  at  some  point  below  the  affected  joint.  This 
discharge  may  dry  up  and  again  reappear  at  another  point, 
and  so  continue  for  years  until  the  structui'e  of  the  joint 
and  its  usefulness  is  destroyed. 

Treatment. — At  first  and  for  occasional  lameness  or  limp- 
ing, the  No.  Tllirty-rive  is  appropriate,  and  may  be 
given  six  pellets  at  a  time,  and  three  times  per  day.  Should 
there  be  some  soreness  or  tenderness  at  or  about  the  joint, 
or  pain,  or  swelling,  or  even  after-suppuration  or  discharge, 
the  No.  Twenty-Two  is  the  proper  remedy,  and  may  be 
given  six  pellets  in  water,  and  repeated  four  times  per  day; 
or  every  three  hours  if  there  is  considerable  pain,  heat,  red- 
ness, swelling,  or  discharge.  This  is  as  appropriate  for 
white  swelling  of  the  knee,  as  for  what  is  termed  hip  disease. 

GENEKAL  DEBILITY. 

It  not  unfrequcntly  occurs  that  persons  suffer,  or  are  in- 
disposed,   from  what  is   termed   a  general  debiH/jj  of  the 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    481 

system.     When  there  appears  to  be  no  particular  disease 
sufficient  to   account   for  the   debility  of  the   system,   the 
causes  are  usually  found  in  either  an  imperfect  assimilation 
of  nourishment,  (and  hence  the  remedy  is  to  be  sought  in 
considering  this  fault)-,  or,  the  condition  occurs  as  the  result 
of  some   acute    disease,  from  which  the  vital  forces  have 
been  jDrostrated,   and  the  entire  organism  weakened  and 
enervated  so  as  not  to  easily  rally,  even  under  the  influence 
of  good  air  and  food;  or,  it  may  occur  as  the  consequence 
of  some  drain  upon  the  system,   such  as  diarrhoea,  or  leu- 
corrhoea,  fi'equent  bleeding,  or  from  similar  causes;  or,  it 
may  be  induced  from  mental  and  physical  over-icork,  too 
great  a  strain  upon  the  mental  and  nervous  system,  with 
insufficient  nutrition.     The  symptoms  are  varied,   but  are 
generally  weakness;  easily  fatigued  on  exercise;  persi^iration 
on  effort,  or  on  going  to  sleep;  weak  or  lame  back;  vertigo, 
singing  in  the  ears,  and  starting  on  going  to  sleep,  or  slight, 
unrefresliing  sleep;  or  wakefulness  and  inability  to  sleep  at 
night  from  constant  thinking.     The  above  are  among  the 
more  frequent  manifestations. 

Treatment. — First  arrest  the  drain,  if  such  there  be, 
which  has  occasioned  the  debility;  and  then  by  means  of 
proper  nourishment^Y>0(f  that  is  appropriate,  nourishing 
and  easily  digested — and  l)y  proper  relaxation,  air  and  eaei^- 
cise,  restore  the  wasted  substance,  and  recover  the  wanted 
strength.  If  it  is  the  result  of  severe,  acute  disease,  only 
good  air,  proper  nourishment,  and  even  the  daily  use  of 
some  good,  generous  wine  together  with  the  medicine,  will 
be  the  proper  restoratives.  If  it  has  been  wholly  or  in  part 
the  result  of  over-work,  too  much  thinking  and  mental 
worry  or  anxiety,  coupled,  as  it  often  is^  with  hasty  meals 
and  insufficient  nutrition,  then  rest  or  relaxation,  a  sea 
voyage,  or  other  means  of  intelligent  recuperation,  are  often 
indispensable.  If  it  is  the  result  of  some  drain  or  tax 
upon  the  system,  too  great  for  its  resources,  or  the  result  of 


482  HOMEOPATHIC  IVIENTOR. 

imperfect  assimilation  of  food,  then  this  drain  must  be 
arrested,  and  such  food  and  medication  administered  as 
will  correct  the  evil. 

In  all  similar  cases,  the  Specific  No.  Tv^^eilty-Foiir  is 
the  proper  remedy,  and  may  be  given  six  pellets  at  a  dose, 
and  four  times  per  day,  always  before  meals,  and  on  going 
to  rest.  It  is  still  more  indicated  if  there  be  imperfect  di- 
gestion, wanting  appetite,  or  coated  tongue,  as  well  as  a 
general  languor  and  debility  of  the  system. 

NEEVOUS  DEBILITY. 

Closely  allied  to  the  above  named  general  debility,  is 
another  form  of  weakness  which  has  obtained  the  name  of 
nervous  debility.     It  partakes  of  some  of  the  characteristics 
of  the  former,  and  chiefly  differs  in  its  origin;  and  in  that 
the  debility  is  prominently  manifested  on  what  might  be 
termed  the  nervous  plane  of  the  organism.     It  is  almost  in- 
variably the  result  of  some  drain  upon  the  vital  forces,  such 
as  excesses  of  various  kinds:  excessive  morbid  indulgence; 
involuntary  losses  of.  vital  fluids;  too  long  or  too  constant 
excitement  of  the  sexual  system,  and  more  especially  when 
such   indulgences  are  allowed  in  connection  with  mental 
and  physical  over-work.     This  condition  is  often  brought 
on  in  young  persons  from  the  habit  of  solitary  vice,  which 
persisted  in  from  time  to  time,  is  inevitably  followed  by 
consequences  immediate  and  remote,  which  are  of  the  most 
formidable  character.     It  is  safe  to  say  that  multitudes  are 
eyery  year  brought  into  the  most  dej^lorable  condition  of 
nervous  debility  from  these  very  pernicious  practices  alone. 
Parents  and  teachers  cannot  be  too  much  on  their  guard  in 
their  behalf,  and  should  deal  plainly,   kindly,  and  wisely 
with  such  erring  ones.     The  more  common  manifestations 
of  this  condition  are:   Mental  de^iression,  loss  of  vivacity, 
buoyancy  of  spirits  and  energy;  dullness  of  the  eye  and  tlio 


i^iSEASE  AND  TREATMENT. — DlS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    483 

glow  of  the  cbeeb  and  lips;  love  of  solitude,  and  shrinking 
from  society;  sometimes  loathing  or  disgust  of  life  to  such 
a  degree  that  suicide  is  threatened;  dullness  or  confusion 
of  the  head,  defective  memory,  or  difficulty  in  recalling 
names  or  dates  when  wanted;  the  sexual  organs  are  de- 
bilitated, relaxed,  shrunken,  and  in  extreme  cases  wasted; 
erections  are  deficient,  slioii,  powerless;  and  in  most  cases 
there  are  involuntary  discharges  at  night  during  dreams, 
or  during  the  effort  at  stool,  or  during  urination.  Weak- 
ness of  the  back  and  loins,  general  prostration  and  mental 
depression  and  gloom,  are  the  almost  invariable  attendants. 
Dyspej^sia  or  weakness  of  digestion;  irregular  or  capricious 
appetite;  oppression  of  the  stomach  after  meals,  and  costive 
])owels,  are  very  frequent  adjuncts.  These  and  other 
similar  symptoms  form  the  picture  of  a  brain  impoverished 
l)y  the  loss  of  its  phospliates;  and  hence  jDerforming  its 
functions  imj)erfectly,  reflecting  its  weakness  upon  the  phy- 
sical system. 

Treatment. — As  in  the  case  of  general  debility,  the  first 
elements  of  a  cure  nuist  be  to  allay  the  injurious  excitement 
of  the  organs  or  system  primarily  involved;  to  afford  the 
system  proper  rest  or  relaxation;  if  this  debility  has  been 
coupled  with  over- work,  mental  or  physical,  to  arrest  as 
soon  as  possible  the  debilitating  drain,  and  by  proper  nutri- 
tion and  medication,  to  restore  the  entire  organism  to  its 
wonted  strength  and  vigor.  But  all  kinds  of  nourishing 
food  are  not  appropriate,  as  some  articles  otherwise  unob- 
jectionable, act  too  decidedly  upon  the  organs  involved^ 
and  so  tend  to  induce  the  involuntary  discharges.  ThuS; 
eggs,  oysters,  wine,  alcoholic  stimulants,  or  ale,  or  a  strong 
meat  diet,  all  tend  to  excite,  and  hence  may  promote  these 
losses,  and  when  these  exist  jDrominently,  the  above  articles 
should  be  avoided.  Bi;t  in  the  opposite  condition,  where 
these  discharges  are  rare,  absent  or  wanting,  the  diet  above 
mentioned  becomes  appropriate.     In  general  a  milk  diet  is 


484  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

the  bestj  in  connection  with  refreshing  and  cooling  drinkfe, 
fruits  in  their  season,  and  the  lighter  kinds  of  young  and 
white  meats.  Tobacco,  tea  and  coffee  are  objectionable, 
and  should  be  avoided,  or  used  with  extreme  moderation. 
To  those  suffering  fi'om  involuntary  nocturnal  discharges,  a 
hard  bed,  cool  room,  and  but  light  covering  at  night,  are 
indispensable ;  and  above  all,  the  habit  of  sleeping  always  on 
the  side,  and  never  upon  the  back.  As  to  medicines,  the 
Specific  No.  Twenty-Eigllt  is  the  remedy,  and  may  be 
taken  six  pellets  morning  and  at  night.  In  some  extreme, 
or  long-standing  cases,  a  portion  of  a  special  powder  No. 
Twenty-Eight  may  be  taken  each  morning,  and  the 
pellets  as  above  at  noon  and  at  night. 

SLEEP  AND  SLEEPLESSNESS. 

The  precise  number  of  hours  required  for  the  sleep  of 
each  individual  daily  can  be  subject  to  no  fixed  rule.  It 
differs  at  different  periods  of  life  with  the  habits,  occupa- 
tion and  general  health  and  nutrition  of  each  individual. 
Some  temperaments  require  more  sleep  than  others,  women 
almost  always  more  than  men,  and  children  far  more  than 
either.  The  infant  may  profitably  sleep  eighteen  of  the 
twenty-four  hours;  young  children  may  well  sleep  ten  or 
twelve  hours  at  night,  and  have  an  additional  siesta  during 
the  day;  and  those  that  jDcrform  severe  physical  or  mental 
labor,  cannot  well  do  with  less  than  nine  or  ten  hours  daily. 
Those  who  are  engaged  in  light  physical  or  mental  labor, 
will  frequently  find  the  wants  of  nature  satisfied  with  only 
six  or  seven  hours  sleep.  Some  individuals  of  remarkable 
mental  and  physical  endurance,  in  the  midst  of  the  greatest 
peril  or  excitement,  seem  to  require  but  two  or  three  hours 
of  sleep  in  the  twenty-four.  But  these  lire  exceptional 
cases.  Every  individual  should  take  so  much  of  rest  and 
sleep  as  is  required  for  the  restitution  of  his  or  her  body 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    485 

strength,  and  recuperation  from  fatigue.  If  nature  is  long 
or  systematically  denied  this,  there  will  sooner  or  later 
come  a  terrible  retribution,  often  in  failing  health,  or  some 
nervous  disorder  or  disease  of  the  heart.  Several  eminent 
literary  men  have  fallen  victims  to  disease  of  the  heart, 
attributed  solely  to  incessant  mental  occupation,  can-ied 
persistently  into  the  hours  which  should  have  been  given 
to  sleep.  The  use  of  tea  or  coffee  best  sustains  the  system 
and  prevents  tlie  waste  and  wear  incident  to  long  watching 
and  severe  night  work;  tobacco  may  to  some  extent  have 
a  similar  conservative  effect;  but  none  of  them,  or  all,  can 
more  than  palliate  the  serious  ill  effects  of  long-continued 
want  of  sleep. 

The  night  is  the  best  time  for  sleep,  and  it  is  doubtless 
true  that  two  hours  sleep  before  midnight  is  worth  as  much 
as  four  hours  after  that  period.  The  more  nearly  sleep  can 
be  taken  to  the  hours  of  darkness,  and  the  earlier  we  can 
arise  after  the  morning  light  the  better.  From  eight  or 
nine  o'clock  at  night,  to  four,  five,  or  six  in  the  morning, 
according  to  temperament,  vocation  and  circumstances, 
are  probably  the  best  hours  for  rej^ose.  During  the  long 
warm  days  of  summer,  a  i<ies(a  of  an  hour  in  the  early  after- 
noon is  for  most  persons  of  leisure  as  enjoyable  as  it  is 
allowable,  and  for  young  children  it  is  indispensable. 

Sleeplessness, — {Insomnia). — It  not  unfrequently  occurs 
that  persons  are  unduly  wakeful;  they  either  do  not  sleep 
soundly,  or  find  it  difficult  to  go  to  sleep;  are  easily  waked 
after  a  short  sleep,  or  their  sleep  is  unrefreshing.  Some- 
times, while  there  is  an  earnest  longing,  or  a  desire  to 
sleep,  there  is  a  thronging  of  ideas  and  restless  tossing, 
that  wears  away  a  good  part  of  the  night  without  sleej);  or 
after  finally  falling  to  sleep,  the  slumber  is  but  slight,  and 
they  arise  unrefreshed,  with  the  demands  of  the  system  un- 
satisfied. 

Such  a  condition  has  always  something  of  disease  ox 


^86  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

undue  excitement  connected  with  it.  The  excessive  use  of 
tea  or  of  coffee  may  produce  it.  Too  intense  or  long-con- 
tinued mental  excitement;  some  forms  of  dysj)epsia  or 
gastric  derangement;  innervation  of  the  system  from  in- 
sufficient nutrition,  or  a  feverish  excitement  of  the  sj^stem 
and  afflux  of  blood  to  the  head;  or  chronic  tendency  ot 
blood  to  the  head,  may  have  this  condition  of  sleeplessness 
or  undue  wakefulness  as  a  result. 

Treatment. — In  general,  the  Specific  No.  One  will  be 
sufficient  to  aflford  quiet  and  refreshing  sleep,  and  more 
especially  when  it  is  occasioned  by  undue  excitement  or 
accompanied  with  throbbing  of  the  vessels  or  heat  of  the 
head.  Take  six  pellets  on  going  to  rest,  and  repeat  them 
every  hour  until  sleep  intervenes.  If  it  seems  to  arise  from 
mere  nervousness,  without  other  apparent  cause,  use  Speci- 
fic No.  Three  in  the  same  manner,  six  pellets  every  hour, 
until  quiet  sleep  is  induced.  If  it  has  been  occasioned  by 
too  intense  or  long-continued  mental  application,  and  more 
especially  if  connected  with  indigestion  or  gastric  derange- 
ment, the  No.  Ten^  six  pellets  taken  three  times  per  day 

and  at  night,  will  be  found  corrective. 

Nightmare. — (Incubus). — See   pages   334,   335   and   351. 

Aside  from  hygienic  care,  the  use  of  Specifics  No.  One  or 
No.  Ten  will  be  sufficient.  No.  One^  six  pellets  morning, 
and  at  bedtime,  when  the  nightmare  is  attended  with  heat, 
fever,  thirst,  throbbing  of  arteries,  or  heat  and  fullness  of 
head.  No.  Ten^  six  pellets,  twice  a  day,  the  last  dose  at 
bedtime,  when  the  trouble  is  due  to  sedentary  habits,  con- 
stipation or  indulgence  in  wine.  In  chronic  cases  No.  One 
in  morning,  and  No.  Ten  at  night,  six  pellets  at  a  dose. 

AFFECTIONS  OF  THE  NOSE. 

Swelling  and  Redness  of  the  Nose,  more  particularly  of 
the  extremity,  is  common  among  persons  addicted  to  the 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  OBGaNS,  ETC.    487 

ase  of  ardent  spirits,  and  among  luxurious  livers.  But  it 
occasionally  occurs  among  the  temperate  and  frugal,  causing 
an  unsightly  redness  of  the  nose,  and  a  swelling,  or  even 
thickening  of  the  integument  covering  the  organ,  at  once 
disagreeable  and  unsightly.  The  affection  is  apt  to  become 
chronic,  increasing  from  year  to  year,  unless  removed  b}' 
proper  regimen  and  medication. 
~~)  Treatment. — ^Yhether  the  difficulty  has  been  occasioned 
by  the  free  use  of  stimulants,  or  a  luxurious  mode  of  life  or 
not,  it  is  evident  that  this  should  be  corrected,  and  a  frugal 
diet  free  from  exciting  or  stimulating  food,  and  absence 
from  stimulants  be  enjoined.  The  Specific  No.  Thirty - 
five  may  be  taken,  six  pellets  each  morning,  and  the  same 
of  No.  Fourteen  at  night.  This  may  be  continued  until 
the  redness  and  swelling  are  removed. 

Ulceration  of  the  Nose. — The  nose,  especially  the  in- 
ternal nostril,  becomes  occasionally  the  seat  of  frequently 
recurring  ulcerations.  The  lining  membrane  becomes  sore, 
ulcerated,  crusts  form  from  time  to  time,  and  become  de- 
tached with  frequent  bleeding. 

Treatment. — No.  Tllirty-Five  and  No.  Fourteen  are 
curative,  and  may  be  used,  six  pellets  morning  and  at  night 
in  alternation,  as  in  case  of  redness  and  swelling  of  the 
nose. 

Nose  Bleed. — {Naml  Hemorrhage). — Bleeding  from  the 
nose  may  in  some  cases  be  not  only  disagreeable,  but  even 
dangerous.  When  it  is  but  slight,  occurring  as  it  ofteu 
does  in  children,  or  plethoric  adults,  and  attended  with 
fullness  and  heat  of  the  head,  to  which  the  bleeding  affords 
relief,  it  may  be  considered  almost  salutary,  and  need  net 
be  interfered  with.  But  when  it  occurs  in  the  course  of 
low  fevers,  consumption,  or  other  debilitating  disease;  or 
when  it  is  frequently  repeated  from  apparently  slight  and 
insufficient  causes,  or  when  it  is  severe  and  prostrating,  it 
should  demand  attention. 


488  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Treatment. — Sometimes  merely  extending  the  arm  and 
hand  of  the  side  upon  which  the  bleeding  occurs,  upwards 
over  the  head,  will  arrest  the  bleeding.  The  application  of 
the  Marvel  of  Healing  rarely  fails,  even  in  the  worst  cases. 
Wet  a  linen  or  cotton  rag  with  the  Marvel  folded  one  or 
more  times,  and  lay  over  the  nose,  covering  it  from  the 
eyebrows  down,  and  keep  this  wet  with  the  same,  and  take 
ten  drops  in  a  spoonful  of  water  every  fifteen  minutes,  until 
relieved.  In  extreme  cases  the  Marvel  may  be  injected 
into  the  nostril  with  a  small  syringe,  or  the  nostril  may  be 
plugged  with  lint  wet  with  the  same. 

If  the  Marvel  is  not  at  hand,  cold  water  may  be  applied 
to  the  bridge  of  the  nose,  and  six  pellets  of  Specific  No. 
One  may  be  given  in  a  spoonful  of  water,  and  repeated  as 
above  every  quarter  or  half  hour. 

When  persons,  especially  children  or  young  girls,  are 
subject  to  frequent  recurrence  of  nose-bleed,  the  use  of 
Specific  No.  Eleven^  six  pellets,  taken  morning  and  night, 
will  permanently  correct  the  evil. 

SWEATING  OF  THE  FEET. 

Some  persons  are  habitually  subject  to  perspiration  of 
the  feet;  sometimes  excessive  in  quantity,  but  more  com- 
monly rank  or  ofi'ensive.  It  is  not  always  permanently 
removed  by  bathing,  though  this  is  of  course  important, 
but  depends  upon  a  morbid  condition  of  the  sebaceous 
glands  and  follicles,  and  is  a  proper  subject  of  medical 
treatment. 

It  will  be  removed  by  the  use  of  the  Specific  No, 
Twenty-Two,  of  which  six  pellets  may  be  taken  at  night 
and  morning,  which  may  be  continued  at  the  discretion  of 
the  patient.  It  is  sometimes  wonderful,  how  a  few  doses 
of  the  appropriate  remedy  will  remove  an  inconvenience  of 
years  standing. 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    489 

DROPSY,  GENERAL  AND  LOCAL.— (Anasarca, 

(Edema,  etc.). 

Definitions. — A  serous  or  watery  accumulation  in  the 
areolar  tissue,  more  or  less  general  throughout  the  body, 
with  or  without  effusion  into  the  serous  cavities. 

Li  itself  it  is  less  a  disease  than  a  result  or  product  of 
some  diseased  condition  of  the  organs  or  tissues  involved. 
As  a  consequence,  a  larger  portion  of  fluid  is  secreted  or 
deposited  than  is  taken  up,  resulting  in  an  accumulation  of 
fluid,  or  dropsy.  The  symptoms,  or  manifestations,  will  vary 
with  the  condition  of  the  organs  involved,  the  location  and 
quantity  of  the  fluid ;  and  almost  invariably  it  will  be  found 
that  the  functions  of  the  skin  and  kidneys,  the  usual 
emunctories  of  the  body,  have  become  impaired,  and  that  a 
cure  will  be  effected  by  their  increased  activity. 

Dropsy  is  of  two  distinct  varieties;  for,  besides  its  occur- 
rence in  the  meshes  of  the  loose  tissue  beneath  the  skin,  it 
may  take  place  as  a  local  dropsy  in  any  of  the  natural  cavi- 
ties or  sacs  of  the  body,  and  is  named  according  to  the 
parts  involved.  If  the  accumulation  occur  in  the  ventricles 
of  the  brain,  it  is  called  hydrocephalus;  if  in  the  membrane 
that  lines  the  surface  of  the  lungs,  hydrothorax;  if  in  the 
membrane  of  the  heart,  hydropericardium;  if  in  the  mem- 
brane of  the  intestines,  ascites;  if  in  the  serous  sacs  of  the 
joints,  hydrops  articulorum;  if  in  that  of  the  testicles,  hydro- 
cele. 

Character  of  the  Swellings. — Dropsical  swellings  are. 
soft,  inelastic,  diffused,  and  leave  for  some  time  the  inden- 
tation made  by  the  pressure  of  a  finger.  In  chronic  cases, 
and  w^hen  the  oedema  is  very  great,  the  skin  becomes 
smooth,  glassy,  and  of  a  dull-red  or  purple  color;  and  where 
^he  skin  is  less  elastic,  as  over  the  tibia,  it  becomes  livid  or 
blackish,  and  troublesome,  even  gangrenous,  or  sloughs  may 
form. 


490  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Accessory  Treatment. — In  acute  dropsy,  the  diet  should 
6e  similar  to  that  in  acute  fever;  in  chronic  drops}^,  patients 
require  nourishing  diet,  but  on  account  of  the  extreme 
feebleness  commonly  present,  only  easily  digestible  food 
should  be  taken.  To  allay  burning  thirst,  cold  water  is  the 
best  beverage;  but  any  other  that  the  patient  desires,  if  not 
positively  injurious,  may  be  taken.  Water  is  a  real  resto- 
rative, for  it  increases  the  amount  of  fluids  excreted  to  an 
extent  greater  than  its  own  bulk;  it  also  tends  to  improve 
the  appetite  and  strengthen  the  pulse,  while  it  diminishes 
the  dropsical  collections.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the 
common  notion  that  drinking  water  increases  dropsy  is 
quite  erroneous. 

Warm  baths  for  promoting  perspiration,  small  doses  of 
Hollands,  tapping,  and  other  palliative  measures  ma}^  some- 
times be  necessary;  but  the  propriety  of  such  means  can 
only  be  decided  by  the  circumstances  of  each  individual 
case. 

Anasarca.— (GeneraZ  Dropsy). — Symptoms  are:  An  cede- 
matous  swelling  of  the  surface  of  the  body  and  limbs,  com- 
mencing first  on  the  most  depending  portions  of  the  feet 
and  legs,  and  then  gradually  ascending  to  the  abdomen, 
hands,  face,  and  other  portions  of  the  body.  The  surface 
is  pale  and  cold,  has  a  doughy  feel,  and  pits  on  pressure. 
The  secretions  become  scanty,  urine  scanty,  high-colored, 
skin  dry  and  bowels  confined.  .  Added  to  these  may  be 
symptoms  arising  from  the  condition  of  the  organs  and 
tissues  primarily  involved.  It  may  arise  from  various 
causes,  among  which  are  prominently — disease  or  defective 
action  of  the  kidneys;  the  localization  of  the  poison  of  scar- 
latina; disease  of  the  liver  or  spleen;  and  the  use  of  various 
drugs  employed  in  the  treatment  of  Intermittent  Fever,  as 
arsenic,  quinine,  etc. 

Treatment.— The  use  of  the  Specific  No.  Tweilty-Five 
will  be  the  appropriate  remedy  in  this  form  of  dropsy,  and 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    491 

may  be  given,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case,  six 
pellets  at  a  time,  dissolved  in  water,  and  repeated  three 
times  per  day  for  slight  cases,  or  every  two  hours  in  the 
more  severe  ones. 

Dropsical  patients  require  a  warm,  dry,  uniform  tem- 
perature, and  an  elevated  location  it  obtainable,  with  mild, 
easily-digested  food,  and  the  bowels  in  a  free  if  not  relaxed 
condition. 

Hydrothorax. — {Dropsy  of  the  Chest). — Is  one  of  the  most 
difficult  and  unmanageable  forms  of  this  disease,  occurring 
mostly  in  elderly  people,  and  often  connected  with  disease 
of  the  heart,  or  protracted  pleuritic  or  pulmonary  inflam- 
mations. The  symptoms  are:  Difficult,  anxious,  labored 
respiration,  worse  when  lying  down,  or  inability  to  recline, 
(the  head  must  be  kept  elevated),  blueness  or  pallid  face  and 
lips;  starting  up  in  affright  on  dropping  to  sleep  with  more 
rapid  breathing,  as  if  in  danger  of  suffocation;  scanty  se- 
cretions and  gradual  swelling  of  the  feet  and  abdomen. 

The  Treatment  is  more  difficult  and  the  result  uncertain. 
The  Specific  No.  Twenty- Five  may  be  given,  six  pellets 
dissolved  in  water  and  repeated  every  three  hours.  In 
case  of  violent  paroxysms  of  oppression,  the  No.  Olie  may 
be  given,  a  like  quantity  in  water,  and  repeated  every  hour 
between  the  doses  of  No.  Twenty- Five^  as  an  inter- 
current remedy,  until  the  paroxysm  has  subsided. 

In  case  the  dropsy  of  the  chest  is  complicated  with  dis- 
ease of  the  heart,  indicated  by  irregular  or  labored  action 
of  the  heart,  the  Specific  No.  Thirty-Two  may  be  given 
in  alternation  with  No.  Twenty-Five^  six  pellets  every 
thi-ee  hours.     Diet  and  regimen  as  for  general  dropsy. 

Ascites, — {Dropsy  of  the  Abdomen), —  is  manifested  by 
gradual  enlargement  of  the  abdomen,  sometimes  com- 
mencing almost  imperceptibly  and  at  others  with  greater 
rapidity.  The  swelling  usually  commences  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  stomach,  and  thence  extends  over  the  entire  abdomeiu 


492  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

There  is,  with  the  enlargement,  difficulty  of  breathing  on 
exercise;  sallow  complexion;  dry  skin;  scanty  secretions; 
high-colored  urine.  There  is  also  a  feeling  of  languor  and 
debility,  and  stiffness  when  attempting  to  bend  the  body. 
It  may  arise  from  peritoneal  inflammation,  or  from  enlarge- 
ment and  disease  of  the  liver,  or  from  some  constitutional 
disturbance. 

The  Treatment  is  the  same  as  for  general  dropsy,  six 
pellets  of  No.  Tvi^enty-Five^  and  given  at  intervals  of 
two  or  three  hours,  according  to  the  urgency  of  the  case. 
Diet  and  regimen  as  for  general  dropsy. 

INTESTINAL  WOKMS. 

The  human  system,  in  common  with  the  entire  animal 
kingdom,  is  subject  to  numerous  parasites,  or  entozia.  These 
have  their  abode  either  upon  the  surface,  or  along  the  in- 
testinal tract,  or  within  the  cavities,  or  even  in  the  more 
solid  substances  or  muscles  of  the  body.  They  are  found 
in  all  animals  and  fish,  as  well  as  the  human  species — those 
in  apparent  health  as  well  as  those  that  are  sick — and  the 
part  they  play  in  the  economy  of  nature  is  confessedly  ob- 
scure. It  is  generally  conceded  that  it  is  only  in  peculiar 
or  morbid  conditions,  or  under  a  course  of  diet  and  regimen 
unfavorable  to  health,  that  they  multiply  or  increase  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  become  of  themselves  a  source  of  irri- 
tation and  disease.  It  is  under  these  conditions  that  In- 
testinal Worms  become  the  subject  of  medical  treatment 
The  more  important  varieties  of  intestinal  worms  are: 
First — The  seat  worm,  or  thread  worm,  usually  called 
acarus.  This  parasite  is  from  a  third  to  half  an  inch  in 
length,  white,  slender  and  very  active.  They  inhabit  prin- 
cipally the  lower  intestine  and  rectum.  They  are  more 
common  in  children  than  in  grown  persons,  though  tiie 
V^ter  are  by  no  means  exempt  from  them.    It  is  not  knowo 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    493 

how  these  worms  originate,  since  they  have  even  been 
known  in  infants  at  birth.  But  one  fact  is  well  ascertained: 
that  children  who  live  mostly  on  farinaceous  food  are  most 
subject  to  them. 

Symptoms. — By  their  constant  and  active  motions  they 
cause  a  tickling  and  irritation  in  the  anus,  which  obliges 
the  child  or  patient  to  scratch  and  rub  the  part;  as  a  con- 
sequence of  which  we  frequently  find  a  catarrhal  inflam- 
mation of  the  mucus  membrane  of  the  anus  or  even  a 
mucus  discharge  from  the  part;  also  a  swelling  of  the  veins 
distributed  over  the  locality,  and  not  unfrequently  straining 
or  tenesmus.  From  the  tendency  of  these  seat-worms  to 
travel,  in  order  to  deposit  their  larve  or  eggs,  they  some- 
times, in  the  case  of  females,  enter  and  irritate  the  vagina; 
or,  in  males  may  occupy  the  folds  of  the  prepuce,  in  either 
case  causing  intolerable  itching  and  irritation,  and  occa- 
sionally inducing  the  bad  habit  of  masturbation. 

Aside  from  the  medical  hints  given  further  on,  great  care 
should  be  taken  with  children  in  whom  they  are  discovered, 
or  when  from  the  actions  of  the  child  their  presence  may 
be  suspected,  to  prevent  their  accumulation  and  to  remove 
them.  Cleanliness,  frequent  bathing  of  the  parts,  injections 
of  cold  water,  are  generally  sufficient  to  remove  the  para- 
sites and  relieve  the  irritation.  Should  it  be  necessary  to 
remove  them  from  the  rectum,  this  may  be  readily  and 
conveniently  done  by  injecting  an  ounce  of  olive  ozl,  with 
which  the  worms  will  usually  come  away  in  a  mass. 

Should  the  child  be  restless  at  night  or  feverish  from  the 
irritation  occasioned  by  them,  a  dose  of  two  or  three  pellets 
of  Specific  No.  One  will  be  sufficient  to  subdue  it. 

For  the  permanent  eradication  of  these  seat-worms  from 
the  system,  give  three  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Two^  morn- 
ing and  noon,  and  the  same  quantity  of  Specific  No.  Ten 
at  night,  and  six  pellets  for  adults;  and  continue  this  course 
until  the  object  is  attained. 


494  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR. 

Second — ^The  Round  Wcrm  (Ascabis  Lumbricoides)  is  the 
next  species  more  commonly  met  with.  It  i^  of  cylindrical 
form,  pointed  at  both  ends,  from  six  to  nine  or  even  twelve 
inches  in  length,  and  of  the  thickness  of  a  goose  quill,  thus 
resembling  somewhat  the  common  earth-worm.  Its  body 
however,  is  half  transparent,  and  of  a  whitish,  yellowish,  oi 
even  brownish  hue.  They  are  of  both  sexes,  and  the  fe^ 
males  are  more  numerous  than  the  males. 

This  worm  principally  inhabits  the  small  intestines,  but 
it  is  not  unfrequently  found  in  the  stomach,  and  from  thence 
sometimes  mounts  along  up  the  oesophagus  into  the  throat 
and  mouth,  or  nose.  Attacks  of  violent,  incessant,  spas- 
modic cough  are  often  produced  by  the  attempted  passage 
of  a  worm  into  the  pharynx.  Doubtless,  other  grave  dis- 
turbances or  morbid  conditions  are  produced,  from  the 
presence  of  these  vermin  in  the  neighboring  parts. 

Symptoms. — These  worms  may  exist  in  considerable  num- 
bers without  causing  any  serious  disturbance.  But  in  the 
majority  of  cases  they  occasion  griping s  in  the  abdomen;  en- 
larged or  hard,  prominent  abdomen;  mucus  diarrhoea;  occasioDal 
vomiting;  irregular  or  capricious  appetite.  There  are  also 
from  time  to  time  sympathetic  symptoms,  such  as  itching  of 
the  nose,  or  of  the  anus  or  genitals;  increased  flow  of  saliva; 
restless  sleep;  with  frequent  starting  or  grating  of  the  teeth. 
Beside  the  above  more  decided  symptoms  indicating  the 
presence  of  worms,  authors  have  enumerated  the  following 
as  manifestations  of  the  worm  cachexy:  Palor  and  sickly 
appearance  of  the  countenance,  and  occasional  flushing  of 
the  cheeks;  bluish  circles  under  the  eyes;  dilated  pujiiis; 
headache  or  vertigo;  voracity  or  irregular  appetite;  offen- 
sive or  fetid  breath;  acrid  eructations;  occasional  nausea  or 
vomiting;  foul  or  coated  tongue;  tensive  fulness  of  the  ab- 
domen, and  gnawing  or  burning  in  particular  parts  of  the 
intestines;  hard,  tumid  abdomen;  great  thirst;  discharge  of 
mucus  from  the  bladder,  rectum  or  vagina;  slight  febrile 


DiStAJSE  ATTO  TREATMENT. — DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    495 

symptoms,  or  erratic  remitting  fever;  nocturnal  wakefulness, 
with  low  spirits  and  irritability  of  temper.  We  occasionally 
notice  an  inflammatory  redness  of  the  nostrils,  with  grea^; 
disposition  in  children  for  picking  or  boring  into  the  nose; 
and  sudden  screaming  on  awaking,  or  grating  of  the  teeth 
in  sleep,  and  involuntary  flow  of  saliva  during  sleep;  also  at 
times,  and  in  sensitive  subjects,  spasmodic  or  even  convul- 
sive attacks. 

These  symptoms,  indicating  the  presence  of  worms,  are 
largely  influenced  by  the  regimen  and  diet  of  the  patient, 
and  even  by  the  season  of  the  year  and  the  lunar  phases. 
Such  articles  of  diet  as  milk,  sugar,  preserves,  candies  and 
pastry,  and  sometimes  pungent  salted  food,  ham,  cheese, 
etc.,  produce  an  aggravation.  The  leucophlegmatic  habit 
appears  to  favor  their  production,  and  the  female  more  than 
the  male  sex. 

Third — The  common  Tape  Worm  (Taenia  Solium).  It  is 
only  rarely  met  with  in  this  country.  It  consists  of  a  head 
not  larger  than  a  pin's  head,  in  which  there  are  four  suck- 
ing cups  and  their  armature;  a  neck,  which  is  an  inch  or 
more  in  length,  very  slender  and  without  joints;  and  the 
body,  consisting  of  a  long  row  of  flat,  ribbon-like  segments, 
each  of  which  is  rectangular  in  shaj^e  and  increasing  in  size 
towards  the  caudal  extremity.  These  segments  have  each 
the  male  and  female  organ,  and  at  the  caudal  extremity  the 
ripe  eggs.  There  may  be  several  hundred  of  them,  each 
half  or  three  quarters  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  the  entire 
animal  may  measure  several  yards.  From  time  to  time, 
the  lower  segments  or  joints,  as  they  are  termed,  ripen,  and 
are  pushed  off,  and  appear  in  the  evacuations;  and  these 
eggs,  being  taken  by  another  organism  (the  hog),  form  in 
its  organism  grubs;  and  these  again  taken  into  the  human 
system  by  a  subsequent  metamorphosis  become  the  original 
Tcenia  in  the  human  subject  It  rarely  happens  that  more 
than  one  of  these  unwelcome  guests  are  found  in  the  human 


496  HOMEOPATHIC    MENTOR. 

intestines  at  the  same  time,  yet  there  are  cases  on  record 
where  two  or  more  have  simultaneously  existed  in  the  same 
person.  They  are  usually  found  in  those  regions  where 
people  are  accustomed  to  eat  raw  or  not  well  cooked  pork, 
or  sometimes  dried  or  jerked  beef. 

The  symptoms  of  Tape  Worm  are  all  equivocal,  unless  the 
segments  or  joints  of  the  worm  itself  are  discovered  in  the 
discharges.  Some  individuals  experience  not  the  slightest 
inconvenience  from  it.  Others  complain  of  severe  pain  in 
the  stomach;  nausea;  vomiting;  ravenous  hunger,  even  to 
fainting.  The  abdomen  is  sometimes  bloated,  sometimes 
contracted.  In  some  cases  there  is  diarrhoea,  in  others 
constipation.  Among  the  sympathetic  symptoms  are:  itch- 
ing of  the  nose;  vertigo  or  dizziness;  getting  dark  before 
the  eyes;  noises  in  the  ears;  palpitation  of  the  heart.  These 
symptoms  are  ameliorated  in  most  cases  by  the  use  of  cer- 
tain kinds  of  food,  such  as  milk,  eggs,  mild  soups  and  meat 
not  spiced;  while  they  are  produced  or  aggravated  by  the 
use  of  acids  or  sour  things,  especially  pickles,  spiced  with 
vinegar  and  pepper,  smoked  herring,  horse  radish,  cran- 
berries, strawberries,  etc.  Sometimes,  after  eating  these 
latter  substances,  segments  of  the  worm  are  discharged,  and 
the  diagnosis  thus  established. 

For  the  treatment  and  permanent  removal  of  the  Tape 
"Worm  the  amateur  practitioner  will  be  able  to  do  but  little. 
Fortunately,  these  cases  are  rare  in  this  country;  and  where 
the  patient  is  living  wisely,  and  constantly  using  ajDpropriatc 
Homeopathic  medicine  for  any  occasion  that  may  arise,  the 
Tape  Worm  will  not  be  troublesome.  Practitioners  use 
with  success  Kousso,  or  the  flowers  of  the  Brayera  Anthel- 
mintica,  an  infusion  of  two  drachms  in  a  tumbler  full  ol 
water,  and  letting  it  stand  over  night,  strain  off,  and,  after 
taking  a  cup  of  coffee  to  prevent  nausea,  take  half  the  por- 
tion and  the  remainder  half  an  hour  later.  The  parasite  is 
often  carried  off  after  a  few  hours.     The  use  of  large  quan- 


DISEASE  AND  TREATMENT. DIS.  OF  VARIOUS  ORGANS,  ETC.    497 

titles  o{ pumpkin  need  tea,  or  of  the  slippery  elm  in  form  of 
a  tea,  or  by  chewing  the  bark,  is  often  effectual  in  stupi- 
fying  and  expelling  the  animal. 

General  Treatment. — Fever  is  one  of  the  most  common 
and  the  most  urgent  symptoms  of  verminous  irritation,  and 
is  usually  the  more  violent  in  proportion  as  the  worms  are 
higher  up  in  the  intestinal  track.  The  fever  is  characterized 
by  its  unsteady  character,  at  times  becoming  quite  violent 
with  red  face,  or  one  cheek  red  and  the  other  pale;  white 
or  pale  lips  or  around  the  mouth;  quick  j^ulse;  heat  of  the 
surface  and  restless  tossing  and  anxiety;  startings  on  going 
to  sleep,  indicating  a  tendency  to  convulsions,  or  even  con- 
vulsive attacks.  It  will  be  generally  found  on  inquiry  that 
the  attack  of  fever  has  been  provoked  by  some  grave  error 
in  diet,  or  exposure,  or  both — commonly  the  eating  of  cake, 
candy,  sweet  meats,  raisins  or  other  pernicious  articles  of 
food,  has  been  sufficient  to  derange  the  stomach — to  which 
the  irritation  of  the  worms  was  soon  added. 

For  such  an  attack  of  fever,  dissolve  at  once  twelve  pellets 
of  Specific  No.  One  in  as  many  teaspoonsful  of  water,  of 
which  give  a  spoonful  every  hour,  until  four  or  five  doses 
have  been  given;  then  prej^are  of  Specific  No.  Tvto  in  the 
same  manner,  and  give  of  the  two,  in  alternation,  at  inter- 
vals of  an  hour,  until  the  fever  has  abated,  when  the  inter- 
vals may  be  prolonged  to  two  or  three  hours,  until  a  cure 
is  effected. 

Should  the  fever  be  quite  high,  and  there  be  twitchings, 
or  startings,  or  great  nervous  excitement,  rendering  the 
danger  of  convulsions  imminent,  lose  no  time  in  giving  a 
full  enema  of  warm  water,  so  as  to  secure  a  free  movement 
of  the  bowels,  and  even  repeat  it,  if  necessary. 

After  the  storm  has  passed  over,  and  the  i3ver  been 
allayed,  a  dose  of  two  pellets  of  Specific  No.  Ten^  for 
children,  given  night  and  morning,  will  best  restore  the 
normal  state  of  -^he  digestion. 


498  HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOK. 

For  vague,  uneasy  or  colic  pains  in  the  bowels,  arising 
from  the  presence  of  worms,  the  use  of  the  Specific  No. 
T'lVOj  giving  to  children  two  or  three  pellets  four  times 
per  day,  will  be  sufficient.  Should  it  have  become  worse 
or  complicated  by  the  use  of  indigestible  food,  the  Specific 
No.  Five  may  be  given  instead  of  No.  Two,  in  the  same 
manner. 

For  the  permanent  eradication  of  worms  from  the  system 
the  use  of  Specific  No.  Tivo^  giving  three  pellets  four 
times  per  day,  always  before  meals,  and  on  going  to  rest, 
will  be  sufficient.  If,  as  in  many  cases,  there  is  imperfect 
digestion,  or  some  degree  of  dyspepsia,  the  end  will  be 
more  readily  obtained  by  giving  the  No.  Two^  for  children 
two  pellets  before  meals,  and  a  like  dose  of  Specific  No. 
Ten  on  going  to  rest  at  night. 

The  Diet  in  children  affected  with  worms  is  important. 
They  should  not  be  constantly  eating,  always  ''having  a 
piece  in  the  hand."  Let  them  have  regular  meals,  and  eat 
at  meal  time;  rarely  except  at  meals,  so  that  the  digestive 
organs  may  have  rest.  Give  the  child  plain,  wholesome 
diet,  meat  once  per  day,  no  pastry,  pies,  cakes,  sweetmeats, 
raisins  or  candies,  or  these  as  rare  and  seldom  as  possible, 
Under  such  treatment  and  management  the  trouble  from 
worms  will  be  very  slight  indeed. 


€■ 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 


C^Es  [  FEVERS,  CONGESTIONS, 

Inflamiviations,  Heat,  Pain,  Restlessness. 

This  Specific  is  used  in  all  diseases  where  there  is  hoi 
skin,  quick  pulse,  tossing,  restlessness,  extreme  pain  or 
throbbing.  For  Inflammatory  Fevers,  with  full,  quick  pulse, 
hot  skin,  red  face,  thirst  and  restlessness. — Gastric  or  Bilious 
Fever,  with  quick,  full  j^ulse,  hot  skin,  white  or  yellow 
coated  tongue,  bad  taste,  thirst,  nausea,  vomiting  of  mucus 
bitter  or  yellow  matter,  constij)ation,  restlessness,  and  even 
delirium. — Scarlet  Fever,  with  nausea,  vomiting,  rapid 
pulse,  sore  throat,  hot,  red,  or  mottled  skin,  scanty  urine. — 
Rheumatic  Fever,  with  full,  quick  pulse,  hot  skin,  restless 
sleep,  soreness  of  the  limbs,  red,  hot,  shining,  swelling  of  the 
affected  part,  and  scanty  red  urine,  either  alone,  or  in  alter- 
nation with  No.  Fifteen. — ^Violent  beating  Headaches. — 
Fullness,  Congestion  or  rush  of  blood  to  the  head. — Threat- 
ened apoplexy. — Startings  on  going  to  sleep. — Sleeplessness 
when  there  is  fullness,  throbbing,  or  heat  of  the  head. — 
Inflammation  of  the  Brain,  or  its  coverings. — Dropsy  of  the 
Brain,  first  stage. — Violent  Ophthalmy. — Toothache  with 
throbbing  or  beating  pain,  alone,  or  in  alternation  with 
No.  £ig'ht. — Quinsy  or  Sore  Throat,  in  alternation  with 
No.  Thirty- Four. — Croup  of  the  Infiammatory  or  Spas- 


500  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

modic  form,  alone,  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Thirteen. — 

Congestion  of  Blood  to  the  Chest. — Severe  Coughs,  with 
hoarseness  and  rough  sensation  in  the  larynx  or  bronchia, 
fever,  or  sharp  pains  in  chest  or  sides. — Inflammation  of  the 
Lungs,  with  hot  skin,  quick  pulse,  oppressed  or  difficult 
breathing,  heaviness,  distress,  or  sharp  pains  in  the  chest, 
cough,  with  expectoration  of  scanty,  blood-stained  or  bloody 
mucus,  alone  at  first,  then  alternate  with  No.  Seven. — 
Pleurisy  with  high  fever,  quick  pulse,  intercepted  respiration, 
ands/iarp,  stinging  pains  in  the  side. — Stitch  or  pain  inthe  chest 
or  side,  on  taking  a  deep  inspiration. — Inflammation  of  the 
Liver,  with  Nd.  Ten. — Inflammation  of  the  Bowels,  or  of 
the  peritoneum. — Inflammation  of  the  Kidneys  or  of  the 
Bladder,  in  alternation  with  No.  Thirty. — Use  in  alter- 
nation with  any  number  when  there  are  Feverish  Symptoms 
or  when  relief  is  not  prompt. 

CuKsf  f  VEKMINOUS  AFFECTIONS, 

Worm  Fever,  Worm  Colic,  Voracious  Appetite. 

It  is  used  for  all  conditions  supposed  to  arise  from  the 
presence  of  worms  or  from  a  Verminous  Diathesis.  Among 
these  are: — Pale  face,  white  lips,  enlarged  abdomen,  with 
small  legs  and  arms,  capricious  or  voracious  appetite, 
itching  of  the  nose,  itching  at  the  anus,  too  frequent  urina- 
tion, wetting  the  bed,  offensive  breath,  frequent  accumulation 
of  water  in  the  mouth. — Versatile  fever  from  the  presence 
of  Worms. — Twitching  of  the  face  or  limbs,  or  Violent 
General  Con^^ulsions,  with  holding  back  of  the  head,  rigid 
limbs,  twitching  of  the  face,  etc.,  compare  also  No.  Thirty" 
Tliree  and  No.  One  if  there  is  fever. — Hydrocephalic  sym]?- 
toms,  dilated  pupils,  squinting,  etc. — ^Itching  of  the  anus. — 
Compare  also  No.  Fourteen. — Seat  worms. — Long,  round 
worms. 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  501 

CuEE?}  DISEASES  OF  INFANTS. 

Colic,    Crying,  Wakefulness,   Affections   Incident 

TO   Teething. 

It  is  especially  adapted  to  all  diseases  of  Infants  and 
Young  Children,  Tardy  or  difficult  muscular  osseous  or 
bony  development  of  infants — Colic  of  Infants. — Crying  Chil- 
dren.— Crying  without  a2)parent  cause. — Sleeplessness  by 
day  or  night,  evidently  the  result  of  excitement,  pain,  or 
unsatisfied  desire. — Irritation  of  Teething,  fretting,  worry- 
ing, with  heated  gums  and  congestion  to  the  head. — Rash 
of  Infants. — Eruption  or  Scurf  on  the  scalp  of  infants  com- 
pare also  No.  Fourteen. — Enlarged  and  hard  abdomen  of 
young  children. — Soreness  or  Excoriation  of  children. — 
Diarrhoea  of  Infants,  or  quite  young  chiklren. — Twitching 
of  the  timJ).^  on  going  to  sleep. — Convulsions  of  Infants. — 
Slow  growth,  slowness  in  learning  to  walk,  tardy  closing  of  the 
fontanel,  and  deficient  muscular  vigor. — Tardy  appearance 
of  teeth,  or  irregularity  in  the  coming  of  teeth. — After-pains 
in  lyin^^-iii  women. — Sleeplessness  in  Adults  from  over- 
work,  or  nervous  excitability. 


No.  4 

Cures 


)  \  DIAKRHCEA. 

Summer  Compl.unt,  Cholera  Infantum, — Loose,  Frequent 

OR  Liquid  Stools. 

It  is  peculiarly  ajoproj^riate  to  diarrhoea  of  summer,  or  the 
hot  season,  with  loose,  yellow,  greenish,  mixed  or  chooped-up, 
ov  even  watery  stools,  with  colic  or  pain. — Diarrhcea  of 
feeble,  emaciated  children,  attended  with  nausea,  colic,  and 
debility.  Cholera  Infantum,  in  alternation  with  No.  Six^ 
where  there  is  constant  nausea,  frequent  vomiting,  profuse 
watery,  or  scanty  stools. — DiAitRHcE.'^  of  children  or  adults, 
from  indigestion,  or  overloading  ih©  stomach,  or  fat  heavy 


502  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

indigestible  food. — Diarrhcea  from  the  use  of  fruit,  or  from 
change  of  water  or  of  diet  in  traveling. — Chronic  Diarrhcea, 
either  alone,  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Five. — Dysenteric 
Diarrhcea,  or  painful  Diarrhcea  with  mixed  stools,  streaked 
with  blood. — Indigestion,  with  softness  of  the  stomach,  or 
tendency  to  diarrhoea,  compare  Nos.  Five  and  Six, 

C^RE?|  DYSENTERY. 

Tenesmus,  Colic,  Bilious  Colic. 

Especially  appropriate  for  Colic  in  its  varied  forms  and 
ior  frequent  painful  stooh,  \^ii\i  CoZic  and  straining — Flatu- 
lent Colic,  or  Inflammatory  Colic,  with  writhing  pain,  and 
tenderness,  soreness,  extreme  sensibility  of  the  abdomen  to 
pressure,  or  even  the  weight  of  the  bed-clothes,  in  alter- 
nation with  No.  One. — Gastric  or  Intestinal  Colic  from 
indigestible  substances,  alone,  or  in  alternation  with 
No.  Ten. — Bilious  Colic,  in  alternation  with  No.  Ten, — 
It  is  Specific  for  Pall  Dysentery,  with  colic,  tenesmus,  bloody, 
SLIMY,  greenish,  mixed,  frequent  scanty  stools,  with  constant 
griping  and  straining. — Painful  Diarrhoea. — Chronic  Diar- 
rhcea,  sometimes  in  alternation  with  No.  Four.  Compare 
also  Nos.  Four  and  Six. 

CuBE^  [  CHOLEKA-MOEBUS. 

Cholera,    Nausea,   Vomiting,    Prostratioi^, 

Promptly  curative  for  Cholera  Morbus,  with  nausea,  vom- 
iting, coldness,  and  even  cramps. — As  preventive  of  Asiatic 
Cholera — For  Cholera,  with  coldness,  blue  surface,  vomiting, 
sadden,  profuse,  thin,  or  rice-water  stools,  cramps,  and 
oppressed  resjiiration. — Curative  for  Nausea,  or  Nausea  and 
Vomiting  from  any  cause. — Morning  sickness  of  exj^ectant 
Women,  compare  also  No.   Twenty-iiine. — Great  pros- 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  503 

tration  with  coldness. — Asthmatic,  oppressed,  or  difficult 
respiration.  Diy-cough,  or  cough  in  connection  with 
ditHcult  asthmatic  breathing. — Paroxysms  of  asthma  with 
coldness,  choking,  oppression,  great  difficulty  of  breathing. 
Compare  also  No.  Twenty- Six. 

cueeI[  coughs  and  colds. 

Bkonchitis,   Influenza,    Sore   Throat. 

It  is  especially  apprc?[)riate  and  curative  for  all  Bronchial 
and  Pulmonary  Irritations,  and  even  Inflammations. — 
Hoarseness,  so  as  to  speak  only  in  W'his23ers,  and  even  entire 
loss  of  voice. — Rough,  scraping  sensation  in  the  throat  and 
jjliarynx. — Soreness  and  sense  of  excoriation  in  the  chest. — 
Cough  from  tickling  in  the  throat. — Cough  from  irritation 
in  the  bronchia  or  lungs. — Cough,  with  severe  stinging  pain 
in  the  chest  or  side,  or  with  expectoration  of  blood-stained 
or  bloody  mucus. — Pneumonia,  or  Inflammation  of  the  Lungs, 
with  oppressed  breathing,  pain  in  the  chest  or  side,  cough 
and  bloody  expectoration,  either  alone  or  in  alternation 
with  No.  (J  11^. — Pleuritis,  or  Pleurisy  with  sharp,  stinging 
2)aiii  in  the  side,  intercepted  respiration  and  high  fever,  in 
alternation  with  No.  OllC3. — Sharp,  ditching  or  stinging  pains 
iu  the  side  or  chest. — Laryngitis,  with  roughness  and  scrap- 
ing in  the  throat,  hoarseness,  dry  or  loose  cough,  and  irritation 
of  the  throat  and  bronchia,  alone,  or  in  alternation  with  No. 
'a  hirU'CII. — Bronchitis,  acute  or  chronic,  with  dry,  irritat- 
ing cough,  hoarseness,  or  sense  of  roughness,  soreness,  or 
p.iin  in  the  chest,  or  even  with  emaciation  and  hectic  fever 
towards  evening,  sometimes  in  alternation  ^vith  No.  One. — 
In(  iPiENT  Pulmonary  Consumption,  with  emaciation,  suspic- 
ious cough,  scant}^  or  frothy  expectoration,  pain  in  the  chest 
or  sidC;  debility,  cold  hands  in  the  morning,  and  slight 
fever  towards  evening,  or  even  with  perspiration  at  night, 


504  PKACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS, 

alone,  or  In  alternation  with  No  Thirty -Five. — Compare 
Nos.  Tliirteeii  and  Twenty- OnCe 


No.   8 
Cubes 


[  NEUKALGIA. 

Toothache,  Face  ache,  Nervous  Pains. 


Especially  curative  for  all  Nervous  Pains,  or  pains  along  the 
course  of  a  nerve,  or  occupying  a  limited  space, — sharp,  stab- 
bing, twinging,  or  shooting^  or  with  pauses  or  exacerbations, 
with  exti'eme  nervousness,  at  times  driving  one  almost  to 
distraction,  and  without  the  redness,  swelling  and  heat  which 
attend  inflammation. — Toothache  in  partially  decayed,  or 
even  sound  teeth,  darting,  aching,  gnawing,  or  rending  pains, 
either  in  the  affected  tooth,  or  along  the  roots  of  the  teeth, 
or  extending  to  the  jaw  or  face. — Toothache  in  Old  Decayed 
teeth. — Toothache  in  sound  teeth. — If  not  relieved  by  No. 
£li^llt,  alternate  wdth  No.  One  and  in  cases  of  Rheu- 
matic origin  with  No.  Fifteen, — Too  rapid  decay  of  the 
teeth. — Pkesopalgia  or  pain  in  the  face,  teeth,  and  jaw,  even 
at  times  extending  to  the  neck  and  shoulders. — Old,  Long- 
standing, inveterate  neuralgias,  in  alternation  with  No. 
Thirty- Five. — Nervous  pains  causing  sleeplessness  at 
night. — Swelling  of  the  face  after  toothache. 

^^^^?  [  HEADACHES. 

Vertigo,  Sick  Headaches,  Congestion  to  the  Head. 

Approi)riate  for  various  forms  of  headache,  or  of  vertigo, 
and  for  what  is  termed  rush  of  blood  to  the  head. — Vertigo  or 
swimming  of  the  head,  on  rising,  while  walking,  or  on  turn- 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  505 

ing. — Vertigo  while  lying  down. — Constant  swimming  in 
the  head  as  if  intoxicated. — Rush  of  blood  to  the  head,  with 
hot,  red  face,  fullness  and  heat  of  the  head,  sometimes  in 
alternation  with  No.  One  or  No.  Thirty- Five. — Chronic 
fullness  of  blood  in  the  head. — Headache  with  beating, 
throbbing  and  fullness  of  the  head,  red  or  pale  face. — Head- 
\CHE,  as  if  a  nail  were  driven  into  the  head. — Headache, 
Aausea,  vomiting,  trembling  and  desire  to  lie  down. — Dull, 
heavy,  drowsy,  stupid  headache. — Habitual  headaches,  re- 
curring every  few  days,  brought  on  by  excitement,  fatigue 
or  indigestion,  attended  with  nausea,  vomiting,  trembling  and 
prostration,  often  in  alternation  with  No.  Ten. — Compare 
also  No.  One^  No.  Ten  and  No.  Thirty-Five. 


No.  lo 

Cures 


[  DYSPEPSIA. 

Deranged  Stomach,  Constipation,  Bilious  Complaints. 


Especially  curative  for  Gastric  Derangement,  or  what  is 
often  called  Biliousness. — With,  bad  taste  in  the  mouth, 
coated  tongue,  offensive  breath,  want  of  appetite,  consti- 
pated bowels,  dull,  heavy,  stupid  feeling. — Evil  effects  of  a 
debauch,  drinking,  over-work,  or  long  watching. — ^Weak, 
tremulous,  debilitated  feeling. — Headache  from  deranged 
stomach,  indigestion,  or  constipation. —  Vertigo  or  dizziness 
of  the  head,  with  deranged  stomach  or  constipation. — 
Heartburn. — Waterbrash,  or  rising  of  water  or  food  to  the 
mouth. — Dyspepsia,  or  Chronic  Indigestion,  with  coated 
tongue,  bad  taste  in  the  mouth,  offensive  breath,  rising  of 
water  or  food  in  the  mouth,  belching  of  wind,  spitting  up 
of  food  or  mucus,  sensation  after  eating  as  of  a  stone  or 
load  in  the  stomach,  fullness  or  distention  of  the  stomach, 
slow,  torpid,  or  constipated  bowels. — Tenderness  of  the  pit 
of  the  stomach  when  pressed. — Tight  clothes  are  insupport- 
able.— Gastralgy,  with  severe  cramp  like  pain  and  distress 


506  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

at  the  pit  of  the  stomach. — Chronic  Constipation,  slow,  hard, 
knotty,  insufficient  and  infrequent  stools. — Malaria,  in  alter- 
nation with  No.  Sixteen. — Too  Long  and  too  Pkofusm 
menses, — ^Leucorrhcea  in  women,  often  in  alternation  with 
No.  Twelve. — Lumbago,  or  pains  in  the  back  or  loins.— 
Bearing  down  pains  in  women. — Too  Long  and  too  Profuse 
debilitating  periods. 


No.  11 

Cures 


[     MENSTKUAL  IRKEGULARITIES. 

Delaying,  Scanty,  or  Painful  Menses. 


Especially  adapted  to  the  period  of  developement  in 
Young  Women. — Delaying  Menses  in  young  girls,  with 
chilliness,  flushes  of  heat,  pale  face,  weariness  and  languor, 
capricious  appetite,  etc. — Scanty  Menses  coming  only  for  a 
short  time,  then  interrupted,  or  thin,  watery,  pale  color. — 
Suppressed  Menses,  from  cold,  fright,  fatigue  or  wet  feet. 
— Painfui*  Periods,  with  scanty  discharge,  great  pain  and 
suffering.  Compare  also  No.  Thirty- One. — Chlorosis  or 
Green  Sickness,  with  pale  face,  pale,  bloodless  lips,  easy 
fatigue,  tired  feeling,  restless  nights,  capricious  or  wanting 
appetite,  fetid  breath,  and  scanty,  pale  or  absent  menses, — Pale, 
Leucorrhoeic,  or  mucus  discharges,  insitead  of  the  natural 
menstrual  floV. — Leucorrhcea,  instead  of  the  monthly  flow, 
or  with  scanty  menses. — Ovarian  disease,  with  enlargemeiit 
of  the  abdomen,  tenderness  in  the  ovarian  region,  scanty 
urine,  and  irregular  menses. — Toothache  of  pregnant  women. 
— Too  long  or  too  severe  after-pains. — See  also  No.  Three 
for  after-pains. 

^CuRE?  i         LEUCORRHCEA  OR  WHITES. 

Too  Profuse  Menses  and  Prolapsus  Uterl 

Especially    curative   for    Leucorrhgea  or  Whites,   thick, 
yellowish.  cream,H%ke  or  brownish  discharge,  worse  before  and 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  507 

after  the  menses^  wild  or  excoriating,  attended  with  weak- 
ness and  debility,  alone  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Ten. — 
Bearing  down  pains,  sensation  as  if  everything  would  be 
pressed  out. — Prolapsus  Uterl — Too  Profuse  Menses. — Too 
Frequent  Menses,  in  alternation  with  No.  Ten. — Too  Long 
Continued  Menses,  inducing  weakness  and  prostration,  often 
in  alternation  with  No.  Ten^  or  No.  Twenty-Foiir. — 
Ulceration  of  the  womb. — Compare  Nos.  Eleven^  Thirty- 
One  and  Thirty-Two. 

Cubes   f  CEOUP. 

Hoarse  Cough,  Oppressed,  Stridulous  Respiration. 

Especially  suitable  for  all  diseases  or  morbid  conditions 
of  the  Larynx  and  Trachea. — Hoarse  Cough,  barking,  or 
with  constant  inclination  to  cough;  and  pain,  soreness,  or 
irritation  in  the  throat  or  larynx. — Hoarse,  Croupy  Cough  in 
children. — Croup,  with  hoarse,  harking  cough,  high  fever,  and 
difficult,  oppressed,  or  stridulous  breathing,  in  alternation 
with  No.  One. — Cough  with  whispering  or  hoarse  voice, 
emaciation,  soreness  of  the  throat  or  larynx. — Chronic  Laryn- 
gitis, with  hoarse  or  whispering  unequal  voice;  frequent 
cough,  with  scanty  expectoration,  yellow,  frothy,  or  some- 
times blood-stained,  sense  of  soreness,  scraping,  and  rough- 
ness, as  if  the  larynx  was  excoriated;  emaciation  and 
evening  fever,  often  in  alternation  with  No.  Seven, — 
Spasmodic  or  asthmatic  oppression  of  the  chest,  compare 
No.    Twenty-One. 

^CuE^Ef  \  ERUPTIONS  OF  THE  SKIN. 

Erysipelas,    Eczema,  Tetters,  Salt  Rheum,  Scald-head. 

Curative  for  all  Acute,  and  even  Chronic  Eruptions  of  the 
skin,  especially  Eczema,  minute  pimples  upon  a  red  or  in- 
flamed   surface,    drv  or   with  exudation   of    serum    with 


508  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

itching  and  burning  and  subsequent  scabs  or  crusts.-  - 
Erysipelas,  with  red  swelling,  itching  or  burning;  in- 
flamed surface,  or  with  eruption  of  blisters  or  vesicles; 
with  high  fever  and  quick  pulse;  or  with  deep  red 
swelling  of  the  surface  and  prostration,  sometimes  in  alter- 
nation with  No.  One. — Nettle  Rash,  with  large,  red  or  white, 
raised,  itching,  wheats *or  blotches,  like  mosquito  biteS;  with 
itching  and  burning. — Acne  or  pimples  on  the  forehead  and 
face  of  young  people,  often  in  alternation  with  No.  Tllirty- 
Five. — Salt  Rheum,  with  chapped,  rough,  scaly  hands,  or 
other  parts,  often  sore  or  bleeding. — Crusta  Lacta,  or  milk 
crusts  in  children,  with  eruption  of  reddish  vesicles,  which 
discharge,  forming  yellow,  and  sometimes  thick,  brownish 
trusts  on  the  face,  forehead,  or  cheeks. — Old,  obstinate 
eruptions  of  the  legs  or  body. — Red,  itching  eruption  in  the 
hairy  part  of  the  face,  whiskers  and  beard,  often  forming 
thickish  crusts. — Barbers'  Itch. — Scald  Head,  with  eruption 
of  moist  vesicles  upon  the  hairy  scalp,  which  discharge 
yellow  matter,  form  thick  crusts,  excoriating  the  surface, 
and  denuding  the  hair,  or  with  dry,  scurfy  eruptions  and 
dandruff. — Thick,  dark,  swarthy  complexion. — Old  ulcers  on 
the  legs,  unsightly,  with  bluish  border,  and  lardaceous 
bottom, « or  with  erysipelatous  redness  around  them — con- 
sult also  No.  Twenty-Two  and  No.  Twenty-Three. 
— Crusty  or  scaly  eruptions  coming  out  in  patches,  with 
bran-like  scurf,  or  forming  crusts^ — Itching  of  the  Skin, 
where  it  unites  with  the  mucus  membrane,  as  at  the  annus. 
— Mange  or  itching,  inducing  rubbing  or  scratching  in  lap 
or  house  dogs. 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  50t^ 

^CuE*?l  RHEUMATISM. 

Pain,  Lameness,  Soreness,  Stiffness. 

Especially  curative  for  all  forms  of  Rheumatism  or  Rheu- 
matic  Pains. — also  for  some  forms  of  Neuralgia  or  Nervous 
pains. — For  Acute  Rheumatism,  with  lameness,  stiffness,  red 
and  hot,  or  pale  swelling  of  the  affected  part,  intolerable 
pain  on  moving,  with  fever  and  scanty  secretions,  often  in 
alternation  with  No.  One. — Chronic  Rheumatism  with  lame- 
ness, stiffness,  pain,  and  even  curvature  of  the  affected  part, 
principally  involving  the  joints  and  tendons. — Old,  Gouty, 
or  Rheu^iatic  enlargements  of  the  joints,  with  occasional 
paroxysms  of  pain,  swelling  and  tenderness. — Chronic  stiff- 
ness of  the  joints. — Lameness  of  the  joints. — Soreness  of  the 
integuments  as  if  bruised.  Compare  No.  One. — Lumbago, 
with  pain  and  lameness  across  the  loins  or  back,  worse  when 
attempting  to  walk,  and  sometimes  forbidding  an  erect  pos- 
ture in  walking. — Dull,  heavy  pains  or  aching  in  the  loins 
or  back,  night  and  day. — Pain  in  the  side  or  chest,  along  the 
intercostal  muscles,  (between  the  ribs)  worse  on  moving,  or 
deep  breathing,  or  by  pressing  along  the  affected  part. — 
Pain  in  the  shoulder,  extending  downwards  even  to  the  elbow 
or  hand. — Painful  lameness  and  stiffness  of  the  nape  or  side 
of  the  neck. — Sciatic  Rheumatism  with  acute  pain  in  the  hip, 
at  times  extending  to  the  thigh,  leg  or  foot  of  the  affected 
Bide.     See  also  No.  One. 

CuREs^  [  FEVER  AND  AGUE. 

Intermittent  Fever,  Malaria,  Dumb  Ague,  Old  Agues. 

Promptly  curative  for  Intermittent  or  Miasmatic  Fevers. 
■ — Prevention  of  Intermittent  fevers  by  persons  residing  in 
malarious  districts. — Malaria  with  coated  tongue,  offensive 
breath,  bad  or  bitter  taste,  no  appetite,  dullness,  easy  fatigue, 
chilliness  and  constipation,  vague  pains  or    pains  in  the 


510  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

back,  loins  or  limbs,  often  the  forming  stage  of  intermittent 
Fevers  ;  alone  or  in  alternation  with  No.  Ten  which  see. — 
Fever  and  Ague  wdth  cold  chills,  with  thirst,  backache,  and 
pain  in  the  limbs;  heat,  with  thirst,  headache,  even  delirium, 
followed  by  perspiration. — Fever  and  Ague;  chills,  with 
blue  nails,  chattering  teeth,  thirst,  pain  in  back  or  limbs; 
heat  with  headache,  sleeplessness,  and  followed  by  long-last- 
ing perspiration. — Fever  and  ague,  with  chills  returning  every 
day. — Fever  and  Ague  with  chills  returning  every  second 
day. — Old,  partly  suppressed  agues,  with  chills  returning 
irregularly,  but  with  continuing  weak  digestion,  muscular 
debility,  frequent  bloating,  bad  taste,  impaired  appetite, 
irregular  bowels,  scanty,  red  urine,  and  general  prostration 
of  the  system. — Old  Agues  maltreated  by  quinine,  arsenic, 
cholagogue,  or  other  nostrums. — Bloating,  with  enlarge- 
ment and  hardness  of  the  spleen,  (ague  cake,)  in  conse- 
quence of  the  ague. — Bloating  of  the  abdomen,  and  even 
the  entire  body  from  the  abuse  of  quinine. — Has  been  used 
efficiently  in  low  forms  of  fever,  approaching  Typhus,  or 
Typhoid,  in  alternation  with  No.  One. 

J|^*"ln  all  cases  of  delaying  cure  of  Malaria  or  Malarial 
Fevers  with  No.  Sixteen^  alternate  with  the  No.  Ten. 

^CubeJ  }  PILES  OE  HEMORRHOIDS. 

External  or  Internal,  Blind  or  Bleeding. 

Especially  curative  of  aU  engorgements  of  the  venous 
circulation,  and  morbid  conditions  growing  out  of  them. 

Piles  with  sensation  as  if  a  stick  or  hard  substance  were 
in  the  rectum. — Piles  with  large,  blue  or  red  tumors,  which 
come  down  at  every  stool,  are  returned  with  difficulty  and 
occasionally  bleed,  affording  temporary  relief. — Large,  red 
or  bluish  tumors  situated  at  the  edge  of  the  anus,  intensely 
sore  and  painful  to  pressure.— Bleeding  Piles,  which  bleed 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  511 

at   almost  every  stool,  and  often  at  other  times,  attended 

with  weakness,  debility  and  broken-back  like  sensation. — 
Piles  with  prolapsus  of  the  rectum  at  every  stool. — Mucus 
piles. — Itching  of  the  anus,  with  occasional  discharge  of 
mucus,  see  also  No.  Fourteen. — Internal  Piles  with 
painful  soreness  or  lameness  in  the  sacral  region,  painful, 
narrow  and  at  times  bloody  stools. — Hemorrhoidal  colic. — 
Constipation  uoith  piles,  alternate  No.  Teil^  with  No. 
Seventeen. — All  cases  of  Chronic  Piles  are  cured  by 
the  use  of  No.  Seventeen  and  No.  Ten  in  alternation. 
— In  all  cases  of  Piles  attended  with  heat  or  inflammation 
alternate  No.  One  with  No.  Seventeen^ — and  apply 
Humphreys*  Witch  Hazel  Oil. 

^Gvli  \  OPHTHALIVIY. 

Inflamed  Eyes  or  Eyelids,  Weak  Sight. 

Especially  adapted  to  all  morbid  conditions  of  the 
organs  of  sight. — Acute  inflammation  of  the  Eyes  with  in- 
jected vessels  of  the  conjunctiva,  intolerance  of  light,  flow  of 
hot,  scalding  tears. — Old  Ophthalmias  with  injection,  and 
even  ulceration  of  the  conjunctiva,  or  cornea,  cloudy  opacity 
of  the  cornea,  dimness  of  sight,  redness  of  the  lids,  and  fre- 
quent agglutination  in  alternation  with  No.  Thirty- Five. 
— InflammatioNjRedness,  swelling  or  thickening  of  the  eye- 
lids, in  alternation  with  No.  Twenty-Three. — Inflamma- 
tion AND  Thickening  of  the  margin  of  the  eyelids,  denuding 
the  eyelashes. — Styes  on  the  eyelids. — Small,  painless  tumors 
in  the  eyelids. — Profuse  flow  of  tears,  overflowing  the  eyelids 
when  in  the  open  air,  or  exposed  to  the  wind. — Acute  in- 
flammation or  irritation  of  the  eyes  should  also  be  bathed 
with  a  lotion  made  of  Humphreys'  Witch  Hazel,  one  part 
to  six  parts  of  water. — Premature  weakness  of  sight,  or  in 
consequence  of  over-taxing  of  the  eyes  in  reading,  or  fin* 


512  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

work,  or  when  the  system  was  weak. — Threatened  amaurosis. 
— Easy  fatigue  of  the  eyes  from  reading  or  similar  effect. — 
Intolerance  of  light. 


Cubes    }  CATAKKH. 


No.  19 

Dry  or  Flowing,  Acute  or  Chronic  Influenza. 


Especially  adapted  to  affections  of  the  mucus  mem- 
branes, and  to  the  periosteal  covering  of  the  bones  of  the 
nasal  passages.  Influenza,  with  sneezing,  flow  of  hot 
mucus  from  the  nose  and  eyes,  cough  with  sore  throat,  and 
hoarse,  rough,  scraping  sensation  in  the  bronchia  or  chest, 
feverishness  and  prostration. — Catarrh,  with  profuse  dis- 
charge of  thick,  yellow,  or  sometimes  bloody  mucus,  ob- 
structed nose,  or  flowing  from  the  nose,  with  constant 
dropping  into  the  throat,  deficient,  or  sometimes  even  entire 
loss  of  smell. — Catarrh,  with  impaired  sense  of  hearing,  taste 
and  smell. — Catarrh,  with  occasional  discharge  of  thick  plugs 
of  mucus  from  the  nose  or  throat. — Catarrh,  with  soreness 
of  the  nostrils,  crusts  or  scabs  forming  in  them,  with  occa- 
sional bleeding. — Old  Ozaena,  with  sore  nostrils,  yellow  or 
brownish,  thick.  Offensive  Discharge,  with  offensive  breath, 
loss  of  smell  or  even  of  taste,  obstructed  nose,  and  some- 
times nasal  voice. — Offensive  Breath,  with  catarrh. — Cough, 
with  profuse  discharge  from  the  nose,  and  copious  expec- 
toration.— Loose  Catarrhal  cough  in  children. — Old  Syphil- 
itic Affections  of  the  nasal  bones  and  throat,  with  soreness, 
and  copious,  brownish  or  yellowish,  offensive  discharge. 


No.  20 

Cures 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  513 

[  WHOOPING  COUGH. 

Irritating  Spasmodic  and  Convulsive  Coughs. 


Especially  curative  for  irritative  and  spasmodic  coughs. — 
Spasmodic  cough,  coming  on  in  frequent  paroxysms,  from 
tickling,  or  a  suffocative  sensation  in  the  larynx  or  throat. — 
Dry,  Spasmodic  cough,  with  inclination  to  vomit  — Vomiting 
oifood  or  mucus  during  the  cough,  and  afterwards. — Feeling 
as  of  crawling,  or  of  down  or  feathers  in  the  throat,  causing 
one  to  cough. — Whooping  Cough,  with  frequently  returning 
paroxysmvS,  consisting  of  a  succession  of  shocks,  followed  by  a 
deep  inhalation  or  whoop,  loss  of  breath,  with  blueish  face, 
vomiting,  raising  of  mucus,  and  sometimes  convulsive  stiff- 
ening of  the  limbs,  or  holding  back  of  the  head. — Convulsions 
icifh  the  cough. — Old  sjjasmodic  cough,  which  seem  to  take  the 
breath  away. — Cough,  ivith  bleeding  from  the  nose,  or  wdth 
expectoration  streaked  with  blood. — Suffocative  Jits  during 
Jie  cough. — Compare  also  Nos.  Seveii^  Thirteen  and 
Tweiity-Oue. 


No.  21 

Curbs 


[  ASTHMA. 

Difficult  Respiration,  Cough  and  Expectoration. 


Curative  for  oppressed,  difficult  labored  respiration — sensa- 
tion of  heaviness,  fullness  and  weight  in  the  chest. — Attacks 
OF  Asthma,  with  labored,  difficult,  sighing  respiration,  and 
cough,  at  first  dry,  irritating  with  scanty,  and  gradually  with 
more  copious  expectoration  with  relief. — Humid  Asthma, 
with  copious  expectoration. — Labored,  difficult,  or  oppressed 
respiration,  with  throbbing  or  palpitation  of  the  heart. — 
Palpitation  of  the  Heart  with  oppression  of  the  chest-  —Cough, 
with  oppression  of  the  chest. — Dry,  irritating  cough,  as  if 
from  down  or  feathers  in  the  throat. — Old,  Chronic  Asthma^ 
with  frequently  recurring  attacks,  excited  by  exposure,  over- 


514  PRACTICAL   AINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

effort,  or  mental  emotious. — Compare  for  Asthma  No.  Six, 
and  also  Nos.  Seveii^  Thirteen  and  Twenty,  and  for 
Asthma  with  heart  troubles,  No.  Thirty-Two. 

^CuS  [  EAR  DISCHAEGES. 

Earache,  Noise  in  the  Head,  Deafness. 

Especially  applicable  for  all  affections  of  the  organs  of 
hearing y  likewise  for  many  morbid  conditions  and  diseases 
of  the  osseous  or  hony  system,  and  of  mucus  surfaces. — Ear- 
ache.— Inflammation  of  the  internal  ear,  with  redness, 
swelling,  extreme  sensitiveness  of  the  part,  and  pain  involv- 
ing the  entire  side  of  the  head. — Noises,  humming,  roaring, 
buzzing  or  chirping  in  the  ear. — Hardness  of  hearing,  with 
noises  in  the  head. — Discharge  from  the  ear,  the  result 
of  Scarlet  Fever,  Measles,  or  from  frequent  inflammations. 
— Old  offensive  discharges  from  the  ear,  with  hardness  of 
hearing. — Enlargement  of  the  glands  of  the  neck  in  chil- 
dren or  scrofulous  persons. —  Scrofulous  ulcers  of  the  neck, 
or  old  ulcers  of  the  legs  of  scrofulous  subjects. — Intractable 
ulcers  or  sores,  slow  to  heal. — Carries  or  necrosis  of  the  hones, 
— Wetting  the  Bed  in  weakly,  feeble  or  scrofulous  children, 
in  alternation  with  No.  Thirty. 

Slow  growth  and  deficient  ossific  development  and  conse- 
quent weakness  of  children  or  young  persons. 

^CuB?f  I        '  SCKOFULOUS  AFFECTIONS. 

Enlarged  Glands,  Tonsils,  Old  Ulcers. 

Suitable  and  curative  for  a  variety  of  scrofulous  develop- 
ments, such  as:  Enlargement  of  the  Tonsils,  filling  up  the 
passage  and  embarassing  the  respiration  and  even  the 
deglutition  in  alternation  with  No.  Tllil'tyFive. — Scrof- 
ulous enlargements  of  the  glands  beneath  the  jaw  or  ear  and 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  515 

upon  the  neck. — Enlargement  of  the  glands  beneath  the  arm- 
pit, sometimes  with  inflammation,  pain  and  suppuration. — 
Firvii  hard  enlofrgement  of  the  glands  like  knots  about  the 
neck. — Gold  swellings,  or  tumors. — Tendency  to  obesity  or 
over  fatness. — Offensive  breath  of  young  persons. — Offensive 
perspiration  of  the  feet, — Boils. — Carbuncles,  with  large,  hard, 
jDurple  swelling,  ichorous  discharge,  with  anguish  and  gen- 
eral prostration  in  alternation  with  No.  One. — AVhitlow  or 
Felon. — Inflammation  and  ulceration  at  the  root  of  the  nail, 
with  severe  throbbing  pain,  or  suppuration,  (see  also  No. 
Twenty-Two.) — Old,  scaly  eruption  on  the  legs  of  scrofu- 
lous subjects. — Compare  No.  Tweiity-Two. 

No.  Twenty-Two  may  in  almost  all  chronic  cases  be 
given  with  advantage  in  alternation  with  No.  Twenty- 
Three. 


^CuR^f  [  GENEEAL  DEBILITY. 

Physical  and  Nervous  Weakness. 

Curative  for  Debility  in  consequence  of  sever e,  acute  dis- 
eases, or  in  consequence  of  debilitating  discharges,  or  loss  of 
blood,  or  in  consequence  of  mental  excitement  or  over-work. — 
General  trending  feeling. — Feeling  of  weakness  and  instability 
on  walking. — Easily  excited,  or  made  nervous  while  at  work. 
— Perspiration  on  going  to  sleep. — Easy  perspiration  upon 
attempting  labor  or  even  on  moderate  exercise. — General  pros- 
tration,  with  feeble  digestion,  coated  tongue,  bad  taste  and 
deficient  appetite. — Lassitude,  tired,  weary  feeling  on  wakino 
in  the  morning,  as  if  one  had  not  slept  enough. — Easy 
fatigue  from  bodily  effort. — Pale,  bloodless  lips,  and  pale 
face. — Constipated  habit. — Yellow  or  earthy  face  or  skin. — - 
Compare  No.  Twenty-Eight  for  Nervous  Debility. 


516  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFIOa 

^Cv^^s  \  DEOPSY. 

Fluid  Accumulations  with  Scanty  Secretions. 

Appropriate  for  anasarca  or  general  dropsy,  or  with  doughy 
or  easily  pitting  swelling  of  the  body  and  limbs,  especially 
the  more  depending  portions. — Dropsical  swelling  of  the  legs 
and  feet,  which  pit  on  pressure. — Dropsy  of  the  Chest,  with 
turns  of  labored,  difficult  breathing,  inability  to  lie  down, 
swelling  of  the  feet  and  legs,  or  depending  portions,  and 
scanty  secretion  of  urine. — Dropsy  from  Bright's  Disease  of 
the  Kidneys,  either  fugitive  swelling  in  various  parts  of  the 
body  or  face ,  or  permanent,  doughy  swelling  ^i  the  feet  and 
legs,  with  scanty,  thick,  pale,  sedimentitious,  or  frothy  albu- 
minous urine,  (in  alternation  with  No.  Twenty- Seven.) — 
Hydrocephalus  of  children. — Ascites  or  abdominal  dropsy, 
with  immense  distention,  and  doughy  swelling  of  the  feet 
and  legs,  and  scanty  secretion  of  urine. — Ovarian  dropsy. — 
Suppressed  or  scanty  secretion  of  urine. — Copious,  pale, 
albuminous  urine. — Compare  No.  Twenty-Seven. 


^CuB^f  [  SEA  SICKNESS. 

Vertigo,  Nausea,  Vomiting. 

Curative  for  Swimming  of  the  head,  or  vertigo,  qualmish- 
ness, nausea,  vomiting  with  sinking  sensation,  prostration 
and  distress. — Sea  Sickness,  with  constant  nausea,  vomiting, 
and  utter  prostration. — Nausea,  and  even  vomiting,  from  riding 
in  a  carriage,  or  on  a  raiYroad  -Morning  Sickness  of  pregnant 
women. — Lumbago,  pain,  and  weakness  in  the  loins,  which 
does  not  permit  standing  upright,  (see  also  No.  Fifteen.) — 
Paralysis  of  the  lower  extremities. — Paralytic  weakness  of 
the  loins  and  back.  — Compare  ^>  o.  Six. 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  517 

^C^^J  [  KIDNEY  DISEASES. 

Painful,  Retarded  or  Scanty  Urination,  Gravel, 

Bright's  Kidney. 

This  specific  is  curative  for  affections  of  the  kidneys, 
and  urinary  organs  manifested  by: — Pain,  uneasiness  or 
lameness  in  the  loins  or  kidney  region,  thick,  muddy,  or 
sedimentitioua  urine,  occasional  deposits  of  sand,  gravel,  or 
reddish  brick-dust,  or  white,  pus-like  matter. — Renal  colic, 
with  violent  pain  in  the  back,  extending  forward  and  down- 
ward, or  involving  the  entire  abdomen,  sometimes  with  re- 
traction of  the  testicle,  and  scanty  or  blood-stained  urine. — 
Renal  Calcull — Difficult  urination,  with  slow,  interrupted 
stream,  sometimes  attended  with  great  pain  and  distress. — 
Too  FREQUENT  uriuatiou. — Must  rise  several  times  in  the 
night  to  urinate. — Enuresis  or  too  frequent  urination  of  old 
people. — Old  disorganizations  of  the  kidneys. — Strangury, 
with  urgent  desire  and  discharge  of  mucus,  or  of  white,  thick 
deposit. — Burning  while  passing  the  water. — Bloody  Uritta- 
tion,     discharge    of    urine     mixed     with     blood. — Compare 

No.  Thirty. 


518  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

^CuE^f  1  NERVOUS  DEBILITY. 

Seminal  Weakness,  Deficient  Energy. 

Specific  for  all  conditions  arising  from  exhaustion  of  the 
vital  powers,  loss  of  vital  fluids,  excessive  drains,  or  mental  or 
physical  over-taxing  the  system. — Consequences  of  youthful 
VICES,  indiscretion  or  self  abuse,  manifested  by: — Easy  forget- 
fulness,  irresolution,  shame facedness,  avoidance  of  society, 
love  of  solitude,  pale  face,  depression,  gloomy,  taciturn 
mood,  loathing  of  life  and  great  bodily  weakness,  repugnance 
to  exercise,  or  physical  or  mental  eifort. — Frequent,  involun- 
tary, discharges,  with  lascivious  dreams,  followed  by  increas- 
ing prostration. — Pollutions  from  relaxed  organs. — Emission 
too  soon,  too  rapid. — Weakness  of  the  sexual  organs,  with 
deficient  power. — Debility  of  the  organs  in  consequence  of 
excesses. — Mental  alienation,  caused  by  self  abuse. — Com- 
pare No.  Twenty-Four. 


^CuR^f  \  APTH^  OE  SORE  MOUTH. 

Canker,  Ulcerated  Lips. 

Curative  for  the  Sore  Mouth  of  Infants,  consisting  ot 
minute  red  points,  which  soften,  leaving  white  patches  oi 
ulceration,  which  often  extend  over  large  surfaces,  attended 
with  soreness,  scalding  and  burning. — Sensation  as  if  tlie 
mouth  and  tongue  had  been  scalded  with  hot  tea. — Apthae 
of  adults,  or  patches  of  ulceration  on  the  tongue,  lips,  or  in- 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  519 

side  the  cheek,  witli  flow  of  water,  soreness  and  burning  of 
the  affected  part. — Sore  mouth  of  nursing  women. — Mercurial 
AND  Syphilitic  scre  mouth,  almost  the  entire  buccal  cavity  is 
raw  and  sore,  as  if  excoriated — hot,  scalding  and  burning. — 
Obstinate  Intermitting  Fevers,  with  predominating  head- 
ache during  the  paroxysm,  after  or  in  alternation  with  No. 
Sixteen. —  Ulceration  of  the  corners  of  the  mouth. — Sore, 
ulcerated  or  chapped  lips. — Tetter-like  eruption  around  the 
mouth. — Tardiness  of  children  in  learning  to  talk,  from 
difficulty  in  using  the  tongue. 

^CuREs^  [  UKINAEY  INCONTINENCE. 

Frequent,    Painful    or    Scalding. 

Curative  especially  for  Inflammatory  or  sub-inflammatory 
conditions  of  the  urinary  organs. — Inflammation  of  the  Kid- 
neys, with  fever,  pain  across  the  loins,  frequent  discharge  of 
hot,  dark  red,  or  even  bloody  urine,  attended  with  burning 
and  pain,  which  often  extends  down  the  inside  of  the  limb, 
may  alternate  with  No.  One. — Constant  desire  to  pass 
water,  and  inability  to  retain  it. — Inflammation  of  the 
Bladder,  with  pain  in  front  over  the  pubes,  constant  desire 
to  pass  water,  and  painful  discharge  of  scanty,  high-colored, 
or  even  bloody  urine. — Fiiiitless  straining,  passing  only  a 
few  drops  at  a  time. —  Urine  loaded  with  mucus  or  pus. — 
Inflammation  of  the  Urethra  (Gonorrhcea)  with  frequent, 
scalding,  burning  urination,  and  inability  to  retain  it;  dis- 
charge of  thick,  yellow  matter  from  the  urethra,  and  swell- 
ing of  the  pepuce. — (For  recent  severe  cases  send  for  Anchor 
Specific,  large  vial  of  fluid,  jDrice  $2.00.) — Discharge  of  thickj 
VELLOW,  or  whitish  matter  from  the  urethra,  with  slight  scald 
ing  or  irritation. — Wetting  the  Bed,  Nightly  Urinarv  In 
CONTINENCE  in  children,  or  even  older  persons; — Cases  oi 
incontinence  in  verminous  children  may  also  require  No. 
Two,    or  scrofulous  subjects  may  also  require  the    No* 


520  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICSc 


^CuREs^  [  PAINFUL  MENSES. 

Hysteria,   Pruritis,    Spasms. 

Curative  for  a  variety  of  forms  of  Dysmenorrhoea  or  painful 
menstruaiion  and  Hysteria  such  as:  Painful  pressure  and 
ajearing  down,  before  and  during  the  menses,  with  extreme 
sensibility  of  the  parts. — Cramps,  or  even  General  Spasms  at 
the  commencement  of  the  period. — Cutting -psbins  like  those  of 
labor  before  the  menses. — Voluptuous  crawling,  itching  and 
irritation  of  the  organs,  almost  driving  one  to  distrac- 
tion.— Delaying  or  suppressed  menses,  with  colic  or  cramping 
pains,  nausea,  spasm  of  the  chest,  and  cramps  or  convulsive 
movements  of  the  limbs. — Laughing,  crying,  or  h^^sterical 
movements  or  cramps,  at  the  commencement  of  the  monthly 
flow. — Too  COPIOUS  AND  LONG-CONTINUED  mcHscs,  witli  itcliing 
and  irritation  of  the  parts. — Too  Long  continued  menses, 
with  leucorrhoea  in  the  interval. — Too  early,  and  too  long- 
continued  menses. — Leucorrhcea  like  the  white  of  eggs. — Dis- 
colored, dirty-looking  leucorrhoea. — Compare  Nos.  Eleven^ 
Twelve  and  Thirty-Two. 


No.  32 

Curbs 


[  HEART  DISEASE. 

Palpitations,  Flushes,  Irregularities. 

Invaluable  for  Palpitation,  beating,  or  violent  throbbing  cf 
the  heart,  also  when  in  connection  with  irregularities. — Op- 
pression and  weight  in  the  chest. — Paralytic  heaviness  of  the 
chest,  as  if  one  could  not  get  the  air. — Palpitation  of  the 


PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS.  521 

heart. — Irregular  action  and  tumultuous  beating  of  the 
heart. — Painful  spasms  through  the  chest  and  heart,  with  a 
sinking,  death-like  sensation. — Rheumatism  of  the  heart. — 
Old  chronic  palpitations  or  disease  of  the  heart. — Compare  also 
No.  One. 

Indispensable  for  the  irregularities  and  accidents  incident 
to  the  climacteric  changes  of  women. — Headache  during  the 
menses. — Irregular  menstruation,  now  too  soon  and  too 
copious,  and  then  delayed  and  scanty. — Too  copious  menses, 
almost  like  flooding,  continuing  several  days,  and  inducing 
great  prostration. — Delayed  or  failing  menses,  with  vertigo, 
fullness  and  heat  of  the  head,  and  general  heaviness  of  the 
body. — Flushes  of  heat  suddenly  coming  over  one,  with  hot, 
red,  or  jDale  face,  and  then  vanishing  with  a  sense  of  faint- 
ness  and  perspiration. — Compare  Nos.  Eleven^    Twelve 

and  Tliirty-One. 

^CuK^f  [  EPILEPSY, 

Cramps,  Spasms,  Convulsions. 

Especially  curative  for  various  morbid  conditions  of  the 
nervous  and  cerebrospinal  systems. — Tuntchings  or  invol- 
untary movements  of  single  muscles  or  limbs. — Grimaces  of 
the  face,  or  strange  drawing  of  the  features  or  muscles. — 
Chorea  St.  Viti,  with  twitching  of  the  face,  arms  or  limbs; 
involuntary  movements,  jerks,  unsteady  walking,  dropping 
of  things,  and  nervous  excitability. — Convulsions  of  child- 
ren from  teething,  irritating  food,  fright  or  mental  excite- 
ment, with  holding  back  of  the  head,  rigid  and  then  convulsed 
arms  and  limbs,  purple  face,  frothing  at  the  mouth,  and 
unnoticed  evacuations. —  Cramps  or  spasms  of  single  limbs. — 
Easy  becomiAg  numbed,  or  going  to  sleep  of  (he  limbs. — Cataleptic 
stiffness  of  the  limbs  or  body. — Epilepsy,  with  cries,  falling 
down,  foaming  at  the  mouth,  convulsed  face  and  limbs,  re- 


522  PRACTICAL  HINTS  IN  USING  THE  SPECIFICS. 

tracted   thumbs,     and    involuntary  evacuations. — Paralytic 
numbness  and  insensibility  of  one  side,  or  of  single  limbs. 


^Cv?^  \  DIPHTHERIA. 

Quinsy  and  Ulcerated  Sore  Throat. 

Curative  for  Tonsilitis,  with  redness,  swelling  and  sting- 
ing pain  in  the  tonsils,  and  soft  parts,  difficult,  painful  de- 
glutition, fever  and  thirst,  often  in  alternation  with  No. 
One. — Painful,  difficult  swallowing. — Inability  to  open  the 
mouth  from  the  swelling,  choking  sensation  in  the  throat. — 
Quinsy,  with  redness,  swelling  and  inflammation  of  the 
entire  throat  and  fauces,  painful  or  impeded  deglutition,  the 
fluid  sometimes  returning  by  the  nose,  pain  in  the  head, 
fever  and  thick  coated  tongue  with  also  No.  One. — Ulcer- 
ated SORE  THROAT,  with  paiuful  or  impeded  deglutition,  ofifen- 
sive  breath,  and  discharge  from  the  throat;  heavy  coated 
tongue,  swelling  of  the  glands  of  the  neck,  fever  and  pros- 
tration.— Diphtheritic  sore  throat,  with  high  fever,  red  face, 
swelling  of  the  glands  of  the  neck,  unusual  prostration  of  the 
system,  headache,  fever.  Swelling  of  the  tonsils,  uvula,  and 
soft  parts,  which  are  covered  imth  dirty  patches  of  exudation 
in  alternation  with  No.  One. — Old  chronic,  often  returning, 
sore  throats. — Chronic  enlargement  and  induration  of  the  ton- 
sils, also  No.  Thirty-Five. — Compare  No.  One. 

^CuSf  1  CHKONIC  CONGESTIONS. 

Headaches  and  Eruptions. 

Curative  for  chronic  congestions,  heat,  fullness  and  pres- 
sure of  the  head. — Dizziness,  Vertigo,  and  swimming  of  the 
head. — Habitual  headaches. — Headache^  with  fullness,  pres- 


PRACTICAL    HINTS    IN    USING    THE    SPECIFICS.  523 

sure  or  pulsation  in  the  forehead,  or  on  one  side.^  Violent 
throbbings  or  stabbings  in  the  head. — Headache  from  study, 
over-work,  or  mental  effort  in  children. — Inflammation  of  the 
EYES  from  reading  o^  overtaxing  the  sight,  in  connection 
with  No.  Eighteen. — Scurfy  eruptions  on  the  head  of 
infants. — Humid,  scabby  eruption  or  tetter  on  various  parts 
with  burning,  see  also  No.  Fourteen. — Swelling  and  in- 
duration of  the  glands,  sometimes  with  pain  and  heat,  also 
No.  Twenty-Two. — Muscular  weakness. — Difficulty  of 
CHILDREN  IN  LEARNING  TO  WALK. — Retarded  closing  of  the  fon- 
tanel.— Irregular  or  slow  appearance  of  the  teeth. — Sleep- 
lessness IN  children;  retarded  sleep  and  restlessness  in 
adults,  from  nervousness  and  flow  of  ideas,  with  lassitude 
and  weariness  in  the  morning,  as  if  one  had  not  slept. — 
Too  early  and  too  long  continued  menses  in  women. — Too 
COPIOUS  or  excessive  menses,  also  Nos.  Ten  and  Twelve. — 
Prolapsus  uteri,  constant  and  bearing  down. — Leucorrhcea. — 
Cough  with  pain  in  the  side. — Cough  with  pain  and  oppres- 
sion of  the  chest,  and  copious  expectoration. — Suspicious 
COUGHS  in  young,  delicate,  consumptive  subjects.  —  Constant 
liability  to  take  cold  from  slight  exposure. — Compare  Nos. 
One  and  Nine. 


■y  "JF     DR.    HUMPHREYS'  ^^  E^  I  D 

£     i  NEW    SPECIFIC    FOR    Wl  Om  1 1^ 

"With  all  its  symptoms  of  Influenza,  Catarrh,  Pains  and  Soreness  in 
Head   and   Chest,  Cough,  Sore  Throat   and  general  Prostration  and 

^rice,  25  Oeants. 

lor  Sale  by  all  Druggists,  or  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price. 

HUMPHREYS'  MEDICINE  CO.,  Cor.  William  &  John  Sts.,  N.  Y. 


524  THE    GOLDEN    DOUCHE. 

«  O.  D.''  THE  GOLDEN  DOUCHE. 

Cures  Leucorrhea ;  Pruritus ;  Prolapsus  Uteri  (*' Falling, "" 
or  ''Bearing  Down  "  of  the  Womb) ;  Old  Irritations;  Ulcera- 
tions and  Incipient  Degenerations  of  the  Tissues,  common 
to  the  female  sex. 

Many  ladies  who  have  experienced  relief  from  the  use  oT 
our  Specifics,  Nos.  10  and  12,  in  complaints  peculiar  to  their 
sex,  have  felt  the  need  of  some  Homeopathic  Eemedy  for 
use  as  a  vaginal  injection,  in  aid  of  the  internal  remedies. 
The  Golden  Douche  has  therefore  been  prepared  by  Dr. 
Humphreys  especially  to  meet  this  long-felt  want;  and  it 
has  been  found  by  its  active  local  curative  effects  greatly 
to  aid  the  action  of  the  Specifics. 

Used  as  a  vaginal  injection^  or  applied  directly  to  the 
parts,  it  affords  prompt  relief  and  Comfort;  imparts  tone 

AND  HEALTHY  VIGOR;  ARRESTS  UNHEALTHY  AND  IRRITATING 
DISCHARGES ;  HEALS  ULCERATIONS ;  AND  CHECKS  DEGENERATION 
OF  TISSUES  WHICH  OTHERWISE  WOULD  RESULT  IN  TUMORS, 
MORBID  GROWTH  AND  EVEN  CANCERS. 

The  Golden  Douche  (CJ.  I>.)  may  be  had  of  dealers,  or 
will  be  sent  free  on  receipt  of  $1.00.    Syringe,  25c. 


HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  SPECIFICS, 

PRICE  OF  SINaixE  YIALS. 

Small  Lrxpe 

No.                                                                                      CURES.                                                       Vials.  vials. 

1.  Fever,  Congrestion,  Inflammations *J5  50 

2.  Worm  Fever,   Worm  Colic,  or  Disease 25  50 

3.  Colic,  Crying  and  Wakefulness  of  Infants 25  60 

4.  Diarrhea  of  Children  and  Adults 25  50 

6.    Dysentery,    Griping,  Bilious  Colic 25  50 

6.  Cholera,   Cholera  Morbus,  Nausea,  Vomiting 25  50 

7.  Coughs,  Colds,  Hoarseness,  Bronchitis 25  50   . 

8.  Toothache,    Faceache,  Neuralgia 25  60 

9.  Headaches,  Sick  Headaches,  Vertigo 25  50 

10.    Dyspepsia,   Deranged  Stomach,  Costiveness 25  50 

lie    Suppressed  Menses.   Scanty  or  Delaying 25  50 

12.  LeucorrhcEa,  Bearing  Down,  Profuse  Periods 25  50 

13.  Croup,  Hoarse  Cough,  Difficult  Breathing 25  50 

14.  8alt  Rheum.  Eruptions,  Erjsipelas 25  50 

15.  Rheumatism,    Pain  in  Side,  Back,  or  Limbs 25  50 

16.  Fever  and  Ague,  Intermittent  Fever 25  50 

17.  Piles,  Internal  or  External,  Blind  or  Bleeding 25  50 

18.  Ophthalmy,  Weak  or  Inflamed  Eyes 25  50 

lf>.    Catarrh,  Acute  or  Chronic;   Dry  or  Flowing 25  50 

20.  Whooping  Cough,  Spasmodic  Cough 25  50 

21.  Asthma,  Oppressed,  Difficult  Breathing 25  50 

22.  Ear  Discharges,  Hardness  of  Hearing 25  50 

23.  Scrofula,  Swellings  and  Ulcers 25  50 

24.  General  Debility,   or  Physical  Weakness 25  50 

25.  Dropsy,  Fluid  Accumulations 25  50 

26.  Sea  Sickness,  Nausea,  Vomiting 25  50 

27.  Urinary  Disease,  Gravel,  Renal  Calculi 25  50 

28.  Nervous  Debility,  Weakness,  Involuntary  Discharges 1   00 

Package,  containing  Five  ^1  Vials  of  Pellets,  and 

aS2  Vial  of  Powder 5  OO 

29.  Sore  Mouth,  or  Canker 35  50 

30.  Urinary  Incontinence,  Wetting  the  Bed 25  50 

21.    Painful  Menses,  Pruritus 25  60 

32.  Change  of  Life  .  Disease  of  the  Heart 1  00 

33.  Epilepsy  and  Spasms,  St.  Vitus'  Dance 1  OO 

34      Diphtheria,  or  Ulcerated  Sore  Throat 25  50 

35.    Chronic  Congestions,  Headaches 25  50 

■y  "y     DR.    HUMPHREYS*  ^%  ^^  1  ^^ 

§     §  NEW    SPECIFIC    FOR    ^^  |m  1 1^ 

With  all  its  symptoms  of  Influenza,  Catarrh,  Pains  and  Soreness  in 
Head  and  Chest,  Cough,  Sore  Throat  and  general  Prostration  and 
Fever. 

I=^rice,  25  Oents. 

Tor  Sale  by  all  Druggists,  or  sent  prepaid  on  receipt  of  price. 

HUMPHREYS'  MEDICINE  CO.,  Cor.  William  &  John  Sts.,  N.  Y. 


FAMILY  CHESTS. 

No. 

1.  Case^  Polished  Black  Walnut,  36  Vials 
Specifics,  accompanied  by  Dr.  Humphreys' 
Mentor  (500  pages)  -  -  $10.00 

5.  Case^  contains  20  Vials  Specifics,  with  the 

Mentor  -  .  -  -  5.00 

7.  Pocket  Case,  Morocco,  20  Vials  Specifics  and 

Mentor  .  -  -  .  8.00 

8.  Pocket  Case,  contains  10  Vials  Specifics  and 

Manual  .  -  -  -  3.50 

13.  With   36    Large    gcrewtop    Flasks  of 

Specifics,    Walnut    Case,    with   Dr.    Hum- 
phreys' Mentor  -  -  -  20.00 

14.  With  12  Large  Screwtop  Flasks  Spe- 

cifics, with  Mentor        -        .        .       9.00 

ALL  CASES  SENT  PREPAID  ON  RECEIPT  OF  PRICE, 


MEDICINES  BY  MAIL  OR  EXPRESS. 

It  has  been  a  feature  of  Dr.  Humphreys'  Specifics  from  tho 
first,  to  send  them  in  any  quantity,  from  a  single  vial,  to  a  full  cash 
OB  BOX,  to  any  address,  on  receipt  of  price.  Thus  any  one  may  ob- 
tain them,  if  not  at  the  dealers,  then  by  post  from  the  nearest  office. 
In  ordering  cases,  it  is  expected  that  the  same  shall  be  put  up  with 
numbers  running  consecutivel3%  Should,  however,  there  be  one  or 
two  not  required,  they  may  be  omitted  and  other  numbers  of  tho 
same  price  substituted.  Write  the  order  plainly  and  inclose  Money 
Order  or  Register  the  letter  for  safety. 


Wk  caution  our  customers  against  purchasing  our  Specifics  in 
bottles  unwra])ped  and  unsealed,  or  from  having  vials  refilled  by 
dealers,  as  we  cannot  be  responsible  for  the  medicines  purchased  in 
such  cases. 

HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE  CO. 

COB.  WILLIAM  AND  JOHN  SIS.,  NEW  YOBK. 


CASE  No.  11. 


CASE  No.  1. 


CASE  No.  2< 


CASE  No.  4.  CASE  No.  i. 

For  prices,  sec  -preceding  page»J 


HUMPHREYS' 

HOMEOPATHIC 


FOR  THE  CURE  OF 


Soxses,  Sheep,  Cattle,  Dogs,  Hogs  and  Foultrj. 


-<^5^r;^^>o4B^- 


The  greatest  improvement  of  the  day  is  the  treatment  of  sick  Ani- 
liALs  by  Homeopathic  Treatment.  All  diseases  of  all  kinds  of  Do- 
mestic Animals,  Horses,  Cattle,  Sheep,  Hogs  and  Dogs,  as  well  as 
poultry  and  Birds,  are  cured  by  Specific  Homeopathic  Veterinary 
Medicines  with  a  promptness,  certainty  and  ease  truly  astonishing. 

Instead  of  the  crude,  unnatural  means  employed  by  the  old  school, 
the  bottling,  balling,  drugging  and  villainous  mixtures  usually  poured 
down  the  animals'  throats,  and  which  so  often  are  sure  to  kill,  if  the 
disease  fails,  the  owner  gives  a  few  drops  of  simple  medicine  on  a  bit 
of  sugar  or  in  water,  without  the  least  trouble — the  medicine  being  as 
easily  given  to  an  ox  as  to  a  baby — ^and  in  a  marvelous  short  time  the 
disease  is  cured. 

Experience  proves  that  all  diseases  of  domestic  animals  are  per- 
fectly controlled  by  the  small  doses  and  mild  means  of  this  system 
and  that  horses  and  cattle  are  as  readily  cured  as  women  and  children. 

The  most  inveterate  and  fatal  diseases,  which  baffle  the  most  ener 
getic  and  skillful  old  school  treatment,  are  cured  like  magic  by  these 
simple  Veterinary  Specifics.  Cases  of  Coughj  Founder^  Colic^  Li- 
flammatiou^  Mange^  Scratches,  Distemper,  Inflamed  Eyes,  Stag"- 
gers,  and  even  Spavin  and  Heaves,  are  cured  with  a  rapidity  and 
certainty  perfectly  astonishing  to  thosd  who  have  ijGver  witnessed  the 
offeots  of  these  Specifics. 


These  Specifics  not  only  save  all  trouble  in  giving  medicine  to  ani- 
mals, but  restore  and  save  a  large  proportion  of  animals  otherwise 
lost  or  rendered  valueless  by  disease.  They  are  put  up  in  bottles  oj 
fluid,  containing  each  one  hundred  or  more  doses,  and  each  case  is 
accompanied  with  a  Book  of  Directions  and  a  small  glass  instrumenti 
the  Medicator,  with  which  the  proper  dose  is  taken  from  the  bottle 
and  administered  to  the  animal  in  ths  mouth  or  on  the  tongue,  wns« 

OUT  THE  LEAST  TEOUBLB   OB  DELAY, 

The  Manual  of  Directions  contains  a  full  description  of  all  dis« 
eases  oc  horses,  cattle,  sheep,  hogs  and  dogs,  with  full,  particular 
directions  for  the  treatment  of  each,  so  that  any  intelligent  person 
may  use  them  with  success. 

HuMPHBEYs'  Homeopathic  Veteeinaby  Specifics  have  been  in  use 
BiiEVEw  YEAES  amoug  all  classes  of  people  for  the  cure  of  sick  horses, 
cattle,  sheep,  hogs  and  dogs,  with  the  most  wonderful  success. 

Farmers  and  Agriculturists  use  them,  who  raise  and  handle  all 
kinds  of  domestic  animals — careful,  prudent,  economical  men,  who 
know  the  value  of  all  kinds  of  stock  and  the  efficacy  of  all  kinds  of 
treatment,  and  know  how  to  value  and  appreciate  an  improvement. 

Importers  and  breeders  of  blooded  stock,  who  follow  this  as  a 
business,  and  where  the  loss  of  a  single  animal  involves  the  loss  o£ 
hundreds  or  thousands  of  dollars^ 

Livery-stable  men,  and  professional  horse  dealers  and  horse  fan* 
ciers,  all  praise  and  use  them. 

Traveling  Menageries  and  circus  men,  who  own  and  have  con* 
stantly  hundreds  of  horses  on  the  road,  traveling  over  every  part  of 
the  country,  and  who,  using  this  system,  rarely  lose  an  animal,  while 
those  who  use  the  old  * 'drugging,  balling  and  bottling'*  treatment^ 
lose  thousands  of  dollars  worth  every  year. 

Horse  Railroads  in  cities  and  large  towns,  who  use  hundreds  dl 
horses,  who  always  have  sick  horses  on  hand,  and  to  whom  the  fees  ol 
veterinary  doctors  and  losses  of  animals  form  a  very  large  item  of  ex« 
pense  and  loss — these  use  them  extensively,  and  give  them  all  praise 

{For  list  and  prices  of  Specifics  and  Cases,  see  following  pagos.) 


Li^T  oi^  v^Tii^ij^A^Y  3p:^ci:^ics. 


Price  of 
Single  Bottles. 

A.  A.  —Cures  FeyerSj  Congestions  and  Inflammations,  as  of 

the  Lungs  or  Pleura  (Pleuro-pneumonia\  Inflammation  of 
the  Head  or  Brain,  Eves,  or  of  the  Liver  or  Belly  ;  Sore 
Throat  or  Quinsy;  Blind  or  Belly  Staggers;  Hot  Skin,  Quick 
Pulse;  Chill  or  Panting;  Milk  Fever  in  Cows OO 

B.B.— Cures  Diseases  of  the  Tendons,  Ligaments  or  Joints; 
Founder,  Curb,  Spavin,  Strains,  Injuiies,  Overwork,  Bheu- 
matism,  Splint,  Stifle OO 

C.C.— Cures  Diseases  of  tlie  Glands,  Disteiuper  in  Horses  or 
Sheep;  Nasal  Gleet;  Farcy  and  Glanders;  Discharges  from 
the  Nose;  Farcy  Buds;  Swelled  Glands;  Scab  in  Sheep; 
Distem])er  in  Dogs 60 

E)  D,— Cures  Worm  Diseases,  and  eradicates  them  from  the 
system,  either  Bots  or  Grubs;  Long,  Round,  Pm,  orTape- 
w^orm;  Colic,  or  Emaciation  from  Worms OO 

E.  E.— Cures  all  Diseases  of  the  Air  Passages,  as  Coughs,  In- 

fluenza, Heaves,  Broken  Wind  or  Whistles,  Thick  Wind  • 
Liflamed  Lungs,  or  Pleura  (Pneumonia),  or  with  quick, 
panting,  hard  or  difficult  breathing 00 

F.  F. — Cures  Colic,    Spasmodic,    Wind  or  Inflammatory  Colic; 

Gripes,  Hoven,  or  Wind  Blown;  Diarrhea  or  Dysenterj^; 
Liquid  or  Bloody  Discharges OO 

G.  G.  —Prevents  Miscarriage,  Abortion,  or  Casting  of  Foal  in 

Mares,  Cows  or  Sheep;  arrests  Hemorrhages  or  Flooding, 
throws  off  the  After  Birth  or  Placenta,  if  retained OO 


H  H.  -Cures  all  Diseases  of  the  Kidneys,  Bladder  or  Urinary 
Passages,  as  Liflammation,  or  Difficult,  Painful,  Suppressed 
or  Bloody  Urination;  Colic  from  the  Kidneys OO 

I.  I.  -Cures  all  Cutaneous  diseases  or  Erui)tions,  Mange, 
Farcy,  Grease,  Thrush,  Erysipelas,  Swellings,  Abscesses, 
Fistulas,  Ulcers,  Unhealthy  Skin,  Bough  Coat OO 

J.K.  Cures  Diseases  of  Digestion,  Loss  of  Appetite,  and  "Off 
his  Feed;"  Besults  of  Over-feed;  Jaundico  or  Yellows;  III- 
condition,  Staring  Coat,  also,  Paralysis,  Stomach  Staggers.  CX) 


HUMPHREYS' 

VETERINARY  SPECIFICS. 


HUMPH, 


V£Y£RINAliy  /S 


-r        SPECIFICS 


b 

Q 

► 

O 


o 

CD 


o 

O 

w 

QD 


PRICES  OF  STABI.E  CASES. 

Stable  Case,  Black  Walnut,  Handle,  Lock  and  Key,  containing 
Manual  (450  pages  with  chart),  Ten  bottles  Specifics,  Jar 
Veterinary  Cure  Oil,  and  Medicator  complete $    7.00 

Stable  Case,  Black  Walnut,  Handle,  Lock  and  Key,  containing 
Manual  (450  pages  with  chart).  Ten  medium  size  bottles 
Specifics,  Jar  Veterinary  Cure  Oil,  and  Medicator  complete   20.00 

Stable  Case,  Black  Walnut,  Handle,  Lock  and  Key,  containing 
Manual  (450  pages  with  chart),  Ten  large  size  bottles 
Specifics,  Jar  Veterinary  Cure  Oil,  and  Medicator  complete  30.00 

PRICES   OF   SINGLE  BOTTLES. 

Single  Bottles,  containing  over  50  doses 60 

Single  Bottles,  Medium  Size,  containing  four  times  as  much 

as  small  bottles,  200  doses   , 2.00 

Single  Bottles.  Large  Size,  containing  eight  times  as  much 

as  small  bottles,  400  doses 3.00 

Jar  Veterinary  Cure  Oil    1.00 

Humphreys'  Veterinary  Manual  (450  pages,  with  Chart) 50 

Medicator  (for  administering  Specifics) ^25 

Sent  Free  to  any  Address  on  receipt  of  the  Price. 


HUMPHREYS' 

MARVEL  OF  HEALING. 


*'A  rose  is  just  as  sweet  by  any  other  name." 


This  meaicine  is  a  pure  distillation  of  the  well-known  shrub, 
HAMAMIILIS  VIRGINICA,  commonly  known  as  the  WITCH  HAZEL, 
prepared  with  great  care  from  recipes  used  by  DR.  HUMPHREYS 
for  more  than  TWENTY  YEARS,  and  is  WARRANTED  SFPERIOR 
to  any  preparation  of  this  medicine  sold. 


THE  MARVEL  is  the  triumph  of  Family 
Medicines.  AUvays  useful,  always  ready,  ue^er 
injurious,  always  reliable,  does  not  poison  or  irri- 
tate, stain  or  injure,  and  may  be  taken  without 
injury  by  any  one. 

THE  MARVEL  is  used  both  as  an  external  remedy 

or  a  lotion  to  apply  and  as  an  internal  medicine  to  take, 
and  in  many  cases   it  is  both  taken  and  applied. 

Taken  internally^  it  may  be  used  in  doses  of  a  teaspoon- 
ful,  or  more  to  adults;  and  to  young  children,  aged  or  infirm 
persons,  a-half  or  quarter  as   much,  and  it  may  be  repeated 

every   one,    two,    or  four   hours   in  urgent  cases,    or  usually  three 
times  a   day. 

Applied  externally  as  a  lotion  or  liniment  for  sore- 
ness, lameness,  a  bruise,  sprain,  strain  or  wrench;  or 
for  a  burn,  scald,  excoriation  or  swelling*;  or  when  there 
IS  pain,  heat  or  inflammation,  its  action  is  at  once  cool- 
ing-, soothing"  and  healing  and  restoring",  while  it  causei 
no  irritation,  stain,  eruption  or  rash. 


The  indispensable  Medicine  for  Families — always  safe;  always 
reliable;  never  injurious. 

It  Heals  the  widest  variety  of  Injuries,  Wounds,  Bruises,  Con- 
tusions, Sprains  or  Lacerations.  It  is  the  greatest  Styptic  or 
Stauncher  of  Bleeding  known.  It  arrests  Nose  Bleed,  Spitting 
of  Blood,  Bleeding  Lungs,  Bleeding  Gums,  Vomiting  Blood  or 
Internal   Hemorrhage. 

It  is  The  sure  and  infallible  Remedy  for  Piles, — the  only 
Cure  for  Varicose  Veins, — the  sure  Remedy  for  Toothache,  Ear- 
ache, and  Neuralgia, — the  cure  for  Rheumatic  Pains,  Lameness, 
Soreness,   Stiffness,    Gravel,    Strangury  and  Kidney  Disease. 

For  Burns,  Scalds  and  Sunburns, — The  Marvel  of  Healing. 

For  Diarrhoea  and  Chronic  Diarrhoea, — Always  curative. 

For  Catarrh  and  Mucus  Discharges, — Invaluable. 

For  Ulcers,  Sores,  Boils,  Corns  and  Felons, — Unequalled. 

For  Excoriations,  Chafings  and  Soreness, — Invaluable. 

As  a  Toilet  Article  for  Shaving,  Bathing,  &c., — Above  praise. 

For  all  these  conditions,  or  the  results  of  such,  there  is  no  rem- 
edy which  so  promptly  re\4ves  the  depressed  vital  action,  restores  the 
local  and  general  circulation,  allays  the  pain,  dissipates  the  con- 
gestion, arrests  and  prevents  inflammation  and  restores  the  circula- 
tion as  this  Marvel  of  Healing.  In  thousands  of  cases,  its  prompt 
and  free  application  has  staunched  the  bleeding,  £;llayed  the  pain, 
dissipated  the  congestion,  reduced  the  inflammation  and  promoted 
the  healing  of  the  most  dangerous  injury  so  promptly  and  so  magically 
as  to  have  given  it  the  name  of  the  Marvel  of  Healing. 

It  has  been  in  popular  use  for  Thirty  Years.  It  is  prepared 
by  a  scientific  Physician.  It  is  for  External  and  Internal  Use, 
to  Apply  and  to  Take.  Price,  6  oz.  bottles,  25cts.;  Pints,  50  cts.; 
Quarts,  $1.00.      Sold  by  all  Druggists. 

Pamphlets  ( in  different  languages)  free  upon  application.     Address 

Humphreys'  Homeopathic  Medicine  Co., 

COR.  WILLIAM  AND  JOHN  STS.,  N.  Y. 


HUMPHREYS' 

WITCH  HAZEL  OIL 

^AND 


This  ointment  is  the  triumpli  of  Scientific  MedicinGc 
Nothing  has  ever  been  produced  at  all  to  equal  or  compare 
with  it  as  a  curative  and  healing  application.  The  virtues 
of  the  Witcll  Hazel  have  been  long  known  and  cel- 
ebrated as  a  healer  and  pain  curer.  But  when  combined 
and  applied  in  the  form  of  an  oil,  its  curative  effects  are 
MARVELOUS.  It  has  been  used  over  forty  years,  and  is  the 
prescription  of  one  of  the  most  renowned  physicians  of  his 
day.  It  always  affords  relief  and  always  gives  satis- 
faction.    For: 

Piles,  Blind  or  Bleeding,  External  or  Internal, 
and  Itching'  or  Bleeding  of  the  Rectum.  For  these 
or  any  of  them,  this  Oil  is  infallible.  The  relief  is  immediate. 
It  has  been  used  in  thousands  of  cases  with  absolute  success. 
No  one  who  has   ever  tried  it  will  do    without  it. 

Ulcerations,  Eruptions,  Cracks  or  Fissures  of  the 

anus  or  rectum  are  cured  at  once  and  like  magic  from  a  few 
simple  applications  of  this  Oil.  Even  old  Fistulas  in  ano  have 
been  cured  by  it. 

Burns,  Scalds,  and  Ulceration  and  Contraction 

fp#m  Burns.  The  relief  is  instant,  and  the  healing  of  the  ul- 
ceration and  softening  of  the    contraction  is  wonderful.       It  has 


m  repeated  instances  cnred  cases  of  contraction  from  burns  pro- 
nounced  incurable  by  the  faculty. 

Cancers,  Malig^nant,  Painful,  or  Corroding'  Ul- 
cers, Carbuncles  and  Soils  are  at  once  relieved  of  the 
darting,    eating  or  corroding  pains. 

Old  Sores,  Indolent  Ulcers  and  Fistulas  are  prompt- 
ly healed  up  and  cured.  This  Oil  is  the  mildest  and  best  pos- 
sible dressing  for  them. 

Torn,  Lacerated  or  Cut  Wounds  or  Injuries  are 

promptly  closed  up  and  healed  by  this  Oil  in  a  manner  ap- 
proached by  no  other  remedy. 

Salt  Rheum,  Tetters,  Scurfy  Eruptions,  Chapped 
Hands,  Fever  Blisters,  Sore  Lips,  Corns  and  Bun- 
ions are  promptly  relieved  and  often  cured  like  magic. 

For  Corns  and  Biuiions,  or  Sore  and  Lame  Feet, 

this  remedy  affords  instant  relief,  curing  and  rendering  service- 
able feet,  whose  use  under  any  other  treatment  was  a  painful 
burden  and   torment. 

Scratches  or  Grease  in  Horses,  Chafings,  Saddle 
or  Harness  Galls,  Lacerations,  Cuts,  Injuries,  Bro- 
ken Hoof  or  Quarter  Crack,  are  all  cured  by  this  Witch 

Hazel  Oil  in  a  manner  unequaled. 


PBEPARED  ONLY  BX 


DR.  F.  HUMPHREYS  &  SONS, 

Price,  50  Cents.  Trial  Size.  25  Cents, 

Sold  by  all  Druggists,  or  Sent  Free  on  Receipt  of  Price. 

Pamphlets  free  upon  application.     Address, 

HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE  CO., 

eOK.  WILLIAX.  AND  JOHN  SIS.,  NEW  TOBX. 


OEiTE!I5.AXj  liraDBSL 


PAGE. 

A.bdomen,  Dropsy  of  the. 491 

Abscesses. ^ 230 

Acne 223 

Aged  People,  Diet  of 44 

Ague 195 

"      Dumb 200 

*•     Old,  Suppressed 200 

Air-passages,  Diseases  of 289-325 

"   purity  of 124 

"   impurities  of 124 

See  Ventilation, 

Albumen 62 

Albuminaria 399 

Alcohols 117-119 

"       effects  on  heart 118 

*•     "  digestion 118 

Alcohol  Habit 524 

Aliment  allowed  under  Horn,  treatment  157 
forbidden     "         "  "         158 

Alimentary  Tract,  Diseases  of 333-398 

Allspice 102 

Almonds 90 

Alopecia,  after  Confinement 454 

Amenorrhea 418 

Anasarca 489-490 

Angina  Pectoris 325 

Ani,  Prolapsus 392 

Anorexia 347 

Anthrax 227 

Aphonia 289 

Appetite,  want  of 347 

Apples 97 

Apricots 98 

Apoplexy 237 

Apthae,  in  Infants 463 

Arrow-root 91 

Arthritis 473 

Asparagus •. 95 

Ascaris  Lumbricoides 494 

Ascites 489^91 

Asthma, 315 

"       Hay 300 

Atrophy,  of  Infants 466 

Back,  Rheumatism  in 472 

••      pains  in,  during  Pregnancy 445 

Baoon,  Nutritive  value  of . , 54 

Baking  of  Meats. .     ....108 

Bantinjc's  cure  for  Oorpoleuoe 43 


PAGE. 

Barley 86 

"      -Water 86 

Bath,  theSitz o 152 

Bathing,  too  much. 136 

Cold , 136 

"        Warm 137 

Sea 137 

"         Cautions  as  to 138 

Baths,  permissable  temperatures  in.... 150 

**     -Vapor,  use  of  the 151 

"  "        how  to  give 151 

*•     Warm 149 

Beans 89 

Bedroom,  "Ventilation  of 125 

Beef,  Nutritive  Value  of 49 

"     -Tea  Extract 60 

"        *'  *'       proper  uses  of 61 

Beer 117 

Beverages 110-120 

"         Non  Intoxicating 110 

Bilious  Colic 356,357 

Fever 174 

Biliousness 348 

Biscuits,  Wheaten 85 

Blackberry 99 

Bladder,  Catarrh  of 406 

"        Inflammation  of 404 

Bleeding,  from  Lungs 318 

"     Stomach 362 

"     Nose 487 

Blood,  Composition  of  the 59 

"       salts  in 59 

"       to  Head,  Rush  of 240 

*•       -Shot  Eyes , 275 

**       vomiting,  from  Lungs 362 

**  "  '•    Stomach 362 

"       from  Nose 487 

Boils 226 

"     in  Ear 284 

Boiling,  proper  method  of 106 

Boots,  evil  effects  of  high-heeled 135 

Bowels,  Falling  of 392 

**       Looseness  of , 378 

Brain,  Dropsy  of 244 

Chronic 246 

"      Inflammation  of 241 

Brandy 117 

Bread,  stale,  best  for  health 84 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Bread,  toasting  ci. . , . . .     , 84 

Breast,  Catarrh  of 303 

"  Inflammation  of,  after  Confinement  456 

"  -Pang 325 

"   Preparation  of  before  Confinement  448 

Breath,  offensive 356 

Bright's  Disease  of  Kidney 401,  402 

Broiling 108 

Bronchial  Irritation 302 

Bronchitis,  Acute 302 

of  Children 303 

Broths,  Fish 69 

Mutton 51 

Veal 51 

Vegetable 96 

"       Preparation  of 96 

Buckwheat  flour 87 

Bunions 231,  232 

Butter,  Constituents  of 78,  79 

"       uses  ot 79 

"       qualities  of  good 79 

Buttermilk 77 

'  nutritive  value  of 45 

Cabbage 95 

Cafe  Noir 115 

"     auLait 115 

Calculus 407 

Canker  sore  month 346 

Capsicum 102 

Carbuncle 227 

Carrots 93 

Cassia 102 

Casein 80 

Carditis 327 

Catarrh,  Acute 298 

of  Bladder 406 

of  Breast. 303 

Chronic  299 

Fall 300 

Hay 300 

Peach 300 

Cauliflower 95 

Celery 95 

Cereals 82 

Cessation  of  Menses 426 

Change  of  Life 426 

Cinnamon 102 

Circulatory  System,  diseases  ot 325 

Cheese,  as  an  article  of  diet 80 

Cream- 81 

toasted 81 

Cherries 98 

Chest,  Congestion  of 314 

"      Dropsy  of    491 

Chestnuts 90 

Chicken-Pox 208 


PAGE 

Chilblains 233 

Child-crowing 265 

Children,  clothing  of 136 

Fever  of, 201 

'*  Food  of  young 42 

Chill-fever 200 

Chlorosis 420 

Chocolate,  nutritive  value  of 116 

"    Miss  Evart's  receipt  for  preparing  115 

Cholera,  Asiatic 365 

Diarrhea 372 

EngHsh 379 

"        Infantum 382 

Morbus 364 

Chorea 257 

Chronic  Catarrh 299 

Ophthalmia 273 

Clavus 231 

Cleanliness,  in  cooking 109 

"  in  sick-room 148 

Clergyman's  sore  throat 289,  344 

Chmatric,  the  Grand 426 

Clothing,  purposes  of 132 

"  varieties  of 133 

**  relative   values   of    different 

kinds 133 

"  shape  of 134 

"  change  of 134 

*•  cleansing  of 134 

of  children 135 

Clotted  Cream 76 

Cloves 102 

Coals  on  the  fire,  noiseless  way  of  putt- 
ing, in  sick-room 142 

Cocoa,  nutritive  value  of 116 

Coffee 114 

"      making  of 114 

Cold  bath  ing 136 

**     Common 302 

"     weather,  food  for 44 

Colic 356 

"     Flatulent 357 

"     Lead 358 

"     Painter's 358 

Corn,  Indian 87 

"      Green 88 

•'      Hulled 88 

"      meal 87 

Corns 231 

Corpulence,  Banting's  euro  for 43 

diet  for 43 

Coryza,  of  Infants 462 

Cough 293 

"      Hooping- 295 

Coup-de-soleil 249 

Condensed  Milk 78 


GENERAL   INDSX. 


PAGE. 

Condiments,  dietetic  value  of;  and  rules 

for  using 102 

Oondy's  Fluid 144 

Congestion 240 

of  Chest 314 

of  Head 240 

Conj  uDctiviti  s 271 

Constipation 352,  387 

•'  apples  in,  use  of 98 

**  during  Pregnancy 442 

afterlabor 453 

"  in  Infants 464 

Consumption,  Laryngeal 306 

Pulmonary 320 

Pulse  in,  The 321 

*•  Temperature  in  the 321 

Contagious  Diseases 144 

Convulsions 247 

in  Infants 465 

Costiveness 387 

Crabs 70 

Cranberry 99 

Cream-Cheese 81 

"     Clotted 76 

"     Constituents  of 76 

Cresses,  Water 96 

Croup 266,290 

"     Spasmodic 265 

"     Difference  between,  and  Child- 
crowing 266 

Crowing,  Child- 266 

Crying  of  Infants 462 

Cucumber 96 

Curative  Measures,  Accessory 149 

Curds 77 

Currants 99 

Cystitis 404 

Chronic 405 

Deafness 283,  286 

DebiUty,  General 480 

Nervous 382 

Delaying  Menses 419 

Delivery,  Treatment  before 448 

"         Remedies  before 449 

•*        False  Pains  before, 449 

Diabetes 415 

Diarrhea 378 

Cholera-..        372 

of  Infants 464 

Diet,  see  Food. 

Diet  of  the  Sick 157 

*•      '  Infants,  Supplementary 460 

"    Xyiilk-,  in  Bright's  Disease 403 

"    of  Nuraes 460 

Diphtheria 338 

piaease,  How  to  interpret  its  symptoms  158 


Disease,  Pain  in...,.       ,,.,, .,..163 

"        Skinin,  The 164 

**        Temperature  in,  The 160-161 

"        Tongue  in.  The 163 

"        Urine  in,  The 165 

Diseases  of  Air-Passages 289-325 

"         of  Alimentary  Tract 333 

*•        of  Circulatory  System 325 

"        of  Ears , 280-288 

"        of  Eyes 271 

"        of  Head   235-270 

**        of  Heart,  see  Heart. 

**        of  Infants 461-467 

"        of  Nervous  System 235-270 

*•        of  Pregnancy 441-448 

"        of  Urinary  Organs. .  „ 399 

**        of  V arious  Organs  and  Regions  468 

"        of  Women 418 

Disinfectants,  Use  of 140 

Disinfection  of  Room,  etc.,  in  Conta- 
gious cases 145 

Dizziness 237 

Doses,  Repetition  of , 168 

"      of  Specifics 168-169 

Drainage,  of  dwellings 128 

Drinks,  allowed  under  Hom.  treatment  157 

Dripping,  use  as  a  food 81,  82 

Dropsy,  after  Labor 455 

Dwellings,  Healthy 127 

**  drainage  of • 128 

**  sewerage  of 128 

"  ventilation  of 129 

**  surroundings  of 127 

•*  location  of 127 

"  ceUars  of 128 

*'  cleansing  of 129 

•*  temperature  of 129 

Dysentery 384 

Dysmenorrhea 423 

Dyspepsia 348 

Dysuria,  during  Pregnancy 442 

Duck's-Eggs,  Nutritive  Value  of 65 

Dumb-Ague 200 

Earache 281 

Ears,  Careof  the 287 

Boils  in 284 

Discharge  from 285 

Diseases  of  the       280-288 

Eczema  of • 280 

Furuncle  in ^ 284 

Inflammation  of 281 

Noises  in 3B6 

jL^ating,  Rules  for 352-364 

Eczema 220 

of  Ears 280 

in  Infants *« 


aSNERAL  INDEX, 


PAGE. 

Bgg8,  Duck's,  Nutritivo  Value  of 65 

•*       Nutritive  Value  of 62 

••       Keeping  of 64,65 

■*       Medical  uses  of 63 

••       Poached,  Method  of  preparing. .  65 

•«       andMilk 64 

••       -Custard,  plain 64 

Emaciation  in  Consumption 321 

Encephalitis 241 

Enemeta 149 

English  Cholera .379 

Enlargement  of  Liver 394 

Enteric  Fever 177,  182 

Enuresis 414 

Epilepsy 253 

Erethic  Fever 172 

Eruption,  in  Infants 462 

"  of  Small-Pox 206 

"  of  Typhus  Fever 179 

•*  Scrofulous 479 

Erysipelas 211,  280 

Excoriations,  in  Infants 464 

Exercise 129 

Extracts  of  Meat 60 

of  Beef-Tea 60 

Eyelids,  Inflammation  of 274 

Eyes 271 

"    Blood-shot 275 

**    Inflammation  of 271 

**    Weeping 275 

Face,  Swelled 2&i 

Facial  Paralysis 255 

Failing  Sight 276 

Fainti ng,  during  Pregnancy 443 

Fall  Catarrh 300 

Falling  out  of  the  Hair 454 

"       of  Womb 430.  525 

Fat  persons,  Food  proper  for 43 

"    Fish 68,69 

Felon 228 

Fevers 171 

"    Rules  in  Treatment  of 171-172 

"    and  Ague 195 

"    Bilious 174 

"    of  Children 201 

••    Erethic 172 

•*    Enteric,  distinction  between,  and 

Typhus  Fever 177 

•*    Gastric 174 

•*    Inflammatory 173 

•*    Intermittent 195 

•*    Marsh 196 

**    Remittent 174 

"    Scarlet 201-203 

"    Simple 172 

"    Typhoid 182 


PAGE. 

Fevers,  Typhus 176 

**      distinction  between,  and 

Enteric  Fever 177 

"  "      Thepulsein 178 

*•    Yellow 192 

Fibrin,  Artificial 64 

Fig 


99 

Filters 123 

"      Domestic,  how  to  make  a 123 

Fish,  Nutritive  Value 67 

*'      Signsofgood 68 

"      Methods  of  Cooking 68 

"     boiling,  proper  method  of 106 

*•     Broth 69 

' '      Shell-,  Nutritive  Value  of 69 

Fits 247 

Flannel,  Use  of 134 

Flatulence 350 

Flour,  Buckwheat 87 

"     Oat 85 

"     Rye 87 

"      Wheaten 82,84,85 

Food,  its  use 36-45 

"     its  Nutritious  Values 45-104 

"     its  preparation.  Methods  of.  ..104-110 

"     Animal 45 

*'     for  Aged  People 44 

"     forChildren 42 

"     for  Cold  Weather. 44 

"     the  Care  of,  in  Sick-room 110,  144 

"     forFatPeople 43 

"     for  Infants 41 

"     for  Lean  People 44 

'*     for  Laboring  Men 42 

"     for  Students 42 

"     for  Warm  Weather 44 

"     Vomiting  of,  by  Infants, 462 

Fomentations 149,  153,  154 

Foot-Bath,  The  Hot,  Uses  of 151 

Fowl,  The  flesh  of 66 

♦•      Thebloodof 67 

Frost-bites 233 

Frozen  limbs 233 

Fruits,  Nutritive  Values  of 97-100,  110 

Frying,  Proper  Method  of 100 

Furuncle 22f 

"         in  Ear. 284 

Gallstones 397 

Gastralgia 354 

Gastric  Derangement 348 

"     Fever 174 

Gelatine 65,62 

General  Debility 480 

"       ParalysiB 252 

Gin. Ill 

Ginger. 109 


GENERAL    INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Gingerbread • 85 

Glands,  Scrofulous 478 

Gooseberries 99 

Gout 473 

Grapes 198 

Gravel 407 

Green  Corn  88 

Green  Sickness 420 

Grippe,  The 298 

Gruel,  Oat-raeal 86 

Gum  Arabic^  uses  of 100 

Gymnastics,  Home 130 

Haemoptysis.  , 318 

Hair.  Loss  of,  after  Confinement 454 

Halitosis 356 

Hardened  Wax  in  Ear 282 

Hare,  Flesh  of,  Nutritive  Value  of 67 

Hashed  Meats 107 

Hay  Asthma  (Catarrh  or  Fever) 300 

Head,  Diseases  of 235-270 

"     Congestion  to 240 

Headache 235 

♦'      in  Females 236 

"  •*        during  menses 424 

Healthy  Dwellings 127 

Hearing,  Affections  of 280-288 

Defective 283 

Heart,  Diseases  of 327-332 

"       Angina 325 

Carditis 327 

**       Chronic  diseases  of 331 

"       Endocarditis 327 

"       Functional  Diseases 330 

"       Irregular  Action  of 329 

"       Organic  diseases 330 

"       Palpitation 329 

Pericarditis   327 

Heart-burn 350,  351 

Heat-Stroke 249 

Hematuria 416 

Hematemesis 362 

Hemiplegia 251 

Hemorrhage  of  Lungs 318 

•'  Vicarious. 363 

Hemorrhoids 389 

Hepatitis 393 

Herpes 214,280 

Hiccough 351 

Hip  Diseass 480 

Hives 215 

Hoarseness 289 

Hominy 87,  88 

Honey 101 

Hooping-Cough 295 

"            differences  from  Spasmo- 
dic Croup 296 


PAGE. 

Hooping-Cough,  Vaccinatios  from 298 

Hulled  Corn 88 

Hygiene 35-139 

Hydrocephalus 244 

"  Chronic 245 

Hypochondriasis 269 

Hysteria 267,  268-269.  432 

"        during  Pregnancy 443 

Icterus 296 

Impetigo 280 

Incubus 351 

Indian  Corn 87 

Indigestion 348,  349 

Infantile  Paralysis 252 

Infants,  Apthoe  of 463 

Atrophy  of 466 

After  Birth,  Treatment  of 459 

Cold  inHead 462 

"       Constipation  in .464 

"       Convulsions 465 

Cryingof 462 

Diarrhea  of 464 

"       Diet  of.  Supplementary 41,460 

Diseases  of 461-467 

Eczema 463 

Eruptions  of 462 

"       Eyes  of,  Inflammation 4Sl 

"       Excoriations  of 464 

"        Intertrigo,  see  Excoriations. 

'*       Meconium,  Expulsion  of 469 

Milk-Crusts  in 463 

•*       Paralysis  of 352 

"       Regurgitation  of  Food 462 

"       Teething  derangements 465 

Swelling  of  Head 459 

Thrush  in 463 

Treatment  of,  after  birth 459 

"       Wakefulness  of 462 

Wasting  of 4C6 

Weaning  of 460 

In-growing  Nails , 229 

Inhalations,  Nature  and  uses  of 155-156 

Injections,  see  Enemeta. 

Inflammation  of  Bladder 404 

of  Eyes,  in  Infants 461 

ofEyelids 274 

of  Kidneys 400 

ofLabia 432 

"  of  Larynx 305 

of  Liver 393 

.of  Lungs 311 

Inflammatory  Fever 173 

Influenza 298 

Insolation 249 

Internal  Swelling  of  Organs,  aft©»-  Con- 
finement      465 


6EKERAL  INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Intermittent  Fever 195 

Intertrigo,  see  Excoriation, 
Invermination,  see  Worms, 

Isinglass 69 

Itch 225 

Jaundice 396 

Jelly,  Tapioca 91 

Kidneys,  Diseases  of 399-417 

Inflammation  of 400,405 

Kousso,  for  Worms 496 

Labia,  Inflammation  of 432 

Labor 450 

"      after  treatment 452 

**      Alopecia,  after 454 

**     Breasts,  preparation  of,  before.  ..448 

••     Inflammation  of 448 

••  "  after 458 

•*     Constipation  during 453 

•*     Convulsions  m 451 

•*     Cramps  in 451 

••     Falling  of  Hair  during 454 

•*     Inflammation  ot  Breasts  after. .  .458 
••  "  of  Womb  after....  455 

•*     Leucorrhea  after 455 

••     Lochial  Discharge  after 454 

••     Mastitis  after 457 

••     Milk,  Fever  after 453 

••        "      Suppressed  after 453 

••     Nipples,  Excoriation  of 456 

•*      Ovarian  Dropsy,  after 455 

•*     Perspiration,  after 457 

••     Scanty,  or  Suppressed  Milk  after  453 

••     Swelling  of  Organs,  after, 455 

"     Tedious 451 

•*     Weakness  after 457 

Laboring  Men,  Proper  Food  for 42 

Lamb,  Nutritive  Value  of 53 

Laryngeal,  Consumption 306 

Laryngismus  Stridulus 265 

Laryngitis    305 

Lead  Colic 358 

Lean  Fish 68,  69 

"     People,  Proper  Food  for, 44 

Leeks 96 

LeiBon 98 

"      -juice 98 

Lettuce 96 

Leucorrhea 428,  525 

*'  after  Labor. 455 

Life,  Average  of. 139 

*'     effect  of  occupation  upon 138 

Lime-juice 98 

Liver,  Acute  Inflammation  of 393 

"      Complaints 392 

*•      Enlargement  of,  Chronic 394 

Lobster 70 


PAGE. 

Lockjaw 258 

Lochial  Discharge,  after  Labor 454 

Lung-Fever 303 

Lungs,  Bleeding  from 318 

"      Inflammation  of 311 

Lumbago 4T2 

"        use  of  poultices  in 153 

Macaroni 85 

Malignant  Sore  Mouth 336 

Diphtheria 338 

Maple  Sugar 101 

Marsh  Fever 196 

Mastitis 456 

Measles 203 

Meat,  Boiling  of 106 

Baking  of 108 

Broilingof 107 

"       Cooking  of,  Proper 105 

"  *♦  Lossby 105 

Dried 109 

*'       Extractfiof 60 

Fat 48 

Fluid  Extracts  of 60,  61 

"       Good,  Characteristics  of 47 

Hashing  of 107 

Lean 48 

Roasting  of 106 

"       Salted 109 

"       Solid  Preparations  of 61 

"       Steaming  of 106 

"       Stewing  of 107 

in  Vapor 107 

••       Tinned 109 

Medicines,  How  to  Select,  Prepare  and 

take 168-169 

Melons 99 

Meningitis 241 

Menopause,  The 426 

Menses,  The 418 

Cessation 426 

"       Delaying 419 

•'       Frequent,  too 425 

*•       Painful ....423 

"       Profuse,  too 425 

"       Pregnancy,  during 441 

"       Scanty 421 

•*       Suppressed 420 

afterLabor 463 

"       Tardy 419 

Menstruation,  see  Menses 421 

Metorrhagia 425 

Milk,  Artificial  Substitute  for  Women's  72 

"     Condensed 78 

**      Constituents  of 72 

"     Cow's 73,  74 

**         **    methods  ot  uaintf W 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Milk-Orust 220,463 

"     Diet  in  Bright's  Disease 403 

"      andEggs 64 

:  •'     -Fever,  after  Labor 453 

"     in  Fevers.  71 

"      asaFood 71 

Molasses 101 

Morning-Sickness ,. 441 

Mouth,  Canker  Sore 346 

Sr     vyof. 346 

Mucilage,  Medical  use  of 100 

Muffins 85 

Mushrooms,  description  of  eatable 96 

Mustard-Cress 96 

Mutton-Broth 51 

Nutritive  Value  of 61 

*'       Boiling,  Proper  way  of 106 

Mumps 208 

Nails,  Affections  of  the 229 

Nasal  Bleeding 487 

Nausea • 360 

Neck,  Stiff 472 

Nephritis 400 

Chronic 402 

Nerve-Pain 259 

Nervous  Debility „ . . .  482 

"        System,  Diseases  of 235-270 

Nettle-rash „ 215 

Neuralgia 269 

Nightingale's,  Miss,  Rules  for  the  Sick- 
room  143,  144 

Nightmare        351,  486 

Nipples,  Excoriated,  after  Labor 456 

Noises  in  the  Ears 286 

Nose,  Diseases  of 486 

"     Bleeding  of 487 

"     Swelling  and  Redness  of 486 

"     Ulceration  of 487 

Nurse,  The  needed  Qualities  in  a 147 

*'       Diet  for 460 

Nursing  and  Care  of  the  Sick 140-157 

Nutmeg, 102 

Nuts o 90 

Oats 85 

"    -flour „ 85 

"    -meal  Porridge 86 

'•      -Gruel 86 

Occupation,  affect  of,  upon  Health,  etc.  138 
Offal  of  Animals,  Nutritive  Value  of . . . .  55 

Offensive  Breath 356 

Onions 95 

Onychia 229 

Ophthalmia  — .271 

Chronic 273 

Oranges 98 

Otorrhea 285 


PAGEo 

Ovarian  Dropsy,  after  Labor. .     455 

Oysters 69,  70 

"     Stew 71 

"      Raw 71 

Pain  in  Disease .163 

Painful  Menstruation 423 

Painter's  Colic 358 

Palpitation  of  Heart 329 

Palsy 258 

••     Wasting 252 

See  Paralysis, 

Paralysis 250 

Facial 252 

"         General,  of  the  Insane 252 

Infantile 252 

Paralytic  Stroke 261 

Paraplegia 251 

Parotides 20J» 

Parsnips 94 

Parturition,  see  Labor, 

Peaches 98 

Pears 98 

Peas 90 

Pemphigus 280 

Pepper 101,102,103 

Pernio 233 

Perspiration,  after  Labor,  Excessive — 457 

Pertussis 295 

Pharyngitis 344 

Phthisis  Pulmonalis 320 

Pig's  feet,  Nutritive  Value  of 58 

Piles 389 

Pimples 223 

Pine  Apple 99 

Pleurisy 307 

False 310 

Pleurodynia 310 

Plums 98 

Pneumonia 311 

Poached  Eggs,  Mexican  Method  of  pre- 
paring  65 

Pork,  Nutritive  Value  of ■ 53 

"      Measly 53 

Porrigo  Favosa 218 

Porridge,  Oat-meal 86 

Porter   •  -U? 

Potatoes 95 

choice  of 93 

"       preparation  of 93 

Soup 93 

Poultices 1*9 

Bread 152 

Carrot 163 

Charcoal 153 

Linseed 152 

Uses  of 153 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Pericarditis 327 

Poultry  and  Game,  Nutritive  Value  of  66,  67 

Pregnancy 443-449 

Disorders  of 431-448 

"         Constipation  during 442 

**         Dysuria  during . .  442 

"         Fainting  during 443 

"         Hysteria  during 443 

'*         Menstruation  during 441 

"         Miscarriage 445 

*  Morning-Sickness 441 

"         Pain  of  Back  during 445 

**  Swelled  Face  during 444 

"  Toothache  during 443 

**         Varices  during 444 

"        Veins  during.  Swelled 444 

Professional  Men,  Proper  Food  for 42 

Profuse  Menstruation 425 

Prolapsus  Ani 392 

Uteri 430 

Pulmonary  Consumption 320 

"  Hemorrhage 318 

Pulse,  The 158 

**  in  Consumption 321 

in  Typhus  Fever 178 

Putrid,  or  Malignant  Sore  Throat 336 

Qumsy 333 

Rabbit's  Flesh,  Nutritive  Value  of 67 

Radishes 94 

Raisins 98 

Raspberry 99 

Refrigerators,  Care  of 129 

Regurgitation  of  Food  in  Infants 462 

Relaxed  Throat 344 

Uvula 336 

Respiration,  The,  in  Disease 162 

Remittent  Fever 174 

Rheumatism 468 

"  Apples  in 98 

"  Asparagus  in 95 

"  Chronic 471 

**  Lemons  in 98 

"  Sciatic 473 

Rhubarb 95 

Rice, 88-89 

"    -Water 89 

Ring-Worm 216 

Roasting,  Method  of 100,  444 

Rose,  The 211 

Round-Worm,  The 494 

Rum 117 

Rye-flour 87 

Sago 91 

St.  Vitus'  Dance 257 

Salmon 69 

Salt 101,  102 


PAGlu. 

Sausage,  Nutritive  Value  of 5g 

"         Black-pudding 59 

"        Prussian,  The 58 

Savoys 95 

Scabies 225 

Scalled  Head 22fl 

Scarlet  Fever 201 

Schools,  Ventilation  of 125 

Sciatica 473 

Scrofula 476 

Scrofulous  Eruptions 479 

Glands 478 

"  Tumors 478 

Scurvy  of  Mouth    , 346 

Sea-bathing 137 

Sea-Sickness 361 

Seat- Worm 492 

Sediment  in  Urine 407 

Sewerage  of  Dwellings 128 

Sheeps-Head,  Nutritive  Value  of 56 

Shell-Fish,  Nutritive  Value  of 64 

"  Disease  caused  by 69 

Shingles,  The 214 

Sick,  The,  Diet  of 157 

'•  Cleanhness  of 148 

Nursing  and  Care  of 140-157 

"  Reading  to 143 

Visits  to 142 

Sick-Room,  The 140 

"  Disinfection  of 146 

"  Furniture  of 141 

"  Light  in 141,142 

**  Made  pleasant 143 

**  Temperature  of 143 

Ventilation  of 141 

Signs  and  Symptoms  of  Disease,  How  to 

Interpret 158 

Sight,  Weak  or  Failing 276 

"      Care  of  the 277 

Simple  Fever 172 

Singultus 351 

Sitz-bath,  The 152 

Skim-Milk 76 

Skin,  The,  in  Diseases 164 

"     Catarrhal  Inflammation 220 

"     Diseases  of 211-234 

Sleep 484 

Sleeplessness 484,  485 

Small-Pox 204 

Sore  Throat 333 

Clergyman's 289 

Soup,  Clam- 70 

"     Potato- 93 

"     Turtle- 70 

Soups  and  Broths 107 

"  Preparations  ot 108 


GENEBAL   INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Spasms 247 

**     of  Stomach 354 

Spasmodic  Croup 265 

**  Distinction  between, 

and  Croup 266 

Specifics,  The  doses  of 168 

Spinach 95 

Sponge-cakes 85 

Squinting  276 

Squirrel's  Flesh,  Nutritive  Value  of. ... .  67 

Starch  as  food 9 

Steaming  of  Meat 106 

Stewing  "        107 

Stew,  Oyster- 71 

Stiff  Neck 472 

Stitch  in  Side 310 

Stomach,  Weak 348 

Pain  in 354 

"        Spasms  of. .354 

Stone 407 

Strabismus 276 

Stranguary 412 

Strawberry 99 

Students,  Proper  Food  for. 42 

Sugar 100 

"     of  Milk 101 

"    Maple-:  101 

"     in  Tea 113 

Sunlight 138 

"       Value  to  health  of 126 

Sun-Fever 249 

"    -Stroke 249 

Suppressed  Menses 420 

"  Urination. 413 

Sweating  of  the  Feet 488 

Swelled  Face 264 

"      during  Pregnancy 444 

*'       Internal,  of  Organs  after  Labor  455 

SweUing  and  Redness  of  Nose 486 

Syrup 101 

Symptoms  of  Diseases,  How  to  Interpret  158 

Taenia  Solium 495 

Tape-Worm 495 

Tapioca 91 

"       Jelly 91 

Tardy  Menses 419 

Tea,  Nutritive  Value  of Ill 

*•    Classes  of 113 

**    Constituents  of 112 

"    How  to  make 112 

"    Sugar  in 113 

•*    use  in  Sick-room 114 

Teeth,  Preservation  of  the 263 

Teething  in  Infants      465 

Temperature,  The  Bodily 160 

**  in  Consumption 321 


PAGE. 

Temperature  in  Typhoid  Fever 186 

Tetanus .' 258 

Tetter 214 

Thermometer,  The  use  of  in  Bathing... 149 

"  in  Sick-room 160-161 

Thread-worm 492 

Throat,  Clergyman's  Sore 289,  344 

"       Putrid  Sore 336 

Relaxed 344 

Sore 333 

*•       Ulcerated 344 

Thrush,  in  Infants 463 

Tic-doloreux 259 

Tinea 216 

"     -Favosa 218 

Tinnitus  Aurium 283 

Toasted  Cheese 81 

Tobacco  Habit  524 

Tobacco,  111  Effects  of 120 

Tongue,  Nutritive  Value  of 66 

The,  in  Disease 163 

Tonsillitis 333 

Toothache 262 

"        during  Pregnancy 443 

Treacle 101 

Treatment  of  Infants 458 

Trichina  in  Pork 54 

Tripe,  Nutritive  Value  of 56 

Tumors,  Scrofulous 478 

Turnip 94 

Tussis 293 

Typhoid  Fever...., 182 

Diet  in.. .o 190 

Typhus  Fever 178 

'*  Eruption  in 179 

Ulcerated  Throat 344 

Ulceration  of  Nose 487 

Urinary  Organs,  Diseases  of 399 

Urine,  The,  in  Disease 165, 166 

"  Excessive  Secretion  of 415 

Healthy 165 

"  Specific  Gravity  of 165 

"  Bloodin 416 

*'  Incontinence  of 414 

Urination,  Difficult 406,  412,  413 

'*  Suppressed 413 

Urticaria 215 

Uteri,  Prolapsus 430 

Uvula,  Relaxed 336 

Vaccination 206 

"  during  Hooping-Cough 298 

Vanilla 102 

Varicella 208 

Varicose  Veins 332 

*'  during  Pregnancy •  444 

Varioloid 200 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Veal,  Nntritive  Value  of 51 

"      -Broth 51 

Vegetables 82 

Cooking  of 108 

Vegetable-Broths 96 

Veins,  Varicose 332 

Venison,  Nutritive  Value  of 54 

Ventilation. 138 

"  of  bedrooms 125 

"  of  schools 125 

of  public  halls 125 

Vermicelli ..  85 

Vertigo 237 

Vicarious  bleeding 363 

Vinegar 101,  102 

dietetic  uses  of 103 

Vomiting 360 

ofblood 362 

"        from  Stomach 362 

"        from  Lungs 362 

Wakefulness  of  Infants 462 

Warm  baths 137,  149 

"  "     Medical  uses  of 150 

"     Weather,  Food  for 44 

Wasting  of  Infants 466 

-Palsy 252 

Water,  constituents  of 121 

'*       in  human  body 121 

"       qualities  of  good 121 

*'       proper  receptacles  for 121 

purity  of 122 

"       tests  for  purity  of 122 

"       Boiling 122 

''      I'ilters  for 123 


PAGE. 

Water,  how  to  make  filter  for. 123 

-Cress........ 96 

Watchers  in  Illness 148 

Wax  in  Ears 282 

Weakness  after  Confinement « 457 

of  Sight 276 

of  Stomach 348 

Weaning  of  Infants 4eo 

Weather,   Food  suitable   for  cold;  for 

warm 44 

Weeping-Eyes 275 

Wetting  the  Bed 414 

Wheat,  preparations  of,  dietetic  value  of  83 

Wheaten  Biscuits 85 

Whey 77 

"     medical  uses  of 77,  78 

Whisky 117 

Whites,  The 428 

White-swellings 480 

Whitlow 228 

Wind  on  Stomach 350 

Wind-Colic 357 

Womb,  Inflammation  of,  after  Confine- 
ment  455 

Falling  of  the 430 

Women,  Diseases  of 418 

Worm,  The  Seat 492 

The  Thread 492 

The  Round 494 

The  Tape 495 

"       -Fever 497 

Worms 492-498 

The  Eradication  of 496 

Yellow  Fever,  The 195 


GOLJ^CN  HILL,  COR.  WILLIAM  6i,  JOHIV  STSo 


New  Style  of  Package. 

(Takes  the  place  of  the  one  ounce  square  bottles,) 


This  cut  represents  the 
new  style  of  package  for 
the  large  size  of  Hum- 
phreys' Specifics.  It  is  a 
neat,  fl  i  n  t-glass,  tough, 
unbreakable  flask,  with  a 
nickel-plated  metal  cap, 
lined  with  cork. 

It  is  convenient  and  eco- 
nomical, as  each  flask 
holds  the  quantity  of  six 
25c.  vials,  and  are  sold  at 
$1.00. 

The  value  of  having  these 
Specifics  on  hand  in  case 
of   einergency    CANNOT    BE 

OVERESTIMATED. 

Like  all  the  preparations 
described  in  this  Mentor,  they 
are  sold  by  druggists,  or  sent 
PREPAID  upon  receipt  of  price. 
Humphreys'     Medicine     Co. 

Cor.  William  and  John  S^s.y 
NEW  YORK. 


That  this  valuable  book 
may  be  within  the  easy  reach 
of  everyone  who  uses  Dr, 
Humphreys'  Specifics,  we 
make  the  price 

50  CENTS 
by  mail  postpaid. 

Humphreys'  Homeo.  Med.  Co., 

N.  W.  Cor.  William  &  John  Sts., 


NEW  YORK. 


.>^,cJ#sr^^ 


'W^ 


fe 


*¥ 


A^ 


-r-^'i 


e 


^^%^f 


^.4 


:^ 


^. 


M' 


^^^lf> 


^^ 


i^ 


■^i 


^ 


^^' 


^^A 


■'^ 


u 


-x«^ 


^k 


^ 


It 


^-'i 


^ 


.-S* 


W-' 


/■  • 


^ 


/''/'  : 


.r-^^^x 


mi. 


><£ 


;?^cj; 


^^:2?; 


<<y.'A 


•^   ..*. 


t"". 


'^'l^ 


i^^^ 


oV    ^ 


^/  vi 


■'M       •" 


-"■    yy/y^y' 'yy. 


•^^. 


^; 


-    ^<^  ^^<;^^m^ 


V' 


~V      .     *v-' 


^^^j'^m^&M